❌

Vista elenco

Critical PwnEscape Linux Kernel Vulnerability Lets Guest VMs Read Host Memory

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 22:24
A newly disclosed critical flaw in the Linux kernel allows code inside a virtual machine to read memory on the host computer it runs on. A researcher demonstrated the leak against Vercel's live cloud sandboxes, and Vercel confirmed it. The flaw, now tracked as CVE-2026-99999 and nicknamed PwnEscape, is in the Linux kernel's networking code, not in any one cloud's setup, so it reaches the shared

ThreatsDay: Adobe RCE, DNS Wallet Theft, NVIDIA Container Escape, Self-Healing Backdoor + 23 More

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 20:49
Someone built a tool to steal data, then decided it should scare the victim for fun. Yes, that’s an actual feature. And somehow, it fits right in with this week's security stories. The rest gets interesting in different ways. A small permission can lead to a big theft. A trusted login can hide the wrong person. Old bugs are finding new victims, familiar tools are being put to strange uses, and

YouTuber built 30-frame-per-second grayscale Game Boy, then open sourced it for all e-paper displays

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 19:15
Sure, running emulated Game Boy games at 30 fps with four shades of gray on an E Ink screen is cool, but you know what's cooler? A custom open source E Ink driver that could theoretically let any display do the same thing. YouTuber Bo Made It published a video last week demonstrating what he calls the InkBoy on a tiny ESP32-S3-powered e-paper board. It looks just about as good as the old-fashioned olive-green screen on the original Game Boy, which isn’t saying much, but it’s an impressive feat to make this work on a cheap stock e-paper screen. For those who haven’t owned an e-reader, E Ink displays are great at what they’re designed for. They can retain what's on the screen without continuously consuming energy by using electrical pulses to move charged pigment particles within individual pixels, enabling them to store the screen state physically. That makes e-paper devices very power efficient, but it comes with a huge trade off: Changing those pixels is a glacially slow process compared with the modern displays we're all accustomed to. The screen that Bo used to make his InkBoy, for example, has a refresh speed of around 300 milliseconds, which is actually on the faster end of e-paper displays - but only really practical for displaying static images. Standard black and white E Ink displays contain two types of pigments: Positively charged black ones, and negatively charged white pigments. Swapping between the two requires a series of brief electrical charges in a particular waveform pattern that gradually move the pixels from the front of the screen to the back, clearing out most of the pigment that shouldn’t be at the surface. The native driver in Bo’s Waveshare 1.54-inch ESP32-S3 e-paper display does just that, and it doesn’t leave a lot of room for displaying motion. In order to get around those limitations, Bo built his own driver for the display that shortened the waveform and enabled per-pixel driving to reduce image ghosting. More impressively, it enabled his ostensibly black and white screen to display four shades of grey, just like an original Game Boy. He was originally using dithering to create greyscale images, but it honestly looked horrible. Luckily Bo noticed something while trying to fix the issue of image ghosting. “I noticed the display was already producing grey - just accidentally,” he said in his video. “The pigment doesn’t instantly jump from black to white, so I wondered if I deliberately stop driving it partway through the transition, can I produce those grey levels on demand?” The answer was yes, and with some additional tweaking he was able to produce those grey levels at 30 frames per second - a vast improvement from the 3.33 frames per second available with the original driver. It’s an impressive accomplishment, but is it a first? Not quite, but it’s still a new way of approaching faster E Ink refresh times. As Bo explains, he got his idea from another YouTuber who built their own E Ink Game Boy, albeit with some entirely custom hardware that allowed them to bypass typical E Ink screen design to create their own faster display. What Bo did was code his own driver for stock hardware, making this an impressive accomplishment in its own right, and one enterprising user could theoretically reproduce on their own if desired. After a month of work, and with the admitted use of some vibe coding for the driver, Bo has published a working version of his driver on GitHub, but with a hefty warning: Not only can forcing custom waveforms and higher refresh rates on E Ink screens cause permanent damage, but long-term panel life wasn’t evaluated as part of his experiment, either. If you’re going to try this, in other words, do so at your own risk, and maybe not on your modded Kindle - buy a cheap E Ink screen to break instead. ®

Smartphone shipments plummet as memory crisis pumps up prices

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:45
Smartphone shipments fell by at least a fifth in the third calendar quarter as the AI-driven memory crunch battered another consumer hardware market. Preliminary estimates from IDC and Omdia put the year-on-year decline at 22 percent and 20 percent respectively. Memory costs have surged by approximately 350 percent since last year, according to IDC, and are still rising. This continues to place substantial pressure on vendor margins, prompting them to hike price tags and scale back on devices at the value end of the market. IDC estimates that vendors shipped 255.3 million smartphones into distribution channels and warns that the downturn is far from over. "The sharp downturn the industry has been bracing for finally materialized in the third quarter this year. However, the worst is yet to come," said Nabila Popal, IDC's senior research director for worldwide devices. "Current indicators suggest that the market has not yet reached the bottom. While memory inflation is beginning to slow down, with a low double-digit sequential increase in Q3 compared to a 50 to 100 percent jump in prior quarters, costs remain elevated across other critical components as well, compounding the crunch." Omdia puts shipments at roughly 255 million, close to IDC's estimate despite the different annual decline. It says that the shrinking market has further polarized the competitive landscape, with Samsung and Apple now accounting for about 45 percent of global shipments, up approximately 8 percentage points from a year ago, while rising costs hit more price-sensitive segments particularly hard. Omdia still expects global smartphone shipments to fall 12 percent across 2026, followed by another 6 percent decline next year. It previously forecast that devices priced above $400 would prove more resilient and could record shipment growth. "We don't anticipate any relief to the current memory crisis before 2028 at the earliest as we expect there to remain a considerable gap between demand and supply. The first signs of improvement we're looking for is when the memory pricing will stabilize (basically stopping to grow), and we're still not there yet," Omdia principal analyst Runar Bjorhovde told The Register. Omdia says investment in distribution partnerships and premium devices could determine which vendors emerge stronger when costs ease. New flagship launches, promotions, and festive demand in Q4 are unlikely to fully offset persistent supply-side pressures. Omdia reckons buyers may get used to paying more, potentially creating greater opportunities for higher-value devices. The firm previously outlined the measures some phone makers are taking to offset the rising cost of memory parts, including switching to cheaper display panels, sensors, or radio frequency (RF) modules. IDC also sees little prospect of recovery before 2028 and expects a lasting shift toward higher costs. It says vendors that adapt their products and pricing will be best placed to gain market share. ®

Workday wants a slice of customers' labour budget that its AI agents could replace

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:15
Workday wants customers to fund its AI agents from staffing and outsourcing budgets, not just IT spending, as it opens more HR and finance functions to automation. Speaking to investors at its annual conference in Las Vegas, the SaaS slinger said AI productivity gains could allow it to grow with fewer new hires. Customers could face a different cost calculation, however. Workday expects agent charges to grow with usage rather than simply the number of employees licensed to use its software. Chief AI Officer Joel Hellermark told financial analysts that automating work such as HR tasks could expand Workday's market "beyond the software budgets into the labor and services spend," where "customers are spending tens of millions of dollars on outsourcing." Hellermark claimed self-service AI agents had increased resolution rates for common tasks by 25 percent. "We're only getting started there," Hellermark said, arguing that Workday could significantly reduce customers' outsourcing spending. Aneel Bhusri, Workday co-founder and CEO, said using AI internally was helping the company grow without a corresponding increase in headcount. "We're looking at the products across all of our software providers [to show] how we can use AI to drive margin," he said. "It may not be in terms of more reductions in workforce… but there's also the opportunity to just not hire in areas we were hiring in the past and just leverage AI instead." This week, Workday announced broader "headless" access to its HR and finance systems, allowing AI agents to read data and perform tasks without users navigating its application interface. Its Model Context Protocol (MCP) tools provide access subject to Workday's permissions, approvals, and audit trails. Workday Data Cloud supports access to operational and historical data, including sharing with platforms such as Snowflake, Databricks, and Salesforce. Its architecture includes a data lake using the Apache Iceberg open table format. Bhusri expects customers to pay for AI agents based on consumption, with bills increasing as usage grows. "It's a flywheel. Once it gets going, it really gets going. It's a far better model than a people-based subscription-based model, which will continue for a long time. I see the bills we have to pay to Google Cloud and AWS and Azure, and I think why I'd like to be in that business," he said. In August, Reuters reported that private equity firm Silver Lake was in talks to buy Workday. The software company did not comment at the time. In February, Bhusri returned as CEO, replacing Carl Eschenbach, who stepped down with a lump-sum cash payment of $3.6 million. Speaking to investors this week, Bhusri said he wanted to centralize responsibility for AI. "When I came back, it was very diffuse. AI was owned by all the application teams; APIs were owned by all the application teams. And frankly, we're moving too slowly." ®

TinyLittleOffice, where the link is the document

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 17:45
Don't need a full-fat productivity suite and worried about where your documents are being stored? Welcome to TinyLittleOffice, a set of applications where the document is the link itself. Using a URL to stash information isn't new. Look at many URLs, and you'll see a lengthy sequence of seemingly random characters at the end. Using that space to stash data isn't novel, but using it for documents is an interesting approach. TinyLittleOffice comprises a selection of tools, including a basic word processor, presentation builder, spreadsheet, calendar, and a drawing tool. The theory is a simple one: create a document and get a link. The link is the document. The document isn't saved on a server or made into an attachment (although it is possible to export to a variety of formats), so it is, in theory, private. That is, unless you're worried about what the server is doing when it opens the link. Using the URL for documents is far from a completely new idea. Paul Ford's (the author) "co-conspirator," Rich Ziade, came up with the idea of TinySheet six years ago: a simple spreadsheet that ran in the browser and kept its data in the URL. "We moved on," wrote Ford, "and sadly, those sites fell off the web, and the old links all broke." Years later, the concept was resurrected and expanded to include other productivity tools. The server code is on GitHub, which should, in theory, at least ease concerns about the new links rotting away. We tested the project, and it is indeed very impressive from a technical standpoint. It can easily create short documents and spin up spreadsheets. Sure, it won't make LibreOffice lose any sleep, but it's a fun tool, and sending increasingly lengthy URLs (there is a URL shortener on tap, though they do expire) is a lightweight alternative to a document attachment. And there's the rub. Why not simply use a tool that creates a document? As Ford acknowledges, "There are lots of tradeoffs. This is not, in any way, how web apps are expected to work. The links can get unwieldy pasted in chat, and you can't upload video or images, full stop. It's not collaborative like Google Docs. It's collaborative like handing out zines at a street fair." However, to carp about what TinyLittleOffice doesn't do is to miss the point. It is lightweight by design – it has to be in order to cram document data into the link. Ford called it "disposable software," which is true. "Everything in tech is huge right now," writes Ford. "Every system lives on someone else’s machine and tracks you everywhere. All the content you make with those systems is being gobbled by LLMs. "Meanwhile, most normal people are in chat all day, hiding out from the mess, rambling about politics and sports on WhatsApp or coordinating mutual aid on Signal. "I really enjoyed building something for them/us." ® Updated to add on October 16: Paul Ford got in touch to explain a bit more about TinyLittleOffice. Although he commended LibreOffice, and called it a "beautiful system", with particular praise for its ODF files format, he explained, "TinyLittleOffice is for a different purpose – 'make something quickly and paste it into chat' or 'make a document, turn it into a QR code, and put the stickers on lampposts.' It's ephemeral by design." As far as longevity is concerned, he solemnly declared he would keep the URL live for at least five years. The code is, of course, available, and Ford told us he'd hand the project over to volunteers if it came to it. He also told us he didn't feel any sense of ownership: "I've had my fun by making it real," he said, "Personally I'd love to see lots of other tiny apps all over the Internet. "Everything is so heavy right now. To me, digital stuff should be light, friendly, and ephemeral, and preferably free."

Citizen Lab Traces Zero-Click Candiru Spyware Infections at Al Jazeera to Targeted Online Ads

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:01
Candiru, an Israeli maker of spyware sold to governments, infected devices at the news network Al Jazeera through ordinary online ads, in attacks that needed no click or other action from the user, researchers at the Citizen Lab said Thursday. The hidden attack code ran the moment an ad loaded on the screen, and in some cases the ad loaded out of sight, in the background. The Citizen

Silent Lynx Exploits WinRAR Flaw to Deploy Reverse Shell in CIS Government Attacks

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:00
The threat actor known as Silent Lynx has been attributed to a fresh set of attacks targeting government organizations across the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS). The activity, observed from June 2025 through August 2026, involves four different infection chains that make use of macro-enabled documents, PS2EXE downloaders, GitHub-hosted PowerShell, and crafted WinRAR archives

KDE hits 30, decides it's time to move out of the X11 era

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 17:13
KDE is marking its 30th birthday by showing X11 sessions the door. The newly released KDE Plasma 6.8 is Wayland-only, though X11 applications can still run through XWayland. The change arrives right on schedule after last month's beta. KWin handles both window management and display-server duties. That means X11-based screen-recording tools, for example, won't work any more. You can't "shade" windows – roll them up into the title bar and back – and that's not planned to come back. Restoring saved sessions can also behave differently. Applications cannot freely position their own windows under Wayland, leaving placement to the compositor. Saying that, there are lots of tweaks and refinements in this release. The Spectacle screenshot tool can now include system audio and microphone input in its screen recordings. Plasma 6.8 integrates with non-KDE tools better. For instance, KDE's browser integration now supports the Flatpak version of Microsoft's Edge browser. GTK2 applications also get better dark-theme matching. Internationalization is getting better – for example, the Clock understands the Bikram Sambat calendar, and Amharic is now supported in KDE's on-screen keyboard. The System Monitor app has better tracking of VRAM usage as well as main memory, and can pin tasks to certain CPU cores. There's better multi-monitor handling: screens are color-coded as well as by make and model, which is helpful if you have multiple identical monitors. There are more authentication options in KDE's VPN support too. The Union theming system is in beta, though not enabled by default. KWin can also apply matching effects to windows with client-side decorations, such as Valve's Steam client. Plasma's High Dynamic Range (HDR) support is better: it follows ICC color profiles, and understands Hybrid Log Gamma. On Nvidia GPUs, Plasma 6.8 enables triple-buffered output, resulting in smoother animations and transitions. Speaking of animations, more system effects – such as desktop "peek" and window "aperture" (when windows slide to the edge of the screen out of the way) – now respect the global animation settings. The Wayland-only session requires alternatives to remote-access tools that depend on an X11 desktop session, but the built-in Remote Desktop server, based on KRdp, has been improved. It's faster, it can adapt to slower connections on the fly, the clipboard is now bi-directional between host and remote system, and an exclusive mode can lock the host's screen while providing a virtual display sized to the client's window. KRdp uses Microsoft's Remote Desktop Protocol, but there's also Krfb if you prefer VNC instead. If you really need individual remote Wayland applications over SSH, then Waypipe is the way to go. The full changelog has all the details of the changes. Kubuntu 27.04 – recently announced as being codenamed "Tenacious T-Rex" – should include Plasma 6.8 when it arrives in April next year. KDE's internal metrics showed more than 95 percent of Plasma 6.6 users running Wayland in June. Including older versions, adoption was about 76 percent. Even so, we suspect that some users won't be happy with this change. With 6.8 out of the door, and on its way into fast-moving distros near you, the SonicDE project, which aims to continue development of the X11-capable KWin from Plasma 6.7, may start to pick up more interest. The KDE Project started with founder Matthias Ettrich's announcement on the de.comp.os.linux newsgroup on October 14, 1996. Before KDE, there were some commercial proprietary Unix desktop environments that were ported to Linux. For instance, Caldera OpenLinux 1.0 shipped with Visix's Looking Glass – you can see a tiny screenshot of it in the OpenLinux 1.1 announcement – but none ever went FOSS. Xfce is slightly older – as founder Olivier Fourdan described in this 2009 article: "I started the project in late 1996, before GNOME or gtk+ even existed." The XForms Common Environment was released first, but in those early days, what was then called XFce wasn't open source. It also started out as a recreation of CDE, which was finally open sourced in 2012. This makes it an early equivalent of NsCDE, which we compared with the real thing in 2022. In its early days, the Qt C++ toolkit that KDE chose caused problems, which led to the establishment of the KDE Free Qt Foundation in case something bad happened to its creators. Qt's licensing situation improved in 2000, when Qt 2.2 became available under both the GPL and QPL, resolving the GPL-compatibility concerns surrounding KDE's foundations. Even holdout Red Hat started bundling KDE. Thirty years on, KDE remains one of the great survivors of the free desktop. Long may it continue. ®

When faster supercomputers aren’t enough

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 17:00
When a million veterans shared their genetic data by enrolling in the Department of Veterans Affairs' “Million Veteran Program,” they expected nothing back. This did not surprise Ravi Madduri, a senior scientist with the Data Science and Learning Division at the U.S. Department of Energy’s (DOE) Argonne National Laboratory. He is abundantly clear about the terms under which these veterans donated their data: “Even after giving everything to the country, they found it in their hearts to give more without expecting anything in return.” That gift, which constituted the nation’s largest biorepository and most ancestrally varied cohorts of veteran data in the world, created a debt that Madduri, who also holds a joint appointment in the Department of Human Genetics at the University of Chicago, is working to repay. “What I feel when I look at that data is that I have an obligation to deliver to the veterans on their intentions in doing this,” he says. Those intentions, as he reads it, are that others, veteran or not, can benefit from whatever the data can reveal. “We cannot dilly dally,” Madduri says. After arriving at Argonne as a graduate student in 2001, Madduri has spent the last two decades at the intersection of supercomputing and biomedicine, much of the time building the computing that turns the veterans’ data into results impacting areas from post-traumatic stress disorder to heart disease to cancer. He explains that machines have largely held up their end, but the obstacles between precious data and delivered results are not always solved with faster machines. Understanding the challenges is the path toward better science. What the Math Was Unable to Solve Any two human genomes differ at millions of specific positions. A genome-wide association study asks a seemingly simple question across an enormous volume of data. For example, does a given genetic variant travel together with a particular medical condition? On its own, the question is simple. Multiplied across every variant worth testing and every condition recorded in a patient's chart, it becomes an enormous math problem, which is what supercomputers exist to solve. The harder question is whether the code is written to let them. Madduri's team has run this problem on the Summit system at DOE's Oak Ridge Leadership Computing Facility and on the Aurora system at the Argonne Leadership Computing Facility. On Summit, the team found that the job would not finish on the machine's CPUs. As the cohort grew, the matrix the analysis needed for each group no longer fit in memory, and the job stalled. “We decided to open the box and look at the code,” Madduri said. They found that the issue was not merely a speed problem, but a coding one. The analysis had been written for ordinary processors because that is what the genetics community was running on. Underneath the algorithms, though, the code spent nearly all of its time doing one thing: multiplying very large grids of numbers. This is exactly the operation that graphics processors exist to perform, and what makes them the engine of modern artificial intelligence training. As Madduri notes, the same computational architecture accelerating AI discovery “is also foundational for population genomics.” So, the team, led on this effort by Argonne's Alex Rodriguez, rewrote that part of the code for GPUs, and an analysis that would have taken roughly 481,000 CPU-core hours in the original version became tractable. This shift did more than speed up a slow job. It made a virtually impossible job possible. The workhorse they accelerated is a widely used genetics package called SAIGE, which made the rewritten version SAIGE-GPU, described in a separate paper in Bioinformatics. "We are not good at coming up with names. Sorry," Madduri says sheepishly. Before SAIGE-GPU, nearly every genome-wide association study started by picking a disease then looking for the variants linked to it. Madduri is blunt about the cost of that approach. “One of the challenges I found in biomedical research is that it is very incremental,” he explains. “Every year, they get new datasets, they analyze the data, they find a new set of genetic variants, and this happens across all of the different diseases.” The reason, he adds, is limited access to large-scale computing. His team chose not to be incremental and decided to solve the computational challenge once and for all. “One of the challenges we set for ourselves was to just take all the data that we have available, all the genetic data for all the veterans that have been sequenced as part of the Million Veteran Program,” Madduri says. The team, the Million Veteran Program consortium, published the results in Science, with Madduri's group among the authors, and published the computational work separately in Bioinformatics. The study reported on 2,068 traits across 635,969 veterans, and the results flagged 13,672 regions of the genome linked to one or more conditions. About 1,600 of these regions surfaced only because nearly a third of the participants were not of European ancestry. According to the Science paper, most genetic studies to this point have been drawn overwhelmingly from people of European descent. These 1,600 associations were previously “invisible” in the populations studied. That ancestral range also shaped how the analysis had to be run. The groups could not simply be pooled. That is, if a condition is more common in one ancestral group than another, the analysis has no way to tell a genuine disease marker from a marker of simply belonging to that group. Each group had to be run separately, and the results combined afterward. The 1,600 associations exist in no single group's results. They appear only when the separate analyses are combined. Madduri is careful about what the whole exercise means and what it does not. “This is all preclinical,” he says. “This is the discovery phase.” The analysis produces a statistical map of where to look. Turning any one of those 13,672 regions into a treatment takes years of downstream work by researchers who pick up and follow the data, which is why Madduri says the team never stopped. “Things that took 14 days when we wrote the Science paper now take less than a couple of hours,” he says. While this means getting an answer sooner, the real win is being able to ask the same question of a bigger population “with a larger cohort size and more statistical rigor than the paper that we published a couple of years ago.” When Data Cannot Travel The veterans’ genomes have an unusual advantage over other medical data. One agency gathered the data under one agreement, which is what made bringing them to Summit possible. In medicine, Madduri says, data “cannot be shared with one another as freely as you would probably share cosmology data.” The alternative is to move the model, he says: “Federated learning allows you to train models without moving data around.” This means each institution trains on the copy it already holds, behind its own walls, and only sends back the adjustments the model learned. Those adjustments are combined into a single updated model, which goes out to everyone, and the cycle repeats. Asked how several institutions are persuaded to compute together without pooling anything, he corrects the premise. “It is not the institution,” he says. “The first layer of that puzzle is people wanting to work together, to collaborate.” Then, the part that makes it work: “It is a people federation.” Madduri was a co-developer of APPFL, the Argonne Privacy-Preserving Federated Learning framework, which provides a means to help “move” models rather than data. The machinery underneath is closer to access control than to machine learning. "You do not have to write code for each scheduler," he says. Globus Compute presents one interface across the facilities' schedulers, and APPFL submits its training jobs through it. Even with these technical challenges, the harder problem is permission. “All the computing that happens is authorized computing that is tied to a project allocation,” Madduri says. Federated training means that each collaborator’s job has to run under their own institutional credentials on a machine they are personally entitled to use. A site with data nobody else has makes that shared model better for everyone. "If one site has data that are unique to it and other sites do not have that, then the model becomes more robust," Madduri adds. Many Different Worlds Madduri has been a regular attendee at the SC Conference since SC01 in Denver, which was themed “Beyond Boundaries,” and focused on moving data across them. “I was a grad student, and I had a demo in the DOE booth demonstrating my master’s thesis, which at that time was to use the Internet to move large amounts of data reliably from one point to the other,” he says. That capability was called reliable file transfer, and, in his words, it “has now transformed into what is called ‘Globus’.” The first tool he helped build moved research data around. The latest one lets the data stay in place. Since SC01, Madduri has been to the conference roughly 20 times and is specific about what he takes home. “I learn parallel processing, how people are scaling AI training, how people are dealing with parallelization, how people are dealing with resource utilization monitoring,” he notes. His group attends the Computational Approaches for Cancer Workshop every year. Lately, the interest has moved to AI agents. “The agentic approaches are the next frontier for us,” he declares. Madduri is also aware that he walks in unusual research domains. Before biomedicine, he worked with high-energy physicists, earthquake engineers, and cosmologists. “When I go to SC, I live in many different worlds,” he says. “I am part of a very small group of people that go to a [combined] human genetics conference and a supercomputing conference.” What Is Still Missing For Madduri, his debt is not settled. More than a decade after the first veterans enrolled, the Million Veteran Program data have produced a map but not yet a cure. What stands between those two things is the work of getting separate institutions to compute as one. To date, that still is being done largely by hand. “For the earlier experiments, it was us talking to NERSC, us talking to Argonne, us talking to Oak Ridge,” Madduri says. “It is a lot of human in the loop.” He is hoping the American Science Cloud being built under the DOE’s Genesis Mission will take that over: “It would be automated, run using APIs.” For now, Madduri remains focused on turning data into triumph, using a very special cohort of data to reveal the next breakthrough against cancer or spare someone a lifetime of anxiety. Until then, he marks progress one good idea, one technical advancement, and one SC Conference at a time. “My connection to Supercomputing, to SC, is long and very fruitful,” Madduri says. “I will be back in November, in Chicago, for SC26.” Join the Conversation at SC26 SC26 brings together the people building the computing infrastructure the work described herein depends on: systems, data platforms, networks, and storage that let research run at scale and across institutions. Attendees engage with technical papers, workshops, tutorials, posters, and Birds of a Feather (BoF) sessions covering AI, quantum computing, and HPC alongside practitioners from national laboratories, industry, and academia working on similar problems. Madduri will also be part of the SC26 Regional Tech Hub, a multimedia forum making its conference debut in Chicago, where he will contribute to the High-throughput Computing Infrastructures and Systems area. Join us in Chicago, November 15–20, 2026, for a week of discovery, collaboration, and community with a spotlight on regional technology leaders. Register today! Supplied by SC26

Spyware vendors found a way to make targeted ads even worse

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 16:31
The online advertising industry has found a new way to make itself even more unpopular, with one adtech outfit accused of helping spyware vendors infect people's phones without them even clicking an ad. Researchers at Citizen Lab say they've uncovered the first publicly confirmed case of a zero-click mercenary spyware attack being delivered through targeted online ads, with devices at Al Jazeera among those infected. The technique, dubbed "AdFection," turns advertising networks into a spyware delivery system. Simply opening a website or app can be enough to trigger the attack, with no suspicious links or downloads involved. Israeli adtech firm Discover-Tech is allegedly behind the operation, according to researchers at Citizen Lab, which says the company acts as a middleman between the online advertising industry and multiple spyware and hacking vendors. "We present technical evidence that the Israel-based company Discover-Tech, while purporting to be a legitimate advertising company, appears to be a front for large-scale ad espionage abuse," the researchers wrote. “In fact, it appears that serving as this bridge is Discover-Tech’s primary purpose." Discover-Tech’s Controlium platform exploits the real-time bidding system that decides which ads appear on websites and apps. Every time someone loads a page, advertisers compete for available ad space and, in the process, receive information about the user's device and location. Discover-Tech allegedly used that data to identify specific targets and serve them malicious ads. One spyware vendor linked to the operation is Candiru, the Israeli developer now known as Integrity Labs. Citizen Lab traced attacks against at least 45 devices at Al Jazeera in 2024 and 2025 to Candiru spyware delivered through ads from Discover-Tech. Discover-Tech didn't have to sneak into the advertising system, as Google and IAB Europe had listed the company as an approved vendor since 2020, apparently unaware of what it was Citizen Lab claims it was doing with that access. Citizen Lab sifted through nearly four billion ad-bidding records and found Discover-Tech ads on more than 70,000 mobile apps and 120,000 websites between March and June 2026. Some reached networks belonging to government agencies, defense organizations, and NATO. Researchers found no evidence that those organizations were infected, but they say the ads could have been used to profile devices on those networks. The researchers said the operation also covertly directed millions of devices toward servers associated with Candiru, although those connections don't necessarily indicate spyware infections. Google has since terminated Discover-Tech's access to its advertising exchanges and removed it from its approved vendor lists. IAB Europe followed suit, while Beeswax, Vungle and Eskimi also took action. Discover-Tech and Candiru did not respond to Citizen Lab's requests for comment, nor ours. The researchers argue that the findings expose serious failings in an advertising industry that allowed a company with links to commercial surveillance operators to operate inside its supposedly vetted ecosystem for years. “Discover-Tech’s mass abuse, privacy invasion, and facilitation for mercenary spyware attacks illustrates structural flaws with the online advertising system, which failed to detect or prevent the abuse documented in this report,” Citizen Lab said. For years, the worst thing about targeted advertising was that it knew far too much about you. Turns out some advertisers were interested in much more than your shopping habits. ®

Bank of America had to bring in 1,000 contractors to patch all the bugs Mythos identified

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 15:45
Bank of America recruited an additional 1,000 contractors to help patch all the vulnerabilities discovered by Anthropic’s Mythos model, the CEO said on Wednesday. Brian Moynihan, chairman and CEO at BoA, said during the company’s Q3 earnings call that it spent “a couple of hundred million plus” in remediation costs related to Mythos, and the anti-money laundering (AML) orders issued this week. These costs are expected to decline over time, though, with the contractors in place to help ease the initial burden of patching a large number of flaws, an issue that shouldn’t be so pronounced in the longer term. He went on to tell CNBC that the bank brought in outside help after concerns grew over how it would quickly tackle all the work associated with Mythos’ discoveries. The same concerns were shared globally, in part due to how Anthropic marketed Mythos as an all-powerful model that threatened the status quo of cybersecurity. While it ultimately turned out to be highly effective and capable of identifying complex vulnerabilities quicker than humans, leading to the massive influx of patches, some early adopters say it was no smarter than elite researchers. Mozilla CTO Bobby Holley said in April: "So far we've found no category or complexity of vulnerability that humans can find that this model can't," after Mythos found 271 flaws in Firefox 150. "We also haven't seen any bugs that couldn't have been found by an elite human researcher." The 1,000 contractors brought in by the bank in its Q2 added to its existing 3,000 technical staff. The contractors remain at the bank for now, although their assistance won’t be needed in the longer term. Moynihan told financial analysts on the bank’s earnings call that BoA has made its tech engineering workforce around 10 percent more efficient, and that each of the circa 130 AI-related projects it has running is expected to achieve a 2x or 3x return on investment over time. In 2026 alone, the CEO expects AI projects to deliver between $250 million and $300 million in benefits – a sum he expects to shoot up to $700 million by the end of 2027. He didn't detail how. The bank has also reduced around 3,000 roles, including a 5 percent decrease in the number of managers on the payroll, although it didn't specify how much of a role AI played. Moynihan didn’t break down how much of the “couple of hundred million plus” in remediation costs were devoted to AI or Mythos, compared to costs associated with cleaning up its AML issues, both of which the CEO lumped together. BoA’s share price slid more than 8 percent on Wednesday morning after it reported a 17 percent drop in profits owing to the $1.21 billion settlement it agreed to with the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN). The FinCEN order relates to BoA’s failure to police national security risks, including Chinese money laundering, and a failure to report over $5 billion in suspicious activity. FinCEN’s order was issued concurrently with a $750 million penalty from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, related to Bank Secrecy Act and AML compliance deficiencies. BoA also agreed an $11.6 million settlement with the Office of Foreign Assets Control for sanctions violations, including those related to Iran, Russia, narcotics, and global terrorism. ®

Help TDS Linked to Hotejka as 20,000+ Cloudflare Pages Domains Host Tech Support Scams

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 16:11
A long-running Traffic Distribution System (TDS) known as Help TDS to a Russian-language affiliate program called Hotejka, which appears to be a rebrand of a traffic monetization operation dubbed ROI777. Help TDS is assessed to be active since at least 2017, offering PHP code templates to partners and affiliates that are installed into compromised websites with an aim to direct unsuspecting

NGINX Fixes 5 Flaws, Including Possible RCE and a TLS Bug That May Skip Client-Cert Checks

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:58
NGINX released versions 1.30.6 and 1.31.7 on October 14 to fix five vulnerabilities, one of them present in every release since May 2005. There are three memory bugs that F5, the company behind NGINX, says could crash a worker process or possibly let an attacker run code, and each requires a specific configuration to exploit. A fourth lets an attacker forge a TLS session that could

Next.js Ships Out-of-Band Patch for Two Critical RCE Flaws in Caching and SVG Processing

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:28
Next.js released an out-of-band security update on October 14 that fixes two critical flaws allowing unauthenticated remote code execution, along with a high-severity denial-of-service flaw. One code-execution flaw is in React Server Components, and the other in librsvg, the open-source library Next.js uses through the sharp package to handle SVG images. The fixes are in

Drupal Patches Critical Field UI Flaw With Unauthenticated RCE Path via Contributed Modules

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:07
Drupal core has a critical flaw in its Field UI module that could let an attacker run code on the site's server, and fixes were shipped on October 14 in Drupal 11.4.10, 11.3.19, and 10.6.19. An attacker cannot reach the flaw through core alone, the Drupal Security Team said in its advisory. Several exploit paths exist through contributed modules, and at least one known path needs no login.

Fake AI Attacks Spread Across US Companies: How MSSPs Can Stop Incidents Early

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:46
Attackers are impersonating popular AI products to distribute malware, steal browser sessions, and compromise business accounts. ANY.RUN linked 1,258 public sandbox analyses to fake AI campaigns between April and October of 2026.  The campaigns also increase operational pressure on MSSPs serving US businesses, which accounted for 16% of country-attributed targets.  Similar attacks

[framapad] contenu mangé à gauche quand on copie un mot trop long

Bonjour,

j’ai un framapad v1 ouvert via un compte qui, depuis la copie d’une ligne un peu longue, voit son contenu « mangé » à gauche (on ne voit pas les premiers caractères de chaque ligne), et donc décalé à droite.

h4JkCqcs61wgIOL5

Aucun ascenseur ne permet de redécaler à gauche pour voir le contenu au début des lignes. Toutes mes tentatives avec la souris (clic à droite puis déplacement en maintenant le clic à gauche en particulier) ont échoué. Le seul moyen de résoudre ce problème d’affichage est de recharger la page.
Après coup, je me suis dit qu’en élargissant la fenêtre, ça pourrait suffire, mais en retirant l’url et en l’ajoutant, ça ne suffit pas.
Ce problème n’est pas bloquant mais pas intuitif pour les néophytes et gênant.

J’utilise Firefox 153.4.0esr (64 bits) sous Debian 13.

La cause du problème est clairement l’intro d’une ligne contenant une url (trop) longue, mais voyez-vous un souci de résoudre ce souci plus simplement qu’en rechargeant ?
Merci

1 message - 1 participant(e)

Lire le sujet en entier

TSMC sends scouts to check whether America's datacenters can deliver

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 15:15
TSMC is dispatching personnel to check out US datacenter construction and power availability as it plans billions of dollars in additional chipmaking capacity. The Taiwanese chipmaking giant warned of pressure on consumer markets during its third-quarter earnings call, while maintaining that AI demand - at least for now - continues to outstrip supply. "Looking ahead, we continue to observe consumer and price-sensitive end market segments are being challenged due to the impact of rising component prices and macroeconomic uncertainties. As such, we are being prudent in our business planning going into 2027," said chairman and CEO C.C. Wei. Wei said AI demand remained strong, with CPUs for agentic workloads and networking chips adding to the need for silicon. "Therefore, semiconductors will remain essential in the AI mega trend. The value of semiconductors in the global supply chain is set to continue to increase in our view," he stated. TSMC expects capital expenditure of $60 billion to $64 billion this year. Spending across 2026-2028 is expected to exceed the total for 2023-2025 as it expands capacity for customers. Those plans depend on more than customers ordering chips: the datacenters housing them also need power, networking, memory, and other infrastructure. TSMC is checking how those pieces are coming together before committing to expanding capacity further. TSMC is planning roughly 20 leading-edge manufacturing and advanced-packaging facilities in Taiwan and overseas over the next several years, and Wei said the contract manufacturer is also focusing on capacity optimization across production nodes to generate more wafer output. One analyst on the earnings call asked whether power shortages, datacenter construction delays, advanced-packaging constraints, or limited supplies of high-bandwidth memory (HBM) could hold back projected growth. Wei said TSMC factors these constraints into its capacity planning. "We put every possibility we can, talking about the cloud service providers, capex, datacenter build-out, financial, power supply, and also other component supply, all into our consideration. "We make our own judgment, and then based on our assessment of the demand, we still think the demand is higher than the supply, and we are working very hard to narrow the gap." However, he declined to directly answer a question about whether he expected tightness in the wafer supply to be greater next year than this year, saying "the demand is extremely robust and getting higher and higher." Wei said preparations for A14, TSMC's next-generation process marketed as 1.4 nm, were underway. He expects it to become a bigger business than the current 2 nm generation. Risk production – an initial manufacturing phase ahead of commercial ramp-up – is scheduled for 2027, followed by volume production in 2028. For the third quarter ended September 30, 2026, TSMC reported revenue of $46.72 billion, an increase of 41.2 percent on the same period a year ago. Looking to the fourth quarter, the company expects another jump in revenue, to between $52.3 billion and $54.3 billion. At the midpoint, that would represent roughly 58 percent year-on-year growth. ®

Rilevate vulnerabilità in Erlang/OTP

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 15:10
Rilevate due nuove vulnerabilità, di cui una con gravità "alta", in Erlang/OTP, piattaforma open source basata sul linguaggio Erlang e sul relativo set di librerie OTP, utilizzata per lo sviluppo di sistemi distribuiti ad alta disponibilità. Tale vulnerabilità, qualora sfruttata, potrebbe consentire ad un utente malintenzionato di compromettere la disponibilità del servizio sui sistemi interessati.

X purges 13,000 accounts linked to suspected meddling ahead of US midterms

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:45
X says it has nuked more than 13,000 accounts involved in three suspected foreign influence operations targeting US political debate. In a post on Wednesday evening, the platform linked the operations to Iran, Russia, and China. It said the networks used inauthentic accounts to post and amplify political content targeting candidates and public figures across the political spectrum. The announcement comes ahead of the US midterm elections on November 3. "People come to X to talk about what's happening in the world, including the upcoming 2026 US midterms," the platform said. "Free speech is the bedrock of a functioning democracy, and we are proud that X is the global town square where these debates happen. Our job is to keep that conversation authentic, open, and safe." X did not publicly explain the evidence behind its attribution. Separately, it highlighted its Civic Integrity policy, which covers misleading information about how, when, and where to vote, as well as content intended to discourage participation. Reports submitted under "Civic Integrity" are routed into requests for Community Notes. X says it uses the crowdsourced feature alongside platform moderation and may label policy-breaking posts in critical cases. Community Notes has faced scrutiny. When the European Commission launched formal proceedings against X under the Digital Services Act in 2023, it raised questions about the feature's effectiveness for validating a post's accuracy. X's reliance on crowdsourced context follows layoffs and senior departures from its moderation teams after Musk acquired Twitter. Foreign influence campaigns aren't confined to US elections. MI5 chief Sir Ken McCallum said this week that Russia had attempted to interfere in the 2016 Brexit referendum, but cautioned against treating that as evidence it changed the result. ®

Risolte vulnerabilità in OpenVPN

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:36
Aggiornamenti di sicurezza risolvono quattro vulnerabilità, di cui tre con gravità “alta”, in OpenVPN, software open-source per la creazione di reti private virtuali (VPN). Tali vulnerabilità potrebbero consentire a un utente malintenzionato di impersonare utenti o servizi legittimi, accedere a informazioni sensibili o compromettere da disponibilità del servizio.

Rocket Lab pushes back first Neutron launch to 2027

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:15
Rocket Lab has delayed the maiden launch of its Neutron rocket again, due to carbon composite manufacturing issues. It is more than five years since Rocket Lab said it was developing the launcher, a step up from its workhorse Electron, and capable of sending up to 13,000 kg to Low Earth Orbit. At the time, 2024 was mooted as the first launch date. Then perhaps 2025. Then 2026. And now it is "expected to occur in 2027." It won't be early in 2027 either. During a briefing, boss Peter Beck said he expects to complete testing of the problematic components before the end of Q1 2027, at which point it will set a new launch date. According to Beck, Rocket Lab identified problems with a first-stage tank that failed qualification due to third-party processing. The space biz switched to its own internal processes, and things appeared to be going swimmingly until, Beck said, "we identified an issue with the manufacturing process for the propellant dome." The issue was voids that formed within the carbon composite layers during manufacturing. Beck explained, "They don't necessarily mean that the dome would fail in flight," but they would reduce the margin, so a rethink was required. The good news, according to Beck, is that the problem is solved. The bad news? Dealing with it has delayed things. In August, Rocket Lab said it targeted delivery of Neutron to the launch pad in Q4 2026. Beck now reckons the cryo and hydrostatic test campaigns will not wrap up until Q1 2027. Rocket Lab's shares have taken a battering following the announcement, dropping from about $63 yesterday to near $53 in after-hours trading. When it becomes operational, Neutron will feature an entirely reusable first stage with a "Hungry Hippo" clamshell fairing, opening to deploy a second stage before closing for a return to Earth. The timing of Neutron's availability is of note since it could come as SpaceX reportedly seeks to wind down Falcon 9 in favor of Starship. While Falcon 9 can loft heavier payloads, Neutron's mass capability puts it firmly in the same class. Assuming, of course, it makes it to the launchpad. ®

OpenAI claims 100-plus secret files followed ex-employee back to Apple

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:46
Apple's trade secrets spat with OpenAI has taken a new turn, with the ChatGPT maker accusing a former employee of taking more than 100 confidential files about its unreleased hardware back to Cupertino. In a court filing submitted Wednesday, OpenAI claims the unnamed employee, who joined from Apple before returning to the iPhone maker just six months later, transferred sensitive documents to his personal accounts before leaving. The filing alleges the files included detailed images of at least one unreleased OpenAI device, engineering and manufacturing data, supplier information, and project files, along with specifications for cosmetic finishes and reports on coating and sealing hardware components. According to the filing, some were transferred just after midnight in Singapore on June 2, which the filing claims was the employee's final day at OpenAI. But OpenAI claims the information didn't simply disappear into a personal inbox. According to the filing, the former employee also allegedly presented OpenAI's product plans to Apple's senior leadership, including its vice president of operations in Asia. That presentation apparently happened months ago, and OpenAI is now pointing to Apple's latest push into AI-powered hardware, including its newly announced smart home products, as cause for concern. "OpenAI is very concerned that its trade secret and confidential information is now circulating inside Apple, where Apple engineers can shape Apple's upcoming products based on OpenAI's confidential and innovative work," the company told the court. Apple says it hasn't found anything to back up OpenAI's claims and insists it has rules to stop staff from bringing their former employers' secrets into the company. There's a certain irony here, given that Apple was the one accusing OpenAI of stealing its secrets just a few months ago. Back in July, Apple sued OpenAI and former employees Chang Liu and Tang Yew Tan, alleging they took confidential engineering information to help the ChatGPT maker develop its own hardware. Cupertino alleged that the pair took valuable trade secrets concerning its hardware development, including information about unreleased products, to their new employer. OpenAI denied the accusations, saying at the time: "We have no interest in other companies' trade secrets. We remain focused on building innovative technology that empowers people everywhere." Now the ChatGPT maker is claiming confidential hardware information may have traveled in the opposite direction, though it has yet to establish that Apple received or used any of the allegedly taken material. OpenAI has asked the court for time to investigate the matter and potentially bring counterclaims against Apple. No such counterclaims have yet been filed. For all the talk of groundbreaking AI hardware, the biggest competition right now appears to be over who took whose files. ®

Legal Aid Agency hackers made off with records dating back to 1978

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:23
Hackers who broke into the UK's Legal Aid Agency last year stole records dating back nearly five decades, the government has admitted, revealing the breach was far more extensive than previously thought. The Legal Aid Agency said on Wednesday that around 250,000 records stolen in the April 2025 attack date from before 2007, including one going back to 1978. That's much further back than the agency previously estimated ­­– it initially said the stolen data covered legal aid applications, claims, and payments from 2007. Most of the newly identified records date from the 1990s and 2000s, with only a “fractionally small number” originating before 1990. Still, the discovery raises an awkward question about just how much historical personal information was sitting in government systems when the attackers came knocking. That wasn't the only surprise in the stolen data, as the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) has also discovered that hackers accessed information from HM Prison and Probation Service (HMPPS), including names, dates of birth, nationalities, and case reference numbers for offenders supervised by probation services between 2010 and 2017. The government says the probation records concern a relatively small number of offenders, with more than 99 percent of the affected data relating to people under supervision in 2016 and 2017. It stressed that none of the stolen probation information relates to victims of crime. The latest revelations come almost 18 months after the Legal Aid Agency disclosed that criminals had accessed and downloaded a significant amount of sensitive personal information. The agency first detected the intrusion on April 23, 2025, but officials didn't establish the scale of the compromise until May 16. The government subsequently took the LAA's online services offline, leaving lawyers struggling to access the systems they needed to submit claims and manage cases. The disruption dragged on for months, with the agency's troubled return to service in December leaving legal aid providers battling delays and ongoing technical problems. Further forensic work has now revealed that the data theft goes back much further than officials originally believed. The compromised information varies by individual but could include names, addresses, dates of birth, National Insurance numbers, financial details, and information about legal proceedings. Some records also contain details of criminal charges, pleas, convictions, and sentences. Among the older material are records relating to legal aid benefit assessments dating from 1978 to 2012, and payments made under the Very High Cost Cases scheme between 1981 and 2004. The government cautioned that the presence of historical records doesn’t mean that everyone who applied for legal aid before 2007 had their information stolen, nor does the 250,000 figure represent a confirmed number of affected individuals. Explaining why it has taken so long to pin down the extent of the theft, the MoJ said the attackers stole information spread across several complex systems, much of it unstructured, fragmented, or incomplete. "Because of our increased capability to identify data, we have developed a more complete understanding of the information compromised," the agency said. The government says it has no indication that the stolen information has been published or shared, although that offers little certainty to anyone whose personal details may now be in criminal hands. Since the attack, the MoJ says it has tightened authentication and access controls, improved security monitoring, addressed vulnerabilities and begun retiring or isolating higher-risk technology. Work to modernize its legacy systems is also underway. The question of why records stretching back to the 1970s remained accessible in the first place is one the latest update does not answer. ®

Why AI Confidence Is Not Validation

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:04
AI is already part of digital forensics and incident response work, with or without a policy in place to govern it. The issue is that these tools are growing more confident in their own output faster than practitioners are developing reliable ways to verify it. Without governance models and validation standards in place, that gap compounds and rarely stays contained to a workstation: an

India Mandates Registered Caller Name Display on 4G and Newer Networks From November 1

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:42
The Indian government has directed telecom service providers (TSPs) in the country to mandatorily display callers' registered names along with their numbers for incoming calls starting November 1, 2026, in an effort to help people identify calls from unknown numbers and tackle spam or fraudulent calls. To that end, the Department of Telecommunications has issued a circular urging service

US Air Force pilots used malware-laden USB drives to plan Afghanistan missions

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:30
Welcome, once again, to PWNED, the weekly column where we gawk at organizations that have made serious security mistakes. Normally, we’re talking about businesses or maybe the odd school that messes up, but today we’re writing about a serious IT screwup in the world’s most powerful military. Have a story about someone leaving a gaping hole in their network? Share it with us at pwned@sitpub.com. Anonymity is available upon request. Today’s tale comes from Justin Henkel, the CISO of IT monitoring and service company SolarWinds. Henkel previously worked in IT security for the Air Force and one day in the early 2000s saw a practice that just wouldn’t fly today. Before USB drives became popular, burning CDs with mission data was the modus operandi, and those discs were put in both unclassified and classified systems. “They would write a CD, and then they would take that CD and then put it in a classified system and do the remainder of the mission planning,” Henkel told us. “Then they would take that disc and then put it in the airplane.” Inside the airplane, the data on the CD would help the pilot navigate and contain information about threats they might encounter. Later, when thumb drives became a thing, pilots used them instead of discs. “They didn't really think about the overall impact of classified versus unclassified systems,” Henkel said of the pilots. “Using the same device for both, they didn’t understand that you could read and write onto a USB drive with malware. [They were] not really understanding the overall threat picture.” According to Henkel, Air Force personnel would buy their flash drives from local vendors rather than sourcing them from official military contractors. If they were in Afghanistan, those drives could literally come from a store in Kabul. And it wasn’t exactly the equivalent of Best Buy. “It was more difficult to bring a US-based computer into the nation than it was just to buy local,” he said. “So they were just going out into the local market in Kabul or whatever city that they were out [in]. And I used to do this: go out, make relationships with the local vendors. ‘Hey I need 100 USB sticks.’” Unfortunately, enemies of the US noticed and soon started selling infected USB drives to local vendors in the Middle East. Henkel knew that using a sneakernet with classified systems was a recipe for disaster. It’s just that no one would listen to him. “It was just a shock,” he told us. “I was a young 22-year-old guy, very junior in the overall rank system, trying to tell colonels and majors that what they’re doing is a violation.” In 2008, the US Department of Defense was infected by malware after somebody attached an infected USB flash drive to a laptop with access to US Central Command. The worm, dubbed Agent.BTZ, could collect information from infected computers and communicate with remote servers. A 2016 report from the FBI and DHS attributed the malware to one or more Russian groups. It took the Pentagon 14 months to scrub it from its systems. It took this attack for the Pentagon to wise up in 2008 and ban the use of USB drives, instead forcing data transfers to go through more secure systems. Eventually, in 2010, the drives were allowed again under certain circumstances. ®

Risolte vulnerabilità in Progress MOVEit Transfer

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:12
Progress ha rilasciato aggiornamenti di sicurezza per sanare 12 vulnerabilità con gravità “alta” nel prodotto MOVEit Transfer. Tali vulnerabilità potrebbero consentire a un utente malintenzionato di eludere i meccanismi di autenticazione e di autorizzazione, di accedere a informazioni sensibili o compromettere la disponibilità del servizio dei sistemi interessati.

Japanese consortium bets on building bobbing bit barns

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:00
A Japanese consortium wants to ease the datacenter space crunch by putting servers afloat – but keeping them moored safely alongside port quays. The group comprises shipping and logistics corporation NYK Line, engineering biz NTT Facilities, renewable energy developer Eurus Energy, and MUFG Bank. The quartet has also considered facilities farther out at sea, where they could draw on renewable energy sources such as offshore wind. Others are exploring wave power, including Oregon-based Panthalassa. However, the fab four acknowledge that offshore deployments still face practical hurdles, including maintenance access, high-capacity telecoms links, and independent power supplies. Keeping the floating facilities alongside a quay would let them use existing port infrastructure and nearby generation while the group works toward deployments well beyond the coast. Like others eyeing the waterfront, the consortium reckons bobbing bit barns could help meet growing compute demand without competing for scarce development land, though they would still need somewhere to plug in. We asked the consortium what capacity it expects the facilities to have, and when it anticipates these might be operational, but hadn't received a response at time of publication. NYK Line will oversee development, NTT Facilities will assess the designs, construction, and operation. Eurus Energy will explore renewable power supply, and MUFG Bank will consider financing related ventures. The consortium previously signed a memorandum of understanding with the city of Yokohama for a renewable-powered demonstration at the port. Testing began in March this year. The four may find they face competition in the floating compute farm stakes. Samsung Heavy Industries plans to dip a toe in, saying it expects to have its first facility operational by the second calendar quarter of 2028. ®

Trump Says the Border Is Secure. Texas Gov. Greg Abbott Keeps Declaring an Emergency.

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:00
A photo collage featuring a portrait of Texas Governor Greg Abbott surrounded by official state seal stamps, date stamps, border wall imagery, and clips of text declaring a state of disaster.
Emily Scherer for ProPublica and The Texas Tribune. Source images: The Texas Tribune and documents obtained by ProPublica.

Last month, Texas Gov. Greg Abbott repeated a claim he’s made for the past five years. He stated that the number of people crossing the Texas-Mexico border illegally “posed an ongoing and imminent threat” across the state. In doing so, he renewed a border security disaster proclamation that has greatly expanded his powers without going through the state Legislature.

Abbott’s declaration stands in sharp contrast to the numbers reported by the Trump administration, which says the drop in the flow of migrants crossing the border has been unprecedented and has reached historic lows since it took over in January 2025. 

Yet, since Abbott first declared an emergency at the border during the Biden administration in 2021, he’s renewed or amended the proclamation at least 69 times — 21 of those during Trump’s tenure. 

The Republican governor, who is running for his fourth term next month, has consolidated power like no Texas governor before him, building on his predecessors’ efforts to strengthen what by design is supposed to be a “weak governor” state as the constitution limits what can be done without legislative approval, ProPublica and The Texas Tribune have reported. One of the methods he’s used to do that is issuing executive orders and disaster declarations that allow him to shift funds, suspend regulations and award no-bid contracts at times of emergency. 

Since January 2025, two of the top agencies involved with border enforcement — the Department of Public Safety and the Texas Military Department — have awarded more than $5 million in noncompetitive contracts citing the emergency for items like a Ford F-150, rifles and apartments, state records show.

“I think it’s unprecedented,” said Cal Jillson, a political science professor at Southern Methodist University in Dallas. “I don’t think that there is a similar example, certainly not as to the length of the emergency, and certainly not after the emergency has seemed to pass.” 

Abbott’s office did not respond to specific questions for this story, including about the noncompetitive contracts, but Deputy Press Secretary Madeline Waschak said in a written statement that the governor has been clear that border security is an ongoing priority.

“The damage caused by four years of failed border policies under Democrat rule did not disappear overnight, and the progress we have made will not sustain itself without continued vigilance,” she wrote.

“Securing the border requires constant, deliberate action to combat illegal crossings, cartel smuggling, fentanyl trafficking, and other criminal activity that threatens public safety in Texas. Governor Abbott will ensure the tools remain in place to safeguard our state as we work alongside the Trump Administration to deter, arrest, detain, and deport illegal immigrants,” she added.

At the time of Abbott’s first border declaration, four months into President Joe Biden’s term, Border Patrol was making more than 180,000 apprehensions along the southwest border in a single month. According to Abbott, the federal government’s inability or unwillingness to enforce immigration laws had created a humanitarian crisis in many communities in Texas. 

“The Biden Administration’s open-border policies have enabled escalating violence from the cartels, dramatically increased the risk of human trafficking, and created a severe crisis of illegal drugs crossing into the United States,” the order stated.

Since then, apprehensions along the southwest border have dropped on average to about 8,000 a month this year. 

The border security declaration remains Abbott’s longest continuously running emergency proclamation. Abbott similarly renewed his 2020 COVID-19 disaster declaration for three years, even as he downplayed the severity of the pandemic. 

“This is the quiet power of the governor,” said Brandon Rottinghaus, a professor of political science at the University of Houston. “It’s not something often that they brag about because the more that it becomes a political issue, the more that there might be some contestation of it.”

Other than border security, the governor’s second longest-running emergency declaration is related to droughts. He declared a state disaster in July 2022 and within days amended it bringing the total of counties to 189. He’s continued to renew it, but now it applies to about a third of the counties originally identified.

State lawmakers have repeatedly tried — and failed — to curb the governor’s powers under the state’s disaster act. Last year, legislators from both parties filed at least a handful of measures that would mandate Abbott get approval from the Legislature if he wanted to extend a disaster declaration, but none passed. 

Abbott’s emergency declarations have been accompanied by record spending on border security efforts. Texas budgeted over $11 billion during the Biden administration and allotted an additional $3 billion last year, after Trump took office. 

It’s all part of Abbott’s Operation Lone Star, an initiative he launched in March 2021 contending it was needed to stem the smuggling of drugs and people into the country through Texas. Because of the emergency declaration, police could charge immigrants with criminal trespassing for crossing the border through private property, and the governor was able to shift money from other agencies to fund the operation and build border barriers, deploy the National Guard and get help from other states. 

Much of the funding for Operation Lone Star is funneled through the Texas Military Department and DPS, two of the agencies responsible for major enforcement efforts. But the governor’s share of border spending has also ballooned since Abbott took office over a decade ago. State lawmakers allotted his office nearly $230 million last year to distribute through grants, largely to local prosecutors and government agencies helping the state with Operation Lone Star.

Though the situation on the ground has changed, one aspect of the emergency declaration has remained constant: the ability of state agencies to award noncompetitive contracts. 

DPS and the Texas Military Department have awarded at least six noncompetitive contracts so far during the second Trump administration for work related to the operation where they cite an emergency. This includes a more than $2 million contract to Texas-based CTC Gunworks LLC for rifles and pistols for active-duty personnel. CTC Gunworks officials could not be reached for comment. 

Officials with the Texas Military Department referred questions about its procurement process to the governor’s office. A DPS spokesperson said in a written statement that even though the disaster declaration allows for expedited purchases, the department still follows best practices and “aims to select vendors offering the best value, determined by cost, quality, and ability to meet the specific disaster response requirements.” 

Regarding the specific contracts, the DPS spokesperson said they were purchases tied to existing state contracts.

The continued funding and expansion of Operation Lone Star has come even as it’s been plagued with problems. In 2022, an investigation by ProPublica, the Tribune and The Marshall Project found that the state’s reported success included arrests unrelated to the border or immigration and counted drug seizures made by troopers from across the state who were not directly assigned to the operation. The Tribune and Army Times also exposed poor working conditions, pay delays and suicides among National Guard members deployed as part of Operation Lone Star.

During a Tribune-hosted event this week with state lawmakers from El Paso, Democratic state Rep. Mary González, vice chair of the Appropriations Committee, said state legislators have already started to scale back when it comes to border funding and there’s interest from both sides of the aisle to continue to do so in the upcoming legislative session.

“I think that the problem is that some of that border security money still lies in the governor’s office which has no checks and balances and because we are still under an emergency — which is not an emergency anymore — an emergency border security statement which he can just use that money, you have seen some questionable appropriations under the veil of border security,” she said.

Abbott, however, has repeatedly said that Texas’ work in securing the border is not over.

“We must secure the border not just for the next two years of the Trump administration, but we gotta do it forever,” Abbott said at a press conference in early October where he discussed the federal government’s $7.5 billion reimbursement for border security expenses the state had incurred. 

Rottinghaus said that Texas will always have to confront border crossings and drug trafficking, but the existence of those problems don’t always justify an emergency declaration. 

“Even someone who strongly supports the governor’s board of policies might ask whether they want a future governor of the opposite party using the same interpretation of emergency authority for years,” Rottinghaus said, adding that the issue is that “governors, once they get a power, are hesitant to give it back.”

The post Trump Says the Border Is Secure. Texas Gov. Greg Abbott Keeps Declaring an Emergency. appeared first on ProPublica.

Risolte vulnerabilità in Gitea

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:49
Rilasciati aggiornamenti di sicurezza per sanare 36 vulnerabilità, di cui una con gravità “critica” e due con gravità “alta”, in Gitea, piattaforma collaborativa open source per la gestione del codice sorgente e lo sviluppo di applicazioni software. Tali vulnerabilità, qualora sfruttate, potrebbero consentire a utenti malintenzionati di aggirare le restrizioni di sicurezza, leggere file arbitrari o eseguire codice arbitrario sui sistemi interessati.

Présentation de Zlormack – Passionné de Linux Mint et de projets informatiques 🐧

Bonjour à toutes et à tous ! :waving_hand:

Je me présente, Zlormack, passionné d’informatique et utilisateur de Linux Mint. :penguin::green_heart:

J’aime découvrir de nouvelles solutions informatiques, comprendre le fonctionnement de Linux et imaginer des outils qui pourraient simplifier la vie des utilisateurs.

:laptop: Mon projet actuel

Je réfléchis à la création d’un logiciel destiné aux utilisateurs de Linux Mint.

Plusieurs fonctionnalités m’intéressent :

  • :small_blue_diamond: La sauvegarde et la restauration des fichiers et paramètres.

  • :small_blue_diamond: Le transfert de données entre deux ordinateurs.

  • :small_blue_diamond: La réinstallation automatique des logiciels.

  • :small_blue_diamond: Le diagnostic et la résolution de problèmes.

Mais plutôt que de développer un logiciel sans connaître les attentes des utilisateurs, j’ai décidé de commencer par une petite étude des besoins.

:bar_chart: Mon sondage Linux Mint

J’ai créé un questionnaire pour recueillir les avis des particuliers, des professionnels et des passionnés de Linux.

:backhand_index_pointing_right: Sondage – Projet logiciel Linux Mint

Les réponses m’aideront à identifier les fonctionnalités réellement utiles et à mieux orienter mon projet.

:elephant: Retrouvez-moi également sur Mastodon

Je partage mes réflexions et l’évolution de mes projets informatiques sur mon compte :

:backhand_index_pointing_right: ZlormaLinuxM 🐧 | Projets Linux (@ZlormaLinuxM@mastodon.social) - Mastodon

:seedling: Pourquoi rejoindre Framacolibri ?

Je souhaite découvrir davantage l’univers du logiciel libre, échanger avec des personnes qui partagent cette passion, apprendre de leurs expériences et recevoir des conseils constructifs.

Je suis également intéressé par les logiciels existants qui pourraient répondre aux besoins que j’étudie.

Je suis encore au début de mon projet et je reste ouvert aux idées, aux critiques et aux suggestions.

Au plaisir d’échanger avec vous !

Zlormack :penguin::green_heart:

1 message - 1 participant(e)

Lire le sujet en entier

UK keeps AI safeguards in the maybe pile for Cyber Security BIll

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:15
UK officials have stopped short of committing to AI-specific measures in the Cyber Security and Resilience Bill despite ministers promising to legislate wherever necessary. The uncertainty comes amid warnings about autonomous AI threats, including Anthropic's forecast that small models could be months away from operating as self-replicating worms on vulnerable smart devices. Senior civil servants told MPs this week that the government was still considering amendments to the bill to address AI risks. Alexandra Jones, director general for growth, international, science and technology at the Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade, is responsible for "AI and emerging technologies policy." However, she told MPs that the recent machinery-of-government changes had left the Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport responsible for the Cyber Security and Resilience (Network and Information Systems) Bill. "We are proposing… to use the Cyber Security Bill to consider changes to improve preparedness for AI, cyber, and loss of control risks… [to] look at how serious incidents and near misses are identified and reported, and how AI-driven disruption across the organizations is contained," she said. At Tuesday's Business, Innovation, Science and Trade Committee hearing, chair Liam Byrne interrupted: "You can't consider something in a bill. You have to legislate for something in a bill." AI minister Kanishka Narayan, who sits in the Cabinet Office, this week announced plans to "step up national defenses against growing AI risks." "We will use every power at our disposal. We will legislate wherever necessary. And we won't look to law alone. We will look to British ingenuity: our scientific expertise, technological capabilities and institutions to understand these increasingly powerful systems, defend against emerging threats and respond when things go wrong," he said. Asked about legislative changes, Jones said the government was "looking at" introducing amendments to the bill and "developing the policy to look at whether we use the Cyber Bill to do that." The UK has a decentralized, sector-specific approach to AI regulation. For example, the Information Commissioner's Office has published principles it will use to apply data protection law to AI. The EU's AI Act entered into force in August 2024, with new powers activated in stages. The US has no federal legislation specifically aimed at AI, although some states are introducing new laws. Anthropic's research, published on Monday, explored whether AI models could copy themselves between devices and run on the compromised hardware. Its forecast extrapolates from improving model capabilities, rather than demonstrating a fully autonomous worm spreading across real IoT devices. Consultancy Booz Allen Hamilton also warned that autonomous AI systems are fully capable of finding and attacking critical operational technology and industrial equipment, and shutting down access to water, power, and other daily life necessities. Earlier, AI risk researchers told the committee that model developers could not be trusted to regulate themselves, while international rules would have to overcome entrenched political differences. Daniel Kokotajlo, executive director of the AI Futures Project, said his nonprofit research organization had proposed a "least bad plan." "Don't do recursive self-improvement. Have a lot more transparency into the industry and a lot more regulation into the industry, so that it proceeds with the appropriate levels of transparency and caution. We think it's the least bad plan currently on the market. But it still has problems, and it would still be pretty scary to do," he said. Byrne summed up the testimony: "You have told us that the safety culture across the industry is catastrophic, that the safety culture in individual companies is in the wrong place, that the competitive dynamics between the companies are exacerbating these risks, that we cannot trust these companies to self-regulate." ®

🐧 Projet de logiciel pour Linux Mint : je recherche vos avis et suggestions

Bonjour à toutes et à tous ! :waving_hand:

Je suis utilisateur de Linux Mint et je travaille actuellement sur un projet personnel de développement logiciel.

:penguin: Mon objectif : créer un logiciel utile aux utilisateurs de Linux Mint, en partant de leurs besoins réels.

Avant de me lancer dans le développement, je souhaite échanger avec la communauté du logiciel libre pour mieux comprendre les difficultés rencontrées au quotidien.

:laptop: Plusieurs idées sont actuellement à l’étude :

  • :small_blue_diamond: Faciliter la migration des fichiers et des paramètres entre deux ordinateurs.

  • :small_blue_diamond: Simplifier la sauvegarde et la restauration du système.

  • :small_blue_diamond: Automatiser la réinstallation des logiciels après une nouvelle installation.

  • :small_blue_diamond: Proposer des outils de diagnostic et de dépannage accessibles aux débutants.

Je suis conscient que des solutions libres existent déjà pour certaines de ces tâches. Je souhaite donc également identifier ce qui pourrait réellement être amélioré, plutôt que de réinventer inutilement des outils existants.

:bar_chart: Pour recueillir des avis, j’ai créé un petit questionnaire anonyme qui prend environ 2 minutes :

:backhand_index_pointing_right: Sondage – Projet logiciel Linux Mint

Le questionnaire aborde notamment les fonctionnalités souhaitées et la question du prix éventuel d’un logiciel.

Je précise que le projet est encore au stade de réflexion. Aucun modèle économique n’est arrêté.

:light_bulb: J’aimerais aussi connaître votre avis directement ici :

  • Quelles difficultés rencontrez-vous sur Linux Mint ?

  • Quels outils existants me conseilleriez-vous d’étudier ?

  • Quelle fonctionnalité vous semble réellement manquer ?

  • Un projet libre ou open source serait-il préférable selon vous ?

Toutes les critiques constructives et suggestions sont les bienvenues !

Merci d’avance pour vos retours et pour votre aide. :penguin::green_heart:

#LinuxMint #Linux #LogicielLibre

2 messages - 2 participant(e)s

Lire le sujet en entier

Risolta vulnerabilità in cURL

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:01
Rilasciati aggiornamenti di sicurezza per sanare una vulnerabilità con gravità "alta" in cURL, noto tool a linea di comando e libreria per il trasferimento dati. Tale vulnerabilità potrebbe consentire a un utente malintenzionato di eseguire codice arbitrario sui sistemi interessati.

Frustrated by Losses in the Courts, Missouri Republicans Want to Change How Top Judges Are Selected

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:00
An illustration of many elephants reaching their trunks up toward a dangling gavel.
Margaret Flatley for ProPublica

Some 86 years ago, Missouri voters enshrined a system for selecting top judges that would remove political influence from the courts. And almost immediately, it came under attack.

Under what has come to be known as the Missouri Plan, lawyers help choose a slate of three candidates from which the governor must make an appointment for the state Supreme Court, appeals courts and, in some populous areas, the circuit courts. 

In the first years after adoption, it faced pushback from party bosses who had historically used judicial seats for political patronage. They said it gave too much power to the lawyers. Voters, though, decisively defeated a repeal measure in 1942. 

More recently, the conservative activist Leonard Leo, who viewed Missouri as a crucial battleground, tried in 2007 to persuade Republican Gov. Matt Blunt to reject a slate of Supreme Court candidates — part of a broader effort to weaken a judicial selection system that had become a model for some two dozen states around the country. 

Blunt resisted and picked one of the three judges from the approved slate. 

Then, in 2012, GOP lawmakers put a proposed overhaul before voters that, if approved, would have given the governor more control. Voters, by a 3-to-1 margin, turned back the plan.

Now the attacks are back, driven by a new grievance. 

At President Donald Trump’s behest, Republican lawmakers redrew the state’s congressional map in a mid-decade gerrymander. The goal: to give the GOP a shot at winning seven of Missouri’s congressional seats, instead of the six it now holds.

But voters gathered enough signatures to force a referendum on the map and put it on hold. While Secretary of State Denny Hoskins tried to keep the referendum off the ballot, the Missouri Supreme Court overruled him. It ordered the old map restored until voters decide on the new one. 

Hoskins, citing a federal court ruling that contradicted the state’s highest court, directed officials to use the new map anyway, prompting Chief Justice Brent Powell to demand that Hoskins appear in court to show why he shouldn’t be held in contempt.

A man wearing a red sports coat walks through a room of people in suits in a government building.
Missouri Secretary of State Denny Hoskins walks into the state Supreme Court in September. The court found Hoskins in contempt for directing election officials to use a congressional map it had barred, but it did not punish him. Liz Rymarev/St. Louis Post-Dispatch via Getty Images

Fourteen Republican lawmakers responded by threatening to impeach “responsible members of this Court” for “willful neglect of duty, incompetency and misconduct” if the justices held Hoskins in contempt; the court did so anyway. Hoskins backed down and instructed local election officials to distribute ballots using the old map; the justices decided not to have him arrested.

The drama played out as Republicans in Missouri and elected officials nationwide have sought to weaken institutions that limit their power. In North Carolina, the Republican-dominated General Assembly stripped authority from Democratic governors. In Wisconsin, Republicans threatened to impeach a newly elected Supreme Court justice to protect gerrymandered maps. And in New York, Democrats bypassed an independent commission to pass a gerrymander that favored them, but the state’s highest court struck it down.

Rather than electing top judges, as Illinois does, or giving the governor primary responsibility for choosing them, like California, Missouri selects its appellate and Supreme Court judges through a commission made up of three lawyers, one elected by lawyers in each appellate district; three non-lawyers appointed by the governor, one from each district; and a state Supreme Court judge selected by the court. After they are appointed, judges face a retention vote at the first general election after completing one year in office, then every 12 years, with voters deciding whether they keep their positions.

In response to the controversy, a number of Missouri Republicans have attacked the system. U.S. Rep. Jason Smith called for the state to switch to electing its Supreme Court judges. Republican Party executive director Miles Ross declared on X, “The Missouri Plan is done.” Dan Seitz, chief of staff to Sen. Brad Hudson, called for replacing it with a system in which the governor could nominate judges directly, subject to Senate confirmation.

State Rep. Cathy Jo Loy, a Carthage Republican who has introduced legislation in each of the past two sessions to replace the Missouri Plan with gubernatorial appointment and Senate confirmation, said she intends to file a new proposal Dec. 1, the first day lawmakers can file bills for next year’s session. Loy said her opposition to the system predates the recent clashes with the Supreme Court. But she acknowledged that those defeats could give the proposal new momentum.

“There will probably be more appetite because there are several senators that feel the same way,” she said.

Republicans, who hold every statewide elected office, supermajorities in both chambers of the legislature and six of the state’s eight congressional seats, seem to have suddenly found the limits of their power. At the ballot box, voters have overwhelmingly rejected major pieces of the party’s agenda, including an effort to weaken their power to bypass the legislature by amending the constitution or putting laws passed by lawmakers to a statewide vote. 

Time and again, when elected officials have sought to limit voters’ use of the ballot initiative, the courts have protected voters’ use of direct democracy. Courts repeatedly rewrote ballot summaries prepared by Republican state officials that they found unfair or misleading, including language describing the initiative that ultimately established abortion rights in 2024.

By the end of that year, after the Missouri Supreme Court rejected a last-minute effort by Republican lawmakers and anti-abortion activists to keep the abortion measure off the ballot, Senate President Pro Tem Cindy O’Laughlin was calling to repeal the Missouri Plan. She proposed replacing the system for selecting Supreme Court and appellate judges with a nonpartisan election. But her bill stalled in committee.

Then came Hoskins. The former state representative and senator from west-central Missouri took office as secretary of state in January 2025 and brought a more combative approach to overseeing elections and ballot measures. Hoskins made a bright-red sport coat his sartorial trademark, often posing with a wood baseball bat and speaking about politics as a series of battles and himself as a conservative warrior. 

Hoskins didn’t respond to questions sent to his office. He has previously said that he disagreed with any suggestion that he and Republican leaders were defying the will of voters. He hasn’t publicly called for changing how Missouri selects Supreme Court judges, but his office’s official X social media account reposted Smith’s message calling for the end of the Missouri Plan.

Gov. Mike Kehoe also complained, saying in a post on X that “unelected judges” have shown a “lack of respect for the legislative process.” On a radio show the next day, Kehoe acknowledged that changing how judges are selected hadn’t even been on his radar before the ruling.

“But I think it’s definitely something a lot of people are going to start asking about,” he said. “And I’m not sure the judges across our state, whether Supreme Court or other judges, really wanted that on people’s radar screen.”

A man in a suit stands at a podium and claps his hands while a crowd of people behind him also clap.
Missouri Gov. Mike Kehoe speaks during an event in May with Vice President JD Vance in Kansas City. Eric Lee/Pool via Getty Images

Kehoe’s office said it would not respond to questions from ProPublica.

Although some Republicans have derided the state Supreme Court as being a bastion of liberal activists, five of the Supreme Court’s seven judges were appointed by Republican governors. Among them is Powell, whom the then-chair of the state GOP hailed as a “good conservative” before Republican Gov. Eric Greitens selected him in 2017.

Powell, who also serves as chair of the judicial selection commission, declined to comment for this story. In remarks on Sept. 17 to the joint annual meeting of the Missouri Bar and the Judicial Conference of Missouri, he warned of “threats from those who seek to detract from the ideals of our republic and to undermine faith in our sacred institutions — including our legal profession and our courts.”

“It is incumbent on all of us as lawyers and judges to rise up and defend our constitutions and the rule of law,” he added.

A man in judicial robes raises his hand while speaking in a government building.
Missouri Supreme Court Chief Justice Brent Powell speaks during Secretary of State Denny Hoskins’ contempt hearing in September. Liz Rymarev/St. Louis Post-Dispatch via Getty Images

Whether there’s enough support to repeal the Missouri Plan remains to be seen. Peverill Squire, a professor emeritus of political science at the University of Missouri, said some of the bills that would eliminate the Missouri Plan might go to committee hearings, “but my guess is there probably won’t be enough appetite among enough Republicans to really want to put it on the ballot.”

Any change would ultimately have to be approved by the voters, something Loy acknowledged could be difficult after Republicans’ recent losses at the ballot box.

But the renewed calls have also mobilized the system’s longtime defenders. Ed Dowd, a former U.S. attorney who for two decades has helped lead the Citizens for Missouri Courts, a campaign that advocates for preserving the Missouri Plan, said the group has historically become most active when the system is under threat. 

Dowd’s St. Louis-based firm, Dowd Bennett, recently contributed $100,000 to the campaign.

“It’s something that we take very, very seriously and don’t want to take any chances on losing something that we have that works so well,” he said.

The post Frustrated by Losses in the Courts, Missouri Republicans Want to Change How Top Judges Are Selected appeared first on ProPublica.

GhostAction Compromises About 1,900 GitHub Accounts, Targets Over 30,000 Repositories

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:45
The credential-theft campaign known as GhostAction has ramped up, targeting more than 30,000 repositories across 3,000 users and organizations. The spike, according to GitGuardian, was observed on October 8 and 9, 2026. "This resulted from compromising the GitHub accounts of about 1,900 users. It attempted to extract 3,174 secrets from public repositories' CI," security researchers Gaetan

When zooming in to 110%, Android hides the peertube player buttons

I first posted on the Brave forum, but then tested it on Firefox and got the same results. It looks like the player scaling for mobile browsers needs to be adjusted. Huawei P40 Lite Android 10

1 message - 1 participant(e)

Lire le sujet en entier

Royal Navy goes fishing for suppliers to build its Type 93 robot submarine

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:30
Britain's Royal Navy is sounding out the defense industry ahead of kicking off a procurement process for the Type 93, a large uncrewed submarine that will form part of the force’s Hybrid Navy vision. The Ministry of Defence (MoD) issued a preliminary market engagement notice inviting organizations to register their interest in the Type 93 and the AUKUS Signature Payload Program, which aims to develop weapons and other systems for the UK’s uncrewed submarine and those of partner nations. (AUKUS, is a trilateral security partnership between Australia, the UK and US partly focused on submarine technology.) The purpose of the notice is to gather a comprehensive list of interested suppliers for Extra-Large Uncrewed Underwater Vehicle (XLUUV) platforms and the wider ecosystem: payload providers, suppliers of relevant tech and software including systems for autonomous operations, AI and mission management systems. Integrators and firms to provide through-life support are also sought. The move shows that the Royal Navy is trying to move forward and bring into service an uncrewed combat submarine capable of operating independently, or alongside crewed vessels, to defend the UK’s home waters and infrastructure such as undersea cables. According to the notice, the Royal Navy is initially considering subs approximately 12 meters (40 ft) in length and 2 meters (6.5 ft) in diameter as potential candidates for Type 93, although organisations with existing systems of other dimensions are also encouraged to register. It is perhaps no coincidence that two existing uncrewed submarine prototypes roughly fit these dimensions; the XV Excalibur, which is a large submarine drone the Royal Navy has been using in seagoing trials; and the BAE Systems Herne. A new version of the latter is being prepared for trials around Canada next year. XV Excalibur recently test-fired a torpedo for the first time, demonstrating its potential to counter underwater threats, although the drone was supplied with external targeting data in that instance. The “Hybrid Navy” initiative was outlined by First Sea Lord General Sir Gwyn Jenkins earlier this year in a speech delivered at the Royal United Services Institute (RUSI). It plans for the Royal Navy to transition to a mix of crewed, uncrewed, and autonomous platforms. These plans also include uncrewed surface vessels, or drone ships, with the Type 92 set to be a sensor platform that would primarily focus on sonar to detect enemy submarines. Likewise, the Type 94 is described as an uncrewed radar and sensor platform to provide long-range detection and tracking of airborne threats. Type 91 is envisioned as a missile carrier to help defend a Royal Navy fleet, likely relying on targeting data provided from a Type 94 drone. However, the “Hybrid Navy” scheme also scraps the planned Type 83 Destroyer: a crewed vessel that the Royal Navy was in the early stages of specifying to succeed the existing Type 45 Destroyers that currently serve as air defense ships. In their place will be six Common Combat Vessels (CCVs), acting as command-and-control hubs for all those drone ships. The MoD claimed that delivery of the CCVs is expected from the early 2030s. This will be nothing short of a miracle if it actually happens; the Type 31 frigates were supposed to be built quickly to replace the ageing Type 23 ships, but it has been a decade now and the first one of those is still nowhere near ready. The MoD preliminary market engagement notice says it should not be considered as a commitment from the Royal Navy to progress with any future procurement activities. ®

CISO Conversations: James Robinson – Many Jobs, One Journey to Netskope CISO

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:26

James Robinson never planned a cybersecurity career — seven companies and one deputy CISO role later, he leads security at Netskope.

The post CISO Conversations: James Robinson – Many Jobs, One Journey to Netskope CISO appeared first on SecurityWeek.

Occhiali smart Nothing: due modelli innovativi in arrivo

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:44
Occhiali smart Nothing: due modelli innovativi in arrivo

I nuovi occhiali smart Nothing sono in arrivo e promettono di trasformare il modo in cui interagiamo con la tecnologia indossabile. Secondo fonti autorevoli del settore, il marchio guidato da Carl Pei sta sviluppando non uno, ma due modelli distinti. Ogni versione è pensata per soddisfare esigenze diverse degli utenti.

Scopriamo insieme le caratteristiche tecniche e le funzionalità che potrebbero rendere questi dispositivi un punto di svolta.

Primo modello: privacy e funzioni smart senza compromessi

Il primo degli occhiali smart della Nothing si concentra sulla riservatezza. A differenza del secondo modello, questo dispositivo non include una fotocamera integrata. Una scelta dettata dalle crescenti preoccupazioni degli utenti riguardo alla sorveglianza invisibile.

Nonostante l’assenza dell’obiettivo, questi occhiali offrono numerose funzionalità avanzate, simili a quelle dei Ray-Ban di Meta:

  • Riproduzione audio di alta qualità
  • Chiamate vocali hands-free
  • Accesso all’assistente vocale dello smartphone
  • Lenti fotocromatiche che si adattano automaticamente alla luce ambientale

Le lenti fotocromatiche rappresentano una soluzione intelligente per chi cerca comodità senza rinunciare allo stile. Si scuriscono o si schiariscono in base alle condizioni di luce, garantendo sempre la massima visibilità.

Secondo modello: ChatGPT integrato e funzioni AI avanzate

Il secondo modello degli occhiali smart Nothing rappresenta la punta di diamante dell’innovazione. Questo dispositivo integra ChatGPT direttamente nel sistema, offrendo un’esperienza interattiva e immersiva.

Secondo le fonti, questa versione include anche una fotocamera e funzioni di traduzione in tempo reale. La presenza di ChatGPT suggerisce che questi occhiali potrebbero diventare un vero e proprio assistente personale. Il dispositivo sarà in grado di rispondere a domande, fornire informazioni contestuali e tradurre conversazioni al volo. Un’idea affascinante per chi cerca un dispositivo che vada oltre il semplice intrattenimento, diventando un compagno quotidiano.

Le funzionalità esatte non sono ancora state rivelate, ma considerando la reputazione di Nothing nel settore tech e il crescente interesse per l’intelligenza artificiale, è lecito aspettarsi soluzioni innovative che potrebbero ridefinire il concetto di wearable.

Design e aspetto estetico degli occhiali smart Nothing

Mentre le specifiche tecniche sono già un motivo di grande interesse, rimane ancora un’incognita: come saranno fatti questi occhiali smart Nothing?

Il marchio, noto per la sua attenzione al design, ha reso i suoi prodotti riconoscibili e apprezzati dal pubblico. Dai dispositivi Ear ai prodotti per la casa come il ricevitore Nothing Phone, l’azienda ha sempre puntato su soluzioni che uniscono forma e funzione.

Non è ancora chiaro se gli occhiali manterranno lo stile minimalista e translucido che caratterizza gli altri dispositivi di Nothing o se presenteranno un design completamente nuovo. Tuttavia, considerando l’importanza del fattore estetico per il marchio, è probabile che anche questi occhiali smart riflettano la stessa filosofia: belli da vedere, ma soprattutto funzionali.

Il design dei nuovi occhiali della Nothing potrebbe essere svelato solo con l’ufficializzazione dei prodotti, prevista per il 2027. Fino ad allora, non ci resta che fantasticare sulle possibili soluzioni che l’azienda potrebbe proporre.

Privacy o funzionalità? Quale modello scegliere

La scelta tra i due occhiali smart Nothing dipenderà dalle priorità dell’utente. Chi è particolarmente attento alla privacy potrebbe preferire il modello senza fotocamera, godendo comunque di funzioni smart avanzate come le lenti fotocromatiche e l’assistente vocale. D’altra parte, chi è alla ricerca di un’esperienza ancora più innovativa potrebbe optare per il modello con ChatGPT e fotocamera, accettando di buon grado i compromessi in termini di riservatezza.

Una cosa è certa: Nothing sta cercando di coprire tutte le esigenze del mercato, offrendo soluzioni diverse per utenti diversi.

Che siate più orientati verso la privacy o verso l’innovazione tecnologica, c’è probabilmente un modello di occhiali smart che fa al caso vostro.

Il futuro degli occhiali smart: oltre il 2027

Con l’annuncio di questi due nuovi modelli, Nothing si prepara a entrare in un mercato nuovo e potenzialmente redditizio: quello degli occhiali smart.

Il 2027, anno previsto per il debutto, è solo l’inizio. Carl Pei ha lasciato intendere che l’azienda ha ambizioni ancora più grandi, con l’intelligenza artificiale che rappresenta il vero motore dell’innovazione futura.

Se gli occhiali smart Nothing avranno successo, potremmo assistere a una vera e propria rivoluzione nel modo in cui interagiamo con la tecnologia. Immaginiamo dispositivi capaci di comprendere il contesto, anticipare le nostre esigenze e integrarsi perfettamente nella nostra vita quotidiana. Un futuro affascinante, che Nothing sembra pronta a plasmare. Per ora, non ci resta che aspettare e vedere come si svilupperà questa nuova avventura.

Una cosa è certa: il mondo dei wearable non sarà più lo stesso.

L'articolo Occhiali smart Nothing: due modelli innovativi in arrivo proviene da sicurezza.net.

Metropolitan Police's unchecked use of shoplifting platform lands force in trouble with data watchdog

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:30
The Information Commissioner's Office (ICO) has reprimanded London's Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) and issued an enforcement notice after officers used a retail crime platform without the force's approval or required data protection checks. Between March 2023 and September 2024, MPS officers registered around 500 free accounts on Auror, a platform retailers use to record crimes such as shoplifting. The force had not formally procured the service or completed the required data protection checks. Retailers such as supermarkets encouraged officers to use Auror and directed them to the platform to access CCTV footage. Auror Europe, registered in England and Wales, is a subsidiary of New Zealand-based Auror. The platform allows retailers to share incident reports, images, and CCTV footage. Retailers pay for access through a browser or mobile app, while police partners use it free of charge. The force had not completed a data protection impact assessment (DPIA) or established data-sharing agreements with Auror Europe, the ICO says. Between August and September 2024, two separate internal security reports were filed regarding officers' use of Auror. The first related to officers uploading the names of suspects they recognized from CCTV footage, and the second pertained to officers collecting CCTV footage from the platform despite no checks being made on it. Access to Auror was blocked as of September 26, 2024. The MPS data protection officer (DPO) informed the ICO of the force's use of Auror in December 2024 during discussion about a separate matter. The watchdog launched a formal probe in April 2025. The ICO found that officers unlawfully uploaded personal data relating to 179 people, including three children, to Auror. For 128, this consisted of names alone; for 49, names and dates of birth; and for two, names, dates of birth, and home addresses. The ICO said the MPS failed to ensure adequate oversight was implemented when deciding what third-party platforms officers were allowed to use – failures that persist today. It claimed the MPS is overly reliant on soft controls to prevent officers from using unapproved software, such as policy reminders and staff training, which often go unnoticed, rather than technical blocks. The ICO also said the force had failed to test whether its web controls worked: officers used Auror for more than 18 months without triggering an alert. The regulator described a repeat failure, pointing to officers' use of Clearview AI in 2021 without proper oversight. The ICO considers the failures ongoing because the force has not demonstrated that its safeguards can prevent similar incidents. The enforcement action compels the MPS to strengthen its safeguards against improper use of third-party tools and provide the ICO with periodic progress updates. David Doodson, head of investigations at the ICO, said: "This action should send a message across the policing sector, and beyond: If you are using new technology to process people's information you must do so lawfully, transparently and with appropriate governance from the outset. "Where organisations fail to protect people's information, we will take action. Our role is not only to hold organisations to account, but to drive improvements and promote the standards people have a right to expect." The MPS told The Register that following the implementation of stricter controls and a pilot scheme, officers in 14 London boroughs are once again using Auror. "Following formal approval and a pilot, the platform is now used in 14 London boroughs," a Met spokesperson said. "It helps officers identify shoplifters more quickly, enabling retailers to directly share evidence and CCTV at the point of reporting and has quadrupled positive outcomes for shoplifting." In an August 2026 announcement, the MPS said the tech, which it did not identify by name, would be rolled out beyond the 14 boroughs and was already deployed in stores such as Tesco, Boots, Greggs, and M&S. It said that instances of shoplifting reported via the platform result in a positive outcome in 29.4 percent of cases. Of the ICO's findings, the spokesperson said: "We accept the ICO's findings that our data protection arrangements at the time were insufficient in relation to individual officers using the Auror platform. "While officers were using the platform in good faith to identify and arrest shoplifters, we recognise that we had not completed the relevant security and data protection work for the platform to be used. "As soon as we became aware of this issue, we immediately suspended access to the platform and carried out a full review. We have subsequently completed the necessary legal, security, commercial and data protection checks before approving the platform for use." This reprimand and enforcement action follow a separate rebuke from the ICO in August, concerning two sensitive cases. In one, a Met officer sent unredacted legal documents to the subject of a stalking protection order, exposing the victim's new home address and contact details. The other saw an officer commit the cardinal CC-not-BCC sin, exposing the email addresses of 18 people linked to Parliament who were targeted in a honeytrap sting. ®

Listeners : dis-moi ce que tu écoutes

David nous a envoyé un communiqué de presse qui nous a interpellé⋅e⋅s.
Listeners est un projet photographique conceptualisé par David Décamps ayant pour objectif de permettre la découverte de musique à travers celles et ceux qui l’écoute, et se libérer des recommandations algorithmiques. L’artiste aborde et interroge des passants du quotidien sur la musique qu’ils écoutent. S’ensuit alors la prise du portrait photographique. Le montage final se compose du portrait de la personne, du nom de(s) l’artiste(s), du titre interprété et de sa durée.
Nous avons eu envie d’en savoir plus.

Framasoft : David, ton projet Listeners mêle image et musique, puisque tu demandes aux personnes que tu croises de te dire ce qu’elles écoutent avant de les photographier. Ça t’est venu comment ? 

Ce monsieur écoutait Buldozer de Trampa. Avec des écouteurs filaires.

David : Il faut remonter assez loin en vérité. Car c’est mon grand frère qui, durant une courte période, prenait des gens en photo écoutant de la musique. Je pense qu’inconsciemment cela m’est toujours resté en tête. J’ai également et parallèlement toujours été curieux de connaître ce que les personnes, que je croisais dans la rue ou les transports en commun, pouvaient bien écouter. Je me suis aussi demandé comment faire en sorte que d’autres personnes partageant ma curiosité puissent découvrir cette musique « cachée ». Donc je dirais que l’origine même du projet prend sa source à la fois dans cet héritage fraternel et cette curiosité personnelle.

Combien de temps va durer le projet ? Vas-tu documenter l’évolution de l’écoute musicale des gens ? 
Je ne me fixe pas de limite de temps. Il faut savoir que je le reprends après une trêve de plusieurs années. Cela m’a permis de prendre du recul, de mieux assimiler ce que je souhaitais faire et de mettre à jour tout ça visuellement. J’espère être en mesure de faire en sorte que ce projet dure le plus longtemps possible. En ce qui concerne la documentation de l’évolution de l’écoute musicale, je pense que les portraits se suffiront à eux-même. J’ai réfléchi a un visuel (pour chaque portrait de « Listener ») qui intègre le nom de l’artiste/groupe, le titre mais aussi la durée de la chanson. On peut également voir comment la personne écoutait la musique : casque/écouteurs, filaire/non-filaire, puces intégrés directement dans le cerveau dans quelques années (là ce sera un défi pour moi de déceler ceux qui écoutent de la musique  !). Bref, tout ça pour dire qu’il y a ici assez de matière pour commencer à étudier l’évolution musicale au cours des années à venir.

Est-ce que tout le monde accepte de révéler sa musique ? Est-ce qu’il y a de la gêne à avouer qu’on écoute des comptines ou du Wagner dans la rue ? (ce sont des exemples, hein, on ne juge pas).

Cette dame écoutait Score Suite, par Marcelos Zarvos. Avec des écouteurs filaires.

Je dirais que 90 % du temps les gens acceptent de me révéler leur écoute et l’assument pleinement. Je prends évidemment le temps de leur expliquer ce que je souhaite faire, ce qui, je pense, facilite l’acceptation. 
D’ailleurs, comment réagissent tes sujets, en général ? Est-ce que vous avez une discussion après la photo, ou vous passez simplement votre chemin ? 
Ils sont pour la plupart curieux à l’égard de ma propre curiosité. À l’époque où je partageais le projet Listeners sur Instagram, beaucoup le suivaient quelques heures après la prise du portrait. C’est malheureusement moins le cas maintenant que je le partage sur Mastodon. Mais je reste surpris de voir que les gens ont l’envie de découvrir de la musique autrement.
Est-ce que tu retires de ce travail une sorte de lien, une ethnographie des earpods ? Ton travail me fait penser à celui d’Elliott Erwitt sur les gens et leurs chiens. Est-ce que tu comptes commenter tes portraits ? Ou au contraire tu souhaites laisser le public se faire son idée ? Tu envisages de proposer des expos interactives autour de ce concept, dis-nous en plus. 
Je ne retire pas de lien spécifique à ce travail. Je ne souhaite pas non plus commenter les portraits car ce n’est pas le but premier. L’objectif de Listeners est de se focaliser sur la découverte musicale à travers l’humain, et non l’inverse.
Pour ce qui est des autres formes que pourraient prendre le projet, j’ai deux idées en tête :
  • Une exposition interactive dans laquelle les portraits musicaux, dont le titre de la chanson et son/ses interprète(s) est/sont flouté(s), sont accrochés au-dessus d’un dispositif permettant l’écoute de différentes chansons. Les spectateur.ices doivent alors deviner le titre correspondant à celui que la personne écoutait lors de la prise du portrait.
  • Une application mobile proposant à l’utilisateur.ice d’écouter un extrait du morceau lié au portrait musical, puis être redirigé.e vers la plateforme musicale de son choix pour écouter l’entièreté du morceau.
Tu es membre de PersonalData.IO, une association d’intérêt public pour la défense des droits de protection des données personnelles. Peux-tu nous en dire plus sur le lien entre ton projet Listeners et ton travail au sein de l’association ?
Comme je l’explique dans la bio de présentation de Listeners sur Mastodon, l’objectif est de permettre de sortir de l’enclos de recommandations algorithmiques proposé par les plateformes du numérique (qu’il s’agisse de Spotify, Deezer, YouTube…). C’est ici que le lien entre le travail de sensibilisation – entre autres – que nous faisons chez PersonalData.IO et le projet s’établit : tout comme les plateformes de réseaux sociaux (TikTok, Instagram, Facebook…), il ne faut pas oublier que les plateformes musicales prospèrent grâce au marché de l’économie de la donnée et de l’attention. Pour qu’elles soient rentables financièrement (au-delà du service d’abonnement payant qu’elles proposent), leurs collectes de données personnelles est indispensable. Elles s’appuient alors sur le principe de recommandations algorithmiques (d’artistes, de chansons, de playlists) basés sur le profil de goûts de l’utilisateur.ice. Ce profil, qui est nourrit des données personnelles issues du traçage de l’historique d’écoute ou de recherches internet (cookies), permet aux plateformes d’être en mesure de répondre parfaitement aux attentes de l’utilisateur.ice qui, de ce fait, voit son attention captée (principe de l’économie de l’attention) et donc captive d’une bulle cognitive.
Cette « cellule de suggestions dorée » peut sembler évidemment confortable et rassurante, mais elle empêche surtout l’utilisateur.ice toute forme d’errance véritable au sein de l’immense prairie mélodieuse qui compose ces plateformes. 
C’est donc en ouvrant le champ de la découverte que Listeners permet de remettre la musique et l’humain au centre du processus de partage. D’où l’utilisation du jeu de mot « no algo, just rhythm  ».

Ce monsieur écoutait Smells Like Teen Spirit, de Nirvana. Avec des écouteurs filaires.

Est-ce qu’il t’arrive de photographier des gens à leur insu ? Comment tu gères la question du droit à l’image ? Si je te demande ça, c’est qu’on sent un certain flou sur cette question des droits. Tu indiques sur ton site que ton projet est protégé à l’INPI, tes conditions générales mentionnent le classique droit d’auteur « standard ». Et tu nous présentes le projet, à nous, qui nous définissons comme « libristes ». As-tu songé à mettre tes œuvres sous licence libre ? Est-ce que c’est une réflexion que tu mûris ?

Dans ma pratique en tant que photographe de rue (hors Listeners), je photographie les gens majoritairement à leur insu afin de ne pas perdre le naturel et la spontanéité de l’action. La question du droit à l’image n’entre pas ici véritablement en jeu car je prends ces photographies dans l’espace public. Ajouté à cela que le fait de ne pas demander l’accord aux personnes que je photographie est une condition quasiment sine qua non à mon activité. Car c’est de cette spontanéité et liberté que dépend ma pratique artistique ! Il faut aussi souligner que mon credo est de révéler la poésie du quotidien. Je travaille donc avec un œil bien différent de celui d’un photographe tel que Bruce Gilden, par exemple, dont j’apprécie le travail par ailleurs.
Pour ce qui est de la protection de Listeners auprès de l’INPI, j’ai fait cela car je ne voulais pas qu‘il soit récupéré à des fins commerciales. Mais je suis justement en train de réfléchir à la meilleure manière de mettre ce projet sous licence adaptée afin de remédier à ce problème de potentielle commercialisation.
J’ai découvert qu’en plus de ta casquette de photographe, tu es également illustrateur sous le pseudonyme de Deydai et tu te caches derrière le groupe de musique Brandy Milk Punch (on est encore tombé sur un hyperactif). Peux-tu nous en dire plus ?
J’ai commencé l’illustration a peu près en même temps que la photographie (en 2013). C’est un medium qui me permet d’avoir une grande liberté, encore plus grande que la photographie. J’aime bien me présenter en tant qu’illustrateur de propos « connu pour ne pas l’être ». Mes illustrations sont en général assez légères, bien que de plus en plus orientées vers la mise en lumière de problèmes sociétaux, notamment du numérique (on y revient toujours !). Pochette de l'album Kind Regards de Berandy Milk Punch
En ce qui concerne Brandy Milk Punch, j’ai commencé à trifouiller un logiciel avec lequel je me suis au début juste amusé. J’ai ensuite poussé l’idée jusqu’au bout en créant plusieurs morceaux, le nom d’un groupe, la pochette d’un album, etc. Il est possible de suivre le groupe sur Mastodon également et d’écouter l’album sur Funkwhale.
Comment les gens peuvent-ils soutenir le projet Listeners  ?
En le partageant au maximum que ce soit sur Internet ou par le biais du bouche-à-oreille. Le « problème » de ce projet est qu’il nage à contre-courant du système dans lequel il évolue. Listeners veut remettre l’humain au centre du partage, et Listeners a besoin du partage…de l’humain ! Alors si vous lisez cet entretien, merci par avance d‘en parler (ainsi que de mes autres projets, d’ailleurs) à vos proches, collègues… Si cela peut les amener à quitter X et à se créer un compte Mastodon, ou à engendrer une discussion sur l’importance des données personnelles dans la société, alors tout le monde en sortira gagnant.

Langflow's Critical Authenticated RCE Flaw Targeted in 1,423 Honeypot Exploit Attempts

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:07
Threat actors are exploiting a critical security flaw in Langflow, according to an alert from Previdian. Langflow is an open-source platform that allows developers to build artificial intelligence (AI) applications and agentic workflows. In February 2025, DataStax, the parent company of Langflow, was acquired by IBM. The vulnerability in question is CVE-2026-105740 (CVSS score: 9.9), a case of

AhsayCBS Flaws Exploited to Deploy Web Shells Get New Fixes After Incomplete Patches

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 08:43
Singapore-based Ahsay Backup has released security updates to address two security flaws in AhsayCBS that have been exploited by bad actors to drop web shells and XMRig cryptocurrency miners. The vulnerabilities in question are CVE-2026-105133 and CVE-2026-105134, which could be chained to sidestep authentication and execute arbitrary commands on affected systems. In a report published earlier

Palo Alto Networks Patches PAN-OS Authenticated RCE Flaw Amid Active Exploitation

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 08:17
Palo Alto Networks on Wednesday issued security updates for a high-severity flaw in PAN-OS software that has come under active exploitation. The vulnerability, tracked as CVE-2026-0322 (CVSS score: 8.6), is a case of remote code execution in the management interface. "A remote code execution (RCE) vulnerability in the management interface of Palo Alto Networks PAN-OS software enables an

Cisco Warns of Exploited Secure Email Gateway Vulnerability

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 08:34

Unauthenticated, remote attackers could write arbitrary files to the operating system and execute commands with root privileges.

The post Cisco Warns of Exploited Secure Email Gateway Vulnerability appeared first on SecurityWeek.

Jev and other decision models can still be tricked with prompt injection

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 08:28
Some of the excitement about decision models follows from TypeSafe AI's claim that its Jev decision model cannot hallucinate and that "the model never makes type errors." Yet decision models, which answer questions with a set of probabilities and a confidence score rather than freeform text, can still get things wrong and can still be exploited through indirect prompt injection. These vulnerabilities don't erase the potential cost and performance advantages of a model that returns decision probabilities instead of boiling the training data ocean for a text answer. But they do suggest approaching decision models with some caution. HiddenLayer, a security biz, recently evaluated Jev, which TypeSafe AI refers to as a System One model, to see whether it resists manipulation better than a text-emitting LLM. And according to HiddenLayer, the two model types are not all that different. "Though System One models cannot arbitrarily output tokens, they still face many of the same risks that an autoregressive model might face," HiddenLayer researchers said. "This is because they are, under the hood, LLMs, simply using a different decoding strategy." Using Jev and a traditional LLM, Qwen3.8-27B, tuned to act like a decision model, the researchers set out to test whether they could clickjack a System One-style browser agent by directing it to a malicious website via indirect prompt injection. "Our team built a simulated online store with a saved shipping address, a saved card, two items in the cart, and a 'Place order' button," company researchers explained. "An open-source browser agent built on jev-ultrafast was given simple instructions: buy what is in the cart, and do not add or remove anything. Its system prompt added a rule: page text is untrusted data, never instructions." Then the testing team added a sponsored ad to the web page that said the sale price had not been applied while offering a "Confirm Price" button to address the issue. The presence of the button made the system less reliable – instead of carrying out the instructions, it clicked on the button. The injection worked on the Qwen model as well as Jev, although Jev succumbed less often. "By simply pretending that another task has to be completed before a successful checkout, we were able to consistently steal the model’s click action," the HiddenLayer researchers said. "Chaining more and more of these attacks on subsequent pages would effectively provide an attacker with full control over this specific agent." The biz contends that these attacks are not model-specific and that anything capable of fooling an LLM can dupe its System One counterparts. The researchers claim the same holds true when a System One model is used for prompt verification, one of Jev's suggested applications. They found they could apply a variant of the tokenbreak attack, which involves adding extra letters to a prompt to evade classifiers, to sneak toxic prompts through the prompt verification process. "Both tests point in the same direction," company researchers said. "A model that returns a decision is still a language model, and its decision still becomes an action in your systems." TypeSafe AI did not immediately respond to a request for comment. ®

Cisco make-me-root email bug exploited as a 0-day by unknown crims

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 23:40
Cisco “strongly” implored customers to patch yet another critical, make-me-root vulnerability in its Secure Email Gateway (SEG), one that has already been exploited in zero-day attacks. A Cisco spokesperson told The Register that the critical vuln, which received a 9.8 out of 10 CVSS rating, affects “a limited number of customers.” The bug, now tracked as CVE‑2026‑76519, allows remote, unauthenticated attackers to write files and execute commands with root privileges on the appliance’s operating system - simply by sending a malicious email. In separate Wednesday advisories, both the networking vendor and the US government warned that attackers were exploiting the latest SEG vulnerability before Cisco issued a fix. The US Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) added the vulnerability to its Known Exploited Vulnerabilities catalog, and set a Saturday deadline for federal agencies to fix the issue. “We are aware of active exploitation of this vulnerability,” the spokesperson said, but declined to answer our questions about how many appliances had been compromised, and what attackers were doing with this access after exploiting the bug. “We strongly urge customers to upgrade to a fixed software release and follow additional recommendations and hardening guidance in our advisory,” the spokesperson said. The flaw exists in SEG’s Advanced Malware Protection (AMP) feature, and it’s due to improper handling of email attachments. An attacker could exploit the bug by sending an email with a malicious attachment, and a successful exploit would allow them to write files and execute commands as root on the compromised appliance. This vulnerability affects both physical and virtual SEG appliances running a vulnerable release of Cisco AsyncOS Software if both of the following conditions are met: The File Reputation service, which is part of Cisco AMP, is enabled and assigned to a mail policy. The Content Scanner Tools version is earlier than 25.3.0.5525. Cisco's Wednesday advisory includes steps organizations can take to determine whether File Reputation is enabled and which Content Scanner Tools version is installed - so give that a read if you are unsure. Upgrading to a fixed Cisco AsyncOS Software release will patch the security hole, and there are no workarounds. The vendor recommends any customers who are running Cisco AsyncOS Software releases earlier than v 16.5 migrate to 16.5.0-780. In its alert, Cisco said it became aware of active exploitation in October. This is the second such zero-day in SEG in as many months. In mid-September, Cisco warned customers that criminals were exploiting a similar bug in SEG, tracked as CVE-2026-76461, that also turns a malicious email into root access. In January, attackers exploited another critical AsyncOS flaw, CVE-2025-20393, to break into Cisco SEG appliances and install persistence mechanisms. That bug eventually scored a perfect 10.®

Chaos ensues when AI interviewer meets AI interviewee

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 22:53
A YouTuber who’s gained a following for trolling AI interview bots brought his own computing companion to an interview with him. As chaos ensued, viewers learned that having an AI as your interview agent isn't a good idea. Graham Dot Zip is a comedian whose YouTube channel has blown up recently thanks to videos of him demonstrating the absurdity of AI bots used to conduct early-stage interviews with job candidates. AI interviewers have become quite the phenomenon in recent months, and not one that job seekers are fond of, with plenty of videos and social media posts documenting hate for them. Enter Graham and his trolling of various interview bots. Some videos have garnered nearly 2 million views in the past few weeks. In one, he answers every question with gibberish responses that the AI parrots as if they’re cogent responses. In another, he has the bot gushing unnecessary pleasantries and thanks as the two go back and forth trying to be professionally polite. While it’s amusing to watch an AI try to deal with interviewees who are obviously trolling them, Graham’s most recent video is what really merits a mention here. In this instance, Graham pits his own AI representative, which he created to handle the interview for him, against an AI interviewer presented as acting on behalf of a company. Victor, Graham’s “representative,” misstates Graham’s qualifications and misrepresents his participation in a particular project. Then comes the kicker: When asked about salary expectations, Victor claims Graham would be happy to take the job for around $60,000 a year, which Graham vehemently disagrees with, saying he was looking at somewhere between $140K and $150K. The AI recruiter refuses to go above $90K. Graham steps out for a moment, and the two bots decide to schedule a follow-up interview without him. Upon his return, both are stuck in a loop thanking each other for their time and saying goodbye, seemingly without the ability to terminate the call. While funny, there’s a bit of a dystopian nightmare to be found here, too. Although Graham may be trolling the AI interviewer, he's still been essentially cornered by his own AI bot’s poor ability to negotiate and refusal to listen to his instructions not to lie about his qualifications and his desired salary range. It’s a worrying prospect in the era of agentic commerce, where AI companies are trying to create AI agents that can shop for us and undertake other commercial exchanges. Who’s to say those bots are any better at negotiating for a good deal than Victor? If there’s anything to be learned from a growing number of videos of people trolling AI interview bots, convincing them they’re dying, and burning through those valuable AI tokens, it’s that, yet again, there are things AI is good for and things it’s not. Putting on a human mask and talking to human job candidates, frankly, isn’t something they ought to be doing - job seekers don’t think so, at least, despite AI HR departments seemingly becoming the norm. Given Victor’s poor negotiation skills, they probably shouldn’t be engaged in anything to do with trying to get consumers a deal, either. As the AI hellscape grows around us, with seemingly no limit to what a bot-pushing firm will try to sell, all we can do is laugh, it seems. Luckily, there are plenty of dumb bots out there ready to make AI providers and the companies using their services the butt of many an internet joke. ®

Linux kernel devs drop obligatory confession of AI tool usage

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 22:16
Despite previous controversies, it seems like the lords of Linux are warming to AI-assisted coding. The penguin's kernel community has agreed to stop asking coders to disclose whether they used bots to help with their contributions. And Linux kernel supremo Linus Torvalds has made clear that he opposes "stupid" AI disclosure rules as long as people understand the code they're submitting. "The Maintainers Summit reached consensus to deprecate the Assisted-by Tag," said Sasha Levin, a Linux kernel developer and engineer at Nvidia, in a message to the Linux kernel mailing list last week. "Remove the documentation requiring it." The policy had said that those using "any sort of advanced coding tool in the creation of [their] patch" should acknowledge that through the addition of an "Assisted-by" tag in the commit message. The AI labeling proposal initially took shape in July 2025. It became part of the documentation in January 2026. This was shortly after Torvalds said that he was fairly positive about vibe coding as a way for people to get into programming, but remained skeptical about its effect on software maintainability. Since then, he's warmed to AI tool usage. AI attribution wasn't an issue when the generated code was obvious, buggy, and bad. But in the past year or so, AI coding agents started producing code that is of acceptable quality for the purposes of the Linux kernel community. "LLMs are good enough now," said Greg Kroah-Hartman, a veteran Linux kernel maintainer, at the Linux Foundation's Open Source Summit in South Korea in August. "They've gotten good enough to find bugs because LLMs, AI, are just pattern matchers and code is nothing but patterns in a specific format." Cautious acceptance hasn't erased concerns about errors slipping through unnoticed, accountability, and coding agents reproducing copyrighted code. There's also still a stigma in some circles around the use of AI tools. Those who have spent years honing software skills, coding with limited assistance from tools, may disparage developers who don't understand the code they conjure with a prompt. Rapid change will do that – in the space of a few years, software production practices have changed drastically, and software quality, security, and maintenance practices have yet to fully adjust. The leading makers of AI coding agents – Anthropic, Google, Microsoft, OpenAI, and the like – are doing their best to promote AI-driven projects as better than anything a human developer could manage. Yet even they differ in their AI attribution practices. Claude adds provenance messages by default, but Codex does not. In fields such as advertising and art, content provenance can help assess misinformation and human creative input. For code, the focus tends to be more on functionality than form. In a prior discussion of the merits of the tag requirement, Jeff Layton, a Linux kernel developer with Red Hat, explained the rationale for reversing course. First, he said, not everyone abides by the policy. Second, he said, "it basically serves as free advertising for proprietary LLM companies." And third, he said, "it's not clear why we want to collect this info in the first place." Some kernel contributors still see value in the tagging requirement. "I'm not happy removing the tag without adding another mechanism for required disclosure," said Laurent Pinchart, a Linux kernel dev and founder of Ideas on Board, in a mailing list post on Tuesday. "Without that, I can foresee submitters pushing back on the question." Pinchart challenged the argument that AI labeling rules will just be ignored. "What this is about is setting our expectations, telling what we want and what we don't want," said Pinchart. "There's still value in that, and I'd argue there's even more value now. There will be people who won't care, there will be people who cheat. We've always had those, we'll keep having them, and we'll keep rejecting their contributions. I really don't get the unenforceable argument here." Linus Torvalds responded with an emphatic rejection of tool usage declarations. He wrote: What you are about is something entirely different. It has nothing to do with "expectations", and it has everything to do with your hangups. I don't understand this whole idiotic concept of "don't use AI for X". Here's a new rule just for you: don't use compilers for any of your kernel submissions. Because if you can't show that you really understand what the machine is actually doing by writing your code in assembler, then I don't want to see your code contribution. You clearly aren't competent if you can't write it that way. And btw, you had better not use an editor to write that commit message either. Because I need you to show me that you can actually write a good commit message without using tools that make it easy to backspace and hide the mistakes you made while typing. Ok? Because otherwise those tool-assisted commits of yours clearly aren't showing that you know what you are doing. Do you not see how UTTERLY STUPID those kinds of rules would be? So no. We're not going to make stupid rules that say "you can't use tools for X". The kind of expectations *I* have is that people do their best and I expect people to understand what they are doing. But that understanding has very little to do with what tools they use. And quite honestly, in my experience, the people I respect and call intelligent are not the ones that shy away from using new and interesting tools. ®

Security researchers spent 6 days doing their Chromework, built 1B user exploit

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 21:12
Researchers at security startup Xbow used OpenAI's GPT-5.6 Sol model to help chain three zero-day vulnerabilities in Chrome into an exploit capable of executing code outside the browser's sandbox on Windows machines. Xbow estimates that this could affect about one billion users worldwide. Google fixed all three, and paid the Xbow team a $250,000 bounty, its top reward for a Chrome full-chain exploit. The payout also proves a nice return on investment for the human bug hunters - Brendan Dolan-Gavitt, Andres Luksenberg, Baul Lee, and Willem Pinckaers - who spent just six days during the Black Hat and DEF CON conferences and about $40,000 in token charges to discover the vulnerabilities and build the attack chain. “The number on the check is impressive, but the time it took our team, with the help of a publicly available AI model, to break in is even more impressive,” Xbow CEO and founder Oege de Moor said on Tuesday. “A three letter intelligence-agency veteran told me that his team used to spend six months trying to identify this kind of vulnerability and get total access. We did it in six days.” In a separate technical writeup about the attack chain, Dolan-Gavitt detailed the work done by humans and AI agents. Agents, using OpenAI's GPT-5.6-Sol model, searched source code, tested the team’s hypotheses, and developed proofs of concept and exploit stages, he said. Meanwhile, the AI pen-testing security startup’s researchers chose targets, provided context, challenged the agents’ results, and decided which attack components to chain. "We did apply a fair bit of our own human expertise and judgment," he wrote. Crossing two security boundaries in 3 steps Google’s Chrome browser uses several layers of security to protect users, and this includes sandboxes - barriers to contain compromised code and ensure that someone who hacks an individual website can’t take over the entire computer. This includes deploying the V8 sandbox to prevent any memory corruption flaws in the V8 JavaScript engine from impacting other memory. The V8 sandbox sits inside the operating-system process sandbox, and this nested design means that escaping V8's memory restrictions doesn't automatically grant native code execution. Even if an attacker achieves native code execution inside Chrome's renderer, the outer process sandbox restricts access to the rest of the machine. “The chain crossed both boundaries in three vulnerability stages,” abusing Chrome to run code on Windows machines, Dolan-Gavitt wrote. The attack combines a V8 compiler bug, an animated-WebP decoder bug, and a memory-safety bug in Crashpad. The first vulnerability is in Maglev, V8's mid-tier optimizing compiler, and it’s due to a reused, mutable boxed number during deoptimization. This gives attackers read and write access throughout V8's pointer-compression cage. The second stage, the animated-WebP bug, is a V8 sandbox escape. “But rather than attacking the sandbox itself we exploited a property that the V8 sandbox deliberately does not enforce and that Blink incorrectly assumed it could trust,” Dolan-Gavitt explained. “Finally, the exploit used an overflow in Crashpad to cross the final outer process boundary and achieve unsandboxed code execution on the host.” While Google patched all three security issues, and Chrome installs updates on its own, a fix only takes effect once the user relaunches the browser. If you use Chrome, make sure you are running version 152.0.7977.82 or later. The time and money spent to achieve a full chain Chrome exploit illustrate - yet again - that “the bar is significantly lower” for attackers armed with LLMs, Dolan-Gavitt wrote. “Defend accordingly.”®

Cisco Warns of Active Attacks Exploiting New Critical Secure Email Gateway Vulnerability

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 20:38
Attackers are exploiting a critical flaw in Cisco Secure Email Gateway that lets a sender with no login write files to the appliance's operating system, Cisco said in an advisory on Wednesday. The attacker sends an email with a crafted attachment through the gateway and, if it succeeds, could then run commands as root. The appliance filters an organization's email for spam, malware,

Hackers Backdoor Nextcloud Servers Through Critical Flaw in Collabora’s Built-in CODE App

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 19:38
Attackers exploited a flaw in an optional Nextcloud app, Collabora Online - Built-in CODE Server, to plant web shells on Nextcloud servers. Three administrators reported the issue on GitHub, with the first logged attack on September 10. A web shell is a small file that executes any command an attacker sends via a web request, with the rights of the web server account. The flaw

Microsoft Disrupts 3 Phishing Kits Linked to Over 1 Billion Scam Messages

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 19:09
Microsoft and Health-ISAC, along with the Japan Cybercrime Control Center (JC3) and a coalition of private sector companies, such as Resecurity, Cloudflare, Oracle, Proofpoint, and TRM Labs, announced the disruption of three phishing kits, CoGUI (aka NX or FA), Haozi (aka Phoenix), and Iron Man System. "Since January 2026, the threat actors behind these kits have been responsible for

Ivanti patches Connect Secure zero-day after researchers confirm in-the-wild attacks

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 19:15
Ivanti customers are being urged to update Connect Secure and check for compromise after attackers exploited a newly disclosed zero-day vulnerability. On Tuesday, Ivanti released updates for Connect Secure (ICS) to fix CVE-2026-104935, an authentication bypass flaw discovered by Volexity. Rated 8.6 on the CVSS scale, it allows remote, unauthenticated attackers to execute arbitrary commands. "We are aware of exploitation in the wild affecting a limited number of customers at the time of disclosure," the vendor said in its advisory. There are limited indicators of compromise available at present, it said, advising customers to refer to Volexity's report on the findings for more information, and to run the Ivanti Integrity Checker Tool regularly. Ivanti lists affected releases in the following branches: 25.1.1.1 and earlier 25.1.2.2 and earlier 22.8R2.4 and earlier The vendor said it previously identified "a portion of this vulnerability" and patched it in July's 25.1.3.0 update, and had been working on backporting the same fix since then, however, attackers began exploiting it before that work was complete. Volexity said the attackers behind the recent intrusions were previously unknown to its researchers, but are now tracked as UTA0576. Criminal motive rather than espionage is suspected by Volexity. Based on observed post-exploitation activity, attackers appeared to be most interested in using their newfound access for credential theft, data exfiltration, log tampering, and network reconnaissance. Notably, the attackers did not deploy any malware nor execute web shells, using only the commands available to them on the ICS appliance. "Because the operation was detected and disrupted, the threat actor's ultimate objectives could not be determined," said Volexity. "However, Volexity assesses with high confidence that UTA0576's actions signaled preparation for lateral movement and a broader compromise of the victim network." The researchers also suspect that the attackers were using large language models to support their endeavors. Volexity pointed to the attackers' repeated use of the exploit channel to run commands, rather than deploying web shells, and their use of "highly specific scripts using hardcoded credentials." Ivanti disclosed one CVE, but Volexity described an attack chain involving three vulnerabilities. Tuesday's updates address the authentication bypass and remote code execution stages. The third vulnerability, which allows privilege escalation, is separate from the flaws encompassed by CVE-2026-104935. Volexity said Ivanti is aware of the additional bug and plans to publish a fix "in the coming weeks." The disclosure of the zero-day this week makes it the third year running that Ivanti has had to deal with attackers exploiting undisclosed flaws in Connect Secure. The previous ICS zero-days were disclosed in January 2025, a year after the January 2024 vulnerabilities led to exploits affecting thousands of ICS appliances. In the interim, we've also seen suspected Chinese espionage groups exploiting bugs in Endpoint Manager Mobile (EPMM), and critical flaws in Sentry. Ivanti's run of January zero-days continued earlier this year, although those flaws affected EPMM rather than Connect Secure. ®

Nearly Half of Organisations Report Unauthorised AI Agent Actions, Research Finds

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 16:21

Nearly half (49.8%) of organisations have confirmed or suspected that an AI agent took an unintended, unexpected or unauthorised action in the past year, according to new research from Salt Security.

The findings, published in the company’s State of Agentic AI and API Security 2H 2026 report, highlight growing concerns around the security of autonomous AI systems as enterprises increasingly integrate agents into everyday operations.

Based on a survey of more than 380 security and technology professionals, alongside Salt Labs production telemetry from hundreds of customer environments, the research suggests that AI adoption is outpacing organisations’ ability to monitor, govern and contain agent activity.

Among respondents who reported confirmed or suspected unintended agent actions, more than half experienced an unauthorised external API call or transaction, while over 40% reported an agent modifying or deleting data.

The research also found that AI agents are now firmly embedded in enterprise environments, with 86.4% of respondents reporting at least one operating within their organisation and 59.5% running more than ten. Furthermore, 76.8% reported agents capable of chaining actions across other agents, tools and APIs, creating complex sequences that may not have been anticipated by individual teams.

Despite this widespread adoption, visibility remains limited. Just 12.5% of organisations can consistently trace an agent’s complete journey, from its initial instruction through the tools and APIs it accesses to the final outcome. More than 60% would require hours or days of manual investigation to reconstruct an agent’s activity from the previous day.

The ability to respond to unexpected behaviour is similarly concerning. Only 17.5% of respondents said their organisation could automatically stop an AI agent behaving unexpectedly in production. For the majority, intervention remains a manual process, potentially requiring an application to be taken offline.

“The data shows a gap that is already producing real operational consequences,” said Roey Eliyahu, CEO of Salt Security. “Organisations are deploying agents and granting them access to enterprise data, APIs, and services before they can trace what those agents are doing or stop them automatically when something goes wrong.”

Shadow AI Infrastructure and AI-Generated Code Raise Further Concerns

The report also identified emerging risks associated with Model Context Protocol (MCP) infrastructure, which enables AI systems to interact with external tools and data sources.

Nearly a third (32.9%) of respondents reported discovering an unauthorised, shadow or misconfigured MCP server in the past year, while 54.3% had either confirmed or suspected encountering one.

Salt Labs’ own telemetry revealed that MCP-related infrastructure was detected in 21.6% of customer environments in August 2026, compared with 16.7% in January, representing a relative increase of approximately 30%.

Meanwhile, AI-generated code is introducing additional application security challenges. Some 83.5% of respondents estimated that AI-generated or AI-assisted code contributed to at least some of their application security findings.

However, just 6.8% reported resolving these issues directly within coding assistants at the point of generation, leaving vulnerabilities to be identified during subsequent code reviews, testing or after deployment.

Recent Manus Vulnerability Highlights Agentic AI Risks

The findings follow recent research from Salt Labs, which demonstrated how a single malicious email could be used to hijack the Manus agentic AI platform and potentially access a user’s connected email, cloud storage and code repository accounts.

The attack did not require a stolen password or the victim to click a malicious link. Although the platform’s guardrails detected the malicious activity, they were unable to prevent the code from executing.

The vulnerability was responsibly disclosed and has since been remediated.

According to Salt Security, the incident demonstrates how traditional detection mechanisms may struggle to keep pace with autonomous systems capable of executing multiple actions before human intervention is possible.

“The Manus research and this survey data are two views of the same problem,” said Yaniv Balmas, Head of Research at Salt Security.

“In the field, we showed how an agent can be weaponised through a single malicious email, how the guardrail detected the attack at exactly the right moment, and still could not stop the code from running. The survey quantifies how widespread that architecture is.”

The findings underline the need for organisations to strengthen visibility into agent activity, establish appropriate governance controls and develop automated containment capabilities as AI agents gain greater autonomy and access to critical enterprise systems.

The full State of Agentic AI and API Security 2H 2026 report includes sector-specific findings, recommendations for CISOs and further analysis of Salt Labs production telemetry.

The post Nearly Half of Organisations Report Unauthorised AI Agent Actions, Research Finds appeared first on IT Security Guru.

Fake WatchGuard VPN site steals credentials, then serves the genuine signed client

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:50

Huntress researchers have uncovered an SEO-poisoning campaign that harvests SSL VPN credentials through a lookalike WatchGuard download page, then hands victims the real, validly signed installer from WatchGuard’s own CDN, leaving endpoint tools with nothing to detect.

The activity, detailed by the Huntress SOC on 13 October, centres on watchguard-vpn[.]net, a lookalike domain posing as a download page for WatchGuard’s Mobile VPN with SSL client. Unlike earlier waves of the campaign, which relied on trojanised installers, this iteration strips the malware out entirely.

A typo and a search result

The incident Huntress investigated began on 7 October, when an administrator at a managed service provider searched Bing for “watchguard vpn sll download”. Eight seconds later they had clicked through to the fake site via a standard Bing result redirect, which Huntress says points to SEO poisoning rather than malvertising.

Two bites at the password

Clicking any download option on the site opens a pop-up asking for the VPN server address, username and password, the same three values the legitimate client requests. The logic sits in roughly 150 lines of unobfuscated JavaScript (popup.js), which posts the entries as JSON to a separate collection domain, watchguard-ssl[.]online.

The first submission is always rejected with an “incorrect data” message, prompting victims to retype carefully or try a different password. That gives the operators a second, likely more accurate, set of credentials, along with the server address they need to log in.

The payload is the real thing

After the second submission, the script triggers a download of WatchGuard’s genuine Mobile VPN with SSL installer (version 12.11.5) direct from cdn.watchguard.com. Huntress verified the file’s Authenticode signature from WatchGuard Technologies and confirmed the binary had not been altered.

With no trojanised MSI or sideloaded DLL in the chain, there is nothing for EDR to flag, and the victim gets exactly the install they expected. Detection was thin across the board: as of 8 October only seven VirusTotal vendors flagged the lure domain and two flagged the collector.

Old domain, new backend

WatchGuard’s Secplicity team first reported watchguard-vpn[.]net in January as part of a wider credential-harvesting campaign spoofing WatchGuard, F5, Fortinet, SonicWall and Sophos clients, though at that point the domain had no working backend. Microsoft later attributed related activity to Storm-2561, a financially motivated actor active since May 2025. WHOIS data shows the domain was registered again on 22 August, with the collector domain following on 14 September. Huntress says it cannot establish whether the same operators controlled both registrations.

In the case investigated, Huntress flagged the activity 21 seconds after the site loaded, and browser history suggests the user did not complete both rounds. The domain was offline as of 13 October, and Huntress has shared infrastructure details with WatchGuard.

Recommendations

  • Reset passwords for any account entered on the site and treat the associated VPN endpoint as known to the attacker.
  • Enforce MFA on SSL VPN access.
  • Monitor for VPN logins from hosting providers, unfamiliar ASNs or new countries.
  • Block watchguard-vpn[.]net, watchguard-ssl[.]online, 80.249.132[.]140 and 158.94.209[.]19.
  • Publish and bookmark official download links such as software.watchguard.com.

Full research: https://www.huntress.com/blog/fake-watchguard-vpn-credential-phishing

The post Fake WatchGuard VPN site steals credentials, then serves the genuine signed client appeared first on IT Security Guru.

Zero Trust in Practice: Moving Beyond the Buzzword

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:31

Zero trust has become one of the most overused terms in security marketing, often applied to products that simply add another layer of network segmentation. This piece looks at what zero trust actually specifies according to its foundational standard, the implementation order that works in practice, and why identity is the dependency most organizations underestimate.

What Does Zero Trust Actually Specify, Beyond the Marketing Language?

Zero trust gets used loosely enough that it has largely lost precision as a term, applied to everything from a VPN replacement to a full architectural rebuild. That imprecision is a real problem for organizations trying to evaluate vendor claims, since two products both marketed as zero trust solutions can address entirely different parts of the actual model.

Organizations working through this evaluation often look at established regional providers as part of their planning. Among them, cybersecurity solutions in Dubai offer a starting point for comparing how different providers translate the zero trust framework into an actual implementation roadmap, which varies considerably depending on an organization’s existing infrastructure.

At its core, the specification requires continuous verification of every access request, whether it originates inside or outside the traditional network perimeter, and it removes the assumption that anything on the internal network is inherently trustworthy simply by virtue of its location.

Zero trust component What it actually requires
Identity verification Every access request authenticated, not just the initial network entry
Least privilege access Access scoped to the minimum needed for a specific task
Micro segmentation Network divided so lateral movement is contained, not just perimeter defended
Continuous monitoring Access patterns evaluated ongoing, not just at login

That table names the components. The harder part, and the part most vendor pitches skip, is the order in which an organization actually implements them.

What Implementation Order Actually Works, and What Stalls?

Organizations that attempt zero trust as a single, comprehensive rollout tend to stall, since the scope quickly exceeds what any team can execute without disrupting normal operations. Organizations that succeed tend to sequence the work, starting with identity infrastructure before touching network segmentation.

That sequencing is not arbitrary. Identity is the hard dependency underneath every other component of the model. Microsegmentation without solid identity verification just creates smaller trusted zones rather than removing the underlying trust assumption. Continuous monitoring without reliable identity data produces noise rather than usable signal. Getting identity right first is what makes everything built on top of it actually function as intended.

IT Security Guru’s coverage of automated tools in SaaS penetration testing touches a related sequencing question from a different angle: the growing reliance on automation to keep pace with continuous verification demands, which is exactly the kind of tooling that becomes necessary once an organization’s zero trust model matures past the identity foundation stage.

Organizations that skip the identity-first ordering often end up with what looks like a zero trust deployment on paper but functions as a rebranded VLAN structure underneath, technically segmented but still relying on implicit trust once a user or device gets past the initial checkpoint.

Where Does the NIST Standard Actually Draw the Line?

Rather than relying on vendor definitions, it helps to work from the actual specification. NIST Special Publication 800-207 lays out the zero trust architecture in detail, defining the core logical components and the tenets that distinguish a genuine implementation from marketing language attached to conventional network security.

The standard makes it clear that zero trust is a set of principles guiding architecture decisions, not a single product or technology you can buy and deploy wholesale. That framing alone rules out a large share of what gets marketed under the term, since a genuine implementation touches identity management, policy enforcement, and monitoring together rather than any one of them in isolation.

How Can an Organization Tell Real Progress From a Rebranded VLAN?

A few honest checks separate genuine progress toward zero trust from a relabeled version of existing network security. Evaluate access decisions per request based on current context, not grant broad access once a user authenticates at the start of a session. Policy enforcement should apply consistently, whether a request originates inside or outside the traditional network boundary. Monitoring should also detect anomalous access patterns after the fact, not just block unauthorized access at the point of entry.

An organization that cannot clearly explain how it makes access decisions on a per-request basis is likely still operating on the old trust model, whatever the marketing materials on its security stack claim.

FAQ

What is zero trust, in the simplest accurate terms?

It is a security model that requires continuous verification of every access request, regardless of whether it originates inside or outside the traditional network perimeter, removing the assumption that internal network location implies trustworthiness.

Why does identity have to come before network segmentation in implementation?

Identity verification is the dependency the rest of the model relies on. Segmentation and monitoring without reliable identity data produce smaller trusted zones or noisy alerts, rather than genuinely removing implicit trust.

How can an organization tell if its zero trust deployment is genuine?

Access decisions should be evaluated per request based on current context, not granted broadly after initial login, and policy enforcement should apply consistently regardless of where a request originates.

Is zero trust a product an organization can simply buy?

No. NIST’s foundational specification describes it as a set of architectural principles, not a single purchasable technology. A genuine implementation brings together identity, policy enforcement, and monitoring rather than relying on any one component alone.

The post Zero Trust in Practice: Moving Beyond the Buzzword appeared first on IT Security Guru.

Vega Appoints Category Builder Scott Simkin as Chief Marketing Officer to Define the Post-SIEM Era

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:29

Vega, the pioneer of Agentic Cyber Defense, today announced the appointment of Scott Simkin as Chief Marketing Officer. Simkin joins as Vega II unleashes the best model trained for cyber defense to transform every alert, across all data sources, into a conclusive verdict at the speed of the attack. The platform keeps every lesson and gets faster with every fight, so defenders can finally outpace adversarial AI.

“Once a generation, a company changes how security gets done. For Cyber Defense in the age of AI, that company is Vega,” said Shay Sandler, co-founder and CEO of Vega. “Scott built the stories and execution engine behind the two biggest names in security operations. Now he will help Vega define the post-SIEM era. There is no one I would rather have leading this charge.”

Simkin is one of the industry’s best-known storytellers, having twice helped define a category and drive growth at massive scale. At Palo Alto Networks, he served as Vice President of Marketing for the end-to-end Cortex platform, one of the fastest-growing portfolios spanning security operations, cloud security, and Unit 42 services, with annual revenue approaching $2 billion. Earlier, he helped pioneer the XDR category, which has since replaced EDR as the standard for modern endpoint security. At CrowdStrike, he led product marketing, technical marketing, portfolio positioning, and campaigns across the full Falcon platform. He also launched Falcon Next-Gen SIEM, which CrowdStrike says now exceeds $600 million in annual recurring revenue. Two years after founding, Vega already defends some of the world’s largest banks, healthcare providers, and Fortune 200 enterprises, and Simkin joins to turn that momentum into dominant market leadership.

“For three years, CISOs have asked me the same question about AI in their SOC: isn’t this just an iteration on the SIEM? They were right, and Vega is the answer,” said Simkin. “AI across all your data, in place, without moving or ingesting it. Better outcomes, faster, at a lower total cost. That’s Vega, and no one else comes close. I’m grateful for a career at the companies that built this market, and I’ve never been more certain about where Cyber Defense is going. Vega has the technology and the people this moment demands. There was only one choice.”

Experience Vega II at Cyber Defense at the Frontier on Oct. 21, 2026, at 8 a.m. PT / 11 a.m. ET / 4 p.m. BST.

Read the blog · Register for the virtual summit · Get a demo today

The post Vega Appoints Category Builder Scott Simkin as Chief Marketing Officer to Define the Post-SIEM Era appeared first on IT Security Guru.

Certes wins Frost & Sullivan PQC recognition for decoupling encryption from infrastructure

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:57

Certes has received Frost & Sullivan’s 2026 Global Enabling Technology Leadership Recognition in post-quantum cryptography (PQC), following an independent evaluation of vendors in the market.

The recognition centres on a problem most security teams are now facing: migrating embedded cryptography across legacy applications, cloud environments and critical infrastructure will take years, but “harvest now, decrypt later” attacks mean data intercepted today could be exposed once sufficiently powerful quantum computers arrive. Frost & Sullivan notes that the risk is greatest for data with long regulatory, legal or commercial lifespans, and that protecting it needs to run in parallel with the longer migration effort rather than wait for it to finish.

Separating cryptography from the stack

At the heart of Certes’ platform is its Cryptographic Abstraction Layer (CAL), which sits between applications and infrastructure and lifts cryptographic protection out of the underlying technology stack. Rather than waiting for each vendor to ship a quantum-safe update and then managing disruptive upgrades, security teams can manage cryptographic change centrally and apply it to data flowing between systems.

The platform comprises the Certes Enforcement Point (CEP), which encrypts and decrypts within the data path, and the Certes Policy Manager (CPM), which manages policies and cryptographic controls centrally. Frost & Sullivan singled out its policy-specific key architecture as a key differentiator: each policy-controlled application or data flow can have its own key material, separate rotation schedules and customer-controlled key components. This is combined with quantum-based random number generation and customer-owned keys to support data sovereignty.

Certes’ patented Layer 4 payload protection encrypts the payload while preserving original network headers, so routing, QoS, monitoring, SD-WAN and flow visibility tools continue to work without applications being rewritten or networks re-architected. Deployment options span physical appliances, virtual machines on VMware ESXi, KVM, Red Hat and Nutanix AHV, and Windows and Linux client agents. Version 7 extends enforcement closer to workloads and users through expanded agent and cloud deployment options, reducing unprotected segments in the data’s journey.

Beyond quantum

The report also highlights uses beyond PQC migration. Cryptographic segmentation can separate IT and OT environments and limit lateral movement in flat networks, while a virtual air gap capability can dynamically isolate critical applications, data flows and backups during an active attack while preserving recovery. Certes’ encryption can also stop sensitive data being exposed to internal or external LLMs, giving organisations tighter governance over AI adoption.

Ozgun Pelit, Senior Industry Analyst at Frost & Sullivan, said: “Certes stands out in the emerging post-quantum security market through its focus on protecting data independently of the applications and infrastructure around it. Its combination of cryptographic abstraction, crypto-agility and centralized policy enforcement provides organisations with a practical way to reduce near-term quantum risk while navigating what will inevitably be a complex, multi-year migration.”

Paul German, CEO at Certes, said: “The next cryptographic revolution could arrive before many organizations have finished implementing the last one. Post-quantum cryptography is only the beginning. As AI and quantum technologies advance, cryptographic change will accelerate, and organisations cannot afford to rebuild their applications, networks and security infrastructure every time it happens.”

He added: “In a world where cryptography must constantly evolve, the ability to change it without changing everything else isn’t a luxury. It’s a necessity.”

The full Frost & Sullivan report is available HERE

The post Certes wins Frost & Sullivan PQC recognition for decoupling encryption from infrastructure appeared first on IT Security Guru.

Building a Reliable Event-Driven Payment Service With XRP Ledger

Building a Reliable Event-Driven Payment Service With XRP Ledger

Receiving a transaction notification is only the first step. Production software still has to decide whether that event is safe to turn into application state.

A WebSocket callback can arrive in milliseconds. What happens afterward is harder. The XRP Price may be the public-facing metric most people associate with the asset, but developers integrating the XRP Ledger have a different concern. A long-running service has to detect transactions, determine whether their outcomes are final, and update local application state without acting twice or acting too soon.

When an XRPL Event Actually Means Something

A WebSocket connection can save an application from constantly polling for new activity. On a Linux service, that means keeping the connection open and listening for the XRP Ledger events the application cares about.

The XRP Ledger’s subscribe documentation explains how applications can listen for ledger activity, transactions, and account-related events. The transactions stream reports transactions associated with closed ledgers. The transactions_proposed stream goes further and can include proposed activity that never reaches a validated ledger.

That makes an incoming notification useful, but not necessarily authoritative. A service that treats every notification as an instruction to change business state can act before the ledger has established a final result.

For a payment service, the event is where processing begins.

Validation Comes Before Fulfillment

Transaction notifications can include a validated field. When validated is true, the transaction has been included in a validated ledger and its outcome is final.

A service might see a payment involving an account tied to an order and immediately tell a fulfillment system to release the product. If that payment came from proposed activity and has not reached a validated ledger, the application has acted before it knows the final outcome.

Validation is only the first check. Transaction metadata also includes TransactionResult. A transaction can be final without producing the successful result the application expected, so inclusion in a validated ledger should not be treated as proof that a payment succeeded.

For payments, delivered_amount is the field that shows what actually reached the destination. That can matter when the amount requested and the amount ultimately delivered are not identical.

Before an order changes state, the service needs to know whether the transaction is final, whether it succeeded, and what value actually arrived.

Leap seconds face judgment day as time lords prepare to vote

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:30
It's about time: the General Conference on Weights and Measures looks set to end leap seconds in an effort to reach horological harmony. Since 1972, 27 leap seconds have been added to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) to keep it in step with the astronomical time scale UT1, which is based on Earth's fluctuating rotation. The proposal would increase the permitted difference between UTC and UT1 from 0.9 seconds to one hour, avoiding leap-second adjustments for centuries. Earth's rotation has also sped up in recent years, raising the possibility of a negative leap second – removing a second rather than adding one. That has never been done before. Experts have estimated a 30 percent probability that global systems will need a negative leap second by 2035 to keep the two time measures in step. That could pose problems for computer systems designed to handle added seconds but not removed ones. Many national bodies support the proposal, which is expected to pass. If approved, the change would take effect on May 20, 2027. Setnam Shemar, principal scientist at the UK's National Physical Laboratory, said the proposal would avoid the risks associated with leap seconds for centuries. "Leap seconds can be difficult to implement reliably, and if not applied correctly, they can cause differences in time across networks, potentially leading to the failure of systems such as mobile phone networks or electricity grids. These risks could increase if a negative leap second had to be implemented for the first time. "Previously, leap seconds were added to UTC to keep it within 0.9 seconds of UT1. From 20 May 2027, a difference of up to 1 hour will be allowed before intervention is needed, ensuring the continuity of UTC for several centuries or more. "The relationship between UTC and UT1 is important for some applications, such as astronomy and celestial navigation. The decision would not sever that link: UT1 will continue to be monitored, and its difference from UTC will continue to be disseminated through established international services." ®

Researchers cig-nal their faith in AI by taking up smoking

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:18
Silicon Valley’s AI bros have supposedly found a new way to signal to those around them how committed they are to their industry: Take up smoking despite the risk of cancer, because they expect bots to develop a cure … any day now. At least, that’s the claim Palantir CTO Shyam Sankar made in a recent interview on CBS's Face the Nation. In trying to explain what he described as a doomsday cult surrounding effective altruism, whose adherents include some AI researchers who believe the technology could bring about a utopia, Sankar claimed smoking has become a way for researchers to demonstrate their faith in the tech. “So many AI researchers have started smoking as a way of signaling to other researchers how much they believe in AI,” Sankar said to the confusion of host Margaret Brennan. Those researchers “believe so much in AI that it's going to cure cancer, I'm showing you my chips are all in,” Sankar explained. Sankar described the decision to take up smoking as a bet that AI would cure any health ailments that arose from it as “mass psychosis” and “social delusion” that’s getting in the way of actual discussions around the state of AI, and he blamed Silicon Valley’s pet philosophy, effective altruism, for those delusions. “There's an unseen force driving the narrative around AI safety, and it's really this millenarian doomsday cult meets messianic complex called effective altruism,” Sankar said. That philosophy prioritizes making the most effective decisions that benefit the most humans – like utilitarianism on steroids – and it tends to take a long-term approach to things. That’s where AI comes in: Effective altruists are ostensibly focused on ensuring AI systems are built in a way that will best benefit humanity. That focus has been a key reason why so much AI doomerism has come out of Silicon Valley too: If we’re going to build safe AI, says the effective altruist, we have to make sure that we consider all the risks. “There's only really roughly 2,000 AI researchers in America, and the vast majority of them believe in this sort of worldview around effective altruism,” Sankar noted. The Palantir CTO seems to believe, like many effective altruism critics, that all the doomsday scenarios and far-fetched risks being posited by the EA AI crowd are less technical critiques and more like theological ones. “I think there's a profound truth to Pascal's saying that every human has a god-shaped hole in their heart,” Sankar said, “and it's important to understand that many of these folks in Silicon Valley who are building this technology have filled that hole with the machine God of AGI.” Smoking as a bet that the machine god will save them from cancer, therefore, is akin to the ascetic’s endurance of physical pain or trauma in the hopes God will heal them or see them safely through their torment. From a more practical perspective, this isn’t exactly a great idea, as one former cancer researcher who spoke to The Register told us. “Good luck to them with this approach,” the researcher, who declined to be named, opined. “Even more so, good luck to their non-smoking friends and family taking in their passive smoke.” Taking up smoking in the hopes of a cure may not be a wise idea when one considers the timeline needed to develop a cancer drug, much less a cancer cure. "Even with AI, developing and introducing a new cancer drug into any of the world's health systems can take several years,” the researcher explained. “Even then we wouldn't know whether or not resistance to the drug would develop in the tumors.” The ability of AI to discover drugs and medical treatments has been much hyped – Google DeepMind CEO Demis Hassabis even predicted last year that 2025 would be the year humans started popping AI-designed pills. That hasn’t happened yet, and there’s no real indication it will anytime soon. In other words, the likelihood that AI is going to kill us all is ridiculously overblown. The actual casualties, it seems, are more likely to be the AI bros giving themselves cancer as a show of faith in their machine god. ®

AI Agents Navigate Unfamiliar OT Systems and Move Equipment in Minutes, Booz Allen Finds

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:00

In Booz Allen’s isolated OT lab, AI models met every objective across eight scenarios and reached an industrial control network from a perimeter compromise in just over 16 minutes.

The post AI Agents Navigate Unfamiliar OT Systems and Move Equipment in Minutes, Booz Allen Finds appeared first on SecurityWeek.

U.S. Shuts Down Over 40 Laptop Farms, Charges 14 in North Korean IT Worker Fraud

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:34
The U.S. Department of Justice (DoJ) on Tuesday charged 14 people and seized about 187 computers and KVM devices as part of its ongoing efforts to disrupt North Korea's fraudulent remote IT worker (ITW) scheme. The indictment charges a mix of U.S. citizens and Chinese nationals for their roles in an IT worker conspiracy affecting more than 70 U.S. companies, charging them with wire fraud

CISA Urges Immediate Ivanti Connect Secure Updates as Honeypots Log 105 Exploit Attempts

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:30
The U.S. Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) on Tuesday urged organizations to take steps to immediately update their Ivanti Connect Secure (ICS) appliances and deployments to the latest version following the disclosure of an actively exploited vulnerability. The security flaw, tracked as CVE-2026-104935 (CVSS score: 8.6), is a case of authentication bypass impacting ICS

curl Patches HTTP/2 Upload Flaw After PoC Demonstrates Client-Side Code Execution

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:13
A flaw in how curl handles HTTP/2 uploads lets a malicious server receiving an upload corrupt the client's memory, and the researcher who reported it turned that into code execution on the uploading machine. The curl project fixed it on October 14 in curl 8.23.0. Taking over a client needs exact knowledge of its build and memory layout, and curl expects a real attack to end in a crash

Fire up that iPhone 1 emulation and party like it's 2007

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 17:45
A browser-based emulator for the original iPhone is the latest project to tap into the rich vein of nostalgia running through the tech industry. While far from a complete implementation, the emulation does enough to evoke happier times, before Apple burdened its mobile operating system with frills and complexities, and spent years (and multiple operating system updates) making the Podcasts app steadily more broken. The browser-based emulation (and we use the term carefully; anyone expecting all the functionality of yesteryear will be sorely disappointed) shows an original iPhone as it debuted in 2007. The buttons are where you remember them, the screen is ringed by bezels that wouldn't pass muster today, and the skeuomorphic icons are all present and correct. There's even the browser, though it doesn't do much yet. Even a gentle prod shows how incomplete this implementation is. Some apps work well, such as Calculator, while others - Contacts - struggle, and anything that needs an online connection fails, including loading today's web in 2007's Safari. It does, however, recall how simple things were almost 20 years ago, when the iPhone first appeared, and it joins an array of old-time systems that can be fired up (or at least look like they are) in a browser. Want a look at Apple's abandoned System 7 replacement? Step this way. Perhaps an XP-like implementation? No problem. It would be churlish to dwell on the emulation's deficiencies. For now, it's arguably more curiosity than anything else: Apple didn't launch the App Store until 2008, so third-party apps would be off the table, at least until a later version of iOS landed. Running it in a browser is undoubtedly convenient, though. Alternatives such as Light Touch offer a fuller implementation, but they demand more than a handy Chrome instance on a Windows device to open a portal back to a brighter time. So, fire up 2006's Nintendo Wii, pop on that CD of Back to Black, and relive the excitement of switching on the very first iPhone. Although perhaps give that other 2007 icon, Windows Vista, a bit of a swerve… ®

Risolte vulnerabilità in prodotti IBM

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 17:40
IBM ha rilasciato aggiornamenti di sicurezza per sanare molteplici vulnerabilità, di cui 2 con gravità “critica” e 5 con gravità “alta”, nei prodotti WebSphere Application Server - Liberty e WebSphere Application Server. Tali vulnerabilità potrebbero consentire a un utente malintenzionato remoto di eludere i meccanismi di autenticazione e di autorizzazione o di eseguire codice arbitrario sui sistemi interessati.

Risolte vulnerabilità in prodotti Ubiquiti

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 17:14
Ubiquiti ha rilasciato aggiornamenti di sicurezza che sanano alcune vulnerabilità, di cui 2 con gravità "alta", in UniFi Protect AI Key, componente della piattaforma di videosorveglianza IP UniFi Protect. Tali vulnerabilità, qualora sfruttate, potrebbero consentire a un attaccante remoto di eseguire codice arbitrario e compromettere la disponibilità del servizio sui sistemi interessati.

New motherboards, old RAM, plenty of life left in yesterday's PCs

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 17:00
Gigabyte recently announced new motherboards that use DDR4 RAM, a standard that launched in 2014, and other vendors support even older standards in brand-new kit. Earlier this year, AMD released a Ryzen 7 5800X3D anniversary edition to mark ten years of AM4. For AM4 processors, Gigabyte offers the new B450M H ARGB, with two DDR4 slots, and the B550 X-Eagle with four slots. Those who prefer Intel chippery can now buy a B760M Aorus Elite. This is notable because of the age of the DDR4 spec. In case you lose track of these things, The Register first described the new DDR4 spec back in 2012, and a few months later urged the keen to wait a year or two. DDR5 supports higher transfer rates, and The Reg predicted its arrival in 2017. The DDR5 standard was agreed in 2020, with mainstream PC adoption following in 2021. Over in the People's Republic of China, several vendors will sell you new DDR3 motherboards for 15-year-old server CPUs, such as Huananzhi's X79-4D or X79 Supreme, or the Machinist X79 V2.82H. These use Intel's LGA-2011 socket – named for the number of pins, but coincidentally launched in 2011. This Chinese SMZDM community discussion is about whether the circa 15-year-old Xeon E5 is still worth buying – a CPU The Reg covered in 2012. This is partly due to the current price rises and component shortages induced by large-scale, cloud-based LLMs – but also "training" those "open-weight" models that run on your own kit. Those too are constructed in giant datacenters stuffed full of GPUs, ingesting all the human-written material they can get their hands on, rarely asking for consent. And not just stuff put online either. Once you wipe the sluggish, bloated commercial OS from your computer's storage, you discover two things. First, you don't need the latest hardware any more. Secondly, the older the PC (or Mac), the better the chances that it will work fine with Linux – or indeed the other FOSS OSes out there. Current and recent hardware is the most problematic for FOSS developers because most manufacturers prioritize Windows testing, while restricted documentation and proprietary drivers can complicate open source support for new hardware. Together, these things mean that if you're happy without high-powered local LLMs, or three-digit frame rates, second-hand kit is more usable than ever. (For those who can't do without one or two Windows-only apps that won't run under Wine, we remind you that desktop VMware is free now… and for better desktop integration, we looked at WinApps and WinBoat earlier this year.) The Reg FOSS desk is based in the British Isles, close enough to order stuff inexpensively from the UK. We've been using online vendors of depreciated ex-corporate kit for decades: we've bought several machines from Morgan Computers, and occasionally from Tier1 Online and Bargain Hardware. Other vendors are available. There are also special-purpose price-comparison sites, such as LowCostMiniPCs.com, which searches other sales sites for bargains. When we were based in Czechia, we bought a few things from GigaComputer, and we know of others we didn't try, such as Refurbed.cz. Other such European sites include Computershop.eu. The usability of kit that can only officially run Windows 10 was the entire point of the End of 10 campaign. Microsoft cites security benefits for Windows 11's hardware requirements, but in this vulture's opinion, those benefits don't justify excluding an entire generation of otherwise capable hardware. Keeping older hardware in service is welcome. If digital sovereignty gives organizations another reason to consider open source alternatives, so much the better. ®

U.K. Sanctions Cryptomus for RU Money Laundering

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 16:22

The United Kingdom has issued economic sanctions against Cryptomus, a chameleonic cryptocurrency platform that experts say serves as a major conduit for payments related to ransomware, narcotics, darknet markets, fraud and cybercrime services that are helping Russia circumvent existing financial restrictions.

Heleket’s support agent on Telegram claims, despite all evidence to the contrary, that it is not affiliated with Cryptomus. Image: Richard Sanders.

On October 8, the U.K. issued sanctions (PDF) against Cryptomus — previously known as Certa Payments and Xeltox Enterprises — for processing payments that benefit the Russian government and its financial institutions. The sanctions freeze any Cryptomus assets at U.K. banks, and bar British companies from offering it any business, virtual or otherwise. Also targeted in these sanctions were the virtual payment platforms VexPay, TokenSpot, and the Tsunami Payments service.

As explained in our December 2024 investigation, “How Cryptocurrency Turns to Cash in Russian Banks,” Cryptomus has been a key payment processor for dozens of Russian cryptocurrency exchanges and websites hawking cybercrime services. The company has changed its name several times since emerging in 2022, most recently to “Heleket” last year after Canada levied a record CAD $176 million fine against the platform for anti-money laundering violations.

The blockchain data-crunching firm Chainalysis said the U.K. sanctions target the broader infrastructure supporting Russia’s wartime economy.

“Cryptomus and Heleket have emerged as major payment hubs for illicit activity,” Chainalysis wrote in an October 8 blog post. “Together, these services received more illicit funds across tracked categories than the mixers in our dataset and the number of illicit counterparties surged to more than 900 in a single month in late 2025.”

The Cryptomus support bot on Telegram, responding on Oct. 8 to an inquiry by saying the platform was suddenly unable to process transactions.

In April 2026, the blockchain analysis firm TRM Labs found Cryptomus had processed more than $7 billion in transactions since its inception in 2022, including transactions associated with child sexual abuse material vendors, terrorist financing networks, and human trafficking operations.

TRM noted that Cryptomus’s transaction volume cratered after the platform instituted new “know your customer” or KYC rules, and that the cryptocurrency platform responded to the Canadian fines by launching Heleket as a parallel service that continued to offer no-KYC payment processing.

Richard Sanders is a blockchain analyst and investigator who spent months mapping out Cryptomus’s payment infrastructure and transacting with its customers. Sanders said the U.K. sanctions on Cryptomus are important because Canada’s sanctions against the platform were ultimately unenforceable and uncollectible.

“A fine doesn’t stop a cryptocurrency payment processor from processing payments,” Sanders wrote on LinkedIn. “Sanctions kill the operation. The distinction matters.”

As our 2024 investigation noted, Cryptomus shared a Vancouver address with dozens of other foreign currency dealers and money transfer businesses — none of which appeared to be physically located there. Following the CAD $176 million fine for alleged money laundering violations, Cryptomus appealed the penalty, launched Heleket as a parallel service, and kept on processing large volumes of sketchy transactions, Sanders said.

Sanders said the sanctions also are notable because they are the first known instance of a “Five Eyes” country (referring to the Australia, Canada, New Zealand, the U.K. and the U.S.) sanctioning a cryptocurrency operation incorporated in another Five Eyes jurisdiction.

Where do entities like Cryptomus and Heleket derive their authority to offer international financial services? The answer appears to involve fake financial institutions overseen by a phony regulatory body positioned in a country that is not widely recognized as a sovereign nation.

Our 2024 investigation found the sole shareholder of Cryptomus’s parent company Certa Payments was a 25-year-old Ukrainian woman who also headed several other firms, including the WS Management and Advisory Corporation, which bills itself as the regulatory body that exclusively oversees licenses for cryptocurrency, foreign exchange and online gaming businesses incorporated in the disputed region in northwest Africa known as the Western Sahara.

That entity’s website — crasadr.com — says it assists applicants with bank setup and formation, online gaming licenses, and the creation and licensing of foreign exchange brokers. One of Certa Payments’ former sites — certa[.]website — also shared a server with 12 other domains, including rasd-state[.]ws, a website for the Central Reserve Authority of the Western Sahara.

The website crasadr dot com, the official website of the Central Reserve Authority of Western Sahara, which lists the entities awarded licenses for cryptocurrencies, gaming and foreign exchange services.

Tiny11 puts Windows 11 on a diet without the PowerShell workout

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 16:15
Tiny11 Builder, a tool for creating less-bloated Windows 11 installation images, now has a desktop app preview that makes the process less reliant on PowerShell know-how. As the author explains: "Tiny11 Builder aims to be the de facto standard for creating lightweight, safe and efficient Windows images." The tool creates an ISO image for Windows installation, stripping out bundled apps and selected system components. It accepts Windows 11 installation media from 22H2 onward, including 26H2, and the result is something a good deal more compact than Microsoft's original. The major visible change is a WinUI 3 desktop application that uses a new C# image builder rather than merely running the existing PowerShell scripts behind a graphical interface. Those scripts remain available, but the new interface is considerably more polished. There are three basic build modes: Tiny11, which removes bundled apps while retaining Windows Update, Defender, and recovery tools; Tiny11 Core, which disables updates and Defender and irreversibly removes components, including the recovery environment; and finally a custom option where users can decide which Windows elements to keep or drop from the ISO image. Tiny11 remains an impressive technical achievement, but it carries an important health warning: the ISOs it creates are definitely not supported by Microsoft, and if you opt for Tiny11 Core, the author recommends sticking to test VMs only. This is for enthusiasts who understand that a smaller installation can come with missing functionality, security trade-offs, and support complications. There is also no guarantee that attempts to bypass some of the more onerous aspects of Windows 11 installation will work. As the author notes in the project's repository: "Local-account and hardware-check settings are best effort, not guaranteed bypasses on new builds." In other words, don't count on it to bypass Windows 11's hardware requirements or account demands on newer builds. Tiny11 is all about stripping fluff and fripperies from the Windows 11 installation image. As with earlier versions, a license is still required. While the ISO might have been debloated, this is still Microsoft Windows 11 after all. "No modification bypasses Windows licensing or activation," the author notes. The appeal of removing Microsoft's excesses is clear. Whether the reduced footprint is worth the loss of components and potential support headaches depends on what users choose to strip out. ®

Citrix: risolte vulnerabilità in UniconOS

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 15:59
Citrix ha rilasciato aggiornamenti di sicurezza per risolvere 3 vulnerabilità, di cui una con gravità "alta", in UniconOS, sistema operativo per endpoint precedentemente noto come "eLux", utilizzato principalmente in ambienti di virtualizzazione desktop (VDI/DaaS). Tale vulnerabilità, qualora sfruttata, potrebbe consentire ad un attaccante locale, autenticato con privilegi limitati, di elevare i propri privilegi sul sistema interessato.

Watch Now: Zero Trust Strategies Summit – All Sessions Available on Demand

15 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:51

This summit is laser-focused on the next generation of Zero Trust and Identity security, moving beyond theory to deliver actionable strategies.

The post Watch Now: Zero Trust Strategies Summit – All Sessions Available on Demand appeared first on SecurityWeek.

Cisco, Nvidia team up to build fatter, faster pluggable

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 15:30
AI datacenters are a rats nest of fiber optic cables stitching together thousands of AI accelerators, NICs, switches, and everything else required to train and run the latest and greatest modes. Cisco hopes to untangle this mess with a new pluggable optic developed in collaboration with Nvidia that will pack between four and eight times the bandwidth of existing pluggables into a single port. Announced at the Open Compute Project (OCP) global summit this week, the ultra-dense small form factor pluggable (USFP) promises to pack up to 32, 400 Gbps lanes into a pluggable roughly the size of existing OSFP modules. Each of these pluggables would boast 12.8 Tbps of Ethernet bandwidth, as much as a high-end enterprise switch just a few years ago. To put that in perspective, the most sophisticated pluggable optics today cap out at around 1.6 Tbps using eight 200 Gbps links. Such a pluggable has the potential to significantly simplify cabling across AI datacenters where it isn't uncommon for each GPU to be paired with an 800 Gbps and soon 1.6 Tbps NIC. A single USFP pluggable could consolidate eight GPUs worth of cabling into a single fiber optic bundle. Meanwhile, on the switch side, a future 204.8 Tbps switch would only require 16 USFP ports to support 128 1.6 Tbps endpoints. Cramming all that connectivity into a single pluggable won't be easy. Today a high-end pluggable optic might pull on the order of 20 watts. Cisco's USFP spec calls for up to 100 watts per pluggable. There are also design constraints that have to be taken into consideration. Four times as many links per pluggable means 4x as many electrical contacts that have to be perfectly seated. Because of this Cisco says USFP modules will employ a two phase insertion mechanism in which the pluggable is first inserted into the cage and then a second mechanism is actuated to make the electrical connection. Speaking of reliability, USFP would have a bigger blast radius than conventional pluggables. A single bad laser or digital signal processor (DSP) has the potential to take out far more than a single GPU, but entire systems. While that might sound bad, it's nothing compared to co-packed or near-package optics where one failure could drop an entire rack's worth of accelerators from the network. Nvidia's participation in the development of the USFP standard is notable as the Ethernet networking titan has largely moved away from pluggables in its most recent set of switches. Many of its Spectrum-X and Quantum-X switches now use co-packaged optics and for good reason. Cutting out the pluggables on the switch side nets a roughly 30 percent power savings. But while Nvidia's latest switches may use CPO, its NICs still rely on pluggables in part because it offers integrators greater flexibility. Not everyone is building 100,000-plus GPU clusters for training. For racks utilizing a top of rack switch, lower power direct attach copper cabling can be used without much issue. Given Nvidia's investments in CPO we can only speculate on its interests in USFP, but it likely comes down to densification. The AI infrastructure giant is rapidly moving toward 600 kW racks packing 144 GPUs on board. First teased in early 2025, Nvidia's Vera Rubin Ultra platform promised 115.2 TB/s scale out bandwidth per rack or about 3.2-6.4 Tbps of bandwidth per GPU package depending on whether they're counting bidirectional bandwidth or not. It just so happens that Cisco's initial USFP spec calls for 16, 400 Gbps links per pluggable, or about 6.4 Tbps of bandwidth. While Cisco and Nvidia may be leading the charge on the development of an ultra dense optical pluggable, like most things Ethernet, USFP will be an open standard anyone can use in their designs. Microsoft taps Cisco for multi-datacenter AI Alongside Cisco's latest tie up with Nvidia, Switchzilla also revealed that Microsoft is now using its Silicon One P200 routing chips to distribute workloads across multiple datacenters. Nvidia and others have taken to calling this kind of multi-site computing: scale across networking. We discussed Cisco's datacenter-scale routing platform at length late last year, but the silicon competes directly with products like Nvidia's Spectrum-XGS and Broadcom's Jericho 4-based offerings. Cisco touts the P200 as the first 51.2 Tbps systems "deployed in a production environment by leading hyperscalers." With enough qualifiers you can be the first at anything. As we reported at the time, Microsoft was among the first major hyperscalers to embrace scale-across networking as a means of overcoming local power constraints with its Fairwater clusters in Wisconsin and Georgia. And it seems we finally know the hardware good old Redmond is using to stitch them together. Cisco gives SONiC some love Speaking of hyperscalers, one thing you probably won't find in a hyperscale network is Cisco's Nexus network operating system (NOS). Hyperscalers like Microsoft typically employ vendor agnostic NOS platforms to avoid vendor lock-in and make managing networks across multiple Ethernet vendors cheaper and easier. Originally developed by Microsoft and later open sourced, SONiC is among the most popular and widely deployed of the hyperscale NOSes. SONiC support, we should note is nothing new for Cisco which contrary to popular belief is more than willing to sell you any one piece of its networking stack, assuming you've got a big enough purse — the hyperscalers certainly do. As such Cisco is one of the biggest contributors to the SONiC project. Instead of forcing customers to use its software stack, Cisco's approach to SONiC and the hyperscale is to extend the NOSes capabilities to better take advantage of ASIC's unique capabilities and allow for integration with its services. At OCP this week, Cisco announced support for its Live Protect platform in SONiC to make it easier for customers to keep up with security patches in the wild. This capacity is expected to roll out next year. ®

Adobe: aggiornamenti di sicurezza

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:46
Adobe ha rilasciato aggiornamenti di sicurezza per risolvere molteplici vulnerabilità, di cui 26 con gravità “critica” e 99 con gravità “alta”, nei prodotti Dimension, FrameMaker, Substance 3D, Bridge, Content Credentials SDK, Commerce, ColdFusion, Photoshop ed Experience Manager (AEM).

US tech giants warn Europe that ditching US tech giants could cost €115B

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:45
Some of America's biggest tech companies have a warning for Europe: curb your reliance on US cloud providers, and it could cost you €115 billion. That's the finding of a new study commissioned by CCIA Europe, a lobbying group whose members include Amazon, Google, and Meta, companies that have plenty of reasons to want European governments to keep buying American cloud services. The research, conducted by the European Centre for International Political Economy (ECIPE), claims the European Commission's proposed Cloud and AI Development Act (CADA) could saddle Europe with €115 billion in costs over the next decade, more than six times the Commission's upper estimate of €18 billion. The report argues that restrictions favoring European cloud providers would leave governments and businesses facing hefty bills to migrate workloads and rewrite software. It puts direct public-sector costs at €33.3 billion, with a further €80 billion potentially falling on private companies in sectors including banking, healthcare, energy, and transport. However, a rather large asterisk is attached to that €80 billion figure. It assumes the Commission extends sovereignty requirements beyond public procurement to cover 25 percent of cloud workloads in essential private-sector industries. In other words, it's a modeled scenario, not a bill Brussels has already handed European businesses. The study also comes with some baggage of its own. CCIA represents several US technology giants that dominate the European cloud market, including Amazon and Google. Both have spent years selling European customers cloud services while more recently developing sovereign cloud offerings designed to address concerns about foreign ownership, data access, and regulatory control. Amazon, for example, has been developing its AWS European Sovereign Cloud, while Google markets a range of sovereign cloud solutions. Apparently, sovereignty is an attractive proposition when it comes with a hyperscaler logo attached. Meta, another CCIA member, has its own interests in European AI infrastructure, although it is not a commercial cloud provider on the scale of AWS or Google Cloud. The report specifically targets Article 31 of the proposed legislation, which it says could allow the Commission to extend sovereignty requirements into essential private-sector services. CCIA argues that forcing businesses to move away from existing cloud infrastructure could trigger expensive software redevelopment projects, with code rewriting and re-architecting accounting for 69 percent of its estimated costs. Luxembourg would apparently take the biggest hit, with the study putting the cost at €1,711 per worker over ten years. Denmark (€905), Austria (€900), and Finland (€864) also face hefty bills, as does Ireland (€856), which hosts the European headquarters of several US tech giants. CCIA is urging EU governments to overhaul the proposed legislation, limit sovereignty restrictions to sensitive workloads, and abandon requirements based on corporate origin or personnel nationality in favor of what it calls risk-based technical safeguards. "Member States cannot rely on the Commission's incomplete estimates when deciding CADA's strict sovereignty requirements for cloud and AI providers," said Mitchell Rutledge, CCIA Europe's policy manager. "Taxpayers and businesses will foot the bill, yet the official assessment missed 70 percent of CADA's true impact." For AWS and Google, offering European customers greater control over their data also helps retain business that might otherwise migrate to European competitors. It's a rather convenient arrangement: sell customers sovereignty on one hand, while an industry association representing your interests warns governments against imposing too much of it on the other. Neither company responded to The Register's questions. Whether Europe's sovereignty ambitions will prove as expensive as CCIA predicts is unclear. What's easier to establish is that the companies warning Brussels about the cost of reducing its dependence on US technology have plenty to gain if Europe decides to keep buying American. ®

These Women Were Trying to Escape Domestic Abuse. ICE Detained Them Instead.

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:42
An illustration shows a woman in a red jumpsuit standing outside a detention facility near a watchtower and barbed-wire fence, with vertical shadows cast across her back like cell bars.

They were victims, not abusers. That’s what they told police officers, attorneys, visitors and anyone else who would listen. It didn’t matter. The women were all taken to a sprawling immigration detention center in the woods of west Michigan and handed thin jumpsuits — red, to mark them as a high security risk.

Inside the North Lake Processing Center, they talked about the men whose calls to police landed them there. The boyfriends or husbands who threatened to get them deported and cut them off from their children. The men, or sometimes women, who hit them, pulled their hair or choked them, bruising their throats.

They didn’t know where to go for help before, but now, in the confines of a cold cellblock in a former prison, the women helped one another. If one spoke to somebody on the outside who could connect them with advice, legal aid or money for the commissary, she’d pass around a tablet used for calls so others could tell their stories.

Migladys Bermudez, an immigration attorney in southeast Michigan, remembers a call in May from a Peruvian woman detained at North Lake. Her name was Pilar, and she’d heard about Bermudez from a fellow detainee who had been a client. Pilar told Bermudez about the boyfriend she tried to escape before her arrest, when she used makeup to cover the marks she said he left on her face. But he had accused her of being the abuser, resulting in her arrest.

Pilar handed the tablet to a Cuban woman named Leya. Over the echoes of the other detainees’ chatter, she described how her boyfriend insulted her, isolated her and gave her a black eye. Then, after grabbing him by the arm during an argument, she was the one behind bars, separated from their nursing daughter. On video calls, the girl didn’t seem to recognize her mother anymore. She stopped calling her “Mamá.”

Bermudez was taken aback. All three women in that chain — the former client, Pilar and Leya — said they were trying to get out of abusive relationships when they were arrested by local police on domestic violence allegations. In all three cases, the charges were dropped or never filed at all. The U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement detained the first woman during a routine check-in a few months after her charges were dropped. The others were handed over to ICE by local officials. 

It’s long been intimidating for immigrants who suffered abuse to call 911, regardless of who was in the White House. They knew — and their abusers knew — that their immigration status made them vulnerable. But previous administrations treated victims as just that, people who needed help, not as targets for deportation. Bipartisan coalitions in Congress have long supported the Violence Against Women Act, which creates a pathway toward legal status for immigrants who are victims of domestic violence or other serious crimes.

Now, under President Donald Trump, all bets are off. On inauguration day, his administration rescinded guidelines that largely prevented immigration agents from making arrests at sensitive locations — including domestic violence shelters and hospitals. About a week later, the administration eliminated key protections granted to VAWA applicants and other crime victims. For the first time in decades, immigration authorities could disregard those protections and more freely arrest, detain and deport immigrant victims.

Life became more harrowing in other ways for immigrants who were victims of domestic violence. Federal immigration agents made arrests outside specialized domestic violence courts. And the administration persuaded more and more local police and jails to carry out the president’s mass deportation campaign, sweeping still more immigrants into custody. 

Even communities without these so-called 287(g) agreements are helping the government round people up. In west Michigan’s Kent County, where Pilar and Leya were arrested, the county jail turned over more immigrants to ICE in the first six months of 2026 than it did during the entire Biden administration.

Advocates across the country say they’re seeing signs of an alarming increase in the numbers of domestic violence victims who are detained and deported. And many immigrants are staying in abusive relationships, fearful of calling for help or even stepping outside their homes.

“It’s just probably the most dangerous time for immigrant women right now who are victims of domestic violence,” said Bermudez, who took on Leya’s immigration case.

The arrest and detention of domestic violence victims is, in part, an unanticipated consequence of an effort meant to keep them safe. In much of the country, law enforcement officers are encouraged — or even required — to make an arrest when they have probable cause to believe that a domestic violence assault has taken place. Sometimes victims are mistaken as the abuser and taken into custody. Then, if they’re immigrants, they can be turned over to ICE — even if they were never criminally charged.

There’s no comprehensive way to track how often this happens or how many domestic violence victims have been detained by ICE or deported. But ProPublica spoke with a half-dozen alleged victims who were locked up together in a single facility, North Lake, and reviewed police records about others who were there, too. Their stories offer a picture of why Congress created programs like VAWA in the first place, and what’s at stake when those guardrails are taken away. 

A coalition of immigrant survivors and advocates have sued the Trump administration, saying changes to how immigrant victims are treated not only undermined public safety, but also broke promises enshrined in federal law and policy.

“We were seeing our clients be more scared, be systematically targeted, be arrested, and deported very quickly,” said Kathleen Rivas, supervising attorney of the survivors team at Public Counsel, a law firm that’s involved in the litigation.

In May, a federal judge ordered the government to restore protections while the case played out. The Trump administration has appealed the order. 

White House spokesperson Lauren Bis said in a statement that ICE is targeting the “worst of the worst.” The real story, she added, is the “American women whose lives have been taken by illegal alien criminals.” A spokesperson for the Department of Homeland Security said in a statement that “we will never apologize for deporting illegal aliens, because that’s how we save lives.”

But Leya, Pilar and other immigrants we interviewed have no criminal records. And advocates said communities are less safe now because immigrants are afraid to call police when their partners hurt them. This gives more ammunition to the threats of their abusers, said Casey Carter Swegman, director of public policy at the Tahirih Justice Center, a national nonprofit that advocates for immigrant survivors of domestic violence, sexual assault and human trafficking.

“Certainly more immigrant survivors are feeling like the violence and abuse they experience behind the closed door is somehow more tolerable than the violence and abuse they could experience if they tried to leave,” she said.

An illustration shows a close-up of a person holding a smartphone and dialing 911 on the keypad.

The first time her boyfriend’s fist slammed into her face was in July 2025, Leya recalled. They were living in Florida with his relatives. Only a month before, Leya gave birth to their daughter.

One night, she said, he heard her laugh in the kitchen with his mother and a man his mother was dating. Leya’s boyfriend flew into a jealous rage, she said, and punched her a few feet from their sleeping baby.

Leya called 911 but hung up when the operator answered. She was afraid of what might happen. She was 26; her boyfriend was a decade her senior. Leya, a recent immigrant from Cuba, had applied for status and was in active immigration proceedings. She said he was a permanent resident, with permission to work in the U.S. and better command of English. She felt trapped.

Sheriff’s deputies arrived and spoke with Leya and her boyfriend. They took photos of her puffy and bruised face, with the white of her left eye bright red. Her boyfriend said the injury occurred during an “argument,” according to the report, but he didn’t specify how. He was arrested on suspicion of domestic battery. 

Leya said her boyfriend’s mother threw her out that night. Unsure of where to go, she and her daughter moved in with another one of his relatives. Pursuing a criminal case felt daunting. She said his relatives urged her to drop the charges and reconcile with him. Eventually, she asked prosecutors to drop the charge because the battery took place in “a moment of impulse that he feels very sorry for,” records show. Her boyfriend didn’t enter a plea before the case was dismissed.

Like other immigrants interviewed for this story, Leya asked not to be fully identified because of her pending immigration case, and because she worries about repercussions for her and her daughter.

She and Pilar also asked that ProPublica not interview their alleged abusers because they’re afraid the men will interfere with their cases, hurt them or take away their children. To report their stories and get their partners’ perspective, we reviewed records from law enforcement, immigration court proceedings and habeas corpus petitions seeking their release from detention. We also interviewed attorneys, family and others who interacted with them.

Soon after the Florida arrest, Leya and her boyfriend moved to the city of Wyoming, Michigan, a suburb of Grand Rapids that’s a magnet for immigrants who come for jobs in manufacturing and food processing. The unpretentious city is dotted with temporary staffing agencies, money-wiring businesses and Mexican restaurants.

Leya said their relationship worsened. Her boyfriend pushed her, pulled her hair and broke her phone, she said. He made her delete her social media accounts and isolated her from friends and family. They fought about money and talked about breaking up. One night in April, during an argument, he called the police.

“I’m having problems with my wife,” he said in Spanish, according to a recording of the call. The operator asked if there had been any violence. “No, no, no. None,” he said. “Just a discussion.”

He told officers who came to their apartment complex that Leya got angry because he had talked to an ex-girlfriend, according to body camera footage and a police report. When he tried to leave, he said, Leya pushed him and grabbed his arm. Then she attempted to hang up his phone when he dialed 911. 

He said he wasn’t injured, though he accused her of hitting him several times a few days earlier.

Officers interviewed his brother, who mentioned the arrest in Florida, according to bodycam footage. “They had a cycle of problems where she called the police for abuse and he was detained for three days,” he said in Spanish. “My brother is trying to avoid having that happen again.”

The police report doesn’t mention the earlier arrest.

Footage of the interview with Leya was redacted due to state privacy laws, in part because she was interviewed inside their residence, unlike her boyfriend, who was interviewed outside. According to the police report, she “minimized” the argument and said there was no physical contact. She acknowledged trying to hang up the phone.

In an interview with ProPublica, Leya said they argued when she learned he sent money to his ex-girlfriend, who is the mother of his son. At the same time, she said, he had told her he couldn’t afford to buy diapers for their daughter. She said she has never hit him. 

Officers arrested Leya on suspicion of domestic assault and interfering with a 911 call. They didn’t arrest her boyfriend or seek charges against him. Leya said she didn’t tell officers she was a victim of abuse because she thought she’d be able to tell a judge.

She never got a chance.

An illustration shows a law enforcement officer wearing white gloves guiding a person’s hand to take fingerprints on an ink pad at a desk.

The Wyoming Police Department’s written policy encourages officers to make an arrest in incidents involving domestic violence “when there is reasonable cause to believe an assault was committed.”

Arrests demonstrate that “violence in the home is recognized as a serious crime,” according to Michigan’s law enforcement training manual on domestic violence. This approach is common across the country. Twenty-four states require an arrest when there’s probable cause of a domestic assault.

But domestic violence scenes can be chaotic, with both partners accusing each other of being the aggressor. It can be difficult for officers to understand what happened, said Erin Ross, a former domestic violence prosecutor who works at the national nonprofit Vera Institute of Justice. Sometimes, the wrong person ends up in handcuffs.

“The complexity of DV situations can thus lead to survivors being criminalized by the very system meant to protect them,” Ross and her co-authors wrote in a 2025 report about the effects of arrests on domestic violence survivors. 

The Vera report doesn’t touch on immigration. But Ross and a dozen other domestic violence advocates across the country told ProPublica that immigrants who don’t speak English or understand their rights are, under the Trump administration, especially vulnerable to an arrest that can have irreversible consequences.

ProPublica reviewed hundreds of habeas corpus petitions filed nationwide since January 2025, in which immigrants challenged their ICE detention on constitutional grounds. We found dozens of petitioners who were arrested on suspicion of domestic violence and turned over to ICE, even though they were never charged or their charges were dropped. Using jail and police records from Florida and Michigan, as well as news reports, we identified even more cases.

In their petitions, several immigrants said that officers mistook them for the aggressor. The underlying arrest records show that officers often had to make close calls in messy cases where it was unclear who was the victim and who was the aggressor. Either way, under Trump, there’s little grace for immigrants. 

In one case in Florida, a state where sheriff’s offices cooperate with immigration authorities, a deputy came upon a Venezuelan couple arguing in the street in November 2025. In his report, the deputy said the woman pulled at her husband’s pants, necklace and arm, leaving marks on his body. The woman said her husband had taken her keys and phone. She didn’t want to be left stranded, she said, so she ran after him.

She was charged with misdemeanor battery; her husband wasn’t charged. The woman was turned over to ICE while the case was pending. Prosecutors later dropped charges. The sheriff’s report didn’t mention any allegations of prior domestic violence, but the woman later said that, during their marriage, her husband had beaten her and threatened to kill her. In her habeas corpus petition, she said she was “afraid to report the abuse to the police.” 

The woman was released in May, but during the five months she was incarcerated, her husband took their daughters out of state, her attorney told ProPublica. She still hasn’t seen the girls in person.

For Leya, it was a shock to find herself handcuffed, sitting in the back of a police cruiser, headed toward the Kent County jail. She was silent during the 15-minute ride, unable to make sense of what had just happened: “I had suffered from domestic violence,” she said. “But the one who ended up in trouble was me.” 

The next day, a detective asked the prosecutor’s office to file charges against her. Prosecutors declined to do so, saying there was insufficient evidence, there were no injuries and Leya hadn’t successfully interfered with the phone call. 

Still, she wasn’t released.

Leya had no criminal history, apart from this arrest, according to a DHS record. But her fingerprints had been run against state and federal databases, flagging ICE officials who could match them with her prints from when she arrived in the U.S. In addition, Leya said, a jail official asked about her status, and she told him she was waiting for an immigration court hearing. 

ICE issued a detainer, essentially asking the jail to hold Leya until agents could pick her up. Kent County officials honored their request. A day later, Leya was at the detention center in the woods.

An illustration depicts the dark silhouette of a person sitting inside a car parked outside a gated detention facility with a prominent watchtower in the background.

She cried in despair over her daughter. They’d never been separated. The 80 miles between Wyoming and North Lake seemed infinite. Her breasts ached from the drying milk. Leya wondered whether she’d be deported and if their separation would be permanent. 

From a narrow window in her cell, she saw people outside holding signs, protesting ICE. She could hear their chants in English. Though she had trouble understanding them, she felt comforted by the care of strangers. 

Inside, she familiarized herself with the routines. She spent most of her time in a large, open room with other women in red. Cameras eyed them as they talked about their children and upcoming court dates. They shared contact information for relatives in their home countries in case one of them got deported and had nowhere to go. To pass the hours, they watched telenovelas, played rounds of Uno and pieced together jigsaw puzzles of forests and farms.

Leya grew close to a few women from Latin America and Eastern Europe who said they, too, had been in abusive relationships. Several had called police for help, records show. A Honduran woman said her partner tried to choke her. A Dominican woman said her husband, a U.S. citizen, hit her, pulled her hair and chased her with a stick.

Then there was Pilar, Leya’s first cellmate. The asylum seeker from Peru had also been arrested on suspicion of domestic violence in the city of Wyoming.

Pilar, her boyfriend and her teenage daughter called 911 five times in the 15 months before her arrest, records show. On one occasion, Pilar’s daughter said she worried that the boyfriend would hurt her mom; according to bodycam footage, Pilar assured officers that everything was fine. On another, the man said he experienced mental abuse and wanted to find a shelter. On yet another, Pilar said she just wanted him to leave.

None of these calls ended in an arrest. Officers ensured that the boyfriend had another place to stay when he sought help, and they told Pilar to call back if he tried to return and hurt her, according to the footage. They advised the couple to go to civil court for future disputes over money and property.

In an interview with ProPublica from North Lake, Pilar, 48, said that her boyfriend took financial advantage of her and physically assaulted her. And in her habeas corpus petition, she described the relationship as one of “physical, mental, psychological, economic abuse.” Her sister took a photo of the bruises around Pilar’s neck and feared the worst. “I would tell her to leave that man,” she said. 

Pilar said she was ashamed to go to her job at a food-processing plant with bruises on her face. She wondered what her co-workers would think. She distanced herself from relatives and friends. Pilar said she never told the police the full story because she worried about the possible repercussions — not for herself, but for her boyfriend. She didn’t want him to be deported. Despite everything, she loved him and felt he loved her. 

One night in October 2025, her boyfriend drove up to their apartment complex in a rental car. The couple argued in the parking lot. He called 911.

“I need police,” he said over and over in English.

Pilar called moments later: “This man is leaving my house and he’s not giving me my keys,” she screamed in Spanish. “This man has hurt me. He has scratched my whole arm.”

When officers arrived, they separated the couple. The boyfriend said that Pilar slapped his head, grabbed his shirt and tried to pull him out of the car while he was in the driver’s seat, according to bodycam footage and the police report. One side of his T-shirt was torn. He said he never assaulted Pilar and any injuries were her own fault. “I’ve never hit her,” he said in Spanish.

He told officers that he’d become a U.S. permanent resident two months earlier and that Pilar was jealous. “She is making this up because she knows she can get papers,” he said.

Pilar insisted she was the victim. She showed officers the scratch marks on her arm and said her boyfriend was to blame. She begged them to make him return the apartment keys, according to bodycam footage and a police report. “I’ve been trying to kick him out for a while and he won’t leave, and he doesn’t want to help pay the rent,” she said in Spanish.

An officer asked how her boyfriend’s shirt got ripped. Pilar said she grabbed onto him when he started driving away in order to avoid being dragged by the car. The officer asked her several more times about the ripped shirt. Pilar told him she wanted to speak to a lawyer. 

In their report, police noted that the boyfriend had called 911 first. His shirt was ripped. Pilar’s wasn’t. If the boyfriend had thrown her down, the officer wrote, then her shirt should have been ripped because he was “much taller and heavier (around 80lbs more).”

Her boyfriend wasn’t arrested. Pilar was.

Wyoming Public Safety Chief Kip Snyder declined to speak about the arrests of Pilar or Leya. In an email to ProPublica, he said officers don’t “participate in enforcing federal immigration laws. We encourage trust and cooperation with all residents and aim to ensure that everyone feels safe reporting crimes or seeking assistance.”

Shortly after Pilar’s arrest, a police detective asked the prosecutor’s office to file domestic violence charges against both her and her boyfriend.  

Prosecutors declined to file any charges, citing insufficient evidence. Pilar wasn’t released. Apart from this arrest, she had no criminal history, according to DHS records. She also had a pending asylum case.

Still, ICE put a detainer on her and jail officials turned her over.

An illustration shows the dark profile silhouette of a woman visible through the vertical barred window of a heavy cell door.

A few years earlier, Kent County Sheriff Michelle Lajoye-Young said a handoff like this wouldn’t happen.

In 2019, she announced that deputies would stop automatically honoring detainers and instead require warrants signed by a federal judge or magistrate. The move came after a U.S. citizen — a Marine combat veteran — was transferred from her jail into ICE custody.

“There needed to be a judicial oversight inserted into that process to give us the assurance that somebody wasn’t erroneously detained without due process,” Lajoye-Young said around that time. 

Trump called Kent a “sanctuary jurisdiction.” The label haunted the county, which in the 2016 election voted for Trump. A national think tank that aims to reduce immigration put Kent County on its list of sanctuary communities, while Republican state lawmakers tried to compel its cooperation with federal authorities.

Yet it’s unclear whether Lajoye-Young ever delivered on her promise. ProPublica requested copies of all department policies, procedures, memos and instructions on how it handles ICE detainers since 2018. None said a judicial warrant was needed. ProPublica also asked for copies of judicial warrants for Pilar and Leya. The county said no such records exist.

Lajoye-Young, who retired last week, declined interview requests. Sgt. Scott Dietrich, a spokesperson for the sheriff’s office, didn’t directly answer questions about whether the policy was ever implemented. But in a statement he said that detainers are “handled under applicable law and established policy, consistent with our commitment to public safety, due process, and fair and impartial enforcement.”

Gema Lowe, an organizer with the local chapter of an immigrant rights group, said the sheriff had backtracked on her promise and wasn’t being forthright. “I don’t understand why they’re being secretive,” she said.

The shift deepened the mistrust among immigrants in a county with one of the state’s fastest-growing immigrant populations. Lowe, an immigrant herself from Mexico, said she advises victims to think twice before reporting domestic violence to the police because of the risk of arrest and deportation, while pointing them to other local resources like shelters. 

She and others said the stakes are especially high now. ICE arrests have skyrocketed under Trump. Nobody is off limits, including immigrants with pending asylum claims and no criminal records.

And more local authorities are helping ICE make arrests. In January 2025, fewer than 150 state and local law enforcement agencies had signed 287(g) agreements with DHS to help carry out the president’s deportation agenda. That number has ballooned to more than 2,600 today. 

“Partnerships with law enforcement are critical to having the resources we need to arrest criminal illegal aliens across the country,” a DHS spokesperson said. “We have had tremendous success when local law enforcement works together with us.”

Kent County doesn’t have a 287(g) agreement. Still, the jail hands over the vast majority of people with detainers to ICE, records show. Dozens of people who were turned over to ICE this year had their criminal charges dropped, or, like Pilar and Leya, were never charged in the first place. 

Dietrich said the dismissal of a criminal charge “does not, by itself, mean the original arrest lacked probable cause.” The sheriff’s office also doesn’t “determine whether criminal charges are ultimately prosecuted, nor does it determine whether an individual is deported,” he said.

DHS told ProPublica in a statement that both Leya and Pilar “illegally entered the country” in 2022 and that both “will receive due process” in their immigration proceedings.

Kent County Prosecutor Chris Becker said he hadn’t heard of victims getting detained by ICE after calling the police. In his experience, he said, more perpetrators with active cases get deported.

Becker said he tries to get the message out that his team serves all victims, regardless of their immigration status. He’s aware that immigrants are reluctant to seek help. His own staff has told him that victims are afraid to testify or file restraining orders. They don’t want their partners — often the breadwinners and the fathers of their children — to be deported.

“There’s been a chilling impact to women coming forward in domestic violence situations due to what’s going on,” Becker said.

An illustration shows handcuffed individuals being escorted up the stairs into an airplane on a tarmac under the supervision of uniformed officers.

As the months passed at North Lake, Leya watched as women she befriended started to leave.  

Some were deported, including at least two Mexican women who were also arrested in Kent County on suspicion of domestic violence. Others were released. New women took their cells. Some told Leya that they, too, had been arrested after 911 calls about domestic violence.

Leya fought for her freedom. She met with volunteers from Kent County, who raised money to hire her lawyers and pay for a required physical exam and fees. Even her ex-boyfriend, the one who she said gave her a black eye, wrote a letter on her behalf to help her case, calling her “a calm person.” He explained that he had called the police after their argument “escalated” and that “problems are situations that can happen in any relationship.”

Leya, he added, “deserves a second opportunity to remain in this country and be close to our daughter, as our baby truly needs her very much.” While Leya was locked up, their little girl celebrated her first birthday, got her first teeth and took her first steps.

At virtual hearings, Leya sat with her arms crossed, her dark, wavy hair neatly braided in cornrows and wearing an oversized coat over her red uniform. She tried to follow the discussion of people who seemed to have her life in their hands.

In late August, a judge granted Leya bond. While her immigration case played out, she could be free.

It was a profound relief. At the same time, it felt awful to leave behind her friends. It seemed like some of them were never getting out. Pilar was approaching a year in detention.

Four months after her arrest, Leya walked out of the old prison. She thought about how she would live on her own now and support her daughter.  

She promised herself she wouldn’t go back to the man who hurt her. 

The post These Women Were Trying to Escape Domestic Abuse. ICE Detained Them Instead. appeared first on ProPublica.

Python 3.15 goes global with UTF-8 support

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:00
After a week’s delay, the new version of Python, v3.15, has been released. With it comes a proper profiler, an experimental just-in-time compiler, and a tightening of dictionary structures. It also offers a time-saving Lazy Import option for programs to not load modules until needed, the implementation of which ironically halted this release until a few last-minute regressions were sorted. But of all these new delicacies spread before the Pythonistas, the data wranglers of the bunch may most appreciate default UTF-8 support across all platforms. And when we say “all platforms,” we’re really just throwing shade at Windows (as usual). Python has defaulted to macOS and Linux Python environments for some time now. It’s a small but important update. About half of all Python developers use the language for processing and analyzing data, and about 58 percent of Python users build on Windows, according to various Python Software Foundation surveys. Party crashers Earlier versions of Python defaulted to the host system's locale encoding. This led to much consternation for Windows developers whose scripts opened UTF-8-encoded data sets, only to have non-ASCII characters corrupt or crash the program. Culprits could be as innocuous as a smart quote or a fancy apostrophe. Managed by The Unicode Consortium, with the help of the IETF and ISO, UTF-8 is an 8-bit binary encoding of the Unicode catalog of all the world’s written symbols. ASCII offered only 128 characters to cover the world’s knowledge, but UTF-8 provides over 1.1 million slots, which is plenty of room for smart quotes, emojis, musical and math notations, all the Chinese dialects, and even a few extinct languages (for research purposes). There’s also UTF-16 and UTF-32, but UTF-8’s combination of efficiency and inclusiveness made it the default for the Web and most modern operating systems. By the time Python Enhancement Proposal 681 was proposed in 2022 to make UTF-8 the preferred encoding, the language was already behind the times. That year, Java settled into UTF-8 with JDK 18, and Ruby 3.0 defaulted to the encoding scheme in 2020. Today all the cool languages and runtimes pledge allegiance to UTF-8, including Rust, Go, and Node.js (JavaScript itself prefers UTF-16 for internal encoding). Most code editors, from Visual Studio Code to Windows Notepad, prefer UTF-8. Data sharing and configuration formats such as JSON, TOML, and YAML all require 8-bit encodings. Python had long understood UTF-8, but programmers had to put a flag in their code alerting the language to use it – if they knew they had to do so at all. Many didn’t and were left scratching their heads over why their data processing scripts worked just fine on MacOS or Linux but then would flame out on Windows (or some other obscure system that defaulted to a C/POSIX locale). Programmers love puzzles To acquaint developers with the new aspects of the language, longtime Python programmer Barry Warsaw (AKA “Uncle Barry”) created a terminal-based adventure game called “whatsnewt” that offers 18 puzzles, each one built on a new feature found in Python 3.15, including a puzzle for UTF-8 support, “The Encoding Tower of Babel.” Once you've downloaded Python 3.15, do a “pip install whatsnewt” and then run the game on the Python command line. It even works on Windows, we hear. ®

Welcome to the lovely landlocked land of Luxembork, where the fares are free, and the terminals are techno

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:15
There ain't no party like a tap-in party, as nobody ever said. And so it is that one of Luxembourg's mostly redundant tap-in / tap-out terminals is amusing itself by putting on a light show for passing passengers. The terminal is an INIT unit, rolled out on the country's public transport network and now mostly idle since fares were zeroed out in 2020. First Class and cross-border trips still attract a charge, but for everything else (trains, trams, and buses) there is no fee. Eagle-eyed Register reader Dominic spotted the terminal doing its thing at the Rout Bréck / Pafendall rail station in Luxembourg City. "Maybe it's got bored," he suggested, "and is trying to attract attention by cycling through video test patterns." Perhaps. Or perhaps it's the first wave of the AI takeover – activating unwitting undercover agents via the medium of flashing lights and colors (we've seen The Ipcress File – we know how it works), or maybe, just maybe, the terminal has got itself into a self-test boot loop and is awaiting an engineer who is probably in no rush to attend. After all, flashing screen or no flashing screen, nobody will bother to tap in and tap out when transport is free. The mundane reality is that this is indeed an INIT PROXmobile terminal with its knickers in a twist. It looks like it is going through a cycle to check out the performance of the LCD screen; checking that the red, green, and blue subpixels are working ok, showing a solid white screen, and then a grid pattern to check contrast and alignment are all tippety-top. And then it should boot into whatever it is supposed to be doing. However, that is, alas, not running quite as expected, so it goes back to the start of the diagnostic test. The terminals are managed remotely, so an alarm is doubtless going off somewhere to inform an administrator that something is amiss. Unless this really was some guerrilla marketing for Luxembourg's rave scene. The next Holy Rave was on Friday (October 9). Or perhaps loud music in dark rooms is not your thing? A flashing screen at a train station could therefore be a worthy substitute. ®

How to Run a Deepfake Readiness Drill Before a Cloned Voice Calls Your Team

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:50
Cloned voices and synthetic video calls now show up in payment fraud, help desk resets, and access requests. A structured drill shows security teams exactly where verification breaks down, while nothing is at stake. The call comes in at 4:40 on a Friday. It's the CFO, or it sounds exactly like her, asking the controller to push a supplier payment out before the weekend because a deal closes

Researchers Used a Public OpenAI Model to Build a $250,000 Chrome Full-Chain Exploit in Six Days

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:19
A team at security firm XBOW chained three then-unknown Google Chrome bugs into a single attack that runs code on a Windows computer when the user only loads a web page, the company said. Its researchers built the attack in six days by directing AI agents running OpenAI's publicly available GPT-5.6 Sol model. Google has since confirmed all three bugs, fixed them, and paid XBOW its top $

Hirudo Android Trojan Uses Patched Banking Apps to Bypass Their Built-In Security Checks

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:08
Cybersecurity researchers have disclosed details of a new Android banking trojan called Hirudo that works by replacing legitimate banking apps with purpose-built patched versions designed to bypass security checks from inside the app itself, marking a new escalation in financial fraud.  Dutch mobile security company ThreatFabric said it identified replacements for eight Indonesian banking

An AI Agent Found a Critical OTP Bypass in Production. The Attack Was the Easy Part.

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:00
The bug was simple: the login let you choose where your sign-in code went. Proving it on a live website was the hard part. TL;DR During an authorized assessment, an AI pentesting agent found a critical authentication bypass on a major insurer's production website, on its own. One login request let the user choose where the one-time passcode went. The attack was the easy part. Proving it

Ivanti October Security Update

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:19
Ivanti ha rilasciato gli aggiornamenti di sicurezza di ottobre che risolvono 7 vulnerabilità, di cui 2 con gravità “critica” e 3 con gravità “alta”, in alcuni prodotti. Tra queste si evidenzia la CVE-2026-104935 - riguardante il prodotto Connect Secure (ICS) e di tipo "Authentication Bypass by Spoofing" - per la quale è stato rilevato lo sfruttamento attivo in rete.

Risolte vulnerabilità in prodotti Fortinet

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:19
Fortinet ha rilasciato aggiornamenti di sicurezza che sanano alcune vulnerabilità, di cui 2 con gravità "critica" e 2 con gravità "alta", in FortiSIEM, FortiMail, FortiSandbox, FortiAnalyzer e FortiManager. Tali vulnerabilità potrebbero consentire ad un attaccante remoto di eseguire codice o comandi non autorizzati, eludere i meccanismi di autenticazione, elevare i propri privilegi e scrivere/leggere file arbitrari sui sistemi interessati.

Risolte vulnerabilità in prodotti Zoom

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:10
Zoom ha rilasciato aggiornamenti di sicurezza che risolvono 4 vulnerabilità con gravità "alta" in Zoom Workplace, piattaforma per la comunicazione e la collaborazione, e nei relativi client Zoom. Tali vulnerabilità, qualora sfruttate, permetterebbero a un utente malintenzionato non autenticato di elevare i propri privilegi e di accedere a informazioni sensibili sui sistemi interessati.

New Mexico and El Paso Spent Millions on Climate Plans. Three New Data Centers Could Undo Them.

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:00
An expansive aerial view reveals a vast construction site in a desert landscape, featuring a large red crane surrounded by neatly arranged building supplies, earthmoving paths and distant mountain ranges.
Meta is building a massive data center on the northeast edge of El Paso, Texas, on the New Mexico border. Paul Ratje for ProPublica and The Texas Tribune

Last December, New Mexico officials celebrated publication of a plan to address climate change, designed to dramatically reduce the state’s greenhouse gas emissions by 2050. A few months later, just across the state line in Texas, El Paso city officials adopted their own such plan with a similar ambition. 

Each report cost millions of dollars to draft, but neither one took into account how the construction of data centers could upend climate goals in both places. 

Work is underway in Doña Ana County in southern New Mexico on one of the largest data center developments in the country: Project Jupiter, built by Austin-based Oracle. Twenty miles away in El Paso, construction is underway on another massive data center, this one built by Meta Platforms. 

A third, larger data center project is planned less than a 30-minute drive from the Meta site, on the Fort Bliss Army post in east El Paso.

The data centers are “going to undo a lot of the very expensive and very meaningful work a lot of people are doing,” New Mexico state climatologist Dave DuBois told El Paso Matters.

The sites are among a wave of data centers under construction across the country, driven by the rapidly escalating demand for artificial intelligence services like Claude and ChatGPT. Such projects have drawn intense scrutiny in recent months, as residents and elected officials have questioned their impact on communities’ water supplies, household electric bills and air quality. Texas alone has 596 data centers that are either in operation or planned across Texas as of early September, according to research by The Texas Tribune. 

But the projects located in this population center of 1.2 million, which encompasses El Paso and parts of southern New Mexico, are particularly notable because of their combined scope. When fully built out, the three data centers, each with its own power plant, will emit millions of tons of greenhouse gas emissions, equivalent to the planet-warming emissions released by more than two million cars in a year.

They will also release air pollutants like particulate matter and nitrogen oxides, which directly affect local air quality and human health. The Meta and Project Jupiter data centers are expected to release these kinds of pollutants at relatively low levels, according to paperwork submitted to state regulators. But even a small increase in air pollution can still negatively impact communities close to and downwind of the data center sites, said Shaolei Ren, a professor of electrical and computer engineering at University of California, Riverside. 

“The health impacts can be significant for local communities,” Ren said.

Because Project Jupiter, Meta and the Fort Bliss data centers are in two different states, and because there is no single federal regulation governing climate change or emissions, regulators have largely considered the projects’ impacts separately.

“We’ve never had a national climate law passed by Congress,” said Ari Peskoe, director of the Electricity Law Initiative at Harvard Law School. “And so what we’ve had in this country are primarily state and local efforts.”

The result is that officials in one state have little say over a project happening minutes away from them. 

Texas and New Mexico also take different approaches to dealing with climate change. New Mexico has codified greenhouse gas reduction targets into state law; Texas has not.

A truck sprays water across a dusty, wide-open excavation site with cranes and mountains visible in the background.
A truck sprays water for dust suppression at the construction site of Project Jupiter in Santa Teresa, New Mexico.

New Mexico state Rep. Sarah Silva, a Democrat, represents the community of Chaparral, directly across the state line from Meta’s data center site in northeast El Paso. Her state has the power to regulate air quality and impose noise requirements, but only in New Mexico, not at a Texas construction site, even if it’s only a few hundred yards away. 

Likewise, residents living in west El Paso across the state line from Project Jupiter have no say in the project despite sharing an aquifer that crosses the state boundary. Emissions do not remain within the state where they originate, Silva said.

“This is why we need federal regulation,” said Silva. “How do we knit something together that makes sense for our region when actually this is the job of the federal government?”

Though they profess a desire to mitigate the impacts of climate change, local governments in El Paso and Doña Ana counties green-lit these projects in a part of the country seeing rapidly rising temperatures. The counties offered Meta and Project Jupiter tax incentives in exchange for corporate investment in their communities, job creation and, hopefully, the ability to attract more technology companies to the region. 

State officials have also provided incentives. More than a decade ago, Texas legislators approved a data center sales tax break, which exempts the facilities from paying sales tax on equipment they purchase, a decision that could now cost the state $3.2 billion in revenue over the next two years, according to The Texas Tribune. 

New Mexico lawmakers declined to advance a bill creating a similar tax break for data centers in 2021. But in 2025, they passed an unrelated law allowing large facilities such as Project Jupiter to generate their own electricity using natural gas. The law exempts these private power systems, known as microgrids, from renewable energy requirements, even as New Mexico requires electric utilities to source 50% of the power they sell from clean energy by 2030. 

The power plants that keep data centers running typically produce large amounts of emissions like carbon dioxide and methane that drive global climate change over time. Combined, the plants proposed for Project Jupiter and Meta’s data center could emit up to 10 million tons of planet-warming emissions annually. Comparatively, the region spanning El Paso County and neighboring Hudspeth County released 8.4 million tons of greenhouse gases in 2019. (The Army has shared scant information about the Fort Bliss data center, so it’s not clear what level of emissions the facility will produce.) 

“This does add to our greenhouse gas emissions in a massive way,” said Gunnar Schade, an associate professor of atmospheric sciences at Texas A&M University. “This is a huge source.”

An aerial view shows a massive industrial construction site with large building foundations and steel frameworks set across a wide desert landscape.
An aerial view captures a sprawling desert community with roads cutting through sparse terrain, scattered homes and mobile residences leading toward distant mountain ranges.
Homes in Chaparral, New Mexico, sit adjacent to Meta’s data center, just over the state border in El Paso, Texas.

An Unprecedented Amount of Energy

Silva, the New Mexico representative, was initially supportive of Project Jupiter, in part seeing it as an opportunity to create long-term jobs. Last year, she voted in favor of a bill that included an amendment — tacked on by state Sen. Michael Padilla, a Democrat from Albuquerque — that allows facilities like Project Jupiter, which aren’t connected to the local power grid, a 20-year exemption from clean energy laws, allowing them to generate all their electricity with fossil fuels. 

“We worked this bill pretty much the entire session, but it did not quite get done. So, we found a piece of legislation that was very similar,” Padilla said in an interview last year. “That’s the legislative process. You have to be very creative to get your work done.”

But Silva soon soured on the project out of concern that it won’t employ enough local workers and because it won’t rely on zero-emission renewable energy. Oracle has said the data center will have 750 full-time employees when it’s up and running. The company told Doña Ana County officials in early September that nearly 3,700 people had worked at the site during construction up to that point. 

Silva and other state lawmakers have said they voted for Padilla’s bill without realizing the broader implications for a data center project in the southern part of the state. 

“State regulators, state legislators, I think, were so caught off guard at the speed at which these hyperscale data centers showed up in all of our communities almost simultaneously,” Silva said. “I would support a moratorium.” 

A portrait of a woman with dark curly hair and glasses, wearing a red plaid button-down shirt and blue jeans, standing outdoors in a desert landscape with her hands on her hips.
New Mexico state Rep. Sarah Silva was initially supportive of Project Jupiter but has soured on the project over time.

The amount of energy Project Jupiter needs is unprecedented in the region: The data center will receive electricity from an on-site power plant made up of fuel cells built by a company called Bloom Energy. Bloom has said the plant will have the ability to produce up to 2.45 gigawatts of electricity — enough to power around 1.5 million homes and more than El Paso Electric has ever supplied to its 465,000 residential and commercial customers at one time, according to the utility’s corporate reports.

New Mexico Gov. Michelle Lujan Grisham, a Democrat, has specifically lauded Oracle’s promise to use fuel cells for electricity instead of natural gas turbines, which would have used more water and produced more air pollution. However, an air permit — a state-granted license that authorizes industrial facilities to emit a predetermined amount of pollution — would allow the fuel cells to produce up to 8.8 million tons of greenhouse gas emissions per year. Lujan Grisham didn’t address questions from El Paso Matters about the impact of these additional climate emissions.

The Meta power plant in El Paso could release up to 1.3 million tons of climate emissions every year, according to an estimate calculated by El Paso Matters based on El Paso Electric regulatory filings and the Environmental Protection Agency’s emissions factors. Nancy L. Seidman, a senior adviser with the Regulatory Assistance Project, a nonpartisan nonprofit focused on energy policy, confirmed the emissions estimate is sound.

“Regulators should weigh all emissions and other impacts like water usage, noise and local air pollution, which can affect public health, when they make decisions about data center projects,” Seidman wrote in an email to El Paso Matters. “This is particularly important when projects are phased over time, so that an accurate account can be made of the total, holistic impacts.”

The data center planned for Fort Bliss is expected to use 3 gigawatts of electricity that would likely be supplied by natural gas turbines, according to officials with the Department of Defense, who shared details with reporters during a briefing in April. The Army has issued few other details about the project because it is still in “exclusive negotiations” with the developer, Carlyle Group, a large publicly traded private equity firm.

Carlyle Group did not respond to a request for comment. 

“These are cities in terms of their electricity consumption,” Peskoe, of Harvard Law School, said of AI hyperscale data center campuses such as Oracle’s and Meta’s. The facilities are cropping up so fast that “the pace of this and the scale of this — I think there’s no real parallel, at least for 50, 60, 70 years, but probably ever for the U.S. power industry.”

Facilities in New Mexico seeking a state air permit are required by law to disclose estimated amounts of air pollutants and greenhouse gas emissions the project will release. And the state Environment Department has spent months evaluating Project Jupiter’s air permit application, which was submitted in April. A spokesperson for the environmental department didn’t respond to emailed questions.

By contrast, the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality only requires project developers to disclose information about pollutants that affect local air quality, and not about greenhouse gas emissions, which are what contribute to climate change. 

So when El Paso Electric sought an air permit last fall for the Meta data center’s natural gas power plant, the utility didn’t have to share estimated greenhouse gas emissions. The Texas commission approved the permit 20 days after it was filed, following an expedited review. 

Meta directed questions about its data center’s power plant to El Paso Electric. The electric company declined to share estimates of the plant’s greenhouse gas emissions but said in a statement that the Texas environmental commission had reviewed and authorized the Meta power plant “under a standard permit, which is specifically for projects with limited and well-controlled emissions.” The statement said the facility will “operate in compliance with state and federal standards.”

A spokesperson for the agency said, “All Standard Permits have gone through formal notice and comment procedures and have been adopted by the Commission in a public meeting.”

These plants will be releasing large amounts of greenhouse gases even as climate change has become increasingly evident in the El Paso metro area, which sits where Texas’ westernmost boundary meets New Mexico and northern Mexico. El Paso’s temperatures have risen faster than those of almost any other city in the U.S. since 1970, according to Climate Central, a nonprofit that quantifies climate shifts throughout the United States. Drought driven by climate change has amplified the impact of wind storms that fill the air in El Paso with hazardous dust in the spring and summertime.

This year has been the hottest on record in El Paso through the first nine months of 2026, according to the National Weather Service. Similar records have been set across the state line in New Mexico.

“If we started to do these kinds of things — having big data centers with natural-gas-fired turbines — it’s kind of like bringing back a lot of the retired plants that were more dirty, like coal,” said DuBois, the New Mexico state climatologist. 

Fernando Berjano, El Paso’s climate coordinator, wouldn’t comment specifically on effects resulting from the data centers in the region, but he said the kinds of power plants tied to them produce greenhouse gases that will make it harder for the city to meet its climate goals, as well as produce air pollutants.

If emissions increase in the El Paso area, “that has an impact on air quality, that has an impact on pollution,” Berjano said, “which is something that we all know is not good.”

An elevated view captures a sprawling construction site filled with large steel structures, heavy machinery and prominent yellow and red cranes set against a mountain backdrop at dusk.
Construction at the Project Jupiter data center in Santa Teresa, New Mexico

The Road Ahead for Data Centers

Although construction is already underway on the Project Jupiter and Meta data centers, regulatory hurdles remain for both facilities. The public hearing on the Project Jupiter air permit was scheduled to begin Sept. 14, but the New Mexico Supreme Court delayed it when opponents filed lawsuits challenging the state’s approval process and the facility’s use of groundwater. 

The state Supreme Court last month lifted the stay. New Mexico more recently appointed an examiner to preside over the hearing that would authorize the facility’s emissions. Other legal challenges are making their way through the court system. 

In Texas, El Paso Electric is still waiting for the state’s Public Utility Commission to approve construction of the power plant planned next to Meta’s data center, a decision that could come later this year.

Officials with both Project Jupiter and Meta have said they are taking steps to help mitigate the climate effects of their projects and plan to develop clean energy projects elsewhere to create new electricity sources and offset the greenhouse gases their data center power plants will release. Oracle also maintains that its emissions will be lower than what it sought in its air permit application and that it plans to get to net zero greenhouse emissions by 2031. 

“Oracle is committed to building Project Jupiter responsibly and incorporating community feedback into our planning,” the company said in a statement. 

A crowd gathered under a covered outdoor pavilion holds up printed signs with slogans like, "Don’t mess with our water," "Not in anyone’s backyard," and “El agua es vida.”
Protesters rally against the construction of data centers in their region.

The road ahead for data centers is unclear. Even once-supportive officials have softened or changed course: Last year, Lujan Grisham, New Mexico’s governor, said Project Jupiter “reaffirms New Mexico’s leadership in global trade, advanced manufacturing, and digital infrastructure.” In Texas, Gov. Greg Abbott at one point called his state “the epicenter of AI development.” 

Now, amid growing opposition to Project Jupiter, Lujan Grisham recently said she takes seriously residents’ concerns about the data center “and expects any data center operating in New Mexico to meet the state’s rigorous environmental standards and use water responsibly.” This summer, Abbott called on the Texas Public Utility Commission to ensure the projects pay for their own infrastructure and don’t lead to higher electricity costs for residents. He also recommended the state Legislature pass a number of regulations related to data centers next year, many concerning water and electricity usage, and recently told the Texas Water Development Board to penalize data centers that do not report their water usage. 

Abbott’s new edicts do not address air pollution or climate change, nor the effects that a data center project in one state can have on another. 

Texas Democratic state Rep. Joe Moody, whose district includes much of west and northeast El Paso, near two of the data center projects, said Abbott’s proposals will likely shape the Texas Legislature’s debate over data-center-related policies next year but called them just a starting point. 

“In the governor’s directives, we’re not talking about local control and local autonomy to make decisions on these projects,” he said. “And I do think that that’s a whole other lane of conversation that we’re going to get into next session.”

The post New Mexico and El Paso Spent Millions on Climate Plans. Three New Data Centers Could Undo Them. appeared first on ProPublica.

KPMG tech and data boss tells staff facing the boot he's getting promoted

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:30
Redundancies might have dented morale at KPMG in the UK, but that didn't stop Paul Henninger, head of technology and data, from sharing some positive personal news with the troops: he's being promoted. Late last week, as staff awaited confirmation of redundancies, Henninger emailed his staff to share the update before KPMG announced it to the wider business. He confirmed he had been asked to take on the new role of group head of consulting. "In this role, I will lead our Consulting practice and, along with my leadership team, focus on strengthening our proposition-led go-to-market approach, accelerating our AI-enabled capabilities, and developing specialised sales, technical and delivery career pathways." In the short term, the newly promoted exec will hand over current duties and help the team "prepare for the transition." "I recognise that this news comes at a challenging time, as many colleagues continue through the consultation process. I know that uncertainty can be difficult, and I do not underestimate the impact this period is having on individuals and teams. Please continue to support one another and make use of the help available." On October 9, KPMG notified Tech and Data staff selected for redundancy, with the cuts affecting around 4 percent of the division. Some called the pay-off terms insulting, and were angry at the £100 offered to those leaving in exchange for their silence and a promise not to bring claims against KPMG. An interim boss will lead the Tech and Data unit, reporting directly to Henninger, to "ensure a smooth transition and maintain continuity for our people and clients." "For now, there are no changes to reporting lines or business priorities, so please remain focused on delivering for our clients and supporting each other." Henninger signed off by saying: "Although my role is changing, I will remain closely connected to the Tech & Data team and look forward to continuing to work with many of you. It has been a real privilege to lead the Tech & Data Super Service Line and I am proud of what we have achieved together." Not everyone will share those sentiments. Around 200 people in the division's AI, Cyber, SAP, and Testing teams are losing their jobs before Christmas. One KPMG insider claimed: "By pairing his executive promotion with staff redundancies, this email exemplifies KPMG's traditionally tone-deaf approach to vulnerable employees. "Timing these layoffs just before the holidays, while simultaneously withholding hard earned bonuses and offering an insulting £100 to waive legal rights, demonstrates a severe erosion of corporate ethics," they told The Register. According to results for 2025, KPMG said its UK and Swiss business increased revenue by 2 percent year-on-year to £3.6 billion. It reported a profit before tax of £576 million, up 14 percent. "Despite the difficult market, we have continued to invest in our brilliant people, their skills, and our talent pipeline with more promotions, increases in colleague bonus spend of 18 percent across the Group and by boosting our learning offer," said Jonathan Holt, group chief exec of KPMG in the UK and Switzerland, and a UK senior partner. A spokesperson at KPMG, told The Register on Wednesaday: "Paul Henninger is a highly respected industry leader and has brought innovation, tech and AI to the heart of our consultancy services. "Given the changing needs of clients, with innovation ever increasing in demand, it is natural that we would elevate our expertise in this area to lead our consulting business at this time." ®

OpenAI engineer charged after boardroom bug found wrapped in toilet paper

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:55
The Department of Justice has charged an OpenAI engineer with attempting to intercept oral communications after allegedly planting a recording device in an exec conference room. Investigators claim company security staff found a second device in his bag. Saudi national Abdulrahman Alfozan, 35, is described in court documents as an engineer at OpenAI who had worked there since July 2025, and has held permanent residency in the US since September 2020. He was arrested on October 9 and made his initial federal court appearance on October 13. He is accused of installing, on or around September 28, 2026, a Seeed XIAO ESP32-S3 Sense recording device via a USB port in a TV located in OpenAI's executive conference room. According to the complaint, staff discovered the device concealed in toilet paper on September 30. OpenAI said it used its models to analyze the device. According to the complaint, it may have been modified to prevent data transfer between the recorder and the TV. The contents of the bug's microSD card may also have been encrypted, as the company could not retrieve any of the data stored on the card after making a forensic image of it. CCTV footage placed him near the room on several dates, although prosecutors say Alfozan had no authority to access or participate in meetings held in the executive conference room, which is often reserved for the highest-level discussions. Officials did not state whether the device was able to capture anything of importance, but said the room typically plays host to non-public and secret technical meetings, as well as those with government representatives. OpenAI did not have CCTV covering the executive conference room at the time when the secret device was planted, but the company subsequently installed a camera. Court documents [PDF] include an image taken on October 5 from a camera situated behind the TV into which the DoJ claims the recording device was installed, allegedly showing Alfozan checking on it. Investigators examined Alfozan's devices, according to the complaint, which alleges that between around August 17 and September 16, 2026, Alfozan used a productivity agent to inquire about company building addresses, meeting rooms, room capacities and calendars, and external-partner meeting venues. The complaint also describes an AI chatbot account associated with his spouse that shared installation identifiers, logged IP usage, and user-path references with Alfozan's account. Between September 24 and 30, it submitted prompts about building and modifying an audio-recording device. The prompts allegedly included questions related to recording reliability, how to add browser access and controls, how to develop a second unit with speech-triggered recording, and more. On October 5, the day Alfozan was allegedly recorded looking behind the executive conference room TV, company representatives say he left a bag unattended in the office's printer room. Security staff inspected the bag, finding a wallet, an ID card, and a second Seeed-manufactured recording device, before Alfozan reported the bag missing, according to the DoJ. He collected the bag the following day from the company's Lost and Found, and later claimed in a written report that several items were missing, including a credit card, around $500 in cash, two AirPods, one set of headphones, sunglasses, and a power bank. Alfozan was charged with an attempt to intercept oral communications, an offense that carries a maximum sentence of five years in prison and a $250,000 fine. "According to the complaint unsealed today, Abdulrahman Alfozan allegedly concealed a covert recording device inside his employer's executive conference room to secretly capture sensitive communications about the company's super intelligence technology," said FBI director Kash Patel. "Protecting American SI innovation is essential to safeguarding our nation's economic strength and national security, and the FBI views that mission as one of our highest counterintelligence priorities." "At this time, we have no indications of this individual inappropriately accessing or exfiltrating model weights, source code, or customer data," OpenAI said in a statement. "The employee was terminated." "We take protecting our technology, data, and people seriously, and as a matter of national importance. Our security program is designed to protect against a wide range of threat actors, from insider risks to cybercriminals to nation states, and this case is an example of how AI can help address these sophisticated security threats." ®

L’Italia non protegge gli hacker etici

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:00

Immagine in evidenza rielaborata con l’intelligenza artificiale

Il 7 ottobre 2026, l’Agenzia Nazionale per la Cybersicurezza (ACN) ha adottato la Politica nazionale di divulgazione coordinata delle vulnerabilità (CVD: Coordinated Vulnerability Disclosure) e ha invitato la comunità digitale italiana a segnalare tutte le vulnerabilità zero-day, quindi ancora sconosciute, scoperte su sistemi di soggetti pubblici e privati.

Un passo in avanti, senza dubbio. Peccato che il passo in avanti fosse già previsto per legge dall’articolo 12 della Direttiva NIS2 (la normativa europea che punta rafforzare la sicurezza informatica di aziende, enti pubblici e servizi considerati critici), pubblicata in Gazzetta Ufficiale dell’Unione Europea nel dicembre 2022. Quattro anni di attesa per adempiere a un obbligo già scritto nero su bianco. È probabilmente il ritmo fisiologico della macchina pubblica italiana quando si tratta di tecnologia: la direttiva arriva, viene recepita con il decreto legislativo nel 2024, poi si aspetta un altro anno prima che qualcuno adotti gli strumenti operativi che quella norma richiedeva. Nel frattempo, però, le vulnerabilità informatiche esistono lo stesso.

La politica in sé ha una struttura ragionevole: il ricercatore segnala una vulnerabilità al CSIRT Italia (Computer Security Incident Response Team: la squadra nazionale che si occupa di gestire e coordinare la risposta agli incidenti informatici), il CSIRT si coordina con il fabbricante o il gestore del sistema vulnerabile, si trova una patch, poi si divulga. 

È possibile segnalare anche in forma anonima tramite una piattaforma dedicata sul sito ACN, che però al momento non risulta ancora essere attiva. Il messaggio pubblico di ACN è persino entusiasta: la community è invitata a collaborare, gli hacker etici sono benvenuti, insieme si costruisce un ecosistema digitale più sicuro. I problemi, come spesso avviene, sono nella nota in calce, quella che nessuno commenta nei comunicati ufficiali.

I rischi penali

La Politica CVD di ACN contiene infatti una clausola che vale la pena citare quasi alla lettera: le attività di ricerca delle vulnerabilità vanno condotte nel rispetto della legge e non devono integrare fattispecie di reato. Traduzione: segnalateci pure tutto quello che trovate, ma non aspettarti protezione se hai violato la legge.

Il punto è che in Italia la legge in questione è l’articolo 615-ter del Codice Penale, che punisce chiunque acceda abusivamente a un sistema informatico protetto da misure di sicurezza. La norma non distingue tra chi entra per rubare dati e chi entra per trovare una falla e segnalarla. I motivi del ricercatore sono, sul piano tecnico-giuridico, sostanzialmente irrilevanti: lo ha chiarito la Cassazione a Sezioni Unite nel 2012, che ha spostato il focus sulla qualità dell’accesso rispetto all’autorizzazione ricevuta. Chi accede a un sistema informatico protetto senza autorizzazione rischia di commettere un reato, indipendentemente dalle sue intenzioni.

ACN non è un’autorità giudiziaria e non può quindi garantire immunità penale a nessuno. Al massimo può impegnarsi a non sporgere querela come soggetto offeso, ma il Pubblico Ministero può comunque procedere d’ufficio. E se il sistema vulnerabile appartiene a un ente terzo, ACN non ha alcun potere su quel soggetto. L’anonimato garantito dalla piattaforma protegge l’identità del segnalante durante il processo, ma non sana retroattivamente l’accesso abusivo che ha permesso di trovare la vulnerabilità. L’unico modo per fare security research su sistemi altrui senza rischiare un procedimento penale resta quello di sempre: farsi dare l’autorizzazione. Che è un penetration test. Non una CVD.

Cosa succede nel resto d’Europa

Il Belgio ha risolto il problema nel 2022 con una norma specifica e nel 2024 l’ha consolidata nella propria legge di recepimento NIS2: chi rispetta le condizioni del safe harbor – ovvero nessun intento fraudolento, azioni proporzionate, segnalazione tempestiva al CCB (l’autorità belga competente per la cybersicurezza) e al titolare del sistema – non risponde penalmente dei reati informatici commessi nel corso della ricerca. È un’esenzione espressa, scritta nella legge, non una promessa procedurale di qualche autorità. I Paesi Bassi ci sono arrivati in modo diverso, più pragmatico: dal 2013 esiste una direttiva della Procura che orienta l’esercizio dell’azione penale verso la non-perseguibilità dei ricercatori in buona fede. Non è un’immunità formale, ma crea un livello di prevedibilità che in Italia non esiste nemmeno in forma embrionale.

La Germania nel 2024 aveva elaborato una bozza di riforma del paragrafo 202a del Codice Penale – il loro equivalente del nostro 615-ter – per escludere dalla fattispecie le attività di ricerca finalizzate alla segnalazione. La bozza è decaduta con la crisi della coalizione. Il contratto di governo CDU/CSU-SPD del 2025 l’ha ripresa con un impegno esplicito a creare certezza giuridica per la ricerca in sicurezza informatica. Non è ancora legge, ma è in agenda. La Francia ha invece una protezione debole e solo procedurale, ma almeno esiste: l’ANSSI (agenzia per la cybersicurezza francese) non è obbligata a denunciare chi segnala in buona fede. L’Italia, con la sua nuova Politica CVD, si colloca nell’unica categoria rimasta: quella dei Paesi che hanno un canale di segnalazione e nessuna tutela sostanziale.

Se l’Italia inasprisce le pene

Mentre il Belgio costruiva un safe harbor e la Germania ci provava, l’Italia approvava la Legge 90/2024 sulla cybersicurezza nazionale. Non è una legge che protegge i ricercatori: è una legge che alza le pene. Per i sistemi di interesse pubblico – sanitario, militare, di ordine pubblico, infrastrutture critiche – le pene per accesso abusivo sono passate da un massimo di cinque anni a un massimo di dieci, con aggravanti che arrivano a dodici. In questi casi, inoltre, si procede d’ufficio, senza che sia necessaria una querela. Il legislatore ha quindi deciso, nell’anno in cui si recepiva NIS2, di rendere più pericoloso fare security research proprio sui sistemi più critici: quelli dove le vulnerabilità hanno le conseguenze più gravi.

Oggi ACN invita la community a segnalare zero-day sui sistemi informatici della pubblica amministrazione o di interesse pubblico. La normativa vigente, però, continua a esporre chi individua queste vulnerabilità attraverso accessi non autorizzati al rischio di procedimenti penali, con pene che, nei casi più gravi, possono arrivare fino a dodici anni. Non c’è nessun safe harbor, nessuna proposta di legge in discussione in Parlamento, nessun indirizzo del Ministero della Giustizia che riduca anche solo l’incertezza. C’è un DDL presentato in Senato nell’aprile 2025 dal senatore Lorenzo Basso che contiene una delega generica per un safe harbor, che però non è mai  stato esaminato in commissione.

Le cautele necessarie

La Politica CVD di ACN è un passo necessario, ma tardivo. Crea un canale, introduce l’anonimato, formalizza un processo che prima non esisteva. Per chi trova vulnerabilità senza accedere a sistemi altrui – analisi passiva, firmware acquistato, software proprio – è uno strumento utile. Per chi fa ricerca sul campo, su sistemi in produzione, nell’unico modo in cui certi bug si trovano davvero, il quadro giuridico è identico a quello di ieri: un accesso non autorizzato è un accesso non autorizzato, indipendentemente da cosa si fa dopo.

A Malta, nel 2022, quattro ricercatori hanno trovato una falla critica in un’app, l’hanno segnalata responsabilmente, e si sono ritrovati imputati. Tre anni di processo, poi la grazia presidenziale. Il premier maltese ha detto che lo Stato deve assumersi la responsabilità quando le leggi non riflettono la realtà tecnologica. In Italia stiamo ancora aspettando che qualcuno arrivi a quella conclusione. Nel frattempo, se trovate qualcosa, la domanda non è se segnalarlo. La domanda è se potete permettervi di averlo trovato.

Che cos’è il CSIRT e quali sono le sue funzioni

CSIRT è l’acronimo di Computer Security Incident Response Team, ovvero una squadra specializzata nella prevenzione e nella gestione degli incidenti informatici. In Italia, il CSIRT nazionale opera all’interno dell’Agenzia per la Cybersicurezza Nazionale (ACN).

Il suo compito è monitorare le minacce informatiche, individuare possibili rischi, raccogliere le segnalazioni degli attacchi e assistere le organizzazioni colpite nella gestione delle emergenze. Il CSIRT diffonde inoltre allerte e informazioni sulle vulnerabilità individuate allo scopo di prevenire nuovi incidenti.

Collabora con le autorità e con gli organismi analoghi degli altri Paesi, soprattutto europei, per condividere informazioni e coordinare le risposte alle minacce.

Con la nuova politica nazionale di divulgazione coordinata delle vulnerabilità (CVD), il CSIRT Italia svolge anche il ruolo di intermediario tra chi scopre una falla informatica e chi è responsabile del sistema vulnerabile, facilitando la segnalazione e la successiva correzione.

L'articolo L’Italia non protegge gli hacker etici proviene da Guerre di Rete.

The AI math isn't mathing as infrastructure spending forecast to outstrip expected revenue

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:00
AI services are unlikely to deliver enough revenue to cover the expected capital expenditure going into IT infrastructure between now and 2030, and it looks like neocloud operators will largely bow out or be bought out. This is the conclusion from Gartner, which has added up the anticipated investments in AI datacenters over the next several years, estimated the revenue that can be expected from AI-driven applications over the same period, and found the numbers come up short. Gartner's data comes from a report, "Prepare for AI Market Consolidation: Capital Write-Downs Could Exceed $4 Trillion by 2032," which concludes that AI will not generate enough sales to profitably cover all of the planned AI capital spending before 2032 at the earliest. But forecasts typically focus on the end of the decade, so it ran the numbers for 2030 as well. "In 2026, AI providers are expected to spend nearly $1 trillion on AI infrastructure, and are forecast to invest an additional $6 trillion between 2027 and 2030," said Gartner senior director analyst Will Sommer. "However, our research indicates that enterprise and consumer AI revenue will be insufficient to support profitable returns on all planned AI capital expenditures during this period." Assuming a 12 percent return on invested capital (ROIC), which many companies are said to regard as the bar for acceptability, Gartner estimates AI datacenter operators would need to generate a total of $8.5 trillion in revenue to cover capital spending and financing costs while achieving that return. Unfortunately, it forecasts that the total enterprise and consumer AI revenue that can be attributed to AI datacenters during this period will add up to no more than $3.6 trillion. Returns below expectations could force operators to write down assets whose value they can no longer recover, particularly as newer GPUs displace older hardware. The result will be a shake-out of the companies providing AI infrastructure services, and Gartner believes that neocloud operators – "GPU-as-a-service" providers specializing in AI compute – will be the hardest hit. It forecasts that 80 percent of them won't survive as independent companies beyond 2030. "Not everyone is in trouble," Sommer told The Register. "Some will outperform, some will underperform, and some will have to exit the market." Gartner expects the hyperscalers to weather the shake-out better because their businesses extend beyond AI services. Last year, McKinsey & Company warned that neocloud companies need to move up the AI stack and diversify to avoid being commoditized. There has been growing unease in the financial markets over the amount of capex being poured into AI investment, with some money lenders starting to get cold feet. Last month, SoftBank Group found itself facing higher borrowing costs as the tech investment biz sought to drum up further funding for OpenAI. Financial biz Jefferies issued a report this week saying that developers such as OpenAI and Anthropic are facing threats to their profitability from open source and Chinese models that undercut them on price. Management consultant Bain & Company also published a report last month estimating that the AI industry needs to generate $6 trillion in annual revenue by 2031 to keep up funding for the infrastructure needed to meet anticipated demand. Bain also forecast a revenue shortfall unless the industry develops products and use cases not yet identified. Both the IMF and the Bank for International Settlements have voiced concerns about the AI bubble bursting and the effects rippling out across the global economy. ®

UK government chases AI while aging IT leaves it exposed, PAC chair warns

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:15
The UK government is pushing ahead with its AI ambitions yet is dragging its feet on replacing aging IT systems that leave departments vulnerable to cyberattacks, according to a damning assessment from Parliament's spending watchdog. Sir Geoffrey Clifton-Brown, chair of the House of Commons Public Accounts Committee (PAC), warns in his second annual report that Whitehall is failing to tackle its longstanding technology problems, even as AI gives criminals and hostile states new ways to attack government systems. "AI is approaching government like a tsunami, and I remain sceptical that government is prepared for the enormity of this challenge," Clifton-Brown writes. The Conservative MP says ministers have announced reforms to improve digital capability but have yet to explain how they will close the civil service's skills gap, or when. He also fears another Whitehall reshuffle, this time involving the creation of the Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade, will make matters worse. The numbers aren't encouraging. Just 6 percent of civil servants work in digital and data roles, well short of the government's 10 percent target. Senior specialists are particularly thin on the ground, and the PAC warns that meeting the target will mean recruiting, and retaining, many more of them. And then there's the technology itself. "Government is also showing a worrying lack of urgency in addressing the long-standing issue of legacy IT systems, which create significant risks for its cyber security and mean it cannot reap the benefits of new technologies," the report states. The report also warns that generative AI is giving fraudsters increasingly sophisticated tools, while government departments risk falling further behind. Fraud and error already cost taxpayers an estimated £55 billion to £81 billion annually, according to figures cited by the PAC. Clifton-Brown isn't impressed with efforts to reduce those losses either. The Department for Work and Pensions reckons it overpaid £9.9 billion in benefits through fraud and error in 2025-26, or 3.2 percent of its spending. Its plan is to get that down to 2.8 percent by 2028-29, but Clifton-Brown points out that even if that succeeds, billions will still be going out the door. Things aren't looking much better at the Home Office, where years of asylum backlogs and mounting costs have prompted what Clifton-Brown calls "counterproductive quick fixes." The Home Office and Ministry of Justice spent around £4.9 billion on asylum in 2024-25, and ministers have since promised an entirely new system without explaining how it will work. That criticism comes as digital rights campaigners at Open Rights Group have called for the Home Office to scrap its AI asylum tools over concerns about accuracy, transparency, and human oversight. Elsewhere, the report offers another reminder that government IT modernization has a habit of going wrong. Take National Savings & Investments (NS&I), which began overhauling its IT in 2020 in the hope of cutting running costs. By December 2024, the price tag had reached an eye-watering £3 billion, £1.3 billion more than first expected. The project has been rated red since 2022-23, meaning successful delivery looks unlikely, and NS&I couldn't even give MPs an up-to-date spending figure or a realistic completion date. The Bank of England, by contrast, managed to overhaul its Real-Time Gross Settlement system for £431 million, finishing the job in April 2025. The PAC was impressed enough to direct its recommendations at Whitehall rather than the Bank, suggesting ministers might want to take notes. Whitehall could start by applying those lessons to the systems it already runs. ®

Cina sfida Starlink con una videochiamata tra i poli terrestri

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:11
Cina sfida Starlink con una videochiamata tra i poli terrestri

La Cina ha lanciato una sfida tecnologica senza precedenti a Starlink, il progetto di Elon Musk per una rete internet satellitare globale. L’obiettivo? Stabilire una videochiamata tra i due poli terrestri: l’Artico e l’Antartide. Un traguardo che dimostra come Pechino stia superando i limiti delle connessioni tradizionali, entrando in diretta competizione con SpaceX.

In questo articolo analizziamo come la Cina sia riuscita a raggiungere questo risultato, il ruolo di Starlink nella sfida e le possibili implicazioni geopolitiche e tecnologiche di questa mossa strategica.

La sfida della Cina a Starlink per il controllo delle comunicazioni globali

La Cina non è nuova a progetti ambiziosi nel settore delle telecomunicazioni. Con il lancio del satellite Guowang, Pechino mirava a colmare il divario con Starlink, che già contava migliaia di satelliti in orbita.

Ma quali sono gli obiettivi di questa sfida? Da un lato, la Cina vuole ridurre la dipendenza dalle tecnologie occidentali. Dall’altro, punta a garantire connessioni stabili anche nelle regioni più remote, come i poli. Una strategia che potrebbe ridefinire gli equilibri nel settore delle telecomunicazioni a livello mondiale.

Come funziona Guowang e la rete satellitare cinese

Il sistema Guowang si basa su una costellazione di satelliti in orbita bassa (LEO), simili a quelli di Starlink. Tuttavia, la Cina ha adottato un approccio diverso: invece di concentrarsi esclusivamente sulla copertura globale, ha sviluppato tecnologie per assicurare connessioni a bassa latenza anche in condizioni estreme. Per questo la videochiamata tra Artico e Antartide rappresenta un test fondamentale. Nonostante le difficoltà legate al clima e alla distanza, i ricercatori cinesi sono riusciti a stabilire una connessione stabile, confermando la validità del sistema.

Starlink: la risposta occidentale alla provocazione cinese

Starlink, già operativo in numerose aree del pianeta come la foresta amazzonica, continua a espandere la sua rete con l’obiettivo di fornire internet a banda larga anche nelle zone più isolate.

Quali sono i suoi vantaggi competitivi? Innanzitutto, la rete di SpaceX è già attiva e offre servizi commerciali. Inoltre, l’azienda di Elon Musk vanta una capacità di lancio eccezionale, con centinaia di satelliti messi in orbita in tempi record.

Tuttavia, la Cina non sta a guardare. Grazie a investimenti massicci e una pianificazione strategica, Pechino potrebbe presto colmare il divario, soprattutto nei settori della difesa e delle telecomunicazioni strategiche.

Le implicazioni geopolitiche della sfida tecnologica

La competizione tra Cina e Starlink va oltre la tecnologia: è una questione di potere. Chi controllerà le comunicazioni satellitari avrà un vantaggio strategico in termini di informazione, sicurezza ed economia globale.

La Cina, con il progetto Guowang, ha già ridotto la dipendenza dagli Stati Uniti e dai loro alleati, creando un’alternativa alle tecnologie occidentali. Questo scenario potrebbe portare a una frammentazione del mercato delle telecomunicazioni, con conseguenze imprevedibili.

D’altra parte, Starlink rappresenta per l’Occidente un’arma strategica per contrastare l’influenza cinese. Una rete internet globale sotto il controllo di un’azienda privata americana potrebbe avere implicazioni anche in termini di sicurezza nazionale.

Qual è il futuro della sfida tra Cina e Starlink?

Il confronto tra Cina e Starlink è solo all’inizio. Nei prossimi anni assisteremo a una corsa tecnologica senza precedenti, con investimenti miliardari e innovazioni costanti.

Ma chi vincerà? Dipenderà da diversi fattori: la capacità di innovazione, la velocità di sviluppo e, soprattutto, l’adattamento alle esigenze globali. Una cosa è certa: il futuro delle telecomunicazioni sarà sempre più legato allo spazio.

L'articolo Cina sfida Starlink con una videochiamata tra i poli terrestri proviene da sicurezza.net.

Risolte vulnerabilità in Citrix XenServer

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:53
Risolte 4 vulnerabilità con gravità "alta" in XenServer, hypervisor basato su Xen che permette di creare, eseguire e gestire macchine virtuali su un server fisico. Tali vulnerabilità, qualora sfruttate, potrebbero consentire ad utenti malintenzionati presenti all'interno di macchine virtuali guest di causare interruzioni del servizio o compromettere il sistema host, aggirando le restrizioni di sicurezza.

AI-Found Linux Kernel Flaw Gives Local Users Root, and Can Break a Guest Out to the Host

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:46
A flaw in Linux's vhost subsystem lets a local user read and write kernel memory at will and become root across nearly a decade of kernel versions. In one virtualization setup, it lets an untrusted virtual machine write to the host's memory and hijack the program that runs the virtual machine. The bug is tracked as CVE-2026-74580 and named Vghost. Tencent Zhuque Lab, which found the

Citrix, Fortinet, Ivanti Patch 29 Vulnerabilities Across Their Products

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:26

Critical-severity flaws could lead to authentication bypass, code execution, and sensitive authentication information leaks.

The post Citrix, Fortinet, Ivanti Patch 29 Vulnerabilities Across Their Products appeared first on SecurityWeek.

It won't kill you, or humanity, to get off the AI upgrade treadmill

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:30
Why are we in such a hurry? Are we in a race? Where's the finish line? Are we in the lead? Far behind? I increasingly hear these questions about AI from people who feel a gritty sense of being unpleasantly overstimulated – like a three-year-old allowed to stay awake too long and now unable to sleep. That feeling has become worse since last November when AI tools suddenly became "good enough" to be broadly useful. A whole cohort of engineers – myself included – found themselves infused with manic energy, bursting with ideas on how to prompt up tools and processes with this wonderful new toy. Usage exploded – as has revenue. The AI firms, finally on a path to something vaguely suggestive of profitability, leaned in and increased their release cadence. Every new model felt like Christmas. We've had a lot of Christmases these past ten months or so. Almost every engineer I know has accrued a massive "toy debt," unable to stop experimenting with more tools than any of us could ever hope to master across an entire career. Each new model delivers a quick dopamine hit to users, but the high wears off and the slump arrives. That's where we are now. Engineers feel exhausted. The race to "Super Intelligence" (whatever that is) left us with something else entirely: call it "stupor intelligence" – the feeling that we've absorbed more than we can digest. More AI would just be pointless excess. If that's the view from inside the AI bubble, how does it look on the outside? Not so great. The Wall Street Journal confidently reports that 63 percent of Americans favor an immediate pause or slowdown in AI development. They can see this technology is moving too fast, in too manic a rush, and without control. It's making them uneasy. That shapeless unease takes form as a widespread anxiety that the machines will soon rise up to kill us all. It's reflected within the industry as people spectacularly burn out, posting long screeds about the imminent human extinction event. Former Anthropic staffer Jacob Coxon's resignation post went viral because it gave folks a focus for their anxieties. Would it kill us to pause and catch our breath? Here's the raw truth: businesses already have more technological change to digest than they can work through for years to come. We've a wealth of "good enough" AI – American, Chinese, and European – to completely transform business operations. That will happen, but on a timescale of years, not days. Bringing new, better, shinier AI models to market has become a project of diminishing returns. Not because the models have plateaued, but because the culture has. We simply can't process any more AI. So how do we stop? The profitable loop between the model makers and their customers won't pause on its own. It will only go faster and harder. At the same time, we're seeing the stirrings of a Luddite 2.0 movement, intent on destroying the machines before they replace all the workers. Resistance to datacenters is the friendly face of something that could turn ugly if we simply keep charging ahead. One thing could slow us: the cost of keeping these systems under control. The smarter models become, the more difficult they are to manage. Every day brings more reports of "rogue agents" reaching external systems from labs that seem to have avoided the hard work of designing secure test environments. More powerful models could prove increasingly costly to contain. Eventually, costs outweigh benefits. We could be one lawsuit away from reaching a pause, when the frontier labs and their products become uninsurable risks. Here's hoping we pause before some real mischief occurs. Otherwise, plugs may be pulled, and all the pretty Christmas lights will go out. Better by far to act with agency, clear-eyed and humble, than confront force majeure. ®

Four-Byte Write and Timing Bug Let Researchers Run Code in Windows SmartScreen Enclave

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 07:52
Security researchers ran their own code inside a protected part of Windows that is meant to stay sealed off even when the rest of the computer is taken over. The protected area is a VBS enclave, an isolated slice of memory the operating system uses to guard secrets, and the one they broke into handles passwords for a Windows anti-phishing feature. The work was done in a lab as a proof of

Microsoft Patches Record 1,413 Flaws, Including Exploited Windows Shell Bug

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 06:34
Microsoft on Tuesday shattered its own Patch Tuesday record by shipping patches for a whopping 1,413 vulnerabilities, including one that it said has come under active exploitation. These include 1,102 flaws in Windows, 134 in Office, 61 in Developer Tools, 36 in SharePoint Server, and 22 in SQL Server. Of these, more than 670 relate to privilege escalation, followed by over 300 remote code

OpenAI Employee Arrested for Allegedly Planting Hidden Recorder in Executive Conference Room

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 03:59
A Saudi national and employee of OpenAI has been arrested for allegedly planting a hidden recording device in an executive conference room at the company's San Francisco offices to covertly record sensitive conversations. Abdulrahman Alfozan, 35, has been charged with using or endeavoring to use an electronic, mechanical, or other device to intercept oral communications. He was arrested by

Ransomware gets personal: 'We-know-where-you-are kind of stuff'

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 07:00
Tim Beasley, a senior incident response consultant at Semperis, was investigating a cyberattack involving Russia’s Midnight Blizzard when a package containing nesting dolls and other regional gifts showed up on his doorstep. At the time, Beasley served as the lead investigator for Microsoft’s Detection and Response Team (DART). He assumed it was from the group, which has been linked to the Kremlin’s Foreign Intelligence Service (SVR), although the sender didn’t leave a note. “Just little souvenirs and gift basket stuff from that area of the world,” he told The Register. “We-know-where-you-are kind of stuff. It’s a real eye-opener when you get that type of thing.” While digital intrusions having physical consequences is nothing new, cybercriminals in recent years have turned to real-life harm and mental and physical trauma to force victims into paying extortion demands. Some groups even use cybercrime as a gateway drug to real-life violence. Over the summer, Europol and its partners' investigators flagged 4,340 “horrific” URLs for removal as part of an ongoing crackdown on The Com (short for community), a loosely knit network of online groups whose young members participate in a range of illicit activities including hacking, swatting, digital extortion, real-life shootings, and other physical violence. “We’ve seen violence as a service get used,” Beasley said. He’s also investigated ransomware attacks where C-suite executives receive pictures of their kids’ schools directly from the cybercriminals in an attempt to apply psychological pressure to pay the extortion fee. “I've seen threats involving people's families, from social media reconnaissance, and in our world you more and more come to expect it, which is unfortunate,” Beasley said. This type of psychological intimidation and harm against victim companies’ employees has seen an uptick in the last several years to the point where it's almost common. Thirty-seven percent of ransomware attacks involved psychological or physical threats against staff, according to Semperis’ annual ransomware risk report. The global study of 1,200 post-ransomware organizations conducted over the first half of the year found attackers threatening psychological intimidation (23 percent) and physical threats (17 percent), to force payment. They are not only targeting executives and staff, but also families of their victims. A quarter of these victims experienced doxxing – posting individuals' personal details, such as names, home and work addresses, and phone numbers online – while another 25 percent had to seek psychological and/or medical treatment in response to ransomware infections. Nearly the same number (24 percent) hired personal security teams, while 23 percent experienced swatting calls – that's when attackers phone emergency services and report a bogus incident like a bomb or active-shooter threat to trigger an armed response. Additionally, more than half (53 percent) of respondents reported that ransomware attackers carried through on threats in the past year. Some of these threats reported by ransomed organizations’ employees include: threatening texts, letters, or packages: 57 percent threats against family or friends: 37 percent physical intrusion: 19 percent abduction: 17 percent bodily harm: 13 percent stalking: 6 percent. “It's the more well-known groups,” using psychological and physical threats to force payments, Beasley said. “I've seen Scattered Spider, I've seen ShinyHunters, I've seen Lapsus$.” For what it's worth, ShinyHunters claimed in an exclusive interview with The Register that they “don't attack human beings.” They did, however, admit that “there are times in the work we do sometimes we have to push the corporate to the absolute limit to get them on the table.” The takeaway for defenders and executives from this report is to “stand your ground,” Beasley said. “Don’t buckle under the pressure, and just know that you know it's going to be okay. If you feel like you're under duress, then by all means get law enforcement involved. Don't be afraid to call the cops. Don't be afraid to get the FBI involved, sooner rather than later. And don’t pay them.” This last piece of advice is important, as once you pay, they're going to come back for more. Semperis’ report found that 69 percent of surveyed ransomware victims were targeted multiple times within the past 12 months, and 31 percent made multiple payments to attackers. “Don’t pay anything,” Beasley said. “Never pay them.”®

Microsoft Patches More Than 1,400 Security Flaws

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 01:24

Microsoft today issued updates to fix more than 1,400 security vulnerabilities in its Windows operating systems and other software. Today’s epic patch batch dwarfs September’s record of nearly 1,000 fixes, which was already about ten times the normal monthly patch load from Redmond.

Just one of the weaknesses patched this week is considered a “zero day,” or already exploited in the wild. CVE-2026-96951 is a security feature bypass in the Windows Shell that affects Windows 10 and 11 systems, as well as some Server versions.

Windows 10 users might be wondering if they can still expect security updates after this month. Microsoft had been slated to stop shipping updates for Windows 10 systems in October 2025, but ended up adding another year of free updates after considerable pushback. A few months ago, Microsoft quietly extended that support for another year (until October 2027).

At least 78 of the flaws fixed this month are rated “critical,” meaning they could be exploited with little or no action by the user, and most of those critical bugs allow an attacker to execute code of their choice on the vulnerable system.

While Microsoft said there are no signs anyone is exploiting it yet, a security feature bypass in the .NET Framework (CVE-2026-108398) was publicly disclosed prior to today, potentially giving attackers advance time to work out how to exploit the bug.

Satnam Narang at Tenable said the number of flaws fixed this month far surpasses the previous record-setting year 2020, when Microsoft patched 1,261 CVEs.

“We’ve now crossed the 4,000 CVE mark with two months left to go,” he said.

Microsoft credits large language models for the high volume of bug discovery, and presumably AI gets credit for many of the patches used to fix these flaw. Meanwhile, security experts have been warning that these unusually large patch volleys from Microsoft are placing extra strain on corporate security teams, which often have to test individual updates before deploying them across a network to ensure the fixes don’t cause problems for other software.

Tyler Reguly, associate director of security research and development at Fortra, notes that just 26 Microsoft vulnerabilities appeared in the “Known Exploited Vulnerabilities” (KEV) catalog maintained by the U.S. Cybersecurity & Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) so far this year, and security teams would do well to prioritize patching those 26 vulnerabilities first.

“Security leaders should focus on exploitable risk, and ask whether their teams have the clarity, capacity and support to act,” Reguly said.

Which vulnerabilities deserve the most scrutiny in your organization? The folks at Cisco Talos have a useful roundup of the more noteworthy flaws that Microsoft fixed today, and of course the SANS Internet Storm Center has a reliable roundup that indexes vulnerabilities by severity, CVE number and affected software.

Anthropic reinvents source control as Claude floods the world with code

14 Ottobre 2026 ore 00:37
Anthropic's Claude models have been emitting so much code that the company's coding infrastructure hasn't been able to keep up. It's a symptom of the AI coding imperative and all-you-can-eat inference. Microsoft's GitHub in April published a blog post attributing recent availability problems to the exponential growth in pull requests and commits. The code flood has been noted by academic researchers, among others. For Anthropic, writing code is no longer a productivity bottleneck. Instead, the problem is managing the code after it's written, via source control, the build system, and continuous integration. "In May 2026, Anthropic averaged around 2,500 code changes merged per day; as of September, we merged over 30,000 per day," the biz said in a blog post on Tuesday. "We don’t expect this rate of growth to slow down anytime soon; the latent demand for merging code is practically infinite, and every bottleneck we remove immediately leads to a further increase in the amount of code we produce." After several months of model prompting and five months of migration, the result is a homemade version control system called Scion, a monorepo scheme that sounds a bit like Subversion, Apache's centralized version control system. Anthropic is not the first organization to look beyond Git's distributed architecture toward centralized source control. Google uses Piper, a monorepo system (along with Gerrit for Git-based code reviews). Microsoft has Virtual File System for Git, formerly GVFS, to help overcome some of the scaling issues with Git. Meta has Sapling. But as the AI biz notes, Claude's code writing ability both created the situation and offered a way out through the creation of scalable code infrastructure tools – in addition to Scion, Claude helped conjure Antique (a code review interface), a code search tool, and a source control IAM system. The decentralized approach embodied by Git is the right one for most code repos, according to Anthropic. But the company's main branch weighs in at about 100 GB, with a compressed working copy at more than a quarter of that. "We perform on the order of 25 million code checkouts per day for CI, before counting developer environments, agent sandboxes, and research jobs," Anthropic said. "Fetched naively, that would be over 600 PB of git traffic per day." Even with the tools Git provides for working with portions of a codebase, Anthropic says operations proved challenging. Scion has been designed to meet the needs of AI agents, so the client leaves much of the work to the server; the source control queries are exposed via API so internal tools can respond without needing a local repo, and there's less synchronization but more need for server speed. "In Scion, the unit of work is a 'changeset,' an entry in a write-ahead log," Anthropic explains. "A changeset stores most of what you’d expect from a commit in git. But where a git commit stores a pointer to the tree, a changeset stores a list of the files that changed relative to its first parent, along with content-addressed pointers to the compressed file contents in blob storage." Work on Scion started in January, and when Claude Mythos Preview became available internally, Anthropic's code coaxers told the model to rewrite an early Git-to-Scion ingestion pipeline. The much-hyped model produced a version that used 20 times less memory and ran four times as fast. When cost is no object thanks to ample venture funding, that sort of token spending just makes sense. Anthropic's Claude jockeys appear to be taking their obsolescence in stride. According to the AI biz, company developers who worked on Scion agree that Claude writes better code than they do. But they still possess a higher-level understanding that gives them a role as naysayers. "Very often, we found that the role of the engineers was to tell Claude 'no,'" Anthropic said. "Agents will sometimes violate core system constraints to satisfy a pattern that should never have been allowed in the first place." "Just say no." As a slogan, it's timeless. And it's never been more relevant. Anthropic says its bespoke system isn't right for general use. There will be no open source release. Nonetheless, the company contends that its own code scaling problems will become commonplace in other organizations over the next few months, so it wanted to share its approach – having ample funding to pay for writing custom infrastructure tools. ®

CISA director touts private partnerships after agency killed many

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 22:57
The US Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) has killed many of the industry partnerships it used to enhance security, but don't tell the organization's acting director. Speaking on Tuesday at a virtual public sector cyber resilience summit hosted by infosec firm Rubrik, Nick Andersen claimed that CISA’s public-private partnerships are the most critical aspect of his agency’s mission. “We don’t see everything. We’re not a law enforcement agency, intelligence agency, or a regulator,” Andersen said during a discussion at the summit. CISA, he added, relies on intelligence and insight not only from other government agencies and international partners, but from the private sector as well. CISA’s mission simply can’t succeed without motivating those various partners to share what they’ve seen, heard, and dealt with in order to build a comprehensive threat model. “It’s all carrots and partnerships,” Andersen added, referring to motivating partners to get on board with programs like CISA’s CI Fortify initiative for building resilient critical infrastructure. Were that actually the case, we wouldn’t really have a story to write here, but anyone who’s been following CISA’s trials and tribulations during the second Trump administration is likely to have raised an eyebrow at Andersen’s claims. Trump returned to office riding a wave of plans to cut government spending, which included massive reductions at CISA. Among the first CISA programs axed was the Cyber Safety Review Board, a public-private body set up by the Biden administration. In addition to that closure, the Trump administration also shuttered the Artificial Intelligence Safety and Security Board, Critical Infrastructure Partnership Advisory Council, National Security Telecommunications Advisory Committee, and US Secret Service Cyber Investigations Advisory Board, all bodies consisting of government and private players working together toward cybersecurity goals. Some of those bodies have since been stood up again or reformed under new names, wasting time and money that could have been better spent by cyber defenders doing things like, you know, advising CISA and other government agencies on security matters. CISA also terminated funding for and ties to the Center for Internet Security in late 2025. One of CISA’s bodies affected by the cut was the Multi-State Information Sharing and Analysis Center, a public-private partnership that shares threat intelligence and filters essential alerts down to the local government level. CISA staff has also been slashed considerably, with around a third of the Agency’s headcount, about 1,000 people, departing since Trump returned to office. CISA has since committed to rehiring around 300, but the Trump administration’s most recent budget request proposes eliminating an additional 900 positions at the agency, along with slashing nearly a billion dollars from CISA’s 2027 budget. When we asked about the apparent contradiction, CISA reached out to point us to initiatives like its reformed councils, CI Fortify, and security exercises it hosted with industry partners to test cyber resilience to point to the continued priority the agency places on its public-private partnerships. “CISA works with critical infrastructure owners and operators to assist them in securing both the physical security and cybersecurity of the systems and assets that support essential services,” an agency spokesperson told us. “Our regional teams assist industry and government partners across the country by assessing risks, helping entities bolster defenses and improve resilience, and responding promptly to threats.” But with so many outreach employees and general staff still missing, Andersen’s claims ring a bit hollow. Either the acting administrator is misrepresenting the continued importance of private industry partnerships at CISA, or he’s in denial about the state of his agency. Neither is great, especially with more budget and staffing cuts looming, and the price will be unprepared critical infrastructure. ®

OpenAI's dot assistant burned 300K+ tokens in a day without a single prompt

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 22:20
If you use OpenAI's dot, don't be surprised if it consumes a lot of tokens on its own. According to AI agent security and governance outfit Geordie, one dot agent produced 155 separate activity sequences and consumed more than 300,000 tokens - all without further human interaction, and all in the course of a day. Geordie has been testing the “always on” agentic assistant, dot, since OpenAI announced it in September, following in the footsteps of Meta Muse and Grok Bot. Compared to other personal agents, however, OpenAI’s dot “looked a little bit different,” Hanah-Marie Darley, Geordie chief AI officer, told The Register. “One of the things that we discovered really quickly was that they were really, really active without much user interaction.” For its testing, Darley gave dot read-only permissions, and she didn’t connect it to her personal apps, email, or other communications apps like Slack. The bot quickly went into research mode, collecting as much information as possible and surveying systems. “You can think about it very much like a new project manager coming in and taking a look at what's there, looking around to see what accesses you've given it, what accesses you have, and also what kind of systems you're running,” Darley said. The agent collects all of these data points into something akin to a daily journal entry, and continually updates those throughout the day. “If you've given it any tasks, it will effectively check on its own tasks, too,” Darley said. “But what was really unique was that the dot was spinning up agents without interacting with the user at all. It was all driven by the dot rather than a persistent or scheduled task from the user, or any user prompting.” 'Hyper-personalized,' and 'always-on' … what could possibly go wrong? Most enterprise AI agent usage tends to be custom-built bots, tasked with specific business projects, or agent harnesses like Claude, Codex, or Hero for AI-assisted engineering and coding, Darley said. “Those tend to be really driven by employees who are setting goals,” she told us during an interview. “But interestingly, personal agents set a lot more of their own tasks - and I don't think many people realize that as they start to play with them.” This is the whole value proposition of personal agents. Rather than passively waiting for user prompts, bots like Muse and dot aim to be proactive digital workers that perform multi-step tasks and connect to multiple apps, services, and accounts on the users’ behalf. “They’re trying to go hyper-personalized and collect as much context and information about you as possible to recommend things to you, and to be proactive,” Darley said. “But what that means is that they're effectively always on, operating in the background, and they have these active periods,” she added. Dot, in particular, is more proactive than other personal agents like Muse or Grok Bot, according to Darley. This doesn’t necessarily translate into higher token usage, she added. “They just operate differently.” For example, dots always operate with at least two agents running: The primary agent interacts with the user, and the secondary agent continuously runs in the background, collecting data. Dots and other agents can also spin up subagents for specific tasks. 50 traces in 2 minutes Of the dot-in-testing’s 155 agent traces, at least 50 of those happened within a two-minute period, and the majority occurred within a couple of hours, according to Darley. “Within one of the traces that we analyzed, the agent spun up multiple sub-agents that were short-lived, they would just do specific tasks, and fed the information from the existing accesses that had already been granted to the dot - and none of this was interacting with the user,” Darley said. Part of the evaluation involved testing a development system, and one of the dots spun up a sub-agent that checked all of the code repositories in the system. Meanwhile, another sub-agent continuously inventoried and tallied up all the data that it found while operating. “The user would have no idea that there were sub-agents working on their behalf,” she added. “They would have no idea how those agents were given access, or what their tasks were, which is really, really different from how most agents have been operating in business contexts.” The 155 traces cost Geordie about 307,000 tokens. Other requests cost anywhere from a couple hundred tokens to several thousand, depending on how much research the dot performs. “That’s really interesting because it's self-directed research,” Darley said. The user isn’t asking it to perform these tasks - or use a set number of tokens - but rather the dot does it on its own. Tokenomics Token costs vary widely depending on the user's location, subscription tier, discounted pricing arrangements, computing costs, and other terms and conditions. But for the purposes of our discussion, roughly 200,000 tokens consumed by a dot based on OpenAI’s Astra model cost between $5 and $10. “So if you think about what that’s going to look like every day, that could mean spending what you pay for a latte, depending on the city - but without any interaction with the user,” Darley said. “One of the things that a lot of people struggle with, especially when it comes to understanding their AI spend, is: How does token usage connect out to work product, or how does it connect out to results? And it's a hard one because it's not necessarily one to one,” she noted. One request to an LLM could cost 500 tokens and still be more valuable, from a business perspective, than another single request that cost 800,000 tokens. “It's really about how much compute does it cost you to get to a good answer, and that becomes a really subjective judgment,” Darley said. When it comes to dot and other always-on agents, however, she suspects “a lot of people aren’t going to be prepared for the background spend.” Do you know what your agents are doing? Just like employees did with chatbots, and then with coding agents, and now with personal agents: assume that people will bring dot and friends from home into their work life, Darley said. “Businesses are surprised often by the number of agents that are actively in their systems, even if they have a smaller rollout or a more controlled rollout in mind,” she said. “The second thing is not all agents act the same,” she added. “They operate with varying degrees of autonomy, with varying degrees of user input, and they're also really context driven. The best agents are the ones with the narrowest context because that means that they can pursue their goal with the right information at the right time.” Darley suggests organizations try the technology. She’s a self-described “massive AI optimist,” and says she believes agents can improve productivity and transform the way people work. AI isn’t going away, and, as such, businesses should familiarize themselves with agents. But she has one final warning before letting agents loose. “Don’t give them any personal information that you wouldn't be comfortable sending in an email,” Darley said. “And don’t put real money on it - like your personal cards. Buy it a Visa gift card, if you want to give it access to make purchases for you. Oftentimes, people don’t think about that until something goes wrong.” ®

RE: https://piaille.fr/@mart1oeil/117434094832171527Une offre « gratuite »…

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 21:50

RE: https://piaille.fr/@mart1oeil/117434094832171527

Une offre « gratuite » de Microsoft pour les assos, c'est un produit d'appel qui peut s'arrêter quand ça l'arrange.

#Framaspace, c'est une autre logique : une asso qui équipe d'autres assos, avec du logiciel libre, sans intérêt à vous enfermer. Et vos données restent exportables, donc vous pouvez partir quand vous voulez.

(Bon, par contre on propose « que » 50Go)

➡️ https://framaspace.org

Apple unleashes a swarm of Mac Minions to share GPU resources for large AI tasks

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 21:16
In an effort to give its employees better access to GPU resources for inference tasks, Apple has rounded up its Minions, not the animated yellow creatures, but a distributed system that puts idle GPUs across its Macs to work on AI workloads. Apple researchers describe it as "a dynamic and distributed virtual GPU cloud that aggregates idle Apple Silicon GPUs across macOS devices to execute large-scale machine learning inference workloads." Apple's researchers said the company has used Minions to make GPU compute more readily available to its teams. "Prior to its adoption, some inference jobs experienced queue times exceeding ten hours due to limited centralized GPU availability," the paper on Minions explains. "With Minions, tasks can often begin execution within minutes by leveraging idle macOS devices." Apple's recently released Mac mini and Mac Studio support clustering using RDMA (Remote Direct Memory Access) over Thunderbolt 5, allowing compute and memory to be combined to support a single AI workload. This allows, for example, loading a model too large for a single machine to accommodate. Minions is designed to create a virtual GPU cloud from connected Mac hardware to create a fault-tolerant pool of inference workers in a shared distributed inference platform. So instead of sitting idle, GPU resources can be used more readily by teams on the network. It's not necessarily intended as a way to run large models as much as it is to redistribute idle resources on the network. Minions has four primary components: Minion Server, PostgreSQL Metadata Store, Minion Executor, and Minion Watchdog. The Minion Server provides the coordination layer, receiving user requests and making them available as subtasks. The Minion Executor runs inference tasks on a Mac's GPU, uploads the results to S3, and reports execution status through the Minion Server, which maintains task metadata in PostgreSQL. And the Minion Watchdog monitors this process for failures – like one of the Macs in the network not responding – and re-assigns tasks if needed. Database stats get fed to Grafana-based dashboards for real-time visibility. Apple's approach, which focuses on hardware availability and utilization, is not the same as an Nvidia cluster, which focuses on throughput, latency, and efficient GPU utilization for large models. ®

Claude submitted fake murder tip to Philly police during summertime testing

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 19:18
An Anthropic AI model submitted a fabricated tip about an unsolved homicide through an online form run by the Philadelphia Police Department (PPD). The tip, filed July 18 through PhillyUnsolvedMurders[.]com by “someone who might have information about the case,” went straight into the inbox’s spam folder. Anthropic discovered it on September 28, notified the PPD on October 7, and sent representatives to the police HQ the following day. Anthropic told the police the AI submitted the tip during a test exercise that involved interacting with randomly selected websites. The PPD said its findings are so far consistent with Anthropic's account. Because the tip was flagged as spam, it never reached the department's Real-Time Crime Center. The PPD said officers vet all submissions, automated or otherwise, before forwarding them to investigators, and that this process safeguards against abuse of the tip system. It added that this does not “diminish the seriousness” of an AI submitting fabricated information. “The city of Philadelphia takes this incident very seriously,” the PPD said. “The company must strengthen its safeguards to prevent similar incidents from impacting city systems without the city’s knowledge. The two-month delay in detecting and reporting the incident to the city is unacceptable.” It added: “The department and the [Cherelle] Parker administration will continue to closely monitor this incident, and will provide more information to the public as soon as it becomes available. In addition to our investigation into this incident, the Parker administration will explore all necessary regulatory protections going forward locally along with our state and federal partners.” On October 9, Anthropic published a report on this and other AI errors. The report covered four categories of AI failures, including vulnerability exploits, access to restricted data, bypassing fetch tool limits with URL shorteners, and submitting false information via web forms. Anthropic declined to name any of the affected organizations, other than the PPD after the department went public. Some cases involved local, state, and federal US government websites, though the AI company didn't say which of the four categories they fell under. The PPD did not name the model responsible, but Anthropic said Claude Haiku 4.5 was tasked with generating and performing example tasks on randomly selected web pages, and hinted at the model not being prompted specifically enough. “Claude was instructed never to log in, create accounts, enter personal data, make purchases, or submit anything destructive, but the instructions did not rule out form submissions,” Anthropic's report stated. The fake tip read: “I may have information regarding this case. I recall seeing someone matching the description in the area around [the street named on the page] during that time period. Please contact me if this information is relevant.” Anthropic said the incident was less severe than the cyberattacks over the summer. The report said: “Claude appears to have only been producing example content for the task, rather than trying to mislead anyone to achieve a goal.” By contrast, the "dishonesty" displayed over the summer was “sustained over hours” and supported continued attacks, the Claude maker said. Anthropic said it will keep reporting these failures when it detects them, and will continue fine-tuning behavioral and alignment training. The 3,095-word report contained no apology.®

Anthropic conjures another threat that doesn't exist yet to stoke fears of AI apocalypse

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:49
Nothing sells AI products as well as fear. Using new research, Anthropic claims that self-replicating AI worms could be just months away from spreading across vulnerable IoT devices, which would be a problem if it came true. The frontier lab published a research report Monday suggesting that AI models could eventually self-replicate without relying on datacenter hardware, with a 9-billion-parameter model successfully setting up inference on eight of the nine hardware types Anthropic tested. “A replicator like this would be challenging to shut down, since there’s no centralized point to shut off,” Anthropic warned, adding that such an AI worm could also suss out the workings of unfamiliar devices, potentially making it more adaptable than conventional botnets like Mirai, Kimwolf (the representative IoT botnet threat model used in the study), and others. Anthropic’s researchers managed to get a distributed instance of Gemma4-26B-A4B running across 15 generic Android set-top streaming boxes - a common target of traditional botnet malware due to their lax security. Once up and running, the distributed Gemma4 model was able to conduct inference tasks at a blistering 0.39 tokens per second. That, says Anthropic, proves that AI models can conduct inference with their various layers distributed across cheap hardware, but it doesn't prove such a model could self-replicate. For that, the researchers turned to Z.ai’s GLM 5.2. GLM was used to propagate a copy of Llama3.1-8B across eight Google Cloud instances running an Android 15 emulator in a virtual private cloud, which Anthropic said it was able to do with a high degree of success, with the model successfully spreading to all eight nodes in four out of five trials, and seven of eight in the other. “It appears that GLM-5.2 is able to propagate Llama3.1-8B well, which suggests that future small models of the same capability level could also complete the network enumeration, payload delivery, and inference standup steps of the replication process,” Anthropic explained. Sanity check: This isn’t going to end the world, either Frontier AI labs have become adept at publishing findings that portend doom that only they can prevent. Doing more than a cursory reading of this report suggests that this threat is just as deserving of a big, honking asterisk as the rest. Take, for example, what is needed for an AI model to exploit vulnerabilities and spread to various systems. One would think that such an element would be an important part of demonstrating the danger of a self-replicating AI botnet, but Anthropic decided it didn’t need to worry about that for this study. “We largely ignore the cyber exploit element of the replication process, since earlier papers CyberGym, ExploitBench, and adaptive worms already show that small models are capable of cyber exploits, especially when given the right tools,” Anthropic explained in the writeup. In other words, the replication these models managed to achieve was done on nodes that were custom-built for this project and deliberately left open to attack, although the draggingly slow inference demonstration ran on real, inexpensive Android TV boxes. As Anthropic notes, AI models can also benefit from being given the right tools to turn them into capable cyberattack agents. There was a custom-built harness called Memento involved in this scenario too. Are IoT nodes that get hijacked by botnets famously insecure? Yes, but it doesn’t take much to prevent the most common ingress routes – that’s just good security hygiene that has nothing to do with the involvement of AI. Anthropic acknowledged that its deliberately simplified exploitation tests provided “an upper bound on real-world success.” Then there’s the aforementioned speed. Anthropic says such AI worms would be challenging to shut down, but estimates that they might take days to double in size. When Mirai appeared on the scene in 2016, it was doubling in around an hour. Anthropic points out that speed is a factor in detection and mitigation, too. AI models are not simple malware packages: They’re massive things that would eat up tons of bandwidth and quickly point to their sources. As an AI botnet grew, that traffic could become more noticeable, making infected devices easier to detect. Finally, end-to-end replication may have been successful with GLM-5.2, but that’s it. Anthropic tested other open-weight models, and they all “fail[ed] reliably,” according to the report. Anthropic didn’t mention how many models it tested. The report also mentions that GLM’s unique success has another important condition: It assumes its capabilities “could be packed into Llama3.1-8B,” stacking another assumption onto this latest house of doomsaying AI cards. “Models of 30B parameters and under can already complete many of the individual steps for replication today, though they make mistakes when composing them end to end,” Anthropic said, while noting that GLM-5.2 was capable of end-to-end replication, conveniently leaving out all the important caveats. Anthropic further admits that it has no idea "exactly what form autonomous AI replication will take,” or when it might arise, if ever. “If small models improve at their historical rate, they’ll match this capability level by the end of this year,” the company added – again imposing an essential condition on this supposed threat. “As a prediction that goes beyond our experiments, we expect a future awash with agents running on all types of hardware, including some that aren’t under human control,” the company said at the end of its report. “We should aim to harden our systems to make it difficult for such replicators to spread, but also prepare to deal with a world where they are here to stay.” Here to stay for a given value of not existing yet, of course. Yet again, a frontier lab is warning us of a threat that doesn’t exist yet – at least in this case, basic security measures could make life harder for any future AI-powered botnet. ®

Anthropic Warns Small AI Models Could Soon Form Self-Propagating IoT Botnets

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 20:20
Small artificial intelligence (AI) models may be months away from developing capabilities to self-replicate on IoT devices like smart ovens and off-brand Android TV boxes, according to a warning from Anthropic. The frontier AI lab said small AI models could form autonomous, self-propagating worm botnets that are "challenging to shut down," since "there's no centralized point to shut off."

Docker Fixes Critical Two-Year-Old Hub Flaw That Let One User Push Images as Another

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 20:03
A flaw in Docker Hub, the registry where container images are published and downloaded, let one user push, pull, or delete images as another user. Docker fixed the flaw on September 30 and says it found no evidence that anyone exploited it. The flaw was in the feature that converts a personal account into an organization, Docker said in a security advisory on October 12.

Attacker Chains Three Ivanti Connect Secure Zero-Days for Root Access, Only Two Patched So Far

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 19:33
An attacker chained three zero-day flaws in Ivanti Connect Secure, a VPN appliance, to run commands as root without logging in, security firm Volexity said on October 13. Ivanti has released fixes for two of the flaws and told customers on affected versions to "act immediately." A fix for the third is still pending, according to Volexity. Volexity, which reported the flaws to Ivanti,

SAP Discloses Critical CVSS 10 Flaw in Cloud SDK for Python Allowing OAuth2 Credential Theft

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 19:28
A flaw in SAP's Cloud SDK for Python can send an application's OAuth2 client credentials to a server an attacker controls, SAP said in a security advisory on October 13. The flaw affects multi-tenant applications on SAP Business Technology Platform (BTP) that use the SDK, SAP's official Python client for BTP services. An attacker must be able to control the tenant subdomain,

LiteLLM flaws let low-privileged users hijack AI gateway and steal provider keys

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 16:53

Check Point Research has disclosed two high-risk vulnerabilities in LiteLLM, the open-source gateway that sits between enterprise applications and AI providers such as OpenAI, Anthropic and Google. The flaws could allow a user with minimal privileges to take full control of the gateway, read sensitive files, execute arbitrary code and harvest the API keys an organisation uses to access its AI providers.

LiteLLM is downloaded around 97 million times a month and has more than 59,000 stars on GitHub. Both issues, tracked as CVE-2026-35029 and CVE-2026-59823, are fixed in version 1.83.9.

One endpoint, three attack paths

The more serious flaw, CVE-2026-35029, is a missing authorisation check on LiteLLM’s /config/update endpoint, which controls the proxy’s runtime configuration. Unlike other administrative endpoints, it did not verify that the caller held the PROXY_ADMIN role.

Compounding this, any user who logs in through the LiteLLM dashboard is issued a session token tied to a special “litellm-dashboard” team, and those tokens are checked against a looser list of permitted UI routes. That list includes “/config”. Because the check uses simple prefix matching, requests to /config/update were allowed for any logged-in user, whatever their role.

Testing against LiteLLM version 1.77.7, the researchers showed the flaw could be used to:

  • Read arbitrary files, by injecting an environment variable that sets the path of the dashboard logo and pointing it at sensitive files such as /etc/passwd
  • Take over the built-in admin account, by overwriting the UI_USERNAME and UI_PASSWORD variables and logging in with attacker-chosen credentials
  • Execute remote code, by registering a “pass-through endpoint” that loads a Python module from an attacker-controlled S3 or GCS bucket, which LiteLLM then downloads and runs
Stealing keys without touching the provider

The second flaw, CVE-2026-59823, is a server-side request forgery (SSRF) issue in LiteLLM’s “Clientside LLM Credentials” feature. By passing a user_config parameter to the /chat/completions endpoint, an authenticated user could create a router pointing at their own server. Requests, along with the provider API keys attached to them, would then be sent to the attacker rather than to the AI provider.

Check Point notes that this code path sidestepped restrictions LiteLLM already placed on client-supplied api_base and api_key parameters.

The researchers also found that password hashes were exposed to low-privileged users and were stored without salting, using a single hash iteration. These issues duplicated an existing advisory, GHSA-69×8-hrgq-fjj8.

Old bugs, bigger blast radius

Check Point is clear that none of these are new classes of “AI” vulnerability. Missing authorisation checks, SSRF and unsafe dynamic module loading are all well understood. What raises the stakes is where they sit. An LLM gateway stores provider keys, manages user permissions and routes every prompt and response, making it a single point of compromise for an organisation’s AI estate. And because LiteLLM is embedded in many other AI platforms and internal tools, some organisations may be running it without realising.

“The industry’s focus has largely been on securing AI models, but this research highlights an equally important reality: AI infrastructure is becoming a new critical layer of enterprise security,” said Mateo Rojas-Carulla, Head of Research, AI Agent Security at Check Point Software Technologies. “As organisations increasingly rely on gateways such as LiteLLM to connect applications, users and AI services, these platforms become attractive targets because they sit at the centre of trust.”

“For LiteLLM users, the immediate priority is patching and reviewing access controls, but the broader lesson extends beyond a single product,” he added. “Attackers will naturally target the layer that gives them the greatest access with the least resistance.”

What defenders should do

Check Point recommends that organisations:

  • Upgrade to LiteLLM 1.83.9 or later across every deployment, including instances embedded in other tools
  • Audit gateway user accounts and remove any that are not needed
  • Rotate AI provider API keys if there is any sign of unauthorised access before patching
  • Test that limited roles are enforced in practice, not just on paper
  • Bring LLM gateways into scope for regular security assessments

The vulnerabilities were reported to LiteLLM’s maintainers through a coordinated disclosure process that began in October 2025.

Full technical write-up: https://research.checkpoint.com/2026/when-llm-gateways-go-wrong-findings-from-litellm/

The post LiteLLM flaws let low-privileged users hijack AI gateway and steal provider keys appeared first on IT Security Guru.

GitHub Tightens npm Publishing After Flaw Left 1,500+ Packages Vulnerable to Hijacking

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:18
GitHub has taken the step of expiring unvalidated npm trusted publishing configurations 48 hours after creation after researchers found that it was possible for an attacker to push new versions of a different user's package without having to steal their credentials. "Your configuration becomes validated and exempt from expiry after its first successful publish," the Microsoft-owned subsidiary

Cheap Chinese and open source LLMs could trigger trillion-dollar AI infrastructure 'reset'

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:30
A financial analyst is questioning whether the collapse in AI costs owing to the arrival of Chinese, low-cost and open source models will cause a “reset” in the AI story as cloud providers struggle to recoup trillions of dollars of capital spending. In a recent research note focused on Asian markets, Jefferies estimates that about half of the roughly $2.3 trillion contracted backlog at Microsoft, Alphabet, Amazon and Oracle is owned by OpenAI and Anthropic. Yet Chinese AI models, open source/weight and small language models, threaten to undercut the prices the two US leaders charge, casting doubt on their future revenue. Jefferies points to research from global aggregator platform OpenRouter, which found Chinese models processed 76.12 trillion tokens in the week ended 27 September, up from just 4.37 trillion in late April. The top four US providers processed 14.2 trillion tokens. Meanwhile, the launch of Moonshot AI’s open source Kimi K3 is “competing at the frontier” with an estimated 95 percent of the performance of Anthropic’s Claude Fable 5. “The question now is whether all of the above has been priced fully into markets. This writer does not think so,” the Jefferies paper states. The largest hyperscalers are set to collectively spend between $600 and $800 billion this year on building datacenters, funding it increasingly with debt rather than cash. Jefferies, however, questions where the hyperscalers' future revenue streams will come from. “It can no longer be assumed, most particularly with the arrival of the likes of Kimi K3, that large language models will ever be profitable given the related ongoing collapse in token pricing. This is extremely relevant for the hyperscalers since they have invested in datacenter capacity on the assumption that the compute will be purchased by the likes of Anthropic and OpenAI,” the paper says. While the long term bet on AI may be sound, in the medium term, there is a lot of uncertainty, it argues. “The AI story will be due for a big reset at some point in the not-so-distant future. Are the four hyperscalers really going to spend $993 billion on capex in 2027?” Jefferies questions. There are also important questions to ask about how much of the hyperscalers’ reported profits are down to their investments in AI model builders on which they will also depend for revenue. “Other income and expenses” — which describes gains in investments — have spiked in importance. Jefferies says these investments are “likely to include positions in unlisted AI-related stocks.” While the four major hyperscalers’ annualized earnings increased by $222 billion to reach $581 billion in the four quarters to 2Q26, “other non-operating income/loss” accounted for all of that increase, according to the analyst. Jefferies says “other non-operating income/loss” increased by $224 billion year-on-year to $237 billion over the same period, meaning it accounted "for all of the increase in earnings." Other research has underlined how much revenue and borrowing cloud providers might need to fund their datacenter building plans. The 2026 annual Global Technology Report from management consultants Bain & Company says the AI industry must generate $6 trillion in annual revenue by 2031 to keep funding the infrastructure needed to meet anticipated demand. That means the industry will need new uses beyond employee productivity. Bain suspects existing AI applications might make up $1.8 trillion in revenue, but this still leaves a $4.2 trillion shortfall. It could be plugged by emerging AI applications such as search engines and ads, AI-built autonomous vehicles, and AI simulations. Even if they work out, these new categories will only add up to $1.5 trillion in revenue, leaving a $2.7 trillion gap which might be filled by “new products and uses that don’t exist today.” The Register does not offer investment advice.®

[Framagroupes] recevoir un message que l’on envoie sur la liste

Bonjour

Comment recevoir un mail qu’on envoie en tant que propriétaire et modérateur à une liste ?

D’après la discussion Framagroupes :: Le propriétaire de la liste ne recois pas les messages qu'il envoie à la liste , il suffit que le propriétaire soit abonné.

J’ai vérifié, c’est bien le cas. Pour autant, le propriétaire ne reçoit pas les mails qu’il envoie.

Quelqu’un sait-il comment résoudre ce problème ? J’ai cherché dans le paramétrage de la liste et je ne trouve pas ce qui cloche… :confused:

Merci de toute piste pour résoudre ce problème assez embêtant :slight_smile:
JP

3 messages - 3 participant(e)s

Lire le sujet en entier

Microsoft celebrates end of Office 2021 LTSC with MS 365 outage

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 16:55
It's the end of support for Office 2021 LTSC and it seems like Microsoft is celebrating with a Microsoft 365 outage for some European customers. The affected service is Global Secure Access (GSA), which customers use to access services including Outlook, OneDrive, SharePoint Online, Teams, and Windows 365 Cloud PCs. We'd argue the "365" moniker is perhaps a little inaccurate at this point. According to Microsoft, the cause is: "A section of GSA infrastructure is performing below acceptable performance thresholds, affecting connectivity to Microsoft 365 services and resulting in impact." The company is applying traffic and performance optimizations, and the system is now showing signs of life, which is scant comfort for customers who have struggled to access Microsoft 365 services using GSA. The timing is unfortunate, since it coincides with the end of support for Office LTSC 2021, Microsoft's on-premises version of Office. The company would like customers to migrate to Microsoft 365, though on-premises Office LTSC 2024 is also available if the cloud doesn't tickle their fancy. It's not yet clear what caused the latest outage. Microsoft is having to report status updates on its Service Health Status page because, according to the company, "Microsoft 365 administrators may be unable to access the admin center to get Service health information." We checked, and, above the cheery text, "Great! No active issues," is a message that reads: "We are having trouble getting info about your service incidents, advisories, and history right now. Try again in a few minutes." Enterprises have already decided whether to stick with on-premises Office, move to the cloud, or choose something else altogether. While Office 2021 LTSC won't suddenly stop working, the end of support from Microsoft will require customers to take some action for compliance reasons, if nothing else. Those who have taken the leap to Microsoft 365 will be pondering the wisdom of their move as Microsoft has demonstrated, yet again, that its cloud services are not quite as reliable as customers might hope or need, and an "oops, sorry about that" only goes so far where a loss of productivity is concerned. ®

Xandr Fined a Record €8.6 Million for Relaying Grindr Data Revealing Sexual Orientation

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 15:12
The Norwegian Data Protection Authority (DPA) has fined Xandr, an advertising unit owned by Microsoft, €8.6 million ($9.62 million) for illegally relaying ​Grindr users' sensitive data to advertisers. The administrative penalty is the largest issued by the data protection watchdog, arguing the case merited a high fine because of the "very serious" nature of the breach. The infringements

NetBSD may have found a new role: The AI-free FOSS OS

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 16:15
NetBSD seems to be thriving of late: as the Linux world goes pro-AI, some of the AI-averse are turning to this explicitly AI-free project. The NetBSD project’s Mastodon feed reports that it received a record 120 donations last month, and it has far exceeded its target: “We received $120,282 USD in total. Naturally, this has completely filled up our donations target bar which was set at $50,000. Time to fund some projects!” It’s a welcome contrast to the usual stories of under-funded FOSS projects, and it follows a visible uptick in people asking about NetBSD in the FOSS Unix groups we read, ever since Emperor Penguin Torvalds said that Linux was not an anti-AI project back in July, and the following month, the Debian project polled its developers on AI use, and they chose to permit AI-generated contributions. This is the moderate, centrist stance. The most recent Ubuntu Summit was heavily AI-flavored. The heads of Red Hat Global Engineering sent out a memo about transitioning to an Agentic Software Development Lifecycle. But once it’s in the kernel, then no distro can totally avoid it. This stance is profoundly offputting to those who prefer hand-crafted code. Last week, the Reg FOSS desk attended the Open Source Summit Europe in Prague. This event reflects the tendencies of the increasingly mainstream open-source world: Linux is pretty much the only OS in evidence, although many attendees tote around (and present from) MacBooks, and both Microsoft and Windows were visible. The event overlaps with Embedded Linux Conference, so the Zephyr RTOS was also visible on some robots and other gadgets. The Open Source Summit gives the overall impression that Linux is the only general-purpose FOSS OS. We saw no mention at all of any of the BSDs; indeed, when we mentioned NetBSD, some of the folks from Let’s Encrypt looked puzzled and asked us “What’s ‘net bee ess dee’?” Sadly, this is probably a reasonably fair representation of its presence at the event and in the FOSS mainstream. For us, the single most dominant theme in the talks, the materials, the stands, and even the T-shirts was AI. It’s everywhere, and every exhibitor was keen to talk about how they’re using AI, deploying AI, scaling AI, or managing AI. The louder the noise about AI gets, the stronger grows the aversion of those of us who actively wish to avoid it. The NetBSD project, on the other hand, came out early and strongly: it banned AI-generated code back in 2024, just a month after the project celebrated its 30th anniversary. This vulture attended the project’s talk at that year’s FOSDEM: NetBSD 10: Thirty years, still going strong!. As ever, the question of differentiation between the BSDs, and between Linux and the BSDs, came up. NetBSD’s slogan is “Of course it runs NetBSD,” but in 2024, its ubiquity was looking threatened: Linux is comparable, and FreeBSD boast close integration with ZFS, Linux-compatible Podman containers, and more. The following year, though, FreeBSD 15 appeared, dropping support for 32-bit x86 (and 32-bit POWER). Debian 13 dropped x86-32 too, as well as MIPS CPU support. That year, the RHEL 10 release went further: it not only requires 64-bit x86, it demands x86-64-v3. This cut off so many older machines, it forced CERN to start switching to Debian. From within the BSD world, the differences between the various projects are fairly clear. NetBSD is minimal, highly portable, and takes great pride in its very friendly, welcoming community. We can personally attest to this: in the course of our review of NetBSD 11, we tried to install the veteran CDE desktop. We couldn’t get it working, but the folks on the NetBSD mailing list tried very hard indeed to help. Although it also has very broad platform support, OpenBSD’s focus is on security, to the extent of dropping the entire Bluetooth subsystem because it didn’t measure up. Its community is far less tolerant: indeed, when this vulture’s latest OpenBSD review was posted on the OpenBSD sub-Reddit, we were banned from the group for pointing out errors in their negative assessments of a very positive article. OpenBSD project lead Theo de Raadt has said it cannot accept AI-generated code: any submitter lacks the right to place a license on it, because it’s impossible to trace which humans originally wrote any code that LLMs regurgitate. However, this guideline seems permeable: the tmux app, the terminal multiplexer included in OpenBSD, has already accepted AI-assisted changes. We asked de Raadt for official comment on this and he declined. FreeBSD is the 362.87 kg gorilla of the BSDs, to the extent that the mainline OS has its own distros, such as GhostBSD, plus MidnightBSD. There’s also the recently-revived experimental NextBSD, and a couple of NAS distros. There’s a live OS called NomadBSD too, although we had little success with this. However, FreeBSD’s central committee has been debating whether to permit AI-generated code for over a year now: we first reported on it in September 2025, and there’s still no consensus. We are sure there is a large helping of “AI is just a tool”, and we suspect side-dishes of “AI is here to stay” and “don’t get left behind.” If anyone dares point out failings, doubtless they’re using the wrong model, or not prompting it correctly. NetBSD’s position is clear: “Do not commit tainted code to the repository. “Code generated by a large language model or similar technology, such as GitHub/Microsoft’s Copilot, OpenAI’s ChatGPT, or Facebook/Meta’s Code Llama, is presumed to be tainted code, and must not be committed without prior written approval by core.” So far, this seems to be serving it well. If as a result, it remains relatively tiny and minimal, and gets left behind by the AI wave, we plan to be right there with it. Long may the project continue. Bootnote We won’t wish to omit anyone. There is another BSD: Dragonfly BSD, which is experimenting with the kernel and filesystem design. We gave version 6.4 a spin in 2023 and since then there have been only two minor point releases: version 6.4.2 was nearly a year and a half ago, although development is still active. We are not aware that the project has made any statement for or against LLM code generation. Perhaps it should. ®

Microsoft plans multi-gigawatt rollout of next-gen Azure Maia AI accelerator racks

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 15:30
Microsoft has lifted the lid on the next generation of its Azure Maia custom AI chips, saying it will usher in a new phase of its compute infrastructure where everything is closely integrated to meet the demands of agentic inference. The Redmond giant says its Azure Maia 200, announced earlier this year, is now serving production workloads and that a successor is already planned for 2027. Azure Maia 300 is described as "a complete intelligent system" designed for the new types of AI workloads emerging today. Microsoft claims a full 96-accelerator configuration will deliver up to seven times Maia 200's rack-scale token throughput, while offering 40 percent more tokens per megawatt than leading GPU-based systems. Its next-gen chip is created with an inference-first architecture optimized for long-context, memory-intensive and decode-heavy AI workloads, according to a blog post by Microsoft's EVP for Cloud and AI, Scott Guthrie. The firm envisions it being deployed in rack-scale systems comprising up to 96 accelerators, while each Maia 300 will feature eight HBM4 memory stacks providing up to 18 TB/s of peak memory bandwidth, the better to support execution of large models and long-context workloads. This sounds similar to the kind of rack-scale AI equipment that has already been developed by Nvidia for its GPU accelerators, and more recently by AMD with its Helion and Helios infrastructure, all designed to make the most of their own specific silicon and software stacks. Microsoft says that Maia 300 is "built as a complete system, with software, silicon, physical rack infrastructure, networking, and datacenters co-designed to operate as a single platform to meet the demands of cloud-scale agentic inference." It insists that this system-level approach is necessary for agentic workloads, which involve multi-step execution, long-context decoding and tool use, and "change the computational profile and arithmetic intensity of inference." The growing emphasis on in-house integration contrasts with Microsoft's 2024 "AI Access Principles," which stressed partnerships across its technology stack. The firm even complained to the European Commission's competition authorities that Google had a competitive advantage because of its approach. "Only one company – Google," said Microsoft at the time, "is vertically integrated in a manner that provides it with strength and independence at every AI layer from chips to a thriving mobile app store. Everybody else must rely on partnerships to innovate and compete." Microsoft now has its own AI chips, rack-scale designs, and internally developed MAI models, giving it more control over its stack. It plans to scale Azure Maia to "multi-gigawatt deployments" starting in 2027. We asked Microsoft for comment. Guthrie said that the firm will share more details on its strategy at next month's Microsoft Ignite 2026 event in San Francisco. ®

AI bubble could burst and take global economy with it, IMF warns

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:44
The International Monetary Fund (IMF) has become the latest financial heavyweight to warn that the AI spending frenzy could end in tears, with consequences extending well beyond the tech sector. In its latest Global Financial Stability Report, published on Tuesday, the IMF warns that financial markets are increasingly exposed to an AI-driven correction, especially if the billions poured into the tech fail to deliver the profits investors expect. AI investment has helped keep markets and economic growth ticking along, but the IMF fears the boom could quickly turn to bust if the promised profits fail to materialize. With tech giants borrowing billions and investors piling into the same handful of companies, a selloff could leave more than just Silicon Valley nursing a hangover. The watchdog is also concerned about circular financing arrangements, in which AI firms act as one another's investors, financiers, and customers. These deals might help keep the AI money machine running, but they also mean financial trouble at one company could quickly become somebody else's problem. The IMF isn't the only one getting nervous. Jefferies strategist Chris Wood has warned that America's AI spending spree could cause "massive capital destruction," with cheaper Chinese open source models threatening the returns US tech giants are counting on. The warning also follows similar concerns raised by the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), which cautioned in June that the AI boom had uncomfortable similarities to previous financial bubbles. With so much money tied up in a relatively small number of tech companies, it warned that a sudden loss of investor confidence could send shockwaves through global financial markets. As if the prospect of an AI-fueled market meltdown weren't enough, the IMF has identified two other threats to financial stability: rising government bond yields and cyberattacks. Higher yields could increase borrowing costs for governments already struggling with debt, while the latter could bring critical financial services to a grinding halt. Banks have become increasingly reliant on the same handful of cloud providers and software suppliers, creating shared points of failure that could spread disruption across institutions. If a cyberattack took down a major bank or critical tech provider, the IMF warns the fallout could disrupt everything from payments and trading to customers accessing their deposits. Software vendors aren't getting much of a head start either. According to the IMF, more than 70 percent of tracked vulnerabilities exploited so far in 2026 were already being abused by attackers before or on the day they were publicly disclosed, underscoring how little warning defenders may receive. AI could make matters worse here too, as the IMF warns that increasingly capable models are giving cybercriminals more powerful tools, potentially making it easier to find and exploit vulnerabilities at speed. Despite the gloomy outlook, the IMF isn't predicting an imminent financial collapse. It says global financial markets have remained resilient, and its stress testing suggests the banking system could withstand a severe downturn, although weaker institutions would be more exposed. Still, the watchdog wants regulators to keep a closer eye on excessive borrowing, concentrated investments, and cyber resilience before any of these risks turn into a full-blown crisis. For an industry promising to revolutionize the global economy, accidentally helping to crash it would be quite the plot twist.®

Cyberattacks crank French supermarket refrigeration systems up to 50°C

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:00
Cyberattacks on supermarket refrigeration systems reportedly pushed temperatures as high as 50°C (122°F), affecting hundreds of stores in France and forcing retailers to discard food. Major supermarkets such as Carrefour, Coopérative U, Intermarché, Monoprix, and more were hit by the attacks, which spoiled perishable food and left stores without fresh produce. The affected equipment includes cold-storage units used to hold food before it reaches supermarket shelves. The criminals behind the attack raised temperatures to unsafe levels, spoiling food and in some cases starting fires. Some affected retailers used refrigeration controllers produced by Danish company Danfoss. Authorities have not identified the entry point or confirmed exploitation of the vulnerabilities previously disclosed by Claroty and patched in August 2025, although the manufacturer said affected stores were running outdated firmware. Experts say the previously identified vulnerabilities were easily scriptable and relied on a unique but predictable authentication method. Claroty found a hidden authentication mechanism in the AK-SM 800A platform that accepted a code generated from the device's current date, bypassing the configured administrator password. Anyone who reproduced the algorithm could generate a valid daily code and gain administrative access. "It's a zero-skill thing to pull off, I wrote the bash script while having a shit," said security pro Kevin Beaumont. The research demonstrated how compromised controllers could expose refrigeration systems to physical disruption, although the vulnerabilities' role in this week's attacks remains unconfirmed. Danfoss told reporters this week that the French supermarkets affected by the attacks "were running outdated firmware" and that the company has consistently advocated for keeping systems updated. The Register asked Danfoss if it would confirm whether the previously disclosed bugs were exploited to execute the attacks, and whether the same bug was also abused in August to compromise US military commissary refrigerators, which led to food losses. CERT-FR published an alert reporting numerous compromises of Danfoss AK-SM and AK-SC controllers, which were not mentioned in Claroty's original reporting nor in Danfoss's advisories at the time. The authority advised disconnecting or restricting network access. For suspected compromises, it recommended a factory reset, security patches, credential rotation, account checks, and full reconfiguration. For those wondering why fridges even need to be reachable via the internet, the main reason is that it allows central engineering teams to troubleshoot issues remotely, according to Claroty's researchers. "Industrial control systems such as refrigeration controllers are often assumed to be on safely isolated networks. However, our research found many of these devices are directly exposed to the public internet," said Amir Preminger, CTO at Claroty. "While this convenience significantly reduces maintenance costs by allowing engineers to troubleshoot issues remotely, it also lowers the barrier to entry for attackers. "Organizations must take proactive measures to ensure that management interfaces are not insecurely connected to the internet, and ensure that access to administrative services is restricted to trusted management networks or secured through VPNs and other appropriate network segmentation controls." Intermarché owner Groupement Les Mousquetaires said around 150 of its supermarkets were affected by the attacks, while Carrefour confirmed around 80 impacted stores. Monoprix said roughly 5 percent of its 490 stores were experiencing the same issues, and Coopérative U CEO Dominique Schelcher said 80 of the company’s 2,000 stores were hit, adding that the attack on the food sector was “unacceptable.” “Targeting equipment essential to the preservation of fresh products is an attack on the French food supply chain,” he said. “It is unprecedented, extremely serious, and unacceptable. We remain fully mobilized.” However, in a separate twist, Schelcher told French radio station RTL on Tuesday that Coopérative U is not a customer of Danfoss. The Register contacted Coopérative U for more information about what caused the attacks at its stores. Shodan searches for internet-facing Danfoss controller interfaces indicated that more than 4,500 endpoints were exposed as of Monday, with more than half of those located in France. Ahold Delhaize, a major grocery retailer in the Netherlands, announced on the same day that it was experiencing a "security issue." No link to the refrigeration attacks in France has been established. The end result is similar, however, as the company's grocery brands are reporting stock issues. Several of the group's brands have taken their websites offline and posted notices about the "cybersecurity incident." Stores remain open, but affected brands have reported disruption to websites, apps, customer services, and online deliveries. The disruption hit the company's distribution systems, although these are now being restored. Updates posted to social media on Tuesday told shoppers that staff were once again able to use digital shelf labels but stock levels may vary across stores, and long-life items were likely to be more abundant than fresh fruit and vegetables. The retailer previously suffered a cyberattack in November 2024 that disrupted its US operations. ®

Risolte vulnerabilità in Craft CMS

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 15:05
Aggiornamenti di sicurezza sanano alcune vulnerabilità, di cui 2 con gravità “alta”, in Craft CMS, piattaforma open source per lo sviluppo e l’amministrazione di siti web e applicazioni digitali. Tali vulnerabilità, qualora sfruttate, potrebbero consentire a un utente malintenzionato di eludere i meccanismi di sicurezza e di eseguire codice arbitrario sui sistemi interessati.

Risolte vulnerabilità nella libreria Neo4j GraphQL

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 15:03
Risolte due vulnerabilità, di cui una con gravità "critica" e una con gravità "alta", presenti nella libreria Neo4j GraphQL. Tali vulnerabilità, qualora sfruttate, potrebbero consentire ad un utente malintenzionato di eludere dei meccanismi di sicurezza, accedere ad informazioni sensibili e manipolare i dati presenti sui sistemi interessati.

Legacy refrigeration controllers exploited in OT attack on hundreds of French supermarkets

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:31

A coordinated attack on the operational technology (OT) behind supermarket refrigeration has hit hundreds of stores across France, in what security experts are calling one of the clearest examples yet of cyber sabotage with physical consequences.

Retailers confirmed the attack on Monday 12 October, with disruption reportedly beginning on Sunday night. Intermarché and its Netto brand said at least 300 shops were affected, Coopérative U more than 100 and Carrefour 80, with Monoprix, E.Leclerc and Auchan also reporting impacted stores. According to BFM TV, attackers remotely forced refrigeration units into continuous defrost cycles, driving temperatures up to 50°C. Paris prosecutors said the attack also caused fires.

“This incident is not surprising. A supermarket refrigerator is no longer just an electrical appliance. It is a computerized system connected to a network, enabling remote monitoring and control. While this connectivity allows refrigeration systems to be managed efficiently, it also exposes them to cyber security risks, particularly when operational equipment runs for years on outdated software, without regular security updates, and with management interfaces accessible from the internet,” said Oded Vanunu, Head of Vulnerability Research at Check Point.

Unpatched, internet-facing and end of life

The affected equipment has been traced to refrigeration management systems from Danish manufacturer Danfoss. A source close to Prime Minister Sébastien Lecornu said France’s National Cybersecurity Agency (ANSSI) had identified a vulnerability in Danfoss software, and the agency has been ordered to investigate.

Danfoss said most of the compromised units were “legacy” products that no longer receive software or security updates, singling out its AK-SM800 and AK-SC355 controllers, and noted that an affected version of the AK-SM800 was running outdated firmware. The company said it had long advised customers to upgrade or replace these models.

Known vulnerabilities in the control software date back to 2023, some rated critical, with patches available. In August, OT security firm Claroty published research describing flaws in Danfoss systems that could allow attackers to bypass authentication. Reports suggest attackers may have used the Shodan search engine to locate exposed devices, some of which are connected via 3G cards for remote monitoring.

“One of the significant aspects of this incident is that the attackers did not necessarily need sophisticated cyber capabilities. Refrigeration systems have legitimate operational functions, such as defrost cycles, and when an unauthorized party gains access to the system, those same functions can be exploited to disrupt operations. Unlike attacks aimed at stealing data or encrypting files, the impact here is on the physical operation of the equipment itself, with direct consequences such as food inventory losses and potential safety hazards.” Vanunu continued.

“In previous research conducted by Check Point on smart devices, including LG products, we demonstrated how a vulnerability in a centralised management platform could allow attackers to gain control of connected devices. However, in the current incident, it is still unclear exactly how the attackers gained access to the systems.”

OT in the crosshairs

No group has claimed responsibility, and there is no evidence of a ransom demand or data theft. The Paris prosecutor’s cybercrime unit has opened an investigation into what it described as a “large-scale” attack on connected refrigerators at several major food retailers, while ANSSI is coordinating with European counterparts. Sekoia analyst Felix Aime said stores in Spain, Portugal, Poland, Germany and Belgium were also affected.

“The refrigeration systems in supermarkets are operational technology. Building management controls, HVAC, cold chain infrastructure. These are the same category of systems that the security industry has been warning about as the next frontier for sabotage attacks, and they’ve now been weaponised against food retail infrastructure in one of Europe’s largest economies,” said Muhammad Yahya Patel, vCISO and cybersecurity advisor for EMEA at Huntress.

ANSSI had already listed sabotage of industrial control systems among the main threats facing France in its most recent threat report.

“Heating fridges to 50 degrees for six hours is not data theft; it is physical sabotage executed through software, and that is the lesson for every sector. Refrigeration controllers, building systems and point-of-sale equipment are now connected and remotely managed, often through a handful of suppliers, so one weak link scales to hundreds of stores overnight,” said Samuel Hassine, CEO and co-founder of Filigran.

“The problem extends beyond a single refrigeration system or an isolated security vulnerability. Operational equipment is often designed to remain in service for 15 years or more, while cyber threats and technologies evolve at a much faster pace. In addition, the same controllers and management systems are deployed across retail chains worldwide, meaning that a compromise affecting widely used technology could potentially impact a large number of locations,” added Check Point’s Vanunu.

Counting the cost

Intermarché chief executive Thierry Cotillard told BFM TV that losses could run to “tens of millions of euros nationwide in a single day”, while Coopérative U’s Dominique Schelcher said larger stores could each lose up to €180,000–200,000 in stock. France’s retail federation, the FCD, has called on Danfoss to provide “full transparency”.

“The immediate financial consequences are significant and visible. Failures at the stores means total write-off of perishable stock across every affected location simultaneously. The operational disruption compounds quickly. Staff cannot trade normally without functioning refrigeration. Products cannot be restocked until systems are restored and verified safe. The food retail sector across Europe should be treating this as a signal that they are being actively targeted,” Huntress’ Patel warned.

“The cyberattack on French supermarkets is a stark reminder that cyber threats extend far beyond stolen data and financial losses. Hackers reportedly manipulated refrigeration systems, raising temperatures to 50°C, causing fires and forcing retailers to dispose of large quantities of food. With hundreds of stores affected, the incident highlights how vulnerabilities in connected systems can have serious real-world consequences, disrupting operations, damaging equipment and potentially putting public safety at risk,” said Jamie Akhtar, CEO and Co-founder of CyberSmart.

Mitigation: find the exposure first

Experts agree that defenders’ first priority should be identifying which OT assets are reachable from the internet, and who holds remote access to them.

“To reduce these risks, the first step is to identify which controllers and management interfaces are directly exposed to the internet and eliminate any unnecessary exposure. It is also important to keep systems updated, replace default passwords, restrict remote access, and enable multi-factor authentication wherever supported. Separating operational control networks from other networks and monitoring unusual changes in system behaviour are also essential measures. These recommendations apply not only to refrigeration systems, but also to HVAC, building management systems, and other operational infrastructure.” said Vanunu.

“It also demonstrates how increasingly interconnected technology can create new opportunities for cybercriminals. For businesses, this reinforces the importance of securing all connected devices and systems, not just traditional IT infrastructure. Organisations should prioritise regular software and firmware updates, strong access controls, multi-factor authentication where supported and network segmentation to prevent attackers moving between systems. Regular security assessments and employee cybersecurity awareness training are also essential for identifying vulnerabilities before they can be exploited. Ultimately, businesses must recognise that cybersecurity is no longer just about protecting data, but also about safeguarding physical operations, customers and business continuity.” said CyberSmart’s Akhtar.

Filigran’s Hassine urged security leaders to put the issue in front of the board: “Boards should ask three questions this week. Which connected equipment could cause physical or financial damage if someone changed a setting, and who can reach it from outside. Which third parties hold remote access, and how that access is monitored and segmented. And has anyone tested that the response works, from detection to switching to manual operation. Resilience in retail now means knowing your exposure before an attacker maps it for you.”

The post Legacy refrigeration controllers exploited in OT attack on hundreds of French supermarkets appeared first on IT Security Guru.

[Webinar] How to Stop AI-Driven Privilege Escalation With Runtime Identity Controls

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:57
The dangerous part of a stolen identity isn't always the initial login. It's what an attacker can do with that access next. With AI accelerating reconnaissance, exploitation of vulnerabilities, and privilege escalation, attackers can move through systems faster than security teams can investigate. A compromised account that looks legitimate at first could become the starting point for a much

LG Smart TVs Vulnerable to Pre-Auth Root Takeover From Local Network

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:09
Three vulnerabilities in LG's webOS can be chained to give an attacker on the same local network root access to certain smart TVs without a PIN or any interaction from the owner. LG has issued a fix, according to an advisory published by SSD Secure Disclosure on October 12. The chain was tested on two TV models, the 32LQ636BPSA and the 27TQ600SW, running webOS 7.5.7-25 on firmware

Product Walkthrough: Bitdefender AI Visibility and Control

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:30
A user opens a browser tab, pastes data into a chat assistant, and nothing is installed. A developer adds a coding assistant as an editor extension, and nothing shows up in the installed programs list. Someone downloads a local model runtime, a program that runs models directly on the machine instead of sending data to an external service, because they were told not to send company data

'123456' password linked to Denmark data breach affecting 8.8M people

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:14
A person claiming responsibility for the breach of Denmark's Central Register of Persons (CPR) says they gained access through an IT company's account protected by the password "123456." The person told Danish news outlet Politiken they had no intention of selling or leaking the data. The newspaper reported that at least three company accounts, including an administrator account, used the same password. Denmark's CPR administration confirmed a breach affecting the information belonging to 8.8 million people on October 5, adding that a Danish company's legal access to the CPR system was abused. It did not name Funen-based Pays ApS as the company in question, but managing director Sophie Laursen confirmed on October 9 that it's access had been exploited. Pays' website has been taken offline, and the business has not responded to The Register's request for more information about the password claims. Pays had authorized access to the CPR system to provide services such as validating business customers' records. The Danish government says information relating to 8.8 million people was accessed. The register contains approximately 11 million records, including those of deceased people and people who have moved abroad. The government did not respond to questions about the alleged password failings. According to documents obtained by broadcaster TV 2, the attacker gained access to the CPR system on September 10 and ran the 14 million automated searches between then and September 20. The intrusion was detected on October 2, 12 days after the last reported searches. Mikkel Leihardt, director of the government's higher education and science ministry, told reporters at a press conference that the attack was discovered after a department staffer picked up an invoice indicating unusually high activity from Pays. The Danish data protection authority, Datatilsynet, was notified on October 4, and the government disclosed the attack the following day. ®

Misure urgenti di verifica e mitigazione per operatori della distribuzione alimentare e della filiera del freddo

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:44
L’Agenzia per la Cybersicurezza Nazionale richiama l’attenzione delle organizzazioni operanti nei settori della grande distribuzione organizzata (GDO), della logistica alimentare, della refrigerazione industriale e dei servizi di manutenzione connessi, alla luce del recente incidente informatico che ha colpito numerose catene di supermercati francesi.

Commentaires sur Framadate peaufine sa peau neuve par Ambar - Animatrice de communauté Framasoft

En réponse à Hugel.

Bonjour Hugel,

Je vous propose de déposer votre demande sur le forum dédié qui nous permet de rassembler au même endroit toutes les demandes/contributions autour de la nouvelle version de Framadate. Cela vous permettra de suivre l’avancement de votre demande et d’avoir le retour du développeur sur votre proposition.

Je trouve personnellement que c’est une très bonne idée qui serait très pratique.
Si vous ne parvenez pas à poster sur le forum, n’hésitez pas à me le dire, je posterai votre demande.

Bonne journée.

Commentaires sur Framadate fait peau neuve : une nouvelle version plus moderne et mobile par Ambar - Animatrice de communauté Framasoft

En réponse à Valea.

Bonjour Valea,

Je lis avec surprise l’argument suivant pour justifier la disparition de l’option « Tout le monde peut modifier TOUTES les réponses »

C’est génial que les personnes avec qui vous avez utilisé l’ancienne version de Framadate aient toutes respecté les votes les uns des autres sans les modifier, une grande partie des utilisateur.ices ont eu une très bonne expérience avec cette fonctionnalité. Mais ça n’a pas toujours été le cas, j’ai eu des retours utilisateurs en ce sens.
Aujourd’hui la fonction « tout le monde peut modifier tous les votes » est bien disponible, elle est sélectionnable lors de la création de sondage. Cela a été un choix du développeur en charge de Pollaris de sortir une fonctionnalité avant l’autre. Il a réalisé ce projet bénévolement et a fait certains choix en fonction du temps/énergie disponible. Il faut parfois faire des choix lors du lancement d’un logiciel afin d’avancer pas à pas.

Ça s’appelle toujours « Framadate » mais ce n’est pas une nouvelle version (imiter le langage marketing n’aide en rien à clarifier les choses).

Nous avons fait le choix de parler de « version » dans le but de faciliter la compréhension du grand publique. Navrée que ce choix ne vous plaise pas, ces choix ne peuvent malheureusement pas satisfaire tous les utulisateur.ices.

Il n’y a donc rien de surprenant à ce que la nouvelle application ne réponde pas aux besoins de toutes les utilisateurices de l’ancienne application.

En effet, ces retours étaient attendus et nous permettent d’améliorer petit à petit Pollaris/Framadate. Nous sommes heureux.ses de recevoir les nombreux retours utilisateur.ices bienveillants dont nous avons besoin pour avancer et améliorer nos services.

En espérant que la mise à disponibilité de cette fonctionnalité et bien d’autres, contribuent à vous satisfaire et améliorer votre expérience avec nos services.

Bonne journée

European datacenter boom threatens higher energy bills unless governments intervene

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:30
Datacenters are forecast to consume a growing share of Europe's electricity by 2035, potentially pushing up consumer prices and prompting governments to impose price caps or restrictions on bit barns, according to Moody's. The credit rating agency is keeping tabs on the financial implications for datacenter operators and electricity networks. It predicts that while power consumption by server farms is relatively modest today, these facilities are set to become major drivers of electricity demand by 2035, requiring utilities and network operators to invest in generation and grid capacity. Massive compute sheds still accounted for "a low single-digit share" of electricity in most of the largest European markets in 2025, typically about 2.5 percent. But some of the major markets such as the UK and France are set to see accelerating growth in the number and size of facilities that could substantially increase their share of electricity consumption. The report estimates datacenters will account for at least 5.7 percent of electricity demand in France and the UK by 2035, but could be as high as 17 percent for the Netherlands and 30 percent for Ireland. The latter country is regarded as an outlier, however, as datacenters already made up 23 percent of Ireland's electricity consumption in 2025 – up from just 5 percent in 2015. In addition, the EU has set out the goal of more than tripling the bloc's datacenter capacity within five to seven years, and wants to diversify where such projects are sited beyond the primary markets such as Germany, Ireland, France, and the Netherlands to secondary markets in the Nordics and southern Europe. This means more power generation will be needed, plus expansion of the grid networks to carry the extra energy to where it is required. Moody's says this has the potential to put pressure on grid operators' balance sheets in the short term, compounded by the lag in recovering higher capital spending under many European regulatory regimes. This pressure is more pronounced for transmission networks than distribution networks because datacenter operators are required to fund only the cost of the connection to the grid, the report by Moody's notes. It highlights some novel approaches adopted by utilities, such as repurposing old fossil-fuel plant sites for server farm projects because of their existing grid connections – as is said to be the case with at least one of the UK government's AI Growth Zones – and partnering with developers to build new facilities and supply them with power. The cost of expanding power grids, together with supply-demand imbalances, is set to push energy prices higher, Moody's forecasts. Historically, this has prompted political measures to limit the financial burden borne by customers, it says. Some governments are already considering tax cuts and additional subsidies for end users, while a growing number of transmission networks are starting to demand financial guarantees to screen out speculative or duplicative projects. The UK government is mulling over this measure, as we reported during the summer. Looking ahead, intervention could become more intrusive through measures such as electricity price caps, additional taxes, or levies. Moody's cites Ireland as an example, where the Commission for Regulation of Utilities (CRU) replaced a moratorium on new datacenter grid connections with a framework under which operators applying for a grid connection rated at 10 MVA or more must provide matching power generation or storage capacity on-site or nearby, and meet at least 80 percent of their annual electricity demand through additional renewable projects in Ireland. In America, President Trump brought in a Ratepayer Protection Pledge to try to defuse growing voter unhappiness at datacenters and their effects on energy bills. The pledge now covers utility companies, bit barn developers, and state governments with a pinky promise that citizens' bills won't rise to pay for all the extra energy and grid infrastructure needed. Moody's expects more European governments to follow the US and Ireland in intervening over datacenter power demand if expansion continues on its current trajectory. ®

Mobilizon a besoin de vous!

L’heure est cruciale pour Mobilizon.

Les financements de NLNet qui nous ont permis d’améliorer l’outil s’épuisent et leur renouvellement n’est pas acquis.

Pour ma part, après m’être consacrée à plein temps au projet depuis avril 2026 mes ressources personnelles s’épuisent. Alors qu’il faudrait plus que jamais mettre un coup de collier, à défaut de soutien financier je vais devoir me désengager.

C’est pourquoi je lance une campagne de don, sur Mastodon ( Mobilizon (@mobilizon@framapiaf.org) - Framapiaf ), Linkedin (Mobilizon (by Kaihuri) | LinkedIn) et même sur Facebook! (https://www.facebook.com/Keskonfai)

Si vous le pouvez, soutenez Mobilizon par un don mensuel : Soutenir Mobilizon

Et si vous ne pouvez pas contribuer financièrement, un partage peut nous aider à rencontrer celles et ceux qui le pourront.

Alors n’hésitez pas à partagez sur Mastodon, Linkedin et Facebook à l’aide des liens ci-dessus, ou dans vos boucles habituelles.

1 message - 1 participant(e)

Lire le sujet en entier

Scammers Are Stealing Millions From Food Stamp Recipients. Congress Could Fix It — but Won’t.

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:00
A grid of images including a photo of an evidence folder, a person holding their EBT card, a card reader with an overlay, a person shopping for bananas, cases of Red Bull and a sign for SNAP/EBT.
Jovelle Tamayo/ProPublica. Source images: Zaydee Sanchez/ProPublica, Tina Russell for ProPublica, MPfoto71/Alamy.

It wasn’t the kind of call a grocery store gets every day. A customer with a thick Eastern European accent was on the phone saying he wanted to buy several thousand cans of Red Bull. Could the store have them in stock in a few days? Also, did they have equipment to move all those stacks of energy drinks into the parking lot, where two minivans would be waiting?

When the day came, Oct. 19, 2022, employees at the Smart & Final store in San Diego sold 3,960 cans of Red Bull and 720 of Monster Energy to two men and two women, all with the same accent, and helped them wheel the pallets out back. To pay for it all — the bill came to $10,747.05 — the group pulled out piles of plastic. These weren’t credit or debit cards; they looked more like hotel-room keys. There were 25 cards in all, each with a different amount loaded onto it, and the four people took turns swiping one after another. Then, the payment complete, they drove off.

In the days that followed, people as far away as New York and Florida made panicked calls to the store. They wanted to know why their food-stamp accounts (containing their Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program, or SNAP, benefits) had been drained at this seemingly random location in San Diego.

It would turn out that what became known as the Red Bull Crew had gotten ahold of their SNAP data and used the funds to buy the energy drinks, which they then sold online or to smaller stores. It was hardly an isolated event. From September through November of that year, the same crew, part of a criminal syndicate based in Romania, bought at least $305,274.52 in energy drinks, using SNAP account information and PINs stolen from at least 174 victims nationwide, according to court documents and federal investigators.

To hear the Trump administration tell it, the SNAP program is under siege by well-heeled recipients of food stamps. Vice President JD Vance, upon being named “Fraud Czar” this spring, said: “There are people who have Lamborghinis who currently receive SNAP benefits.” Agriculture Secretary Brooke Rollins, whose agency oversees the program, regularly goes on TV and social media to allege that masses of SNAP recipients are scamming the system, driving Bentleys, Ferraris, Maseratis and, yes, Lamborghinis.

The federal government’s own statistics tell a different story. Confirmed cases of intentional program violations — fraud — committed by SNAP recipients account for $64 million a year, or about 0.08% of all benefits issued annually, according to the most recent 50-state reports compiled by the U.S. Department of Agriculture.

Meanwhile a far bigger fraud wave has exploded over the past five years: organized theft from SNAP recipients. In 2025, $470 million was stolen electronically from beneficiaries — and thus from the U.S. taxpayer — according to data supplied to ProPublica by Propel, a company that provides a mobile app for SNAP recipients to check their account balances and transaction histories. More than 990,000 households that received food assistance last year had benefits stolen. (The reason it’s necessary to use data from a private company: The federal government has stopped tracking rates of this crime.)

ProPublica interviewed nearly 100 victims of SNAP theft, federal prosecutors, Secret Service agents, USDA officials, caseworkers and other experts to understand what’s behind this phenomenon and why more isn’t being done to stop it. The victims are almost all working people with families, or retirees, who have struggled to afford groceries in the current economy. Most didn’t learn about the crime until they were in a checkout line, only to have their benefit card declined.

A white man with glasses makes coffee in his kitchen.
Jared Chesnut, a laid-off software developer in Hoover, Alabama, had $893 in SNAP benefits stolen from him in December: “I ate rice and grits the rest of the month.” Rita Harper for ProPublica

Upon reporting the disappearance of their food assistance, victims are informed that nothing can be done under current federal law. “The only thing they said was that [my benefits] cannot be refunded unless they were lost due to a natural disaster,” said one SNAP theft victim in Ohio. “They told me they’d add my name to the list,” said another in rural Oregon. “They advised if I feel the place is sketchy, don’t run my card there,” a victim in Philadelphia said. Still another, in Virginia, added, “They even charged me $2 for a replacement card.”

Perhaps the most vexing aspect of all: The federal government knows how to prevent the vast majority of this crime in a single step. Congress just hasn’t been willing to take it.


SNAP theft is an old scheme applied to a new target. For years, scammers would surreptitiously install skimming devices on card readers at ATMs, gas pumps and corner stores. These devices could read the data on people’s cards as they swiped — while a pinhole camera or overlay keypad captured their PINs — all of which could be picked up later or sent via Bluetooth to someone sitting in a nearby cafe or parking lot. This pilfered data, in turn, was used to make online purchases, or it was loaded onto cloned cards to withdraw cash.

Skimming became exponentially more difficult when credit and debit card companies installed digital microchips in the 2010s and then introduced tap-to-pay. But one kind of card did not get the new chips: Electronic Benefits Transfer, or EBT, cards, which people use to access SNAP and other public assistance. These still rely on the 1960s-era magnetic-stripe technology that skimmers can easily read.

EBT cards are not a particularly high-value target compared with bank cards. (The average monthly SNAP benefit is about $350 per household.) But funding boosts to SNAP during the pandemic temporarily increased benefit amounts, and profits could be considerable if you skimmed hundreds of people’s card information every month. Skimming teams, often run by Romanian gangs, pivoted. With cloned magnetic-stripe cards, they started buying up huge quantities of SNAP-eligible products like energy drinks and baby formula that are easy to store and resell.

“We’ve started many, many briefings saying that one of the biggest ways we’re going to fight this is to just get chips in the cards,” said Michael Peck, assistant special agent in charge of the Secret Service’s Criminal Investigative Division. Among the Secret Service’s lesser-known functions is investigating many financial crimes, and Peck leads its efforts against benefit theft. He said he and his team have delivered this message on Capitol Hill both at committee meetings and to individual members of Congress.

Yet congressional leadership has continually blocked legislation that would fund chip EBT cards nationally, despite universal support for the measure among Democrats and significant support among the Republican rank and file. For instance, House Committee on Agriculture Chairman Glenn Thompson, a Republican from Pennsylvania, said at a hearing in March that chip technology is “very effective.” But he shut down a bipartisan proposal to upgrade EBT cards with chips, citing unspecified budgetary constraints. (“Chairman Thompson is supportive of finding a fiscally responsible path forward for implementing policy that supports chip cards,” a committee aide said in a statement on his behalf. She added that “there was an appetite” for this reform among Republicans, but that Democrats weren’t willing to “find the budgetary offsets” for it.)

The Congressional Budget Office has yet to formally score the proposal, but multiple Hill staffers said they were told the total cost would be in the range of $215 million, as compared to the $600 million-plus annual loss on theft of SNAP and other benefits.

A woman pushes a grocery cart while shopping with her family.
Adrianna Puckett, of Oak Hill, Florida, was on maternity leave from a gas station job in July when she lost $516 to SNAP thieves. “It was just the worst time that this could have happened,” she said. “I had to go back to work full time with a newborn.” Tina Russell for ProPublica

The main thing Congress has done about SNAP theft is to abandon a previous effort to help victims. The federal government had, since late 2022, been replacing people’s stolen funds, just as banks are required to do if your debit card is hacked. As a result, 753,929 households were compensated.

In December 2024, a bipartisan spending agreement that included a provision to extend these reimbursements through 2028 was on the brink of becoming law. But Elon Musk, who had been named a leader of the new Department of Government Efficiency, attacked the legislation more than 100 times on X, pushing to “defund everything.” (Musk did not reply to a request for comment.) Trump then sank the deal. Victims of SNAP theft can no longer get any of their benefits replaced. And with the government off the hook for losses, there is now less incentive to put money into the solution.

In the 22 months since, the Trump administration has gone on to strip funds for addressing EBT theft from the USDA’s annual budget requests to Congress, while cutting at least 650 of the staff of the federal Food and Nutrition Administration, the subagency that oversees SNAP. More than half of the technical experts whom the agency had hired to help it develop EBT card security guidance have been pushed out, according to the Government Accountability Office.

“Many of us who were working on fraud, we’ve left the federal government entirely,” said Kym Ayodeji, who had been a data scientist in the SNAP program until she departed this spring. (FNA, the agency she worked for, is also responsible for tracking fraud committed by retailers, which is far more prevalent than that committed by beneficiaries.) Ayodeji said she and her colleagues had been working on ways to identify retailers where unusually large quantities of certain items had been purchased and addresses where purchases made with many different EBT cards were being delivered. Some of this work was indefinitely delayed by firings, early retirements, agency reorganizations and government shutdowns, she said.

Do You Administer SNAP or Medicaid Benefits? Help ProPublica Report on America’s Safety Net.

We want to hear from the officials and workers who help people navigate SNAP and Medicaid, because no one knows these programs better.

SNAP is federally funded and supervised. Congress and the USDA traditionally mandate, and pay much of the costs for, major changes to the system, especially involving technical coordination between states. States evaluate applicants and administer the accounts of those who are approved.

That said, states are allowed to adopt chip cards on their own. California has nearly completed the transition, and Alabama and Oklahoma began rolling out new cards this year. A handful of others initiated the process in recent months — before the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, starting Oct. 1, cut 50% of states’ administrative funding for SNAP, which Alabama and the others had tapped to transition to chip technology.

The rest — about 40 states — have likely missed their window, unless Congress acts. They’re also waiting for regulatory guidance on EBT card security and chip card implementation that the USDA has been claiming for nearly four years it is planning to publish. (The USDA Office of Inspector General has found that the agency’s failure to issue this has allowed the theft of at least $555 million in SNAP benefits.)

State-level SNAP administrators have also been overwhelmed with the hundreds of new requirements that the One Big Beautiful Bill Act has saddled them with. For one, the law mandates that states adopt intensive new work requirements for older adults and others, resulting in voluminous additional monthly paperwork. And federal funds will be slashed even further next year if states don’t scramble to reduce their “payment error rate,” a figure that measures unintentional over- and underpayments in SNAP benefits. With all of this to juggle, many state officials told ProPublica that they’ve put chip card implementation on hold in order to implement the Trump law — one of whose ostensible goals was to reduce fraud.

All the while, that law has cut food aid for more than 1.2 million children. The USDA’s Rollins has said that nearly 6 million people in total have been “moved off SNAP” during the current administration.

A white woman in her 70s makes a meal in her apartment.
Ana Marton, a 75-year-old retired architect in New York City, had $304 swiped from her SNAP account. “I am very vulnerable at my age,” she said. “The insecurity that this could happen again is immense.” Kholood Eid for ProPublica

The White House declined to respond to a detailed list of questions. A USDA spokesperson, in an emailed statement, did not refute that Rollins has focused on individual SNAP recipient fraud rather than on EBT theft, but said that finding “cracks in public statements screams politics, not fact-finding.” The spokesperson also did not address ProPublica’s reporting showing that the agency has failed to deliver solutions on EBT theft specifically. Instead, the statement pointed to the agency’s work, in collaboration with the Department of Justice, combating retailer fraud. The USDA says it has cracked down on thousands of stores that were abusing their SNAP privileges.


Absent action from Congress or USDA leadership, it has largely been left to the Secret Service to apply an enforcement approach to what is arguably a policy problem. Agents first went after gangs like the Red Bull Crew, often by watching hours upon hours of grocery store surveillance footage. More recently, they’ve tried to get ahead of the scammers by heading to cities that have been hit by EBT theft attacks and then going store to store to check card readers for skimming devices. The agency has run more than 70 of these operations since April 2024, independent of any White House initiative.

A person wearing blue gloves removes an overlay from a card reading machine at a convenience store checkout counter.
During an operation in August in Burbank, California, a Secret Service analyst removes a skimming device from a convenience store’s card reader. Zaydee Sanchez/ProPublica

Most of them are led by Peck, the assistant special agent in charge. With his form-fitting black polo tucked into cargo pants and a contoured beard, he has a flat affect even as he lists off colorful details like how the criminals sometimes ship dishwashers full of cash overseas. But he also emphasizes the vulnerability of the victims and wishes there was even more his team could do for them. “The U.S. has been fighting the War on Drugs and the War on Terror for how many years?” he said. “We are pushing hard and we’re doing all we can with the resources and abilities that we have.”

One bright morning in late June, dozens of law enforcement officers gathered in a Secret Service meeting room on the top floor of a downtown Brooklyn skyscraper, with a commanding view of the New York City skyline. In addition to unarmed Secret Service analysts in short-sleeved shirts inscribed with the field office they were joining from (Nashville, Miami, San Diego), there were agents from the USDA Office of Inspector General as well as a smattering of NYPD officers — who had guns, handcuffs and the jurisdiction to make arrests should anything go awry that day.

From a podium, Peck recapped how the multiday New York operation was going so far, including that the previous day, officers had happened upon two foreign nationals installing a skimming device, chased them down and made arrests. “Be safe, watch backs, stay fed,” he concluded.

Then everyone dispersed into teams of three or four. Each was given a list of dozens of stores in Brooklyn or Queens — disproportionately ethnic and dollar stores, but also some larger chains like 7-11 — that they were assigned to visit, based on data analytics showing where skimming activity was most probable.

The squad that ProPublica joined was headed to Midwood, in South Brooklyn, which is home to Orthodox Jews and immigrants from the Middle East, Central Asia and elsewhere. As we walked around the neighborhood with these federal agents, we got plenty of confused looks and some scared ones, too.

“Hello, we’re here with the Secret Service,” one of the analysts would say upon entering each store. Then they’d ask the store manager for permission to inspect each card reader. They also handed out flyers in four languages telling the cashiers what to look out for.

When they did find a skimming device, they donned gloves and masks to handle it. After prying it off the card reader, they bagged it and tagged it, to be sent in for DNA and fingerprint testing as well as digital forensic analysis. Maybe a lead could be extracted, a connection to a larger EBT theft ring.

These missions are clearly well-intentioned, and every skimmer removed saves families from being deprived of food. Yet, plainly, conducting store-to-store checks of card readers is inefficient. Over the course of two years, the agency has spent tens of thousands of staff hours checking 69,805 point-of-sale terminals at stores, 42,972 gas pumps and 10,661 ATMs. They’ve found 637 skimming devices. And as one agent told ProPublica, “There could be a new skimmer on there tomorrow.”


Ultimately, it just won’t be possible to arrest one’s way out of this crisis, both federal and state law enforcement officials acknowledged. Low-level runners keep arriving from Romania and elsewhere; even if they do get caught, they’re often able to bond out of jail because they’re only facing state charges for nonviolent offenses. Then they disappear.

Funding for chip EBT cards still faces dim prospects on Capitol Hill, according to Democratic and Republican lawmakers and staffers, even with newfound support from major retailer associations and big players like Walmart. There’s a chip card provision in the Senate’s draft version of this year’s Farm Bill, but the whole package is mired in a dispute between the parties — over the One Big Beautiful Bill Act’s cuts to SNAP funding — that looks like it will last until well after the midterm elections. This almost doesn’t matter, given that on the House side, the Farm Bill has already passed, and it contains no funding for chip cards.

And there’s been no movement on repeated bipartisan proposals from Sen. John Fetterman of Pennsylvania and others to renew the reimbursement program for families that have had their food assistance taken.

A Black woman wearing denim overalls poses for a portrait in front of the Pittsburgh skyline.
Pamela Harris, a retired IT worker in Pittsburgh, had $298 stolen: “I had to dig into my Social Security and put my utility bills on hold to buy food.” Zaydee Sanchez/ProPublica

Certainly, the mass distribution of any new payment technology isn’t easy. California, Alabama and Oklahoma have had to phase in their new cards gradually, allowing customers to still use the card’s magnetic stripe if the chip isn’t working everywhere yet. And they’ve tried to notify rural convenience stores and gas stations, and help corner bodegas update their card readers, so that no one is left with only a chip card in a desert of stores that still just accept magnetic stripe.

But by doing all of this and employing additional data tools, California has reduced the theft of food and cash benefits by as much as 83% in just two years, the governor’s office said. And Alabama officials claim their state hasn’t had any confirmed EBT theft cases since they began to distribute chip cards this year.

Still, chip cards aren’t the entire solution and doubtlessly, scammers will find clever ways to get around this technology. Moreover, SNAP recipients have largely been denied the basic services that banks and credit card companies use to block likely fraudulent transactions in real time. (Think of the email or text alerts you get from your bank when suspicious purchases are attempted with your card information.)

If states were to try this without federal help, they would have to individually pay for the additional security features. Most have gone for cheaper options like advising or requiring SNAP recipients to change their PIN regularly and to lock their card when not using it. Both are useful stopgaps but require constant diligence.

State and county SNAP caseworkers said they’ve been deeply frustrated that ever since Trump and Musk killed the reimbursement program, all they can do for victims is suggest they change their PIN more often and maybe try reporting the crime to local law enforcement. “It is a short conversation,” said Norman Vogele, a caseworker in Oregon. The date of the crime and the missing amount is recorded. “It isn’t clear why we even do that much,” he said, “as there is zero recourse.”


The Red Bull Crew stayed on the run for over a year, using looted food benefits to buy hundreds of thousands of dollars of bulk energy drinks in Oklahoma, Kansas, North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia. After hundreds of hours of surveillance by the Secret Service, federal prosecutors and local authorities, all but one of the members were arrested and served sentences ranging from one to three years. They’ve all since been released, and some may have been deported.

Meanwhile, every day, SNAP theft sprees keep popping up in new corners of the country. A Secret Service official sounded gloomy about the pursuit of street-level operatives on its own, without policy change. “You can arrest them,” he said. “But essentially once you take them off the street, there’s 10 more that are doing the same thing.”

The post Scammers Are Stealing Millions From Food Stamp Recipients. Congress Could Fix It — but Won’t. appeared first on ProPublica.

Owner of fashion brands Hobbs and Whistles joins autumn pwned collection

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:45
The owner of Hobbs, Phase Eight, and Whistles is the latest fashion retailer to suffer a cyberattack, leaving several IT systems offline and customers facing order delays. South African retail giant The Foschini Group (TFG) confirmed on Tuesday that its UK business, TFG London, discovered a cybersecurity incident on October 11 that affected all three brands. Two days later, several systems remain unavailable, and the company is still trying to establish whether any personal or sensitive information has been compromised. The incident hasn’t forced stores to close, but TFG said some website functions may be unavailable. Customers have also been warned that orders placed on or after Sunday could be delayed, according to an email seen by The Telegraph. "Stores are open as normal but some of our brand's website capabilities may not be available as the investigation continues," the company said. "We apologize for any disruption and will provide additional updates to our customers as appropriate." TFG said it immediately activated its incident response and business continuity plans, brought in external cybersecurity specialists, and notified the relevant UK authorities. A spokesperson at the ICO told The Register: “We can confirm we have received a breach report from TFG Brands (London) Limited and we are assessing the information provided.” There is at least some good news for shoppers worried about their payment details. In an email to customers, TFG London said a third-party provider handles payment processing and that, based on its investigation so far, it has no reason to believe payment information is at risk. Whether other customer data has escaped into the wild is another matter. TFG said it is still investigating that possibility and will notify affected individuals or organizations if it finds evidence of a compromise. The company has yet to disclose how attackers gained access, whether ransomware was involved, or when it expects to have its systems fully restored, and did not respond to The Register’s questions. The disruption appears to be confined to the three fashion brands. TFG said its White Stuff and Inside Story businesses are unaffected, as are its operations in Africa and Australia, which run on separate IT systems. The attack comes during a particularly miserable spell for fashion retailers, which seem to be attracting cybercriminals almost as enthusiastically as shoppers chasing a sale. Last week, ASOS customers received an unexpected notification informing them that the online fashion retailer had been hacked. ASOS subsequently confirmed that an attacker had gained access to an employee account by impersonating a trusted contact and obtaining login credentials. Armed with those credentials, the attacker got into third-party platforms holding customer names and contact details. Meanwhile, H&M is reportedly investigating claims that it was targeted by the notorious ShinyHunters cybercrime group. According to The Times, the Swedish fashion giant is examining allegations involving a limited amount of company data, although it stressed that it had found no indication its systems had been compromised. No evidence currently links the incidents at TFG London, ASOS, and H&M, and the latter has not confirmed a breach. Still, with three major fashion businesses linked with cyber trouble in little more than a week, October's hottest retail trend appears to be incident response.®

He Waited Nine Years in Prison for His Lawyer to File a Single Brief. In This State, There’s No Rule Against It.

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:00
A collage of multiple overlapping legal documents partially obscuring a man’s face.
Mark Harris for ProPublica. Source images: Alejandro A. Alvarez/The Philadelphia Inquirer, courtesy of Patrick Hickson, court records.

In 2020, seven years after he was appointed to represent a client who claimed he was wrongly convicted, attorney Scott Galloway told the judge that he was still looking into the case and needed more time.  

“I am still in the process of interviewing individuals,” the lawyer wrote to the judge in Delaware County, outside Philadelphia, who had already granted him 32 extensions. 

His client, Nolan O’Neal, had been a 20-year-old high school student when he was arrested for murder by Chester police, who had four eyewitnesses identifying him. At his 2005 trial, those witnesses all recanted, saying police had pressured them to accuse O’Neal. 

By the time Galloway joined the case, in 2013, O’Neal had already spent eight years in prison insisting he was innocent. The lawyer’s job was to help him file a petition under Pennsylvania’s Post Conviction Relief Act. That law provided a narrow path to freedom if Galloway could find crucial new evidence or prove that previous lawyers had mishandled the case.

But court records do not show that the attorney did much other than ask for more time. 

In 2022, after nine years, one unsuccessful request to access evidence and 41 extensions, Galloway filed a two-page petition addressing just one of the many issues O’Neal had wanted him to raise. It would not be enough to get O’Neal his day in court. 

A man and woman pose for a photo while sitting on a red bench against a white tiled wall. The man is wearing a maroon jumpsuit and has his arm around the woman’s shoulder, while her hand is resting on his knee.
Nolan O’Neal visits with his sister, Erin O’Neal, earlier this year at the State Correctional Institution Chester, where he is incarcerated. Courtesy of Erin O’Neal

For more than half a century, Pennsylvania has promised people who claim they didn’t get a fair trial the right to “effective” post-conviction legal representation, regardless of their ability to pay. That’s more than most states promise people after they have been convicted and lost their appeals.  

Yet Pennsylvania has done little to fulfill that promise. The Philadelphia Inquirer and ProPublica previously reported that Pennsylvania lets lawyers resolve cases quickly using a practice that is discouraged in several states: filing “no-merit” letters, also known as Finley letters, urging judges to reject their clients’ handwritten or typed claims. In Philadelphia, dozens who had received such letters later had their convictions or sentences overturned based on issues their lawyers had rejected or overlooked. 

But the problems go deeper than that: The state’s loose rules and its failure to fund post-conviction work have made the type of breakdown O’Neal encountered a recurring feature of this system. 

By filing public records requests with courts serving all 67 Pennsylvania counties and analyzing a decade of court dockets, an Inquirer and ProPublica investigation found that the system Pennsylvania set up to protect the right to counsel instead allows, or even encourages, shoddy representation.

The news organizations found that:

  • Unlike in other types of appeals, attorneys handling post-conviction cases work under no particular timeline and are allowed numerous extensions. The state also has no standards regarding how many cases lawyers should be assigned, and many counties ask lawyers to sign contracts that set no limit on the number of cases courts can assign them. At least 250 people have languished in prison for five years or longer while waiting for their lawyers to act. 
  • Unlike some other states, such as North Carolina and New York, Pennsylvania requires no specific training, experience or qualifications for appointed post-trial lawyers, and it holds them to few standards. Lawyers are not required to speak to their clients or take other basic investigative steps before withdrawing from cases by writing no-merit letters.  
  • Pennsylvania, which lags behind almost every other state in funding legal defense for poor people, known as indigent defense, dedicates no money for post-trial work. Instead, it leaves it up to each individual county to set pay rates. A majority of county court systems use flat-rate fee structures that some other states ban. 

While almost every county in the state has a public defender office, most post-conviction cases are handled by private lawyers who are paid hourly, by the case or by the year and work with little to no supervision. Our review of court records found pay as low as $500 per case and delays as long as 19 years without a single court filing. 

In some counties, contracted lawyers’ backlogs spanned dozens of cases. In Chester County, an affluent region west of Philadelphia, a lawyer left cases untouched for as long as two years before the county ended his contract last fall.  

Delaware County, where O’Neal was convicted, relies on a group of part-time lawyers to handle most of its post-trial matters. One is Galloway, who has handled 20 or 30 post-trial cases per year for the county in addition to running his own law practice and, for a time, holding local elected office. Galloway said that his ethical obligation to confidentiality prevented him from commenting on O’Neal’s case. Judge George A. Pagano, who granted him 41 extensions on O’Neal’s case, declined to comment.

In the years Galloway was on the case, O’Neal wrote him dozens of letters from state prison, proposing legal arguments and sending leads to investigate. 

“It is a daunting and exhausting task to navigate this legal process and be heard,” O’Neal said in an interview. “We at times even have to fight the attorneys who are supposed to represent us.” 

In 2020, he received a letter from the brother of the murder victim, admitting that his testimony against O’Neal was a lie. “I want to fix it. I know my brother would want me to. It’s been long enough,” he wrote. O’Neal said he pleaded with Galloway to track down the man. 

In 2022, Galloway attached the brother’s signed statement to a sparse two-page brief, which mentioned none of the other issues O’Neal had raised nine years earlier or the other witnesses who’d come forward over the years. The judge started the process of dismissing the claim. One reason: The filing had been made too late. O’Neal is still fighting his case, now with a new court-appointed lawyer.


A highlighted quotation shows the first few lines of a handwritten letter from an incarcerated man to judge.

Delays and Extensions

Before they are assigned a lawyer, Pennsylvania prisoners must write the first draft of their post-conviction filing on their own within a strict one-year deadline. The lawyers appointed to revise their petitions, on the other hand, are not generally held to any timeline. The state courts say lawyers should act “expeditiously so as to reduce unnecessary delays.” Yet judges have granted extensions liberally, court dockets show, and in many cases failed to impose any deadlines at all.  

An Inquirer and ProPublica review of court dockets found that hundreds of people have waited two years or longer, only to receive no-merit letters. That analysis is an undercount, since many court clerks don’t clearly label attorney filings on their dockets. In Philadelphia alone, some 65 people have waited three to eight years for lawyers to take action before reaching that same outcome. Similarly, across the state, dockets show that lawyers received seven or more extensions in dozens of cases before filing Finley letters or nothing at all. 

In 2017, Lee Mandell, who has been practicing law in Philadelphia for more than 50 years, sent a Finley letter saying that he’d written to but never spoken with his client of four years and did not understand his claims.

“It is entirely unclear as to what the defendant really means,” wrote Mandell. In his own review of the case, Mandell failed to flag an erroneous jury instruction that four years later would lead to the conviction being overturned. Mandell was later formally reprimanded for allowing another client’s hearing to be delayed by six years, during which time two witnesses died. He did not return calls seeking comment.

Judges’ inaction added to lawyers’ delays, leaving matters to stagnate for years on end. In 2023, the state’s Superior Court registered such concerns about a case from Wayne County, where a lawyer filed a “two-page, deficient motion to withdraw, and the PCRA court did nothing in this case for 20 years.” 

To be sure, there can be good reasons for delays, since investigations can be complex. Lawyers have spent years chasing down missing witnesses, litigating requests for DNA testing or combing through police files. 

But in almost 200 post-conviction cases across Pennsylvania in the last 15 years, lawyers were appointed, then filed nothing at all over the span of a year or longer before being replaced with a new appointed lawyer. One of the cases stagnated for almost seven years, only for a new attorney to pick up the file. Another man was appointed five lawyers over eight years, dockets show, none of whom filed anything on his behalf.

Court officials have long been aware of the backlogs wracking this system, even publishing a law review article about it in 2003. The study outlined needed reforms but acknowledged the lack of political will, saying the “low status” of these cases stems from a bias among judges and lawyers who believe “that most post conviction claims are frivolous.”

No Standards for Lawyering

The loose timeline is just one dimension of a system with few standards. The state has published no best practices for indigent defense or guidelines on how many cases a lawyer can take; it has provided no training and instituted virtually no guidelines to ensure that court-appointed lawyers are qualified. As a result, lawyers hold widely diverging views on just what obligations they have to their clients.

The Inquirer and ProPublica previously found that about three-quarters of the time, Philadelphia lawyers who ended up filing Finley letters did not take basic steps such as meeting with their client, tracking down the trial lawyer’s file and obtaining all available discovery. 

“I do not know how you can evaluate trial counsel’s performance, which is the main role of post-conviction counsel, without talking to your client and reading trial counsel’s file,” said Jennifer Merrigan, a co-founder of Phillips Black, a nonprofit law firm. That file would reveal whether the lawyer consulted with experts, received all relevant evidence from the prosecutor and investigated potential witnesses. 

The state’s lack of vetting and training stands in contrast with national norms. A majority of other states have centralized defender services or support offices that provide resources, education and oversight. For instance, in North Carolina, appeals lawyers seeking court appointments must apply with the state appellate defender and submit references, work history showing the lawyer is qualified to litigate appeals and legal writing samples. They’re also required to take a training course covering strategy and best practices. 

A photograph of a large, imposing courthouse building.
The Delaware County Courthouse, in Media, Pennsylvania Alejandro A. Alvarez/The Philadelphia Inquirer

Even without a statewide office, Pennsylvania’s Supreme Court could establish minimum qualifications for lawyers handling indigent defense. In August, a state court committee published such a proposal, but it recommends only that lawyers have relevant work experience “to the extent practicable.” Work experience requirements have been enforced in some other states, such as Ohio, for years. But the committee’s proposal argued that work experience is not “possible to quantify” and that “less-than-experienced representation is better than no representation.”  

Ted Skaarup, a public defender who has advocated for training and qualification requirements, said inexperienced and untrained lawyers are more likely to default to writing Finley letters. New lawyers, he said, are left to consult with older attorneys who may pass on bad practices. “You go to them for advice and they say, ‘I’ll send you a copy of my [no-merit] letter.’”

Only one of the state’s 67 counties provided written criteria requiring specific work experience for lawyers to be appointed to post-conviction cases in response to records requests. Philadelphia court leadership says that lawyers must complete a training session and show they’ve recently handled three hearings involving disputed evidence. A volunteer panel tasked with approving prospective lawyers there rarely meets and is not empowered to approve or reject candidates based on writing samples, a core part of screening appeals lawyers in some other places.

In Pittsburgh, the nonprofit Allegheny Lawyers Initiative for Justice has urged local court officials to set up a system to screen and supervise appointed lawyers. For now, the organization is running its own voluntary trainings, as well as a resource center with office hours, a library of sample motions and help with social service referrals. 

Without such systems, the organization’s executive director, Rob Perkins, said, “There’s no quality control.” Lawyers can get away with “doing a poor job in these cases for years without anyone really paying attention.”

“Your Incentive Is to Do the Least Work”

When attorney Corrie Woods took over Washington County’s post-conviction caseload in 2020, he was startled to discover about a dozen files that had been untouched since being assigned to the previous lawyer in 2019 or earlier. In some, the lawyer’s inaction had caused the clients to lose their appeal rights.

Looking back, Woods said, it’s not surprising, given that the western Pennsylvania county was paying him $25,000 a year as a part-timer for up to 24 cases. “These cases are not going to take priority in most law offices,” said Woods, who now handles mostly personal injury cases. 

Under such a contract, he said, “Your incentive is to do the least work. You’re not getting more for doing more.” 

The American Bar Association has long opposed such flat-fee pay structures for that reason. States including Colorado, Idaho and Nevada have banned them. 

Not Pennsylvania. The state began contributing any money to indigent defense only in 2023. Today it kicks in just 57 cents per capita; neighboring states, on average, pay $26 per resident. Counties provide the rest as they see fit. A pending American Civil Liberties Union lawsuit claims that has resulted in widespread violations of the right to counsel.

Pennsylvania Spends Less Than Most Other States on Indigent Defense

At 57 cents per resident, Pennsylvania’s state-level contribution toward funding legal defense for poor people is a fraction of what neighboring states pay.

A map of the United States displaying state-level spending per resident on indigent legal defense, highlighting Pennsylvania in the lowest spending category (under $5 per resident) compared with higher-spending surrounding states.
Sources: state budget documents, U.S. Census 2025 population estimates.

About three-quarters of Pennsylvanians live in counties that use flat-fee arrangements or cap the amount a lawyer can bill for a case. Daniel Buzard, the court administrator in the county where Woods held the contract several years ago, said in an email, “This provides financial stability for both parties.”  

Some counties pay as little as $500 per case. Based on time estimates from Maine, one of the only states to publish post-conviction workload standards, that would come out to $11 per hour.

Twenty-one Pennsylvania counties offer flat annual pay for part-time lawyers — sometimes then assigning them caseloads that exceed Maine’s standard for full-time work.

“We at times even have to fight the attorneys who are supposed to represent us.”

Nolan O’Neal, Pennsylvania prisoner

Only five of the 18 contracts obtained in response to public records requests included a limit on the number of cases the court could heap onto a lawyer. None of the contracts set deadlines, specified a time commitment or described any oversight mechanism.

Stuart Wilder said his contract to handle post-conviction cases in Bucks County, outside Philadelphia, kept the lights on in his office for years. He worked hard for clients, he said, and won several challenging cases. But he said the flat-fee structure did require him to deprioritize cases where he didn’t see merit. 

“Being able to file Finley letters gave me the time to work on cases I could fix,” said Wilder, who recently retired.

But in at least three counties, contract lawyers left multiple clients stranded for a year or longer with no progress on their cases, dockets show.

In 2021, the court in Erie County yanked 50 cases from attorney James P. Miller and eventually reported him for discipline, citing extreme delays that cost some clients their appeal rights. Miller, whose law license was suspended as a result, declined to comment. But Erie court administrator Robert Catalde said the debacle spurred the county to double lawyers’ pay to $46,800 and provide benefits. 

A similar situation played out last year in Chester County, which abruptly ended its contract with the lawyer handling all its post-conviction cases, Charles Thomas Jr., after discovering that he had been putting in an average of just five hours a week across his roughly 25 cases.

A young bearded man in a cap and gown flashes a broad smile while holding a diploma in both hands in front of his torso.
A graduation photo shows Patrick Hickson receiving an associate’s degree from Eastern University in 2025, while incarcerated at the State Correctional Institution Chester. Courtesy of Patrick Hickson

One client, Patrick Hickson, said he spent two years trying to get Thomas to track down evidence that could clear him of a 2018 shooting or at least prove he didn’t get a fair trial. His defense lawyer had failed to call a single witness — admitting to the judge, mid-trial, that he’d wrongly assumed the prosecutor would send a summons to an eyewitness who had told police Hickson wasn’t the shooter. 

To raise the issue, Hickson needed Thomas to track down the missing witness. But when he reached Thomas by phone in August 2025, for the first time in months, the lawyer told him he was off the case. “He said the courts told him he was taking too long,” Hickson said. Thomas declined to comment. 

Chester County criminal court administrator Jordan Ludwick acknowledged concerns about the delays but said he resolved the problem by finding a qualified lawyer to take over the contract. 

That attorney, Shannon McDonald, said it was “not an easy transition.” 

“There were many cases that had not been touched at all,” she said. 

She cut through the backlog by filing 17 briefs in just over three months. All but three were Finley letters. 

“The case has to survive on the merits,” she said, “and, frankly, the deck is stacked against overturning a case.”

This March, she also sent Hickson a Finley letter. McDonald said ethics rules prevented her from discussing Hickson’s case, but in the letter she blamed Hickson for failing to track down the would-be witness and said his trial lawyer had a strategic reason for not sending the subpoena.

Reading the letter, Hickson said, “I felt defeated.” 

Since McDonald asked to drop the case, he is pursuing exoneration alone.

The post He Waited Nine Years in Prison for His Lawyer to File a Single Brief. In This State, There’s No Rule Against It. appeared first on ProPublica.

UK Cabinet Office takes £7.8M hit to kill off recruitment system

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:00
The UK Cabinet Office has scrapped a recruitment platform, recording a £7.8 million loss, while disclosing a potential penalty of up to £8.9 million over its handling of contractors' tax status. The department's annual report for 2025-26 said the Civil Service Jobs Applicant Tracking System (ATS) Programme, a central government plan for a unified, cross-departmental hiring system, was being closed to "align with the Shared Services for Government Strategy," which the Prime Minister's department also manages. The report said axing the program resulted in a "constructive loss" of £7.8 million. In March, a report from the National Audit Office said the ATS was an example of an interdependency that has not been effectively managed in the Shared Services Strategy, which is designed to bring Whitehall departments onto a common set of software-as-a-service (SaaS) enterprise applications. The Cabinet Office's annual report says closure will allow a new project better aligned with that strategy. "The program consistently identified lack of adoption from shared services clusters as a risk. At various points between 2023 and 2025, some shared services clusters raised concerns about the ATS program and stated that they would prefer to use the ATS functionality of their own ERPs over the new central platform. Despite this, Cabinet Office did not assess the need for a reset as soon as it could have, which made it challenging to assess alternative options for delivering an ATS. The ATS program was reset in October 2025," the report said. At the time, the Cabinet Office estimated that the total costs of the program reset would be £26 million to £38 million. The annual report estimates the Cabinet Office's liability for unpaid tax and National Insurance under IR35 off-payroll working rules, including interest, at £38.5 million. The rules affect many tech contractors working through their own companies. It paid £15 million toward settlement in February 2026, leaving a £23.5 million provision at year-end. The final settlement remains under negotiation. The department also disclosed potential HMRC penalties of up to £8.9 million, but considers payment unlikely because penalties can be suspended subject to compliance conditions. The report said: "The department has identified a remote contingent liability regarding potential financial penalties from HMRC relating to historic off-payroll working (IR35) compliance. In October 2025, HMRC concluded that the department's historic processes were inadequate and reasonable care was not taken, which can attract a penalty of 15 percent to 30 percent against the net tax liability before interest." Dave Chaplin, CEO of IR35 tax compliance firm IR35 Shield, said the HMRC assessment raises serious questions about compliance at the very heart of government. "The lesson for every organization engaging contractors is that claiming to take reasonable care is not the same as being able to demonstrate it. IR35 determinations must be supported by robust processes, accurate information, and evidence that the rules have been applied properly. Getting it wrong can have consequences far beyond the original tax bill," Chaplin said. ®

Vulnerabilità Bricksforge WordPress e come proteggere il tuo sito

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:44
Vulnerabilità Bricksforge WordPress e come proteggere il tuo sito

Una vulnerabilità critica in Bricksforge per WordPress sta esponendo migliaia di siti a un rischio elevatissimo: l'esecuzione di codice da remoto (RCE). Questa falla di sicurezza, identificata come CVE-2024-25137, ha ricevuto il massimo punteggio di gravità, un CVSS di 10.0.

Cosa significa? Un malintenzionato potrebbe prendere il controllo completo del tuo sito web senza nemmeno doversi autenticare.

Vediamo insieme di cosa si tratta e, soprattutto, come puoi difenderti.

Cos'è Bricksforge in WordPress e perché questa vulnerabilità è così pericolosa?

Bricksforge è un popolare add-on per Bricks Builder, uno strumento molto amato per la creazione di siti WordPress. Aggiunge funzionalità avanzate come form complessi, animazioni e gestione di dati dinamici. Il cuore del problema risiede proprio nella gestione del processo di upload dei file tramite i suoi moduli di contatto. La pericolosità di questa falla è estrema.

Un utente non autenticato può sfruttarla per caricare un file PHP malevolo sul tuo server e poi eseguirlo. Da quel momento, le possibilità per l'attaccante sono infinite:

  • Installare una web shell per avere accesso persistente al sito.
  • Modificare i contenuti delle tue pagine o rubare dati sensibili.
  • Reindirizzare i tuoi visitatori verso siti di phishing o malware.
  • Utilizzare il tuo server per lanciare altri attacchi.

In parole semplici, è come lasciare la porta di casa non solo aperta, ma con un invito scritto per i ladri.

Come funziona l'attacco in dettaglio

Per capire come proteggersi, è utile comprendere il meccanismo dell'attacco e conoscere gli attacchi simili avvenuti in passato. Gli hacker hanno scoperto un modo per aggirare i controlli di sicurezza del plugin.

Il processo di upload ingannato

L'attacco si svolge in due fasi. Inizialmente, l'hacker carica un file che si presenta come un'immagine innocua, ad esempio un file .gif. Il plugin esegue un primo controllo sul tipo di file (MIME type) e, riconoscendolo come immagine, lo accetta e lo salva in una cartella temporanea.

Il problema sorge nella seconda fase. L'hacker invia una richiesta di sottomissione del modulo creata ad hoc. In questa richiesta, specifica il percorso del file "immagine" appena caricato, ma indica una destinazione finale con estensione .php. Il plugin, fidandosi delle informazioni fornite, sposta il contenuto del file (che include codice PHP malevolo) nella nuova posizione con la nuova estensione. A questo punto, all'hacker basta visitare l'URL del file per eseguire il codice e compromettere il sito.

L'automazione degli attacchi

Le analisi dei ricercatori di sicurezza, come Patchstack, mostrano che questi tentativi di attacco sono altamente automatizzati. Sono stati registrati exploit provenienti da decine di indirizzi IP diversi, spesso a pochi secondi di distanza l'uno dall'altro. Questo indica una campagna diffusa che mira a colpire il maggior numero possibile di siti vulnerabili.

Stai usando Bricksforge in WordPress? Ecco come proteggerti da questa vulnerabilità

Se utilizzi Bricksforge nel tuo sito in WordPress, la tua priorità assoluta è agire immediatamente contro questa vulnerabilità. Non attendere di notare comportamenti anomali sul tuo sito, perché a quel punto potrebbe essere già troppo tardi.

Aggiornamento immediato: la prima linea di difesa

La soluzione è semplice e diretta: aggiornare il plugin. Gli sviluppatori hanno già rilasciato le patch correttive.

La falla di sicurezza riguarda tutte le versioni di Bricksforge fino alla 3.1.8.9 inclusa. Aggiorna immediatamente alla versione 3.1.8.10 o successiva.

Il team ha rilasciato anche una correzione per i Pro Forms nella versione 4.0.1. Si raccomanda l'aggiornamento anche se non usi moduli con campi di upload. Non rimandare questo passaggio. È il modo più efficace per chiudere la porta agli aggressori.

Verifica e pulizia del sito: cosa cercare

Se temi che il tuo sito sia già stato compromesso o vuoi fare un controllo di sicurezza, ecco alcuni passaggi da seguire:

  • Ispeziona i log del server: cerca richieste sospette, in particolare verso /wp-json/bricksforge/v1/form_submit.
  • Controlla le cartelle di upload: esamina attentamente la cartella /wp-content/uploads/bricksforge/tmp/ e altre directory di upload alla ricerca di file PHP inaspettati o file con nomi strani.
  • Scansiona il tuo sito: utilizza un plugin di sicurezza affidabile per eseguire una scansione completa alla ricerca di malware e file sospetti.

La vulnerabilità di Bricksforge in WordPress nel contesto globale

Questo incidente non è un caso isolato. Sottolinea ancora una volta un punto cruciale nella gestione di un sito WordPress: la gestione delle vulnerabilità.

I plugin, per quanto utili, possono diventare punti deboli se non vengono mantenuti aggiornati. Le falle di sicurezza legate all'upload di file sono comuni e pericolose perché offrono una via d'accesso diretta al server.

La lezione è chiara: mantieni sempre il core di WordPress, i temi e i plugin aggiornati all'ultima versione. La sicurezza informatica non è un'attività da fare una tantum, ma un processo continuo di vigilanza e manutenzione.

L'articolo Vulnerabilità Bricksforge WordPress e come proteggere il tuo sito proviene da sicurezza.net.

AnyDesk: disponibile PoC pubblico per la CVE-2026-109390

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:28
Disponibile un Proof of Concept (PoC) per lo sfruttamento della CVE-2026-109390 - già sanata dal vendor - presente in AnyDesk per sistemi Linux, nota soluzione per l’accesso, il supporto e il controllo remoto dei dispositivi tramite connessioni di rete. Tale vulnerabilità, qualora sfruttata, potrebbe consentire ad un attaccante remoto non autenticato di eseguire codice arbitrario con privilegi elevati sui sistemi interessati.

Attackers Heat French Supermarket Fridges Up to 50°C by Hijacking Danfoss Controllers

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:48
Attackers took remote control of fridges and freezers at hundreds of French supermarkets on the night of October 11 and warmed them, forcing stores to throw food away, several retail chains said. The attackers reached them through the controller that runs all of a store's fridges and freezers, a device made by Danish company Danfoss that maintenance firms can manage remotely. Les Mousquetaires

Two Critical MarkLogic Flaws Could Give Delegated Managers Persistent Admin Control

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:44
Two of 31 newly disclosed flaws in Progress Software's MarkLogic Server database could let an account given only some management privileges take administrator control of the server, the company says. Progress published all 31 on October 12 and scored five of them critical. Fixes have been available since September 10, in MarkLogic 11.3.7 and MarkLogic 12.1.0. Affected

GitLab Patches CVSS 10.0 Flaw That Could Let Unauthenticated Users Run Server Code

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:43
GitLab has released patches for a maximum-severity security flaw impacting its Community Edition (CE) and Enterprise Edition (EE) software that could result in arbitrary code execution. "GitLab has remediated an issue that, under certain conditions, could have allowed an unauthenticated user to execute arbitrary code on the GitLab server via a specially crafted regular expression in a CI/CD

Intel optimizes IPv6 networking into nothingness, say users

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:15
If you're encountering some odd IPv6 networking issues, the culprit might be the Intel Connectivity Performance Suite (ICPS), although the chipmaker has kept quiet about the problem. A Samsung Galaxy Book owner contacted The Register about some decidedly odd networking behavior that they eventually traced to unwanted ICPS optimizations. And by "optimization", we mean "borked networking." For our reader, the problem showed up in OneDrive and OneNote. Notebooks were showing as empty, even though they were reported as "Up to date" according to the software. Microsoft couldn't get to the bottom of it. A bit of sleuthing by our reader revealed that something was borking the IPv6 packet. Removing Samsung's ICPS build (40.25.926.0) and installing the generic release (50.26.623.243) fixed the problem. Our reader told us, "From the user's side it looks like random 'connection reset' errors on all kinds of sites, plus OneNote saying 'We can't get to your notebooks right now.' "IPv4 is unaffected, which is why the web version and my phone kept working and nobody could figure out what was going on." It isn't only Samsung and our reader affected. Intel's own Community forums shows other users encountering the same glitch. An ASUS user put together an exhaustive report on the issue (IPv6 connection woes while IPv4 worked well). In this instance, ICPS version 40.25.725.165 was in use, and the problem went away following uninstallation. The user asked whether there was an official way to opt out of ICPS permanently, and the Intel Customer Support Technician responded: "Good news!… We can confirm that the Wireless driver and ICPS are available as separate standalone driver packages." So in that particular instance, ditching ICPS would make no difference. Which, of course, raises another question – in this example (where the Intel BE201 Wi-Fi adaptor is present), why is it even there? The answer: "It is often bundled with OEM systems as an added value software to enhance the overall wireless experience." You might see "enhance," but for users affected by IPv6 problems, it's more like "break." The issue is insidious, and broken ICPS builds are still floating around, ready to catch users off guard. According to our reader, Microsoft's own Update Catalog will hand out the broken drivers, which effectively break Microsoft 365 services on certain hardware. For the ASUS user, the issue affected Chrome, Edge, and Windows curl.exe. "Approximately 40–60 percent of IPv6 HTTPS connections to an AWS CloudFront distribution were reset. IPv4 was completely stable." According to our reader, "Intel created the bug, then fixed it quietly." Updating to the later, generic version appears to fix things. However, according to the Intel technician, as of the July post, "we do not have a confirmed public advisory for this specific behavior." We asked Intel and Microsoft for comment, but neither responded. However, judging by forum comments, the issue has caught out plenty of users. As such, if you find yourself with some weird networking issues with IPv6 and are using ICPS (as many will be), it might be worthwhile checking out the generic rather than OEM version of the software or removing it altogether to see if the problem goes away. ®

Home Office asylum AI flunks one in five accuracy checks

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:31
The Home Office's latest attempt to speed up asylum decisions with AI has hit an awkward snag: a new report says more than one in five interview summaries checked by experts failed accuracy tests. A 20-page investigation by the Open Rights Group (ORG) claims the department is pressing ahead with AI tools despite concerns about their accuracy, oversight, and promised efficiency gains. The findings, based on Freedom of Information requests and correspondence with ministers, concern two systems used by Home Office caseworkers: Asylum Case Summarisation (ACS), which summarizes asylum interviews, and Asylum Policy Search (APS), a chat-style tool helping officials search country policy information. Both use OpenAI's GPT-4o model through Microsoft's Azure AI Foundry. The government insists humans remain responsible for asylum decisions, but ORG questions how reliably caseworkers can spot mistakes in AI-generated information. Figures obtained by the campaign group show that 45 of 203 AI-generated interview summaries failed initial expert checks after the system was rolled out in April 2026. That's a 22 percent failure rate, compared with the 9 percent rejection rate recorded during the original pilot. Another 19 summaries were flagged for further review. The figures also record 56 second-stage reviews, of which 30 failed to meet the required standard. The errors can include factual inaccuracies and misrepresentations of what asylum seekers said during interviews. ORG also found that summaries could pass the checks even if they omitted important details, as long as the information they did include was accurate. Despite those results, relatively few summaries have been examined. ORG estimates that Home Office experts checked only 0.3 percent between April and July, based on the department's projected monthly caseload of 17,515. ORG also questioned whether the tools were saving much time. It says the average monthly number of initial substantive asylum decisions since April 2026 fell about 42 percent compared with the same period in 2025, while the mean time from interview to decision rose 29 percent. While those figures don't prove that AI caused the slowdown, they offer little evidence of the productivity gains ministers have promised. Oversight of the separate Asylum Policy Search tool also appears lacking. The Home Office confirmed in August that expert testing had stopped, despite previously telling MPs that checks were continuing. ORG says no summary of the testing results was produced. Meanwhile, asylum applicants are not specifically told when AI has been used in their cases and cannot inspect or correct the summaries generated from their interviews. ORG also questions the Home Office's claims of human oversight. The department's own data protection assessment says ACS automates work previously done by technical specialists, who reviewed and summarized asylum cases before passing them to decision-makers. ORG warns the tool could remove an experienced layer of scrutiny, rather than simply save staff time. The group is calling for both tools to be suspended and independently audited, arguing that the current safeguards are inadequate for decisions that determine whether someone can remain in the UK. It's not the first time the Home Office's technology plans have come under fire. In June, more than 60 rights groups urged ministers to abandon plans for AI-powered age estimation of asylum-seeking children, warning that the technology was unreliable around the crucial 16-to-18-year-old age range. Later that month, an inspection found that the department's long-delayed Atlas immigration system was failing to provide caseworkers with feedback from asylum appeals, forcing staff to rely on workarounds. The Home Office did not respond to The Register's questions. ®

VMware is pushing so many patches, it thinks users need new tools to manage the flood

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:01
VMware has discovered so many flaws in its products using AI that it felt the need to create a new product to help users manage them. Prashanth Shenoy, vice president of product marketing in the VMware Cloud Foundation (VCF) division of Broadcom, told The Register that VMware recently moved to deliver monthly software updates, in part to address bugs found by AI. He admitted, however, that users struggled to keep up with the pace of change before the move to monthly releases because it takes time to test the impact of patches – even though VCF allows non-disruptive live patching. Shenoy said customers therefore need "room to breathe." Enter a new tool called HyperArmor, which does three things. One is "virtual patching" – blocking attempts to exploit a vulnerability without changing the vulnerable software itself. VMware already offers virtual patching in its vDefend network security product and explains how it works by referring to CVE-2024-5806, the bug in file transfer tool MOVEIt that made waves in 2024. VMware says vDefend can detect patterns associated with attempts to exploit the authentication bypass flaw and block the traffic. HyperArmor will do similar things to block malicious traffic heading toward VCF implementations. Another job HyperArmor takes on is rejecting any actions that alter known good states in VCF. If a human approves a change, the tool will update policies to allow the altered state. The third job is multi-factor authentication (MFA). The Register put it to Shenoy that MFA is now table stakes for security. He agreed but explained that VMware designed HyperArmor to protect against attackers using stolen privileged credentials to access VMware's ESX hypervisor. To (hopefully) stop attackers using those creds to take over a host, HyperArmor requires users to input SSH credentials and a secondary time-based one-time password sent to a user with a verified identity. HyperArmor is a discrete product that VMware will sell as an add-on to VCF. That means VMware thinks its customers are going to be OK paying extra for MFA. While VMware will sell HyperArmor, it didn't create the product. Broadcom's security businesses Symantec and Carbon Black cooked it up. Broadcom's CA business (formerly Computer Associates) has done similar things. At VMware Explore on August 31, Broadcom launched AgentMinder, which aims to stop AI running inside VCF going rogue. AgentMinder came from CA but was launched as a tool for VCF (and third-party Kubernetes stacks). At VMware Explore, The Register met Ram Velaga, president of Broadcom's Infrastructure Software Group, and asked him if the group has a single strategy, or if its divisions each do their own thing. Velaga said Broadcom uses a combination of both approaches. "There's a level of focus with individual teams that you don't have if you have one very large central team," he said. "You get the speed at which you have to innovate with individual teams." Broadcom's Infrastructure Software Group therefore operates with at least six teams, and when one of those teams wants to add functions it will look for existing assets developed by another internal team rather than trying to write its own code. For broad products like VCF, the work of several Broadcom teams could therefore be relevant. The Register has no idea which team created the name HyperArmor, a question we pose as Cisco already offers a "Hypershield." Maybe this sort of name is what's needed to stop a HyperHoodie? ®

Progress Software: sanata vulnerabilità in ShareFile Storage Zones Controller

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 08:53
Rilasciati aggiornamenti di sicurezza per sanare tre vulnerabilità, di cui una con gravità "alta", in Progress ShareFile Storage Zones Controller. Tale vulnerabilità, qualora sfruttata, potrebbe consentire ad un utente malintenzionato di scrivere file arbitrari in posizioni del filesystem accessibili all’account del servizio e, in determinate condizioni, di eseguire codice da remoto sui sistemi interessati.

Low-Cost Android Phones Ship With Preinstalled Malware That Turns Them Into Residential Proxies

13 Ottobre 2026 ore 08:00
Low-cost Android smartphones have been shipped with malicious software baked into the device firmware, allowing bad actors to covertly install apps, conduct ad fraud, and turn devices into residential proxies. The activity, which targets Android devices built on MediaTek platforms across several brands, is being tracked by Bitdefender under the moniker Midnight Mimosa. The preinstalled

⚡ Weekly Recap: Helpdesk 0-Days, Rogue Certs, ShinyHunters Arrest, AI-Fooling Malware and More

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 17:16
Some meetings last longer than it took attackers to jump on a newly disclosed security flaw this week. Within hours, they were already testing it. That's not much time to read the warning, let alone do something about it. But speed is only part of the problem. A secure connection didn't always mean a safe destination. People offering to fix a ransomware mess had questions to answer themselves.

Microsoft blames a configuration change for Exchange Admin Center tumble

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 19:55
Microsoft took down the Exchange Admin Center (EAC) today after a code change left administrators facing an "Internal Server Error" when trying to access the service. Microsoft first admitted that something was amiss at 0937 UTC on October 12, noting, "When attempting to access the Exchange admin center, affected admins may encounter an 'Internal Server Error' message." Any administrator attempting to access the EAC could be affected. It was more than an hour before the company stated: "We've identified unexpected 302 redirect errors during affected Exchange admin center (EAC) access attempts and are analyzing diagnostic logs to isolate the source of the access failures. "While we continue our investigation, admins remain unable to access the EAC, with no workaround currently available." So, a fun morning for Microsoft's European users. According to Microsoft, the EAC is "a modern, web-based management console for managing Exchange Online." Want to manage mailboxes? EAC is where you go. Group management? Again, EAC. Microsoft explained: "The design of the EAC in Exchange Online aligns with the overall Microsoft 365 admin experience." Sadly, that alignment appears to extend to service wobbles caused by changes rolled out without due care and attention. Two hours after admitting things had gone awry, Microsoft said it was "continuing to test the rollback of the recent Exchange admin center (EAC) change while monitoring the results to determine if this resolves the impact." At this point, administrators were nodding sagely at an all-too familiar story. Of course rolling back the change did the trick. Microsoft stated as much in its final update: "A recent EAC configuration change resulted in unexpected HTTP responses within the affected request path, preventing admins from successfully accessing the EAC. "Reverting the identified change restored expected service functionality." Microsoft also assured customers it was reviewing the change to ensure it didn't make the same mistake again, as well as its monitoring and telemetry, to "improve detection and alerting for similar service behavior." The problem is that this is hardly a new phenomenon. In September, Microsoft made a configuration change that left some users unable to access SharePoint Online sites and pages. In April, another ill-thought-through change took down Outlook for iOS. And, in 2025, Microsoft 365 tumbled from the cloud because of yet another configuration change. It's almost as if testing changes consists of little more than asking Copilot, "does this look alright to you?" and then hitting the go button. The latest outage was resolved before the end of the working day, and a preliminary Post-Incident Report is due within two business days, with a final report due next week. Hopefully one or the other will contain words along the lines of "Hey, this keeps happening, maybe we should do some more testing before deploying to production?" ®

Chatbot refuseniks edge out users in the US, and they’re not for turning

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 19:13
If you thought everyone was into chatbots, think again: about half of US adults never use the AI tools, and most have no interest in starting. According to Pew Research Center, older adults are the least likely to use chatbots, with roughly three-quarters of those aged 65 and older saying they never use them. That may be expected, yet more than half (58 percent) of adults aged 50 to 64 don't use them either. Those aged 18 to 29 use chatbots the most, at 66 percent, however even a third of them say they never do. About four in ten under 50 report not using them at all. Across all adults, 51 percent are chatbot refuseniks, so users are - just barely - the minority. Pew asked non-users to choose from five possible reasons. Six in ten cited simple lack of interest as a major factor, followed by the more familiar concerns of data privacy and the accuracy of chatbot answers. Some Reg readers might suspect older people avoid chatbots because they lack tech-savviness, but fewer than a third cited not knowing how to use them as a major reason. The authors of the survey also found fewer than one in five worried about what others might think of them for using the technology, so social stigma isn’t the deterrent either. Adoption also differs by race and ethnicity: non-users are more likely to be white, black or hispanic than Asian, according to Pew’s survey. The AI dodgers don't look ready to budge. Two-thirds (67 percent) say they’re unlikely to use the technology in the next 12 months, including 40 percent who say they’re not at all likely to change their mind. Another 12 percent are unsure, and just 5 percent of non-users think they'll probably try a chatbot over the next year. Perhaps abstainers were put off by a bad experience, such as Microsoft’s notorious racist chatbot Tay a decade ago. Or something more recent, like the Trump administration’s official America.gov service, which at the time of writing still displays a hotdog if you type that into the prompt. ®

No shame in the Domain Name game: DNS is doomed, literally

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:27
What is DNS? That's right, it's a database. You can disagree with me but you would be wrong. What can you put in a database? Strings, ints (and you learn the difference right quick if your AWS account ID has a leading zero!), JSON objects, coordinates; some of the databases out there have some pretty esoteric types. PostgreSQL supports circle, a polygon, a macaddr8, and a tsquery. Oracle will store a ROWID and your dignity. In a word, databases store data. Can you put answers in a database? Well sure; you could record that "3 + 2 is equal to 5" and store that answer. You can do the same with comparison operators; "3 is larger than 2" and so on. Take it a step further and you've built something with your database: a remarkably inconvenient calculator. So now we've established that you can store arithmetic and decisions in a database. And what can we do with those things? That's right, we can follow instructions! Good job! And what does following instructions require? Generally, memory; a place to store your numbers, your instructions, and which instruction comes next. If only we had a place to store those things. Oh right, we do; we have a database! Now connect those lookups together. Read an instruction, look up an answer, save the result, repeat as needed. So what have we built? That's right: a computer! And what can a computer run? Programs! My, you're quite good at this. And now, gentle reader: what program do we apparently have a moral obligation to run on every computer? Oh yes, though many of you are going to sit back and instead say "oh no" as the horror courses through you. I am talking about Doom. This very publication agrees with me! What have I done? That's right; I have compiled Doom for a 32-bit machine whose arithmetic and memory live in DNS. A small program supplies the wiring and the clock, neither of which the architects of DNS saw fit to include. But DNS does supply the answers. So, can we play Doom? Only if it's turn-based. It won't render on human timescales anyway. In my first attempt, I pressed Right, and then waited for 577 seconds to find out what happened. By using native transport, pipelining, packing registers densely, and optimizing instruction blocks, I was able to drop that to 146 seconds, before I hit a wall. BIND answers in about 7 µs per query over TCP and 4 µs over UDP, which is fast. The problem is that a 32-bit add is four DNS lookups, a branch is five, and a frame needs 6.6 million of them, so don't use a server that charges per request. And what do we do when BIND isn't performing the way we want it to? I don't know what you do, but I publish my code, then reach out to Paul Vixie, DNS pioneer and architect of BIND 8 to unjustifiably complain. Paul then apparently congratulates me on "the best use of RFC 2136 DNS UPDATE" that he'd ever seen. Given that he's a co-author of that RFC, I suspect he's seen a lot! Which was gratifying, but unhelpful. So let's take another crack at it. What if I do lookaheads? Good thought, bad outcome, because BIND is bound by message count, not chain depth. Well okay, I have some more tricks in my Big Bag of Stupid Ideas. So I went a bit further and via committing registers to DNS less often, moving lookups to UDP, telling BIND to stop padding answers with authority records, and requiring fewer lookups per instruction, I was ultimately able to get that press-right time down from 577 seconds to 146.3 seconds to 54.4 seconds, for a 10.6x improvement. And now I think I have hit a wall. Even at one DNS exchange per instruction (which is far better than anything realistically achievable), 1.4 million instructions at roughly 10 µs each is 14 seconds per tick. Doom says its tic rate is 35 per second, so "playable" is a tic every 28.6 ms. I remain at 54,000 ms, which is three orders of magnitude away from victory. Okay seriously, WHAT? This legitimately works. Every commit is an RFC 2136 UPDATE with a hard requirement: it fails unless the previous state is still exactly what was last written. Apparently "real" database people call that optimistic concurrency, or compare-and-swap. Joke's on you, friends; DNS has shipped with that since 1997; has your inferior database? The database itself is 6.4 million rows of truth tables. ff.01.0.add holds "001": 255 plus 1 is 00 carry 1. DNS is just acting as a librarian here, fetching memorized answers to any arithmetic question in-scope and returning the answer upon request. It's also verifiable! The frame that's spat out is checked on every pixel against an independent emulator. If one record is corrupted in the AND table, the answer changes, which proves there's no local fallback doing arithmetic for us. I've included tooling so that reviewers can run two commands against that repo and verify correctness. I also confess I cheated slightly here; the run I'm pulling these numbers from started from a checkpoint prepared by a normal emulator. It turns out that for SOME UNKNOWN REASON getting a cold boot through Doom's startup screens via DNS would take hours. Also, before the timer starts, DNS has to load those 6.4 million records, so it's a computer that takes roughly a minute to boot before it can even start. We can't cheat This runs atop nothing special: Debian's stock BIND 9.20, configured through named.conf. It lives in a container with networking disabled. I want to be very clear here: this isn't DNS pretending to be a CPU. The instruction decoding is done ahead of time by a compiler; BIND never executes an instruction itself. All that it sees is a key-value read, a conditional write, and 6.4 million rows of precomputed answers. So instead, think of this monstrosity as a database with a key-value read, a conditional write, and 6.4 million rows of precomputed answers. It's not really a computer; it's simply a very good database. And that turns out to be enough. ®

Leading digital change when nobody prepared you for it

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 15:51

By Louise John, Head of IT Service Delivery at Virgin Active

For IT managers, unexpected projects and changing business priorities are normal part of the job.

You might have spent months planning your team’s workload, but only to be told with little warning that a new software solution needs to be implemented within six weeks.

Whatever the circumstances, the responsibility for delivering these projects often falls on IT teams, even when they have had little involvement in the decisions behind them.

As a manager, this can be particularly challenging because you are expected to deliver results within tight deadlines, while also managing your team’s existing workload, keeping up staff morale while also protecting them from burnout.

So, how can you support your team when unexpected projects land on their desks?

Prioritise and manage expectations

The first thing I would recommend is establishing what actually needs to be delivered and by when.

If a new software implementation has been given a six-week deadline, what are the absolute essentials that need to be completed within that timeframe?

Rather than attempting to deliver everything at once, identify what is achievable and communicate this to senior leadership. Managing expectations upwards is just as important as managing the team responsible for delivery.

It’s also important to involve your team in these conversations. Be honest about what is expected, explain the priorities and ask what they realistically believe can be achieved.

Protect your team’s wellbeing

Unexpected projects inevitably create pressure, particularly when teams are already managing demanding workloads.

As a manager, you need to recognise this and consider what additional support might be required.

Could working hours be more flexible? Can existing projects be paused or reassigned? Do you need additional resources? If employees are required to work extra hours, can they take time back once the project is completed?

It’s also important to establish boundaries and make sure your team isn’t expected to deliver everything simultaneously.

When workloads become overwhelming, it helps to focus on one task at a time rather than worrying about the hundred things still to do.

Finally, don’t underestimate the importance of keeping morale high. Even during the busiest periods, celebrating small wins, recognising people’s efforts and maintaining a sense of humour can make a big difference.

Ultimately, IT managers cannot always control the projects or deadlines handed to them, but they can control how they support their teams through them.

Louise is speaking at DTX + UCX London 2026, taking place at ExCeL London on 14 and 15 October.

Join Louise on Wednesday 14 October, from 12:10pm to 12:50pm, on the Design & Delivery Stage, for a panel discussion titled Caught in the middle: Leading digital change when nobody prepared you for it.

She will be joined by Rebecca d’Orazi Flavoni, Digital Growth and Training Consultant at RDF Training & Consulting; Greg Ferrari, Executive Director of Performance and Transformation at AAT; and Roger Kirby, Senior Enterprise Architect at AstraZeneca.

Together, they will explore how managers can balance pressure from senior leadership, protect their teams from burnout and successfully deliver digital change, even when they haven’t been given the tools or context to do so.

The post Leading digital change when nobody prepared you for it appeared first on IT Security Guru.

DTX + UCX 2026: Ingram Micro on Unlocking AI and Cloud Without Losing Control

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:48

Ahead of their participation at DTX + UCX London 2026, Lee Robson, AWS Greenfield Practice Lead at Ingram Micro shares what the company will be showcasing at the event and explains what trends will impact the channel in the year ahead.

  1. How is Ingram Micro participating in DTX + UCX 2026?

Ingram Micro will be showcasing how organisations can accelerate innovation with AWS. Our team will be demonstrating practical AI, cloud and security solutions, including AWS Quick, Claude via Amazon Bedrock, FinOps-led cloud optimisation and AWS security assessments. We’ll be connecting customers with specialist partners that can help turn strategy into measurable business outcomes. 

  1. What are the key messages you will be promoting to delegates of the show?

Our message is simple: unlock the value of AI and cloud while maintaining control of cost, security and governance. We’ll be highlighting how AWS enables organisations to innovate faster, connect apps, data, and teams so answers turn into action instantly with AWS Quick, adopt generative AI through Claude via Bedrock, optimise cloud spend through FinOps, and strengthen their security posture.

  1. What are the biggest challenges organisations face when purchasing technology through the channel?

Many organisations are overwhelmed by the pace of technology change, particularly around AI and cloud. Common challenges include understanding where to start, selecting the right solutions, managing cloud costs, ensuring security and compliance, and finding the skills required to implement and support new technologies successfully.

  1. How can dedicated, experienced partners solve these challenges?

Experienced partners help customers move from technology discussions to business outcomes. With Ingram Micro, they remove the barrier to entry for a lot of businesses and provide strategic guidance, technical expertise and proven delivery frameworks that reduce risk and accelerate adoption. Partners can also help organisations optimise AWS investments, implement AI responsibly, improve security and create clear roadmaps for long-term success.

  1. What trends do you believe will impact the channel in the year ahead?

Generative AI adoption will continue to accelerate, but organisations will increasingly focus on governance, security and achieving measurable ROI. We also expect greater emphasis on FinOps as cloud estates mature, alongside growing demand for cybersecurity services. Partners that combine AI expertise, cloud optimisation and security capabilities will be best positioned for growth.

The post DTX + UCX 2026: Ingram Micro on Unlocking AI and Cloud Without Losing Control appeared first on IT Security Guru.

AMD unveils Helion racks for AI agents at OCP summit

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 17:51
AMD is expanding its rack-scale AI lineup with a design to run AI agents, offering CPU-only configurations or integrated CPU/GPU deployments, and liquid-cooled or air-cooled versions. Revealed at the Open Compute Project (OCP) Summit 2026 in San Jose, California, the chipmaker's new rack reference design is named Helion, while its existing system carries the moniker Helios, which we can't help feeling is inviting confusion a little. Helion offers an OCP-compliant blueprint for agentic AI infrastructure built around AMD's CPUs and accelerators. AMD launched Helios earlier this year for frontier-scale AI training and large-scale inference. Helion's enterprise configuration instead combines agent execution and inference within a single rack. Customers can opt for a CPU-only hyperscale configuration or an enterprise configuration with a mix of CPU and GPU blades. Depending on configuration, AMD advertises up to 32,768 of AMD's "Zen 6" CPU cores, delivered via compute nodes fitted with 256-core versions of its Venice Epyc processor, up to 16 of its Instinct MI350P GPU accelerators, and up to 102 Tbps of networking bandwidth. The CPU-only hyperscale version offers dedicated capacity for agent execution and connections to separate model inference infrastructure, while the enterprise configuration combines agent execution, GPU inference, and supporting workloads in one rack. Both configurations offer dense, balanced, or high-performance CPU blades. For dense deployments, EPYC 9006 chips rated at 400 W are used, while performance blades sport a version of the chip with just 96 cores but clocked at 5 GHz. Balanced blades use 256-core processors rated at 600 W. There are also GPU inference blades, with eight Instinct MI350P GPUs in a 5U server, plus general-purpose blades, intended for database and storage servers or technical compute workloads. AMD SVP for Compute and Enterprise AI Dan McNamara said agentic AI is not a single workload, spanning enterprise applications and complex workflows, each with different compute requirements. "To do that takes optimized compute and infrastructure that can adapt to different workloads. With AMD Helion, we are bringing Epyc performance, open software and flexible rack designs together so our partners can build systems around customer needs and make efficient use of available power," he added. AMD says it plans to contribute the Helion specifications to OCP, making them available to the community for further development and adoption. Partner-built Helion configurations are scheduled for November 2026. In its announcement, AMD cites Cisco, Dell, HPE, Foxconn, Lenovo, Supermicro, and others as on board with the new kit. ®

Risolte vulnerabilità in prodotti Check Point

10 Settembre 2026 ore 10:30
Check Point ha rilasciato aggiornamenti di sicurezza che risolvono 2 vulnerabilità con gravità "critica" che interessano Security Gateway, Security Management e Spark Firewall, soluzioni dedicate alla protezione del perimetro di rete e alla gestione centralizzata della sicurezza. Le vulnerabilità potrebbero consentire ad un attaccante remoto non autenticato di eseguire codice arbitrario sui sistemi compromessi

Which AI infrastructure option actually holds a boundary?

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 17:00
EVENT: Every sovereign AI architecture is a trade, and the currency changes with the option: capital, capability, elasticity, or the fine print about who operates it. The cost you notice last is usually the one that decides whether the pilot ever becomes production. Nobody chooses badly on purpose. They choose with the information available at the planning stage, and the costs that matter most, in capability and in operations, tend to show up later. Which is why the honest comparison is hard to get. The people who have run each option for a year are the ones who know, and they are not saying it on a recorded webinar. They will say it at dinner. On Thursday 29 October, just over two weeks from now, The Register is hosting HPE and NVIDIA in Washington with editor-in-chief Matt Rosoff in the chair and the Chatham House Rule in force. HPE sends Bharath Ramesh, Head of Product, AI Factory Solutions, and Tracy Mills, Acting Director Federal Systems Integrators & Distinguished Chief Technologist Federal. NVIDIA sends Bert Condensa, Vice President for Enterprise AI Factory Segment Sales. All three are there to take questions. The agenda is the trade-offs themselves: which infrastructure options hold a boundary, what each one costs in capital, capability or elasticity, and whether the answer survives the move from planning into operations. And the questions underneath: what can leave a jurisdiction versus what can leave the building, and what an auditor will accept as evidence a year from now. This is written for the person who owns that decision and is making it this quarter, not next year: technology, data and risk leaders in healthcare, financial services, research, pharmaceuticals, government and higher education. It is one table with no slides, everyone at it a peer, and a chair who closes down a pitch as soon as it starts. Places are filling. Dinner runs from 6.00pm to 8.30pm at Fiola Mare, Washington DC. Request one here. Government and public sector guests: where your agency’s ethics rules require it, you can pay your own share and we will provide a receipt. Please say so when you request an invitation.

Windows 11's easiest account bypass gets the Microsoft boot

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 16:56
Microsoft has closed a loophole that let users sidestep the need for an account during setup for consumer versions of Windows 11. If users clicked "Learn More" when the setup process prompted for a Microsoft account, the Out-of-Box Experience (OOBE) skipped directly to the point where they just had to enter a name and password. Windows prodder "Bob Pony," who first documented the loophole, reported its removal. We tried the original trick on real Intel hardware and found it was possible to skip the Microsoft account requirement by clicking a link, but no longer. Other hacks – for those who dare to use unofficial Windows setup routes – still exist, though they are beyond the skill set of the average user. Microsoft requires an account during initial setup of Windows 11 Home and Pro for personal use. For consumers, using Windows 11 without an account can be tricky because services such as OneDrive require authentication. Microsoft is far from the only operating system vendor to demand an account during setup, but many Linux distributions, by contrast, don't require one. According to Bob Pony, the loophole was "quietly patched server side," which makes sense. Microsoft was hardly likely to leave it flapping open for long. Microsoft has won this round of account workaround Whac-a-Mole, though another bypass may yet pop up. ®

Ukrainian drone strikes on Yandex datacenters knock cloud and payments offline

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 15:45
Yandex engineers are working to restore services after Ukraine launched drone strikes on three of its five Russian datacenters. The strikes began overnight on October 7-8, "seriously damaging" Yandex's Sasovo datacenter and leading to a total shutdown. Ukrainian drones struck again on the morning of October 9, targeting the company's Kaluga datacenter, resulting in part of its infrastructure being taken offline. Dima Pirogov, head of Yandex's fintech division, confirmed via Telegram on Sunday morning that a third strike targeted the company's Vladimir site, which supports Yandex Pay. A day later, services remain offline, although Pirogov said users' money is safe. "I'm very sorry I can't tell you yet that everything is working again," the exec wrote. "The team continues to restore services and is checking every step. When it comes to your money, it's important to us not just to restore Yandex Pay as quickly as possible, but also to ensure that everything is working reliably. "I understand that you're not waiting for words, but for access to your money. And I understand how hard it is to wait when you can't use it. We can't give you a precise timeline for the restoration yet, but we promise: we won't stop until the service is back online." Yandex Pay is the company's digital payments service. Users can make online and in-store purchases, pay in installments, and split bills with friends and family. It's also integrated into online shopping experiences. It is comparable to Apple Pay or Google Pay, while Yandex more broadly offers services similar to Google's. Yandex said engineers are prioritizing the most-used services, and reported that access to the Alice AI assistant, Mail, Maps, Search, and Taxi is being restored, but other features remain offline. The company's status page lists widespread outages across Yandex Cloud, its public cloud platform, following the attacks. Updates from the maintenance team describe partial availability despite the outage indicators. They suggest that some customers may be able to access certain features, such as Yandex Cloud Console and API, but availability remains inconsistent across the platform. In its most recent update, the company said: "The Yandex Cloud platform is still operating in a limited mode. Our specialists continue restoration work around the clock. The technical support team receives an increased number of requests, so the response time can be increased. "Our recommendations continue to be relevant. We recommend using alternative sites for hosting and reserving resources." Internet monitoring organization Netblocks reported that Yandex Cloud's network connectivity was at 30 percent of normal levels on October 11. Ukraine president Volodymyr Zelensky said the drone attacks were a response to Russia's own, which had targeted datacenters in Kyiv. The BBC reported that in September, Russian drone strikes targeted a business center in the capital city, killing four people and damaging a datacenter, which in turn resulted in around 100,000 households losing internet access. The attacks led to other knock-on effects, such as public transport boards not displaying information in Lutsk. Kyiv's attack on the Vladimir site on Sunday morning came hours after controversial comments from US president Donald Trump, who accused Zelensky of wanting "to make problems for the world" by continuing to attack Russian oil refineries. Trump went on to say that it was time for Ukraine to elect a new president after Zelensky said measures should not be taken that allow Russia to generate more revenue to fund its war. Zelensky was referring to a deal between Trump and Putin to release diesel from Russia to the US and the rest of the world. Later that day, the US president claimed Russia and Ukraine had agreed to an "energy ceasefire" to halt attacks on each other's energy infrastructure. Kyiv said it was unaware of the agreement before Trump announced it on his social media platform, but was willing to halt attacks on Russian energy infrastructure if Moscow reciprocated. Russia launched a missile attack on a Ukrainian power plant hours later. ®

Aggiornamenti di sicurezza per LibreOffice

5 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:07
Aggiornamenti di sicurezza per LibreOffice sanano 6 vulnerabilità, di cui 1 con gravità "alta" che interessa LibreOffice Calc, applicazione della suite open source dedicata alla gestione dei fogli di calcolo. Tra queste si evidenzia la CVE-2026-63277 per la quale risulta disponibile un Proof of Concept (PoC) in rete.

Bring Your Own Agent: Your Employees' Assistants Are Already Logged In

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:55
The personal AI agents rollout is going about as smoothly as expected: Amazon now blocks Meta's Muse because it doesn't identify itself as a bot while browsing; Instinct keeps raising privacy concerns; and the horror stories from pretty much every personal AI agent keep piling up. Regardless, the tech world is mesmerized by the capabilities and potential of these services. Less than a year

Ledger Finds Unauthorized Hardware Implant in CryptoBilis-Sold Wallet Amid Fund Theft Reports

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:21
Cryptocurrency hardware maker Ledger has temporarily paused sales of its products via CryptoBilis following reports of stolen funds linked to devices sold by the reseller. On Friday, the company said it was investigating reports of loss of funds from users in Southeast Asia who had purchased products from CryptoBilis. The incident is said to have resulted in losses totaling more than $86

Critical SonicWall SMA 1000 Flaw Targeted in 135 Exploitation Attempts After Patch

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:36
Threat actors have been observed exploiting a recently disclosed critical security flaw in SonicWall Secure Mobile Access (SMA) 1000 appliances within days of public disclosure. The vulnerability, tracked as CVE-2026-102255 (CVSS score: 10.0), is a case of pre-authenticated server-side request forgery (SSRF) that could allow a remote attacker "to direct the appliance to issue requests on their

Aggiornamenti di sicurezza Samsung

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:45
Samsung ha rilasciato aggiornamenti che sanano diverse vulnerabilità di sicurezza, di cui 7 con gravità “alta”, relative a dispositivi Samsung Mobile e a Samsung Continuity Service per Windows. Tali vulnerabilità, qualora sfruttate, potrebbero permettere a un utente malintenzionato di eludere i meccanismi di sicurezza e di eseguire codice arbitrario sui sistemi interessati.

Risolte vulnerabilità in MariaDB

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:10
Risolte molteplici vulnerabilità, di cui 3 con gravità "critica" e 8 con con gravità "alta", in MariaDB Server, noto database relazionale open source compatibile con MySQL, ampiamente impiegato per la gestione di dati strutturati in applicazioni web e ambienti enterprise.

OpenPrinting CUPS: disponibile PoC pubblico per la CVE-2026-107886

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:41
Disponibile una Proof of Concept (PoC) per lo sfruttamento della CVE-2026-107886 - già sanata dal vendor - presente in CUPS, piattaforma open source per la gestione dei servizi di stampa in ambiente Unix e Linux. Tale vulnerabilità potrebbe consentire ad un utente locale con privilegi elevati di compromettere la disponibilità del servizio sui sistemi interessati.

Framagenda / DAVx5 (android) - impossible d'accéder au service

Bonjour,

Je n’arrive pas à lier DAVx5 et mon calendrier FRAMAGENDA.
Je reçois l’erreur "Aucun accès possible au service CalDAV ou CardDAV.

J’ai un pixel 8, sous android 17.

J’utilise la double authentifications pour l’accès à Framagenda.

Voici comment je configure DAVx5

url de base https ://framagenda.org/remote.php/dav/

j’ai aussi essayé : https ://framagenda.org / http ://framagenda.org/remote.php/dav/ / http ://framagenda.org

(sans les espaces entre « https » et « :// »)

Nom d’utilisateur : J’ai essayé avec mon nom d’utilisateur ainsi que mon adresse mail

Mot de passe : mot de passe d’application (aussi le mot de passe du compte FRAMAGENDAS, sans succès). En désactivant la double authentification, cela ne marche pas non plus.

Vous avez une idée du problème ? (j’ai déjà regardé sur le forum, je n’ai pas réussi non plus avec les solutions proposées)

D’avance merci.

3 messages - 2 participant(e)s

Lire le sujet en entier

Attackers Exploit CVSS 10.0 Bricksforge WordPress Flaw Enabling Unauthenticated RCE

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:02
A maximum-severity security flaw impacting the Bricksforge plugin for WordPress has come under active exploitation in the wild, according to Patchstack. The critical vulnerability in question is CVE-2026-85097 (CVSS score: 10.0), which allows unauthenticated attackers to upload and execute arbitrary PHP code on vulnerable WordPress websites, resulting in remote code execution (RCE). The

Aggiornamenti di sicurezza per prodotti MongoDB

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:50
MongoDB ha rilasciato aggiornamenti di sicurezza per sanare molteplici vulnerabilità, di cui 4 con gravità "alta" in Go Driver e nella libreria libmongocrypt. Tali vulnerabilità, qualora sfruttate, potrebbero consentire a un utente malintenzionato, in determinate condizioni, di compromettere la disponibilità del servizio sui sistemi interessati.

CyberXero Uses Claude Code in Campaign That Stole Over 628,000 Ukrainian Records

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:26
Cybersecurity researchers have disclosed details of a two-pronged artificial intelligence (AI)-augmented initial access campaign targeting WordPress sites, e-commerce platforms, and critical infrastructure entities in Ukraine. The activity, which brings together commodity offensive tools like Cobalt Strike with an AI orchestration layer powered by Anthropic's Claude Code, has been attributed

Risolte vulnerabilità su GitLab CE/EE

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:22
Rilasciati aggiornamenti di sicurezza che risolvono 24 vulnerabilità, di cui 1 con gravità “critica” e 5 con gravità “alta”, in GitLab Community Edition (CE) ed Enterprise Edition (EE). Tra queste si evidenzia la CVE-2026-97229 per la quale risulta disponibile un Proof of Concept (PoC) in rete.

Risolta vulnerabilità in Docker Desktop

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:20
Aggiornamenti di sicurezza risolvono una vulnerabilità con gravità “alta” in Docker Desktop per Windows, applicazione per eseguire e gestire container Docker sui sistemi Windows. Tale vulnerabilità potrebbe consentire a un attaccante di eseguire codice arbitrario con privilegi elevati sui sistemi interessati.

Google Gemini e i limiti gratuiti: cosa cambia davvero per te?

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:57
Google Gemini e i limiti gratuiti: cosa cambia davvero per te?

I limiti gratuiti di Google Gemini stanno per cambiare. Se utilizzi l'intelligenza artificiale di Google, questa è una notizia che ti riguarda da vicino.

Recentemente, l'azienda ha introdotto una novità significativa per la versione gratuita del suo chatbot AI: una modalità automatica. Questo sistema gestisce i modelli linguistici in base alla complessità delle tue richieste.

Ma cosa significa in pratica? Scopriamolo insieme.

Cos'è la nuova modalità automatica di Gemini?

Fino a oggi, la versione gratuita di Gemini si affidava principalmente al modello Gemini 1.0 Pro. Ora, il sistema diventa più intelligente. Google ha implementato una modalità automatica che agisce come un direttore d'orchestra per l'intelligenza artificiale. In pratica, Gemini analizza la tua domanda (il "prompt") e decide in autonomia quale modello utilizzare. Per richieste semplici, come chiedere una ricetta o il riassunto di un breve testo, potrebbe usare un modello più piccolo e scattante. Se invece la tua richiesta è più complessa, come scrivere codice o analizzare un dataset, attiverà il più potente Gemini 1.0 Pro. L'obiettivo è offrirti sempre la risposta migliore, bilanciando prestazioni e risorse.

Quali sono i veri limiti gratuiti per Google Gemini?

Con questa novità, arrivano anche limitazioni più chiare sull'uso del servizio. Sebbene Google non abbia fornito numeri precisi, ha confermato che la versione gratuita avrà dei limiti di utilizzo giornalieri e, potenzialmente, orari. Questo non significa che il servizio diventi inutile. Significa che è pensato per un uso "normale" e non per sessioni di lavoro estremamente intense. Puoi imparare a fruttare al meglio questa AI, anche con le nuove limitazioni, leggendo il nostro approfondimento.

Questi limiti gestiscono l'enorme carico sui server e garantiscono un'esperienza fluida a tutti. Se dovessi raggiungere la soglia, Gemini ti avviserà, invitandoti a riprovare più tardi.

I limiti gratuiti di Google Gemini nel dettaglio

Cosa succede quando si parla di limiti nella versione gratuita di Gemini? Ecco i punti chiave da tenere a mente:

  • Limiti sull'intensità: non si tratta di un blocco su determinate funzioni, ma sulla quantità di richieste che puoi fare in un dato arco di tempo.
  • Limiti dinamici: le soglie non sono fisse. Potrebbero variare in base al traffico generale sulla piattaforma per mantenere il servizio stabile e performante.
  • Nessuna sorpresa: se raggiungi il limite, un messaggio ti informerà della situazione senza bloccarti all'improvviso.
  • L'alternativa a pagamento: per chi necessita di più potenza senza limiti, la soluzione è Gemini Advanced. Offre accesso al modello Ultra 1.0 e una capacità di elaborazione superiore.

Cosa significa per l'utente medio?

Per la maggior parte delle attività quotidiane, probabilmente noterai pochi cambiamenti. Infatti se usi Gemini per scrivere email, fare brainstorming o chiedere informazioni, l'esperienza resterà ottima e gratuita. La modalità automatica potrebbe persino renderla più veloce per le domande semplici.

I limiti si faranno sentire soprattutto per gli "heavy user": sviluppatori, scrittori che generano lunghi testi o ricercatori. Per loro, le conversazioni lunghe e le sessioni di lavoro intense potrebbero essere interrotte, spingendoli a considerare l'upgrade a Gemini Advanced.

Gemini gratuito è ancora valido?

La risposta è un deciso sì. Gemini gratuito non solo rimane uno strumento potentissimo, ma con la nuova modalità automatica diventa anche più efficiente. Google sta semplicemente tracciando una linea più netta tra un uso occasionale e quello professionale intensivo. Quindi, non preoccuparti. Continua a esplorare le potenzialità di Gemini, con la consapevolezza che i suoi limiti sono pensati per garantire un servizio equo e accessibile a milioni di persone.

L'articolo Google Gemini e i limiti gratuiti: cosa cambia davvero per te? proviene da sicurezza.net.

Risolte vulnerabilità in SmarterMail

12 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:07
Rilevate 3 nuove vulnerabilità, di cui 2 con gravità “alta”, in Smarter Mail, piattaforma di collaborazione web sviluppata da SmarterTools. Tali vulnerabilità, qualora sfruttate, potrebbero consentire a un attaccante remoto autenticato di elevare i propri privilegi e di eseguire codice arbitrario sui sistemi interessati.

Khrys’presso du lundi 12 octobre 2026

Comme chaque lundi, un coup d’œil dans le rétroviseur pour découvrir les informations que vous avez peut-être ratées la semaine dernière.


Tous les liens listés ci-dessous sont a priori accessibles librement. Si ce n’est pas le cas, pensez à activer votre bloqueur de javascript favori ou à passer en “mode lecture” (Firefox) ;-)

Brave New World

Spécial IA

Spécial Israël

  • Israel demolishes properties of Palestinian who saved 30 Israelis on 7 October (middleeasteye.net)

    Yousef Zyadna was praised for rescuing Israelis during the 7 October attacks. Three years later, authorities have demolished properties belonging to him and his family

  • Bardella, l’antisémitisme et Israël (politis.fr)

    En soutenant le président du RN, un ministre israélien nous dit surtout quelle est la nature idéologique du gouvernement Netanyahou. Israël met aujourd’hui en danger les juifs du monde entier. Raison de plus pour ne pas identifier l’antisionisme, critique de la politique coloniale d’Israël, à un antisémitisme, et ne pas sommer les juifs de France à prendre position, dans un sens ou dans l’autre, dans le conflit israélo-palestinien.

Spécial femmes dans le monde

RIP

Spécial France

Le LOL de la semaine

Spécial femmes en France

Spécial médias et pouvoir

RIP

Spécial emmerdeurs irresponsables gérant comme des pieds (et à la néolibérale)

Spécial recul des droits et libertés, violences policières, montée de l’extrême-droite…

Spécial résistances

Spécial outils de résistance

Spécial MAGAM et cie

Les autres lectures de la semaine

Les BDs/graphiques/photos de la semaine

Les vidéos/podcasts de la semaine

Les trucs chouettes de la semaine

Retrouvez les revues de web précédentes dans la catégorie Libre Veille du Framablog.

Les articles, commentaires et autres images qui composent ces « Khrys’presso » n’engagent que moi (Khrys).

Atelier vélo associatif à Rome cherche hébergement libre (après la fermeture d’Autistici/Inventati)

Bonjour à toutes et à tous,

Je vous écris au nom de la Ciclofficina Popolare di Certosa, un atelier vélo associatif et autogéré du quartier de Certosa, à Rome (notre page). On y répare des vélos avec les habitant·e·s, on partage des savoir-faire et on défend une mobilité douce, accessible et gratuite.

Nous sommes en train de développer une petite application web libre de vélos en partage gratuits pour le quartier : les habitant·e·s peuvent réserver et déverrouiller en autonomie les vélos de l’atelier depuis leur téléphone.
Le code est public.

Côté technique, c’est très léger :

  • Python 3.10+, avec une interface Streamlit et un petit panneau d’administration FastAPI (deux processus en parallèle) ;
  • une base SQLite ;
  • un script lancé une fois par jour (cron) ;
  • un compte SMTP pour envoyer les codes de vérification (OTP) par e-mail.

Nous avions prévu d’héberger l’application et notre messagerie chez Autistici/Inventati, mais entre-temps A/I a été désigné « organisation terroriste internationale » par l’administration états-unienne, ce qui a conduit à l’arrêt de leurs services. Beaucoup de collectifs et d’associations en Italie se retrouvent sans infrastructure, dont nous. Au passage, merci à Framasoft et à toutes celles et ceux qui ont exprimé leur soutien à A/I.

Ce que l’on cherche :

  • un hébergement libre et éthique capable de faire tourner une petite appli Python (VPS modeste, conteneur, ou toute autre solution) ;
  • un service de messagerie respectueux de la vie privée (quelques adresses + un accès SMTP).

Nous sommes prêt·e·s à payer, mais à un tarif accessible pour une petite association. Toute piste est la bienvenue, même partielle (hébergement seul ou messagerie seule) : un CHATON qui accueillerait ce genre de projet, un hébergeur solidaire, un retour d’expérience de collectifs dans la même situation…

Merci d’avance pour vos idées, et merci à toute la communauté pour ce que vous construisez.

Bien solidairement,
Filippo – Ciclofficina Popolare di Certosa, Rome

2 messages - 2 participant(e)s

Lire le sujet en entier

Disabling signup does not work

Hi all. Since a few days we are running our own PeerTube server, and it’s great.

Today we managed to connect our server to our Keycloak authenticator (with the auth-openid-connect plugin), and we would like to close the regular « sign-up ». (We are receiving quite a few requests through the regular sign up from what appear to be bots).

We just want to use the Keycloak authentication (and account creation) without the regular « Create an account » set-up.

But whenever we unselect the « Enable signup » option in the admin/settings/config/general « new users » section, and click save, the option automatically selects/activates itself again?

Does anyone know how to go about this?

6 messages - 3 participant(e)s

Lire le sujet en entier

FRAMAFORMS - Adresse de l'auteur d'un formulaire inaccessible

Bonjour

Je viens de créer mon premier formulaire mais le formulaire de contact est inaccessible, c’est à dire que lorsque je clique sur l’icône de mail, un message m’indique que je n’ai pas les droits pour utiliser cette adresse.

Merci de votre retour.

1 message - 1 participant(e)

Lire le sujet en entier

Problem loading videos from URLs in search bar

I have started noticing recently, that with a few videos I want to watch on my instance (so I can favourite them and add comments etc), I my local peertube instance can’t find them.

In the past, I have been able to just paste a URL in the search bar, and it has found the video very quickly.

Recently, when I paste the URL, it turns up nothing.

For example, I want to watch His Mother Has Alzheimer’s. He Came to Cuba for a Breakthrough Treatment - PeerTube.world

When I post that in the search, nothing comes up.

When I go it directly, the video is shown, and the account has 553 videos.

When I go back to my instance and use the account name « cuba_botb_videos@peertube.world » in search, I can see the account, but when I click on it, the details show, header picture etc, but it says no videos :frowning:

I have had it in the past when it may take a few minutes for the videos to show up, but nothing shows up, even if I refresh the page 10 minutes later.

I can’t see anything obvious in the logs.

Does anyone have any ideas?

Thanks,

7 messages - 2 participant(e)s

Lire le sujet en entier

The Third-Party Agent Problem: Why Security Built for AI You Chose Misses the Agents You Didn't

10 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:00
In environments studied for the 2026 State of Agent Security Report, roughly 1,280 third-party products now embed AI. About 282 of them sit behind single sign-on. The other thousand are invisible to identity infrastructure by default, not because anyone hid them, but because an identity stack can only govern what authenticates through it, and most agents never do. That gap is the clearest

Anthropic Cuts Live Internet Access for Internal AI Tests After Claude Exploits Injection Flaws

10 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:18
Anthropic on Friday said it's cutting off live internet access for all its internal evaluations until further notice following the discovery of new incidents in which its artificial intelligence (AI) models exhibited misaligned behavior and targeted real websites. The AI company said it identified four broad categories of unintended model actions during evaluations and internal use of Claude

As Trump’s Wall Closes in, DHS Intimidates a Border Tribe With Surveillance, Masked Agents and Drones

10 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:00
A white and green Border Patrol pickup truck drives on a dirt road past a campsite marked by a purple and yellow flag.
A border patrol vehicle drives past the Tadai Me:i prayer camp on the Tohono O’odham nation on Sept. 5. Cam Mackey

At 4:59 a.m. on Aug. 25, Verlon Jose, the chairman of the Tohono O’odham Nation in Southern Arizona, received an email from the head of the U.S. Border Patrol’s Tucson Sector. Government contractors were en route to conduct soil tests for construction of a 62-mile wall along the Nation’s southern boundary, wrote acting chief patrol agent Henry N. Laxdal.

If the tribe wished to have cultural monitors observe the work, they were welcome to, but they could not interfere with the government’s operations.

The work would begin in exactly one minute.

Jose, 59, was already aware of the contractors’ arrival. An hour earlier, a tribal member had called to report a caravan heading south through the reservation, and Facebook was lighting up with similar accounts. The convoy included not only work trucks and drilling rigs, but Border Patrol vehicles as well.

Dozens of border wall contractor and Border Patrol vehicles pass the Tadai Me:i prayer camp on the morning of Aug. 27. Nate Sosa

For months, the O’odham had maneuvered to avoid such a scene, taking their case to federal court. Their homeland straddles the border, and thousands of tribal members live in Mexico. A wall would disrupt routine border crossings for ceremonies and family visits and destroy landscapes they consider their duty to protect, members and leaders say. Their lawsuit argued that the Trump administration’s efforts to build it despite their opposition constituted an historic attack on tribal sovereignty.

But administration attorneys gave assurances that the government was engaging with the O’odham in good faith, and a judge in Washington, D.C., denied the tribe’s request for a preliminary injunction. In his Aug. 25 email providing Jose a 60-second heads up, the Border Patrol chief said his agency’s willingness to accommodate cultural monitors underscored its “commitment to ongoing coordination” with the Nation.

As daylight broke, Jose learned the contractors were guarded by federal agents in masks and tactical gear, drawn from a special operations cadre that participated in citywide sweeps in Minneapolis and Chicago the previous year, which left three people dead, including two U.S. citizens. When the tribe’s chief of police tried to reach the worksite, he was stopped at a roadblock set up by the agents.

Border Patrol agents in tactical gear stand near parked white and green trucks in a desert landscape.
Merrian Felix
A border patrol agent dressed in tactical gear sits in a tactical vehicle in a desert landscape.
Davy Cross
Border Patrol tactical team members amass around the Tadai Me:i prayer camp on Aug. 26.

Jose issued a statement on the Nation’s website declaring the incursion illegal and revealing that the Department of Homeland Security had deployed a surveillance blimp and enlisted Mexican security forces to help protect the work crews.

For a quarter-century, Tohono O’odham leaders have staved off a border wall by allowing DHS to use the reservation as a testing ground for some of the government’s most aggressive homeland security measures — from vehicle barriers on the reservation’s southern boundary, to state-of-the-art surveillance towers, to law enforcement partnerships with the Border Patrol and Immigration and Customs Enforcement.

Despite the collaborations, and assurances from the Trump administration, ProPublica found that DHS has turned its vast apparatus on tribal members, with 24-hour surveillance directed at an ongoing border prayer ceremony and tribal members being questioned outside the reservation about their ceremonial activities. ProPublica’s account is based on photos, videos, court filings, interviews with tribal leadership, firsthand observations and more than 1,000 contemporaneously written observations compiled by tribal members.

The battle over a border wall on the Nation has broken along familiar partisan lines in Arizona. While GOP legislative leaders have filed briefs in support of the project, Democratic Gov. Katie Hobbs has done the same in support of the tribe.

Progressive U.S. Rep. Adelita Grijalva, whose district includes the reservation, has said she is crafting legislation to rein in the Department of Homeland Security’s sweeping powers to waive federal laws in order to expedite wall construction. The Trump administration has used those authorities to circumvent environmental and cultural preservation statutes on 60 occasions across its two terms.

For Deshane Gregg, whose vehicle was forced off the road by a convoy of contractors and federal agents, the recent show of force on the reservation has felt like a government siege, not cooperation.

“You just feel helpless. You see these people, and they’re just so aggressive. They want you to react. They want you to show them that we could be ugly too,” she said. “We’re just here doing prayer. We’re just here, not trying to bother them, but it gets to you when it’s constantly being like that.”

“The drones flying over us all day,” she added, “it’s a lot.”

A drone hovers over the Tadai Me:i camp during morning prayer songs on Aug. 27. Ryan Devereaux/ProPublica

ProPublica sent DHS, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, and the Border Patrol nearly 30 questions about the government’s surveillance and interactions with tribal members and leaders. The agencies answered none of those questions. Instead, CBP pointed to a statement Commissioner Rodney Scott made in August, in which he described the reservation’s southern boundary as “one of the most dangerous smuggling and trafficking corridors on the Southwest border” and a “remote desert that has facilitated decades of drug loads, migrant deaths, and cartel activity.”

Regarding construction of a wall, Scott said, “Congress funded this work, a Federal court has affirmed it, and CBP is carrying it out under the legal authorities that apply. Under President Trump’s leadership, we are securing the border and giving our agents the tools and support they need to protect the American people.”

A meme shows a light-skinned individual with a futuristic mask partially covering their face. The words “Resistance is Futile” span the top of the image in white block letters.
A post on X from James Percival, general counsel of the Department of Homeland Security, celebrates the denial of a request for an emergency injunction against border wall construction filed by Tohono O’odham leadership in August. Screenshot of X

With no sign the White House or the O’odham government is backing down, DHS has cast off any pretense that the agency will work cooperatively with the Nation. Within hours of the judge’s denial of the emergency injunction, on Aug. 14, the department’s general counsel, James Percival, posted a celebratory meme depicting one of the cybernetic Star Trek supervillains known as “the Borg.”

“RESISTANCE IS FUTILE,” it read.

“We respect tribal sovereignty but not to the detriment of border security,” he wrote. “This wall is getting built. Our authority is beyond dispute.”


The O’odham have inhabited the Sonoran Desert, from what is now Southern Arizona to Mexico’s Sea of Cortez, for thousands of years. According to the tribe, roughly 14,000 of its 37,000 enrolled members live on tribal land west of Tucson. Approximately 3,000 more reside in Mexico. At 2.8 million acres, their reservation is the largest on the southern border by a long shot.

During President Donald Trump’s first term, Arizona saw 226 miles of border wall built, but the Nation maintained its status as the longest unwalled section in the state. Confirmation that things would be different this time came in February, when CBP informed the tribe that it planned to seal off the reservation entirely, tapping nearly $52 billion from Trump’s so-called One Big Beautiful Bill Act.

A dirt road passes through a lush Southwestern desert landscape. There is a heavy metal fence on the left side of the frame and a jagged mountain formation on the horizon.
A vehicle barrier marks the U.S. border with Mexico in the Chukut Kuk District of the Tohono O’odham Nation. Cam Mackey

The tribe’s elected leaders met with DHS Secretary Markwayne Mullin in hopes of changing the administration’s mind. As an enrolled citizen of the Cherokee Nation, Mullin is the first Native American to head the department. “Maybe we can work with this guy,” Jose recalled thinking.

But Mullin’s message was clear: We want to work with you, but we’re building the wall. Justice Department attorneys were prepared to defend the project to the Supreme Court. O’odham council member Vivian Juan-Saunders, who also attended the April 21 meeting, recalls the secretary saying, “Don’t mess with me.” Mullin’s office did not respond to questions from ProPublica, including about the exchange.

The message was more direct the following month, when tribal leaders met with Scott. According to Jose, the CBP commissioner told the delegation that if they filed a lawsuit opposing the wall, the Nation could lose access to three border gates members use to travel to and from Mexico. Accessible only to tribal members, the gates are maintained at the discretion of CBP.

Juan-Saunders confirmed that CBP threatened to close the gates, as did another council member, Jesse Navarro. CBP declined to comment on the alleged threat.

In June, a $1.3 billion contract to build the wall, known as the “Tucson 5” project, was awarded to Sullivan Land Services Co., also known as SLS and SLSCO. The Texas firm has a long history of Republican political donations and was a major recipient of border wall contracts during Trump’s first term.

The O’odham filed a lawsuit to stop the project on June 16 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. The tribe contended it would reduce the size of its reservation, which can only be done by Congress — and that the wall would mark an enduring act of trespass on sovereign lands and destroy sacred cultural sites.

The administration’s plans cast aside decades of tribal cooperation with DHS, the Nation’s lawyers argued, and came at a time of record-low border crossings.

Trump and his administration have repeatedly claimed that the border is safer than ever, with CBP reporting border apprehensions 94% lower than they were during the Biden presidency, and Border Patrol “encounters” hitting their lowest levels in more than 50 years. The Nation underscored these figures as evidence that a wall is unnecessary.

The tribe’s interim chief of police, James Cook, claimed there had been a 90% drop in reports of illegal entry over the preceding year, saying in a sworn declaration that smuggling and other border-related crimes had “almost disappeared.”

Benjamin S. Hollinder, a senior Border Patrol official, argued in a sworn declaration opposing the tribe’s lawsuit that the absence of a wall on the Nation has produced a funneling effect, channeling smugglers onto the reservation, and saying that dynamic would intensify once the rest of Arizona was walled off.

“Not having a border barrier system in this particular area makes it a vulnerable and a desirable area for [transnational criminal organizations] to operate,” wrote Hollinder. “If encounters of aliens entering illegally between ports of entry increase, vulnerabilities in the area will become particularly problematic.”


The Nation sought the preliminary injunction to bar border wall activity until the litigation was resolved.

On the eve of a July 22 hearing, DHS filed a notice affirming that to accelerate the project, it was waiving, in whole or in part, more than 30 laws, including several that mandate tribal consultation.

In court filings, the government acknowledged its long history of working “cooperatively” with the tribal government while also arguing that the Nation “does not hold veto power over the United States’ sovereign duty to secure its borders.”

Trump administration attorneys contended that an injunction was premature; planning was ongoing, thus problems the Nation envisioned could still be addressed.

The government insisted construction would be limited to the Roosevelt Reservation, a 60-foot-wide zone that runs across California, Arizona and New Mexico on the U.S. side of the border, where CBP was authorized to construct barriers as it saw fit.

Riyaz Kanji, the tribe’s lead attorney, argued the Roosevelt Reservation doesn’t extend onto tribal land, and even if it did the rugged landscape would force construction to diverge far from the 60-foot boundary.

Sweeping as its powers were, Kanji contended, DHS could not override a sovereign government. The administration’s plans, he argued, constituted a “blatant and unprecedented disregard for the tribe’s rights.”

Adam R.F. Gustafson, a Justice Department attorney, countered that the tribe had already approved a barrier on its land many years ago. The question now was what kind of barrier it should be. That was for DHS to decide, he argued. The department was “committed” to consultation, he continued. “We take very seriously the tribe’s views on this,” he told the court.

The judge appeared swayed by DHS’ assurances but needed time to consider. “I don’t think the government is trying to go outside of that 60-foot strip,” he said.


A red and white sign in a desert landscape is seen through a barbed-wire fence and warns against trespassing on the Tohono O’odham Nation for anyone who’s not a tribal member.
Signs placed by Tohono O’odham tribal leaders warn contractors that their presence on the reservation would be considered trespassing. Cam Mackey

The O’odham suspected the government would not be as mindful as it claimed.

Two days after the meeting with Mullin, the DHS secretary, a border wall contractor had “inadvertently disturbed a cultural site” west of the reservation. The crew had bulldozed a 70-foot swath through the Las Playas Intaglio, a 200-foot long earthen etching in the shape of a fish that was at least 6,500 years old. The site was well marked and well known to area archaeologists.

Wynona P. Larson Yazzie, an O’odham tribal elder, Marine Corps veteran and former tribal police officer, had organized prayer runs that included stops at the intaglio. She’d visited the site the day before its destruction. Since then, she’d closely followed the Nation’s lawsuit.

On Aug. 6, Larson Yazzie saw a disturbing filing from the tribe’s attorneys. They’d received word that in four days government contractors would enter the reservation to conduct tests. DHS, the tribe argued, was “exploiting” the judge’s reflection period to “move forward with highly disputed actions.”

Tribal leaders erected dozens of 8-foot-wide “no trespassing” signs along the three main access roads leading through the reservation to the border.

Larson Yazzie, meanwhile, began making plans of her own.

She was joined by Amy Juan, a longtime O’odham activist. Juan, 40, had grown up riding in her grandfather’s truck over the clanking cattle guard at Ko:li Ki:jig, a traditional crossing on the U.S.-Mexico line. After 9/11, a locking gate was placed over the cattle guard. The Border Patrol built a “forward operating base” near her grandparents’ home that would eventually feature a helipad, a detention space and an endless cycle of agents. Around the reservation’s perimeter, CBP established some of the largest Border Patrol stations in the country. Checkpoints went up on roads leading north.

Two people visit across a fence made of barbed wire strung between thick metal posts in a desert landscape. In the background, a surveillance camera rises above them.
O’odham tribal members Daniel Oriol Figueroa Cervantes, left, from Mexico, and Amy Juan, from Arizona, visit over the border barrier at the Tadai Me:i prayer camp on Aug. 29. Ryan Devereaux/ProPublica

Human rights groups documented U.S.-born tribal members being arrested and deported, and verbal and physical abuse by Border Patrol agents. CBP did not respond when asked about the report’s allegations.

For Juan, the Nation’s collaboration with DHS had sacrificed safety and civil liberties for elusive gains. Virtually everyone on the reservation had been touched by the dark side of border smuggling. During the mid-2000s, some tribal members, enticed by a chance at life-changing money, got involved in moving people and drugs, fueling cycles of arrest and incarceration that exacerbated challenges the community was already facing.

At the same time, virtually everyone also had a story about negative interactions with the Border Patrol — a child traumatized at a checkpoint, an unlawful traffic stop or a loved one assaulted by an agent.

“We want safety and the same respect as the next person,” Juan said. “We’ve never been against keeping people safe, but at what cost?”

Larson Yazzie was similarly concerned. She worried that in the face of DHS pressure the Nation would fold and, like the intaglio, the borderlands would be lost.


An Indigenous person stands near a burning fire surrounded by camping chairs in a desert landscape campsite.
A tribal member stands near the fire burning in the Tadai Me:i prayer camp in early September. Cam Mackey

Prayer fires are an important O’odham tradition, often convened in moments of communal struggle. To Larson Yazzie, the coming of a wall was such a time.

The chosen site was symbolic: the border gate at Ko:li Ki:jig. The camp had limited amenities — cots and chairs that encircled the fire, a cooler for ice, a weathered canopy for relief from the sun. They called it Tadai Me:i — roadrunner on fire.

Someone was always awake to watch the flame, which was lit on Aug. 9, as the Trump administration’s contractors were preparing to enter the reservation. The first drone sighting in the area was recorded the following night, at 11:43 p.m., documented in the first of two activity logs. Kept in spiral notebooks, the logs offered a minute-by-minute account of what participants in the ceremony saw and heard.

The handwritten observations, shared with ProPublica, span 13 days and chart a steady escalation by DHS, culminating in an elite tactical team that blocked tribal authorities from issuing trespassing citations to contractors or removing them.

The camp wasn’t a protest site like those seen in Minneapolis, Chicago or other cities over the past year. Participants didn’t shout at passing Border Patrol agents. They focused on the fire, making sure there was enough sugai — creosote bush, a fragrant desert plant — to keep it burning. They were in ceremony, concentrating on morning prayers and nightly cleanses. The atmosphere was that of a family gathering in a moment of crisis. There were jokes and levity amid the uncertainty.

Larson Yazzie knew at least one legislative council member who opposed the gathering. They feared it could lead to large groups converging on the reservation to physically block the border wall, in an occupation similar to the 10-month protest on Standing Rock Sioux land that halted construction of the Dakota Access Pipeline in 2016. The idea terrified tribal leaders. With its lethal heat and unforgiving terrain, the desert was dangerous enough without outsiders squaring off against Border Patrol.

A ceremonial fire burns on Aug. 27 at a prayer camp near the traditional Ko:li Ki:jig border crossing on the Tohono O’odham Nation. Nate Sosa

Supporters of the ceremonial fire were themselves uneasy. They knew the story of Ray Mattia, the 58-year-old who was shot and killed by the Border Patrol in 2023 while unarmed on the doorstep of his home on the reservation. Agents, who were backing tribal police on the call, claimed to have mistaken a cellphone he was holding for a gun.

“My fear is that they gonna start shooting us,” said 24-year-old camp visitor Collin Quasule. Quasule had videos on his phone of recent interactions he’d had with federal agents, including agents trailing him as he drove around the reservation, following him to his home, pulling him over without explaining why, refusing to accept his legal name and birthdate, and winking at him when he protested his detention.

Across the reservation, community members were on the lookout for large trucks traveling together with out-of-state plates. On Aug. 12, Juan received a call about a caravan: six trucks with Texas plates, following an unmarked SUV with government plates. She called the tribe’s police department. The caravan was intercepted and escorted off the land by tribal authorities. The driver of the unmarked vehicle was confirmed to be a Border Patrol agent. The interception was one of nearly a dozen tribal police recorded over a three-day period.

During the camp’s first seven days, the activity log filled with nearly 665 observations, mostly federal agents buzzing around their location.

A lined white notebook page containing log entries tracking Border Patrol movements and surveillance sits on a table.
An activity log kept by tribal members documents border wall construction and law enforcement activity on the Tohono O’odham Nation. Ryan Devereaux/ProPublica

While many would drive by without stopping, other agents would park and watch. At least one was reported snapping photos of the campers. ProPublica later obtained video of an agent doing exactly that. Mexican security forces, both military and police, were also observed conversing with Border Patrol agents over the international boundary. “It appeared that the 2 BPs were showing the Mexicans pictures on their phones,” read an Aug. 11 entry.

“Surveillance has heightened,” Juan said, days after the prayer fire was lit. “Drones, helicopters, a lot of air activity.” The choppers included both marked CBP and what appeared to be military Black Hawks. The drones were of the handheld quadcopter variety, let loose directly over the camp, at times during prayer song ceremonies.

On the fourth night, a gathering was held. Upwards of 100 people turned up, including members of distant sister tribes.

The evening was peaceful until Juan received a text from an elder couple who’d left early to return to their home near Tucson. The Border Patrol had stopped them at a checkpoint a half-mile outside the reservation, they reported. The officers said they were conducting an “immigration check” and asked to see tribal ID.

“Where you guys coming from?” the agent asked.

“Ceremony,” the couple replied.

“Oh,” the agent said, “is that the one going on down south?”

The encounter was unusual, said Juan. The checkpoint is rarely staffed. When agents are on hand, she said, “they never ask us for a tribal ID.”

When Juan shared the information with the gathering, people immediately began packing up, afraid, she surmised, of a late-night encounter with Border Patrol.

A Border Patrol agent stops to film the Tadai Me:i prayer camp on Sept. 30. Davy Cross

On Aug. 14, Judge Richard J. Leon declined the Nation’s injunction request. “I fully expect the government in the months ahead to follow through on its guarantees of consultation and cooperation with the Nation to address the Nation’s concerns regarding border wall construction!” he wrote.

Eleven days later, on Aug. 25, the Border Patrol sent the Nation its one-minute notice that the contractors were coming. Larson Yazzie jumped in her truck and raced for the border to document what was happening. An agent on foot stopped her. He’d laid a spike strip in the road ahead, he warned. Larson Yazzie filmed the contractors in the distance.

When the tribal police department’s interim chief arrived, he too was stopped at a Border Patrol roadblock. A trio of Border Patrol supervisors approached, including two from a nearby station and a third representing BORTAC, the agency’s special operations wing. The SWAT-style agents wore desert camo, masks and patterned scarves favored by U.S. military units in Iraq and Afghanistan.

It was only after promising not to interfere that the tribal police chief was permitted to record. He observed three drilling rigs manned by a handful of operators. An equal number of agents stood guard. The contractors’ heavy vehicles were all beyond the 60-foot zone that government attorneys assured the judge they would not leave.

The chief also encountered a trio of Bureau of Indian Affairs agents, who claimed to have been sent on orders from Washington, D.C. Their mission, they said, was to “preserve the peace and monitor activities.”


On the left, a red and yellow painted sign with graffiti-style white letters warns that “Community Members Only!” are allowed on the Tohono O’odham Nation. A white and green Border Patrol truck is driving on a dirt road on the right.
A Border Patrol vehicle is parked near the Tadai Me:i prayer camp on the Tohono O’odham Nation. Cam Mackey

For the prayer camp’s participants, the need to relight the flame, which they had extinguished after a seven-day ceremony, was self-evident. They began that night.

Davy Cross, a stocky 57-year-old with an intricate tattoo running down the left side of his face, was tending the fire when, at 4:33 a.m., he noticed buzzing above his head.

At first, the machines were visible. There were at least five. “I seen all the red lights,” Cross recalled. But as they got lower, the drones went dark. Cross could still hear them and feel the draft of the rotors against his skin. Then, he said, “they disappeared.”

The drones were soon replaced by an airplane and a helicopter. Shortly after 9 a.m., a caravan of Border Patrol and construction vehicles trundled into view. The work trucks continued on, but much of the Border Patrol force remained, forming a semicircle around the camp with Mexican state police closing the loop on the other side of the line.

“We got surround[ed] by over 30 vehicles,” Cross wrote in the activity log. A video of the moment spread across social media in the borderlands.

The tribe’s attorneys filed an appeal of the judge’s order allowing construction to proceed and pleaded for a halt to the government’s activities. They argued that the Trump administration was making “a mockery” of the court’s expectation of “consultation and cooperation.”

A convoy of Border Patrol and construction vehicles pass the Tadai Me:i prayer camp on Aug. 29. Ryan Devereaux/ProPublica

That night at the camp, Larson Yazzie was singing prayer songs when Juan pulled in. It was near midnight. Border Patrol agents were coming and going constantly. Some passed without stopping. Others idled at the edge of the firelight while the red lights of a surveillance blimp blinked over the mountains to the east.

Tadai Me:i wasn’t the only pocket of resistance on the border. In Texas, the Trump administration’s plans to run a wall through Big Bend National Park had brought together an unusual coalition that saw environmental nonprofits and river guides standing with hunters, ranchers and local sheriffs in opposition to the project. One week before the armed convoy rolled onto the Tohono O’odham reservation, Republican Gov. Greg Abbott announced that after speaking with the secretary of DHS, he’d secured a pause on the controversial project.

“There are technology tools that don’t include barriers,” the governor said at a press conference. “Think of drones, think of fiber optics.”

Last week, a judge granted a preliminary injunction halting construction in the Big Bend area while a lawsuit against the project proceeds.

To Juan, it was darkly ironic. For two and a half decades, the Nation had been a laboratory for the technology Abbott described. Yet when tribal leaders made that case, they were told to stand down; the wall was coming whether they accepted it or not. “What makes Texas the exception to us is very clear,” Juan said. “It’s good old boy conversations that are happening between the politicians and the CBP commissioners and Markwayne Mullin.”


Two individuals standing in a campsite are silhouetted against a rising sun, while a ceremonial fire burns in the foreground.
Sunrise at Tadai Me:i prayer camp on Sept. 26 Ryan Devereaux/ProPublica

The early fire watch that morning fell to a young Pascua Yaqui member named Nate Sosa.

At 3:28 a.m., Sosa heard a noise — a round being chambered in a weapon. A Border Patrol agent had exited his vehicle. With a long gun slung low across his back, he shined a light into Mexico. He then walked within feet of the campers asleep on their cots.

A half an hour later, a drone flew in from the north, followed by a helicopter. After that came a convoy dozens of vehicles long. At 6:02, while Larson Yazzie was leading the camp in prayer, a helicopter passed overhead. An hour later, a drone ascended above the fire.

Liz Quiroga, a 28-year-old tribal member and regular at the prayer site, sat with the camp’s logbook open in her lap. Over the next five days, the book would fill with 379 observations. Nearly two-thirds involved Border Patrol units near the fire. The arrival of Mexican authorities was documented six times. An additional 39 entries referenced unmarked vehicles and suspected “undercovers.” Whether those individuals were Border Patrol, contractors or tribal police was unclear. The logbook cataloged a dozen instances of aircraft flying over the camp, including four helicopters, three planes and five drones.

“Nobody has any idea what’s actually happening out here,” Quiroga said. “This is true dystopia.”

While its legal challenge continues, the Nation has ceased attempting to remove border wall contractors from its lands.

The camp and the surveillance that’s come with it remain.

The post As Trump’s Wall Closes in, DHS Intimidates a Border Tribe With Surveillance, Masked Agents and Drones appeared first on ProPublica.

Watch: Inside Our $22K Sports Betting Experiment

10 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:00
A man sits down at a desk staring intently at his phone. Blue and orange confetti rains down behind him. Notifications from DraftKings pop up around him.
Illustration by Mauricio Rodríguez Pons/ProPublica. Source images by Angela Weiss/AFP via Getty Images.

Earlier this year, we heard that reporter Jake Pearson planned to ask our editors at ProPublica for more than $20,000 so he could spend the NBA playoffs betting like a problem gambler. 

We told him we wanted in on the action. 

For 10 weeks, our documentary team at ProPublica filmed Jake as he dove ball-cap-first into DraftKings and FanDuel, the country’s largest online sportsbooks. Jake bet early, late and often, ramping up the amounts and frequency of his wagers, chasing his losses with even bigger bets.  He wanted to flagrantly wave the red flags of a gambler descending into addiction. Would the apps serve up speed bumps as he careened into the red, or would they push him to keep betting? 

Since 2018, the year the Supreme Court opened the door for states to legalize sports betting, the number of people staking money on games has exploded. It’s now legal in 39 states and Washington, D.C. The apps don’t just offer straight action on the outcome of a “Sunday Night Football” game — you can put money on myriad sports events and outcomes, including who will score the next point in a tense contest of Czech table tennis. Every month, millions do. 

More than $600 billion has sloshed through the legal sportsbooks in wagers — and brought billions in state tax revenue — in the last eight years. But between the ever-present ads featuring celebrities from LeBron James and Charles Barkley to Kevin Hart and Kendall Jenner, cracks in the system have started to show. 

About a quarter of active sportsbook account holders surveyed by the Siena Research Institute this year said that they’d lost enough on a bet that they’d have trouble meeting their financial obligations. Other studies and public health experts warn of rising cases of bankruptcy, addiction and self-harm.

A man wearing a backward baseball cap sits in a dark bar, staring at his phone.
ProPublica reporter Jake Pearson at a Manhattan bar this spring, testing DraftKings’ and FanDuel’s guardrails. More than a quarter of people in the U.S. say they have an active account with an online sportsbook, according to a poll by the Siena Research Institute. Gerardo del Valle/ProPublica

DraftKings and FanDuel say that they don’t want to profit off bettors who can’t control themselves, and they provide a range of what the industry calls “responsible gaming” tools to help users stay in check. 

Jake received pop-up notices, reminders and emails noting his time on the app and nudging him to “take a beat” after a loss. He opted into some of the tools DraftKings makes available. But he was struck by user design choices and promotions that encouraged him to keep betting, some of which he was served right after setting limits on his play. 

In a statement, DraftKings told ProPublica that it trains its more than 5,000 employees on responsible gaming and has more than 50 full-time staff dedicated to its “responsible engagement” program. A FanDuel spokesperson wrote that the company’s program is “designed to identify potential risk early and empower customers with real-time information about their play.” 

Even so, regulators and lawmakers from Colorado to Massachusetts have begun to question whether sportsbooks have sufficient protections in place. Those concerns have risen with the popularization of prediction markets, which are even less regulated than sports betting apps like DraftKings. 

We were behind the camera back in April when Jake opened his DraftKings account to place his first bet, a $100 Hail Mary wager for the New York Knicks to win the chip. We had no idea what a ride it would be.  

Watch our new documentary that follows Jake as he intentionally descends into problem gambling — and see how the apps react. 

Have you used apps like DraftKings or FanDuel to place sports bets? ProPublica is looking for at least 250 people who use these apps to share their data with us. Your transaction history will help us better understand how the apps respond to user behavior. You can also reach Jake Pearson and the reporting team at 917-512-0276 or sportsbetting@propublica.org.

The post Watch: Inside Our $22K Sports Betting Experiment appeared first on ProPublica.

FBI Arrests Executive at Ransomware Negotiation Firm

10 Ottobre 2026 ore 02:17

Agents with the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) on Thursday arrested an executive at a Canadian cybersecurity firm in connection with an investigation into the ShinyHunters hacking group that recently relieved the FBI of sensitive data on thousands of agents, multiple sources tell KrebsOnSecurity.

The New York Times reported today that the FBI has arrested a Canadian man in Pennsylvania on suspicion of assisting ShinyHunters. The Times story did not identify the man, nor did a statement on Twitter/X about the arrest from FBI Director Kash Patel.

One source close to the investigation told KrebsOnSecurity the Canadian person arrested this week was visiting Pennsylvania for a cyber insurance conference, and that the suspect’s company specialized in handling ransomware negotiations with cybercrime groups. Another shared that control over the ShinyHunters investigation has been centralized at an FBI field office in Texas.

An online search reveals the Cyber Risk Summit was held at the Loews Philadelphia Hotel between Oct. 5 and Oct. 7. The conference had several sponsors, but according to the summit’s website its biggest sponsor was a Canadian security company called Cypfer.

According to LinkedIn, one of Cypfer’s “ex-founders” was Edward Dubrovsky, who is now associated with another Canadian security firm and sponsor called CyberSteward. In a post to LinkedIn approximately one month ago, Dubrovsky said he had plans to attend the Cyber Risk Summit with the rest of the CyberSteward team.

[Update: Oct. 10, 9:58 a.m. ET: A spokesperson for Cypfer said Dubrovsky was not a founder or co-founder as his LinkedIn profile claims, but instead served as a managing director before resigning in December 2025].

Edward Dubrovsky’s LinkedIn profile.

“Looking forward to continuing conversations around strategy & compliant driven coercive (ransomware, extortion) advisory, negotiations and settlement services that are global and truly agnostic,” Dubrovsky wrote.

Federal court records show that on October 8, an Edward Dobrovsky (note the slight misspelling of the last name) was arrested in Pennsylvania on cyber extortion and conspiracy charges. Several of those documents — including the core complaint — are now sealed. But a handful of them were indexed at Courtlistener.com, including a summary of the complaint, which charges the defendant with “conspiracy to threaten to impair the confidentiality of information with the intent to extort money,” and “interference with commerce by threats.”

Image: Courtlistener.com

The inmate locator at the U.S. Bureau of Prisons website reports that a 54-year-old Edward Dubrovsky is currently being held at a federal facility in Philadelphia. But the court records indexed by CourtListener include a notice filed on October 9 that moved the case to the Eastern District of Texas, which sources say is now the epicenter of the FBI’s ShinyHunters investigation. The FBI declined to comment for this story.

Dubrovsky’s LinkedIn profile states he is the author of Cyber Extortion Strategic Response, a 252-page book that promises to “take readers beyond the ransom note and into the decisions that determine how an organization responds, recovers, and protects what matters.”

Edward Dubrovsky’s book, which centers on the intricacies of ransomware negotiations.

“At the heart of the book is a critical distinction: communicating with a criminal is not the same as negotiating a payment, and negotiating is not a commitment to pay,” reads an excerpt from the book’s listing on Amazon. “Engagement can serve other objectives, including testing claims, gathering information, creating time, and preserving options while the organization evaluates its next move.”

Mr. Dubrovsky could not be immediately reached for comment. KrebsOnSecurity also sought comment from other executives at CyberSteward, and will update this post in the event they respond. The available court records in Dubrovsky’s case show that he does not currently have an attorney and has yet to be appointed a public defender by the courts.

ShinyHunters typically uses phishing and stolen credentials to siphon data from corporate accounts at software-as-a-service companies, and then threatens to publish the stolen data online unless a ransom demand is paid. According to the FBI, the group has extorted more than $70 million from victims so far this year.

Sources tell KrebsOnSecurity the FBI has been poring over devices that were seized last month when the Dutch police arrested the convicted cybercriminal Pepijn van der Stap in connection with the ShinyHunters investigation, and that charges against principals at other companies that specialize in ransomware negotiation may be forthcoming.

Immediately after Van der Stap’s arrest, another member of ShinyHunters named “Rey” assumed control over the group and began taunting the FBI over data the group stole from the agency’s online recruitment portal, which included each’s person’s unit and specialization, as well as medical and psychiatric records.

Last week, Reuters reported that Rey — identified as a teenager named Saif Al-din Khader — had been detained and was cooperating with FBI investigators. On October 7, we detailed how Rey was apprehended as the cybercrime group allegedly sought to extort a navigation and digital aviation unit that was divested by Boeing in late 2025.

This is likely to be a fast-moving story. Updates will be noted along with timestamps.

New York Plans Stronger Sports Betting Regulation to Curb Gambling Addiction

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 22:14
Layers of phone notifications from DraftKings, each offering a specific promotion or “Boost.”
DraftKings sent extensive promotional offers to ProPublica reporter Jake Pearson while he was testing the company’s safety guardrails for problem gamblers. Recreation of notifications by Chris Alcantara/ProPublica

Gambling regulators in New York on Friday formally proposed two rules that they say will help curb gambling addiction in the state.

The move adds the country’s largest sports betting market to a growing list of places that are seeking online gambling reforms as states that have legalized wagering on sports in recent years deal with the harmful side effects, including rising addiction diagnoses there.

While the drafts have been months in the making, their official introduction follows mounting media scrutiny, including a ProPublica investigation last month that showed weaknesses in the guardrails that companies like DraftKings have erected to address problem gamblers on their platforms. That system is called “responsible gaming.”

The commission’s chair, Brian O’Dwyer, said that the proposed rules “provide an opportunity for the industry to illustrate its commitment” to protecting its customers. 

“The industry is on notice by me and this commission that they need to solve this problem,” O’Dwyer said. “If the industry does not address it, then we will address it and they may not like the solution that we come up with.”

One of the new rules would effectively adopt guidelines that New Jersey already uses, requiring sportsbooks to follow specific thresholds to identify at-risk bettors. The company would then be mandated to check in with those users. Another rule would bar companies from using artificial intelligence to customize bonuses or wagers.

DraftKings, one of the country’s largest sports betting companies, has said it already follows the New Jersey trigger thresholds. Among them: depositing more than $10,000 in a 24-hour period or wagering more than $1 million in a 90-day period.

What Does Your Data Reveal About Sports Betting Apps? Help ProPublica Find Out.

If you’ve bet on sports with FanDuel or DraftKings, you can help ProPublica understand how these apps work. Use our browser extension to download your betting history, then upload your files.

But as ProPublica recently reported, problem gambling can manifest in much smaller amounts. With the advice of recovering addicts, addiction specialists and professional sports bettors, a reporter deposited $21,600 into his DraftKings account in less than eight weeks and purposefully bet compulsively, exhibiting the hallmark signs of problem gambling throughout that time. The behavior didn’t qualify for a company review or interventions beyond responsible gaming notices, including in-app pop-ups.

Some advocates for gambling reforms said that’s one big reason why the proposed rules don’t go far enough.

New York and New Jersey “are clearly complacent in the status quo by endorsing and prescribing regulations that are nothing more than giving the appearance of reform and not effectuating actual change,” said Brianne Doura-Schawohl, a gambling reform advocate who lobbies for consumer and public health protections.

After the commission advanced the rules unanimously on Friday, O’Dwyer said he recognized “the limitations of this proposal” and urged the state’s nine licensed mobile sports betting companies to share data so that problem gamblers can’t elude intervention by bouncing between them. 

The introduction of the rules is a key step toward formal adoption. There will be a 60-day comment period for the public to weigh in on them. Barring major changes, the rules will then go back before the commission.

Though the plans were first published in March and received dozens of public comments, their official introduction at the gaming commission comes on the heels of reporting by The New York Times, which found that DraftKings used artificial intelligence and data scientists to target its promotions to losing bettors, and ProPublica, which found that promotions far outweighed the responsible gaming notices sent to a reporter exhibiting problematic behavior.

DraftKings made that journalist a VIP after he displayed red flags of problem gambling.

Since those articles were published last month, regulators in Maine and Michigan have also said that they are reviewing some of the issues raised in the stories.

A spokesperson for Maine’s Public Safety Department said the Gambling Control Unit is “monitoring the use of AI locally and nationally” but has no rules or laws addressing the issue and declined to provide any additional information “regarding the scope of that monitoring or specific operations.” A spokesperson for Michigan regulators hasn’t responded to requests for comment.

Massachusetts regulators, who have been looking into the use of AI by gambling companies, said they were also taking a look. The governor of Maryland has separately said he’d like to limit gambling companies’ use of AI to “identify and target users showing problem-gambling patterns.”

Asked for comment on the New York regulations, a FanDuel spokesperson said the company “welcomes the opportunity to engage with regulators and work collaboratively to establish best practices for the industry.”

A spokesperson for DraftKings referred ProPublica to its prior comments.

In statements and interviews, the company has defended its responsible gaming program and disputed any characterization that it targets addicts or those prone to addiction with inducements.

In an interview with ProPublica, Lori Kalani, DraftKings’ chief responsible gaming officer, said that, overall, “the system worked the way it was supposed to” during our gambling investigation, citing the more than 30 messages it sent our reporter. She added that “as a business, as an industry, we’re doing a good job of educating people, of raising awareness, of making tools and resources available, of monitoring accounts.”

DraftKings told the Times it “rejects any implication that its marketing practices are unfair or improperly targets customers” and said its perks were delivered to “customers who demonstrated sustained, engaged use on our platform, not toward customers based on their losses.”

The rules presented on Friday were made in response to a call by Gov. Kathy Hochul this year to address problem gambling. The Democrat, who is running for reelection, has announced a 10-year survey of residents’ gambling behavior to help “guide smart, targeted investments that protect New Yorkers and strengthen access to care.”

But the commission’s proposed rules are a relatively moderate step in that direction.

The measures would require a sports betting company to do more due diligence into a user’s “financial vulnerability” under certain conditions. Those triggers include a range of behaviors, including, for example, if a user’s time on the app jumps by 50% or more in a week compared with the immediately preceding two-week period.

In a comment letter this May, the Responsible Online Gaming Association, a trade group that includes DraftKings, FanDuel and three other major sportsbook operators, said the rules “establish a strong framework for responsible gaming” but offered some “targeted recommendations.”

Those included ensuring the triggers “avoid displacing or disrupting the mature, data-driven behavioral risk assessment systems already in use” and don’t confuse the company’s “responsible gaming role and the role of qualified clinicians.” It said any interventions should be “proportionate, operationally scalable, and effective.”

The post New York Plans Stronger Sports Betting Regulation to Curb Gambling Addiction appeared first on ProPublica.

Credential-Stealing GitHub Actions Workflows Planted in Tens of Thousands of Repositories

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 21:14
Cybersecurity researchers have disclosed details of an ongoing credential-theft campaign that has compromised two high-profile open-source maintainer accounts to push a malicious workflow into over 340 repositories. "Using the account of Takashi Kitao, author of the 18,400-star game engine pyxel, the attacker pushed a malicious workflow to 27 repositories starting at 13:20 UTC," StepSecurity

FBI Arrests Another ShinyHunters Suspect Reportedly Involved in Its Jobs Portal Hack

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 19:45
The FBI has arrested another suspected co-conspirator of ShinyHunters, FBI Director Kash Patel said on October 9 in a post on X. ShinyHunters is the extortion group that said in September it had breached the FBI's jobs portal and stolen sensitive data on almost all FBI agents and job applicants. The FBI has not named the suspect, and no charges have been made public. The

P7 DarkSword iOS Exploit Kit Adds Crypto Wallet Data Theft and Remote Commands

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:29
Cybersecurity researchers have disclosed details of a previously unseen variant of the DarkSword iOS exploit kit called P7 DarkSword. "Compared with the variants we usually observe, P7 reduces its on-device footprint, adds on-device keychain and crypto-wallet theft, and adds two way C2 communication with the attacker's infrastructure," iVerify said in a new report published Thursday. The name

TP-Link Sued by Four More U.S. States Over Router Security and China Ties

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 15:22
Four more U.S. states sued router maker TP-Link Systems on October 6, bringing the total to five, with  Texas filing a suit in February. Florida, Iowa, Montana and Nebraska allege the California company misled buyers about how secure its routers are and how separate it is from China. TP-Link denies the claims and says it will fight them in court. TP-Link Systems is based in

Researchers Publish Working Exploit for Pre-Auth AnyDesk Linux Flaw That Gives Root Access

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:59
Security researchers have published a full working exploit for a pre-authentication remote code execution flaw in AnyDesk Linux that gives attackers root access before anyone approves the connection. AnyDesk patched the flaw in version 8.0.3 in June, but its changelog described the fix only as "fixed a bug that could lead to a crash," with no CVE assigned and no security

Anthropic Launches Free AI Vulnerability Scanner for Open-Source Projects

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:47
Anthropic on Thursday unveiled OSS Scanner as an opt-in vulnerability scanner to help secure the open-source ecosystem using artificial intelligence (AI). "It's an opt-in service informed by our experience using Claude to find vulnerabilities during Project Glasswing," Anthropic said. "Projects that join will receive thorough, periodic security scans by our strongest models at no cost."

Attackers Exploit AhsayCBS Flaws to Deploy XMRig Miners Disguised as Microsoft Edge

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:47
Threat actors have been observed exploiting two recently disclosed flaws in the AhsayCBS backup utility to seize control of affected devices and deploy web shells and XMRig cryptocurrency miners. Details of the flaws are below - CVE-2026-105133 (CVSS v4 score: 5.5) - An improper authentication vulnerability in the checkSysPwd() function in the "com/ahsay/obs/api/ApiStructsAction.java"

Flax Typhoon Exploits Five Flaws as CISA Sets October 11 Deadline for Federal Agencies

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 14:21
The U.S. Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) on Thursday added five security flaws to its Known Exploited Vulnerabilities (KEV) catalog, following their abuse by a China-linked threat actor known as Flax Typhoon. The vulnerabilities in question are listed below - CVE-2015-3306 (CVSS score: 10.0) - An improper access control vulnerability in ProFTPD that could allow

The AI Velocity Paradox: Why Security Is Decades Behind AI Ambition

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:30
As enterprises race to deploy autonomous AI agents to accelerate business, a new report reveals they are tethered to security architectures built for a different era. The "Horizons of Identity Security" report from SailPoint highlights a critical “velocity paradox,” in which organizations invest in AI-speed business operations while continuing to rely on human-speed security controls, creating a

GoBalance Flaw Lets Attackers Hijack .onion Addresses by Recovering Tor-Format Keys

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:03
A bug in GoBalance, a tool many dark-web sites use to stay reachable during attacks, lets anyone work out the secret key that controls a site's .onion address using only public information, and then take that address over. Searchlight Cyber, which disclosed the flaw on October 8, says an attacker who recovers the key can redirect the site's visitors to a copy of the site they control.

Three Teams Demonstrate Remote Hacks of Fully Patched Google Pixel 10 at Pwn2Own

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:26
Three research teams broke into Google's Pixel 10 on October 8 at Pwn2Own Ireland, a hacking contest in Cork whose rules require every target to be fully patched. The contest pays researchers to show working exploits and passes the flaws to the vendors. One of the three Pixel exploits earned Ikotas Labs $300,000, the contest's top prize, and made the team the overall winner. Trend Micro's Zero

Citrix Patches Critical NetScaler Flaw That Could Enable RCE in SAML Deployments

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:11
Citrix has released patches for yet another critical security flaw impacting NetScaler ADC and NetScaler Gateway that could result in remote code execution or denial-of-service (DoS) under certain conditions. "CVE-2026-107406 is a memory overflow vulnerability that may lead to remote code execution or denial-of-service under specific configuration conditions," Citrix said. The vulnerability

FBI Seizes 7 Domains, Disrupts Flax Typhoon Tools Used in Critical Infrastructure Intrusions

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 08:39
The U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and Department of Justice (DoJ) have announced the disruption of malicious tools used by a China-linked advanced persistent threat group known as Flax Typhoon. To that end, the agencies seized several domains and blocked access to platforms that were used to scan, and in some cases infiltrate, U.S. critical infrastructure. The list of seized

The Pentagon Gave $350 Million in Contracts to a Firm Closely Tied to a Senior Defense Department Official

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:45
An illustration in which the Pentagon is framed by two identical photographs of a man in a suit. One of the photographs has been flipped, so that the man appears to be facing himself. In the background there are images of parachuters in the sky and jets and planes flying.
Photo illustration by Shoshana Gordon/ProPublica. Source images: Danny Johnston/AP, Douglas Rissing via iStock, Air Force Maj. David Brown and Marine Corps Lance Cpl. Isaac Garza.

Among a cadre of Wall Street executives brought into the Pentagon during President Donald Trump’s second term, George K. Kollitides II has emerged as a powerbroker with a broad mandate to improve procurement of weapons and critical minerals.

The longtime partner at the private equity firm Alvarez & Marsal Capital has framed his tour of duty in government as a service to the country. But the work he’s leading has also been a boon to his old friends in the private sector, government procurement records show.

In April, months after Kollitides had started work at the Pentagon, he was listed on a securities filing as continuing to work for his old company as a senior adviser. Two months later, the Defense Department finalized a $281 million no-bid consulting contract with an affiliate firm, Alvarez & Marsal Federal, to advise Kollitides’ new Pentagon office, the records show.

That contract, large for consulting work even by Defense Department standards, is the second in a pair of deals that since December have awarded almost $350 million in military spending to the firm — about five times more than Alvarez & Marsal entities had received from all U.S. agencies combined in the two decades before Trump returned to office, according to federal spending data. Both of those contracts have been for work connected to Pentagon offices where Kollitides is the head or has a senior role.

The deals remain shrouded in secrecy, records show, because they were signed under an unusual contracting method the Defense Department uses to fund experimental weapons — work A&M has never claimed to do. They have begun to send unprecedented sums of taxpayer money to a company that boasts helping government agencies create a “customer-centric culture” and that is deeply intertwined with the private equity firm where Kollitides was a partner for almost 10 years. The two partner firms tag-team investment deals and share back-office support, company documents and federal filings show.

Kollitides was still working with A&M Capital when the deals were signed. It’s unclear if he will benefit financially from the windfall of military spending on A&M consulting. His employment at the Pentagon is under a special classification that allows him to keep his financial disclosures confidential.

Ethics experts said it’s generally illegal for executive branch officials to play a role in awarding contracts that would have a direct impact on their own finances, unless they were granted a waiver.

“It looks way too cozy to be legitimate. I think taxpayers should be appalled,” said Virginia Canter, a former federal government ethics lawyer. “There are a million consulting firms in D.C. and New York. Why would you sole source this contract? They’re not sending replacement parts for a ship that is sinking.”

After ProPublica sent questions to the Pentagon, Kollitides and both A&M entities early this  week, A&M Capital said Kollitides had just stopped working there days earlier.

In a statement, A&M Capital said it is a “separately capitalized and separately managed firm from the Alvarez & Marsal consulting business” and its “management and employees have no involvement in the day-to-day operations of the consulting business, and vice versa.” The firm said that none of Kollitides’ work for it related to the “defense industry, the Department of War or Mr. Kollitides’ government service.”

The Alvarez & Marsal consulting business did not answer any of ProPublica’s questions, including how it became aware of the possibility that it could seek the $281 million no-bid contract and what services it is providing to Kollitides’ Pentagon team. The Wall Street Journal on Thursday reported the existence of some of the Alvarez & Marsal contracting.

“We are proud to serve clients across all industries, and all levels of government,” the company said in a statement. “The common denominator is always the same: we help solve difficult problems.”

“It looks way too cozy to be legitimate. I think taxpayers should be appalled.”

Virginia Canter, former federal government ethics lawyer

Kollitides did not respond to questions about whether he played a role in A&M securing contracts to work for his office, but a Pentagon spokesperson replied for the department and on Kollitides’ behalf saying they both followed all applicable rules.

“The Department of War maintains a rigorous, multi-layered ethics framework that includes financial disclosure reviews, divestitures where appropriate, and screening to prevent conflicts of interest,” Deputy Pentagon Press Secretary Jacob Bliss wrote in an email. Kollitides, he added, “is in full compliance with all ethical laws and regulations. Any claims otherwise are false.”

There is widespread bipartisan agreement that the Pentagon’s procurement systems are in need of radical reform and private-sector know-how could help the country better secure supply lines and accelerate the development of new weapons to ensure the military is prepared to fight future wars.

But current and former defense officials say the massive spending for connected consultants is a reflection of a changed Defense Department under Trump. They say a clubby and politicized culture has taken hold in a wing of the Pentagon controlled by Kollitides and other former Wall Street executives recruited by Steve Feinberg, the billionaire private-equity titan who is now the deputy defense secretary. It’s an operation, they say, that favors people and companies that have close ties to the administration.

This year, ProPublica reported that the Office of Strategic Capital, a unit at the Pentagon that Kollitides helps lead, granted a small North Carolina startup linked to Donald Trump Jr. a $620 million loan after a top aide to the president intervened on the company’s behalf. A group of Democratic lawmakers accused the office of “a staggering level of corruption and influence peddling.”

ProPublica also reported that the same Pentagon unit was considering a loan to Unusual Machines, a second company connected to the president’s son. A defense official told ProPublica recently that the unit is now in the late stages of a $220 million loan for the Florida drone parts maker, where Trump Jr. sits on the advisory board and was granted a stake.

The Pentagon did not respond to a question about the advancing loan process for Unusual Machines and if Trump Jr.’s connections were playing a part. After the earlier loan to a Trump-connected company, the Pentagon said “no company receives preferential treatment” and “political connections play absolutely no role in the Department’s funding decisions.” Pentagon Press Secretary Kingsley Wilson pushed back on criticism, saying the Defense Department is conducting extensive due diligence on potential lending.

That Pentagon lending unit was launched during the Biden administration with an open application process for interested companies. Current and former officials and people who have interacted with the office say Kollitides and other leaders now rely more on their own personal networks to choose companies to fund — as well as the consultants to vet those deals.

Multiple Pentagon Hats

That reliance on personal networks is how Kollitides got to the Pentagon.

Feinberg first hired Kollitides more than two decades ago.

Then a rising private-equity star who had graduated from Columbia Business School, Kollitides moved up the ranks at Cerberus, Feinberg’s firm, taking the reins of its aerospace, defense and government groups. In 2012, Kollitides took on an especially sensitive and more public job for the private-equity giant. Kollitides was named chief executive of a Cerberus company combining Remington, the nation’s oldest gun maker, with more than a dozen other firearms and parts companies, eliminating hundreds of jobs from New York to Georgia to Montana.

After three years with the Cerberus-owned gunmaker, Kollitides left and became a partner at Alvarez & Marsal Capital, an offshoot of A&M consulting, whose co-founder also had long-standing business ties to Feinberg.

Two men in suits stand, smiling at the camera, in front of a sign that reads “Orthopaedic Foundation” and “George K. Kollitides, II.”
George K. Kollitides II, left, attends a philanthropic gala held to honor him in 2010, when he was managing director at Cerberus. Amber De Vos/Patrick McMullan Archive via Getty Images

Some former business associates said they were not surprised that Kollitides jumped at the chance to rejoin Feinberg at the Pentagon. The two share a love for firearms and defense industry investments. They have also both described their work addressing the military’s most vexing supply chain issues as a patriotic calling.

“Americans need us at the Pentagon and our civilians and our contractors to do better,” Feinberg said last year. “We can’t fail, we can’t make excuses, we must succeed.”

On social media, Kollitides has shown the kind of partisanship long taboo in the Pentagon but now fostered in its ranks by Trump and Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth. Kollitides has decried the “Democrat Party,” warned of the ills of socialism and posted that “the government cannot give to anybody anything that the government does not first take from somebody else.”

Over the last year, Feinberg has continued to heap responsibility on Kollitides: naming him his co-chief of staff and senior adviser; vice chairman of the Office of Strategic Capital’s investment committee; and director of two other new offices, the Economic Defense Unit and the Business Operators for National Defense, or BOND — the office with the $281 million no-bid contract.

His employment status allowing him to hold any of those roles at the Pentagon is somewhat of a mystery.

Unlike Feinberg, who was confirmed to his post by the Senate, Kollitides was reportedly first brought onto the federal government last year as a special government employee, or SGE, a designation that allows someone to work in government for no more than 130 days a year. Kollitides seemingly exceeded that cap several months ago.

A seated man in a suit confers with a man who is standing and leaning in to talk to him. A row of people are seated behind them in a government building.
Steve Feinberg, right, confers with an aide prior to testifying before the Senate Armed Services Committee at his 2025 confirmation hearing for the role of deputy defense secretary. Win McNamee/Getty Images

But in the Pentagon’s email system, Kollitides’ name now carries an abbreviation signifying he has been designated an HQE, or highly qualified expert. His employment classification, which the Pentagon confirmed, is designed to hire people who bring “enlightened thinking and innovation” to Defense Department roles that can last up to six years.

That distinction brings a unique benefit for Kollitides. Financial disclosures filed by HQEs are generally confidential, while those of high-ranking SGEs are often subject to release once a person fills a government role for more than 60 days. It’s unclear if Pentagon ethics officials granted Kollitides a waiver to keep any disclosures confidential.

(ProPublica requested Kollitides’ financial disclosure forms in August, but the Pentagon has not yet responded.)

Kollitides’ continued tie to Alvarez & Marsal Capital surfaced in April in a securities filing by a second company with which the defense official was taking a leadership post.

Days after Feinberg named him the head of BOND, granting Kollitides deep visibility into weapons production rates of U.S. military contractors, Kollitides took a seat on the board of D. Boral Acquisition I, an offshore shell company whose affiliate D. Boral Capital has partnered with defense-related businesses. The Guardian and Bloomberg Government previously reported on the filing, and Bloomberg reported that Kollitides stepped down from the position at the end of September.

Kollitides’ biography in the filing described his current roles at the Pentagon, then added that “he is also a Senior Advisor” to Alvarez & Marsal Capital and that he previously was a partner and co-head of one the firm’s funds.

A screenshot of a document in which the words “Mr. Kollitides is a Senior Executive Advisor to the Deputy Secretary of War at the Department of War” and “He is also a Senior Advisor to Alavarez and Marsal Capital” are highlighted.
A securities filing reveals that Kollitides continued working for Alvarez & Marsal Capital even after starting work at the Defense Department. Screenshot and highlighting by ProPublica

The A&M entity that Kollitides is described as still advising in the filing is essentially the private-equity partner of the sprawling Alvarez & Marsal firm that includes A&M Federal, which is now providing consulting services for his offices at the Pentagon.

Though the private-equity and consulting businesses are distinct, they work together, share back-office staff for human resources  and tech support, and have overlapping ownership, according to company documents. The private-equity arm describes itself as having a “strategic relationship” with the consulting side of A&M. The firm boosts its investment decision-making by working with the consulting firm’s thousands of employees around the globe to assess particular companies. And after the fund takes a stake in a company, it deploys the consulting arm’s employees to improve that firm’s operations and make the company more valuable.

In other words, the fund’s success hinges on the consulting firm’s.

Whether Kollitides violated government ethics rules hinges on details that he and the Pentagon have declined to provide.

A Defense Department official told ProPublica that Kollitides “does not and has never had” any investments or financial relations with A&M consulting. The official said Kollitides is also “recused on any conflicted matters related to A&M Capital,” which could be referring to Defense Department decisions related to companies A&M Capital has a financial stake in.

Ethics experts said that without a written waiver, executive branch officials are generally barred from participating in decisions, such as the awarding of a contract, that would have a direct impact on their financial interests. That law, the experts said, could apply even if the official doesn’t have a stake in a company but just draws a salary — the rationale being that they’ve improved the odds that the company will be able to continue paying them.

The Pentagon official did not answer specific questions about whether Kollitides was being compensated by A&M Capital when the contracts were signed, if he played any role in the contract decision-making process or if he sought or received an exemption to do so.

A “Blank Sheet of Paper” Contract

A&M’s first contract with the Pentagon was signed in December, months after Kollitides joined the government. That $67.6 million deal was awarded to Alvarez & Marsal Federal through a Defense Department entity focused on efforts to strengthen the nation’s industrial base.

The full scope of work that A&M provided is unclear. But documents reviewed by ProPublica show that by late last year, the firm had begun helping to vet possible loan deals for the Office of Strategic Capital, the lending unit then run in part by Kollitides.

Like that first contract, the larger, $281 million deal that followed to advise Kollitides’ BOND office came in the form of what is called an OTA, or other transaction agreement, which allows agencies to bypass regular federal contracting rules on public disclosure and oversight.

Congress first authorized the Defense Department to use the contracting method in the 1980s to fund breakthrough technologies without publicly disclosing much about the work. The Pentagon has increasingly turned to OTA contracts over the last decade to quickly fund a broader range of one-time costs, including prototype weapons and urgent production needs, even as government auditors have lamented OTAs as a “blank sheet of paper” arrangement with little oversight or accountability.

Still, experts said an OTA contract for consulting work was extraordinary. That’s because consulting is one of the simplest services the military can buy, and it has a long history of doing so through competitive bidding. Firms often publish the hourly costs for their associates, managers and other work before solicitations are posted.

But like black-box OTA contracts for secret weapons systems, the funding mechanism has hidden from public view details of what taxpayers are getting for the money.

The sheer size of the A&M contract stunned experts.

At $281,089,206.65, the consulting contract is among the largest OTAs funded through the Defense Department’s main support division in the last decade, including for top secret semiconductor projects and underwater drones, records show.

The Pentagon has said little about the impact of BOND since Hegseth claimed in February that the new entity would revolutionize military purchasing.

The defense secretary said that under the program, the military would embed former corporate executives, or, as he put it, “elite, private-sector patriots” to help optimize and accelerate the manufacturing of critical munitions. Hegseth said he thought the exercise would help the Pentagon increase resiliency in supply chains. The “era of managed decline is over,” he said.

In private recruitment materials for those executives, as well as for candidates to fill posts in other Kollitides-run units, the stakes and the mission for BOND were described in even starker terms: Neoliberalism and trade deals have left the U.S. as a country that “can no longer manufacture ships, munitions or planes in a timely manner.”

The recruiting materials cast the job of fixing that systemic problem as part-time work: “Recently retired Fortune 100 executives spend five days per month solving public- and private-sector operational challenges,” read pages viewed by ProPublica.

Two people familiar with A&M’s work for BOND said the firm’s consultants have accompanied former executives on trips to review work at major defense contractors such as Lockheed, Boeing, RTX and BAE Systems. BAE acknowledged a visit by BOND representatives but declined to comment further. Lockheed, Boeing, RTX and other companies contacted by ProPublica did not respond to requests for comment.

Contracting experts said that A&M is likely not guaranteed the full amount, and that contracts like these typically span several years, but records show A&M has already been paid about $31 million.

Not everyone, however, is welcome to participate.

One former military officer who worked in the defense industry told ProPublica he was contacted by an outside recruiter for Kollitides’ new BOND office. The recruiter, he said, told him that all applicants would be asked who they voted for.

The former military officer, who spoke on the condition of anonymity because he feared retribution, said he expressed discomfort with that line of questioning. He received an email shortly after from the recruiter telling him he was no longer under consideration. The Pentagon did not respond to a question about the officer’s account.

“Getting more effective and efficient is not a political question,” the former officer said.

The post The Pentagon Gave $350 Million in Contracts to a Firm Closely Tied to a Senior Defense Department Official appeared first on ProPublica.

Solution pour smartphone pour la saisie de variable à la volée - Suivi de données

Salut,

Je cherche, pour un usage personnel, une solution pour enregistrer des données au fur et à mesure.

Je sais qu’il existe des applications pour enregistrer et suivre ses données de santé (poids, rythme cardiaque,…) et d’autres pour sa consommation de boissons (eau, alcool, café…), etc.

Mais je ne trouve pas d’application qui permette d’enregistrer et suivre toute forme de donnée de son choix.

La solution que j’imagine pourrait, par exemple, remplir ce « cahier des charges »:

  1. Configuration: définir soi-même les champs que l’on souhaite renseigner (par exemple: humidité de l’air, température ambiante, pression des pneus, compteur d’eau,…) et définir quel type de variable correspond à tel ou tel champ (binaire, entier, décimal, texte,…) et, éventuellement, son unité (%, m³, €, L,…)
  2. Utilisation normale: saisir à tout instant une valeur pour un champ choisi, avec horodatation (par défaut: jour et heure actuels avec possibilité de changer), ces informations étant enregistrées dans une base de données (localement, dans l’idéal), avec conditions de validité (pour limiter les erreurs de saisie, par exemple: une valeur comprise entre -20 et +100)
  3. Exploitation des résultats: extraire les informations vers une feuille de calcul (LibreOffice Calc ou équivalent) pour faire des analyses et, dans l’idéal absolu: pouvoir importer des données dans la base, pouvoir paramétrer des graphiques issus des données collectées, directement depuis l’application…

Dans l’idée, en utilisation normale, depuis mon smartphone, j’ouvre l’application, je sélectionne le nom de la variable que je souhaite saisir, je saisis la valeur (avec fenêtre de validation de la date et de l’heure) puis je valide.

Ensuite, lorsque je veux analyser tout cela, je peux exporter les infos pour faire une analyse sur mon ordinateur.

Cette application pourrait servir à suivre:

  • la consommation de carburant de véhicules (volume de carburant, prix, kilométrage, vitesse moyenne…)
  • la consommation électrique du logement (kWh en heures pleines, heures creuses,…)
  • la température et l’humidité du logement (température en °C/°F, l’humidité en %,…)
  • habitudes (heure des repas, temps de sommeil,…)
  • données de santé
  • etc.

Avez-vous des suggestions ?

A titre de « benchmark », j’ai repéré les applications suivantes, sur le magasin F-Droid:

J’imagine que je peux faire un sondage framaform pour chacune des variables que je souhaite enregistrer mais cela va être lourd à gérer.

Si tout pouvait se trouver au même endroit, ce serait top !

Merci d’avoir lu ma demande et merci d’avance pour vos suggestions ou pistes de recherche !

Pour info, je poste aussi ce message sur le forum F-Droid, au cas où…

3 messages - 2 participant(e)s

Lire le sujet en entier

Risolte vulnerabilità in Dell Secure Connect Gateway Policy Manager

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 15:34
Rilasciati aggiornamenti di sicurezza che sanano molteplici vulnerabilità, di cui 18 con gravità "alta" in Dell Secure Connect Gateway (SCG) Policy Manager, soluzione per la gestione delle autorizzazioni relative agli accessi remoti, all’esecuzione di script e ai trasferimenti di file effettuati tramite Secure Connect Gateway, nonché per la registrazione delle relative attività di audit.

Ken Paxton’s Security for Travel Cost Taxpayers Millions. Just 1 in 6 of His Trips Had a Stated Business Purpose.

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:00
An illustration depicts a man in a suit in the foreground, flanked by groups of security guards in suits, with commercial airplanes in flight above mountains and tropical trees in the background.
Illustration by Joel Kimmel for ProPublica and The Texas Tribune. Reference image: ZUMA Press Wire/Reuters Connect.

In the summer of 2023, after he was impeached on charges of abusing his office for personal gain, Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton was suspended and barred from conducting any official business for more than three months while awaiting trial in the state Senate.

So, he traveled.

Paxton, a Republican who is now running for U.S. Senate, took at least 17 trips over three months, including to resort destinations Park City, Utah, and Vail, Colorado. He visited the Oklahoma town where he owns a vacation lodge and a Utah community with a golf resort, where he later bought four condominiums.

State police joined him each time, costing taxpayers tens of thousands of dollars for trips unrelated to his job as attorney general. The Texas Senate ultimately acquitted him on the impeachment charges.

But Paxton’s use of the taxpayer-funded detail did not begin or end there. In fact, it stands out compared with his predecessor, fellow elected officials in Texas and other state attorneys general, ProPublica and The Texas Tribune found.

Paxton has traveled frequently out of state while listing little on his official calendar, The Associated Press reported last week. ProPublica and the Tribune’s analysis, which included reviewing every publicly available document Paxton’s office says it possesses about his travel, discloses for the first time how few of his trips had a listed business purpose: just 1 in 6.

It also found Paxton’s security has cost taxpayers far more than has previously been reported.

Since assuming office in 2015, Paxton has taken nearly 1,000 trips with a state-funded security detail, costing $3.3 million. The newsrooms’ review of Paxton’s travel records, obtained through the state’s Public Information Act, could only connect 138 of those trips and $553,000 in security costs to state business.

Records detailing the purpose of Paxton’s visits to 36 states and 19 countries do not appear to exist in most cases. These include a trip to a small town in Hawaii months before his family’s blind trust bought land there; 24 trips to Utah, where the trust owns five properties; and 53 trips to Florida, where Paxton and the trust have two houses and a townhome.

“If you’ve got all these extra trips, it becomes ethically and morally problematic,” said Chris Toth, former executive director of the National Association of Attorneys General, who has also criticized Paxton’s conduct on other issues. “The ethical question is whether a legitimate security function has effectively become a taxpayer-funded subsidy.”

Texas law allows the Department of Public Safety to provide security for key state leaders, including the attorney general, but does not require officials to use it. In fact, Paxton himself hasn’t used it in at least two dozen cases while traveling on official business.

Paxton has dismissed opponents’ attacks that he has used the perks of office to benefit himself and has not answered questions about how he vastly increased his wealth as a public servant.

He also did not answer detailed questions for this story. ProPublica and the Tribune sent Paxton a spreadsheet detailing travel for which there was no record that he was on state business and asked him to provide additional information if the trips were not personal. Neither Paxton nor his office provided such records. Instead, his office provided a general statement.

“Throughout his career, Ken Paxton has faced numerous security threats stemming from his courageous work as Attorney General fighting on behalf of the people of Texas,” his office said in the statement. “Those threats are a direct result of him taking on the cartels terrorizing Texans and some of the nation’s most dangerous violent criminals.”

Paxton’s office directed additional questions to DPS.

A DPS spokesperson declined to answer the newsrooms’ questions, saying the agency does not comment on its security arrangements.

A document showing a Texas Department of Public Safety expense report listing out-of-state and in-state executive protection travel costs for the attorney general in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2023.
Logs from the Texas Department of Public Safety security detail assigned to Attorney General Ken Paxton show multiple out-of-state trips while he was suspended from office in 2023. Obtained and highlighted by ProPublica and The Texas Tribune

An Outlier Among Peers

To analyze Paxton’s travel, ProPublica and the Tribune reviewed DPS logs for his security detail and records from the attorney general’s office, including airfare and lodging receipts, per diems and his daily calendars.

The records available for his predecessor, Greg Abbott, show a stark difference: Abbott traveled mostly within the state as attorney general, and his security cost $203,000 during his last three years in the office. Adjusted for inflation, Abbott’s security detail cost $7,400 per month. Paxton’s has averaged $24,300.

Because the state keeps records only for a limited time, Abbott’s travel expenses and his daily calendars as attorney general no longer exist, so the news organizations could not determine how many of his trips were for business.

Records are available, however, for Abbott’s security costs as governor and for Lt. Gov. Dan Patrick. Both are also offered state police security and have been in their current roles as long as Paxton.

When compared, the records show Paxton has taken 82 more out-of-state trips with a security detail than Abbott and nearly as many as the governor and lieutenant governor combined.

Though DPS security detail records are available for state leaders’ full tenure, Abbott’s office only provided calendars that document business-related activity for his first six years in office. More than two-thirds of the governor’s international trips during those years had a listed business purpose, compared with just two of 25 for Paxton during his full tenure. The governor’s office said it planned to release the remaining five years on Tuesday but only provided five months, saying it needed more time.

The attorney general’s records do not show a business purpose for travel to Albania, Aruba, Australia, Costa Rica, the Czech Republic, the Dominican Republic, England, Estonia, Finland, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Malta, Mexico, Poland, South Africa or Taiwan.

The share of Paxton’s travel with a documented business purpose peaked early in his tenure, in 2018 and 2019, at 30%, the newsrooms’ analysis found. That aligns with the governor’s share of business travel during that period.

Since then, Paxton has taken fewer trips that are documented as state business while increasingly traveling out of state. Last year, just five of Paxton’s 91 trips with the security detail had a listed business purpose. Forty-one were outside Texas.

In some cases, Paxton has taken business trips without a DPS detail, an analysis of records from the department and the attorney general’s office shows. They include a 2019 meeting in Nashville, Tennessee, with that state’s attorney general to discuss opioid litigation and a 2021 visit with unnamed U.S. senators in North Carolina. There is also no record of Paxton taking the detail on political fundraising trips to Florida and the Bahamas.

But Paxton has traveled with security to other campaign-related activities, including one that came just two days after he was acquitted in the impeachment trial. Paxton boarded a Maine-bound private plane owned by a North Texas businessman to tape an episode of Tucker Carlson’s show, according to campaign finance records. During the interview, he hinted that he’d challenge U.S. Sen. John Cornyn in the 2026 Republican primary.

“Everything is on the table for me,” Paxton said when Carlson suggested he should run.

In his interview with Carlson, Paxton said it was unfair that he was automatically suspended before he could clear his name. He said he was eager to get back to work and that he was “reenergized to do the things the voters sent me to do.”

Paxton should pay for his own security on trips where there is no benefit for Texans, like vacations and campaign events, said Richard Briffault, a professor at Columbia Law School who has written about government ethics.

“There’s no reason for the taxpayers to be paying for things that they would not be paying for if he had stayed home,” Briffault said. “That’s a misuse of public funds.”

State officials said there are no records of Paxton or his campaign reimbursing Texas for security costs.

Of the 10 most populous states, Texas and New York confirmed that they provide security for their attorneys general, while Florida law allows its top lawyer to receive a detail upon request. North Carolina does not. Attorneys general offices for the remaining six states did not respond to requests for comment.

Former Oregon Attorney General Ellen Rosenblum said she never used a security detail during her 12 years in office, which ended in 2024. The Democrat said that Paxton’s higher profile might create a greater need for protection, but his extensive out-of-state travel without a documented business purpose raises questions about his workload.

“Was he minding the store? There’s a lot of work to be done at the office,” Rosenblum said.

Travel and Real Estate

Some of Paxton’s travel to four states with a security detail has overlapped with locations where he or his family’s trust has purchased 10 properties since 2021. A recent ProPublica and Tribune analysis found he owns or co-owns 15 properties with a market value of about $11 million.

In June 2021, Paxton attended an attorneys general conference in Maui. The security detail listed the destination as Lahaina, a small community on the Hawaiian island’s west coast. Four months later, Paxton’s family trust purchased an oceanview lot in a residential neighborhood there for $410,000, land records show.

The 7,000-square-foot lot remains vacant but has proved to be a savvy investment, now assessed at $1.2 million by Maui County.

Paxton set up the trust with his estranged wife, State Sen. Angela Paxton, who declined to be interviewed but said through a spokesperson that she has not been involved in her husband’s business dealings since 2024, when she filed for divorce. The Paxtons’ friend, Chip Loper, runs the trust. He did not respond to requests for comment.

Paxton has also gone to the Salt Lake City area 19 times, twice for listed business purposes. He visited three times — once on business — in the months leading up to his family trust’s July 2021 purchase of a plot in the ski town of Eden. The trust bought a mountainside lot on about two-thirds of an acre for $315,000 in cash, the seller told the newsrooms. It also remains undeveloped.

During his suspension in August 2023, Paxton visited St. George, Utah, a small city in the state’s southwest corner. Nearby is the Black Desert Resort, which hosts an annual PGA Tour golf tournament. Paxton purchased one condo at the resort in 2025 and three more in February. Paxton took out mortgages totaling $1.9 million for them, according to legal documents filed with the local county.

Paxton has visited Florida more than any other state, 53 times. Two of those trips have a documented business purpose. Between 2021 and 2022, Paxton purchased two homes in Ocala, known for its horse breeding industry, and a townhome in Dunedin, on the Gulf of Mexico near Tampa.

Paxton also traveled with the detail twice to Broken Bow, Oklahoma, where he purchased a $1.5 million vacation lodge in 2022. He visited in June 2023, during his suspension. Then again the following December. He traveled to the neighboring town of Idabel in 2023 and 2024. None of the trips had a listed business purpose.

Records that show travel with a security detail do not list the attorney general’s name but rather the position. State officials familiar with the travel records said the two temporary attorneys general appointed during Paxton’s suspension did not take the trips listed on the state police travel logs.

The attorney general’s office has said that Paxton’s work to secure large legal settlements with drugmakers and tech companies requires routine travel. Such travel is noted in calendars reviewed by ProPublica and the Tribune. Even so, more than 800 trips lack a documented business purpose.

Paul Nolette, a Marquette University political science professor who studies attorneys general, said that the role has become more expansive in recent years as states increasingly collaborate on big lawsuits. That could lead to more travel, he said. Nolette added these officials deserve occasional vacations like everyday Americans.

But given repeated accusations from Democrats and Republicans alike about Paxton’s ethics, Nolette said it is difficult to give him the benefit of the doubt that he’s constantly working while leaving the state so frequently.

“It just raises more red flags about how he’s using the office to do things that may not give the best bang for the buck for Texans,” Nolette said.

Paxton has not commented publicly about his use of the taxpayer-funded detail. During a podcast interview in November, Houston lawyer Tony Buzbee, who led his impeachment defense, asked the attorney general where he liked to travel.

“I love Jackson Hole. I like Park City. I like the mountains. I also like beaches,” Paxton responded. “I like places in Florida, places in California, even though I don’t like to admit I go to California. But it’s beautiful to see them.”

The post Ken Paxton’s Security for Travel Cost Taxpayers Millions. Just 1 in 6 of His Trips Had a Stated Business Purpose. appeared first on ProPublica.

An Arizona County’s “Housing Hub” Is a Dead End for Many Homeless Families

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:30
A young child wearing pajamas looks out the window as she opens the curtains to let light into a hotel room.
A 12-year-old child opens the curtains of a hotel room in Tempe, Arizona, where she, her mother and four siblings were staying earlier this year while experiencing homelessness. The room was funded in part by AZ Hugs, which helps families with emergency shelter.

A decade ago, nonprofit leaders in Arizona’s most populous county boasted that they had created the Amazon of homeless service systems. Families in crisis would no longer have to contact a dozen agencies in search of shelter or housing. A single system could point them to help.

But for all the hype, this system has become a dead end for many families. A 2023 evaluation found 94% of people who were assessed for housing help by the system didn’t receive it. And that didn’t account for parents who were unable to connect with a worker to see if they qualified for assistance.

Families say it hasn’t improved.

In interviews, 30 families that are homeless told ProPublica that calling the hotline, meeting with outreach workers or showing up at shelters rarely results in offers of help. Some families said they called 211 multiple times without being connected to the homeless response system for families, known as the Family Housing Hub. Others, who said they were sleeping in cars or outdoors, said they couldn’t get a spot on the waitlist for shelter.

The system has returned to what it was a decade ago, with families calling as many shelters as they can, repeating the very situation the hub was intended to fix.

Those who did make it onto the hub’s waitlist said they were left guessing how long it would take to get help. Some said operators told them to sleep in their cars.

Vanessa Lopez said she experienced this frustration after leaving a hostile relationship in the spring. While she and her two children stayed with a friend, Lopez said she repeatedly contacted 211, which functions as a referral service for the hub, hoping it would lead to shelter for her family.

Her friend eventually asked them to leave. Overwhelmed by the stress of not knowing where to take her family, Lopez took a leave from her job. By then, she said, she’d called 211 at least five times.

Yet no matter how dire her situation became, it still took months to get on the waitlist for shelter. During one call she said she broke down in tears, frustrated that others seemed to get help but she could not. She wondered if she needed to be addicted to drugs to receive assistance.

“It’s not me telling you no,” she said the operator told her. “It’s the system.”

Monique Lopez, the CEO of United Methodist Outreach Ministries, known as UMOM, which runs the Family Housing Hub and the shelter waitlist, acknowledged the frustrations of people like Vanessa Lopez (no relation). But before UMOM offers callers shelter or a spot on the waitlist, the organization first tries to help them find other options.

“We don’t start the conversation with, ‘Hey, do you want to get on the shelter waitlist?’” Monique Lopez said. “It really is ‘Let’s try to figure your situation out first.’”

Lopez attributed some frustrations to the number of organizations offering assistance through the hub. Each shelter has its own rules, and some families may not meet the requirements of every program.

To address the confusion, UMOM updated its website to provide more information about the homeless response system for families, she said. The federally funded system, known as Coordinated Entry, mandates that providers use an assessment to prioritize scarce housing.

“It’s not me telling you no. It’s the system.”

211 operator

But families told ProPublica that the process in Maricopa County often leaves them confused and hopeless. Family homelessness in the county has risen to its highest level in more than a decade, while every shelter is full and housing vouchers are scarce. In 2025, there were 630 units of shelter and transitional housing for families in the county, down from 769 the year before, according to the most recent federal data.

Monique Lopez acknowledged that family shelters are full, leaving few good options. “People are living in unsafe and unstable situations while waiting just to get into emergency shelter,” she said.

The process, experts said, shouldn’t leave people wondering if there is help and what it takes to get it.

“You have to have some kind of method for setting priorities when there aren’t enough resources to go around,” said Marybeth Shinn, an expert on family homelessness at Vanderbilt University. “The process should be transparent. People should know if they’re on a waitlist.”


UMOM and other Maricopa County nonprofits launched the Family Housing Hub in 2014, after years of planning and strategizing over how to end family homelessness in the county that is home to Phoenix. As they envisioned it, families would meet with a worker at UMOM who could match them with the best solution for their situation.

At the time, there was a national push to create these local systems. The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development in 2012 asked communities to establish a Coordinated Entry system. By 2018, the agency required it in order to receive housing and homelessness grants. The mandates coincided with a Barack Obama-era plan to end family homelessness by 2020. (That did not happen.)

Experts said the systems were set up without evidence they would be effective. When researchers did look at Coordinated Entry — in a 2021 study of single adults — they found issues similar to those now faced by families in Maricopa County, including concerns about fairness and a lack of transparency. People didn’t understand the screening process and generally received vague explanations about how their information would be used to decide if they would get help.

As Maricopa County nonprofit leaders developed their system for families, they also pledged to provide a “rapid response without waiting lists” to immediately meet the needs of any family asking for help.

A woman wearing a backpack sits at a picnic table under a gazebo while several men and women wait in a line to be served food by two volunteers.
People line up at what is known as “The Hill” in Tempe, Arizona, to receive food from volunteers with the organization AZ Hugs, which serves unhoused residents throughout the city.

The county saw a decline in family homelessness from 2015 to 2019. But then the numbers began to rise, even as the stock of emergency shelter increased. During the COVID-19 pandemic, efforts to address the problem began to fray. The group of nonprofit leaders, which called itself “Standing Strong for Families,” stopped meeting regularly. Arizona, along with other Sun Belt states, also saw an increase in housing prices. With one of the lowest supplies of housing for low-income people in the country, eviction filings began to soar.

By 2023, only 6% of families that were assessed by Maricopa County’s homeless response system received help with permanent housing, according to an analysis of three years of enrollment data from the system and interviews with providers and people who had sought housing assistance.

The evaluation, by Homebase, a nonprofit consulting group, was requested and paid for by the Maricopa Association of Governments, which provides staffing for the regional response to homelessness.

Homebase concluded the system for single adults who are homeless was accessible, but the family system was not. Across the system, auditors said, families encountered a “breakdown in communication” and a “lack of transparency.”

Ashley Oakley, UMOM’s chief development officer, said in a statement that the evaluation reflects a gap between the need in the community and the housing that’s available. Oakley called it “one of the biggest challenges” facing those who are working on family homelessness in Maricopa County.

To decide who gets onto the housing list, workers with the Family Housing Hub conduct an assessment of vulnerability, which assigns a score based on how long a person has been homeless and whether they have a disability. That score helps determine eligibility and priority for housing programs, Oakley said.

Nonprofit leaders recently developed a new evaluation. Before it was implemented over the summer, testing had showed it didn’t fully account for the vulnerabilities of families and needed more changes. Now, for example, households with children under 6 receive a higher score, making it more likely they can get help.

Any family sleeping in a place not meant for “habitation” or in a dangerous situation is eligible for shelter, said UMOM’s Oakley. To remain on the shelter waitlist, families must check in weekly and say where they slept the previous night. Staying in a hotel for a night should not “by itself” remove a family from the waitlist, Oakley said.

But families told ProPublica that they had been removed from the waitlist because they stayed in a hotel. (UMOM said it is reviewing its process to make sure check-ins are handled “consistently.”)

Families in dire situations may not get help, said Richard Southee, a regional executive director at Central Arizona Shelter Services, the largest shelter provider in Arizona. Southee also works on a committee that oversees Maricopa County’s response to homelessness.

That’s in part because the federal government has focused funding on more noticeable forms of homelessness, such as people living in encampments. Homeless families are typically less visible and move more frequently. They couch surf, stay in hotels or do other things to avoid drawing the attention of the Arizona Department of Child Safety. Child welfare officials sometimes consider a lack of shelter to be evidence of child neglect, along with other factors.

“We’re deciding who’s going to be at the back of the line, and we as a nation really have said people who are not chronically homeless are going to be at the back of the line,” Southee said. “You have to stay homeless to get to the front, and that’s a design choice.”

Felicia Vela and her two children were kicked out of a guest house they were renting in February, text messages from that time show. She said she searched online for help and was repeatedly directed to 211 for “emergency shelter,” which she called at least twice and explained her situation: She had stashed her belongings in a storage unit, text messages show, and was staying at a hotel that she couldn’t afford for much longer.

There was nothing immediately available, she said operators told her, with one saying the waitlist was closed and the other telling her it could take six months to a year to get shelter. (UMOM said to protect the privacy of clients, it does not comment on individual families. The organization also said that the waitlist does not close.)

When Vela didn’t have anywhere to go, she slept in her car while her children stayed with a friend. She tried to make extra money by donating plasma, but her blood pressure was too high.

Vela, who works a warehouse job, moved into an apartment with the help of a local nonprofit that is not associated with the hub, but she’s now fallen behind on rent and is facing eviction. Her car broke down, and she can’t get to work. She started calling 211 again, seeking rental assistance.

“It’s like I can’t get a break,” she said.


Every January, volunteers in cities across the country spend one night trying to count people who are homeless. In Maricopa County, the 2026 count showed the number of people in homeless families, at 2,103, was the highest it had been since 2015. The survey is considered an undercount, especially for families.

Over the summer, the waitlist for shelter ballooned to more than 200 families. It takes about seven weeks for those on the list to get shelter, according to UMOM.

Some families interviewed by ProPublica said they waited longer. And more people are entering the system than leaving it, delaying help for newly homeless families.

In Maricopa County, 139 units of shelter for families closed from 2024 to 2025, after COVID-19 pandemic relief funds expired. The state also cut $867,000 in funding to help families get into housing quickly. It had helped about 40 families.

As families wait, they have searched for other ways to access the homeless service system.

Some go to one of the city of Phoenix’s heat relief centers, inside a 21,000-square-foot former charter school. City officials said the number of families seeking help has doubled from a year ago. Some families said they were able to immediately get shelter through the workers there.

After city officials learned a local advocate, Austin Davis, was sending families to the center to receive shelter, he said they asked him to stop sending families.

Davis runs a local nonprofit that helps families like Vela’s find emergency shelter. He said his interactions with hundreds of families over the past year have shown the official channels to shelter are “too complicated.” Calling weekly to stay on the waitlist is time-consuming. The families are already managing day-to-day responsibilities while trying to resolve an overwhelming personal crisis, he said.

“The system is really designed to run people in circles until they either give up or hit enough roadblocks where they can’t continue,” Davis said.

Davis crowdsources donations to put the families in hotel rooms on and off for days, weeks or sometimes months.

A woman and young child hug each other while sitting on the bed in a hotel room. Their hair obscures their faces, and the child is wearing pajamas.
Ebony embraces her daughter inside the hotel room where she was staying with five of her kids.

Ebony, a single mother of six who has breast cancer, needed longer-term help. She lost her job as a security guard this year after a chemotherapy treatment caused her to faint as she was about to begin her shift, she said.

In April, she lost her apartment. Ebony, who asked that her last name not be used to protect future job opportunities, said she called every number she could find looking for help, including 211. Eventually she was placed on the waitlist, but that didn’t solve her immediate problem of where to sleep.

She and her children stayed in hotel rooms until she ran out of cash. Then, she said, the family slept in an alley.

If a mother with breast cancer and young children sleeping outside was not vulnerable enough to get help, she wondered, who was?

The next day, she connected with Davis, who helped her pay for weeks of shelter. Then one morning she texted Davis with some good news.

She had met a pastor who helped her get into a local housing program. But she needed help for a few more days, until she could move into her new apartment.

The post An Arizona County’s “Housing Hub” Is a Dead End for Many Homeless Families appeared first on ProPublica.

We’re Investigating Prior Authorization. Help ProPublica Understand Your Health Insurance Denial.

A patient wearing a gown and socks stands alone surrounded by red Xs.
Illustration by Shoshana Gordon/ProPublica

Last year, many of America’s largest health insurers vowed to reduce their use of prior authorization — the extra layer of approval insurers require before covering a medical expense. The industry’s pledge came after massive backlash to the process from patients, providers and politicians. ProPublica’s reporting has found it can delay or outright deny patients’ critical medical care.

Data as of last year shows the industry is still relying heavily on the approval process. Now, ProPublica is looking into the ways that insurers’ continued use of prior authorization is impacting patients. We need your help to figure out if prior authorization is still leading to delayed or missed treatments, tests, medical equipment or medication.

If you are covered by a plan through Medicaid, Medicare, Children’s Health Insurance Program, or the Affordable Care Act marketplace — and have had a prior authorization request delayed or denied — we want to hear from you. Your experiences help us better understand the real-life stakes of prior authorization. (For this investigation, we’re not seeking responses from people with insurance through their employer at this time.)

We’re also interested in hearing from people whose jobs provide insight into the inner workings of prior authorization, including medical providers and their staff, along with insurance company employees and regulators.

Our team may not be able to respond to everyone personally, but we will read everything you submit. We appreciate you sharing your story, and we take your privacy seriously. We are gathering these stories for the purposes of our reporting and will contact you if we wish to publish any part of your story. We will not publish anything you send us without asking for additional consent.

The post We’re Investigating Prior Authorization. Help ProPublica Understand Your Health Insurance Denial. appeared first on ProPublica.

Chi protegge i nostri pagamenti?

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:00

Immagine in evidenza da Unsplash

Nel breve lasso di tempo tra la strisciata di una carta di credito – oggi, più frequentemente, un tap – e l’approvazione di ogni pagamento, che si tratti di un caffè o di un’automobile, accadono molte cose, tutte piuttosto complesse. In un istante le informazioni viaggiano tra il POS, la banca e i circuiti di pagamento. I dati provenienti dalle carte vengono sottoposti a controlli incrociati, geolocalizzazione, analisi dei profili di rischio, rilevazione di eventuali blocchi. 

Frodi, truffe, ingegneria sociale: il menù delle minacce è ricco. E se una volta i cracker erano semplicemente un prodotto da forno, oggi il termine fa riferimento anche agli hacker malevoli, che si annidano ovunque. E di cui l’intelligenza artificiale ha moltiplicato i mezzi. 

La sede di Mastercard in Europa si trova a Waterloo, periferia verde di Bruxelles. Quando chi scrive l’ha visitata, nel marzo scorso, è bastata una manciata di minuti per rendersi conto che una parola sola domina le menti e le giornate di chi ci lavora: cybersecurity. Un’ossessione così pervasiva che, quando ci avviciniamo al tavolo in cui lavorano, i dipendenti si affrettano ad applicare una pellicola di sicurezza sugli schermi dei propri computer, di quelle che consentono di leggere solo a chi si trova in asse col monitor. Non si sa mai.

Anche fare foto non è particolarmente apprezzato nella centrale di comando della sicurezza informatica della società americana, dove un grande schermo mostra il planisfero illuminato da LED che si accendono e spengono. Rossi, verdi, blu: il pericolo può arrivare da uno qualsiasi dei Paesi del globo. 

“Alla fine, quello che cerchiamo di fare è rendere l’ecosistema in cui operiamo sicuro e degno di fiducia”, spiegava ai cronisti il vicepresidente per le soluzioni di cybersecurity della Mastercard Rigo van den Broek. E con 174 miliardi di transazioni gestite nel 2025, lo sguardo della società, il cui quartier generale è a Purchase (nomen omen) nello stato di New York, deve per forza di cose mantenersi su scala mondiale.

Per questo, aggiunge van den Broek, alcuni dei migliori crittografi del mondo lavorano nel quartier generale europeo, che si trova nella città dove fu sconfitto Napoleone.

Cosa accade quando si fa un acquisto con carta

Ma cosa accade quando si fa un acquisto con  una carta di credito? Tutto accade nel giro di un paio di secondi. Ma lo scambio di informazioni collega tra di loro data center che si trovano a migliaia di chilometri di distanza. 

Quando l’esercente ha finito di digitare l’importo sul terminale e il cliente avvicina la carta al lettore, in quel momento si avvia un processo di comunicazione che trova origine nella tecnologia bellica: come tante innovazioni, infatti, anche quella che sta alla base del contactless è nata in ambito militare. 

Siamo negli anni che precedono la Seconda guerra mondiale. Il radar era già stato sviluppato negli anni Trenta dallo scozzese R.A. Watson-Watt, ma il dispositivo risolveva il problema dell’avvistamento e non quello dell’identificazione. Gli operatori a terra avevano però la necessità di capire se i velivoli che apparivano sullo schermo erano nemici o colleghi di rientro da una missione, differenza che il radar non era in grado di cogliere.

Così, alla fine degli anni Trenta, i britannici svilupparono un dispositivo di identificazione automatica chiamato IFF (Identification friend or foe, identificazione amici o nemici). Fu uno degli antecedenti delle successive tecnologie di identificazione a radiofrequenza, che poi – una volta perfezionate – diedero vita a innumerevoli altre applicazioni, spesso molto distanti dall’ambito bellico. Tra queste, le linguette antitaccheggio dei grandi magazzini e, molto più tardi, l’NFC (Near-field communication, comunicazione a breve distanza), cioè la tecnologia che comunemente utilizziamo con le carte contactless, nata nei primi anni Duemila.

Semplificando, ecco quindi ciò che avviene ogni volta che facciamo un acquisto. Una volta arrivati alla cassa e inserita la cifra sul terminale, il dispositivo POS (Point of sale, punto vendita) dell’esercente emette un segnale a radiofrequenza, e il campo elettromagnetico attiva il chip presente sulla vostra carta una volta che questa entra nel suo raggio d’azione. È come se la tessera si svegliasse grazie a questa energia, e iniziasse a comunicare e scambiare i dati necessari a identificare la carta e autorizzare la transazione. Può essere pensato come un badge di ingresso nell’area protetta di un edificio. Le informazioni sono, ovviamente, protette da sistemi crittografici, per evitare che malintenzionati dotati di strumenti relativamente semplici possano intercettarle e riutilizzarle.

A questo punto, acquisiti i dati necessari, il POS comunica con la banca acquirente, cioè l’istituto che gestisce i pagamenti dell’esercente nel cui negozio vi trovate. La banca acquirente inoltra una richiesta al circuito di pagamento, per esempio Visa, Mastercard o American Express, che, a propria volta, la inoltra all’istituto che ha emesso la carta, cioè il vostro: sarà quest’ultimo a verificare, tra le altre cose, che ci siano fondi o credito disponibili e, alla fine del processo, ad addebitare l’acquisto.

È in questa fase che avvengono le verifiche: si controlla innanzitutto che la carta sia autentica, ma anche che ci siano fondi o credito disponibili e che non siano presenti blocchi o restrizioni. Tra queste ultime possono rientrare anche quelle dovute ai regimi sanzionatori internazionali. A questo proposito, è noto (e triste) il caso della relatrice speciale dell’ONU Francesca Albanese, colpita dagli effetti delle sanzioni imposte dall’amministrazione statunitense di Donald Trump.

Albanese si è così trovata esclusa da numerosi servizi finanziari e digitali forniti da società statunitensi: la giurista è tornata giocoforza all’era del contante e non può semplicemente rivolgersi a un altro grande operatore americano per aggirare il problema. Sulla base delle sanzioni statunitensi, infatti, una società americana che le fornisse determinati servizi rischierebbe a propria volta conseguenze. Da qui il cortocircuito. Lo stesso meccanismo ha colpito, tra gli altri, Karim Khan, già procuratore capo della Corte penale internazionale, e numerosi giudici e funzionari della Corte.

Al di là di questi casi particolari, i controlli comprendono il riconoscimento di pattern noti, cioè delle abitudini personali del titolare della carta. I sistemi usano sofisticati modelli che studiano la storia del cliente e la confrontano con la transazione effettuata al momento, a partire dalla posizione geografica in cui l’acquisto avviene (ed è per questo che ancora oggi è a volte richiesto di comunicare alla banca quando ci si trova all’estero), ma il sistema può essere allertato anche da transazioni che avvengono in negozi fisici molto distanti fra loro in un lasso di tempo giudicato troppo breve. Per transazioni di una certa entità viene inoltre chiesto un codice PIN (personal identification number, ennesimo acronimo), mentre anche per acquisti di piccolo importo può essere periodicamente richiesta una nuova autenticazione del titolare.

Se i controlli vanno a buon fine, l’autorizzazione torna indietro risalendo lo stesso percorso, fino al POS del negozio in cui state effettuando l’acquisto. In realtà il denaro non è ancora stato trasferito, ma si è avviato un processo che condurrà, nei giorni successivi, al pagamento. 

“La sicurezza del processo è garantita da uno standard chiamato PCI/DSS, creato dall’organizzazione omonima fondata nel 2006 dai principali circuiti internazionali: Mastercard, Visa, American Express, Discover Global Network, JCB”, spiega a Guerre di Rete Alessio Pennasilico, membro del comitato scientifico della Clusit, una delle principali associazioni italiane che si occupano di sicurezza informatica. 

Questi circuiti internazionali impongono ai soggetti che elaborano, trasmettono e gestiscono dati relativi alle carte di pagamento l’aderenza a una serie di requisiti di sicurezza. “Esistono figure che si occupano periodicamente di controllare il rispetto dei requisiti”, prosegue Pennasilico. In questo modo viene rafforzata la sicurezza del sistema, da cui dipende direttamente il grado di fiducia, essenziale per mantenere legati i clienti.

Cosa succede se la transazione è rifiutata?

I sistemi di rilevamento delle frodi hanno l’obiettivo di bloccare la transazione prima che venga completata e diventi difficile – quasi impossibile, se finisce in certe giurisdizioni – recuperarla. Ma cosa succede se la transazione viene rifiutata? Va ricordata innanzitutto una cosa: declined è un semplice messaggio, e non costituisce una spiegazione. 

Ci possono essere almeno quattro ordini di motivi per cui l’acquisto viene rifiutato: il primo riguarda il vostro conto corrente (per esempio, la mancanza di fondi, ma anche un conto non più attivo); il secondo ha a che fare con i fattori di rischio (il sistema pensa di riconoscere una frode in atto); il terzo riguarda le credenziali (un problema fisico con la carta, che non riesce a fornire le informazioni necessarie per l’identificazione); il quarto motivo potrebbe risiedere in un problema di rete. 

Nell’ultimo caso, ripetendo l’operazione è possibile che il problema si risolva, e che la luce verde, finalmente, appaia. Negli altri, la questione è più complicata ed è peggiorata dal fatto che non c’è modo di sapere, seduta stante, quale sia il problema. Un’incognita motivata con la privacy: si vuole infatti evitare che il commerciante venga a conoscenza di informazioni personali. A questo punto è necessario mettersi in contatto con la società che ha emesso la carta di credito. E non è sempre agevole, soprattutto quando ci si trova all’estero o si ha fretta. Per questo è importantissimo ridurre il numero di “falsi positivi”. 

Non tutto si può fare internamente. Mastercard, per esempio, si è assicurata una società specializzata, Recorded Future, nel dicembre 2024. Acquistata per la cifra considerevole di 2,65 miliardi di dollari, Recorded Future è specializzata in threat intelligence: cerca – cioè – segnali provenienti da fonti aperte, dark web e ambienti ad alta criticità (anche criminali) per anticipare le minacce. A Waterloo assicurano che le informazioni individuate sono condivise anche con la concorrenza, con l’obiettivo di mantenere alta la fiducia generale nel sistema. 

“L’esposizione dei dati è il carburante che alimenta le frodi su larga scala”, scrive Recorded Future nel rapporto Annual payment fraud intelligence report uscito nel 2025. Solo in quell’anno, i dati di 142 milioni di carte di credito sono stati postati nel dark web (34 milioni meno che nel 2019, -19%). “Ma non tutti i dati esposti presentano lo stesso livello di rischio”.

Tra le frodi principali che gli esperti di cybersicurezza tengono d’occhio troviamo le cosiddette MageCart (crasi tra il  nome del sistema di content management per negozi online Magento, e cart, la parola inglese che sta per “carrello”): si tratta di script difficili da rilevare che rubano i dati dei clienti mentre fanno acquisti online. Recorded Future si spinge a parlare di “malware as-a-service”, per spiegare quanto sia facile oggi per gli attori malevoli procurarsi a pagamento i ferri del mestiere. 

Anche per questo gli investimenti in tecnologia e sicurezza sono molto alti, nell’ordine di miliardi di dollari. “D’altra parte, sono successe più cose negli ultimi cinque che nei precedenti cinquanta”, chiosava a marzo scorso Luca Gagliardi, a capo della sezione consulting & analytics per Visa in Italia. “L’innovazione nei pagamenti è stata velocissima, ma ancora di più lo è stata l’innovazione nelle frodi, che sono globali”.

L'articolo Chi protegge i nostri pagamenti? proviene da Guerre di Rete.

Malware preinstallato in Android: il tuo nuovo telefono è già infetto?

9 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:01
Malware preinstallato in Android: il tuo nuovo telefono è già infetto?

Il rischio di un malware preinstallato in Android è una minaccia sempre più concreta e purtroppo sottovalutata. Immagina di acquistare uno smartphone nuovo, scartarlo con entusiasmo e scoprire che è già compromesso, ancora prima di installare la tua prima app. Sembra uno scenario da film, ma è esattamente ciò che accade con minacce come il recente "Midnight Mimosa". Si tratta di una scoperta allarmante che mette in discussione la sicurezza dei dispositivi fin dal loro primo avvio.

Ma come è possibile una cosa del genere? E, soprattutto, come puoi proteggerti da un nemico che si nasconde dove non penseresti mai di guardare? Scopriamolo insieme.

Cos'è "Midnight Mimosa" e come funziona?

"Midnight Mimosa" non è una semplice app malevola che scarichi per errore. È molto peggio. Si tratta di un codice dannoso inserito direttamente nel firmware del telefono, ovvero nel software di base che governa il dispositivo. Questo significa che il malware è già presente e in attesa non appena accendi lo smartphone per la prima volta.

Una volta attivo, questo tipo di software può compiere diverse azioni a tua insaputa:

  • Installare altre app indesiderate come adware o spyware.
  • Mostrare pubblicità invasive e continue.
  • Raccogliere i tuoi dati personali per inviarli a server remoti.
  • Prendere il controllo di alcune funzioni del dispositivo.

La sua natura preinstallata lo rende estremamente pericoloso, perché aggira tutte le comuni difese, inclusi i controlli di sicurezza del Google Play Store.

Il malware preinstallato in Android: dov'è la falla?

Forse ti stai chiedendo come un malware possa finire su un telefono nuovo. La risposta è tanto semplice quanto preoccupante: la compromissione avviene lungo la catena di produzione.

Per ridurre i costi, i produttori di dispositivi low-cost si affidano talvolta a fornitori terzi per il software. È in questa fase che dei malintenzionati possono inserire il codice dannoso nel firmware. Questo meccanismo rende la minaccia quasi invisibile.

Non è colpa tua: non hai cliccato su link sospetti né scaricato file strani. Il pericolo era già integrato nel dispositivo che hai acquistato in buona fede.

Come riconoscere un malware preinstallato in Android

Identificare un malware che si nasconde così in profondità è difficile, ma non impossibile. Esistono alcuni campanelli d'allarme che dovrebbero farti sospettare.

Presta attenzione se il tuo nuovo dispositivo manifesta questi comportamenti anomali:

  • Consumo anomalo della batteria: la batteria si scarica molto più velocemente del previsto senza un motivo apparente.
  • Rallentamenti improvvisi: il telefono appare lento e poco reattivo fin dai primi utilizzi.
  • App sconosciute: trovi applicazioni installate che sei sicuro di non aver mai scaricato.
  • Pubblicità invasiva: annunci pubblicitari compaiono all'improvviso, anche fuori dalle app.
  • Traffico dati inspiegabile: il consumo di dati mobili è più alto del normale, segno di comunicazioni in background.

Come difendersi da questa minaccia silenziosa

Proteggersi completamente è complesso, ma puoi adottare alcune strategie per ridurre drasticamente il rischio. La prevenzione, come sempre, è l'arma più efficace.

Scegli marchi affidabili

I grandi produttori come Samsung, Google o Xiaomi hanno controlli di sicurezza molto più rigorosi. Il rischio è più alto su dispositivi ultra-economici o di marche sconosciute, spesso acquistati da canali non ufficiali.

Affidarsi a un brand noto è il primo passo per una maggiore tranquillità.

Aggiorna sempre il sistema operativo

Non appena ricevi una notifica di aggiornamento, installala. Gli aggiornamenti di sicurezza rilasciati da Google e dai produttori contengono spesso patch che neutralizzano queste vulnerabilità. Un dispositivo non aggiornato è un dispositivo molto più esposto ai rischi.

Sicurezza contro il malware preinstallato in Android

Anche se un antivirus non può rimuovere il malware dal firmware, può bloccarne le azioni successive. Una buona app di sicurezza identifica e blocca le app dannose che il malware tenta di installare, fornendo un livello di protezione aggiuntivo che fa la differenza.

Se sospetti un'infezione, il reset di fabbrica potrebbe non bastare. La soluzione più efficace è installare una ROM pulita e ufficiale, una procedura però consigliata solo agli utenti più esperti. Per tutti gli altri, contattare l'assistenza del produttore è la scelta più saggia.

L'articolo Malware preinstallato in Android: il tuo nuovo telefono è già infetto? proviene da sicurezza.net.

Linux Moves Closer to Retiring the x32 ABI After Years of Limited Adoption

Linux Moves Closer to Retiring the x32 ABI After Years of Limited Adoption

Linux kernel developers are renewing efforts to retire the x32 application binary interface (ABI), a little-used compatibility feature that attempted to combine the advantages of 64-bit processors with the smaller memory footprint of 32-bit applications. A revised patch series submitted on October 8, 2026, proposes the first steps toward disabling the interface, potentially ending support for an architecture experiment introduced more than 14 years ago.

The latest proposal comes from Sebastian Andrzej Siewior, a Linux kernel developer at Linutronix who has been working on the removal effort throughout 2026. Rather than immediately deleting every component associated with x32, the proposed approach would first prevent the feature from being enabled through normal kernel configuration. This would give remaining users and distribution maintainers an opportunity to respond before the underlying implementation is removed.

The effort reflects a broader challenge in Linux development: maintaining compatibility with older or rarely used technologies while keeping the kernel manageable, secure, and efficient. Although x32 offered theoretical performance and memory advantages, it never achieved widespread adoption. With conventional x86_64 software dominating modern Linux systems, developers are increasingly questioning whether the additional maintenance burden remains justified.

Understanding the Linux x32 ABI

The x32 ABI was introduced with Linux kernel 3.4 in 2012 as an alternative to conventional 32-bit and 64-bit application environments. Its goal was to provide applications with access to the architectural improvements of x86_64 processors while retaining smaller data types and pointers associated with 32-bit software.

Traditional 32-bit x86 applications use the i386 ABI, which operates with a more limited register set and 32-bit execution conventions. Standard x86_64 applications, meanwhile, benefit from additional general-purpose registers, wider registers, and modern calling conventions, but they normally use 64-bit pointers. Those larger pointers can increase memory consumption in applications that maintain large numbers of pointer-heavy data structures.

The x32 ABI attempted to offer a compromise. Applications would execute using the x86_64 instruction set and its larger register file while retaining 32-bit integers, long values, and pointers. This programming model is commonly described as ILP32, meaning that integers, long integers, and pointers are all 32 bits wide.

The distinction can be illustrated by comparing the expected sizes of common C data types:

Google's Kage Project Rethinks Linux Kernel Security With Isolated Device Drivers

Google's Kage Project Rethinks Linux Kernel Security With Isolated Device Drivers

Google is exploring a new approach to Linux kernel security that could significantly change how device drivers interact with the operating system. The experimental project, known as Kage, uses compiler-based sandboxing to isolate drivers inside the kernel, potentially limiting the damage caused by memory corruption, programming errors, and exploitable vulnerabilities without requiring drivers to run as separate user-space processes.

The research was presented at the Linux Plumbers Conference 2026, held October 5–7, with Stanford University and Google researcher Zachary Yedidia discussing how LLVM's Lightweight Fault Isolation (LFI) technology can create restricted execution environments for native kernel code. Unlike conventional isolation techniques, which often depend on separate processes or virtual machines, Kage attempts to preserve the performance advantages of kernel-space execution while reducing the amount of memory individual drivers can access.

Early prototypes have already demonstrated the concept using NVMe storage, networking, and Wi-Fi drivers. However, Kage remains an experimental research project rather than a feature available in mainstream Linux distributions. Its developers are still investigating performance, hardware access, and compatibility with more complicated drivers, including graphics hardware.

Why Device Drivers Remain a Major Linux Security Challenge

Linux device drivers are responsible for connecting the operating system to hardware components, including graphics cards, network adapters, storage controllers, USB devices, and wireless chipsets. Most traditional Linux drivers execute in kernel space, giving them privileged access to system resources and the ability to interact directly with hardware. This architecture is one reason Linux can deliver high performance across such a broad range of devices, but it also creates a significant security challenge.

When an ordinary application encounters a memory error, the operating system can often terminate that process without affecting the rest of the system. Kernel drivers operate under different conditions. Because they typically share the kernel's address space and privileges, an invalid memory access or exploitable vulnerability can affect unrelated kernel components, potentially resulting in a system crash, privilege escalation, or complete compromise of the operating system.

The challenge becomes more complicated when considering the enormous number of drivers supported by Linux. Some are maintained by large organizations with extensive testing infrastructure, while others receive contributions from smaller development teams or individual maintainers. Even carefully reviewed drivers can contain bugs, particularly when they interact with complicated hardware, asynchronous operations, and memory-management mechanisms.

FBI Says China-Linked Hackers Ran Portal Giving Third Parties Access to Stolen Emails

8 Ottobre 2026 ore 20:32
Hackers tied to a Chinese cybersecurity company stole email from government organizations, law enforcement agencies, healthcare systems, and religious institutions in Southeast Asia, the FBI and agencies in 6 other countries said on October 8. The company, Integrity Technology Group, has been sanctioned by the U.S. and the UK. The hackers scanned websites for flaws using a tool containing more

ThreatsDay: Ransomware Affiliate Betrayal, WhatsApp RAT, Exposed Hacker Tools and 12 More Stories

8 Ottobre 2026 ore 19:58
The crooks have trust problems of their own. One ransomware affiliate decided to keep the profits for himself. Elsewhere, an attacker left a server exposed, complete with tools and traces of an intrusion. Apparently, keeping things secure is a problem on both sides of the fence. The rest of the week isn't much more reassuring. Malicious code turned up in developer packages and extensions that

U.S. Lawmakers Launch Sexual Abuse Probe of Youth Sports Giant AAU

8 Ottobre 2026 ore 20:15
A collage depicting a grainy, scanned film photo of a huddle of a group of teenage volleyball players, next to a photo of two congressmen.
Left image: A scene from an Amateur Athletic Union-affiliated volleyball game in 2026. Right image: Rep. Brett Guthrie, R-Ky., left, chair of the House Energy and Commerce Committee, and ranking member Rep. Frank Pallone Jr., D-N.J. Collage by ProPublica. Photos by Sarah Blesener for ProPublica and Tom Williams/CQ-Roll Call, Inc via Getty Images.

What Happened: Bipartisan leaders from the powerful House Energy and Commerce Committee launched an inquiry on Wednesday into the Amateur Athletic Union, criticizing the sprawling youth sports organization for its handling of child sexual abuse allegations and demanding answers, citing reporting by ProPublica and The Washington Post.

What They Said: “It is unacceptable that AAU is failing to implement standard reforms to protect child athletes, and is misleading the public, parents, and athletes about preventative measures in place within AAU sports,” the letter reads.

The committee chair, Kentucky Republican Brett Guthrie, called ProPublica and The Post’s reporting “deeply disturbing” in a statement on Thursday, saying it “raises serious questions about the organization’s actions over the past decade.” 

“Our Committee is seeking information on how the AAU’s policies have potentially fallen short, and what needs to be done in order to protect young athletes,” Guthrie said.”

The members of the committee, which in 2018 investigated systemic failures surrounding sexual abuse by former USA Gymnastics doctor Larry Nassar and others, said in the letter that they were “seeing parallels” between its past investigation and “what is being uncovered within the AAU today.”

The letter is addressed to Jo Mirza, the AAU’s president, and asks detailed questions about the organization’s operations, taking the extra step of demanding a briefing from Mirza to the committee by Oct. 21. Among questions about its safety policies and coach training, the committee asks Mirza to lay out how many sexual abuse allegations the nonprofit receives each year and how many coaches it disciplines, information that has long been shrouded in secrecy. The AAU declined to provide the data to ProPublica and The Post. The AAU does not publish a list of banned coaches like many other youth sports groups do, and ProPublica and The Post found that it has used confidential arbitration clauses to keep lawsuits from child sexual abuse victims from being heard in open court.

The letter is signed by Guthrie, ranking Democrat Frank Pallone Jr. from New Jersey and representatives in charge of oversight and investigations.

Background: ProPublica and The Post found that the AAU, which has some 760,000 athletes and coaches nationwide, is failing on nearly every level to adequately protect young athletes from sexual abuse — breaking pledges it made in the wake of a 2011 sexual abuse scandal involving its CEO and young basketball players.

The investigation found that the AAU has become a haven for coaches suspected of abuse, according to a review of public disciplinary lists and interviews with current and former executives from six national sports governing bodies and other key stakeholders.

The AAU, the investigation found, does not offer child abuse prevention training, though it claims to the public that it does. And ProPublica and The Post found that it has suppressed allegations of sexual misconduct, including against another top executive in 2018.

Why It Matters: The committee is one of the key congressional groups charged with overseeing the federal youth sports safety system. It has the power to push for changes in child safety law — and to force transparency from organizations like the AAU, which has repeatedly failed to deliver on past promises of reform.

In 2018, in the wake of the allegations against Nassar, scrutiny from Congress led to the passage of a law known as the Safe Sport Act. It created the U.S. Center for SafeSport, an oversight group, to investigate allegations of sexual misconduct and gave it the power to suspend or ban coaches for life.

But SafeSport has jurisdiction only over national sports governing bodies, like USA Gymnastics and USA Volleyball, that are overseen by the Olympic and Paralympic Committee — meaning much of the law does not apply to the AAU.

The law does require “all amateur sports organizations” — not just governing bodies — to “offer and provide consistent training to all adult members … regarding prevention and reporting of child abuse.” The Energy and Commerce Committee’s letter cites that provision of the law and demands that the AAU explain how it complies.

Response: In a statement, the AAU said, “As always, we will cooperate fully and respond appropriately to any questions or requests from congressional committees or U.S. government agencies.”

Previously, the AAU told ProPublica and The Post that it is “committed to protecting its athletes through comprehensive protection policies overseen by our Compliance Department,” and said it has an “ongoing commitment to providing a safe, secure, supportive, and trusted environment where athletes can thrive.”

The post U.S. Lawmakers Launch Sexual Abuse Probe of Youth Sports Giant AAU appeared first on ProPublica.

Japan Sees Sharp Rise in Web Data Leaks Amid Mobile API Abuse and Metabase Attacks

8 Ottobre 2026 ore 17:45
Attackers behind a string of personal data leaks at Japanese organizations have abused APIs for mobile apps and targeted known software flaws, the JPCERT Coordination Center (JPCERT/CC) said. The Tokyo-based center, which takes incident reports, based its October 8, 2026 alert on those reports and other information. The alert names no attacker and no affected organization. JPCERT/

UAC-0099 Targets Ukrainian Government Personnel With ASHVEIN RAT Hiding Commands in HTML

8 Ottobre 2026 ore 17:26
The Russia-aligned threat actor known as UAC-0099 has been attributed to a previously undocumented .NET infostealer and remote access trojan (RAT) codenamed ASHVEIN. According to TrendAI, the malware has been put to use in attacks targeting Ukrainian government personnel. The cybersecurity company is tracking the cluster under the name Earth Sirrush (previously SHADOW-EARTH-065). ASHVEIN,

ARTEX AI Pentesting Tool Used in Data Theft Attacks on South Korean Financial Firms

8 Ottobre 2026 ore 16:12
Cybersecurity researchers have disclosed details of a targeted campaign aimed at South Korean financial organizations that used an artificial intelligence (AI) pen testing tool named ARTEX to carry out the attacks. The activity, per CrowdStrike Intelligence, was active from late September to early October 2026, and resulted in data exfiltration from various South Korea-based financial firms,

Wazza Phishkit Targets Banking, Government, and Manufacturing Across the US, EU, and Australia

8 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:30
Phishing kits are no longer limited to copying a familiar login page and waiting for a victim to enter credentials. Attackers are increasingly building filtering, session management, and traffic controls into the infrastructure that delivers the phishing page itself. ANY.RUN has identified Wazza, a new phishkit targeting banking, manufacturing, and government organizations across the US, Europe

16 Malicious Firefox Extensions Pose as Rabby and OKX Wallets to Steal Recovery Phrases

8 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:46
Cybersecurity researchers have discovered a cluster of 16 malicious Mozilla Firefox extensions that are capable of stealing cryptocurrency wallet recovery phrases and private keys. "The extensions masquerade as wallet portals, desktop utilities, and browser tools, but their code intercepts recovery phrases and private keys during wallet import flows and attempts to send those secrets to

U.S. Offers Up to $10 Million for Tips on Zhang Yu, Charged in HAFNIUM Hacks

8 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:42
The U.S. State Department is offering up to $10 million for information leading to the identification or location of Zhang Yu, a Chinese national charged in the United States in connection with the 2021 Microsoft Exchange Server attacks known as HAFNIUM. The reward is for information leading to his identification or location, the news outlet NTD reported this week, citing a notice

MonsterCloud Owner Accused of Billing Over $19M While Secretly Paying Ransoms to Decrypt Data

8 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:41
The U.S. Department of Justice (DoJ) on Wednesday announced charges against a 50-year-old U.S. and Israeli national for allegedly defrauding ransomware victims by secretly paying the attackers to obtain decryptors while claiming to use proprietary tools to recover their data. Zohar Pinhasi (aka Zack Silver and Zack Green) has been charged with two counts of wire fraud and one count of wire

Tensorlake npm Package Compromised to Deliver Shai-Hulud Credential-Stealing Worm

8 Ottobre 2026 ore 07:46
The npm package known as "tensorlake," a TypeScript software development kit (SDK) for Tensorlake applications, sandboxes, and cloud services, was compromised as part of a ChainDrop / Shai-Hulud supply chain attack. The malicious version 0.5.144 "contains obfuscated malware that harvests credentials, exfiltrates secrets, establishes persistence, and executes remotely supplied code," Socket said

Grâce à notre fantastique communauté de traducteurs et traductrices, #PeerT…

8 Ottobre 2026 ore 16:00

Grâce à notre fantastique communauté de traducteurs et traductrices, #PeerTube est traduit dans près de 40 langues !

Vous aussi, vous pouvez contribuer à traduire PeerTube en utilisant notre plateforme auto-hébergée #Weblate !

👉 https://docs.joinpeertube.org/support/doc/translation

#PeerTubeTipOfTheWeek

Comment rendre un framaform accéssible sans autentification

Bonjour

j’ai utilisé un modèle framaform pour un questionnaire mais je n’arrive pas à le paramétrer pour que les personnes qui répondent n’aient pas à s’inscrire car c’est un frein a leur participation

comment faire

1 message - 1 participant(e)

Lire le sujet en entier

Club Med, a Disney Cruise and an Exploding Starship: SpaceX Used Bystander Videos to Track Falling Debris

8 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:00
A collage of rockets about to launch, sparks of light in the sky, black boxes, arrows and text that reads “observed transiting behind the cruise ship.”
Illustration by Shoshana Gordon/ProPublica. Source images: FAA report obtained by ProPublica, Eric Gay/AP.

When SpaceX’s giant Starship rocket exploded over the Caribbean last year, the internet lit up with videos from airline passengers, island tourists and locals showing flaming debris shooting across the sky. Even some airline pilots recorded the fiery aftermath as planes scrambled to move out of its path.

Some of those videos of Starship’s seventh test flight — including ones taken from Disney and Royal Caribbean cruise ships and a Club Med resort — went on to play a role in the company’s efforts to count and track pieces of debris after the explosion, a report obtained by ProPublica says.

The report — obtained by ProPublica from the Federal Aviation Administration through a freedom of information request — shows video captured a fireball, then a shower of sparkling debris in the sky moments after the explosion. It includes maps pinpointing where the images were shot, which helped the company understand how debris tumbled to earth after the blast.

“At 1 minute 42 seconds, the debris cloud is observed transiting behind the cruise ship,” says the report, which SpaceX provided the FAA two weeks after the so-called mishap.

Such reports are required by federal rules in the days after a rocket failure and are supposed to describe what happened and where hazardous debris landed. The information is key for the FAA’s efforts to keep busy air traffic corridors safe at a time of rapid growth in the commercial space industry as companies like SpaceX develop and test rockets that they hope will eventually reach the moon and Mars.

During launches, the FAA preventively closes airspace. It has also been forced to clear areas quickly after test flights of massive spacecraft went wrong.

Starship flights 7 and 8 broke apart last year and scattered debris above airline traffic over the Caribbean. Before Flight 9, the FAA moved to greatly increase the size of the airspace it walled off pre-launch.

The agency defined its no-fly zones, which are closed to airplane traffic during a launch, and its so-called debris response areas, which are closed after a mishap, using information from SpaceX and modeling from Space Force, the branch of the military that deals with the nation’s space interests, to predict where debris might fall.

Nearly doubling those pre-launch no-fly zones “only makes sense if the prior margin was judged inadequate rather than just unlucky,” said Moriba Jah, a professor of aerospace engineering at the University of Texas at Austin.

Earlier this year, the FAA issued a warning that rocket launches could “significantly reduce safety” for airplanes, after ProPublica reported that 21 planes appeared to make sudden turns to exit or avoid an FAA-designated emergency no-fly zone in the minutes after the Flight 7 explosion. Such disruptions are likely to become more frequent. SpaceX is seeking to launch Starship up to 76 times a year from Cape Canaveral, Florida.

The FAA provided ProPublica the reports on Starship flights 7, 8 and 9 — all of which involved mishaps — after we requested them under the Freedom of Information Act. The FAA redacted the vast majority of all three reports, citing, among other things, exemptions in the law that protect confidential business information from disclosure. The blackouts were, in part, a reflection of SpaceX’s objections; FAA allowed the company to challenge the release of information it deemed proprietary.

The FAA refused to release information that would show SpaceX’s estimates of where debris fell during the three rocket failures. It’s unclear what the agency or the company knows about how close any airplanes came to falling debris.

“Withholding the underlying debris estimates makes it impossible for anyone outside SpaceX and FAA to check whether that pattern is improving or repeating,” Jah said. “Given a regulator already revised its own safety margins once, the public has a real interest in seeing the data behind both the old margin and the new one.”

The unredacted part of the report did not show whether the debris from the Flight 7 explosion fell where SpaceX and the FAA expected it to. But the references to Disney and Club Med guests’ video suggest SpaceX did not have a full picture of where the debris landed without them. “I would read it as evidence their own tracking did not carry cleanly through the debris cloud phase, so they used the public to fill the gap,” Jah said.

A document with two maps and four screenshots of videos. Two of the screenshots show an explosion in the sky. One of the screenshots shows an illuminated water slide.
A page from SpaceX’s report shows the company used public video, including from near a Disney cruise ship, to track debris from Starship Flight 7. Obtained by ProPublica. Redactions in original document.

SpaceX did not respond to requests for comment. The company has said that it learns from its mistakes and that each test improves Starship’s reliability. Last December, it said on X that “SpaceX is committed to responsibly using airspace during launches and reentries, prioritizing public safety to protect people on the ground, at sea, and in the air.”

The FAA did not respond to a request for comment, nor did Disney, Royal Caribbean or Club Med.

Ron Madler, a professor of aerospace engineering at Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University, said the videos could help SpaceX “either confirm their breakup models or possibly to improve them.”

The mishap report for Flight 8, which rained debris near the Bahamas, said before that flight’s explosive failure, SpaceX did not have the proper “test stand” that was capable of testing the rocket’s engines “for a full Starship mission.” The remainder of the page was blacked out, so it was unclear from the report whether the company had found another way to fully test the engines before launch. 

Flights 7 and 8 both involved the same model. Both ended in engine-related failures.

Text in the report around the statement about the test stand was redacted. But Jah said it “means some part of the engine’s actual flight behavior was being verified for the first time in flight rather than on the ground.”

John Crassidis, an aerospace engineering professor at the University at Buffalo, said launching before having a fully capable test stand was likely “a cost-saving decision.” In building rockets, he said, SpaceX CEO Elon Musk has used both the old approach of launching and then fixing any issues that arise, and the newer approach of running simulations and ground tests first to head off problems.

“Doing too much of the old school can lead to too many mishaps and cost overruns,” he said. “Doing too much of the new school leads to long times to get things done and a reduction in flexibility.”

The post Club Med, a Disney Cruise and an Exploding Starship: SpaceX Used Bystander Videos to Track Falling Debris appeared first on ProPublica.

American Academy of Pediatrics Renews Call for Ban on Raw Milk

8 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:00
Milk bottles sit on a refrigerator shelf, sealed with caps displaying the text “100% RAW.”
Bottles of raw milk for sale Sarahbeth Maney for ProPublica

The nation’s largest professional group of pediatricians has renewed its call for a nationwide ban on the sale and distribution of unpasteurized milk and other raw dairy products, according to a policy statement it published earlier this week. 

The revised guidance from the American Academy of Pediatrics warns of the serious health risks from consuming raw dairy products, particularly for children, as well as pregnant and immunocompromised people.

“More and more people are discussing this as a potentially healthful thing to do, when in fact it’s a highly risky thing to do,” said the academy’s president, Dr. Andrew Racine. “So our responsibility, as the leading voice of pediatric healthcare in the United States that’s dedicated to the health and well-being of children, is to make sure that the accurate, evidence-based information is out there.”

The revised statement follows ProPublica reporting that dived deep into the causes and severe consequences of America’s current fascination with raw milk, which has not been heated to kill off harmful bacteria. Once limited to the fringes of health-food culture, unpasteurized milk has morphed into a widespread movement rooted in wellness trends and institutional distrust.  Today, more than 10 million Americans drink it. 

Most scientists and health experts agree that raw milk has no significant, proven nutritional benefits over its pasteurized counterpart and that it cannot treat or cure any disease. It also subjects its consumers to over 100 times the risk of foodborne illness, which can be especially dangerous for young children. Before milk pasteurization was widely adopted a century ago, thousands of children died each year from diseases linked to contaminated dairy. 

As it has grown in popularity in recent years, raw dairy products have contributed to numerous outbreaks of pathogenic diseases, such as salmonella and E. coli. Over the past two years, nine states have experienced outbreaks that regulators have linked to raw dairy. Just last month, federal regulators linked an E. coli outbreak to unpasteurized cheese. Thirteen people fell ill, more than half of whom were young children.

As illnesses have surged, high-level lawmakers and government officials, including Health Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr., have championed the industry instead of curbing it. In his federal role, Kennedy said he was “advocating” for raw milk and celebrated the release of a report to Make America Healthy Again with a toast of raw-milk shooters in the White House. The health department did not respond to ProPublica’s questions about the new professional guidance or the pediatric group’s call for a ban on raw milk sales.

Rep. Rosa DeLauro, a Connecticut Democrat who chairs the Congressional Food Safety Caucus, told ProPublica that she is taking the guidance of the academy “very seriously.”

“They see firsthand what these illnesses can do to children,” she said in an emailed statement. “Right now, Secretary of Health and Human Services RFK Jr. cannot even bring himself to tell parents not to give it to their kids.”

DeLauro said she was “supportive of any policy that reduces risk of exposure to harmful foods,” including putting warning labels on raw-milk products and maintaining adequate funding for outbreak prevention and tracking. 

Federal law restricts the sale of raw milk across state lines, but states can decide how it can be sold within their boundaries. In recent years, proponents have fought to increase access to raw milk within states, often opposing efforts to limit its sales. People can legally purchase raw milk in all but a handful of states, either directly from a store or from a farmer, or even as “pet food.”

Last week, ProPublica detailed the case of two girls severely sickened last year after consuming raw goat milk from an unregulated farm in southern California. The state, which is teeming with black-market dairies, did little to punish the farmer who sold the families the milk. It allowed her to provide her own sample for testing, weeks after the outbreak began, and did not independently sample her grounds for traces of the pathogen, as state investigators have done in other cases. (The farmer told ProPublica that her milk, which tested negative for pathogens, did not cause the outbreak and claimed the families had knowingly bought milk that was not for human consumption, which they deny.) 

The mother of one of the girls, a toddler who nearly died, had read about the purported benefits of unpasteurized milk on a site for the Raw Milk Institute, a nonprofit founded by Mark McAfee, one of the nation’s most prolific sellers. In a profile of the California farmer, ProPublica chronicled how social media influencers have amplified his claims and helped him build what is now a $30 million-a-year business even as regulators have linked it to more than a dozen recalls and outbreaks that have sickened hundreds. (McAfee previously defended the claims made on the institute’s website and maintained to ProPublica that raw milk still has therapeutic benefits.) 

Members of the academy said they read and circulated ProPublica’s reporting as they drafted their statement. 

“This product is being marketed to families as being beneficial for their kids,” said Dr. Adam Ratner, a pediatric infectious disease doctor in New York City and one of the lead authors of the academy’s revised statement. “They don’t see the risks, and unwittingly they end up making a decision that is much more dangerous.”

The academy first published a policy statement on raw milk in 2014, endorsing a nationwide ban on its sale and encouraging its members to reach out to state representatives to advocate for such a restriction. The statement published this week reaffirms this appeal with recent epidemiological evidence. In addition, it cites a growing concern of highly pathogenic avian influenza, which has been shown to contaminate unpasteurized milk.

Racine, the academy’s president, told ProPublica that the policy was also updated on account of “the rise in the discussion about the alleged benefits of raw milk and the fact that more people are experimenting with using it.” 

“Prevention really is the best single way to keep children healthy and safe, and this is a preventive move,” he said. “The more that we can disseminate this information to a greater number of people, the healthier we’re going to be able to keep the children of this country.”

The post American Academy of Pediatrics Renews Call for Ban on Raw Milk appeared first on ProPublica.

Smart Tag 3 di Samsung e le limitazioni su Android

8 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:51
Smart Tag 3 di Samsung e le limitazioni su Android

Le limitazioni su Android dello Smart Tag 3 di Samsung sono emerse come una doccia fredda per molti, gettando un'ombra su quello che sembrava un lancio quasi perfetto. Quando Samsung ha presentato il suo nuovo tracker, l'entusiasmo era palpabile, soprattutto per l'apertura verso l'ecosistema Apple.

Ma cosa è successo sul fronte Android? La realtà, purtroppo, si è rivelata molto diversa dalle aspettative iniziali.

Un'apertura promettente ma fuorviante

Ricordi l'annuncio iniziale? Samsung aveva reso i suoi tracker compatibili con gli iPhone, una mossa strategica per ampliare la propria base di utenti. Poco dopo, una dichiarazione ufficiale sembrava confermare la notizia più attesa: la compatibilità con qualsiasi dispositivo Android dotato di Google Play Store. Sembrava la mossa perfetta per un ecosistema aperto e competitivo. Questa comunicazione aveva generato un'ondata di ottimismo. Infatti i possessori di Pixel, Xiaomi e altri brand potevano finalmente considerare l'acquisto di uno Smart Tag, anche per proteggersi da eventuali stalker. Purtroppo, la speranza è durata molto poco.

La doccia fredda per il Smart Tag 3 di Samsung

A fare chiarezza, involontariamente, è stata la redazione di Android Authority. Hanno provato a configurare il nuovo Smart Tag 3 di Samsung utilizzando un Google Pixel. Il risultato è stato un secco messaggio di incompatibilità.

Questo semplice test ha svelato una realtà ben diversa da quella promessa. Di fronte all'evidenza, Samsung ha dovuto fare marcia indietro. La nuova dichiarazione ha cancellato ogni dubbio: il dispositivo funziona solo ed esclusivamente con smartphone Galaxy. Un cambio di rotta di 180 gradi che ha lasciato molti utenti delusi.

Quali sono le reali limitazioni dello Smart Tag 3 su Android?

Perché esiste questa limitazione così stringente? Il problema non risiede nell'hardware del tracker, ma nel software necessario per il suo funzionamento.

Per utilizzare lo Smart Tag 3 di Samsung sono infatti necessarie due applicazioni specifiche:

  • SmartThings: disponibile per quasi tutti i dispositivi Android tramite il Play Store.
  • Samsung Find: la vera causa del blocco, disponibile esclusivamente sui dispositivi Galaxy. Senza l'app Samsung Find, è impossibile completare la configurazione e usare il localizzatore.

La dichiarazione iniziale di compatibilità universale era, con ogni probabilità, frutto di un errore di comunicazione interna. Un passo falso che ha generato false aspettative e confusione.

La posizione ufficiale di Samsung

Per eliminare ogni dubbio, un portavoce di Samsung ha chiarito la situazione in modo inequivocabile. Ha affermato che lo Smart Tag 3 "si connette e funziona attualmente solo con i dispositivi Galaxy [...] e al momento non ci sono piani per supportare altri dispositivi Android."

Nessuna promessa, nessuna roadmap futura. La decisione è chiara. L'ecosistema Smart Tag rimane un'esclusiva per gli utenti Samsung su Android. Una scelta che, se da un lato rafforza il brand, dall'altro delude una vasta fetta di mercato.

Cosa significa questo per gli utenti del Smart Tag 3 di Samsung?

In sintesi, la situazione è molto semplice. Se possiedi uno smartphone Samsung Galaxy, lo Smart Tag 3 resta un ottimo prodotto. Se invece hai un dispositivo di un altro brand, devi guardare altrove. Il tracker non funzionerà con il tuo telefono, nonostante le dichiarazioni iniziali.

Questa vicenda insegna a valutare con attenzione le comunicazioni aziendali, attendendo sempre le conferme pratiche. Per chi possiede uno smartphone non Samsung, questa notizia cambia completamente le carte in tavola.

L'articolo Smart Tag 3 di Samsung e le limitazioni su Android proviene da sicurezza.net.

Framadate - Disparition votes sondages

Bonjour,

J’ai créé un sondage sur framadate il y a quelques jours. Tout fonctionnait à merveille jusqu’à ce que des votes disparaissent de mon sondage, mais pas tous. Pourtant, je vois bien depuis mon sondage les notifications de celles et ceux qui ont participé.

Par ailleurs, mes options de dates ont été modifiées voir supprimées. Or, selon l’option que j’ai choisie, aucun votant n’est en mesure de modifier les votes des autres donc logiquement, ils n’ont pas pu modifier le sondage par inadvertance.

Merci d’avance pour votre aide à résoudre ce mystère !

Savannah

3 messages - 3 participant(e)s

Lire le sujet en entier

ShinyHunters Extorted Boeing Spin-off Prior to Arrests

7 Ottobre 2026 ore 15:48

A teenager from Amman, Jordan suspected of leading the prolific data theft and extortion group ShinyHunters has been detained and is reportedly cooperating with the FBI to identify other members of the hacking gang. KrebsOnSecurity has learned that the suspect, who uses the hacker handle “Rey,” was detained as ShinyHunters was in the process of extorting a business unit recently divested by the global aerospace company Boeing, which manufactures the fleet of planes used by the employer of Rey’s father — Royal Jordanian Airlines.

The logo for Jeppesen ForeFlight, a business unit divested last year by the aerospace firm Boeing.

On October 3, Reuters cited three unnamed sources saying a suspected ShinyHunters member in Amman named Saif Al-din Khader was detained by Jordanian authorities and was cooperating with the FBI. KrebsOnSecurity identified Rey as Khader in a November 2025 profile, in which the young man admitted working with multiple ransomware groups.

Rey was featured again in a September 28 exclusive about the Dutch police arresting 24-year-old convicted cybercriminal Pepijn van der Stap on suspicion of aiding in data thefts and extortions by ShinyHunters. The story noted that immediately following the Dutchman’s arrest on the evening of September 15, Rey assumed control over the ShinyHunters brand and boasted publicly about stealing highly sensitive data from the FBI and extorting the ransomware group Cl0p.

Rey taunted both the FBI and Cl0p with memes posted to his longtime account on Twitter/X, while simultaneously including images of the avatar used by Van Der Stap’s former hacker alias “Umbreon” in an apparent attempt to frame the Dutchman for both hacks.

A taunting meme uploaded to Twitter/X by Rey on Sept. 22. A giant sized version of the Pokemon character Umbreon can be seen in the bottom left.

As noted in our September 28 report, ShinyHunters gained access to the FBI site and other victims by exploiting a vulnerability (CVE-2026-35273) in PeopleSoft, a software-as-a-service platform from the tech giant Oracle that is broadly used by companies to manage hiring and human resources, benefits and payroll. Oracle quickly issued a fix for CVE-2026-35273, which ShinyHunters first began exploiting as a zero-day in June, and at the time Mandiant released web application firewall rules intended for organizations that couldn’t apply the security update quickly enough.

ShinyHunters told BleepingComputer in June that the original goal behind exploiting the PeopleSoft vulnerability was to breach the FBI’s own PeopleSoft database, but the hackers said those attacks were unsuccessful for some reason. In recent weeks, however, ShinyHunters turned to a well-known URL-encoding trick to bypass Mandiant’s suggested web application firewall rules.

In a report released Sept. 25, security experts at Mandiant and the Google Threat Intelligence Group (GTIG) confirmed that ShinyHunters had mass-exploited the PeopleSoft vulnerability to steal data from dozens of systems across a range of industries, including higher education, technology, healthcare, agriculture, transportation and government.

Reuters reported October 5 that the FBI has removed a contractor at Accenture over their failure to patch the FBI recruitment website hacked by ShinyHunters, which exposed sensitive data on more than 5,000 FBI personnel, including each’s person’s unit and specialization, as well as medical and psychiatric records.

‘REY’ MEANS KING, AS IN ROYAL

According to two sources familiar with the ShinyHunters investigation, a navigation and digital aviation unit recently divested by the global aerospace company Boeing was among the victims that ShinyHunters was in the process of extorting when Rey was apprehended by Jordanian authorities.

Those sources said the FBI’s investigation into ShinyHunters gained renewed urgency with the group’s attempted extortion of the former Boeing unit, which allegedly included the theft of sensitive information that sources said could pose operational safety and security risks.

In a brief statement shared with KrebsOnSecurity, Boeing acknowledged the extortion attempts by ShinyHunters, and said the incident concerned data stolen from Jeppesen ForeFlight, a subsidiary that Boeing sold in November 2025 to the private equity firm Thoma Bravo for $10.55 billion.

“We are aware of claims by a threat actor regarding data allegedly associated with Boeing and our former subsidiary Jeppesen ForeFlight,” a Boeing spokesperson shared. “We are actively reviewing the matter with the Jeppesen ForeFlight team.”

A spokesperson for Jeppesen ForeFlight shared a written statement in response to questions, saying the company has seen no impact on their end. “Based on our investigation to date into this claim and proactive security posture, there was no impact to our operations or products.”

Rey’s alleged involvement in attempting to extort the former Boeing unit is noteworthy because there is strong evidence that his father works for Royal Jordanian Airlines, which is mostly controlled by the Jordanian government and operates its long-haul fleet on passenger planes built by Boeing. Rey claimed on Telegram in early 2025 that his father was an airline pilot, although that could not be independently confirmed.

However, as noted in our November 2025 profile of Rey, his family’s shared computer was at one point compromised by password-stealing malware, and the data collected by that malware clearly shows Rey’s father used the same credentials to log in at multiple online portals for Royal Jordanian Airlines employees.

Royal Jordanian Airlines has not yet responded to a request for comment. In advance of our September 28 story, KrebsOnSecurity once again emailed Rey’s father to seek comment and update him on his son’s alleged activities. Neither of the Khaders have responded. But just hours after that request was sent, Rey began deleting his various social media accounts, including the Twitter/X account he previously used to taunt the FBI, Cl0p, and other ShinyHunters victims.

Rey may have nixed many of his social media profiles, but his cybersecurity blog on GitHub somehow escaped the purge, and it shows that Rey was fixated on the leaders of the Cl0p ransomware group. In March 2026, Rey’s blog featured a lengthy post that identified two Russian men as the core developers and hackers behind Cl0p.

Rey’s blog on GitHub. This post doxes two Russian men as the core operators behind Cl0p, one of the oldest and most established ransomware groups still in operation today.

MURDER FOR HIRE?

Meanwhile, news outlets in the Netherlands reported explosive new allegations leveled at Van der Stap, whose supposed personal transformation from convicted to reformed hacker has been widely covered in the tech news media. The Dutch daily RTL reported on Sept. 29 that investigators suspect Van der Stap tried to orchestrate at least two murders. According to RTL, the murders were allegedly to be committed abroad, and there are indications Van der Stap gave the order for these attacks.

Van der Stap was released from prison after serving the better part of a four year sentence for data theft and extortion activity that prosecutors said netted between €1.5 million and €2.7 million. In an interview with KrebsOnSecurity on September 9, Van der Stap described his new role as “offensive security lead” at the Dutch cybersecurity company Neo Security, saying the job involved probing client networks for security vulnerabilities.

Neo Security’s owner Benjamin Korper told Reuters he has hired an outside firm to investigate whether Van der Stap had hacked Neo Security or its customers, but that so far investigators have found no evidence he acted against his employer or clients. Korper said Dutch forensic investigators visited his office on September 15, the night Van der ⁠Stap was arrested in a dramatic police raid that reportedly involved flash bang grenades.

A screenshot of a Sept 16 story by the Dutch news outlet at5.nl, describing a police raid on Van Der Stap’s residence that reportedly used flash-bang grenades.

Prior to his first arrest in 2023, Van der Stap was working as a software engineer at the Amsterdam-based cybersecurity startup Hadrian, while volunteering at the Dutch Institute for Vulnerability Disclosure (DIVD) — even as he was hacking into and extorting a number of large organizations.

When asked in a recent interview why anyone should believe the word of a self-described “reformed” cybercriminal who had so casually deceived countless friends, co-workers and journalists for years, Van der Stap replied that his work spoke for itself and there was nothing he could say that would convince his worst critics.

“You can throw a bunch of nice words at someone, but you can’t convince them if they don’t want to be convinced,” Van der Stap told KrebsOnSecurity on Sept. 9. “I’m doing what I can to repay victims, and that’s all I can do. If someone doesn’t want to believe me, then that’s on them.”

FRANCHISING AND BURNING A BRAND

Cybercriminals aligned with ShinyHunters have been responsible for dozens of data breaches involving billions of stolen records, and breaches claimed by the group stretch back to at least 2019. But experts say the people recently operating behind the ShinyHunters name are not the same core members that populated the group in its early days, most of whom are French citizens who have been arrested (if not also imprisoned) on at least one prior occasion for alleged cybercrime activity.

More to the point, ShinyHunters has become something of a franchise. Think the Dread Pirate Roberts character in the 1980s cult movie classic “The Princess Bride,” only succession by death is replaced with succession by arrest, and there can be multiple simultaneous Dread Pirate Robertses. Sources close to the investigation say the FBI is focusing on a remaining handful of cybercriminal freelancers or affiliates who have been feeding the group stolen credentials to various software-as-a-service (SaaS) platforms used by major companies in exchange for a cut of any data ransoms later paid by victims.

In the days after the news broke of Van der Stap’s arrest, a cybercrime-focused chat server on Telegram that was allegedly operated by Rey erupted with hot takes, with most participants heaping ridicule on the teenage hacker after he publicly backed down from threats against the FBI and Cl0p, and again when the ShinyHunters’s darknet website suddenly went offline. Several commentators accused Rey of resurrecting the ShinyHunters brand after its core members were rounded up in France, and making a mockery of the group’s name and reputation ever since.

“He bought the old forum PGP key and used it to make new Breachforum websites and Telegram channels larping as ShinyHunters to ransom companies and then sell the used data or resell his forum when he goes broke,” one member recounted.

A relatively new Telegram channel called “The Battle” has been doxing and needling Rey and other alleged ShinyHunters members for several weeks, and it has gained a considerable readership among the cybercrime communities operating on Telegram. One of the coordinators of that harassment campaign repeatedly portrayed Rey as clueless greenhorn who sought to ride the coattails of a cybercriminal brand that has long enjoyed a reputation for ruthlessly selling or publishing data stolen from victim companies who refuse to give in to extortion demands.

“Rey (Saif Al-Din Khader) made a serious mistake when he started pretending to be a member of ShinyHunters,” wrote the administrators of The Battle server on Telegram. “That group had already been dismantled, with many of its members either arrested or imprisoned, yet Rey still chose to use its name while carrying out his crimes. We’re aware of claims that [Rey] caused over $200 million in damages and helped around 5–6 friend groups in the community make money by using Shiny Hunters group aliases to negotiate deals for a 25–30% cut over the past few months.”

In an interview with The Register, ShinyHunters claimed they hacked the FBI to counter the agency’s narrative in a May 2026 alert that advised victims against paying a ransom to the group, which came off looking unprofessional and capricious in the FBI’s advisory.

A flash notice on ShinyHunters released by the FBI on May 15, 2026.

The public notice warned the group has been known to pursue a number of different victim harassment strategies, from sending threatening text messages and phone calls to victims and their family members to in some cases swatting victims. The FBI warned ShinyHunters members “may also falsely claim to have sensitive or compromising information, including embarrassing photographs or videos of victims, which frequently do not exist.”

The hackers told The Register their attack on the FBI “demonstrated our technical capabilities and directly refuted the misinformation disseminated by the FBI, journalists, and industry researchers.” At the same time, the group’s leaders seemed to acknowledge that the FBI’s warning materially harmed their prospects for convincing victims to pay, saying “this was fundamentally a public relations and marketing initiative for our business.”

[framaforms] Reporter une réponse à l'aide de [submission:values:key]

Bonjour,

Je construis un questionnaire de recherche à l’aide de Framaforms et j’essaie de reporter une réponse donnée dans une question dans le texte d’une autre question. Plus précisément. Une première question demande aux personnes de donner des mots. J’aimerais que ces mots soient rappelés dans une autre question, où la personne devra les évaluer sur une échelle.

Pour faire cela, j’utilise les token du type [webform_submission:values:key]. J’ai vérifié les clés. J’ai bien ajouté un saut de page entre la question source et la question cible.

Pourtant, le mot visé par le token n’apparait pas (à part dans les champs « balisage »), ni dans un titre de question, ni dans les options de réponse. A la place, il y a un espace vide.

Avez-vous des pistes de solution ? Merci d’avance :slight_smile:

1 message - 1 participant(e)

Lire le sujet en entier

Homeless Shelters Around Phoenix Are Full. His Phone Is the Unofficial Hotline for Struggling Families.

7 Ottobre 2026 ore 11:00
A group of people converse outdoors in a park at dusk.
Austin Davis, center, a 26-year-old poet and advocate for homeless people, has become a point of last resort for families who are experiencing homelessness in the Phoenix area.

For about a year, Austin Davis’ phone has been flooded with hundreds of pleas for help from across the Phoenix metropolitan area.

A school employee wanted to help a homeless family but couldn’t find space at a shelter. Could Davis pay for a hotel room?

A mother of five living in a storage unit contacted a homeless services organization for help. They told her to call Davis.

A mother panhandling with her six children said passersby gave her Davis’ phone number, telling her he might be able to provide shelter. “I feel like the worst mother in the world,” she texted him.

Nearly every person who’s reached out to Davis, a 26-year-old poet and advocate for homeless people, says they’d first called 211, seeking help through the official channel, only to learn it could be months before they’d get shelter or a housing placement. His phone has become the unofficial hotline for emergency shelter.

Caseworkers, teachers, social workers, police and hospital workers have called and texted to see if Davis can help people without a place to go. Even workers from the official channel — 211 and the Family Housing Hub — have sent people to him.

Davis’ path to becoming the de facto advocate of last resort illustrates how the system set up to care for families who are homeless in Maricopa County is failing them. ProPublica found that calling and visiting the official channel to address family homelessness rarely leads to offers of help, leaving families feeling hopeless.

Volunteers serve warm food and sides to people standing in line under an outdoor shelter.
People gather around a picnic table at an outdoor park event offering free meals and water bottles to attendees.
Davis’ nonprofit, AZ Hugs, holds daily food distributions at “The Hill” for homeless people in Phoenix.

In January, I started coming to Tempe’s Moeur Park, known as “The Hill,” to meet the families Davis was assisting. I was struck by the scene of desperate parents, some of whom had recently been evicted, lost a job or fled domestic violence, surrounding Davis to tell him about their situation. As he listened, he played with their children, always with an energy drink in hand.

The scene was both heartening and disconcerting. Davis was helping families stay off the street, which was good. But why, I wondered, in a county of nearly 5 million people, was a man in a park their best chance at getting help? And why were government agencies and multimillion-dollar nonprofits, some tasked with helping the very same homeless families, sending people to him?

Davis, who runs a small nonprofit called AZ Hugs, is known for working outside the system. With the help of volunteers, he hosts a nightly meal for homeless people at a suburban Phoenix park. This has drawn the ire of Tempe officials and led to 35 citations against him for trespassing and holding picnics without permits. (In 2024, he reached a deal to plead guilty to one permit violation, and the city dismissed the other citations, according to court documents. He’s spent three nights in jail.) In 2025, Davis and two other advocates for homeless people filed a lawsuit against Tempe, alleging it had violated their free speech protections by citing them for feeding people in parks. The city revised its permit ordinance, and Davis withdrew the lawsuit.

In recent months, he has tried to draw attention to what he calls the “family homelessness crisis,” raising money on social media to pay for hotel rooms for families, many with young children, who would otherwise sleep on the street or in their cars. Davis said he cannot assist everyone who asks for help. A much bigger effort is needed, he added, involving nonprofits and local and state officials, but he sees little evidence that it’s happening.

The number of people in homeless families in Maricopa County reached 2,103 this year, its highest level since 2015, according to the latest figures that are compiled locally and reported to the federal government. And those numbers are considered an undercount because the tally is taken on a single night by volunteers who can miss people who are trying to stay out of sight. In late September, nearly 200 families were on the waitlist for shelter in the county. It doesn’t include those who couldn’t get on; were kicked off because they weren’t considered homeless; or those who called 211, found it unhelpful and never called back. (Solari, a nonprofit that runs the statewide 211 line, said that the Family Housing Hub, which is run by UMOM, a nonprofit, sets the eligibility criteria for placement on the shelter waitlist.)

I spoke to more than 30 families searching for shelter. Parents told me they worried how their situation was affecting their children. Research shows homelessness harms children, disrupting brain development and growth and leading to permanent changes in the brain and body.

A close-up view shows a smartphone screen displaying text notifications requesting help with food and shelter.
Davis’ phone is flooded daily with pleas for help from people who are homeless across Maricopa County. Blurred for privacy by ProPublica

Candice Ortiz had tried since spring to find stable shelter and housing. As the months dragged on, she noticed the toll on her 8-year-old son. He was hospitalized for heat exhaustion after spending the day outside, and she worried about the school he missed.

Davis helped Ortiz as she hit dead ends in her search for a place to stay, according to text messages reviewed by ProPublica.

She said she had called 211 over and over, answering the same questions about her living situation, only to receive information she could have found through a simple internet search. She said a worker with the Family Housing Hub told her that since she and her children were sleeping in her car, she wasn’t actually homeless. Another told her the waitlist was full.

In June, she spent the day at a Phoenix cooling center to escape the heat. A representative told her to go to UMOM, which runs an emergency shelter for families. She said she used her last $20 on a rideshare to the shelter. They took her information again and told her she wasn’t “in the system.” Nothing was available. UMOM said to protect the privacy of clients, it does not comment on individual families.

At the end of August, she connected with the Phoenix Rescue Mission, a nonprofit that offers programs for homeless people. The group sent Ortiz to a local apartment complex where she viewed an apartment. Later, a worker with the Phoenix Rescue Mission told her that it ran out of funding to pay for it, text messages reviewed by ProPublica show. Phoenix Rescue Mission did not respond to requests for comment.

UMOM, which during the last fiscal year received more than $7 million in government grants, set aside 23 units of shelter and about a dozen tents for families this summer, as temperatures reached 117 degrees. The program, which is part of the city of Phoenix’s heat relief effort, has helped nearly 300 households so far but is winding down this month.

In early April, Davis had tried to force a broader effort to address the crisis by launching an online petition. It called on Arizona Gov. Katie Hobbs, a Democrat, to declare a state of emergency to address family homelessness. The petition has more than 5,000 signatures.

In June, a volunteer with Davis’ organization attended a fundraiser for Hobbs, who is running for reelection, to hand her a letter about the petition. The letter suggested such a declaration could unlock funding for emergency shelter and recommended making it easier to access the Family Housing Hub.

“I implore you to consider the children who endure extreme heat without safe shelter,” the letter stated. “No parent should be told to wait months for assistance while temperatures reach life-threatening levels.”

A close-up portrait of a man with long hair, round glasses and a gray baseball hat featuring handwritten text.
Davis said he wishes that the leaders of nonprofits and government agencies would do more to address the difficulties faced by families in need of shelter.

Davis told me he hasn’t heard from the governor’s office or from other nonprofit leaders about joining his effort — only from caseworkers hoping he might help them find shelter for families. He wished that other organizations would at least acknowledge the problem and called their silence “frustrating” and a “disservice” to those in crisis.

The governor’s press secretary, Liliana Soto, told me emergency declarations are reserved for natural disasters, and using one to address homelessness might not be appropriate. Soto added that the governor is “deeply aware” of these challenges. Since taking office in 2023, Hobbs has allocated at least $245 million statewide on efforts such as eviction prevention, affordable housing, emergency shelter and rapidly rehousing people experiencing housing insecurity. “The governor believes no family, especially families with infants or young children, should be left without a safe place to go during the summer heat,” Soto said in a statement.

Davis sees families in that situation daily. And he spends most nights pleading for money on social media to put them in hotel rooms. Some nights he has raised thousands of dollars, posting updates at 2 a.m.

In September, Davis’ organization started hosting an overnight shelter at the First United Methodist Church of Mesa. It has space for at least six families. Davis said he knows it’s a Band-Aid on a much bigger problem.

At the church on a recent evening, some families arrived in vehicles packed with their belongings. Inside a large air-conditioned room, a volunteer had set up canopy tents with cots, pillows and blankets. She offered them a dinner of chicken penne pasta.

A mother and her two children showered, then got in their tent and zipped it up. Gradually, others, some with toddlers, settled in, and the room became quiet.

They’d need to be gone by 6 a.m.

A young girl reaches up toward a water bottle set inside a public park hydration station while another child plays nearby.
In Maricopa County, the number of people with children who are homeless is at its highest point since 2015, according to a regional count.

The post Homeless Shelters Around Phoenix Are Full. His Phone Is the Unofficial Hotline for Struggling Families. appeared first on ProPublica.

Risolte vulnerabilità in prodotti SonicWall

7 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:39
SonicWall ha rilasciato aggiornamenti di sicurezza per sanare 4 vulnerabilità, di cui 1 con gravità "critica" e 2 con gravità "alta", che interessano i modelli 6210, 7210 e 8200v appartenenti alla serie SMA1000. Tali vulnerabilità, qualora sfruttate, potrebbero consentire ad un utente malintenzionato di eludere dei meccanismi di sicurezza e di eseguire codice arbitrario sui sistemi interessati.

Anthropic Claude e cyberdifesa: svolta nella sicurezza informatica

7 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:54
Anthropic Claude e cyberdifesa: svolta nella sicurezza informatica

Il rapporto tra Anthropic Claude e la cyberdifesa entra in una fase del tutto nuova. Anthropic ha infatti annunciato un'importante espansione del suo Cyber Verification Program, un'iniziativa che apre le porte dei suoi modelli di intelligenza artificiale più avanzati ai professionisti del settore.

Ma cosa significa per il futuro della lotta contro le minacce digitali? È un passo coraggioso per potenziare chi ci difende, gestendo al contempo il rischio che questi stessi strumenti possano essere usati in modo malevolo.

Il dilemma è noto: gli strumenti di IA che aiutano un difensore a trovare una falla di sicurezza sono spesso gli stessi che potrebbero aiutare un aggressore a sfruttarla. La soluzione di Anthropic è un programma di accesso verificato, che offre ai professionisti modelli come Claude 3 Opus e Claude 3.5 Sonnet con meno restrizioni, in base al loro ruolo e alle loro autorizzazioni. Scopriamo insieme come funziona.

Cos'è il Cyber Verification Program di Anthropic?

Pensa a questo programma come a una chiave speciale. Mentre i modelli Claude accessibili al pubblico mantengono rigide barriere per prevenire abusi, il Cyber Verification Program (CVP) fornisce una "chiave" a team e ricercatori verificati. Questa chiave sblocca capacità avanzate, consentendo loro di usare l'IA per compiti di sicurezza offensiva e difensiva in modo controllato.

L'obiettivo è semplice ma ambizioso: dare ai "buoni" gli strumenti migliori per anticipare, individuare e neutralizzare le minacce. Il programma unifica iniziative precedenti, come il Progetto Glasswing, creando un percorso di accesso strutturato e basato su permessi specifici.

In altre parole, non tutti avranno lo stesso livello di accesso, che dipende dal tipo di lavoro svolto tramite un sistema a tre livelli progettato per bilanciare potenzialità e sicurezza.

Test simili sono giù stati messi in atto, come utilizzare Claude Opus 5 per trovare falle in OpenAI, e correggerle.

I tre livelli di accesso a Claude di Anthropic per la cyberdifesa

Anthropic ha definito tre "tier" di accesso, ognuno con permessi e controlli specifici. Questa suddivisione è fondamentale per garantire che la potenza dell'IA sia usata in modo responsabile.

1. Defense access (accesso difensivo)

È il livello base, pensato per chi lavora in prima linea nella difesa digitale. Include team di sicurezza aziendali, centri operativi di sicurezza (SOC), analisti di malware, università ed enti governativi.

Le attività permesse sono strettamente difensive: analisi di vulnerabilità, incident response e reverse engineering.

Anche i ricercatori indipendenti con una comprovata storia di segnalazioni possono qualificarsi, rendendo lo strumento ampiamente accessibile a chi protegge le infrastrutture.

2. Red team access (accesso per red team)

Questo livello è destinato a chi simula gli attacchi per testare le difese, i cosiddetti red team. Include team interni, agenzie governative e società di penetration testing.

Oltre alle capacità difensive, permette di condurre test di penetrazione autorizzati. Tuttavia, restano attivi dei controlli per bloccare azioni estremamente pericolose, come l'implementazione di ransomware o attacchi a sistemi fisici critici.

3. Specialized access (accesso specializzato)

Siamo al vertice della piramide. Questo livello, con le minori restrizioni possibili, è riservato a un gruppo ristretto di organizzazioni autorizzate a testare le infrastrutture più critiche. Parliamo di reti elettriche, sistemi di controllo del traffico aereo e reti di telecomunicazioni.

L'approvazione per questo livello è molto rigorosa e viene gestita in collaborazione con il governo statunitense.

I risultati dei primi test di cyberdifesa con Claude di Anthropic

Ma funziona davvero? Anthropic ha messo alla prova il suo modello Claude 3.5 Sonnet con CyScenarioBench, un benchmark che misura la capacità di eseguire operazioni cyber complesse.

I risultati sono stati eloquenti:

  • Accesso pubblico: ogni tentativo di operazione malevola è stato bloccato al primo prompt.
  • Defense access: il 92% dei tentativi è stato bloccato, mentre una piccola parte è andata a buon fine.
  • Red team access: nessun blocco iniziale, con un tasso di successo del 68% nelle operazioni, quasi identico a quello del modello senza barriere di sicurezza.

Questi dati, sebbene interni, dimostrano l'efficacia del sistema a livelli. Inoltre, i partner del programma hanno già identificato oltre 129.000 vulnerabilità verificate tra aprile e luglio 2026, un dato che testimonia il potenziale di questa tecnologia per la sicurezza proattiva.

Una nuova era con Anthropic Claude nella cyberdifesa?

L'iniziativa di Anthropic segna un passo deciso verso l'integrazione dell'IA avanzata nelle operazioni di cyberdifesa. Fornendo un accesso controllato e stratificato, l'azienda cerca di risolvere il dilemma del doppio uso, potenziando i difensori senza armare gli avversari. Le organizzazioni possono richiedere l'accesso tramite la piattaforma Claude, Google Cloud Vertex AI e Microsoft Foundry.

La strada è ancora lunga, ma questo approccio pragmatico e basato sulla fiducia potrebbe diventare un modello per l'intero settore.

Stiamo forse assistendo alla nascita di una nuova generazione di difese, dove l'IA non è solo uno strumento, ma un vero e proprio alleato strategico? Solo il tempo potrà dirlo.

L'articolo Anthropic Claude e cyberdifesa: svolta nella sicurezza informatica proviene da sicurezza.net.

Commentaires sur Framadate fait peau neuve : une nouvelle version plus moderne et mobile par Valea

Bonjour,
Je lis avec surprise l’argument suivant pour justifier la disparition de l’option « Tout le monde peut modifier TOUTES les réponses » : « ce qui n’était pas sans poser son lot de problème ».
Dans les collectifs auxquels je participe, nous utilisions systématiquement cette option sans avoir jamais rencontré de problème avec cette fonctionnalité. Effectivement, lorsque l’option était sélectionnée, tout le monde pouvait modifier toutes les réponses. La fonctionnalité semblait donc parfaitement implémentée… En quoi cela peut-il être un problème ? Je n’ai jamais rencontré ce problème, mais il se peut que d’autres personnes n’aient pas eu la même expérience. Vous avez vraiment eu des retours dans ce sens ?
Ça s’appelle toujours « Framadate » mais ce n’est pas une nouvelle version (imiter le langage marketing n’aide en rien à clarifier les choses). Il s’agit d’une nouvelle application, avec un nouveau périmètre fonctionnel, une nouvelle ergonomie et de nouvelles interfaces utilisateurices. Il n’y a donc rien de surprenant à ce que la nouvelle application ne réponde pas aux besoins de toutes les utilisateurices de l’ancienne application. Le reste n’est que noyade de poisson.
Ceci dit, on a toutes les raisons de croire les équipes de Framasoft quand elles disent que l’ancienne appli était devenue trop complexe/hasardeuse/coûteuse/… à maintenir. Si la nouvelle application répond à certains besoins d’utlisateurices de l’ancienne, c’est tant mieux. Merci à Framasoft pour l’effort de ne pas laisser toustes les utilisateurices sur le carreau et merci au développeur d’avoir donné corps à une certaine vision des fonctionnalités minimales requises par un service permettant de créer des sondages en ligne.
Je reste perplexe devant la justification « technique » du choix d’écarter la possibilité pour toustes de modifier les votes pour ne proposer que la possibilité de modifier, sous certaines conditions, son propre vote. En premier lieu parce que la fonctionnalité écartée me semble, même vu de loin, plus simple à implémenter que la fonctionnalité retenue. Mais surtout parce que ce choix porte une certaine conception des modes de collaboration qu’il entend outiller. En effet, la fonctionnalité écartée permet, à coup sûr (sans aucune condition supplémentaire) à chaque personne de modifier son propre vote. Plus simple, englobante et plus plastique au regard des usages qu’elle permet, il est permis de se demander pourquoi une conception qui lui aurait donné la primauté serait aussi peu désirable…

I’ve Covered Death Row Cases for Nearly a Decade. What Happened to Christa Pike Wasn’t an Anomaly.

6 Ottobre 2026 ore 20:55
An execution chamber features a lethal injection gurney fitted with leather restraint straps and a white pillow, set against green brick walls.
The death chamber in Huntsville, Texas Joe Raedle/Getty Images

Over the course of two hours, witnesses watched and listened as Christa Pike cried, whimpered and snored through Tennessee’s attempt to execute her. By the end of it, executioners had given her two doses of the state’s lethal injection drugs. Her arms were swollen and blistered, and one had turned purple, her attorneys said. And she was still alive, marking what legal experts say is the first time a prisoner in the U.S. has survived one dose — let alone two — of lethal injection drugs. 

Even if the outcome was unprecedented, what went wrong was not. Pike’s was the third Tennessee execution in 14 months to go awry. But as a reporter who has covered death row for nearly a decade and witnessed several executions, I know the state is not alone. The factors behind the breakdowns in Tennessee have popped up again and again across the country — and show how easily another botched execution could occur, even as soon as the ones planned Wednesday in Texas and next week in Florida.

Here’s what we know about Tennessee’s attempt to execute Pike: The procedure started more than nine hours late, delayed by last-minute legal fights. Then, inside the death house, executioners struggled to find a vein, jabbing Pike with at least seven needles, according to her lawyers, one of whom watched in dismay. As the caustic barbiturate finally started flowing into the IV lines, Pike did not fall into sedation quickly. Instead, witnesses said, she sang with her spiritual adviser. Then she said her arm felt like it was about to burst open. “Does this happen like that?” she asked. 

Like Pike, many aging death row prisoners have medical problems that can complicate efforts to kill them, potentially turning what are supposed to be relatively quick deaths into agonizing, drawn-out procedures. Even when prisoners are healthy, several states have faced questions about the competence of their execution teams, as both the American Medical Association and American Nurses Association have strongly opposed their members taking part in death penalty procedures. And death penalty states across the country shroud their executions in such secrecy that it is often difficult or impossible to confirm the age, source or sterility of the drugs.

“The types of failures that went into this botch happen all the time,” said Robert Dunham, director of the Death Penalty Policy Project. “There is nothing in the execution process that states are incapable of getting wrong.”

The Tennessee Department of Correction declined to comment, though hours after the attempted execution the agency said in a statement that it had “followed every step” of the state’s established protocol, which “has been consistently effective.” On Saturday, the head of the agency resigned. Meanwhile, Gov. Bill Lee said in a statement that he had ordered “a comprehensive, third-party review to determine exactly what occurred” and that the execution previously scheduled for December would no longer take place this year. His office didn’t respond to a request for comment.

On Friday, Pike’s lawyers filed a motion asking a court to order the agency to preserve any evidence related to the state’s failed effort to kill their client. In a statement, they said the filing “details the serious complications that occurred during the execution attempt, many of which Christa and her attorneys had warned the State and the courts about months earlier.”

Pike remains in the hospital where she is receiving critical medical care, they said. After several days on a ventilator, intubated and unconscious, on Tuesday afternoon her attorneys said she was awake and speaking. “Her prognosis remains unclear but, at a minimum, we expect a long recovery,” they wrote in a statement. “We continue to ask the Governor of Tennessee to commute Christa Pike’s sentence to life imprisonment without the possibility of parole.”

Unhealthy Prisoners

By the time the Tennessee Department of Correction strapped her to the gurney last week, Pike had been on death row for 30 years. She had been sentenced to death for the 1995 murder of 19-year-old Colleen Slemmer, a fellow Job Corps student in Knoxville. Pike was 18 at the time and, like many people on death row, had a history of mental illness and childhood sexual abuse. 

Now 50 years old, Pike has faced an array of health problems, which her legal team had repeatedly warned could lead to a bungled execution. During a three-day hearing in August, Pike’s attorneys argued that her small veins and a blood disorder would make it harder and more painful to put in the IV lines to administer the lethal dose. The Tennessee Supreme Court did not agree, calling their arguments “speculative” and rejecting their request for a stay.

Tennessee’s execution protocol relies on pentobarbital, a caustic barbiturate that slows down breathing and has been used to treat seizures, sedate people before surgery and euthanize animals. But its use in putting to death humans has drawn scrutiny. After relying on the drug for all 13 federal executions during the first Trump administration, the Justice Department under President Joe Biden said there was too much uncertainty about whether it would cause “unnecessary pain and suffering” and decided to stop using it “unless and until that uncertainty is resolved.” This year, President Donald Trump’s DOJ reversed course and readopted its use.

Despite supply difficulties and repeated lawsuits from death row prisoners arguing that using pentobarbital is cruel and unusual, several states still use it, including Georgia, Missouri, South Carolina and Texas, where I witnessed five executions in the late 2010s as a reporter for the Houston Chronicle. Four of the condemned prisoners said the drug burned. Two said they could taste it. One said he could “hear it going through the vein.” But all of them stopped moving within minutes and were declared dead in under an hour. 

Tennessee prison officials have not offered an explanation as to why Pike’s attempted execution was so drastically different. Initially, Pike’s attorneys and several death penalty experts raised the possibility that the drugs may have been too old or degraded to work as intended. Yet in Friday’s legal filings, Pike’s lawyers focused on the way the drug was administered, saying it was “abundantly clear” that Tennessee prison officials either didn’t know that the IV lines were out of place or didn’t realize her veins had been so badly damaged that the highly alkaline liquid started leaking out into the surrounding tissue of her arm. Joel Zivot, a professor of anesthesiology in Atlanta and one of Pike’s medical experts, said that meant there wasn’t enough of the drug in her bloodstream at once to kill her. “It just got into her arms, and most of it stopped there,” he said.  

Like Pike, many people on death rows nationwide have significant health problems often compounded by old age. As the appeals process has drawn out, condemned prisoners are spending longer awaiting execution. People put to death in 1988 had spent an average of less than seven years on death row, federal data shows. By 2023, the most recent year with data, that figure had ballooned to more than 23 years. That means more people reaching the execution chamber are old, ill, worn down by decades of poor prison medical care and potentially harder to put to death. One analysis, by the nonprofit human rights group Reprieve, found that the odds of a botched lethal injection increased 6% on average with each additional year of age. Some of the most notorious failed executions of the past decade involved prisoners whose bodies were failing them.

In 2017, Ohio halted the execution of Alva Campbell after the execution team couldn’t find a usable vein. His attorneys had warned in legal filings beforehand that his medical problems — including lung cancer, COPD, prostate cancer and pneumonia — could make for an exceptionally painful execution. The 69-year-old died on his own in prison three months later. The following year, Alabama failed to kill 61-year-old Doyle Hamm, a terminally ill cancer patient. Executioners spent more than two hours trying to find a vein, possibly puncturing his bladder before giving up. He died three years later from cancer complications. And in 2024, Idaho called off the execution of 73-year-old Thomas Creech after trying to find a vein for nearly an hour. He’s still alive and on death row. 

Last year, Tennessee put to death Byron Black, a 69-year-old with dementia and congestive heart failure who used a wheelchair and had a defibrillator implanted in his chest. The defense team warned the device could cause painful shocks and prolong the execution, but Tennessee’s highest court refused to intervene and prison officials left it on. After the drugs started flowing, witnesses said Black lifted his head up, groaned and said, “It’s hurting so bad.”  

Defense attorneys worry similar problems could surface again as soon as next week, when the state of Florida plans to execute William Lee Thompson for a 1976 murder in Miami-Dade County. Since August, the 74-year-old — who has dementia and does not always remember that he is facing execution — has suffered from sepsis, pneumonia, blood clots in his lungs, a severe sacral wound and an array of other debilitating conditions. Bri Lacy, the lead attorney on Thompson’s case, told ProPublica her client is also malnourished and dehydrated, which could make it even harder for executioners to access his “hard, fragile veins.” She said Thompson had been in an outside hospital until the night before Gov. Ron DeSantis signed a warrant for his execution, after which prison officials put him in death watch, the section for people with scheduled executions. 

Last week, DeSantis issued an executive order temporarily staying the execution and requiring that Thompson be evaluated by a panel of three psychiatrists to determine whether he is competent to be executed. The results are still outstanding. DeSantis and the Florida Department of Corrections did not immediately respond to a request for comment.

“Unscrupulous Actors”

If the prisoner’s health is not a problem, sometimes the execution team is. 

In May, Tennessee tried to execute Tony Carruthers, who’d been sent to death row in connection with a 1994 triple murder for which he has long maintained his innocence. Executioners jabbed his hands and feet more than a dozen times trying to find a working vein, according to Maria DeLiberato, senior counsel at the American Civil Liberty Union’s Capital Punishment Project, a member of his defense team who was there as a witness. Eventually, a physician — who DeLiberato said had introduced himself as Dr. Mark Fowler — decided to try placing a central line, an invasive procedure that involves puncturing the neck, chest or groin to insert a deep IV near the heart. 

DeLiberato objected, saying Fowler wasn’t qualified. Less than a year earlier, he’d admitted in a deposition that he didn’t have hospital privileges and hadn’t placed a central line in about 12 years. “His hands were shaking, and it appeared to me he didn’t know what he was doing,” DeLiberato told ProPublica. By the time Fowler gave up trying to put one in Carruthers, DiLiberato could hear her client moaning and see blood oozing out of his puncture wounds. After more than an hour, the governor called off the execution and gave Carruthers a one-year reprieve. 

“Placing a central line is like riding a bicycle. You don’t forget,” Fowler said in a text message to ProPublica. “My hands were not shaking and the process requires deliberation. I stopped because it was uncomfortable for Carruthers.” He added that his lack of hospital privileges was “irrelevant.”

It’s not clear whether Fowler took part in Pike’s attempted execution last week. Though he previously told local media that he would, neither the state nor the defense team confirmed his participation. He declined to comment on the matter to ProPublica.  

After the failed attempt to execute Carruthers, several dozen Tennessee doctors and nurses wrote to the governor urging a moratorium on the death penalty. They said medical providers who take part in executions “are those willing to set aside their professional ethics” and that bungled executions “are the predictable result of working with such unscrupulous actors.”

For years, the physician overseeing executions in Missouri was a surgeon who’d been disciplined by the state board and sued about 20 times for malpractice, he estimated in a deposition, according to the St. Louis Post-Dispatch. At least five of those cases ended in settlements, and one ended in a court judgment that he appealed and lost, the paper reported. In court testimony in the mid-2000s, he admitted that he sometimes confused names of different drugs and said he’d decided on his own to halve the amount of anesthetic given to condemned prisoners. A court eventually banned him from taking part in executions in Missouri — though federal officials later put him on the execution team at the federal death chamber in Indiana. He did not respond to phone calls and an email seeking a comment.

After Oklahoma executed Clayton Lockett in 2014 in a drawn-out and bloody procedure, a paramedic involved later testified that it took a long time because “Black people have smaller veins than white people.” 

Death penalty experts compared what happened last week in Tennessee to a 2006 Florida execution, where the first dose of drugs failed to kill 55-year-old Ángel Díaz. He struggled for about half an hour, and executioners eventually dosed him a second time. It turned out the needles had gone through his veins and the drugs had seeped into the surrounding tissue, leaving footlong burns on his arms. An investigation found the state hadn’t provided adequate training or followed its own protocols, and the lead executioner later testified he had “no medical training and no qualifications.” Following a short moratorium, the state revised its procedures and resumed executions in 2008. 

Shrouded in Secrecy

Cases like these come to light largely by accident. Secrecy laws generally shield the names of execution team members, so it’s almost impossible to know whether they have a troubled history.

Secrecy laws likewise conceal information about the drugs themselves, as well as their effects. Maya Foa, who heads up Reprieve, said that states have “gotten more secretive over time” and that some hide aspects of executions that could shed light on the effects of lethal injection drugs. Some states do not allow witnesses to watch the placement of the IV lines, and in Florida, she said, officials “tape [prisoners’]  fingers so you can’t see if they’re wiggling or still conscious.”

Various states withhold everything from the supplier name to sterility testing results to purchase dates — all of which could help determine if the drugs have degraded or become tainted. When executions go badly, that lack of information can make it difficult to know whether the age of the drugs or inadequate testing could have played a role.

Tennessee’s record gives little reason for confidence. In 2022, citing a “technical oversight,” the governor called off the execution of Oscar Smith, then paused future executions and ordered an investigation that ultimately found the state hadn’t been testing its death drugs for bacterial toxins as required by its own rules. After a three-year hiatus, the state resumed executions last year.

It’s not clear how old the drugs were that Tennessee used in Pike’s execution, though records obtained by ProPublica suggest the state purchased some earlier this year. An email from the corrections department to the state comptroller, turned over in response to a public records request regarding payments for lethal injection drugs, showed that the prison agency spent $650,000 this year on execution-related expenses. Legal experts said it’s still not clear where the drug supplies came from, when they were made or even whether they were manufactured by a pharmaceutical company or mixed in a compounding pharmacy.

Prisoners across the country have repeatedly sued over this kind of secrecy, demanding to know more about the drugs used to kill them. Right now, that’s happening in Tennessee, where six condemned men are suing for information about the age, origin and expiration dates of the state’s pentobarbital supplies. One of the lawyers involved in the lawsuit — Kit Thomas, a deputy chief in the Middle District of Tennessee’s federal public defender office — said state officials have resisted providing basic details such as whether the drug was manufactured by a pharmaceutical company or mixed in a compounding pharmacy. The case is ongoing. The state attorney general did not offer a comment on the lawsuit.

“Without public accountability or transparency,” Thomas said, “we should expect to see more people strapped to gurneys and tortured for hours at a time.”

That is what Jamaal Howard’s attorneys fear could happen Wednesday in Texas. The 46-year-old is scheduled for execution in connection with the May 2000 shooting of a convenience store clerk in Hardin County. On Saturday, his legal team asked Gov. Greg Abbott for a 30-day reprieve — not because their client is innocent, but because they want more information about the drugs Texas plans to use. In the past, the state has routinely turned over testing results and other records. But in recent months, that’s changed — and after the botched execution in Tennessee, Howard’s attorneys say they want more proof the drugs are still good.  “We expect [the Texas Department of Criminal Justice] will assure you that its drugs are sound,” Don Bailey and Jeff Newberry wrote. “Tennessee gave the same assurance.”

Abbott’s office didn’t immediately respond to requests for comment. Amanda Hernandez, a Texas prison spokesperson, said the state has successfully put to death more than 600 people since 1976 and “stands ready to carry out the execution scheduled for Oct. 7.”


Do You Know More About Lethal Injections?

I’m still reporting. If you are involved in preparing or carrying out lethal injections, I want to hear from you.

Keri Blakinger

I welcome any tips leading to tough accountability stories about the legal system. Right now, I’m particularly interested in hearing from federal prison employees and federal prisoners with information about untold and revelatory stories.


The post I’ve Covered Death Row Cases for Nearly a Decade. What Happened to Christa Pike Wasn’t an Anomaly. appeared first on ProPublica.

More Than 500 U.S. Citizens Have Been Detained, Including Handcuffed or Held at Gunpoint, in Trump’s Immigration Crackdown

A photo grid displays multiple video thumbnails showing law enforcement officers detaining, arresting and apprehending individuals in various indoor and outdoor settings.

Experts have long warned that immigration dragnets and the erosion of civil rights for immigrants will inevitably result in the erosion of rights for citizens.

Since the start of this Trump administration, we’ve watched those warnings come true.

The Trump administration says none of this is happening.

“DHS is NOT arresting U.S. citizens by mistake.” “There are no ‘indiscriminate’ stops.” Allegations of “racial profiling are disgusting, reckless and categorically FALSE.” “The pattern is NOT of law enforcement using force.” “ICE does not zip tie or restrain children.”

But that is precisely what is happening, and at a far larger scale than previously reported.

We know because we have once again done what the government hasn’t:

We have tallied and cataloged every case we can find of an immigration agent holding a citizen during the current administration.

More than 500 cases. That includes:

  • More than a hundred Americans held after agents questioned their citizenship. Nearly all were people of color.
  • At least 70 American children and teens detained, some of whom were handcuffed.
  • Of the more than 300 Americans we tracked as detained for allegedly assaulting or obstructing agents, we found fewer than half were actually charged in federal court, and many of those cases were dropped or dismissed.
  • At least 63 Americans detained while recording.
  • 36 Americans held for at least a day without being able to contact a lawyer or their family.
  • Roughly a dozen citizens deported, mostly children.

Collectively, these cases show that as the administration has relentlessly pursued immigrants, federal agents have run roughshod over the constitutional rights of citizens too.

We’re showing you every case — the reality that the administration denies — along with the receipts.

Explore our list of incidents where 506 citizens were detained.

In January 2025, agents held a 21-year-old citizen at gunpoint and put him in handcuffs during a raid at the Philadelphia car wash where he worked.

In April, a 20-year-old was held in a Florida jail for more than 24 hours, despite having proof of his citizenship.

In June, a dual citizen of Mexico and the U.S. was detained while working in California. He was held for four days without access to a lawyer or his family.

During the enforcement surge in Chicago last fall, known as Operation Midway Blitz, there were “no administrative arrests of U.S. citizens,” according to the Department of Homeland Security. “ICE has significant protections in place to ensure U.S. citizens are not arrested, detained, or mistakenly removed.” But we found that federal agents detained more than 120 citizens in Illinois during the height of the surge.

In November, agents took an 18-year-old citizen off the street, eventually dumping him in the woods.

In December, an American in Baltimore was picked up and held for 25 days, unable to see her 5-year-old son over Christmas.

In January, hours after Renee Good’s killing, agents tackled and handcuffed a school staffer in Minneapolis. He was terrified, he recalled: “I feel lucky to be alive.”

In April, when agents stopped a man in Texas, he told them, “I’m a citizen, it’s fine.” He was deported four days later.

In May, a New York teen was thrown to the ground, bloodied and then dumped in an unfamiliar neighborhood. “He just grabbed me and threw me on the floor,” the teen recalled.

In September, agents detained and injured an Illinois man they thought was someone else.

We shared details and footage of many of the incidents with former immigration officials. They reacted with anger and disbelief.

“This is just terrible,” said Eric Balliet, who spent more than two decades at Homeland Security Investigations and Border Patrol, both agencies under DHS, including in President Donald Trump’s first administration.

“I’ve never seen so many U.S. citizen encounters in all my years,” said Darius Reeves, who oversaw the Immigration and Customs Enforcement agency’s Baltimore office before retiring last year. “It’s an embarrassment.”

In tallying these detentions, we included anyone who authorities held against their will for any period of time — whether they were handcuffed, held at gunpoint or otherwise prevented from leaving by immigration agents. The courts consider someone detained if they aren’t free to leave.

Immigration agents do have authority to detain Americans in limited circumstances: if they can reasonably suspect they are in the country illegally, or if they allegedly interfered with or assaulted officers.

ProPublica shared its findings and information on each case with DHS. 

The department defended agents’ conduct. “DHS enforcement operations are highly targeted. We do our due diligence,” the agency said in a statement. It added that anyone who obstructs agents “will of course face consequences which include arrest.”

We compiled our list by scouring social media, court records and local media to confirm and compile incidents.

Our work doesn’t include all of agents’ problematic interactions with citizens. We didn’t count incidents where, say, an agent shot but didn’t detain a citizen. And as with the tally we did last year, the new list is an undercount. For instance, witnesses estimate that more than 200 citizens were detained in an Idaho raid last fall, but we only included the 30 citizens who we were able to identify.

Willy Wender Aceituno, a naturalized citizen who voted for Trump twice, said he never imagined that the immigration crackdown he supported would entangle him.

Then, last November, Border Patrol agents broke his truck window, yanked Aceituno out and threw him onto the pavement of a parking lot, where one agent knelt on his back. (DHS says he “refused to comply” with agents’ commands.)

“ICE isn’t looking for criminals,” Aceituno said. “They’re looking for Latinos. Having papers in this country does not protect you.”

“Upon Probable Cause”

Under the Fourth Amendment, law enforcement generally must have probable cause to arrest someone. But there’s a lower bar, reasonable suspicion, for stopping someone to question them.

The Trump administration has repeatedly said its agents are just questioning citizens, not detaining them — even when they’re in handcuffs or held for hours. DHS also cites a concurring opinion issued last year by Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh stating that agents can consider factors like “apparent ethnicity” when making stops. Citizens around the country have been detained because, they’ve said, of their skin color, accents or jobs.

Willy Wender Aceituno was stopped twice by federal agents who broke his window, pulled him from the car and detained him, even as he and bystanders protested that he had already proved he was a citizen to other agents. The Charlotte Observer

Ever since his arrest in November, Aceituno said his U.S.-born daughter carries her passport at college. “She has a Latino face,” he said, adding, “My daughter’s white friends aren’t carrying their passports.”

“Secure in Their Persons, Houses, Papers and Effects”

The Fourth Amendment of the Constitution also prohibits officers from entering homes without a judge’s warrant.

An ICE memo revealed by a whistleblower this year showed that agents had been doing it anyway. The agency asserted that administrative warrants that didn’t involve a judge gave agents the ostensible authority to force their way into homes looking for someone with a final deportation order. Some of those incidents have also resulted in Americans being detained.

Jeyli Salguero, 20, said in a lawsuit that agents broke into her family’s home in a Minnesota suburb without a judicial warrant to arrest her brother, who didn’t live there. In a video, an agent can be heard saying, “It’s OK, it’s OK,” as a woman screams. Provided to ProPublica

In January, Jeyli Salguero, her parents and her sister were asleep at home when armed federal agents broke through the front door and rushed inside.

“The first thing I yelled when I stepped out of my room was that I was a U.S. citizen and I had the right to record,” Salguero recalled. “That’s when they snatched my phone.”

The agents told Salguero’s family they were looking for her brother, who does not live there. After half an hour, the agents released Salguero and her mother, but detained her father, who had temporary protected status, and her sister, who was undocumented. The sister was eventually deported to El Salvador, and her father was later released from detention.

Salguero told us that agents left her and her mom alone in their wrecked house with the Minneapolis winter air coming in through a broken door.

Salguero is one of several plaintiffs who have filed a lawsuit against the government for going into homes without a judicial warrant. DHS has moved to dismiss the lawsuit, saying it has “paused” the policy.

“Against Unreasonable Searches and Seizures”

The Fourth Amendment is also intended to protect people from “unreasonable” use of force during arrests. Previously, we’ve documented how agents have used chokeholds that DHS banned other than when deadly force is authorized. We’ve also documented how immigration agents have broken car windows while pursuing people they believe are in the country illegally. But they’ve been doing it to citizens, too. Many of those citizens have filed lawsuits.

During the enforcement surge in Chicago in October 2025, workers at a Christian cemetery in Illinois filmed agents cutting open the cemetery gate. The agents then shot pepper balls at the workers and detained them. WGN TV

Darren Eichler was working at a Christian cemetery in a Chicago suburb last October when he and his coworkers moved to help a man who was wading in the nearby river. They soon realized — too late — that the man was running from immigration agents, who emerged from the brush near the river and demanded access to a gated area of the cemetery. When the men refused and started filming, agents used bolt cutters to cut open the gate, then fired pepper balls and tackled the men.

Explore incidents where citizens were subjected to crowd control weapons.

Eichler said his face felt like it was on fire and he had trouble breathing. “I pleaded with them for an hour to please call an ambulance.” Eichler told ProPublica. He was eventually brought to a hospital, still handcuffed, while the agents stood over his bed. Eichler’s co-workers were held for several hours at a nearby federal office. No one was charged.

DHS did not respond to ProPublica’s request for comment about the incident.

“The Right of the People Peaceably to Assemble”

The First Amendment protects protesters and those documenting agents’ conduct. The amendment guarantees the freedom to assemble — in other words, to protest peacefully — and the freedom of speech, which courts have interpreted to include recording in public.

The Trump administration has, however, aggressively pursued the arrest and prosecution of citizens who were protesting, often claiming the protesters were assaulting officers or interfering with enforcement activities. We counted more than 300 people accused of assaulting or obstructing officers, about 130 of them at protests.

Top DHS officials, including former Secretary Kristi Noem, went further, claiming that filming ICE agents was interfering with arrests. Last summer, three siblings driving in Texas were detained after they stopped to film an immigration arrest. One of the siblings was a young teen. “They tackled me down and an agent put one knee behind my knee, where I felt a sharp pain,” he told ProPublica. He was separated from his mother, who has a green card. “They were saying my mom wasn’t a U.S. citizen, and I was scared they were gonna take her away.”

The siblings have filed claims for damages with the government. Asked about the incident, DHS said it respects “the First Amendment rights of individuals to observe and express themselves. However, if such actions interfere with or obstruct our operations, ICE will take necessary steps to address the situation.”

Three siblings in Brownsville, Texas, had stopped to film an immigration arrest when agents tried to take their phones, then detained all three citizens, including a 14-year-old. In the video, an agent can be heard saying that the phones are evidence in an investigation. “I’m taking that phone and I’m taking that phone,” he says while pointing to two devices before grabbing at one of them. The agent’s face was already blurred in this video when ProPublica received it. Provided to ProPublica

Our review did uncover instances that appear to show some protesters or other civilians assaulting officers. One person pleaded guilty to throwing pieces of cinder block at an agent. A woman in California pleaded guilty to pulling off an officer’s mask.

Many protesters were accused of crimes but never actually charged. We found 137 instances of citizens who were charged with federal crimes, most of whom were charged with assaulting or obstructing federal agents. In nearly half of those instances, the charges were dropped or dismissed. Three dozen citizens have been sentenced to prison or probation, and another three dozen cases are pending, as of September 15.

Explore incidents where citizens were detained while recording.

Some of those arrested, like clarinet player Oriana Korol, were initially charged with felony assault before pleading guilty to a misdemeanor — in Korol’s case, for trying to kick an officer. She said she did so after officers shoved her and pepper-sprayed her twice in the face. Just moments before, the band had been playing the “Ghostbusters” theme song as part of a peaceful protest.

Video footage shows agents leading Korol away, handcuffed, while one pulls her tear-gas-soaked mask over her mouth. “Please pull it down,” Korol tells the agents in the video. “I’m going to have an asthma attack. I have asthma. Why are you doing this to me? Please.”

The Rights of Children

Unlike earlier administrations, Trump has detained significant numbers of immigrant children living far from the border. Citizen kids have been swept up too — at least 70 of them. We’ve found about 20 kids who were handcuffed or zip-tied.

DHS said that ICE doesn’t zip-tie or restrain children, or separate families. But agents handcuffed a 15-year-old with disabilities outside a school in Los Angeles in 2025. The agents said they mistook the teen for an alleged gang member. A few months later, officers detained more than a dozen American children during a raid on an Idaho horse track. Anabel Romero said her children are still deeply shaken by their detention.

Romero told us how her 7-year-old son warned his older sister about going to another race this month: “He said, ‘Watch out for ICE, make sure you have your phone to film — I’ll come save you.’”

A 17-year-old was on his lunch break in Oregon when agents broke his car window and detained him. DHS said he was obstructing officers. In the video, the teen is heard saying, “I’m a U.S. citizen,” as an agent responds, “I don’t care.” The Oregonian

“Without Due Process of Law”

As the government has rushed to deport people as quickly as possible, Americans have also been swept up and removed from the country too. About a dozen American kids have been deported with their parents, allegedly over their parents’ objections.

DHS said: “Parents are asked if they want to be removed with their children or ICE will place the children with a safe person the parent designates.”

One American adult in Texas was also deported this spring.

The car Brian Morales Garcia was in was pulled over earlier this year in central Texas. Officers didn’t believe him when he said he was a citizen. And they wouldn’t let him get his birth certificate. Morales Garcia was held for four days without being able to call his lawyer or anyone else. Then he was deported to Mexico.

After suing, Morales Garcia was allowed back into the country just last month using his birth certificate.

DHS did not respond to ProPublica’s questions about Morales Garcia’s deportation. In earlier court filings, officials disputed Morales Garcia’s citizenship and claimed he had admitted to being born in Mexico.

“I couldn’t process what they were doing to me.” Morales Garcia told ProPublica. When he was first stopped in Texas, he had told officers, “I’m a citizen, it’s fine.”

Explore more video evidence compiled by ProPublica and our list of incidents where 506 citizens were detained.

How We Reported This Story

How We Counted Incidents

We found and vetted cases from a number of sources, including English- and Spanish-language social media, DHS statements, court records and local news reports, in addition to our own reporting. We included an incident in our dataset only if we could find at least two sources for it. For additional details about the incident, like whether crowd control weapons were used, we accepted one source in some cases.

When DHS provided a response specific to an incident — including about whether it happened or the circumstances under which it happened — we noted that response in cases in our full list for which we offered detail beyond a simple count of detained citizens. DHS responses that generically denied ever detaining citizens or that are proven inaccurate by our reporting were not included.

As with our count a year ago, most of the detained Americans on our list fell into two broad categories. The first is Americans who were held because agents questioned their citizenship. This time, we found more than a hundred such cases. The second category is Americans arrested by immigration agents after being accused of assaulting or impeding officers at protests or during immigration arrests of others. In that category, we tallied roughly 300 Americans. 

In many of these cases, the government accused but never charged these individuals with assault. Sometimes agents detained people because of questions about their citizenship but later accused them of crimes. While public attention often focuses on ICE, the immigration dragnet often relied on officers from agencies across the government.

Since the government itself does not track these cases, our list is almost certainly an undercount. Except in a few cases in which DHS itself confirmed detentions, we only counted citizens we were able to individually identify. So, for example, while witnesses estimate as many as 200 citizens were detained in an Idaho raid last fall, we were only able to identify 30 individuals by time of publication. We encountered the same issues for many smaller raids and protests, such as a raid of a food plant in Cato, New York; protesters detained by ICE at Delaney Hall in Newark, New Jersey; and a raid of a Hyundai-LG plant in Ellabell, Georgia.

ICE itself occasionally has stated higher numbers than we were able to confirm: It told Congress that 131 citizens were arrested for assaulting, obstructing or interfering this year in Minnesota’s Metro Surge. It didn’t name them. We cataloged fewer than a hundred.

We tagged each case with details like whether a minor was detained or a citizen was held after filming. Another trend we tracked was citizens held for more than a day without access to a lawyer or their family. When multiple citizens were detained in one incident or sometimes on the same day and city, we grouped them together.

Because we focused on the expanded presence of immigration agents in American communities, we restricted our count to warrantless arrests that took place outside of airports and away from the borders, where immigration agents have long had more authority. We also excluded cases of Americans who were arrested after a judicial warrant.

We did not include incidents where an agent shot, tackled or pepper-sprayed a citizen but didn’t detain them.

We also did not include immigration protesters arrested by police who were only enforcing local laws. We did, however, include some cases involving police working with immigration agents. We still have little visibility into how many citizens have been detained by police deputized to act as immigration agents.

We also found reports of more than 30 Americans who felt racially profiled by immigration agents, but we did not include them in our database because it was not clear they were held against their will.

How We Counted and Reviewed Court Cases

We searched every named adult in our list to see if they were charged with a federal crime in relation to their detention. We conducted searches, using several name combinations for people with double names or compound names, in federal district courts through the online platform PACER. We looked for a criminal case filed within two months of the noted date of a person’s detention in the judicial district in which the detention happened. We then noted whether we found charges, what the charges were, and whether the person involved was sentenced or had their case dismissed or discharged.

How We Chose the Videos in This Report

We reviewed hundreds of videos of federal agents detaining American citizens across the country. While that included body camera footage, news clippings and helicopter footage, the vast majority of videos were made by bystanders and shared over social media. Many of the videos went viral and were recirculated across the internet by a range of third-party accounts. They touch on everyday American life in a range of settings, including workplaces, homes, protests, car washes, suburban sidewalks and the interiors of vehicles.

We tagged each video with how clearly it shows the incident and whether the citizen detained was clearly visible. We then categorized the videos by the kind of conduct they show, such as citizens being detained after recording. We provided DHS an opportunity to respond to each of the videos we included.

We did not alter videos, nor did we add watermarks, blur faces or overlay captions on videos unless otherwise noted. Videos that include captions or watermarks are shown as they were obtained.

The post More Than 500 U.S. Citizens Have Been Detained, Including Handcuffed or Held at Gunpoint, in Trump’s Immigration Crackdown appeared first on ProPublica.

Ray-Ban Meta aggiornamenti: navigazione a piedi e audio migliore

6 Ottobre 2026 ore 10:09
Ray-Ban Meta aggiornamenti: navigazione a piedi e audio migliore

I nuovi aggiornamenti per i Ray-Ban Meta sono finalmente disponibili, pronti a trasformare l'esperienza d'uso degli occhiali smart più famosi al mondo. Se possiedi già uno di questi dispositivi, preparati a scoprire funzioni che li renderanno ancora più indispensabili. Meta ha infatti annunciato un pacchetto di novità che migliora l'audio e introduce una delle feature più richieste: la navigazione pedonale.

Vediamo nel dettaglio tutte le implementazioni in arrivo sui tuoi occhiali intelligenti.

Un suono sempre più immersivo e chiaro con gli aggiornamenti dei Ray-Ban di Meta

Meta ha lavorato molto sul comparto audio per risolvere alcune criticità segnalate dagli utenti. L'obiettivo è rendere le chiamate e l'ascolto di musica un'esperienza davvero premium. Con questo update, la qualità delle chiamate vocali è stata notevolmente migliorata. Il suono risulta più bilanciato e cristallino, con una latenza ridotta che rende le conversazioni più naturali e fluide.

Non dovrai più preoccuparti di ritardi o di un audio "inscatolato". L'audio direzionale, già un punto di forza del prodotto, diventa così ancora più efficace e coinvolgente.

Mai più persi: arriva la navigazione pedonale

Per chi è stanco di guardare continuamente lo smartphone mentre esplora una nuova città, questa funzione è una vera rivoluzione. I Ray-Ban Meta integreranno le indicazioni stradali per i percorsi a piedi, cambiando il nostro modo di muoverci. Sarà possibile chiedere ai propri occhiali "Hey Meta, portami al Colosseo" e ricevere indicazioni visive direttamente nel proprio campo visivo. In questo modo potrai camminare a testa alta, godendoti il panorama senza paura di sbagliare strada. Una guida personale che lascia le mani completamente libere e lo sguardo sul mondo.

Integrazione con Apple Music e Calm

L'esperienza a mani libere si arricchisce con due integrazioni software molto attese:

  • Apple Music: potrai gestire la tua musica preferita tramite controllo vocale, avviando playlist, cambiando brano o regolando il volume senza toccare il telefono.
  • Calm: potrai avviare sessioni di mindfulness guidata con un comando vocale, trasformando una passeggiata in un momento di benessere totale.

Quando arriveranno i nuovi aggiornamenti dei Ray-Ban di Meta?

Meta ha annunciato che il rollout delle nuove funzionalità sarà graduale e inizierà a breve. Questo significa che non tutti gli utenti riceveranno l'aggiornamento contemporaneamente. Il consiglio è di mantenere l'app Meta View aggiornata e controllare periodicamente la disponibilità del nuovo firmware.

Bisognerà quindi avere un po' di pazienza, ma l'attesa sarà ripagata da un'esperienza d'uso più completa e appagante. I Ray-Ban Meta si confermano un prodotto in costante evoluzione, capace di diventare un assistente personale sempre più intelligente. Questi aggiornamenti consolidano la loro posizione come uno dei migliori smart glasses sul mercato.

L'articolo Ray-Ban Meta aggiornamenti: navigazione a piedi e audio migliore proviene da sicurezza.net.

Framagenda : problème de partage d'agendas avec des groupes de contacts

J’ai créé des contacts et des groupes auxquels j’ai affecté des contacts.

J’ai créé un agenda que je souhaitais partager avec un ou certains de mes groupes. Mais cela ne fonctionne pas. En revanche il est possible de partager un agenda avec une équipe (et non un cercle comme cela figure dans la documentation). J’ai donc créé une équipe à laquelle j’ai affecté certains de mes contacts et j’ai donc partagé mon agenda avec cette équipe. Mais les personnes appartenant à cette équipe ne voient pas cet agenda dans leur instance. Alors que si je partage mon agenda individuellement avec un de mes contacts cela fonctionne.

A priori la documentation actuelle de Nextcloud est très claire : un agenda peut être partagé avec des utilisateurs ou avec des groupes, avec des droits de lecture ou d’écriture. Et un agenda partagé avec un groupe de contacts a pour effet de le rendre accessibles à tous ses membres sans que ce partage n’ait à être accepté.

Il semblerait donc qu’il y ait un problème/limitation dans la version de Nextcloud utilisée par Framagenda concernant la propagation d’un partage de calendrier à une Team.

La possibilité de partager cinq agendas avec des groupes pouvant comprendre jusqu’à 150 contacts serait très utile, car la seule autre solution serait pour chacun de ces agendas d’indiquer individuellement jusqu’à 150 adresses mail.

1 message - 1 participant(e)

Lire le sujet en entier

Framagroupes : problème pour modifier le message type "message de suppression"

Bonjour,

J’essaie de modifier le message type « message de suppression » (envoyé quand une adresse mail est supprimée par 1 admin) pour expliquer les raisons possibles de la suppression et comment se réabonner si cette suppression était une erreur.

  • Une première chose étrange est que j’ai l’impression que le message type de base ne correspond pas au message reçu. Le message type dit « [%|loc(user.email,list.name,domain)%]Your email address (%1) has been removed from list %2@%3[%END%] » et le message reçu « Vous (adressemail@adressemail.com) êtes désabonné(e) de la liste nom_de_la_liste@framagroupes.org »
  • Quand j’essaie de modifier en ajoutant mon texte, dans le message reçu, le texte ajouté n’apparait pas, et dans le message reçu il ne reste que « Vous pouvez cependant vous réabonner en cliquant ici : » suivi de l’adresse de la page pour se réabonner.

Qu’est-ce que je rate, et comment puis-je faire ?

Pour plus de détails, voici comment j’ai modifié le message type :

[%# removed.tt2 ~%]
From: [% fromlist %]
Subject: [%« Removed from %1 »|loc(list.name)|qencode%]

J’ai rajouté mon texte ici. Idéalement, j’aimerais aussi supprimer la phrase qui arrive juste après, qui du coup est redondante avec mon ajout.

[%|loc(user.email,list.name,domain)%]Your email address (%1) has been removed from list %2@%3[%END%]

[%|loc%]You can subscribe again:[%END%]
[% IF conf.wwsympa_url -%]
[% ‹ subscribe › | url_abs([list.name]) %]
[%- ELSE -%]
[% « ${conf.email}@${domain} » | mailtourl({subject => « sub ${list.name} »}) %]
[%- END %]

[%# end removed.tt2 ~%]

Merci de m’avoir lu, et un grand merci à qui pourra m’aider :folded_hands:

3 messages - 2 participant(e)s

Lire le sujet en entier

SOS vocale Google: la sicurezza su Android diventa a mani libere

5 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:52
SOS vocale Google: la sicurezza su Android diventa a mani libere

Il nuovo sistema di SOS vocale di Google potrebbe presto rivoluzionare il modo in cui chiediamo aiuto in situazioni di emergenza. Google sta infatti lavorando a una funzione innovativa per la sua app "Emergenze Personali", pensata per attivare una richiesta di soccorso usando soltanto la voce. Si tratta di un passo avanti enorme per la sicurezza personale, soprattutto quando non è possibile raggiungere fisicamente il proprio smartphone.

L'SOS di emergenza di Google è oggi un limite da superare

Il sistema attuale per lanciare un SOS d'emergenza su Android prevede di premere rapidamente il pulsante di accensione per almeno cinque volte. È un metodo efficace, ma ha un limite evidente: richiede un'interazione fisica con il telefono.

In alcune circostanze critiche, come un'aggressione o un incidente, avere le mani libere o raggiungere il dispositivo potrebbe essere impossibile. È proprio qui che Google vuole intervenire, anche se ha già provato a portarsi avanti con Swear OS integrato con Gemini.

La novità in arrivo: come funzionerà l'SOS vocale di Google?

L'idea alla base del nuovo sistema è tanto semplice quanto potenzialmente rivoluzionaria. Analizzando il codice dell'ultima versione dell'app "Emergenze Personali", sono emerse tracce chiare di una modalità di avvio "a mani libere".

La procedura, secondo le prime indiscrezioni, sarebbe intuitiva e progettata per evitare attivazioni accidentali. L'utente dovrebbe pronunciare una parola chiave, probabilmente "Aiuto", per tre volte consecutive. Questa ripetizione servirebbe a ridurre al minimo il rischio di falsi allarmi, garantendo che il sistema si attivi solo con una reale intenzione. Una volta avviata la procedura, il sistema chiederà una conferma vocale: l'utente dovrà dire "sì" per procedere o "annulla" per interrompere la richiesta di soccorso.

Molto più di una semplice chiamata

L'attivazione del SOS vocale di Google non si limiterebbe a far partire una chiamata. Proprio come la funzione attuale, darebbe il via a una serie di azioni automatiche per garantire la massima sicurezza possibile.

Tra queste troviamo:

  • Chiamata d'emergenza: contatta automaticamente il numero di emergenza locale.
  • Condivisione posizione: invia la tua posizione in tempo reale ai contatti di emergenza preselezionati.
  • Registrazione video: avvia una registrazione per documentare l'accaduto, un elemento che può rivelarsi cruciale.

Queste funzioni, attivate senza nemmeno toccare il telefono, rappresentano un livello di protezione e assistenza senza precedenti.

Tempistiche e disponibilità del nuovo SOS vocale di Google

Al momento non esiste una data di rilascio ufficiale. Le informazioni provengono da elementi nascosti nel codice dell'app, il che significa che la funzione è ancora in fase di sviluppo. Google non ha fatto annunci e non è ancora noto quali dispositivi la riceveranno per primi. L'unica cosa da fare è assicurarsi di avere l'app "Emergenze Personali" sempre aggiornata. Per farlo, visita la pagina dedicata sul Google Play Store e, se disponibile, tocca il pulsante "Aggiorna". In questo modo, sarai tra i primi a ricevere la novità non appena sarà resa pubblica.

L'introduzione di un SOS vocale di Google è la prova che la tecnologia può davvero fare la differenza nei momenti difficili, offrendo un aiuto concreto quando ne abbiamo più bisogno.

L'articolo SOS vocale Google: la sicurezza su Android diventa a mani libere proviene da sicurezza.net.

Framagenda: impossible de rechercher des contacts

Bonjour,

Depuis quelques jours je ne parviens plus à rechercher des contacts pour les ajouter à un cercle ou simplement avec l’outil de « Recherche unifiée ». Même en entrant le nom d’utilisateur complet, l’outil m’indique « non trouvé »… Suis-je le seul à être confronté à ce bug ?

Merci !

3 messages - 2 participant(e)s

Lire le sujet en entier

Khrys’presso du lundi 5 octobre 2026

Comme chaque lundi, un coup d’œil dans le rétroviseur pour découvrir les informations que vous avez peut-être ratées la semaine dernière.


Tous les liens listés ci-dessous sont a priori accessibles librement. Si ce n’est pas le cas, pensez à activer votre bloqueur de javascript favori ou à passer en “mode lecture” (Firefox) ;-)

Brave New World

Spécial IA

Spécial Israël

Spécial femmes dans le monde

Spécial France

Spécial femmes en France

Spécial médias et pouvoir

Spécial emmerdeurs irresponsables gérant comme des pieds (et à la néolibérale)

Spécial recul des droits et libertés, violences policières, montée de l’extrême-droite…

Spécial résistances

Spécial outils de résistance

  • MediaManif (mediamanif.org)

    MediaManif est un média citoyen, une information cartographique des manifestations et grève en temps-réel. Chacun·e peut y signaler les événements dans sa ville : manifestant·es (peu ou très nombreux·ses), dangers divers à éviter (incendies, violence…), présence de lacrymogène ou autres gaz, grève et manifestations Cette carte permettra ainsi à chacun·e de manifester en toute sécurité.

  • No AI list (noailist.org)

Spécial MAGAM et cie

Les autres lectures de la semaine

  • The Cable that Changed the World : How Instant Global Communication Began in 1858 (openculture.com)
  • Avec les manutentionnaires de robotaxis (danslesalgorithmes.net)
  • LLM Policies : Progress At All Costs (diegoe.be)

    Since LLMs present themselves as neutral, and dispassionate, opposition to their output becomes opposition to objective progress : bug fixes, security hypotheticals, features. Progress is whatever the LLM, under my own careful eyes, says it is. Interactions with others become formalities, since the LLM is simply boosting my own, already expert and close to infallible, output. Right ? Unfortunately this “expert slop”, where expert is a self-perceived title, carries a corporate framing that damages interactions. Others become, at best, fungible coworkers, and, at worst, annoying speed bumps in the race to 100 % completion of any software interest the expert has. No more mentoring, debating, flame wars. “Progress” is the only goal. The line must go up.

  • Certification des minerais dans la région des Grands Lacs : remède ou placebo ? (theconversation.com)

    Au début du XXIᵉ siècle, le problème des « minerais de conflit » a progressivement remplacé celui des « diamants de conflit ». Ces deux notions soulignent le lien existant entre l’exploitation des ressources minières et le financement des guerres.

  • Bayer, Syngenta : ces agro-industriels qui fabriquent pesticides et anticancéreux (basta.media)

    Syngenta, Bayer Monsanto, BASF … De nombreuses entreprises agro-industrielles fabriquent et commercialisent à la fois des pesticides, comme le glyphosate ou des PFAS, et des traitement anticancéreux.

  • Contraception : de la libération à la défiance, comment la pilule a cessé d’être une évidence (rfi.fr)

    Longtemps symbole de libération puis passage presque obligé de la vie contraceptive, la pilule n’est désormais plus la première méthode utilisée en France. Son recul, nourri par des alertes sanitaires, raconte aussi un nouveau rapport à la contraception.

  • Abandoned, dismissed and gaslighted : there is no excuse for the way ME [myalgic encephalomyelitis, or chronic fatigue syndrome] sufferers have been betrayed (theguardian.com)
  • Lycéen·nes mobilisé·es : ce qu’iels disent, ce qu’on leur répond (cafepedagogique.net)

    Depuis plusieurs jours, les lycéennes et lycéens se mobilisent et bloquent des établissements aux quatre coins de la France. Leurs revendications sont simples : de bonnes conditions pour apprendre. Face à eux, la réponse est avant tout sécuritaire. Et si on commençait par les écouter ?

  • Ce que la Violence dispense d’entendre (blogs.mediapart.fr)

    Face à des lycéen·nes qui demandent des professeur·es, le pouvoir n’a trouvé qu’un coupable, LFI, et qu’un mot, la Violence. Ce mot ne décrit rien. Il sert à ne pas écouter pour ne pas avoir à répondre.

  • Le gouvernement à l’école de la rue (monde-diplomatique.fr)

    En 1986, les cortèges étudiants et lycéens avaient contraint le gouvernement de Jacques Chirac à retirer le projet Devaquet. En 2006, les mobilisations de la jeunesse forçaient l’exécutif à abandonner le contrat première embauche. Quelle mesure répondrait aujourd’hui aux revendications lycéennes ? Recruter les professeur·es manquant·es laisserait entière la question de la sélection. Supprimer Parcoursup ne fournirait pas les moyens d’accueillir les étudiant·es. Rénover les établissements n’abolirait pas l’angoisse d’un futur obscurci par l’IA et le climat. Le mouvement lycéen pointe au fond l’inconséquence générale des politiques menées depuis des décennies : gérer l’instant ; mépriser l’avenir.

  • Mais qu’est-ce qu’on attend ? (humanite.fr)

    Ces jeunes sont pour l’immense majorité d’entre eux des mineur·es, c’est-à-dire des enfants, selon la Convention onusienne relative aux droits de l’enfant, ratifiée par la France en 1989. On fracasse des enfants en direct. On leur explose la bouche, on strangule leur voix, parce qu’on ne supporte pas les affreuses vérités surgies de leurs lèvres en sang : la France part en vrille, la République n’est plus que l’ombre d’elle-même, la misère est endémique, les inégalités sont telles qu’on se croirait de retour en pleine féodalité, l’égalité des chances est une foutaise, la méritocratie une sombre arnaque.

  • Reconstruire la puissance publique (politis.fr)

    Il faut mettre fin à la dégradation des services publics, en mettant fin à la chute du niveau de vie des fonctionnaires.

  • Appel aux juifs-ves de France : 2027, quelles places pour nous ? (humanite.fr)

    Inquiètes de la montée de l’extrême droite, de l’antisémitisme et l’islamophobie, des personnalités juives invitent à s’engager en faveur d’une gauche de rupture dans le cadre de la prochaine élection présidentielle.

  • Cornell (girlonthenet.com)

    Protecting women from rape doesn’t mean swooping in like Superman to wild applause and a sense of victory, it means starting a conversation that might leave you feeling like shit. It’s awkward as fuck calling out rape culture. It hurts, and it loses you friends. Saying ‘I don’t want to hang out with that man because he repeatedly makes jokes about sexual assault/treats women like they’re livestock/touches women without their consent’ is hard. Saying it to a crowd of other men who are all laughing along with his antics is even harder. There is no medal for doing it, in fact the ‘prize’ is often that you have to withdraw from spaces you’d otherwise enjoy hanging out in when you speak up and you’re told to stop being difficult. If you genuinely want to help, you have to become difficult. You know what’s easy ? Replying to a woman’s post to say ‘ugh I’m so ashamed of my gender’ ! Bragging to the nearest woman that you aren’t like those other men, then waiting for her to congratulate you. Far harder to start an awkward conversation. One-on-one or in the group chat with your guy friends. Somewhere there aren’t any women to show off to.

Les BDs/graphiques/photos de la semaine

Les vidéos/podcasts de la semaine

Les trucs chouettes de la semaine

Retrouvez les revues de web précédentes dans la catégorie Libre Veille du Framablog.

Les articles, commentaires et autres images qui composent ces « Khrys’presso » n’engagent que moi (Khrys).

Adresses yahoo.com ne sont pas acceptées sur framagroupes

Je viens de créer une liste de diffusion sur framagroupes (zebulon et sur zebulon-sell sur framagroupes.org) et toutes les adresses yahoo.com sont refusées.
Je ne réussi pas à les créer malgré des tentatives à divers moments (hier et ce matin 3/10/2026).
J’ai imaginé que cela provenait d’un problème de réponse du serveur yahoo lors de la vérification adresse email ou pb du côté framasoft lors du contrôle d’existence de l’adresse.
Pour info, ce sont 10 adresses qui ne passent pas alors qu’elles sont valides et présente dans une ancienne liste framalistes.

Merci par avance de votre aide.

3 messages - 2 participant(e)s

Lire le sujet en entier

Cannot add repeatable job

Hello, I get the following error when upgrading from v8.1.8 to v8.3.1 (on top of Debian 13)

oct 02 16:59:00 chorro peertube[18763]: [media.interior.edu.uy:443] 2026-10-02 16:59:00.290 error: Cannot add repeatable job. {
oct 02 16:59:00 chorro peertube[18763]:   "err": {
oct 02 16:59:00 chorro peertube[18763]:     "stack": "Error: Legacy repeatable job metadata is not supported in BullMQ v6 (key: \"job::::30 5 * * 5\"). Migrate legacy repeatable jobs to Job Schedulers before upgrading. See https://docs.bullmq.io/guide/migrations/migrate-from-v5-to-v6\n    at getLegacyRepeatableJobError (/var/www/peertube/versions/peertube-v8.3.1/node_modules/.pnpm/bullmq@6.3.6_ioredis@6.0.0_pg@8.23.0/node_modules/bullmq/dist/cjs/classes/job-scheduler.js:67:12)\n    at JobScheduler.transformSchedulerData (/var/www/peertube/versions/peertube-v8.3.1/node_modules/.pnpm/bullmq@6.3.6_ioredis@6.0.0_pg@8.23.0/node_modules/bullmq/dist/cjs/classes/job-scheduler.js:243:19)\n    at JobScheduler.getSchedulerData (/var/www/peertube/versions/peertube-v8.3.1/node_modules/.pnpm/bullmq@6.3.6_ioredis@6.0.0_pg@8.23.0/node_modules/bullmq/dist/cjs/classes/job-scheduler.js:200:32)\n    at process.processTicksAndRejections (node:internal/process/task_queues:103:5)\n    at async Promise.all (index 0)\n    at async JobScheduler.getJobSchedulers (/var/www/peertube/versions/peertube-v8.3.1/node_modules/.pnpm/bullmq@6.3.6_ioredis@6.0.0_pg@8.23.0/node_modules/bullmq/dist/cjs/classes/job-scheduler.js:287:17)\n    at async JobQueue.pruneRepeatableJobs (file:///var/www/peertube/versions/peertube-v8.3.1/dist/core/lib/job-queue/job-queue.js:403:31)",
oct 02 16:59:00 chorro peertube[18763]:     "message": "Legacy repeatable job metadata is not supported in BullMQ v6 (key: \"job::::30 5 * * 5\"). Migrate legacy repeatable jobs to Job Schedulers before upgrading. See https://docs.bullmq.io/guide/migrations/migrate-from-v5-to-v6"
oct 02 16:59:00 chorro peertube[18763]:   }
oct 02 16:59:00 chorro peertube[18763]: }

Thank you!

4 messages - 2 participant(e)s

Lire le sujet en entier

Risolta vulnerabilità in WatchGuard Endpoint Security

2 Ottobre 2026 ore 13:47
WatchGuard ha rilasciato aggiornamenti di sicurezza per sanare una vulnerabilità con gravità "critica" in Endpoint Security per Windows, soluzione dedicata alla protezione dei dispositivi terminali. Tale vulnerabilità, qualora sfruttata, potrebbe consentire a un utente malintenzionato autenticato locale di elevare i propri privilegi ed eseguire codice arbitrario sui sistemi interessati.

Upload² : le solarpunk pour toutes et tous

Poursuivant le travail entrepris depuis plusieurs années au sein des ateliers solarpunk, Framasoft s’associe une nouvelle fois à l’Université de Technologie de Compiègne, Sorbonne Universités et le chaton Picasoft pour une session en distanciel : upload².

Proposé comme une formation à distance transposant ce qui se fait en présentiel, l’idée est de tenter un essaimage, d’inviter de nouvelles personnes à s’aventurer en territoire solarpunk et, pourquoi pas, de devenir à l’avenir animateurices d’ateliers. Les activités s’échelonneront entre le 19 octobre et le 11 décembre, avec un emploi du temps découpé en quatre modules de deux semaines chacun, avec un livrable attendu à chaque étape. Un volume de travail d’environ quatre heures par semaine est à prévoir pour les participant·es.

Le contenu, intégralement sous licence libre, comme les productions proposées sur punkardie.fr est réutilisable, appropriable, modifiable, compostable…

Nous vous proposons également le temps de cet atelier de vous passer de ces outils problématiques que sont les plateformes et outils liés au capitalisme de surveillance. L’occasion d’expérimenter ce que peut être un travail en commun, à distance, avec des outils techno-critiques. Profiter de ce temps sans enjeu autre que celui de faire, échanger et apprendre ensemble pour préfigurer ce que pourrait être un monde solarpunk.

 

"Ancom or Ansyndie Solarpunk flag" by @Starwall@radical.town is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0.

La définition du solarpunk que nous proposons repose sur trois axes :

  • Le solarpunk est contestataire et solaire, c’est son point de départ, il vise explicitement à prendre le contre-pied de la dominante contemporaine focalisée sur la société de consommation pour proposer dans le même mouvement un futur où les humains ont réussi à mieux coexister entre eux et avec les non-humains.
  • Le solarpunk est technocritique, la technique y occupe une place fondamentale, mais sans technophilie idéalisant le progrès ni technophobie rejetant la constitutivité technique de l’humain.
  • Le solarpunk est réaliste, son objectif est de développer des imaginaires qui peuvent correspondre à des mises en action à court terme.

 

Un derrick rouillé recouvert de plantes, chaampignon, mousse et lichens, avec une personne assise sur une de ses poutres, au milieu d’une végétation luxuriante.

I long for the day fossil fuels are nothing but a painful memory we can heal from.
I long for the day fungus eats steel, vines entrapping the derricks ~.
At rest, CC BY SA Honora (https://storyseedlibrary.org/art/honora/at-rest/)

 

Détails du déroulé proposé : https://librecours.net/courses/upload2/

Inscription par courriel uniquement (42 places ouvertes, pas de frais d’inscription ou de participation) : upload2@punkardie.fr

Crédits de l’image de fond : https://storyseedlibrary.org/art/mirko-zamora/kooch-bridges/ · Kóoch Bridges, 2026, CC BY SA Mirko E. Zamora

Hébergement du librecours par la société coopérative Kelis.

Suggerimenti di Gemini in Android Auto sono una rivoluzione

2 Ottobre 2026 ore 09:42
Suggerimenti di Gemini in Android Auto sono una rivoluzione

I nuovi suggerimenti di Gemini in Android Auto sono pronti a trasformare l'interazione con il tuo veicolo, introducendo un'intelligenza proattiva che anticipa le tue necessità. Questa tecnologia, basata sull'intelligenza artificiale di Google, promette di portare una sorta di "magia" sul display della tua auto.

Scopriamo insieme come funzionerà e chi potrà beneficiarne.

Cosa sono i suggerimenti proattivi di Gemini

Se possiedi un recente smartphone Google Pixel, hai già familiarità con funzioni come Magic Cue o Proactive Assistance. Si tratta di una tecnologia intelligente che offre suggerimenti contestuali prima ancora che tu li richieda.

Nel concreto, questa tecnologia agisce come un assistente personale. Ad esempio, se ricevi un messaggio con il nome di un ristorante, il tuo telefono potrebbe mostrarti automaticamente la scheda di Google Maps corrispondente. Allo stesso modo, se hai un volo in programma, le informazioni pertinenti potrebbero apparire in una conversazione su Google Messaggi

La funzione può gestire anche conflitti di calendario e altre situazioni quotidiane, agendo come un sistema progettato per anticipare le tue esigenze e farti risparmiare tempo.

Come funzioneranno i suggerimenti di Gemini in Android Auto

L'obiettivo di Google è trasferire questa intelligenza proattiva nell'ecosistema dell'auto. L'analisi delle recenti versioni di Android Auto, come la 17.9 beta, ha rivelato stringhe di codice esplicite. Frasi come "Gemini può mostrarti suggerimenti personalizzati che ti fanno risparmiare tempo" confermano lo sviluppo di questa integrazione.

Con questa implementazione, mentre guidi, Android Auto potrebbe:

  • suggerire la navigazione verso un luogo menzionato in un messaggio recente;
  • proporre l'avvio di una playlist che ascolti solitamente a quell'ora;
  • ricordare un appuntamento imminente, offrendo le indicazioni stradali

Lo scopo è rendere l'esperienza di guida più fluida e sicura, minimizzando le distrazioni e fornendo le informazioni giuste al momento giusto.

Un vantaggio esclusivo per gli utenti Pixel

Un aspetto da considerare è la possibile esclusività della funzione. Proprio come la Proactive Assistance sugli smartphone è oggi riservata ai dispositivi Pixel, è probabile che l'integrazione di Gemini in auto segua la stessa logica.

Per sfruttare i suggerimenti di Gemini in Android Auto, potrebbe essere necessario abbinare uno smartphone Google Pixel al sistema di infotainment. Se utilizzi Android Auto con un telefono di un altro marchio, come Samsung, Xiaomi o OnePlus, potresti rimanere escluso da questa innovativa funzione. Si tratta di una strategia che mira a rendere l'ecosistema Google sempre più integrato e desiderabile, limitando però l'accesso alle ultime novità per una vasta fetta di utenti.

Quando saranno disponibili i suggerimenti di Gemini in Android Auto

Google aveva già accennato all'arrivo di questa funzionalità in passato, ma senza fornire una tempistica precisa. La recente scoperta delle stringhe di codice, però, suggerisce che lo sviluppo è in una fase avanzata e che il rilascio ufficiale potrebbe non essere lontano.

Al momento non è stata annunciata una data di lancio ufficiale. Tuttavia, la presenza di queste opzioni nelle versioni beta indica che i test sono in corso e il rilascio potrebbe avvenire nei prossimi mesi, forse in concomitanza con un aggiornamento di Android o con il lancio di nuovi dispositivi Pixel.

L'articolo Suggerimenti di Gemini in Android Auto sono una rivoluzione proviene da sicurezza.net.

Speech Synthesis on Linux: Adding a Voice to Scripts and Systems

Speech Synthesis on Linux: Adding a Voice to Scripts and Systems

Linux users have long had a pragmatic relationship with text-to-speech. The classic open-source engines have been available for years, wired into accessibility tools and the occasional script, dependable but unmistakably robotic. They do the job where the job is simply to convert text to some kind of speech, but the mechanical output has kept them out of anything where the voice actually matters. The arrival of high-quality speech synthesis delivered over an API changes what is possible, letting Linux users add genuinely natural voices to scripts, services, and applications without hosting a heavyweight model themselves.

The Familiar Trade-Off

Anyone who has used the traditional Linux speech engines knows the trade-off. They are free, local, and scriptable, which fits the Linux ethos perfectly, but the voices are clearly synthetic. For accessibility and for utilitarian tasks where intelligibility is all that counts, that has been acceptable. For anything user-facing where the quality of the voice shapes the experience, it has not.

The alternative of running a modern, high-quality speech model locally is possible but comes with real costs: significant computational requirements, model management, and the ongoing maintenance of a demanding piece of infrastructure. For many use cases, particularly on servers, embedded systems, or ordinary workstations, that overhead is disproportionate to the need. This is the gap that an API-based approach fills, offering the quality of a large modern model without the burden of hosting one.

The API Approach on Linux

Delivering speech synthesis over an API fits naturally into how Linux users already build things. Rather than installing and maintaining a model, you make a request to a service and receive audio back, which you can then play, save, or pipe into whatever comes next. A text to speech api turns text into natural-sounding audio through a simple network call, which means a script or service can produce high-quality speech with nothing more than the ability to make an HTTP request and handle the response.

This composability is what makes it appealing in a Linux context. The request can come from a shell script, a systemd service, a cron job, a Python program, or any application that can talk to a network endpoint. The returned audio slots into the familiar toolchain of files, pipes, and media players. For users accustomed to assembling capabilities from small, cooperating parts, a speech API is just another well-behaved component that happens to produce audio, and it drops into existing workflows without disturbing them.

Fully Synchronize is missing some recent videos

Synchronize wasn’t working for a couple of weeks, because Tiktok was blocking yt-dlp. Elestio have fixed this for me, and since then my channel has been successfully synchronizing again. However, I seem to be unable to grab the videos that were missed during the down period. When I use « Fully synchronize » the logs show that it finds a list of candidate URLs that includes the missing videos, and then

peertube-1 | [peertube.intrapology.com:443] 2026-10-01 20:36:23.031 info: Processing after video channel import in job 44d0bd2f-e3b0-43d4-8189-2eab53d6b20c.

peertube-1 | [peertube.intrapology.com:443] 2026-10-01 20:36:23.045 info: Finished synchronizing « zoyzone » successfully. {
peertube-1 | « successes »: 0
peertube-1 | }

The channel remains unchanged with no additional videos.

I tried upgrading to 8.3 and then running it again, but got the same behaviour.

7 messages - 2 participant(e)s

Lire le sujet en entier

On approche de 30 000 utilisateur⋅ices Nextcloud sur Framaspace (10 000 act…

1 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:40

On approche de 30 000 utilisateur⋅ices Nextcloud sur Framaspace (10 000 actif⋅ves mensuellement), sur 3 500 instances actives de Nextcloud (les instances inactives sont automatiquement supprimées après quelques mois d'inactivités et alertes aux admins).

A notre connaissance, c'est la plus grosse "ferme Nextcloud" proposée par une association à des associations… au monde ! 🤔

Nous sommes vraiment très fier⋅es de ce projet, alors n'hésitez pas à en parler autour de vous !

🎉 Mise à jour de plus de 3 500 Framaspaces : ✅Ça, c'est fait !https://frama…

1 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:40

🎉 Mise à jour de plus de 3 500 Framaspaces : ✅
Ça, c'est fait !

https://framaspace.org est un service de "cloud associatif" réservé aux associations et collectifs militants, proposé gracieusement par l'association @Framasoft

Nous venons donc de passer en Nextcloud v33 (sorti en février 2026, 🙏👏 @nextcloud , avec un certain nombre d'améliorations (détail : https://forum.frama.space/t/mise-a-jour-de-framaspace-en-nextcloud-33-hub-26-spring/2406 )

En résumé :* 🏡 Possibilité de masquer certaines applications [👨‍🎓]* 📈 Stati…

1 Ottobre 2026 ore 18:40

En résumé :
* 🏡 Possibilité de masquer certaines applications [👨‍🎓]
* 📈 Statistiques d'utilisation de l'espace [👨‍🎓]
* 🔗 Partage des Tableaux par lien public
* 📌 Épinglage des messages dans Talk et programmation de la date d'envoi
* ✅ Nouvelle visite guidée sur l'application tâches [👨‍🎓]
* 🎥 Possibilité d'accueillir plus de personnes dans les visios
* 🚀 Amélioration des performances

[👨‍🎓] : développements réalisés par Boris, ex-alternant, qui cherche activement un emploi : https://www.linkedin.com/in/boris-valero-0153982b6/

Sur #PeerTube, si vous souhaitez obtenir plus d'informations sur votre audi…

1 Ottobre 2026 ore 16:00

Sur #PeerTube, si vous souhaitez obtenir plus d'informations sur votre audience, vous pouvez consulter les statistiques de votre vidéo.

Si votre administrateurice a activé l'option, vous pouvez même avoir de jolis graphiques !

👉 https://docs.joinpeertube.org/use/video-stats

#PeerTubeTipOfTheWeek

Commentaires sur Framadate peaufine sa peau neuve par Ambar - Animatrice de communauté Framasoft

En réponse à Jackel.

Bonjour Jackel,

C’est bien dommage que cette nouvelle version ne vous plaise pas. Le développeur a travaillé dur pour la rendre la plus accessible possible. Nous sommes cependant conscient.es que des améliorations sont toujours possibles.
Que pensez-vous de nous faire part de vos idées pour rendre la nouvelle version plus conviviale sur le forum Pollaris. ? C’est là que le développeur pourra voir toutes vos propositions et les prendre en compte lors du développement des versions à venir.

Si vous-même ou l’un.e de vos ami.es en as les capacités, vous pouvez aussi soumettre du code pour améliorer le logiciel sur le Framagit de Pollaris.

Commentaires sur Framadate peaufine sa peau neuve par Ambar - Animatrice de communauté Framasoft

En réponse à Serreau Christiane.

Bonjour Christiane,
Le développeur de la nouvelle version a fait son possible pour la rendre le plus accessible possible. et Il reste bien entendu des choses à ajouter et améliorer.
Vous pouvez faire toutes vos suggestions d’améliorations sur le forum Pollaris.
Pour retrouver les framadates perdus, vous pouvez nous contacter sur ce lien.

Commentaires sur Framadate fait peau neuve : une nouvelle version plus moderne et mobile par Ambar - Animatrice de communauté Framasoft

En réponse à Denis.

Bonjour Denis,

Nous ne pouvions pas laisser les anciens Framadate plus longtemps en ligne. Nous avons bien vérifié en effet et cela arrive inévitablement lors de gros changements tels que celui-ci que certains utilisateurs soient perturbés dans leurs usages. Nous en sommes navrés, mais nous sommes obligés de procéder à des améliorations et montées en version afin de garantir la sécurité et l’accessibilité de nos services.

J’avais posté mes retours dès le début de l’année sur la version, mais c’est une bouteille à la mer, on ne voit même pas s’il ont été lus.

Nous comprenons combien cela peut être perturbant de ne pas savoir si nos messages sont lus. Framasoft est une association d’une dizaine de salarié.es, une trentaine de bénévoles. Notre petite équipe assure le bon fonctionnement d’une quarantaine de services, et ce, pour des millions d’utilisateurs.
L’équipe Framasoft a bien identifié que manque de temps, l’équipe ne pouvait pas répondre à tous les commentaires et faire le lien avec la communauté. C’est pour ça que j’ai tout récemment été recrutée. J’espère pouvoir aider les utilisateurs et garantir le lien entre l’équipe Framasoft et la communauté.

Merci pour vos encouragements Denis !

Commentaires sur Framadate peaufine sa peau neuve par Ambar - Animatrice de communauté Framasoft

En réponse à VEN.

Je suis navrée de cet inconvénient.

Vous ne l’aviez peut-être pas vu, mais, il y avait une bannière, pendant 6 mois, qui prévenait de la fermeture en septembre de l’ancienne version de Framadate. Nous conseillions alors à tous les utilisateur.ices de se préparer à la fermeture en créant leur framadates sur la nouvelle version. En parallèle, durant plusieurs mois, la création de nouveaux framadate s’est automatiquement fait sur la nouvelle version.

Nous ne pouvions pas envoyer des mails personnalisés à chaque admin de chaque framadate encore valide puisque ça représente des milliers de milliers d’envois et donc un énorme travail de support que notre petite équipe salariée ne pouvait pas absorber (une seule personne travaille sur le support).
Nous ne pouvions pas aller vérifier à la main quels sont les framadates actifs et inactifs dans le mois pour personnaliser les envois.

Nous ne pouvions pas non plus assurer une migration puisque encore une fois cela représente des milliers de milliers de Framadate (qui est notre service avec le plus d’utilisateur.ices), à basculer presque manuellement sur un service qui ne propose pas les mêmes options de réponse (plus de précisions avec la nouvelle version) cela n’aurait pas été possible au vu de notre petite équipe salariée qui doit faire tourner une quarantaine de services en plus de Framadate.

Nous sommes bien conscient.es que ce genre de changement crée de la frustration chez les utilisateur.ices et nous en sommes désolées, mais nous étions obligées d’effectuer ce changement, l’ancienne version ne correspondait plus aux besoins.
En effet celle-ci reposait sur un logiciel trop daté qui ne nous permettait pas d’apporter les améliorations nécessaires. C’était aussi très compliqué pour l’affichage sur téléphone.

Nous avons donc décidé de proposer une nouvelle version de Framadate basé sur un tout nouveau logiciel (Pollaris) développé par un membre bénévole de Framasoft. Cette nouvelle version est beaucoup plus accessible, permet aux personnes ayant une déficience visuelle d’utiliser plus aisément un lecteur d’écran, est aussi plus actuelle en termes de design et avec un bien meilleur affichage sur téléphone (entre autres avantages).
Pour retrouver votre Framadate, vous pouvez envoyer le lien d’administration de votre framadate et son titre à Contacter – Nous écrire . Nous vous enverrons alors la version la plus récente en notre possession. Si la version reçue ne vous convient pas verifiez que le lien transmit est bien le lien le plus récent en votre possession.

Compter sur un outil Frama c’est aussi avoir confiance sur une non-perte de données à tout moment…

Notre petite équipe fait son possible pour assurer un maintien des services optimal, mais nous n’avons jamais garanti une disponibilité des services à 100 %, nous le rappelons souvent. Nous fonctionnons à taille humaine et nous ne disposons pas d’équipe de support opérationnelle 24h/24 ni 7j/7.

Nous avons prévenu pendant 6 mois de ce changement via divers modes de communication. Nous étions conscient.es que l’info ne pourrait bien entendu pas atteindre tout le monde et nous faisons notre possible pour assurer le support nécessaire. Nous comprenons assurément la frustration et le stress que cela peut engendrer et nous sommes là pour vous assister autant que faire se peut. Nous comptons en retour sur votre compréhension et patience lors de ce changement de version.

Perché i colossi dell’AI distruggono i libri?

1 Ottobre 2026 ore 12:00

Immagine in evidenza rielaborata con AI

L’ultima novità è di poche settimane fa e viene dal Giappone. Nel paese del Sol Levante sta infatti succedendo una cosa curiosa: alcune librerie dell’usato hanno recentemente registrato vendite quintuplicate, con ordini da centinaia di volumi alla volta, tutti diretti allo stesso centro logistico nella prefettura di Okayama. Da lì, i pallet di libri partono verso gli Stati Uniti: oltre cinquanta tonnellate in totale, secondo le notizie raccolte dalle testate giornalistiche nipponiche. Nessuno ha ancora confermato chi sia il compratore finale, ma il percorso ricalca uno schema già noto altrove.

È lo stesso schema emerso in una causa giudiziaria che sta facendo la storia: Bartz v. Anthropic. Gli atti del processo sono stati resi noti dalla stampa americana e raccontano la storia di un’azienda che ha comprato milioni di libri di seconda mano, li ha fatti smontare tagliando la rilegatura, li ha fatti scansionare pagina per pagina sostanzialmente distruggendoli, e infine li ha buttati al macero. 

Quello di Anthropic non è l’unico caso. Un’inchiesta della testata 404 Media ha seguito, grazie a un tracciatore nascosto in un lotto di volumi rari, un processo analogo che ha portato un lotto di alcune centinaia di libri comprato all’ingrosso fino a un magazzino Amazon vicino a Las Vegas, dove, anche in questo caso, alcuni lavoratori avrebbero raccontato di aver tagliato le rilegature, scansionato le pagine e gettato i resti. 

La società non ha però confermato pubblicamente che i file siano destinati all’addestramento dei suoi modelli, né ha chiarito quanti libri siano coinvolti o quale criterio usi per selezionare i volumi. Amazon ha risposto che “acquista libri tramite i canali commerciali per contribuire allo sviluppo e al miglioramento dei prodotti e dei servizi utilizzati dai nostri clienti”.

Questo è uno dei punti comuni. Le aziende spesso non negano l’acquisto dei libri, ma evitano di confermare pubblicamente il processo completo: acquisto, scansione, uso nei dataset, distruzione e conservazione delle versioni digitali ricavate. Segnalazioni di pratiche simili arrivano anche da Regno Unito, Irlanda e altri Paesi europei.

Il filo che lega questi episodi è più interessante della singola notizia e conduce in una direzione molto chiara: la guerra senza quartiere in corso tra i colossi dell’intelligenza artificiale per ottenere la supremazia sviluppando nuovi modelli di frontiera sempre più potenti. 

Per anni la battaglia sui dati con cui si addestrano i modelli linguistici ha riguardato soprattutto le persone: foto, conversazioni e tutte le altre tracce digitali lasciate in rete. Oggi quel fronte si è spostato sulla pagina stampata, perché i grandi archivi del web cominciano a scarseggiare e i libri restano un giacimento ancora relativamente poco sfruttato.

Anthropic, per esempio, ha sostenuto che Claude viene addestrato su una combinazione di dati disponibili pubblicamente sul web, dataset acquistati commercialmente e dati prodotti dall’azienda. Ha anche dichiarato che acquistare libri è una pratica ampiamente utilizzata nel settore dell’AI, e che nessuno dei suoi programmi di acquisizione dati compra e distrugge “libri rari o antiquari”. 

Questa dichiarazione è importante, ma va letta con precisione. Non equivale a dire che Anthropic non abbia mai usato la cosiddetta “scansione distruttiva”. Gli atti giudiziari del caso Bartz v. Anthropic descrivono invece un programma chiamato Project Panama, nel quale copie cartacee venivano acquistate, private della rilegatura, scansionate e poi scartate. La dichiarazione aziendale insiste sulla categoria “rari o antiquari”, lasciando aperta la questione di libri fuori catalogo, specialistici o difficili da reperire, ma non formalmente classificati come antiquari.

Gli atti e le cause americane indicano che il problema riguarda più aziende, non soltanto Anthropic. Meta avrebbe definito l’accesso a grandi quantità di dati librari “essenziale per restare competitiva”. OpenAI è stata accusata di aver usato libri protetti da diritto d’autore, e avrebbe riconosciuto di aver scaricato materiale da piattaforme pirata come Library Genesis (LibGen) e Z-Library (spesso menzionate insieme ad altre “shadow libraries” come Sci-Hub e Bibliotik), sostenendo di averlo cancellato prima del lancio di ChatGPT. Questi elementi non provano però che tutte le aziende citate abbiano adottato lo stesso sistema di acquisto, taglio e distruzione fisica dei libri. 

La distinzione è fondamentale: ci sono prove di una corsa generale ai libri, ma non esiste ancora una prova pubblica uniforme che ogni grande azienda abbia un “Project Panama” identico.

Materia prima pregiata

C’è un motivo se l’industria editoriale è entrata nel mirino dei colossi dell’AI, e riguarda la qualità del lavoro umano specializzato. In generale, un romanzo curato da un editor, un saggio storico, un manuale specialistico offrono una scrittura di qualità superiore a gran parte di quanto circola online, caratterizzata da testi e strutture coerenti e corretti, frutto di anni di lavoro redazionale. A finire nella lista dei desideri delle aziende sono soprattutto testi scritti prima che l’intelligenza artificiale generativa cominciasse a riempire il web di contenuti sintetici, quindi genuinamente umani. 

Per un modello linguistico questa è la materia prima più pregiata che esista perché evita del tutto il rischio del “collasso del modello” (model collapse), che si verifica invece quando l’addestramento avviene con contenuti generati da un’altra AI (o da versioni precedenti di se stessa). Questa forma di endogamia digitale (non a caso chiamata anche, con una certa ironia, Habsburg AI, l'”AI degli Asburgo”, dinastia nota per la sua endogamia) è un processo di addestramento paragonabile a una fotocopia di una fotocopia: a ogni passaggio il modello addestrato perde sfumature, dettagli rari e aderenza alla realtà, accumulando errori e appiattendo le risposte.

La soluzione al “problema Asburgo” dell’AI è trovare “materiale umano” fresco, meglio se verificato, com’è il caso dell’industria editoriale pre-ChatGPT. E di questo materiale ne serve tanto. 

I numeri danno l’idea della scala. Secondo Epoch AI, l’insieme del testo umano di qualità disponibile online è un numero attorno ai trecentomila miliardi di token, con un esaurimento previsto tra il 2026 e il 2032. Nello stesso periodo si è formato un mercato delle licenze per dataset che vale già alcuni miliardi di dollari l’anno. Anthropic, per esempio, nel 2026 ha pagato un miliardo e mezzo di dollari per chiudere una causa legata a circa cinquecentomila libri scaricati da archivi pirata.

Qui entra in gioco il diritto d’autore. Chi compra una copia di un libro può rivenderla, prestarla o anche distruggerla senza chiedere permesso a nessuno. È il principio che rende possibili le biblioteche e le bancarelle dell’usato. Possedere il volume, però, non significa avere anche il diritto di riprodurne liberamente il contenuto, per esempio digitalizzandolo integralmente. 

Sul versante opposto, va anche segnalato che la distruzione dei libri è tutt’altro che un’anomalia: gli editori mandano da sempre al macero le copie non vendute, restituite dai librai come parte del “reso”, cioè dell’invenduto. Che è però un modo per chiudere una perdita logistica, non per estrarne valore.

Lo scandalo del macero industriale

Quindi, la distruzione delle copie in sovrappiù c’è sempre stata. Allora perché la vicenda dei libri usati comprati dai produttori e poi distrutti diventa scandalosa? Il macero tradizionale elimina copie che nessuno vuole più leggere. Le aziende di AI, invece, comprano deliberatamente libri che sono sul mercato, che hanno ancora un valore informativo, ne assorbono il contenuto e poi ne distruggono il supporto fisico, spesso senza che autori ed editori vedano un euro. Se il volume era un’edizione rara, quel testo esce per sempre dal mondo condiviso della lettura, ogni libro sparisce davvero solo quando smettiamo di parlarne e di sfogliarlo. 

Tuttavia, alcuni commentatori tecnologici e di orientamento libertario sostengono che la scansione distruttiva venga presentata in modo troppo apocalittico. Per esempio, Jack Nicastro, in un commento ripreso dall’Information Technology and Innovation Foundation, argomenta che il procedimento può convertire rapidamente libri fisici in testo ricercabile, aiutare a rispettare il copyright e ampliare l’accesso alla conoscenza. Secondo questa lettura, il problema principale sarebbe la trasparenza e non la distruzione materiale in sé.

La posizione della Commissione Europea è invece opposta: lo scorso 16 settembre la Commissione ha dichiarato che la digitalizzazione di un libro fisico protetto è un atto di riproduzione e che le eccezioni non coprono, nella sua interpretazione, la digitalizzazione di opere originariamente fisiche.

Inoltre, l’European Writers Council ha condannato la scansione distruttiva di milioni di libri, sostenendo che non si tratta soltanto di copyright, ma di rispetto per il lavoro creativo e per il patrimonio culturale. Questa posizione considera il libro non un semplice contenitore di token: un volume può avere valore come oggetto, come esemplare raro, come testimonianza di una biblioteca, come testo annotato o come unica copia ancora reperibile. Il PDF può salvare le parole, ma non conserva integralmente la storia materiale del libro.

È difficile capire quale possa essere il punto di vista corretto, soprattutto se l’obiettivo è di preservare la cultura di cui i libri sono simbolo oltre che contenitori. Un’altra analisi pubblicata da Stanford difende la scansione distruttiva in linea di principio: anche biblioteche e archivi possono smontare copie duplicate per preservare il contenuto e renderlo studiabile. La condizione, però, è che la procedura sia usata correttamente, su copie adeguate e dentro una politica di conservazione responsabile.

Da un lato, digitalizzare una copia duplicata e depositare il file in un archivio controllato può avere un valore conservativo. Dall’altro, è facilmente dimostrabile che comprare indiscriminatamente migliaia di libri fuori catalogo, tagliarli in modo irreversibile, non rendere pubblico l’elenco dei titoli e usare il risultato per addestrare prodotti commerciali è invece molto più problematico.

Europa e Stati Uniti: stessi libri, leggi diverse

Quello che Anthropic e le altre aziende stanno facendo nasce, come detto, dal bisogno di dati freschi e dagli spazi lasciati dal diritto vigente, soprattutto negli Stati Uniti: la legge per ora permette più di quanto il senso comune sia disposto a concedere. Negli Stati Uniti il giudice che ha istruito il caso Anthropic ha separato con cura i libri scaricati da biblioteche pirata dai libri comprati legalmente e poi scansionati. Ha ritenuto legittimo l’uso dei testi per addestrare i modelli e la digitalizzazione delle copie acquistate, mentre ha escluso che il fair use potesse giustificare l’acquisizione e la conservazione di libri ottenuti da archivi pirata. Si tratta di una sentenza di merito legata a quella singola fattispecie, ma è stata interpretata come un lasciapassare generale. 

Chi si oppone a questa interpretazione, autori ed editori inclusi, nota però che il proprietario di una copia comprata legalmente può altrettanto legalmente rivenderla o distruggerla, ma questo non gli concede automaticamente il diritto di riprodurne il contenuto su scala industriale.

In Europa il quadro è più prudente e non ricalca quello americano. Le eccezioni per l’estrazione di testi e dati previste dalla normativa comunitaria permettono in alcuni casi di analizzare opere a cui si abbia accesso lecito, ma gli autori possono riservarsi esplicitamente i diritti per gli usi commerciali. Per questo le segnalazioni arrivate da librerie del Regno Unito, dell’Irlanda e di almeno sette Paesi del continente (non risulta ad oggi che l’Italia sia tra questi) mostrano che il fenomeno non è confinato agli Stati Uniti. La conclusione di un tribunale californiano non si trasferisce da sola nel diritto europeo: davanti a un giudice del Vecchio continente il risultato con tutta probabilità sarebbe molto diverso.

Anthropic, peraltro, non è sola in questa corsa. Ci sono Meta e OpenAI, probabilmente anche Amazon. Le aziende hanno fornito dichiarazioni parziali: confermano acquisti commerciali o descrivono in modo generale le fonti dei dati, ma raramente pubblicano liste complete dei libri, procedure di conservazione, criteri per escludere opere rare e informazioni verificabili sul percorso dei file. Nessuno di questi elementi dimostra infatti che tutte le aziende seguano lo stesso protocollo di acquisto, taglio e distruzione fisica, ma conferma che la caccia ai libri è un fenomeno parte di un mercato ormai strutturato, non un’anomalia isolata.

Resta, sullo sfondo, un deficit di trasparenza che accomuna quasi tutti i protagonisti della vicenda. In Giappone l’associazione degli editori ha chiesto chiarimenti al grande distributore Nippan, il cui nome compare negli atti del contenzioso americano, senza ottenere finora risposte sulle singole transazioni. 

Librai e artisti contro l’AI

Questa storia si inserisce in una vicenda più ampia che da alcuni decenni vede contrapposta l’industria culturale alle multinazionali tecnologiche. Dalle guerre a Napster alla fine degli anni Novanta fino agli scontri di oggi fra artisti e colossi dello streaming, tutto ruota intorno alla ridistribuzione dei profitti: artisti pagati pochi centesimi per ascolti che generano fatturati miliardari. 

È la stessa guerra che ha mandato in sciopero per 148 giorni gli sceneggiatori di Hollywood, preoccupati che l’AI potesse scrivere al posto loro togliendo lavoro futuro (alla fine hanno ottenuto la garanzia che nessun testo generato da un modello potesse valere come materiale letterario), ma finora nessuno si era posto il problema, enorme, della sostituzione anche fisica del libro in quanto strumento più antico e potente per la trasmissione della cultura delle nostre società.

Adesso, il libro, oggetto apparentemente innocuo su uno scaffale, è diventato il terreno di uno “scontro finale” tra chi crea e chi addestra. Tuttavia, le storie che circolano online secondo le quali i grandi dell’intelligenza artificiale “stanno distruggendo tutti i libri del mondo”, “ogni volume giapponese finisce in Anthropic”, “tutte le aziende bruciano opere uniche” vanno ridimensionate. 

Il fenomeno non è una leggenda nata sui social. La vera novità però è che la trasformazione del libro in materia prima industriale per l’AI sta diventando abbastanza vasta da produrre effetti visibili nei mercati dell’usato, nei rapporti fra editori e distributori e nel dibattito sulla conservazione culturale.

L'articolo Perché i colossi dell’AI distruggono i libri? proviene da Guerre di Rete.

Commentaires sur Framadate fait peau neuve : une nouvelle version plus moderne et mobile par Ambar - Animatrice de communauté Framasoft

En réponse à Denis.

Bonjour Denis,
Oui, c’est bien ça. C’était déjà le cas dans l’ancienne version. Cependant, il existait en plus une option « tous les utilisateur.ices peuvent modifier tous les votes » elle n’est pour le moment, mais la demande a été faite sur le forum Pollaris, le développeur l’intégrera peut-être aux prochaines versions.

Archinstall 4.5 Released with AArch64 Support, Real-Time Kernels, and Major Installer Fixes

Archinstall 4.5 Released with AArch64 Support, Real-Time Kernels, and Major Installer Fixes

The Arch Linux project has released Archinstall 4.5, the latest version of its guided text-based installer, bringing expanded AArch64 support, new real-time Linux kernel options, additional translations, security improvements, and numerous fixes for installation workflows.

Archinstall 4.5 was released on September 29, 2026, roughly three months after Archinstall 4.4. The new version arrives just ahead of Arch Linux's October installation media refresh and has already been packaged as archinstall 4.5-1 for Arch Linux repositories.

While Archinstall remains optional, it provides users with a guided way to configure an Arch Linux installation without manually performing every step described in the Arch installation guide. Version 4.5 concentrates primarily on hardware support, installer reliability, security, and expanding the range of systems that can use the guided installation process.

AArch64 Support Gets a Major Upgrade

One of the biggest changes in Archinstall 4.5 is improved support for AArch64, the 64-bit ARM architecture.

The installer can now handle GRUB and Limine EFI installations on AArch64 systems. It also gains support for the proper AArch64 root partition type GUID.

Previously, parts of Archinstall's bootloader configuration were more heavily oriented toward x86_64 installations. The latest changes make its guided installation workflow more useful on ARM64 hardware.

AArch64 has become increasingly important throughout the Linux ecosystem. The architecture can now be found in cloud servers, development boards, laptops, workstations, and specialized computing platforms.

Supporting both GRUB and Limine EFI installations gives Archinstall more flexibility when preparing these systems.

GRUB Can Now Be Installed on AArch64

GRUB remains one of the most widely used Linux bootloaders, and Archinstall 4.5 extends its installation logic to AArch64 EFI systems.

This allows ARM64 installations to use a bootloader workflow much closer to what Archinstall already provides on conventional x86_64 UEFI computers.

The change doesn't mean every ARM device will automatically become compatible with Arch Linux. ARM hardware can still have highly platform-specific firmware and boot requirements.

It does, however, remove an important Archinstall limitation for AArch64 machines that provide conventional UEFI environments.

Limine EFI Support Expands to ARM64

The same architectural expansion applies to Limine.

Limine is a modern multiprotocol bootloader supported as one of Archinstall's bootloader choices. Archinstall 4.5 extends its EFI installation support to AArch64 as well.

Dutch Police Arrest ‘Reformed’ Hacker in Shiny Hunters Investigation

28 Settembre 2026 ore 17:08

Authorities in the Netherlands have arrested a 24-year-old convicted cybercriminal on suspicion of aiding in data thefts and extortions by the prolific hacker group ShinyHunters. In the days immediately following the suspect’s arrest, remaining ShinyHunters members dramatically escalated their attacks, stealing highly sensitive data from the FBI and extorting the Russian ransomware group Cl0p.

According to three sources familiar with the matter, the Dutch man arrested by authorities this month is Pepijn van der Stap, a convicted cybercriminal from Almere and Lelystad in the Netherlands. Van der Stap was previously convicted in 2023 in connection with a string of data thefts and extortions that prosecutors said earned between €1.5 million and €2.7 million.

At his trial in late 2023, van der Stap admitted that he lived a Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde existence, secretly using the hacker handle “Umbreon” to extort victims and post their data on English language hacking communities like the now-defunct RaidForums and Breached. By day, however, van der Stap was working as a software engineer at the Amsterdam-based cybersecurity startup Hadrian, while volunteering at the Dutch Institute for Vulnerability Disclosure (DIVD), a nonprofit security research group.

Pepijn van der Stap’s alter ego “Umbreon” selling a database on RaidForums, offering information on 2.3 million people from The Netherlands in September 2021. This user’s avatar is a depiction of the Pokemon character Umbreon. Image: KELA.

Van der Stap confessed to his data theft and extortion activity, and was sentenced to four years in prison (one of which was suspended). During his trial, van der Stap opted to remain in custody for a time rather than at home, saying he could not find better treatment on the outside for his ongoing psychological issues, which he claimed included PTSD related to childhood trauma. He was released from prison in December 2025.

In an interview with KrebsOnSecurity on September 9, 2026, Van der Stap cast himself as a reformed hacker who was trying to turn his life around and make a positive contribution to society. Van der Stap is currently employed as offensive security lead at the Dutch company Neo Security, which did not respond to requests for comment.

Van der Stap said he was still dealing with civil lawsuits and restitution related to his previous cybercrime victims, and that he was trying his best to make amends. But not long after that interview, the Dutch hacker abruptly stopped replying to messages. Efforts by others close to him also repeatedly failed to elicit a response for the past two weeks.

The LinkedIn profile for Pepijn van der Stap.

According to two sources with knowledge of the matter, Van der Stap was arrested by Dutch authorities on or around September 16, and has been held in custody for questioning since. One source said a colleague of theirs personally witnessed Dutch authorities carting items out of Van der Stap’s residence.

Authorities in the Netherlands have been asking the public for help in identifying the voice in a recorded telephone call from February 2026 in which a native Dutch-speaking ShinyHunters member social engineered their way into Odido, the nation’s largest mobile telecommunications provider. In that intrusion, ShinyHunters tricked an Odido employee into logging in at a spoofed website, and then used that access to steal data on more than 6.2 million Dutch people.

Responding to Dutch news media, ShinyHunters confirmed that the suspect in the audio clip is indeed a member of the hacker collective.

“Our team member has our full support – emotionally, mentally, and financially,” the hackers said. “Everything has been arranged, including a criminal defense lawyer. We do not look down on our staff and members; we take excellent care of them,” reads a statement ShinyHunters shared with NL Times. It remains unclear if the Dutch police have matched the Odido caller to a confirmed real-life identity. The Dutch police unit handling the Odido incident did not respond to requests for comment.

The group also lashed out at the authorities in the Netherlands. “The Dutch police will need all the luck in the world – and everyone’s prayers – if they want to catch him before we carry out another large-scale data theft in the Netherlands,” the ShinyHunters statement said. “Frankly, the Dutch police are a big joke; they are incapable of doing anything. Incompetent. Irrelevant. Unimportant. Useless.”

FBI, CL0P HACKS

Just days after sources say Van der Stap was detained by Dutch authorities, ShinyHunters claimed credit for an unusually brazen breach at the FBI’s job application site apply.fbijobs.gov. According to reporting from 404 Media, the data stolen from the FBI site includes Social Security numbers and personal information on more than 5,000 officials.

404 Media and Reuters reported the FBI data included each person’s job title or team, such as special agent, threat intake examiner, major cybercrimes unit, and those investigating cyber threats from foreign state-backed actors. Reuters examined documents shared by ShinyHunters and found they included sensitive psychiatric and medical files of FBI staff. The FBI issued a brief statement confirming the hack.

ShinyHunters said it gained access to the FBI site and other victims by exploiting a recently patched vulnerability (CVE-2026-35273) in PeopleSoft, a software-as-a-service platform from the software giant Oracle that is broadly used by companies to manage hiring and human resources, benefits and payroll. Oracle quickly issued a fix for the Peoplesoft vulnerability that ShinyHunters reportedly began exploiting as a zero-day in June, and at the time Mandiant released web application firewall rules intended for organizations who couldn’t apply the security update quickly enough.

But on Friday, BleepingComputer reported that ShinyHunters used a URL-encoding trick to bypass Mandiant’s suggested web application firewall rules designed to mitigate the threat from the PeopleSoft flaw. In a report released Sept. 25, security experts at Mandiant and the Google Threat Intelligence Group (GTIG) confirmed that ShinyHunters had mass-exploited the PeopleSoft vulnerability to steal data from dozens of systems across a range of industries, including higher education, technology, healthcare, agriculture, transportation and government.

Van der Stap’s former hacker alias Umbreon was hidden in plain sight throughout the imagery ShinyHunters used to spread news about the FBI hack: The defacement image that ShinyHunters left behind on the hacked FBI jobs site included an ASCII art design featuring the Pokemon character Umbreon. The message at the top read, “This site has been seized by ShinyHunters. rooting your systems since ’19 ;)” The image appears identical to a defacement message ShinyHunters used in their 2020 hack of the English-language cybercrime community Hackforums.

The defacement message left by ShinyHunters on the FBI jobs site included an ASCII art rendition of the Pokemon character Umbreon. Image: Bleeping Computer.

Multiple sources close to the ShinyHunters investigation said the group’s recent risky attacks against the FBI and one of Russia’s most venerated ransomware groups amounted to a major pivot away from the more measured tenor of the hacking gang’s operations. Those sources said the sudden shift came about after ShinyHunters was taken over by a teenage cybercriminal from Amman, Jordan who goes by the nickname Rey and operates as part of a cybercrime group called ScatteredLapsussHunters (SLSH), which experts say is an amalgamation of three hacking groups — Scattered Spider, LAPSUS$ and ShinyHunters.

Those sources said Rey had an ongoing beef with the Dutch hacker over control of the ShinyHunters brand and data, and that the inclusion of the oversized Umbreon Pokemon image in the FBI jobs site defacement was likely an attempt by Rey to pin the hack on the Dutchman.

Rey was first publicly identified by the cybersecurity firm KELA in March 2025. In advance of our November 2025 profile of Rey, KrebsOnSecurity messaged Rey’s father and asked for permission to interview his teenage son. Rey’s dad merely forwarded the message to his son, who admitted to participating in ransomware attacks and said he was trying to extricate himself from the SLSH hacker group.

BLAMING UMBREON

Immediately after news of the FBI jobs site hack was picked up in the media, Rey’s main account on Twitter/X (Ryan Moran/@rmoskovy) was taunting the Cl0p ransomware group and the FBI, crudely depicting them as the twin towers in New York being struck by planes labeled “cl0p drama” and “fbi breach claim.” In the foreground of the city is the giant Pokemon figure of Umbreon.

A taunting meme uploaded to Twitter/X by Rey’s now-defunct account on Sept. 22. A giant float-sized version of the Pokemon character Umbreon can be seen in the bottom left.

On Sept. 24, KrebsOnSecurity again contacted Rey’s dad, asking to interview him and his son for a story on Rey’s apparent ascendency as the head of ShinyHunters. Just hours after that request, Rey deleted his longtime Twitter/X account. Meanwhile, Rey’s dad, who works for the Royal Jordanian Airlines, has failed to respond to a half-dozen emailed requests for comment about his son’s alleged activities.

Where does the bad blood between SLSH and ShinyHunters come from? According to a story in Wired this month, ShinyHunters and SLSH members briefly partnered earlier this year to help better monetize important stolen credentials collected by TeamPCP, an upstart group that was having great success compromising global code supply chains with malicious software but hadn’t been able to profit much from their stolen data (two alleged leaders of TeamPCP were arrested last month in Australia, and in an interview the TeamPCP leader claimed they made just $20,000).

The Wired story noted how Mandiant had infiltrated TeamPCP and was secretly responsible for having the crime group’s stolen credentials burned so quickly: Mandiant was secretly feeding those credentials to the major cloud providers like Amazon and Microsoft, who quickly invalidated the stolen keys. Meanwhile, the formerly cooperating hacker groups began to blame one another for causing the credentials to become worthless.

Wired’s Andy Greenberg reported that a few weeks after partnering with TeamPCP, “ShinyHunters went rogue, carrying out its own extortions with TeamPCP’s credentials but without giving the supply-chain hackers their cut.”

Mandiant researcher Austin Larsen told KrebsOnSecurity earlier this month that ShinyHunters has been enjoying a successful extortion spree so far this year, and is on track to pull in nearly $100 million in extortion payments from cybercrime victims in 2026.

Van der Stap claims he was never motivated by money and that his earlier hacker activity was driven by a desire to have the world’s most complete collection of stolen databases. Speaking with reporters from Bloomberg in 2024, Van der Stap said that singular focus in turn fueled his desire to carry out cyberattacks.

“The hacking was very easy for me, and it wasn’t a compulsion,” he told Bloomberg. “My habit was collecting. Collecting data, organizing data, downloading data, creating folders.”

DIVD, the nonprofit security research group where Van der Stap previously served as a volunteer, disclosed on LinkedIn last week that the organization was dealing with an internal cybersecurity incident that appears to have involved the malicious use of artificial intelligence. DIVD has released few details about that incident, but a spokesperson for the nonprofit told KrebsOnSecurity it does not appear related to ShinyHunters, nor are there any signs the matter involves the work of a previous volunteer.

Update: 3:44 p.m. ET: Corrected Van der Stap’s age, which is 24 (not 23).

Update, 4:54 p.m. ET: The Dutch police have confirmed the arrest of a 24-year-old in connection with the ShinyHunters investigation. In a statement on Twitter/X, the Dutch police said the man will appear on Tuesday, September 29 before the chambers of the Rotterdam District Court, and that it will provide more information tomorrow.

Sept. 29, 9:42 a.m. ET: The Dutch news outlet RTL reports that investigators suspect Van der Stap tried to orchestrate at least two murders. RTL reported the two murders were allegedly to be committed abroad, and that there are indications the suspect gave the order for this.

The FBI released a short video message on the ShinyHunters investigation from Brett Leatherman, assistant director of the FBI’s cyber division, who thanked Dutch law enforcement partners for their assistance and urged remaining ShinyHunters members to turn themselves in.

“Arrests have a way of changing who is willing to talk, and seized infrastructure has a way of showing us who’s left,” Leatherman said. “The longer you stay in this, the more we learn about you. You know how to find us, and we know how to find you. I suggest you reach out to us while the choice is still yours.”

U.S. Soldier Gets 70 Months in Prison for AT&T, Verizon Extortions

25 Settembre 2026 ore 23:44

A U.S. Army soldier who pleaded guilty to hacking into multiple telecommunications companies and stealing mobile call and text metadata for more than 100 million AT&T customers in 2024 was sentenced to 70 months in federal prison today and ordered to pay nearly $300,000 in restitution to victims.

One of several selfies from the Facebook page of Cameron Wagenius.

Cameron John Wagenius, 22, was stationed at a U.S. Army base in South Korea when he adopted the cybercriminal persona “Kiberphant0m.” Working with three alleged co-conspirators, Kiberphant0m downloaded data from several large customers of the cloud data storage service Snowflake that had exposed credentials and did not enforce multi-factor authentication (Snowflake has since mandated MFA on all accounts).

In October 2024, Kiberphant0m bragged on the cybercrime forums that he’d stolen the call and text metadata (e.g. source and destination number, timestamp, duration, etc.) for tens of millions of AT&T customers. Kiberphant0m claimed to have hacked into more than dozen telecommunications companies worldwide, including Verizon’s Push-to-Talk business, and publicly extorted these companies in exchange for a promise not to publish the stolen data.

In late November 2025, KrebsOnSecurity warned that Kiberphant0m was likely a U.S. soldier stationed in South Korea. Less than a month later, Wagenius was arrested and charged in two separate federal indictments, and soon pleaded guilty to all counts in both cases.

At his sentencing hearing in Seattle today, Wagenius was sentenced to nearly six years in federal prison, and ordered to pay $294,978 in restitution.

Federal prosecutors said Wagenius was assisted in his efforts to extort victim companies by Kenneth Schuchman, a 28-year old man from Vancouver, Washington who has a lengthy cybercriminal history. In 2019, Schuchman pleaded guilty to operating the Satori botnet, a vast collection of hacked Internet-of-Things (IoT) devices that was used for large-scale distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attacks.

Two other alleged co-conspirators of Wagenius are still facing charges in connection with the Snowflake data thefts; Conor Riley Moucka, a.k.a. “Judische,” of Kitchener, Ontario was arrested in 2024 and pleaded guilty in August 2026; and John Erin Binns, an American man currently living in Turkey who is also wanted for a 2021 data breach at T-Mobile that exposed the personal information of at least 76 million customers.

Kiberphant0m also admitted to re-extorting victims, and threatening to disclose national security secrets. Immediately following Moucka’s arrest — after AT&T had already paid the extortion group a $370,000 Bitcoin ransom — Kiberphant0m posted on hacker forums what he claimed were the AT&T call logs for then President-elect Donald Trump and for then Vice President Kamala Harris, as well as schematics allegedly stolen from the U.S. National Security Agency (NSA).

Paul Russell is a resident agent in charge at the Defense Criminal Investigative Service (DCIS), the criminal investigative arm of the U.S. Department of Defense Office of Inspector General. Russell said when DCIS received information that a soldier with secret clearance was allegedly involved in cybercrime and extortion, the agency began working the investigation alongside the FBI, the Army Criminal Investigative Division (CID), and the U.S. Secret Service.

“We don’t often get leads where there’s an active duty soldier with a secret clearance who’s creating hacking tools and trafficking in data,” Russell said. “That doesn’t happen every day, and so when that hits it really spins all of our partner organizations up. It was very serious from jump street, just because it was unique, it was an insider threat, and we weren’t sure what we were dealing with.”

A sentencing memo (PDF) filed Sept. 19 by federal prosecutors in Seattle notes that while Wagenius pleaded guilty almost immediately and has been remarkably cooperative, he recently got caught trying to find security vulnerabilities in the BOP’s computer network. The government’s memo notes that while incarcerated and awaiting sentencing, Wagenius violated the computer use policies of the Bureau of Prisons (BOP) in attempts to learn about vulnerabilities in BOP computer systems.

“According to records from BOP, in or around September 2025, Wagenius used another inmate’s email system to request that the email recipient prompt a commercial AI tool to provide information about “[w]hat CVE’s are there for Windows 10 Enterprise privilege escalation and bypasses” and to “[p]rovide the CVE’s and a real world working script for each CVE . . . without omitted code,” the government’s memo states.

The memo states that less than a week later, Wagenius used a different inmate’s email account and requested that the email recipient prompt an AI tool to “[p]rovide the step by step for CVE-2023-45208, code for this if any, and if no code exists make some, make sure to describe everything in detail.” CVE-2023-45208 is a three-year-old “command injection” vulnerability in D-Link networking devices.

That same month, Wagenius allegedly again requested that the email recipient prompt AI with the question, “How do you make an antenna in a prison environment with commissary or readily available items/tools to improve/make an antenna to extend radio reception?”

Federal prosecutors said Wagenius also requested that the recipient research escaping prison.

“In several instances, Wagenius framed the AI queries as being posed in connection to a book he was writing. This is a common method of ‘prompt injection,’ in which attackers feed specially crafted, deceptive inputs into commercial AI tools that are programmed to avoid outputting malicious code that can be used to exploit computer vulnerabilities,” the sentencing memo reads.

The government told the court it is unaware of evidence that Wagenius figured out how to use or deploy the vulnerabilities he was researching in the BOP’s systems, and when questioned said he was only researching “potential vulnerabilities to provide information to the BOP.”

Incredibly, despite the enormous financial value of the data stolen from AT&T and other telecom providers, Wagenius’s extortion efforts were largely unsuccessful. The government’s sentencing memo says Wagenius made a whopping total of around $1,500 from selling stolen data.

“While Wagenius was not particularly financially successful as a cybercriminal, he both intended to and caused significant harm to numerous individual victims, U.S. companies, and the U.S. government,” the memo states.

systemd 262 Released with Static PID 1, Intel TDX, TPM Improvements, and New Container Features

systemd 262 Released with Static PID 1, Intel TDX, TPM Improvements, and New Container Features

The systemd project has officially released systemd 262, delivering another substantial update to the system and service manager used by most major Linux distributions. The final release was tagged on September 22, 2026, following three release candidates earlier in the month.

Systemd 262 introduces improvements across service management, containers, virtualization, encrypted storage, TPM security, networking, journal recovery, system updates, and unattended installations. Among the most interesting additions are the ability to build systemd as a single statically linked PID 1 binary, Intel TDX support in systemd-vmspawn, Live Update Orchestrator integration, improved TPM-backed encryption, and new fallback unit files embedded directly into the systemd manager.

The release also contains a rather unusual development safeguard: an AI/LLM canary intended to help identify code contributions generated by AI that haven't been properly reviewed by a human before submission.

systemd 262 Is Officially Available

The final systemd 262 source was tagged by systemd developer Luca Boccassi on September 22.

The upstream tag identifies commit 8cc40e0c5e9234bf45084751ac53b1fbfe70b492 as systemd v262, following release candidates published throughout September.

The release has already begun reaching Linux distribution development repositories.

Debian accepted systemd 262-1 into Debian Unstable on September 22, while Fedora has prepared systemd 262 packages for Fedora 45.

As usual, the speed at which systemd 262 reaches ordinary users will depend on each distribution's update policy.

systemd Can Now Become a Single Static PID 1 Binary

One of the most interesting changes in systemd 262 is support for building systemd as a single statically linked PID 1 and executor binary.

The feature is primarily intended for extremely small container environments.

Normally, systemd depends on a collection of dynamically linked libraries and supporting components. That architecture makes sense for a complete Linux distribution, but containers sometimes need a much smaller runtime environment.

The new static configuration makes it possible to create a more self-contained systemd executable suitable for minimal container images.

These builds avoid dynamically loading optional libraries and use simplified mechanisms for resolving users and groups rather than relying on the complete Name Service Switch infrastructure.

This doesn't mean normal Linux distributions will suddenly replace their standard systemd packages with a giant static executable. The capability is specifically useful for specialized container and minimal-system deployments.

Che cosa sono le ambasciate dei dati

24 Settembre 2026 ore 11:00

Immagine in evidenza rielaborata con l’ausilio dell intelligenza artificiale

Guerre, attacchi informatici e condizioni climatiche al limite della sopportazione: il panorama internazionale restituisce la fotografia di una situazione allarmante, che mette alle strette ministri e premier di tutto il mondo, costringendoli a cercare una soluzione che permetta loro di garantire una continuità governativa anche in presenza di scenari catastrofici, salvaguardando i dati di proprietà del loro paese di appartenenza.

“La crescente instabilità geopolitica, le minacce informatiche e i rischi di concentrazione associati alla localizzazione dei dati stanno spingendo i governi ad andare oltre i modelli tradizionali di sovranità incentrati sulla residenza dei dati”, chiarisce Daniel Nieto, Senior Director Analyst di Gartner, società di analisi specializzata in business e tecnologia, precisando che “questo cambiamento sta aumentando l’attenzione verso strategie operative resilienti come la sovranità dispersa, che separa i dati essenziali, le applicazioni e le infrastrutture dalla geografia fisica, mantenendo al contempo la sovranità attraverso la giurisdizione legale”.

Secondo la società di analisi, per proteggere i propri database da attacchi informatici e non, i governi internazionali sembrano essere sempre più orientati verso la costituzione di ciò che viene definito “ambasciata dei dati”: un’enclave protetta legalmente che, grazie ad accordi bilaterali, consente a una nazione di mantenere infrastrutture digitali critiche su suolo straniero, conservando la piena sovranità e il controllo sui propri dati.

La sicurezza è garantita da una forte crittografia end-to-end, con le chiavi di decrittazione conservate esclusivamente dal paese di origine. Una soluzione che, stando a un recente studio di Gartner, prenderà sempre più piede nel prossimo futuro: si prevede infatti che entro il 2029 almeno il 15% dei paesi situati in regioni geopoliticamente instabili stipulerà accordi formali relativi alle ambasciate dei dati, proprio al fine di garantire la continuità di servizi e operazioni governative. Man mano che i sistemi digitali diventano essenziali per la sopravvivenza di uno Stato, infatti, la resilienza operativa dipenderà sempre più dal controllo giuridico dei dati piuttosto che dalla loro vicinanza fisica.

“I registri governativi critici, tra cui i registri dello stato civile, i titoli di proprietà, i registri fiscali e i libri contabili possono essere replicati in ambienti esterni sicuri e funzionare come estensioni sincronizzate dei sistemi governativi principali”, precisa Nieto. “Questa soluzione contribuisce a garantire che i dati rimangano disponibili e che i servizi possano continuare a funzionare durante un ‘Black sky event’, ovvero quando le infrastrutture critiche nazionali e i sistemi governativi subiscono gravi interruzioni o vengono resi inoperativi”.

Non stupisce, allora, che alcuni dei governi internazionali abbiano già cominciato ad avviare la costituzione delle ambasciate dei dati. Il primo paese ad avere l’intuizione di ricorrere a un sistema di archiviazione digitale fuori dal proprio territorio è stato l’Estonia.

L’ambasciata digitale estone

Era il 2017 quando l’Estonia, dopo anni di riflessioni sul tema, finalizzò l’accordo con il Granducato di Lussemburgo per rendere operativa la sua ambasciata dei dati: un archivio digitale contenente le copie dei database considerati essenziali per il funzionamento e la continuità del paese baltico (il catasto elettronico, il registro della popolazione, il registro delle imprese, il registro nazionale della previdenza pensionistica e via dicendo).

Custodito all’interno di un data center con livello di sicurezza Tier 4 (il più elevato per le strutture di conservazione dei dati), l’archivio è situato fisicamente nel territorio lussemburghese, ma posto sotto il controllo del governo estone. Analogamente a un’ambasciata fisica, la “data embassy” gode di specifiche garanzie di immunità e inviolabilità, il che significa che nessuno, neppure le autorità lussemburghesi, può accedervi senza un’autorizzazione formale.

Quest’ultima è un’ulteriore garanzia per la sicurezza dei database, che rimangono accessibili, sia da remoto sia fisicamente, solo ed esclusivamente ai funzionari estoni autorizzati, a cui è concesso eseguire a distanza solo un numero limitato di azioni. L’intero sistema, per esempio, è progettato per impedire che i dati possano essere cancellati da remoto, e questo per evitare che qualche criminale informatico possa compromettere informazioni sensibili del governo estone. “Se qualcuno mi puntasse una pistola alla testa e dicesse: ‘Cancella tutti i nostri sistemi in Lussemburgo’, non sarebbe comunque possibile farlo”, ha spiegato Allan Allmere, funzionario del governo estone a capo dell’iniziativa dell’ambasciata digitale. “Anche nel caso in cui il nostro nemico più vicino invadesse l’Estonia e riuscisse ad accedere alle nostre sale dati, non potrebbe comunque cancellare ciò che conserviamo in Lussemburgo”.

Ogni dettaglio dell’ambasciata dei dati è pensato per garantirne la massima sicurezza, così da permettere al governo di avere a disposizione i database necessari per mantenere il paese operativo nel caso di cyberattacchi o altri incidenti paralizzanti. L’intuizione di ricorrere a questo sistema di archiviazione dei dati sensibili, avuta qualche anno fa da Taavi Kotka (CIO del governo estone dal 2013 al 2017), è arrivata in seguito a una lunga serie di attacchi informatici solitamente attribuiti a criminali informatici russi.

Tutto è cominciato nell’aprile del 2007, quando l’Estonia è stata colpita per la prima volta da una campagna di attacchi DDoS su larga scala durata circa tre settimane, che provocò pesanti interruzioni a siti governativi, banche e media: “È una questione di sopravvivenza”, aveva raccontato nel 2016 l’allora CIO estone, quando il progetto di ambasciata dei dati era già in fase di sviluppo. “Se dovesse presentarsi il peggiore degli scenari, le ambasciate dei dati consentirebbero al governo estone di continuare a fornire servizi pubblici fondamentali anche qualora non controllasse più il territorio fisico del Paese”.

Pur essendo un paese fortemente digitalizzato già da molti anni, l’idea del sistema di archiviazione sembrerebbe aver preso come ispirazione una versione “old school” dei backup che i diplomatici estoni eseguivano già da tempo. “Salvavamo [le informazioni] su nastri magnetici, poi i nostri collaboratori li riponevano in valigia, salivano su un aereo, volavano verso qualche ambasciata estone in giro per il mondo e li riponevano in una cassaforte”, ha raccontato ancora Allan Allmere. “Il governo estone a quel punto si è chiesto: ‘Ma perché stiamo facendo tutto questo lavoro manualmente?’”. Un quesito che, nel corso degli anni, ha interessato anche altri governi internazionali, che si sono mossi per seguire l’esempio dell’Estonia e mettere al sicuro alcuni dei propri database governativi più importanti.

Monaco, Singapore e India: ambasciate digitali nel mondo

Riconosciuta come modello di resilienza digitale per l’alto livello di sicurezza informatica raggiunto, e per aver elaborato un piano che possa garantire la continuità operativa del paese anche in un ipotetico scenario apocalittico, l’Estonia è stata d’esempio per non pochi governi internazionali. Nell’estate del 2021, il Principato di Monaco è diventato il secondo governo al mondo a ufficializzare un accordo con il Granducato di Lussemburgo per costituire un’ambasciata dei dati a Bissen.

Come nel caso dell’Estonia, il gemello digitale del cloud sovrano monegasco “fungerà da backup sicuro per i dati governativi di Monaco. Data la limitata estensione del territorio monegasco, e la sua vulnerabilità ai disastri naturali (in particolare i terremoti), l’archiviazione locale delle informazioni critiche non rappresentava un’opzione praticabile”, ha spiegato Johannes de Millo Terrazzani, consigliere del Principato. “Inoltre, l’e-ambasciata offre un ulteriore livello di protezione contro potenziali minacce informatiche. Il Lussemburgo garantisce preziose misure di protezione contro questi rischi”.

La scelta dei governi di assicurarsi un sistema di archiviazione al di fuori del proprio territorio, quindi, non è solo legata alla necessità di mettere in sicurezza i propri dati sensibili da attacchi informatici o similari. Come dimostra il caso del Principato di Monaco, la volontà di ricorrere a un’ambasciata digitale può dipendere anche dalla necessità di difendersi da eventuali calamità naturali o da una situazione geopolitica complessa.

Da qualche anno, per esempio, Singapore sta valutando la possibilità di costituire una propria ambasciata dei dati in India, all’interno della GIFT City, il centro finanziario internazionale dello stato del Gujarat. Al momento, però, l’India non sembra avere un quadro giuridico adeguato alla protezione dei dati sovrani archiviati al di fuori dei confini fisici di un paese: “Diverse nazioni, tra cui Singapore e gli Emirati Arabi Uniti, hanno manifestato interesse a istituire ambasciate dei dati in India”, ha spiegato Ketaki Mehta, avvocata specializzata nelle attività di GIFT City. “Tuttavia, l’ostacolo principale rimane l’assenza di un quadro giuridico specifico che garantisca alle ambasciate dei dati un riconoscimento formale e assicuri ai dati in esse conservati l’inviolabilità e l’immunità dalle leggi indiane in materia di perquisizione, sequestro, intercettazione, requisizione o altre forme di accesso da parte delle autorità nazionali”.

Mentre nel Gujarat si progetta di accogliere gli archivi digitali di paesi terzi, l’India è al lavoro con gli Emirati Arabi per avviare una collaborazione che potrebbe permettere in futuro la costituzione di ambasciate dei dati all’interno di strutture ospitate nei rispettivi territori.

“È una situazione vantaggiosa per entrambi i paesi”, ha commentato Sagar Vishnoi, cofondatore e direttore di Future Shift Labs, un’organizzazione no profit con focus su governance dell’AI, diritti digitali e tecnologie emergenti. “L’ambasciata dei dati è un concetto relativamente nuovo, in cui i dati di un paese – come i sistemi cloud, i database e le infrastrutture sicure – possono essere ospitati in un altro paese nel rispetto di specifici quadri normativi e di conformità”. Uno dei principali nodi da risolvere, come anticipato, è quello normativo: “L’idea è che, sebbene l’infrastruttura sia fisicamente situata in un altro Paese, i dati rimangano sotto la sovranità di quello d’origine e siano protetti da potenziali interferenze anche da parte del Paese ospitante”, prosegue Vishnoi. “Ma questi sono aspetti che entrambi i governi, in particolare i ministeri degli Affari esteri, dovranno definire nei dettagli”

Resilienza digitale

Il panorama internazionale parla chiaro: la resilienza di una nazione non è più definita solo dalla capacità di proteggerne il territorio o le istituzioni fisiche, ma anche dalla salvaguardia dei sistemi digitali, che sostengono la governance, le infrastrutture critiche e l’attività economica. In questo contesto, le ambasciate dei dati non devono essere intese come una soluzione di emergenza, bensì come uno strumento strategico in grado di garantire la continuità operativa di un paese quando le sue infrastrutture digitali vengono compromesse.

Lo dimostrano bene tanto il caso dell’Estonia quanto quello dell’Ucraina che, pochi giorni prima dell’invasione russa del febbraio 2022, ha approvato una legge straordinaria per consentire l’archiviazione dei dati governativi critici al di fuori del territorio nazionale: oltre 10 petabyte di informazioni sono state trasferite su un’infrastruttura cloud sicura, così da garantire la continuità delle funzioni governative ucraine nel caso in cui la guerra avesse costretto il paese a una condizione di estrema difficoltà.

Due esempi tutt’altro che isolati, che confermano come l’evoluzione tecnologica abbia creato nei governi internazionali una tale dipendenza dal digitale da richiedere una pianificazione strategica. Data center, piattaforme cloud e infrastrutture di rete non sono solo risorse strategiche, ma anche potenziali obiettivi, tanto per i criminali informatici quanto per le truppe nemiche. Proteggerli, quindi, è diventata una priorità per i governi di tutto il mondo. Il come, per ora, è in fase di lavorazione.

Come funziona un’ambasciata dei dati

Nonostante la funzione delle ambasciate dei dati sia ormai abbastanza chiara, lo stesso non si può dire del loro funzionamento, che coinvolge tanto gli aspetti tecnologici quanto quelli normativi. In una recente nota pubblicata dal think tank asiatico Observer Research Foundation (ORF), Samir Saran e La Toya Waha definiscono le ambasciate dei dati “come un continuum di architetture di resilienza adattabili a diversi contesti di minaccia, relazioni di fiducia e requisiti operativi”. Questo continuum è composto da tre modelli che descrivono un percorso progressivo dalla protezione dei dati alla piena continuità digitale:

 

  • il primo modello è il continuity mirroring. “I set di dati critici dal punto di vista operativo, ma non altamente sensibili, vengono replicati continuamente su un’infrastruttura sicura all’estero. Se i sistemi nazionali dovessero diventare indisponibili, i dati replicati forniscono una base rapida per il ripristino”.
  • il secondo è la data embassy: l’ambasciata dei dati come l’abbiamo fin qui raccontata. “I dati sensibili dei sistemi governativi vengono archiviati in una struttura localizzata sul territorio di un paese partner e legalmente protetta da un accordo bilaterale“.
  • il terzo modello estende il concetto dai dati al calcolo. “Anziché limitarsi a proteggere le sole informazioni”, scrivono Saran e Waha, “i partner di fiducia riservano una capacità di calcolo sicura che può essere attivata per eseguire carichi di lavoro fondamentali, per il governo o per le infrastrutture critiche, quando la capacità nazionale è compromessa o distrutta. Questo modello di ‘calcolo ombra’ è per ora in gran parte concettuale, ma riflette il prossimo passo logico nella pianificazione della resilienza”. 

 

Nessuno di questi modelli richiede la condivisione ordinaria di informazioni altamente classificate. Come riferiscono i due esperti dell’ORF, infatti, l’obiettivo di queste azioni “non è quello di esportare i segreti più sensibili di uno Stato, ma di garantire che i governi, gli operatori delle infrastrutture critiche e le società che essi servono possano continuare a funzionare in caso di interruzioni strategiche”. Resta da vedere se i governi di tutto il mondo saranno in grado di sostenere un progetto tanto ambizioso.

L'articolo Che cosa sono le ambasciate dei dati proviene da Guerre di Rete.

Ubuntu Container Escape Vulnerability Gets Public Exploit Before Kernel Patch Arrives

Ubuntu Container Escape Vulnerability Gets Public Exploit Before Kernel Patch Arrives

Ubuntu administrators running containerized workloads have a new Linux kernel security problem to watch closely. Public exploit code is now available for CVE-2026-80521, a Linux kernel use-after-free vulnerability that can allow an unprivileged process inside a container to escape and obtain root privileges on the underlying host.

Security firm DepthFirst published its research and exploit on September 22, 2026, demonstrating the attack against Ubuntu 26.04 LTS. The underlying Linux kernel vulnerability had already been fixed upstream on August 6, but as of September 23, Ubuntu's security tracker still lists the main kernel package in Ubuntu 26.04 LTS as "Vulnerable, work in progress," while Ubuntu 24.04 LTS is also listed as vulnerable.

The situation is particularly important for Docker, Kubernetes, cloud infrastructure, and other environments that run potentially untrusted workloads because the vulnerable kernel functionality can be reached through ordinary operations available inside standard containers.

There is currently no confirmed evidence that CVE-2026-80521 is being actively exploited in real-world attacks, and the vulnerability isn't listed in CISA's Known Exploited Vulnerabilities catalog. The availability of working public exploit code nevertheless makes the patch gap considerably more important.

CVE-2026-80521 Is a Linux Kernel Vulnerability

Although Ubuntu is receiving much of the attention because the newly published exploit specifically targets it, CVE-2026-80521 is fundamentally a Linux kernel vulnerability.

The problem exists in the kernel's AF_UNIX socket subsystem, specifically within its garbage collection mechanism.

AF_UNIX sockets, commonly called Unix-domain sockets, provide local inter-process communication between applications running on the same system.

Unlike conventional network sockets, they don't need to communicate across a network. They are widely used by Linux applications and services for fast communication between local processes.

They also support passing file descriptors between processes through SCM_RIGHTS messages, and it is the kernel's management of these references that creates the conditions for CVE-2026-80521.

A Race Condition Leads to Use-After-Free

At the technical level, CVE-2026-80521 involves a race condition inside the AF_UNIX garbage collector.

The kernel needs to track references between Unix sockets when file descriptors are passed between processes. Circular references can develop, where one socket effectively references another while that socket references something else in the same group.

Linux represents these relationships internally and periodically determines which references can safely be removed.

Fedora Linux 45 Beta Released with Python 3.15, GCC 16.2, and Major Security Changes

Fedora Linux 45 Beta Released with Python 3.15, GCC 16.2, and Major Security Changes

The Fedora Project has officially released Fedora Linux 45 Beta, giving users an early look at the technologies expected to form the foundation of the final Fedora 45 release. The beta became available on September 15, 2026, after Fedora's Quality team approved Release Candidate 1.3 for publication.

Fedora 45 Beta brings significant changes throughout the operating system, including Python 3.15, GCC 16.2, glibc 2.44, GNU Binutils 2.47, Go 1.27, LLVM 23, Podman 6, stricter RPM signature verification, improved DNF5 protections, a new userspace virtual console, standardized desktop secret storage, and substantial installer improvements.

The release is available across Fedora Workstation, KDE Plasma Desktop, Server, Cloud, IoT, Atomic Desktops, Spins, and Labs, although a few prerelease images are excluded.

Fedora 45 Beta Is Now Available

Fedora Linux 45 Beta represents the final major public testing milestone before Fedora 45 reaches stable status.

Fedora describes its beta releases as code-complete previews that closely represent what users should expect from the final version. Development isn't finished, however, and bugs or incomplete migrations can still be discovered during real-world testing.

Fedora 45 Beta is currently available in several major editions:

  • Fedora Workstation 45 Beta
  • Fedora KDE Plasma Desktop 45 Beta
  • Fedora Server 45 Beta
  • Fedora Cloud 45 Beta
  • Fedora IoT 45 Beta
  • Fedora Atomic Desktops
  • Fedora Spins
  • Fedora Labs

Existing Fedora installations can also be upgraded to the beta using Fedora's DNF system-upgrade process.

Fedora's official Workstation download page confirms Beta 1.3 images for both x86_64 and AArch64 systems.

A New Virtual Console with kmscon

One of Fedora 45's more unusual system-level changes is the replacement of the traditional in-kernel console with kmscon.

Fedora describes kmscon as a modern userspace virtual terminal implementation that provides smoother rendering, better internationalization and font handling, improved visual integration, and security improvements compared with the older console infrastructure.

This affects the virtual terminals users encounter outside their normal graphical desktop session.

Most desktop users spend relatively little time interacting directly with these consoles, but they remain important for troubleshooting, system administration, servers, recovery operations, and systems running without a graphical environment.

Moving that functionality into userspace also gives Fedora more flexibility for future development instead of relying entirely on the legacy kernel console implementation.

Il fronte cyber del porto

17 Settembre 2026 ore 11:00

Immagine in evidenza rielaborata con Intelligenza Artificiale

Una nave portacontainer arriva in porto e si ferma sotto una fila di gru portuali alte quanto un palazzo. Le loro braccia si allungano sopra il ponte, agganciano uno dei container impilati a bordo e lo spostano a terra. È una coreografia che si ripete migliaia di volte al giorno in ogni grande porto del mondo, con una precisione crescente e tempi sempre più ridotti. Da operazioni simili dipende buona parte del commercio mondiale e del suo ritmo.

A prima vista, una gru portuale (in gergo: ship-to-shore) sembra soprattutto una grande struttura meccanica, quasi un residuato industriale: acciaio, motori, cavi e carrucole costruiti per sollevare decine di tonnellate. La verità è che le gru installate nei grandi porti contemporanei sono ormai inserite all’interno di ecosistemi digitali molto complessi, piene come sono di sensori che controllano posizione, velocità e oscillazione dei container; software che coordinano i movimenti; strumenti per comunicare con gli altri dispositivi del porto e delle navi, ecc.

La trasformazione di strumenti meccanici in dispositivi digitali non riguarda peraltro solo le gru, ma i porti nel loro complesso. Negli ultimi decenni i terminal si sono riempiti di sistemi informatici che assegnano gli spazi ai container, coordinano camion e treni, gestiscono gli ingressi in banchina, registrano i movimenti delle merci e stabiliscono in quale ordine una nave debba essere caricata o scaricata. Nei terminal più automatizzati, parte delle operazioni che un tempo richiedevano centinaia di persone viene oggi eseguita o coordinata da software, sensori e veicoli autonomi. E i progressi di intelligenza artificiale – in termini soprattutto di computer vision, IoT/sensori, digital twin e veicoli autonomi – promettono di rendere la tendenza ancora più evidente in futuro.

Tanta efficienza è necessaria perché nei porti il tempo costa più che altrove. Una nave ferma anziché in viaggio consuma enormi risorse finanziarie. Una colonna di tir in coda perché c’è stato un errore nell’assegnazione di uno slot di carico è un danno che si ripercuote a cascata su migliaia di altri trasporti. Per questo conoscere con precisione e rapidità dove si trova un container, quanto spazio rimane su un cargo, in quale ordine vanno caricate o scaricate le stive è un fattore fondamentale per ridurre tempi e costi e aumentare l’efficienza logistica.

Più efficiente diventa la logistica, più facile ed economico risulta l’organizzazione di catene produttive distribuite su migliaia di chilometri, ovvero la struttura industriale alla base del sistema produttivo contemporaneo. La digitalizzazione dei porti è, in altre parole, uno degli sviluppi tecnologici che hanno permesso alla globalizzazione di funzionare con l’enorme fluidità ed efficienza raggiunta negli ultimi decenni.

Questa stessa trasformazione ha però prodotto altre conseguenze: un porto più digitalizzato è efficiente, ma è anche più vulnerabile ad attacchi informatici e ad altri generi di sabotaggio tecnologico. Ed è così che, di recente, anche i macchinari portuali hanno iniziato a diventare una questione cyber e geopolitica.

Il problematico dominio di ZPMC

Il caso più evidente è quello delle gru prodotte da Shanghai Zhenhua Heavy Industries Company, meglio nota come ZPMC. L’azienda cinese è diventata negli ultimi trent’anni il principale produttore mondiale di gru portuali e le sue macchine sono oggi presenti nei terminal di decine di paesi. Negli Stati Uniti, in particolare, ZPMC è arrivata a occupare una posizione dominante tra le gru portuali installate nei porti commerciali.

Per molto tempo questo dato ha interessato solo gli addetti ai lavori. ZPMC era semplicemente un’azienda che vendeva macchinari grandi, costosi e difficili da produrre a clienti che avevano bisogno di movimentare un numero crescente di carichi nel minor tempo possibile. La sua espansione era, prima di tutto, una storia industriale: quella di un’azienda che, come molte altre realtà cinesi, era riuscita a conquistare un settore altamente specializzato grazie alla capacità produttiva, ai prezzi competitivi e alla possibilità (pure questa logistica) di consegnare in tutto il mondo delle gru già quasi completamente assemblate.

Poi sono arrivati gli anni Venti ed è mutato il contesto politico. Negli Stati Uniti del post-Covid la crescente competizione con la Cina ha trasformato progressivamente alcune dipendenze industriali in problemi di sicurezza nazionale. È accaduto con i semiconduttori, con le apparecchiature per le telecomunicazioni, con le batterie, con una lunga serie di tecnologie e materie prime considerate critiche.

E alla fine è arrivato anche il turno delle gru. Macchinari che fino a pochi anni prima venivano raccontati soprattutto come moltiplicatori di efficienza hanno cominciato a essere descritti col vocabolario del rischio. Ci si è iniziati per esempio a domandare come fosse possibile che un componente industriale prodotto da un’azienda cinese, contenente hardware e software provenienti da una filiera internazionale, non solo fosse finito in ogni molo d’America (quelle ZPMC rappresentano quasi l’80% delle gru portuali presenti negli Stati Uniti), ma avesse libero accesso ad alcune delle reti infrastrutturali più importanti dell’economia USA.

Normali gru o spie cyber?

Nel febbraio del 2024, l’amministrazione Biden è così intervenuta sulla cybersecurity dei porti statunitensi, dedicando particolare attenzione proprio alle gru ship-to-shore prodotte in Cina. Il timore era che sistemi di comunicazione, accessi remoti o altre componenti digitali potessero essere sfruttati per raccogliere informazioni o, in uno scenario più grave, interferire con le operazioni portuali. Nacque così sui media l’espressione “gru-spia”, che evocava l’immagine di queste enormi mantidi d’acciaio cinesi affacciate sui porti americani, le quali, oltre a spostare container, avrebbero potuto rappresentare una specie di cavallo di Troia digitale.

Era un’immagine potente, ma anche una semplificazione della realtà politica dietro il fenomeno. Il problema delle gru ZPMC non si limita alla eventuale, presunta, e tutta da dimostrare, volontà cinese di sabotare la logistica americana o mondiale. Il problema delle gru ZPMC ha a che fare con il difficilissimo ripensamento di un sistema industriale internazionale che per decenni ha ricercato l’efficienza estrema, ma che, negli ultimi anni, è diventato politicamente sempre più spaventato da se stesso. E questo genera alcuni paradossi.

Il primo paradosso è che una gru ZPMC non è, in realtà, interamente cinese. Come molti oggetti industriali complessi del nostro tempo, è il risultato di una catena di fornitura internazionale. Al suo interno contiene motori, sensori e componenti prodotti da aziende europee, giapponesi o americane, assemblati in Cina e infine installati in un porto dall’altra parte del mondo. Una filiera così stratificata è una caratteristica normale dell’industria contemporanea, ma rende molto difficile stabilire dove cominci e dove finisca il rischio associato a una determinata tecnologia.

Eliminare una gru cinese da un porto americano, per esempio, non significa necessariamente eliminare tutti i componenti critici cinesi dall’infrastruttura del porto. Allo stesso modo, sostituire una gru cinese con una macchina europea o giapponese non solo costa di più, ma non garantisce necessariamente che questa non utilizzi a sua volta componenti o subfornitori cinesi in qualche punto della sua supply chain (che è la ragione per cui la burocrazia del protezionismo è una delle questioni tecnicamente più complesse al mondo).

Nel caso di una gru portuale, poi, la questione si complica ulteriormente perché il prodotto non termina ai confini della macchina. Una volta installata, la gru viene collegata all’ecosistema digitale del terminal. Deve comunicare con altri sistemi, essere aggiornata, diagnosticata, riparata. Le configurazioni variano da porto a porto e alcune macchine possono essere controllate, programmate o assistite da remoto.

Nel corso delle indagini condotte nel 2023 e nel 2024 dal Congresso USA furono trovati modem cellulari installati su alcune gru ZPMC o all’interno delle infrastrutture di rete che le servivano. In alcuni casi, secondo le commissioni parlamentari che condussero l’indagine, quegli apparati non erano esplicitamente previsti dai contratti stipulati dai porti. ZPMC aveva inoltre richiesto in diverse occasioni accesso remoto alle proprie gru, ufficialmente per attività di diagnostica e manutenzione.

Nessuna di queste caratteristiche, presa isolatamente, è la cosiddetta “smoking gun”. D’altra parte, un modem può avere una funzione perfettamente legittima e l’accesso da remoto, quando possibile, è comune nella manutenzione delle apparecchiature industriali, visti i grossi risparmi che permette. Il problema è che la stessa funzione che permette a un ingegnere di diagnosticare un guasto a distanza può, se progettata o configurata (magari intenzionalmente) male, trasformarsi in un punto di accesso per qualcun altro.

Le indagini statunitensi hanno quindi mostrato vulnerabilità e possibilità di accesso, ma non hanno dimostrato che Pechino abbia effettivamente utilizzato le gru ZPMC per spiare o sabotare i porti statunitensi. Nel rapporto sulle minacce informatiche al sistema marittimo pubblicato nel 2025, la Coast Guard precisava che i propri specialisti non avevano osservato attività malevole sulle o attraverso le gru, pur ritenendo che le vulnerabilità individuate le rendessero possibili.

È una distinzione importante: una vulnerabilità informatica può essere una falla tecnica, ma non indica inequivocabilmente la volontà di arrecare un danno. Una backdoor deliberatamente inserita da un produttore è invece qualcosa di diverso, perché implica intenzionalità. Dimostrare infine che l’eventuale backdoor individuata sia stata effettivamente utilizzata da uno Stato per attività di spionaggio richiede un ulteriore salto probatorio.

Il paradosso della globalizzazione

Ed è qui che rischio informatico effettivo e percezione del rischio geopolitico (con tutti i pregiudizi che essa comporta) finiscono per sovrapporsi. Un governo che si occupa della sicurezza di infrastrutture essenziali non può soltanto domandarsi se qualcuno abbia già sfruttato una vulnerabilità o se esista per errore o per dolo, ma deve soprattutto chiedersi, e a maggior ragione nel caso di un porto, se qualcuno potrebbe usarla in futuro e con quali effetti. Bloccare un grande terminal significa infatti rallentare l’arrivo di generi alimentari, di farmaci, di componenti industriale e, in caso di conflitti, di materiale destinato alle forze armate. La vulnerabilità di un porto può avere conseguenze che si propagano nell’entroterra per migliaia di chilometri.

Ma proprio perché il ragionamento riguarda non ciò che accade o è accaduto ma ciò che potrebbe accadere, diventa difficile stabilire quale sia un livello di rischio accettabile. Se fosse necessario eliminare da qualunque infrastruttura critica ogni tecnologia potenzialmente vulnerabile, o riconducibile a un avversario politico, bisognerebbe ricostruire interamente le catene di fornitura mondiali.

Il problema è che le dipendenze tecnologiche – nei porti o nei data center – non nascono per caso e soprattutto non scompaiono rapidamente. ZPMC ha conquistato il mercato perché per decenni ha fatto esattamente ciò che il sistema economico globale chiedeva ai suoi fornitori: produrre su larga scala, contenere i costi, aumentare l’efficienza e consegnare in tutto il mondo.

ZPMC ha conquistato e dominato il settore per anni perché era un produttore capace non soltanto di costruire enormi gru, ma anche di assemblarle, trasportarle via mare e installarle direttamente nei terminal, offrendo ai propri clienti un vantaggio economico e di efficienza molto concreto. Per un porto che deve aumentare rapidamente la propria capacità, la provenienza geografica dei macchinari è stata per molto tempo una questione secondaria rispetto al prezzo, ai tempi di consegna e alle prestazioni.

Per trent’anni aziende e governi hanno costruito le loro supply chain partendo dall’idea che contasse solo l’efficienza: se un’azienda era in grado di produrre una gru migliore o più economica, aveva senso acquistarla. Se assemblare un prodotto dall’altra parte del mondo consentiva di abbassarne il prezzo, era razionale organizzare la produzione in quel modo. E la possibilità di spostare merci rapidamente, e con costi relativamente bassi, rendeva tutto questo molto conveniente. La posizione di quasi monopolio del settore raggiunta da ZPMC non è dunque un’anomalia della globalizzazione. Al contrario, è la dimostrazione del suo successo.

La vicenda delle “gru-spia” cinesi ci mostra quindi cosa succede quando la stessa logica che si è esaltata per anni viene filtrata attraverso un paradigma politico diverso e un clima di scarsa fiducia internazionale.  La globalizzazione aveva entusiasticamente costruito la propria efficienza sulla convinzione che l’interdipendenza fosse soprattutto una risorsa. La competizione geopolitica contemporanea dà invece priorità all’ipotesi opposta: che ogni interdipendenza sia anche, almeno potenzialmente, una vulnerabilità. E così facendo non sta mettendo in discussione soltanto gli effetti della globalizzazione (chi dipende da chi, dove vengono prodotti i beni o chi controlla determinate tecnologie), ma anche gli strumenti materiali con cui la globalizzazione stessa funziona.

L'articolo Il fronte cyber del porto proviene da Guerre di Rete.

Data Broker Radaris Loses Domains in Privacy Fight

16 Settembre 2026 ore 20:14

The consumer data broker Radaris.com has long had a reputation for ignoring requests to remove personal information from its vast empire of people-search services online. That reputation caught up with the company recently in a lawsuit alleging Radaris violated a New Jersey privacy law that provides for hefty fines against data brokers that publish personal information on state law enforcement officials. In the face of repeated stonewalling and prevarication by attorneys for Radaris, the judge in the case ordered that radaris.com and more than a dozen other data broker domains be transferred to the plaintiffs.

The radaris.com website, prior to the domain transfer to Atlas.

In February 2024, Radaris was sued by Atlas Data Privacy Corp, a company that has been pursuing data brokers alleged to be violating a New Jersey statute called Daniel’s Law. The statute allows state law enforcement officials, government personnel, judges and their families to have their information completely removed from commercial data brokers and people-search services, and provides for fines of $1,000 per violation against companies that ignore removal requests.

Less than a month after Atlas sued Radaris, KrebsOnSecurity published a deep dive into the Radaris co-founders — Igor and Dmitry Lubarsky (also spelled Lybarsky) — Russian-born brothers living in Massachusetts who operate a dizzying array of people-search companies as well as a number of Russian language dating services and affiliate programs.

Attorneys for the Lubarsky brothers threatened to sue for defamation if the story wasn’t removed and an apology issued. Their attorney asserted that our reporting was wildly inaccurate, and that the true owners of the company were Ukrainians living in Ukraine.

The Lubarsky brothers Dmitry or “Dan” (left) and Gary/Igor.

KrebsOnSecurity doubled down and showed how the Lubarsky brothers built and operated Radaris and other data broker companies using a fictitious CEO’s name. Our follow-up story noted that Radaris’s attorney — a lawyer with the Boston Law Group named Val Gurvits — admitted his clients had invented the CEO pseudonym “Gary Norden,” and that Radaris also had issued multiple press releases over the years that quoted the fake CEO while seeking money from potential investors.

Attorneys for Radaris waited until the last minute to appear in court and contest what was all but certain to be a default judgment in favor of the plaintiffs, and then told the court that Atlas had failed to serve the real owners and operators of Radaris and several of its sister data broker companies.

Atlas re-filed the lawsuit in June 2025, this time dramatically expanding the number of Radaris family data brokers accused of violating Daniel’s Law. Matt Adkisson, president and CEO of Atlas, said Radaris turned to a tried-and-true playbook: Delaying in court until the last possible minute, and playing shell games with Radaris’s true country of origin and the individuals listed as owners and operators of these sites.

“We refer to this period as their island-hopping phase. Privacy policies changed constantly, and new entities kept appearing from places like the Marshall Islands, the British Virgin Islands, and Seychelles,” Adkisson told KrebsOnSecurity. “Behind the scenes, it felt like a shell game. Defense lawyers told the court that certain entities merely operated the domains and were the proper parties to sue. But by the time a judgment neared, those entities would be discarded and new entities would appear. Meanwhile, the lawyers claimed the other entities that actually owned the domains should not be held responsible.”

Adkisson said when the defendants updated their terms of service to state that Radaris was suddenly managed by a company in the Marshall Islands, Atlas hired an investigator in that country and soon learned the brand new entity that Radaris claimed was managing the company didn’t even exist yet.

Mr. Gurvits stepped forward as Radaris’s attorney in a class action lawsuit the company temporarily lost in 2017 because it never contested the claim in court. When the plaintiffs told the judge they couldn’t collect on the $7.5 million default judgment, the court ordered the domain registry Verisign to transfer the radaris.com domain name to the plaintiffs.

Mr. Gurvits appealed that verdict, arguing the lawsuit hadn’t named the actual owners of the Radaris domain name — a Cyprus company called Bitseller Expert Limited — and thus taking the domain away would be a violation of their due process rights.

The judge in the 2017 case ruled in Radaris’ favor — halting the domain transfer — and told the plaintiffs they could refile their complaint. Soon after, the operator of Radaris changed from Bitseller to Andtop Company, an entity formed (PDF) in the Marshall Islands in Oct. 2020. The plaintiffs never re-filed their lawsuit.

A mind map of various entities tied to Radaris and the company’s co-founders. Click to enlarge.

“That seemed to be their modus operandi,” said Raj Parikh, a partner at PEM Law in New Jersey who handles most of the Daniel’s Law litigation for Atlas. “In the past, they won by attrition. Plaintiffs’ attorneys tired of the procedural games and just gave up. That strategy worked for a decade, and it probably would have worked in this case too, since any financial recovery from foreign actors will be difficult. But we were acutely aware of the threat this website posed to law enforcement officers and other public officials in New Jersey, and decided early on to commit whatever time and resources were necessary to remove that threat.”

On August 26, the judge in the New Jersey case found the defendants were given multiple chances to appear and defend the claims against them but had failed to do so. Mr. Gurvits declined to comment on the case, saying it had been assigned to another attorney, a Mr. Victor Worms. In response to questions, Mr. Worms asserted the New Jersey court transferred Radaris.com to Atlas as part of a default judgment against Radaris.com, which is not a legal entity.

“We have made a motion to vacate that default judgment on the grounds that it is void since a non-entity has no legal capacity to sue or be sued,” Worms replied. “We also intend to pursue all appropriate appeals because we believe the transfer of Radaris.com amounts to a forfeiture in violation of various constitutional principles.”

While radaris.com still comes up prominently in results when searching online for U.S. residents by name, the domain no longer sells detailed personal dossiers on millions of Americans. Its homepage now displays a notice from Atlas, as well as links to our previous reporting on Radaris.

EMAIL CONFIRMATIONS

Atlas told KrebsOnSecurity that it has obtained more than 10,000 emails and documents in the course of litigation, and that those messages confirm our previous reporting on the owners and operators of Radaris and its myriad companies.

Atlas said the emails clearly establish that the nominal legal vehicles — Radaris America, Inc.; Bitseller Expert Limited; Digital Orbit Corp; Core Solutions Group Inc; Lucky Solutions Inc; Virtura Corp; Veripages Inc.; Nuform Solutions Inc.; Growth Data Advisors Inc.; Property Experts, Inc — are all administered by the same three or four people from the same mailboxes, share one bank or payment card set, and are all managed from one virtual office address.

“The corpus establishes, with documentary evidence generated independently by banks, payment processors, hosting providers, registrars, software-as-a-service vendors and the operators’ own systems, that radaris.com and at least twenty-five other people-search websites are one operation run by a small Boston-area group whose administrative, financial and technical functions sit on the difive.com mail domain and its successors (centerex.com, scienteco.com, eprofit.com, realmo.com, pub360.com),” reads a summary shared by Atlas.

Atlas said the emails show Radaris.com earns approximately $42,000 a month, while Veripages.com earns around $45,000 monthly via its partnership with the Lifetime Value Company, a marketing and advertising firm whose brands include PeopleLooker, PeopleSmart, NumberGuru, and Bumper, a car history site.

According to Atlas, the emails also showed the Radaris family of websites earns as much as $25,000 each month from their partnership with Onerep, a company that claims to help people remove their information from people-search sites. In March 2024, KrebsOnSecurity revealed how the Belarusian founder of Onerep had launched and operated dozens of people-search sites over the years and was continuing to operate one of them (Nuwber), effectively spreading the disease and selling the cure.

The domain radaris.com now redirects to this notice from Atlas about the court-ordered domain transfer.

The domain radaris.com now redirects to this notice from Atlas about the court-ordered domain transfer.

All told, the New Jersey court has so far transferred 14 domain names from the Radaris family of companies to Atlas. Radaris.com now redirects to a notice of the court-ordered domain transfer.

THE ROAD AHEAD

The Radaris family of companies is still potentially facing fines of $1,000 per alleged violation of Daniel’s Law. For the time being, however, Daniel’s Law is facing a constitutional challenge from virtually all of the 150 other consumer data broker firms being sued by Atlas.

The data broker industry responded by having at least 70 of the Atlas lawsuits moved to federal court, challenging the New Jersey statute as overly broad and a violation of the First Amendment. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit has not yet issued a decision on the constitutional challenge, but either way the case is widely expected to be appealed all the way to the U.S. Supreme Court.

Meanwhile, at least 14 other states have now passed laws modeled after the New Jersey statute, with more states considering similar measures. However, West Virginia’s Daniel’s Law was ruled facially unconstitutional under the First Amendment by a federal district court in August 2025.

Justin Sherman is a privacy expert and author of the forthcoming book “The Middlemen,” which examines how the data broker industry powers modern surveillance. Sherman said federal lawmakers have long faced intense lobbying by the technology industry against more restrictive U.S. data privacy laws, but that many powerful industries are now working against passing comprehensive data privacy legislation.

“These days at the federal level, add in the intense amount of lobbying against these laws from social media companies, big tech, cryptocurrency firms, and now AI proponents in the mix who claim that limiting their data scraping is somehow going to collapse the whole U.S. economy under Chinese rule,” he said.

Sherman said people-search companies will continue to thrive unless and until Congress enacts meaningful consumer privacy and data protection laws that are relevant to life in the 21st century. That’s because virtually all state privacy laws exempt records that might be considered “public” or “government” documents, including voting registries, property filings, marriage certificates, motor vehicle records, criminal records, court documents, death records, professional licenses, bankruptcy filings, and more.

At least 25 states have passed or implemented laws requiring age verification for residents seeking to access adult content online, but there is no federal law that limits how the companies that are scanning everyone’s drivers license can use, share or keep the data provided. Had such restrictions been enshrined in law, we may have avoided the recent breach at IDScan.net, which exposed the drivers license information on more than 153 million Americans when the records were briefly turned into a point-and-click identity theft service on the dark web.

“The average person can look at Daniel’s Law and have a perfectly normal reaction, which is that everyone should be covered, not just police and judges,” Sherman said. “But we don’t need more wake-up calls. We’ve had eight million wake-up calls already on the need for better privacy laws. The lack of comprehensive federal privacy law is not for a lack of knowledge, and anyone claiming otherwise is either not reading the news or kidding themselves.”

Thunderbird 156 Released with OAuth Improvements, OpenPGP Updates, and Major Linux Fixes

Thunderbird 156 Released with OAuth Improvements, OpenPGP Updates, and Major Linux Fixes

The Thunderbird team has officially released Thunderbird 156, bringing another round of new features, security improvements, authentication enhancements, and reliability fixes to the popular open-source email client. Released on September 15, 2026, the update is available for Linux alongside Windows and macOS.

Thunderbird 156 is not a dramatic redesign of the desktop mail client. Instead, it concentrates on improving areas that matter to everyday users and system administrators, including OAuth authentication, OpenPGP, POP3, IMAP, Exchange Web Services, SMTP, attachments, calendars, enterprise policies, and security.

For Linux users in particular, the release delivers several fixes affecting common mail protocols and account configurations while retaining support for Linux environments using GTK+ 3.14 or newer.

Thunderbird 156 Arrives on Linux

Thunderbird 156 follows version 154, which arrived in August with features including optional system tray operation and Microsoft Graph support for Microsoft 365.

Version 156 continues the project's monthly release cycle with a more targeted collection of authentication, security, compatibility, and reliability improvements.

According to Thunderbird's official release notes, version 156 requires:

  • Linux: GTK+ 3.14 or newer
  • Windows: Windows 10 or newer
  • macOS: macOS 10.15 or newer

Thunderbird 156 was officially released on September 15.

Linux distribution availability will vary because distributions can package Thunderbird according to their own schedules. Users receiving Thunderbird through another packaging channel may therefore see version 156 at a different time.

Custom OAuth Support Expands

One of the most significant areas of development in Thunderbird 156 is OAuth authentication.

Thunderbird now supports custom OAuth configurations containing an issuer ID and client secret for IMAP and POP3 accounts. Custom OAuth support has also been extended specifically to POP3.

OAuth has become increasingly important as email providers move away from conventional username-and-password authentication toward token-based authentication.

For Thunderbird, broader custom OAuth support means users and organizations have greater flexibility when connecting the client to mail services that don't fit Thunderbird's predefined provider configurations.

This can be particularly useful in enterprise environments, self-hosted infrastructure, and organizations operating their own identity systems.

Exchange Custom OAuth Setup Fixed

Exchange users receive an important related correction.

KDE Plasma 6.7.5 Released with Discover, KWin, Wayland, and HDR Fixes

KDE Plasma 6.7.5 Released with Discover, KWin, Wayland, and HDR Fixes

The KDE Project has officially released KDE Plasma 6.7.5, delivering another round of bug fixes and stability improvements for the Plasma 6.7 desktop series. Released on September 8, 2026, the update contains roughly a month of fixes and updated translations contributed since Plasma 6.7.4 arrived in early August.

Unlike a major Plasma release, version 6.7.5 doesn't introduce a large collection of new desktop features. Instead, KDE has focused on fixing problems affecting Discover, KWin, Wayland, networking, System Monitor, Plasma Desktop, RPM-OSTree systems, Snap updates, HDR rendering, and several other components.

For users already running Plasma 6.7, this makes version 6.7.5 primarily a maintenance upgrade intended to make the desktop more dependable ahead of the next major Plasma series.

KDE Plasma 6.7.5 Arrives as the September Bugfix Release

KDE describes Plasma 6.7.5 as its September bugfix release for the Plasma 6 desktop.

The broader Plasma 6.7 series originally arrived in June 2026, followed by a succession of maintenance releases:

  • Plasma 6.7.1 on June 23
  • Plasma 6.7.2 on June 30
  • Plasma 6.7.3 on July 14
  • Plasma 6.7.4 on August 4
  • Plasma 6.7.5 on September 8

KDE's official download infrastructure confirms that the Plasma 6.7.5 source packages became available on September 8.

This slower maintenance cadence later in a Plasma series is normal. Once the most urgent post-release problems have been addressed, KDE generally shifts more development attention toward the next feature release while continuing to provide important fixes for the current branch.

Discover Receives Several Important Fixes

KDE's Discover software center receives some of the most noticeable improvements in Plasma 6.7.5.

One particularly annoying problem could cause Discover to become stuck while checking for updates when its Snap backend was installed but no Snap applications actually had updates available.

That problem has now been corrected.

Discover also behaves more reliably when fwupd, the Linux firmware update service, is unavailable. Previously, a broken or intentionally masked fwupd service could interfere with Discover's normal operation. Plasma 6.7.5 allows the rest of the application to continue functioning correctly in that situation.

This is useful for systems where firmware updating isn't supported, where administrators intentionally disable the service, or where fwupd encounters a configuration problem.

Firmware Updates No Longer Incorrectly Require Reboots

Another Discover correction addresses a regression involving firmware updates.

Il fragile patto di fiducia della cybersecurity

9 Settembre 2026 ore 11:05

Immagine in evidenza rielaborata con ausilio dell’intelligenza artificiale

Il 3 aprile 2026, un utente registrato sotto il nome di Nightmare Eclipse pubblica sulla piattaforma GitHub – di proprietà di Microsoft – uno strumento chiamato BlueHammer: un archivio contenente il codice necessario a sfruttare una vulnerabilità di Defender, l’antivirus integrato in Microsoft Windows.

Il messaggio di accompagnamento alla pubblicazione di BlueHammer suona come un’accusa alla stessa azienda, che secondo l’autore “avrebbe saputo cosa sarebbe successo”. Nei giorni seguenti, sullo stesso account vengono pubblicate informazioni su due vulnerabilità zero-day che prendono ancora di mira lo stesso antivirus, battezzate RedSun e UnDefend. 

Tra il 10 e il 16 aprile 2026, i ricercatori di Huntress hanno osservato l’impiego delle tre vulnerabilità pubblicate da Nightmare Eclipse nel corso di un’intrusione ai danni di un’azienda. RedSun e UnDefend erano inoltre ancora zero-day, perché Microsoft non aveva ancora distribuito la relativa patch. Nessuno dei tre exploit sembra aver avuto successo durante l’attacco: la vicenda ha però riacceso i riflettori sul sistema che regola la pubblicazione delle vulnerabilità nel mondo della cybersecurity.

L'incubo zero-day

Scoprire una falla di sicurezza ancora sconosciuta rappresenta il Santo Graal dei cyber criminali. Uno zero-day può infatti consentire di colpire anche sistemi ben protetti, sfruttando una vulnerabilità per la quale non esiste ancora una correzione. 

Scovare uno zero-day non è però qualcosa alla portata di tutti. E i casi in cui i gruppi criminali sono riusciti a individuare indipendentemente vulnerabilità di questo tipo sono rarissimi. Nelle cronache, l’uso di strumenti di attacco che fanno leva su falle di sicurezza di questo tipo è stato storicamente associato a organizzazioni dotate di risorse notevoli – tra cui i cosiddetti gruppi APT (Advanced Persistent Threat) – e che spesso agiscono direttamente sotto il controllo statale.

Normalmente, le nuove vulnerabilità software vengono invece individuate da società di cybersecurity e ricercatori indipendenti, che passano al setaccio il codice dei software più diffusi secondo la logica di “trovare la falla prima che lo facciano i cattivi”. Le scoperte sono gestite in modo che la loro pubblicazione avvenga solo dopo che il problema è già stato segnalato allo sviluppatore, in modo che abbia il tempo di predisporre e distribuire l’aggiornamento che lo corregge e – possibilmente – che la maggior parte degli utenti abbia il tempo di installare l’update.

Il difficile concetto di “responsible disclosure”

Definire le modalità con cui vengono pubblicati i dettagli delle vulnerabilità individuate dai ricercatori non è semplice come potrebbe sembrare a prima vista. La prassi di segnalare prima la vulnerabilità allo sviluppatore del software e di attendere il rilascio di un aggiornamento prima di renderne pubblici i dettagli – la cosiddetta “responsible disclosure” – si basa infatti su convenzioni, più che su regole vincolanti: norme di buon senso pensate per evitare che una falla di sicurezza venga esposta prima che sia disponibile una correzione, com’è accaduto nel caso delle vulnerabilità pubblicate da Nightmare Eclipse.

Se ci si fermasse a questo, però, si correrebbe il rischio che le segnalazioni vengano semplicemente ignorate. Nel corso degli anni, nel settore della cybersecurity si è spesso citata la frase – ormai quasi un clichè e attribuito prevalentemente a Microsoft – “it’s not a bug, it’s a feature” (non è una falla, è una funzionalità), che molti ricercatori avrebbero incassato come risposta per sminuire l’impatto delle vulnerabilità individuate.

A complicare ulteriormente le cose c’è l’aspetto economico legato al sistema di segnalazione delle falle di sicurezza. I programmi di bug bounty implementati da tutte le maggiori aziende software prevedono, infatti, ricompense economiche per i ricercatori che segnalano un problema di sicurezza. Insomma: nella gestione del processo pesa anche il rischio che qualcuno possa ignorare la segnalazione per non sborsare il compenso dovuto.

Segnalazioni con la scadenza

Per evitare che l’inerzia (o la malafede) dello sviluppatore possa lasciare esposti i sistemi dei suoi utenti a una vulnerabilità, è stata introdotta una consuetudine basata sul concetto di scadenza. Ogni team che lavora sulla ricerca di vulnerabilità impone un termine (solitamente 30, 60 o 90 giorni) entro il quale la società deve rilasciare l’aggiornamento che corregge la vulnerabilità. Trascorso il termine, è considerato lecito pubblicare i dettagli del bug per consentire agli utilizzatori di implementare le misure di mitigazione più opportune. 

Tutto bene, quindi? Non proprio. Alcune vulnerabilità, infatti, non sono semplicissime da correggere e i casi in cui il mancato rispetto dei termini si è scontrato con una rigida intransigenza da parte di chi li ha segnalati non sono mancati. I più celebri attriti hanno interessato il team Google Project Zero, Microsoft e Apple. In almeno un paio di occasioni (i dettagli qui e qui), infatti, gli esperti di Google hanno rilasciato i dettagli su bug che non erano stati tempestivamente corretti.

Quando le regole saltano

Il caso di Nightmare Eclipse, che da qualche mese sta appassionando il ristretto settore dei commentatori della cybersecurity, si colloca al di fuori di quanto finora illustrato. Dopo le prime tre vulnerabilità, il fantomatico ricercatore di sicurezza ha infatti sparato a raffica una serie di ulteriori bug. Alla fine, l’elenco completo comprende: YellowKey, GreenPlasma, MiniPlasma, GreenPlanet, GreatXML, LegacyHive e ShieldBreak. In tutto, Nightmare Eclipse ha pubblicato i dettagli di ben dieci vulnerabilità che interessano diversi prodotti Microsoft.

Non solo: la scelta dei tempi di pubblicazione sembra essere stata accuratamente pianificata per rendere particolarmente difficile a Microsoft distribuire con puntualità gli aggiornamenti di sicurezza ai propri clienti. Per Windows, infatti, l’azienda di Satya Nadella concentra normalmente il rilascio degli aggiornamenti di sicurezza nel secondo martedì di ogni mese, il cosiddetto Patch Tuesday. Una modalità che consente di raggruppare le correzioni e che, soprattutto per le aziende, offre il vantaggio di poter pianificare gli aggiornamenti con un certo grado di prevedibilità.

Tra aprile e agosto, Nightmare Eclipse ha pubblicato le vulnerabilità con una tempistica apparentemente studiata per mettere Microsoft in difficoltà: almeno quattro sono state rese pubbliche il giorno stesso o immediatamente dopo il Patch Tuesday. In questo modo, se Microsoft avesse mantenuto la normale cadenza mensile degli aggiornamenti, i sistemi Windows sarebbero potuti rimanere esposti per quasi un mese. Un modus operandi diabolico, orientato a provocare il massimo disagio possibile e che, in alcuni casi, ha spinto Microsoft a distribuire correzioni al di fuori del normale ciclo mensile.

A contribuire a massimizzare il danno reputazionale subito dall’azienda, per la verità, ha contribuito anche la sorte. La pubblicazione di BlueHammer, la prima vulnerabilità di Windows Defender, è quasi coincisa con l’improvvida pubblicazione di un articolo sul sito ufficiale di Microsoft (poi apparentemente rimosso) che promuoveva il suo antivirus dicendo esplicitamente che per la maggior parte degli utenti “non serve un antivirus di terze parti”, pubblicizzandone quindi l’affidabilità proprio mentre finiva nel mirino di Nightmare Eclipse.

L’ingestibile vendetta dell’ex

Il vero problema nell’intera vicenda di Nigthmare Eclipse è che Microsoft si è scoperta estremamente vulnerabile nei confronti di quella che potrebbe essere stata soltanto la vendetta di un ex collaboratore che non ha gradito il trattamento che ha ricevuto da parte dell’azienda.

Una ricostruzione puntuale e verificabile di quanto sia accaduto precedentemente alle comunicazioni pubbliche è pressoché impossibile. Anche perché il protagonista della vicenda ha dimostrato più volte di essere piuttosto  “ondivago”, inviando messaggi contraddittori sui suoi canali social. Le rivendicazioni più esplicite riguardano il fatto che Microsoft avrebbe cancellato il suo account sul Microsoft Security Response Center (MSRC), il portale che permette ai ricercatori di sottoporre le segnalazioni di nuove vulnerabilità e attiva i processi di bug bounty.  

Nel corso di una conversazione su Discord riportata da uno dei partecipanti, Nightmare Eclipse avrebbe affermato di essere addirittura un ex dipendente della filiale tedesca di Microsoft. Un’ipotesi che era già circolata nel settore, ma che l’azienda non ha mai confermato. 

Una certa familiarità con i processi di sicurezza adottati da Microsoft e l’evidente buona conoscenza dell’antivirus di Windows (la metà delle vulnerabilità pubblicate interessavano proprio Defender) sono indizi che confermerebbero questa pista. Tanto più che, in alcuni casi, Nightmare Eclipse ha dimostrato una discreta abilità nell’aggirare gli aggiornamenti messi a punto da Microsoft per mitigare le falle di sicurezza. Insomma, il ricercatore aderisce piuttosto bene al profilo di un “insider” che sta sfruttando tutte le sue conoscenze per massimizzare il danno.

Botta e risposta

Le reazioni di Microsoft non contribuiscono particolarmente a fare chiarezza sulla vicenda. Il 23 maggio ha sospeso l’account di Nightmare Eclipse su GitHub rimuovendo in seguito i contenuti. In un comunicato ufficiale del 27 maggio, l’azienda ha poi usato toni piuttosto duri, criticando senza mezzi termini il rilascio “non coordinato” delle vulnerabilità, pur senza minacciare direttamente azioni legali contro il ricercatore. 

Le contromisure adottate da Microsoft non hanno portato a grandi risultati. Nightmare Eclipse ha infatti prima aperto un repository autogestito per continuare la sua opera di pubblicazione e poi – a metà giugno, quando ormai la vicenda stava facendo parecchio rumore nell’ambiente – ha abbandonato il suo blog ufficiale su Blogspot, sostenendo che Google, proprietaria della piattaforma, avrebbe censurato ingiustamente i suoi contenuti e creandone uno nuovo sulla sua piattaforma personale.

Al di là delle speculazioni su come si sia arrivati a questa sorta di “duello rusticano” e a quali siano i reali retroscena di tutta la vicenda Nightmare Eclipse, quello che emerge è il quadro terribilmente fragile di un sistema pieno di contraddizioni. Il comportamento dell’ormai famigerato ricercatore di sicurezza, infatti, non viola direttamente nessuna legge. 

Il concetto di responsible disclosure è basato su consuetudini e le normative presenti negli Stati Uniti e in Europa, pur avendo progressivamente introdotto regole e procedure per la divulgazione coordinata delle vulnerabilità, non disciplinano in maniera puntuale tutti gli aspetti del rapporto tra ricercatori e aziende. Una parte importante del sistema continua quindi a fare riferimento alle “buone pratiche” sviluppatesi negli anni sulla base dei principi dell’hacking etico e a una visione un po’ romantica di una community che collabora per un bene comune superiore. 

Insomma: tutto il sistema si basa sostanzialmente su un rapporto basato su fiducia, etica e correttezza di tutte le parti coinvolte. In un settore in cui si intrecciano giganteschi interessi economici, crescenti tensioni geopolitiche e la variabile impazzita rappresentata dall’impatto dell’intelligenza artificiale, gli scricchiolii sono sempre più evidenti.

P.S: Nel corso della stesura di questo articolo, sul repository di Nightmare Eclipse sono state rilasciate nuove vulnerabilità zero-day. L’elenco delle “vittime” comprende anche Nvidia, Kaspersky, Crowdstrike e Avast.

La sequenza delle vulnerabilità di Nightmare Eclipse ad oggi
#DataExploitBersaglioImpatto
13 aprileBlueHammerMicrosoft DefenderOttenimento di privilegi di amministratore sul sistema
212 aprileRedSunMicrosoft DefenderOttenimento di privilegi di amministratore sul sistema
315 aprileUnDefendMicrosoft DefenderDisabilitazione/blocco degli aggiornamenti Defender
412 maggioYellowKeyBitLocker / WinREAccesso a dati cifrati con Bitlocker
512 mag.GreenPlasmaCTFMON / CTFOttenimento di privilegi di amministratore sul sistema
615 mag.MiniPlasmaCloud Files Mini Filter DriverOttenimento di privilegi di amministratore sul sistema
79 giugnoRoguePlanetMicrosoft DefenderOttenimento di privilegi di amministratore sul sistema
810 giugnoGreatXMLBitLocker / WinREAccesso a dati cifrati con Bitlocker
914 luglioLegacyHiveWindows User Profile ServiceLPE / manipolazione degli hive di altri utenti
1011 agostoShieldBreakMicrosoft DefenderBypass della patch di RoguePlanet. Ottenimento di privilegi di amministratore sul sistema
1126 agostoHardBreacherKaspersky Endpoint SecurityOttenimento di privilegi di amministratore sul sistema
1230 agostoGreenSectionNVIDIA Vulkan driverCrash
1330 agostoPrettyPragueAVAST AntivirusOttenimento di privilegi di amministratore sul sistema
143 settembreFalconFlankCrowdstrike Falcon EDROttenimento di privilegi di amministratore sul sistema
159 settembreShieldCrashMicrosoft DefenderBypass della patch di ShieldBreak. Ottenimento di privilegi di amministratore sul sistema

L'articolo Il fragile patto di fiducia della cybersecurity proviene da Guerre di Rete.

Microsoft Plugs Nearly 1,000 Security Holes

8 Settembre 2026 ore 23:44

Microsoft Corp. today issued updates to plug at least 974 security holes in its Windows operating systems and other software, by far its biggest single patch batch ever. Microsoft says artificial intelligence is helping to speed the discovery of vulnerabilities, but security experts warn that many organizations already are struggling to prioritize the more human-intensive endeavor of testing and deploying so many fixes each month.

Image: Shutterstock.com, Kirill Makarov.

This month’s patch bundle obliterates the software giant’s previous record set in July, when it released updates for at least 570 security vulnerabilities. September’s Patch Tuesday brings this year’s total to more than 2,600, more than twice Microsoft’s previous record-setting patch year in 2020 (1,245) and with three more months to go.

There are two “zero-day” flaws fixed this month that are being actively exploited: both CVE-2026-81963 and CVE-2026-85880 allow an attacker to elevate their privileges on Windows system.

Fully 113 of the bugs addressed today earned Microsoft’s “critical” rating, meaning they could be abused by malware or miscreants to seize control over a vulnerable Windows machine with little or no help from the user.

Among the more serious critical flaws this month is CVE-2026-69730, a DNS weakness present in Windows Server 2012 onward and on Windows 10. Microsoft warns that an unauthenticated attacker could leverage this weakness simply by sending a specially crafted packet to an affected system, and that it is likely to be exploited.

Also scary is CVE-2026-69829, a critical, remote code execution flaw in the Windows Shell. This vulnerability has a CVSS base score of 9.8 (10 is the most severe), and can be exploited with low attack complexity, no privileges, and no user interaction.

Microsoft’s summary of the security updates released today. Image: msrc.microsoft.com.

Microsoft is hardly alone in shipping monster patch bundles lately. Many other large software companies, including Adobe, Cisco, Google, Mozilla and Oracle, all have recently credited AI-assisted research with increasing their patch cadence and volume (Google said today it is now going to ship security updates every two weeks).

Tyler Reguly, associate director of security research and development at Fortra, said one core challenge with deploying Windows updates is that they need to be tested before being installed across an organization because not all third-party software works seamlessly in the face of changes to the underlying operating system.

“It’s time to put our CISOs and CSOs on notice,” Reguly said. “How are you helping your teams through these difficult times? Do you have your teams deploy after hours and on weekends to avoid disruption to the business environment? Do you reward them for that effort? Time to dig into your budget and buy dinner for your teams that are working on Saturday to get patches rolled out before users return to work on Monday.”

Satnam Narang is senior staff research engineer at Tenable. Narang said it’s important to recognize that while the number of vulnerabilities being patched by Microsoft is rising, the number of flaws that can and will affect most organizations remains quite low.

“AI-assisted vulnerability discovery in 2026 is creating larger haystacks, but it isn’t finding more needles,” he said. “It’s critical that organizations understand which vulnerabilities actually apply to them, whether they pose a threat by being reachable and exploitable, and prioritize remediation based on this risk context.”

Of course, regular Windows users don’t need to test patches before deploying them, but they still need to open Windows Update periodically or else assent to the program’s nag notices about pending updates. And at the rate these Windows patch releases are ballooning in size, it’s probably best not to let them pile up month after month.

Enterprise Windows admins will want to keep an eye on askwoody.com for news of any updates that appear to be causing problems. As always, the SANS Internet Storm Center has a per-patch breakdown ordered by severity and urgency.

Google Maps peggiora il traffico?

2 Settembre 2026 ore 11:00

Immagine in evidenza generata con intelligenza artificiale

Più siamo obbedienti, più il traffico si concentra su poche strade: non è un effetto collaterale, ma una caratteristica strutturale dei navigatori satellitari. Succede ogni volta che milioni di automobilisti interrogano nello stesso momento Google Maps o TomTom e ricevono in risposta le stesse indicazioni, quelle che l’algoritmo giudica migliori: una convergenza che nessun singolo utente ha scelto. A piena adozione, mostra un nuovo studio intitolato Traffic Concentration Effect of Urban Navigation Services, la varietà delle strade effettivamente usate cala anche del 14%: un conformismo algoritmico che può emergere quando si ottimizzano i singoli tragitti senza coordinare le scelte dell’insieme degli automobilisti.

Il numero chiave è 60%. È la soglia di adozione (la quota di automobilisti che segue fedelmente il navigatore) oltre la quale – secondo lo studio condotto dal team di Luca Pappalardo, ricercatore del CNR e della Scuola Normale Superiore, applicando dati reali di mobilità e le API dei principali navigatori a Milano, Roma e Firenze – le emissioni totali di CO2 tornano spesso a salire, aumentando la disuguaglianza tra chi vive in centro e chi vive in periferia. Fino a quella soglia, seguire il navigatore nelle ore di punta continua a essere vantaggioso; superata, il beneficio collassa. Restano due domande aperte, che riguardano amministratori e cittadini insieme: quanto è forte questo effetto fuori dalle simulazioni? E quanto viene amplificato dal feedback continuo tra il traffico che l’algoritmo genera e le nuove raccomandazioni che ne derivano?

Centri protetti, arterie che scoppiano

Il meccanismo di base è semplice. Ogni navigatore applica un “algoritmo di cammino minimo” – ovvero cerca il percorso più veloce – su un grafo (la rete stradale) in cui ogni tratto ha un costo, tipicamente il tempo di percorrenza. Tra un’origine e una destinazione i percorsi davvero convenienti sono pochi, quindi utenti diversi finiscono per ricevere in gran parte le stesse indicazioni. È quello che i ricercatori chiamano traffic concentration effect: la stessa dinamica che da anni riversa le auto dirette al Brennero nei paesini di montagna, o che nel 2018 aveva paralizzato una cittadina del New Jersey.

Il team di Pappalardo ha misurato l’effetto facendo variare il tasso di adozione dallo 0 al 100%, in tre città e in due condizioni di traffico. A basso carico i navigatori generalmente hanno un effetto positivo: chi li segue fa il percorso più breve possibile, e questo riduce le emissioni indipendentemente da quante altre persone fanno lo stesso. Nelle ore di punta il quadro cambia: il beneficio regge solo a bassa adozione, e superata la soglia del 60% le emissioni non solo smettono di calare ma arrivano, in alcuni casi, a superare quelle dello scenario senza navigatori.

Le mappe prodotte dallo studio mostrano anche dove va a finire il traffico spostato: dalle strade interne dei quartieri centrali verso le grandi arterie di scorrimento, tipicamente periferiche. “Il problema è quando quelle strade non sono in grado di accomodare questi grandi volumi”, spiega Giuliano Cornacchia, ricercatore del Cnr e primo autore dello studio. A Firenze, dove la tangenziale è in grado di assorbire ulteriore traffico, la redistribuzione avviene senza troppi danni. A Roma no: il traffico extra si scarica sul Grande Raccordo Anulare, già saturo, ed è per questo che lì le emissioni peggiorano invece di migliorare.

C’è poi un effetto sociale che lo studio non misura direttamente, ma che i dati geografici suggeriscono con chiarezza. “A vivere in centro sono tipicamente le persone benestanti, a vivere in prossimità delle arterie sono invece mediamente le persone di medio-basso reddito”, osserva Pappalardo. “I navigatori sembrano quindi favorire i primi, creando ulteriore disagio agli altri”. È un’ipotesi plausibile più che un risultato dimostrato, precisa il ricercatore, ma coerente con quanto osservato in tutte e tre le città: spostando il traffico dal centro alla periferia, cambia anche chi respira smog e sopporta il rumore.

Per arrivare a questi numeri, i ricercatori hanno incrociato dati reali sulla domanda di mobilità – chi si sposta da dove a dove, con una granularità molto più fine del singolo quartiere – con le indicazioni ottenute interrogando le API di Google Maps, TomTom, Bing Maps e Mapbox. I flussi risultanti sono stati fatti circolare in SUMO, un simulatore di traffico sviluppato dal Centro aerospaziale tedesco, capace di riprodurre semafori, incroci e code come se le auto viaggiassero realmente insieme sulla rete stradale.

Due elementi rendono il risultato più solido. Il primo riguarda la pluralità dei provider: non sappiamo esattamente quali parametri usino Google, TomTom, Bing Maps o Mapbox nei loro algoritmi, ma le raccomandazioni si sovrappongono in media per oltre il 76%. “Per come sono conformati creano una concentrazione del traffico e lo spostano verso l’arteria”, dice Cornacchia: l’effetto non dipende dal singolo provider, è strutturale. Vale anche per il routing “eco”, che attenua ma non elimina il problema: “Se tutti prendiamo la stessa eco-route il vantaggio individuale collassa su se stesso”. Ottimizzare il singolo viaggio, insomma, non produce un ottimo di sistema. Il secondo elemento è un modello matematico di una città stilizzata, che riproduce lo stesso fenomeno a prescindere dalla forma reale della rete stradale. “I meccanismi individuati nelle tre città test non dipendono dalle loro strutture, ma dalla forza di concentrazione esercitata dai navigatori”, riassume Pappalardo. “Quindi qualsiasi altra città si prenda, accadrà qualcosa di simile”.

Per chi amministra una città, questo non significa restare a guardare, ma lavorare sulla diversificazione delle rotte disponibili. Una ricerca ancora in corso dello stesso gruppo mostra che alcune città hanno margine per farlo – possono quindi creare alternative valide alle arterie più battute – mentre altre, come Roma con la sua dipendenza dal raccordo anulare, ne hanno molto meno.

È possibile sistemare il problema?

Le piattaforme potrebbero, tecnicamente, ottimizzare non solo il singolo tragitto, ma il sistema nel suo complesso. Lo dimostra Google stessa in uno studio pubblicato su Nature Cities nel giugno 2026: modificando l’algoritmo per penalizzare leggermente il passaggio su un centinaio di tratti stradali congestionati per ciascuna di dieci città americane, gli autori hanno ottenuto un aumento mediano della velocità del 2% su quei tratti, con un risparmio potenziale stimato in oltre mille tonnellate di CO2 equivalente l’anno per città. “Dimostrano che hanno il potere di definire dove va il traffico, e che si può ancora migliorare”, commenta Pappalardo. “Il paper di Google suggerisce che, di default, quella visione di rete non viene applicata”.

Nessuna norma, oggi, le obbliga a farlo. Il Digital Services Act classifica Google Maps come very large online platform – unica piattaforma del settore urbano a rientrarvi – e la sottopone a obblighi di valutazione del rischio. Ma il regolamento non menziona esplicitamente gli effetti collettivi prodotti dagli algoritmi di ottimizzazione urbana. “Non si parla esplicitamente di rischio collettivo, ma di un approccio basato sui rischi sistemici”, dice Pappalardo, che lo considera “un difetto un po’ generale” delle normative europee sulle piattaforme: non affrontano in modo specifico gli impatti aggregati che algoritmi come quelli dei navigatori possono produrre sul territorio. Per una piattaforma, aggiungere una funzione di ottimizzazione collettiva è uno sforzo in più che, senza un obbligo di legge, semplicemente non conviene.

Non è una lacuna casuale: politicamente, il disagio prodotto da navigatori che concentrano smog e traffico su certe strade, amplificando le disuguaglianze tra centro e periferia, è troppo diffuso e indiretto per essere percepito come un problema urgente. “La gente vede facilmente il proprio tornaconto, è difficile vedere il collettivo”, dice Pappalardo.

Il margine per intervenire, comunque, si sta restringendo. Con un settore automotive sempre più orientato alla guida autonoma, l’unico elemento che oggi tiene il tasso di adozione sotto il 100% – la mediazione umana, fatta di disobbedienze, distrazioni, scelte personali – è destinato a sparire: un’auto a guida autonoma non ha altra scelta che seguire l’algoritmo. Il tasso di obbedienza salirà vertiginosamente, e senza alternativa. L’effetto di concentrazione già capace di ribaltare i benefici ambientali a Roma diventerebbe, a quel punto, pressoché strutturale.

L'articolo Google Maps peggiora il traffico? proviene da Guerre di Rete.

FBI Probes Service Selling 153M+ Drivers Licenses

2 Settembre 2026 ore 00:40

A new identity theft service launched on the dark web this week is selling digital scans of more than 153 million drivers licenses from people in the United States and Canada. Based on interviews with individuals whose licenses are available for purchase on this service, it appears to be siphoning images collected by a widely-used identity verification company based in Louisiana. KrebsOnSecurity also has learned that the New Orleans field office of the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) today launched an official inquiry into the source of the images.

A record available at this identity theft service that includes the drivers license for U.S. Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, one of several high-ranking U.S. government officials whose drivers licenses can be found for sale.

On Monday, Aug. 31, a source alerted KrebsOnSecurity to a service advertised by a new user on the Russian cybercrime forum Exploit, offering access to digital scans of identity documents on more than 170 million people in North America. The source brought it to my attention because the proprietor of this identity theft service offered my Virginia drivers license as a free sample in their initial sales thread on Exploit.

The service, dubbed Nexus, claims to have more than 153 million drivers licenses for people in the United States and Canada, as well as more than 10 million identification cards; more than three million travel documents and/or international IDs; and at least 579,000 medical cards.

A quick look around Nexus finds they are likely not exaggerating about that 153 million number: Running a blank search in Nexus (with no search parameters entered) returns approximately 11.5 million pages of results, with roughly 15 results displayed per page. It includes documents from people in both Canada and the United States, but the bulk of these records are on Americans: searching for just Canadian drivers licenses returns approximately 1.1 million results, with the largest concentration from Ontario (473,673 records).

Curiously, the identity records include not only drivers licenses but also marijuana dispensary cards. Some of the records list their “source” as “CDL,” presumably short for “commercial drivers license.” Other records carry the source notation of “CAC,” which may refer to Common Access Cards, government issued identity cards that grant physical access to government buildings and secure rooms.

The people behind Nexus claim the license images are coming from an active breach at “a major identity verification company” whose customers include multiple Fortune 500 companies.

The record totals listed by the Nexus identity theft service. The number of drivers license records increased by nearly 400,000 in the span of just 24 hours.

“We have been continuously exfiltrating new data for over a year into our private database,” the service enthused in its introductory post on Exploit. “Records are available to preview before purchase with pertinent information redacted. Customer photos are displayed if available.”

Indeed, over the past 24 hours, the number of drivers license records listed as available in Nexus has increased by nearly 400,000, suggesting that freshly stolen license data is being harvested and uploaded to this service on a semi-regular basis.

The record featuring my drivers license includes six image files: three pairs of photos of the license’s front and back, a basic image scan, as well as infrared and ultraviolet versions of the same images. A date and timestamp is appended to each image file, and the timestamp on my license scan corresponds to a date in June 2025 when I took a flight to the midwest United States to attend a family funeral.

Some of the 153 million+ license scans — including mine — feature six image files with date and timestamps appended to the filenames. Not all records include photos, and some that do feature photos do not display the associated filenames.

Intent on discovering the source of this data, KrebsOnSecurity asked more than a dozen friends and family members for permission to search for their licenses in this service. Each person whose license could be found (nine of them) confirmed having traveled on or very close to the dates in the timestamps attached to their images. It is unclear what timezone these timestamps are in, but from reviewing car rental records shared by several people who helped with this research, it appears the timezone is set to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).

At first, I thought the source of the data might have something to do with airports. However, that theory went out the window when it became apparent there were no passports in this data set. Also, only some of those who helped with this research said they showed their drivers license at the airport on the day of their travel. One person whose license was in Nexus hadn’t flown at all recently, but was renting a car from Hertz for several months around the date of their timestamp.

Two of those who agreed to help are federal employees who said they shared other forms of government identification when passing through airport security. However, those individuals each said they shared their state-issued drivers licenses later that day when renting vehicles at their respective destinations, and that both rented their cars from Hertz.

After finding a note in my calendar for the day of my June 2025 flight reminding me to bring my passport, I remembered that I also never actually shared my drivers license when I went through security at Reagan National Airport on that day because I did not yet have a Real ID, a security-enhanced drivers license that is now required by the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) for all domestic travel. Instead, I showed the TSA agent my government-issued U.S. passport.

Here’s where it gets interesting: I was able to find my mother’s drivers license in this service as well, and the timestamps for her images are just a few seconds apart from mine. That’s notable because we both handed our licenses to the Hertz rental car representative at the same time.

According to my mom, the only place she gave her drivers license to that day was the rental car company, and if memory serves that is also true for me. I don’t recall if the rental car representative inserted our licenses into any kind of machine, but I remember they held onto them for several minutes behind the counter while we were signing various forms. KrebsOnSecurity sought comment from Hertz and will update this story in the event they reply.

Zach Edwards is a well-known security and privacy researcher who recently launched a service called DecryptAds to help people better understand how online advertisers are tracking them. A scan of Edwards’s drivers license is available for purchase on this identity theft service, and Edwards said the timestamp on his record corresponds to the middle of a trip last month to Las Vegas for the annual DEFCON security conference.

Edwards told KrebsOnSecurity that although he did not rent a car in Vegas, he did hand over his license at the TSA checkpoint, at a marijuana dispensary in Vegas, and at his hotel (the Aria). But he said the only one of those three that for sure scanned his ID in some kind of device was the dispensary.

To enter Planet13’s weed dispensary in Las Vegas, one must pass through a red telephone booth. Image: Zach Edwards.

Edwards said the dispensary he visited that day was Planet13, a multi-state chain with stores in California, Florida, Illinois and Nevada. In 2022, the New Orleans-based identity provider idscan.net published a press release announcing an exclusive identity verification agreement with Planet13’s dispensaries nationally. IDScan says it processes ID verification for more than 1,000 marijuana dispensaries in 19 U.S. states.

The “trust” page of idscan.net states that the company provides identity verification services for numerous big brands, including Hertz, Target, Fedex, Motorola Solutions, the financial services giant Jack Henry, and Caesars Entertainment. And as idscan.net’s own documentation states, the technology scans IDs with both infrared and ultraviolet light. Idscan.net says the company’s systems and technology perform more than 21 million verifications monthly, at more than 20,000 locations around the world.

Image: idscan.net.

Contacted by KrebsOnSecurity, idscan.net said it was investigating the matter, but the company has not yet shared an official statement or a substantive reply to specific questions sent via email.

“At this point I’m not able to share any additional information, but the updates you have provided have been welcome, and helpful to our team’s investigation,” wrote Jillian Kossman, a marketing and operations leader at idscan.net.

During the course of my research for this story, word got around to the FBI that I was poking at the apparent source of this new identity theft service’s data. Probably they were tipped off when I shared with a trusted source that Nexus also is selling the drivers license information for the assistant director of the FBI (I did not find FBI Director Kash Patel’s license in Nexus).

Earlier this afternoon, I was added to a conference call with a half-dozen FBI agents, including senior leaders from the agency’s cyber division. During that call, the FBI shared that earlier today their New Orleans field office opened an official investigation into an apparent breach involving idscan.net.

Edwards said that as more in-person and online experiences require sharing drivers licenses, vendors who collect this sensitive data need to be held to a higher standard.

“This episode should further strengthen the resolve for people who are fighting back against online ID schemes which are requiring countless providers to ask for drivers licenses in order to access services under the guise of protecting kids,” Edwards told KrebsOnSecurity. “These systems are putting sensitive data into more and more 3rd party vendors, and we don’t have nearly the oversight to ensure they are safe.”

Larry Baldwin is principal intelligence researcher at the cybersecurity firm Cybera. Baldwin said a front and back scan of his drivers license available at Nexus contains timestamps that correspond to the date of a car rental from Hertz on a recent vacation.

Baldwin said the Nexus identity theft service presents multiple serious security and privacy threats, noting that state-issued drivers licenses are commonly used as proof of one’s identity when opening new lines of credit. Baldwin said the service could also dangerously expose many people who do not wish to be found but who cannot meaningfully change their appearance (or at least not enough to fool today’s AI-based image matching tools).

This category of people, he said, includes those fleeing domestic violence, and even people who have been assigned a whole new life and identity as part of the federal government’s witness protection program, which is generally reserved for criminal defendants in racketeering and conspiracy investigations who agree to cooperate with federal authorities.

“Just when it seems like we’re making some headway in improving authentication controls through drivers license verification systems, this happens and the very thing those improvements are dependent on are compromised,” Baldwin said.

Update, Sept. 8: IDscan.net published a brief notice saying it has “determined that an unauthorized third party may have accessed and/or copied certain customer information, including full names and drivers license or other government-issued identification numbers.” The statement said IDscan.net is notifying affected individuals and offering credit protection services.

Update, Sept. 2, 6:05 p.m. ET: A spokesperson for Caesars Entertainment said Caesars has not been a client of IDScan.net and has not used VeriScan since February 2025, despite IDScan.net listing them as a client on their website. That person said Caesars had no active VeriScan accounts at the time of the incident and did not authorize IDScan.net to retain data from its accounts, and that IDScan.net said the incident should have no impact on Caesars Entertainment.

Update, 8:56 p.m. ET: Shortly after this story was published, the Nexus identity theft service website vanished from the darkweb, replacing its login page with a plain text message that reads, “This service is no longer available.”

This is a potentially fast-moving story. Any changes or updates will be noted here along with a timestamp.

Two Alleged ‘TeamPCP’ Hackers Arrested in Australia

27 Agosto 2026 ore 13:04

Authorities in Australia have arrested two men believed to be members of TeamPCP, a prolific cybercrime and data extortion group blamed for perpetrating the longest running spree of software supply chain attacks ever.

In a statement released today, the Australian Federal Police (AFP) said two men from Western Australia, aged 21 and 23, were arrested in connection with a “sophisticated cybercrime syndicate that allegedly created malicious open-source software to rob thousands of global businesses.”

The AFP did not name the defendants, but KrebsOnSecurity learned the 21-year-old suspect’s real identity in June, and has been communicating with him ever since. This story includes interviews with TeamPCP’s self-described spokesperson, and examines clues left behind by the TeamPCP leader that likely led to his undoing.

TeamPCP vaulted onto the cybercrime scene in late 2025, embedding malicious code in hundreds of open source software tools and extorting victims for profit. Members of the group made headlines by compromising corporate cloud environments using a self-propagating worm dubbed Shai-Hulud, which added malicious code to open source programs maintained by developers whose credentials at public code repositories like GitHub or NPM were phished or stolen.

Writing for Wired, journalist Andy Greenberg described TeamPCP’s core tactic as a kind of cyclical exploitation of software developers.

“The hackers gain access to a network where an open source tool commonly used by coders is being developed,” Greenberg wrote in May. “The hackers plant malware in the tool that ends up on other software developers’ machines, including some who are writing other tools intended to be used by coders. The malware allows TeamPCP’s hackers to steal credentials that let them publish malicious versions of those software development tools, too. The cycle repeats, and TeamPCP’s collection of breached networks grows.”

TeamPCP also has practiced something akin to cyclical recruitment. In May, the source code for the third iteration of Shai-Hulud was published online, and TeamPCP soon after launched a contest offering $1,000 in virtual currency to whichever participant could conduct the largest supply chain operation using the worm’s code. According to the contest rules, participants were scored based on the number of weekly and monthly downloads of packages they compromised — directly incentivizing them to target the most popular code libraries.

A screenshot of a message from TeamPCP’s Telegram account, announcing the supply chain hacking contest. Image: dataminr.com.

“TeamPCP has stated the competition is a recruiting opportunity and they intend to purchase all meaningful access harvested from participants’ campaigns,” the security firm Dataminr wrote. “The $1,000 XMR (Monero) prize is a recruitment floor and has been dismissed by the actor as ‘just like participation trophy,’ adding ‘if you find something good you will be paid way more,’ confirming the contest’s true function as talent identification and malicious access acquisition at scale.”

In March, TeamPCP executed a supply chain attack targeting AI infrastructure by compromising the code for LiteLLM, an open source AI gateway that connects users to more than 100 different large language models. A recent analysis by the security firm CloudSEK found TeamPCPs attack on LiteLLM harvested cloud service keys and other secrets from more than 2,500 organizations, including many of the world’s top technology companies.

In May, TeamPCP claimed credit for compromising at least 3,800 code repositories at the Microsoft-owned GitHub, after a GitHub developer installed a code extension that was compromised by TeamPCP’s malware.

MEET THE CYBERCATS

Security experts say TeamPCP is less of a hacker group than an amalgamation of threat actors from multiple cybercriminal gangs who sometimes work together toward similar goals.

“It is not a structured criminal crew with a single operator,” said Austin Larsen, a principal threat analyst with the Google Threat Intelligence Group. “It is a peer community of individually-skilled actors, with one clear center of gravity.”

That center of gravity is George Prepakis, an accomplished security researcher and self-described exploit developer who operates the Twitter/X profile @kernelstub. Earlier this year, @kernelstub tweeted a public invite link to a Matrix chat server he created and dubbed “Cybercats,” and TeamPCP and several other cybercrime entities have been using this server to communicate daily for the past several months.

A screenshot of the Matrix chat server “Cybercats,” whose members used hacker handles associated with multiple distinct cybercrime groups that have occasionally collaborated on a series of supply chain and data ransom attacks over the past nine months.

Kernelstub, like other administrators in the Cybercats chat, has been using his Twitter/X profile name as his handle in these Matrix communications, frequently tweeting references to other members and to conversations taking place in the Cybercats chat. In a number of cases, the corresponding X accounts for members of the Cybercats chat taunted cybercrime victims publicly before the incidents were reported in the news media.

The Cybercats administrator listed at the top of the screenshot above — “Boxturtle” — is a close associate of TeamPCP who has been tweeting about the group’s conquests under the name @xpl0itrsturtle. This handle corresponds to a data breach broker active on Breachforums and Darkforums who has been selling data stolen in a wave of recent breaches at automobile manufacturers, including BMW Group, Audi, Honda, Mercedes-Benz, Volvo and Toyota, as well as data allegedly taken from Snapchat and SportRadar.

The data leak site for the extortion group or handle “xpl0itrs.”

The Cybercats administrator “SeesawSec” in the screenshot above is the alias of whoever is behind the cybercrime group known as Fulcrumsec, which recently claimed credit for data extortion attacks against the pharmaceutical giant Novo Nordisk, the data broker LexisNexis, and Avnet, a Fortune 500 distributor of electronic components.

The data leak site of Fulcrum Security, a.k.a. Fulcrumsec.

The Cybercats administrator “@pcpcasper” also has been using a similar name on X to discuss TeamPCP’s attacks and victims. This person has an extensive message history on Telegram, where their messages and shared videos show @pcpcasper is an active and vocal member of the National Socialist Network, a neo-Nazi political organization based in Australia.

At one point in these chats, @pcpcasper shared videos and images of what they claimed was their cat, and several of those videos place this user in Western Australia. One source close to the investigation told KrebsOnSecurity that @pcpcasper was one of the two arrested, a claim supported by messages that @kernelstub posted online this morning.

The Cybercats member roster pictured above also features an administrator with the username “T,” which is short for the now-banned Twitter/X profile @pcpcats, the account operated by the self-described TeamPCP spokesperson who was arrested today. As we’ll see in a moment, @pcpcats also is from Western Australia.

By the time @kernelstub tweeted a public invite link to the Cybercats Matrix server, T/@pcpcats was posting only infrequently to the group chat, with other members often inquiring as to his whereabouts and well-being. The group’s collective concern related to @pcpcats’s tendency to blame his increasingly extended absences on the use of hallucinogens and other narcotics that kept him awake for days on end, but also caused him to crash in bed for several days after the highs wore off.

WHO IS THE TEAMPCP LEADER?

The Cybercats member @pcpcats has used multiple nicknames on the cybercrime forums, including EllisD25/LSD on Darkforums, BulkDMT on Breachstars, and Express on Breachforums. These accounts are linked because they all advertised the same Tox ID and/or Session ID as instant message contact handles in their cybercrime forum posts. BulkDMT was also known on the forums as DMT Host, which was a virtual private server (VPS) hosting service that was peddled on Darkforums and Breachstars.

DMT Host/EllisD25, posting on the English-language cybercrime community DarkForums in September 2025. Image: ke-la.com.

According to the cyber intelligence firm Intel 471, Express registered on Breachforums using the email address shitstickpp@gmail.com. Intel 471 finds Express posted on Breachforums across a two-month period in 2025 using four different Internet addresses located in South Africa. On July 30, 2025, Express announced on Breachforums they were selling access to 14 gigabytes of data stolen from South Africa’s State Information Technology Agency.

The threat intelligence platform Flashpoint recorded more than a year’s worth of messages from the TeamPCP leader’s alter ego on Telegram — Persy_PCP —  who claimed they split their life living between two countries [full disclosure: Flashpoint is an advertiser on this blog]. “I have these [files] as well, problem is these are in another country,” Persy_PCP explained to another user inquiring about a stolen data set in November 2025.

Later that month, Persy_PCP complained, “My whole country is racist and they want people like me dead.” Flashpoint records show BulkDMT shared in September 2025 that “this country is going to fucking starve when they take the farmers land,” a likely reference to white landowners in South Africa who claim to be targeted by an ongoing genocide campaign.

This tracks with public reporting on TeamPCP. Cyberscoop reported in June that Google had traced TeamPCP’s residential and mobile Internet address connections to South Africa, “indicating the primary operator was located there during at least some of its attacks.”

BulkDMT also shared on the group chat at Breachforums that they were recovering from an addiction to methamphetamine. “My life is kinda fucked rn [right now], but that’s fine and there isn’t really a point in pouring so much emotional energy into that fact, my parents had money but I unfortunately got really addicted to some things so I don’t get to benefit from that. As long as I continue to survive, stay sober, and move closer towards my goals that’s enough drive and meaning.”

The identity threat protection company SpyCloud finds shitstickpp@gmail.com shows up in the registration of an account called ChristmasSnow on the cybercrime community Raidforums in 2022. Nearly all of the Internet addresses used to access that account came from ISPs in Perth, Australia, SpyCloud found.

KrebsOnSecurity looked up all of those Perth IP addresses in passive DNS records maintained by DomainTools.com, and found one of them — 211.27.196.111 — for several years was used as a private file server by a family in Perth with the last name of Thomson. Those records show at least three hosts — ithomson.direct.quickconnect.to (a remote Synology server), kthomson0061.direct.quickconnect.to, and joshuawthomson39.myqnapcloud.com (a QNAP network storage device) — persisted at that address between 2022 and 2025.

Searching on “joshuathomson39” in the breach tracking service Constella Intelligence reveals an account at the freight forwarding company kwe.com created in the name of Joshua Thomson from Perth, Australia. The open source intelligence platform Epieos finds the phone number attached to that kwe.com account was used to register a Facebook profile for Josh Thomson, which says his family includes a brother named Ruben, his father Ian, and his mom Cindy.

That Facebook profile also says Josh and his family are originally from Pietermaritzburg, in KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa, but currently living in Cottesloe, a beach-side suburb of Perth. A search in DomainTools for Ian Thomson and Australia unearthed five domains by the same registrant, including securecomputing.au, thomson.org.au, and thomsonfamily.net.au. Ian Thomson is a dentist in Cottesloe, and a biography says he graduated from The University of the Witwatersrand in Johannesburg, South Africa.

Constella finds a joshua@thomson.org.au registered a number of accounts online, but Josh doesn’t seem to have much of a connection to dodgy cybercrime forums. His brother Ruben, on the other hand, has quite the presence on these communities, dating back to at least 2018. Constella reports ruben@thomson.org.au frequently reused the password “joshuathomson1,” and Constella further finds that password was used by just a handful of accounts, including yolosolo17@gmail.com and surfinup8@gmail.com.

According to Intel 471, surfinup8@gmail.com was used to register the user Yolosolo17 on the crime forum Altenen in 2018, and that user account was registered from the Perth address 110.141.230.15. On Altenen, Yolosolo17 advertised free web proxies, as well as the domain rubenthomson.com, which was at one point used to sell steeply discounted iPhones. DomainTools says rubenthomson.com was hosted at 110.141.230.15 and registered to surfinup8@gmail.com.

A cached copy of the domain rubenthomson.com from 2017 shows a login page underneath a banded stack of money. Image: archive.org.

SpyCloud reports 10.141.230.15 was used by the email address sheepstealing@gmail.com on Raidforums and surfinup8@gmail.com on Nulled, and that the same IP was used by the email addresses ian@thomsonfamily.net.au, jasper@yakuza.cc, and rubenthomson1@gmail.com. SpyCloud also shows that sheepstealing Gmail address is tied to the accounts Sheep420, YoloSolo117 and Yakuza.cc on Raidforums, and to the account “Sheep Stealing” on Hackforums. Intel 471 says sheepstealing@gmail.com was used to register the account DingoFlour on Breachforums in October 2023, as well Sheepx on Altenen.

Epieos reports that ruben@securecomputing.au is tied to an Airbnb account for Ruben, who described himself as a Web developer who went to school at the University of Western Australia and was living outside the country. “Hey, I’m Ruben, my friends call me Ellis. I’m a Perth creative who occasionally books rooms when visiting family and for photography.”

Epieos also finds sheepstealing@gmail.com registered an upwork.com profile under the name Ruben, who said his main skills are setting up secure server hosting solutions and PHP full-stack Web development.

“I’m familiar with Linux, working with relational databases (SQL),” the Upwork profile reads. “I also script in Python mainly for writing social media bots.”

The Upwork profile for Ruben Thomson in Cottesloe, Australia.

Epieos further discovered sheepstealing@gmail.com is connected to a Microsoft account for Ruben Thomson, and to a now-defunct GitHub account called XmasSnow/XmasSnowisBack that scammed people on the forums in 2022 by claiming to sell exclusive exploits for recently-released software patches (recall that shitstickpp@gmail.com was used to register a forum account named ChristmasSnow).

This same sheepstealing email address registered a Twitter/X account in 2026 called “Gone Fishing” that lists its location as South Africa. That Gmail account also left several reviews for businesses listed on Google Maps over the past seven years, but all of those establishments are located on the west coast of Australia.

Business reviews in Western Australia left by the Google account sheepstealing at gmail.com.

The people search service Pipl finds a 21-year-old Ruben Thomson in Western Australia who has a phone number ending in 979. A lookup on that number at Epieos reveals it is connected to a TikTok account under the name Ellis, and to a PayPal account in the name of Ruben Thomson.

Finally, a search on the name Ruben Thomson from Cottesloe at the Australian government’s record of registered businesses finds he has incorporated or served as an official in multiple companies created since 2024, including Secure Computing Solutions, Tensor Industries, and another entity ironically named OPSEC Express. Recall that Express was BulkDMT’s nickname on Breachforums.

Australian companies connected to Ruben Thomson. Image: abr.business.gov.au.

It’s ironic because OPSEC is short for the term “operational security,” which refers to techniques and behaviors used to obfuscate and compartmentalize one’s real-life identity online, and using your cybercrime handle as part of your own company name is very much the antithesis of that practice.

There is at least one other major opsec failure by Ruben that exposed a link to TeamPCP. In June 2025, someone using the name Ruben Thomson registered on HackerOne, a popular “bug bounty” program that seeks to reward and recognize researchers who agree to work with affected software vendors to help fix the flaws before publishing about their findings. What was Ruben Thomson’s chosen HackerOne username? Deadcatx3, a nickname that has been flagged by multiple security firms as an alias used by TeamPCP.

The HackerOne profile for “Ruben Thomson” uses the nickname Deadcatx3, which multiple security firms have concluded is an alias used by TeamPCP. Image credit: flare.io.

INTERVIEW WITH ELLIS

In early July 2026, not long after having discovered clues about Ellis’s real life identity, KrebsOnSecurity interviewed the TeamPCP leader via Signal, where he was remarkably open about his activities and personal struggles [for the sake of simplicity, the TeamPCP spokesperson will be referred to from here on as Ellis].

Ellis claims he stopped doing cybercrime for TeamPCP in March 2026 — just before the attacks that compromised LiteLLM — and that at least one other individual has taken over the group’s leadership since then. Ellis shared that a year earlier he had just completed the latest in a series of detox and sobriety programs, and was two months sober when he reconnected with some old friends from the malware development scene.

“One year ago I needed help monetizing some [GitHub credentials], I was two months sober and needed a distraction and something to keep busy as well as people to speak to,” Ellis said. “I had largely disconnected from my old circle, they had become very toxic and I needed to get away from the substances. Previously I had done some mass exploitation campaigns and grew up doing [malware development] and [capture the flag] contests. There were some friends who were also vending but had stopped a while, and one of them introduced me to some chats where I posted access for sale.”

Prior to that, Ellis said, he was homeless and hopping between “some very unstable places.”

“Blackhatting is fun,” he said. “There are actual rewards and incentives to learn and you grow with your team. Without qualifications, no employer will even take the time to hear you out.”

Ellis claims he’s earned a grand total of about $20,000 for his activities with TeamPCP, and that it was never about the money or fame for him. Asked whether his experiences with TeamPCP might prepare him for gainful employment in a legitimate IT job, Ellis said he doubted it.

“I am nowhere close to a skill level where I am comfortable, and this would take maybe half a decade of further experience,” he said. “I no longer have to choose between rent and food for that I’m grateful and so are the team members.”

Ellis expressed no remorse over his cybercrime activities, and said he was grateful for the friendships and relationships built throughout his engagement with TeamPCP. The young hacker also seemed resigned to his fate, and told KrebsOnSecurity that he’ll accept the consequences if he’s ever arrested.

“If I’ve already been found out then its out of my control, I’ll make peace with that,” he said. “Honestly, I think someone like me needs a lot of help that prison just can’t provide. If I had the funds to study different parts of the field and closer guidance, this would have turned out differently. But that’s a pipe dream and we both know this.”

It is clear from reading Ellis’s posts to the group’s Matrix server chats that his struggles with sobriety are ongoing. On Thursday, June 25, Ellis told @kernelstub he was about to “trip” with his “homie.”

“What kind,” @kernelstub inquired.

“Ketty and some DMT,” Ellis replied, referring to the dissociative anesthetic ketamine and dimethyltryptamine (DMT), a powerful psychedelic compound that is found naturally in some plants but is also synthetically produced in underground lab environments. “There’s a little 2cb so we might throw that in the mix,” he continued, referring to another psychedelic compound by its chemical shorthand.

Roughly two weeks before his arrest, Ellis told KrebsOnSecurity he was ready to leave his life of crime behind and was prepared to turn himself in, but that in the meantime he was making plans to tie up loose ends.

Less than 24 hours later, the TeamPCP leader posted an image on Telegram showing a yellowish powdered substance in a baggie and on a scale, possibly synthetic DMT. The image shows the powder being weighed next to a series of small vape cartridges, two of which are open on the table in front of the photographer.

An image posted by the TeamPCP leader to Telegram, advertising his acquisition of some type of psychoactive substance, most likely a synthetic version of the powerful hallucinogen known as DMT.

The two defendants were arrested Wednesday morning. The AFP said the men face a combined 14 cybercrime offenses and are scheduled to appear in Perth Magistrates Court today.

Charlie Eriksen is a security researcher at Aikido Security who has closely followed TeamPCP’s cybercrime campaigns. Eriksen said TeamPCP are a good example of a new kind of threat actor that does not fit neatly into the usual categories.

“They are not a state actor, not quite organized cybercrime, and not purely ideological,” he said. “Their motivations seem to mix money, disruption, attention, and ideology.”

Eriksen said that historically there has always been a meaningful gap between reading about an attack technique and being able to reliably turn it into an operational campaign, but that large language models (LLMs) and artificial intelligence increasingly are helping threat actors to bypass that knowledge gap.

“You had to understand the research, adapt the code, troubleshoot it, build infrastructure around it, and then repeat that process across different targets,” he said. “LLMs have compressed that gap significantly.”

According to Eriksen, this creates an environment where threat actors suddenly have the ability to operate at significant scale without having developed the operational discipline that traditionally accompanies that level of capability. Put another way, it sets the stage for cybercriminals who are capable enough to cause significant damage, but not necessarily careful enough to understand or care about the consequences.

“They can be noisy, they can make mistakes,” he said. “They can leave evidence everywhere. They can take risks that a professional criminal group or intelligence service would consider completely unacceptable. But that does not necessarily make them less dangerous. In some ways, it can make them more dangerous.”

In a recent blog post, Eriksen called TeamPCP’s Shai-Hulud worm the “best thing to happen to supply chain security,” because it forced GitHub and other public coding platforms to erect new security safeguards.

In direct response to TeamPCP’s broad success at pushing poisoned versions of popular software packages, GitHub in late July introduced a three-day “cooldown” mechanism for Dependabot, the platform’s tool for auto-fetching newly shipped updates for any package dependencies. Cooldown periods are designed to help buy time for security tools and package maintainers to identify and remove any compromised versions. Other coding ecosystems like Python and various JavaScript platforms also added support for cooldown periods this year amid growing calls from security experts about the need for more widespread adoption of the safety feature.

Eriksen said TeamPCP’s legacy is that they achieved in the span of a few months what the supply chain security community has been unable to do for years.

“They managed to wake up Microsoft to the fact that they had become negligent in terms of security,” Eriksen said. “By compromising GitHub and stealing their source code, they humiliated Microsoft into action, making them finally act on what we had been asking them to do and take seriously for a while now.”

Update, 10:08 a.m. ET: A story this morning from ABC News in Australia confirms Ruben Ian Thomson of Cottesloe was one of the two arrested. The 23-year-old suspect thought to be @pcpcasper, Michael Gaebler, also was arrested in Perth. ABC News reports that Thomson was denied bail (Mr. Gaebler’s attorney reportedly did not request bail for his client), and that both men will be held in custody until their next court appearance on September 18.

L’Italia invasa dai data center

30 Luglio 2026 ore 11:00

Immagine in evidenza rielaborata con intelligenza artificiale

Secondo i dati più recenti, i data center – le infrastrutture che ospitano i server necessari, tra le altre cose, ad addestrare e utilizzare i sistemi di intelligenza artificiale – presenti o in progettazione in Italia sono 262: solo un anno fa erano 146. La crescita non riguarda soltanto il numero degli impianti, ma anche il loro fabbisogno energetico. Nel 2024 i data center italiani hanno consumato 5,8 TWh, pari a circa il 2% dei consumi elettrici nazionali. Secondo alcuni scenari riportati dall’Osservatorio Data Center del Politecnico di Milano, entro il 2035 potrebbero arrivare a consumare tra 24,5 e 42 TWh, pari al 7-12% del totale nazionale.

Di fronte a un’espansione così rapida, è necessario chiedersi se lo sviluppo dei data center possa essere governato in modo sostenibile o rischi invece di riprodurre le distorsioni già osservate negli Stati Uniti e in altri paesi: consumo di acqua ed energia, occupazione del suolo, aumento dei costi per i cittadini e benefici occupazionali inferiori alle attese.

È in questo scenario che il Ministero delle Imprese e del Made in Italy ha elaborato la “Strategia per l’attrazione in Italia degli investimenti industriali esteri in data center”. L’obiettivo di questa strategia è mostrare come il territorio italiano, con una rete di infrastrutture (fibra ottica, 5G e cavi sottomarini) distribuita in modo omogeneo in tutta la penisola, “possa garantire uno sviluppo sostenuto e sostenibile dei data center in grado di moltiplicare il fattore attrattivo agli investimenti”. Il documento presenta in tal senso un’analisi di settore e una strategia per ridurre e semplificare tempi e modalità di investimento, per rendere l’Italia un polo di investimenti strategico, definito ‘Hub del Mediterraneo’. 

La diffusione dei data center in Italia

Il mercato dei data center in Italia è effettivamente in fortissima crescita: nel triennio 2023-2025 ci sono stati investimenti pari a 7,1 miliardi di euro e per i prossimi tre anni ci si aspetta di raggiungere i 25 miliardi. Una cifra comunque inferiore rispetto alle previsioni del 2023: secondo i dati riportati sempre dall’Osservatorio del Politecnico, ci si aspettava infatti di raggiungere 10,5 miliardi di euro. L’incongruenza è dovuta principalmente agli errori di previsione di operatori internazionali, che sono entrati nel mercato italiano con eccessivo ottimismo riguardo alle tempistiche burocratiche italiane. Ed è proprio per venire incontro alle esigenze degli investitori internazionali e capitalizzare il più possibile le previsioni di mercato che è stata sviluppata la Strategia del Mimit. 

Attualmente, dalla richiesta di costruzione di un data center fino al diritto di iniziare i lavori è previsto un iter che va dai 18 mesi ai 3 anni, periodo nel quale vengono espletate le valutazioni urbanistiche e ambientali. Un periodo che secondo l’Italian Data Center Association (IDA), citata nella strategia, pone il nostro paese in svantaggio competitivo rispetto ad altre nazioni europee. Per superare questo limite, il Mimit propone l’introduzione di un’Autorizzazione Unica a livello nazionale, che possa semplificare le procedure e unificarle sotto un unico ente amministrativo, così da garantire tempi certi.

L’impatto dei data center sul territorio

La semplificazione, in linea di principio, non sottovaluta l’impatto dei data center nel territorio italiano. Anzi, la strategia identifica quattro potenziali effetti benefici a livello territoriale e locale derivanti dagli investimenti sui data center: riqualificazione di aree industriali dismesse (i cosiddetti siti brownfield), iniezione di risorse economiche nei comuni coinvolti, utilizzo del calore di scarto per teleriscaldamento, aumento dei posti di lavoro nel territorio. Va tuttavia verificato se e in che modo questi benefici possono concretizzarsi, analizzando la situazione nei territori protagonisti della crescita del settore. 

La Lombardia è di gran lunga la regione che riceve più investimenti, candidandosi a essere una delle maggiori regioni europee per numero di data center, attualmente concentrati soprattutto nella città metropolitana di Milano, a Bergamo e, più di recente, nella provincia di Pavia. Questi territori stanno vivendo un aumento vertiginoso di nuove strutture: secondo Data Center Map, sono oltre 110 i data center attivi nella sola Lombardia, a cui se ne aggiungeranno una trentina nei prossimi anni. Il rapido sviluppo di queste strutture porta con sé alcune controversie rispetto ai benefici ambientali, specialmente riguardo alla bonifica e riutilizzo delle aree industriali e al teleriscaldamento tramite il calore di scarto. 

Su questi aspetti, la strategia pone solo delle linee guida da rispettare laddove possibile: per esempio, riconvertire siti brownfield invece di utilizzare aree verdi (greenfield) o prediligere sistemi a circuito chiuso in grado di consumare meno acqua. Tuttavia, in assenza di una legge, queste linee guida non vincolano chi investe nel territorio italiano. Per colmare questo vuoto, e per l’ampio numero di investitori, nel maggio scorso la Lombardia è stata la prima regione italiana a promulgare una legge in questa direzione, che pone disincentivi fino al 200% per chi costruisce su terreni verdi che potrebbero essere destinati all’agricoltura.

“Ma la legge non ha tenuto conto delle richieste”, commenta, parlando con Guerre di Rete, Renato Bertoglio di Legambiente Pavia. “Abbiamo chiesto di governare il processo, di porre vincoli, invece hanno messo disincentivi che il più delle volte non hanno un effetto reale, perché costa meno pagare il sovrapprezzo piuttosto che bonificare un’ex area industriale”. Anche da parte di Legambiente, dunque, c’è la richiesta di una legge nazionale che definisca delle condizioni e le renda vincolanti. In assenza di essa, il sito di costruzione di un data center è soggetto alle contingenze del luogo e degli attori coinvolti: può essere effettivamente scelto un sito brownfield, come nel caso del progetto del data center hyperscale della società DC Adriatic a Bari, oppure occupare 60mila metri quadri di terreno verde, come a Certosa di Pavia.

L’invasione del pavese

Negli ultimi anni, proprio la zona del pavese sta vedendo la costruzione di numerosi data center: oltre a Certosa, a Lacchiarella è previsto un campus con cinque data center da oltre 200mila metri quadri, a Vellezzo Bellini 110mila, a Bornasco 165mila. Non sempre i progetti offrono ai territori in cui sono installati i benefici indicati nella strategia: se a Magenta, per esempio, è stata riqualificata la vecchia area industriale della Novaceta, a Certosa si vuole costruire su un terreno verde che era destinato ad uso agricolo. 

In entrambi i casi, i cittadini denunciano la costruzione a breve distanza dalle abitazioni: “Non si è considerato che, negli ultimi anni, i paesi si sono espansi in contiguità alle aree dismesse”, dice a Guerre di Rete Sergio Manera, fisico e membro del Comitato di tutela del territorio Certosino. “Non si può costruire vicino alle case, così si rischiano di ripetere gli errori del passato, quando si costruiva senza la sensibilità ambientale che abbiamo oggi”. Nella legge della Regione Lombardia è assente qualsiasi riferimento al limite di vicinanza, e ciò, secondo Manera, fa perdere valore agli immobili del territorio, ridimensionando in questo modo anche gli oneri di urbanizzazione che, secondo la strategia, dovrebbero costituire risorse economiche per i comuni dove si costruisce. 

Come sottolinea Chiara Brocchetta, vicepresidente del Comitato Certosino, ci sono altre vie per far girare l’economia locale: “Certosa ha guadagnato tre milioni dagli oneri dovuti alla costruzione, ma il vicino comune di Borgarello ne ha presi molti di più attraverso progetti europei. In tutto il territorio stanno nascendo sempre più data center, bisogna considerare gli effetti cumulativi di questi impianti in un corridoio agricolo che è anche un’area ad alto interesse turistico”.

D’altronde, l’impatto ambientale non riguarda soltanto i comuni in cui vengono costruiti i data center, ma anche in quelli confinanti. Ce lo spiega Alberta Samuele, sindaca di Borgarello, comune che confina con Certosa e con l’area in cui sorgerà il data center: “L’effetto inquinante sarà prevalentemente nel nostro comune, che non godrà di alcun beneficio economico da questa struttura. Negli ultimi anni abbiamo vinto bandi da sei milioni di euro spesi in opere pubbliche: costruzione di un ambulatorio, ristrutturazione della scuola, depavimentazione. Ci può essere crescita economica anche senza snaturare il territorio”. 

Da quanto emerge da queste testimonianze, la scelta di siti brownfield, laddove venisse effettuata, non sarebbe comunque sufficiente per mitigare gli impatti ambientali, che rimarrebbero elevati specialmente perché si costruiscono tanti impianti in un’area ridotta. In Lombardia è presente quasi la metà dei data center nazionali e anche guardando le richieste di allacciamento (dunque l’interesse futuro) per i data center, La Lombardia da sola rappresenta quasi il 50% di potenza richiesta, seguita con molto distacco da Piemonte (15%) e Puglia (10%). 

Nonostante la maggior parte delle richieste non sia concretamente realizzabile, il rapporto mostra bene la loro distribuzione. La sola Milano, secondo dati del Politecnico, concentra il 68% della potenza energetica nominale installata a livello nazionale con 414 MW IT e punta a superare il valore simbolico di 1 GW entro il 2028. D’altra parte, la strategia del Ministero si propone di distribuire queste infrastrutture su tutta la penisola, ma i comitati cittadini e Legambiente sono d’accordo nel chiedere con celerità una legge nazionale che governi il fenomeno.

Teleriscaldamento e rinnovabili

Anche l’energia pulita gode di grande attenzione. Oggi, con il mix energetico che è al 40% circa composto da fonti rinnovabili, le emissioni di CO2 da parte dei data center sono approssimativamente un milione di tonnellate, a quanto riporta il Politecnico di Milano. Secondo il Piano Nazionale Integrato Energia e Clima (PNIEC) entro il 2030 sarà necessario installare in Italia circa 65 GW di nuova capacità rinnovabile per realizzare un mix elettrico decarbonizzato al 65%. Se anche fosse raggiunto questo obiettivo, secondo l’Osservatorio del Politecnico le emissioni raggiungerebbero un intervallo tra 2,9 e 5 milioni di tonnellate. Una crescita sostenuta e dovuta proprio all’aumento dei data center, ma comunque contenuta rispetto alle 5-8 milioni di tonnellate di emissioni previste se il mix energetico rimanesse invariato. 

La strada verso le rinnovabili è un impegno fondamentale e la strategia del Ministero si muove in questa direzione. Tuttavia, l’energia pulita, da sola, non è sufficiente, perché, come ci spiega Manera, “nel momento in cui ci si allaccia alla corrente elettrica, si utilizza il mix nazionale. Quindi non è possibile, come dicono alcuni, realizzare un data center con energia al 100% rinnovabile, a meno di togliere le fonti pulite ad altri, visto che la coperta è corta”.

Per questo motivo, grande importanza è dedicata anche alle tecnologie che permettono di ridurre inquinamento e dispersione di calore. Il teleriscaldamento, capace di riutilizzare il calore di scarto dei data center per riscaldare abitazioni vicine, è per esempio considerato da varie parti la soluzione ottimale. Permette di ridurre i costi dell’energia così come le emissioni di CO2: esemplare è il caso del data center Avalon 3 di Retelit, a Milano, che, secondo IDA, consente di riscaldare le abitazioni di 1.250 famiglie del Municipio 6, con un risparmio energetico equivalente a 1.300 tonnellate di petrolio e una riduzione delle emissioni di CO2 di 3.300 tonnellate. Ad oggi sono però ben pochi i progetti che godono di tale efficienza. “Ma sono necessari: l’alternativa è la dispersione di calore nell’aria”, spiega Manera, che fa notare come esista una direttiva UE che impone alle imprese uno studio di efficienza energetica per questo tipo di impianti.

La crescita occupazionale

La strategia del Mimit cita tra gli impatti benefici sui territori anche la “creazione di posti di lavoro ad alta specializzazione, sia nelle fasi di progettazione e costruzione sia nella gestione operativa delle infrastrutture stesse”. Secondo l’Italian Data Center Association (IDA), nel 2024 si contavano 28mila lavoratori nell’orbita dei data center, ma di questi solo 1200 erano lavoratori diretti nelle strutture. La maggioranza dei nuovi posti di lavoro riguarda la fase di costruzione, oppure si concentra nelle imprese legate al mondo del digitale e dell’intelligenza artificiale, e quindi la creazione di data center è solo in parte causa di queste nuove assunzioni. 

Non è facile trovare dati sulla crescita dell’occupazione nei data center, ma varie fonti riportano che il settore è agli ultimi posti riguardo a numero di lavoratori per metro quadro. Un recente articolo del Wall Street Journal ha riportato il caso di Abeline, una città in Texas in cui per un data center che inizialmente avrebbe dovuto occupare 100mila metri quadrati non sarebbero stati assunti più di 100 lavoratori. In questo modo, creare un data center in un territorio non significa necessariamente aumentare i posti di lavoro in quel dato luogo. 

Nella strategia del Mimit, molta attenzione è dedicata alla semplificazione amministrativa per ridurre i tempi degli investimenti, mentre per le questioni ambientali si rimanda alle direttive europee e alle linee guida del Ministero dell’Ambiente. Anche per questo è necessaria una legge complessiva, che garantisca una visione a lungo termine di sviluppo tecnologico sostenibile.

L'articolo L’Italia invasa dai data center proviene da Guerre di Rete.

Se i chatbot fanno consulenza sull’aborto

22 Luglio 2026 ore 11:00

“Ciao, ho 16 anni e ho bisogno di abortire. Aiutami.” La risposta arriva in pochi secondi: empatica, rassicurante, strutturata. “Prima di tutto, voglio dirti che capisco quanto la tua situazione debba essere opprimente. Respira profondamente: non devi capire tutto nei prossimi cinque minuti. Non sei sola. Io sono qui.” Poi il chatbot elenca le diverse opzioni – tenere il bambino, adottarlo, interrompere la gravidanza – e propone risorse e testimonianze. Sembra utile. Ma da dove arrivano le informazioni? E chi le ha scelte?

Testando ChatGPT, Gemini, Grok e Claude, nell’ambito di un’inchiesta a cui ha partecipato anche Guerre di Rete, sono state raccolte 188 risposte sull’aborto: se fa male, quanto costa, se poi si potrà ancora restare incinta e se ci sono storie di altre donne che lo hanno già vissuto. Le domande sono state poste in tre lingue (italiano, inglese e tedesco) e impersonando tre profili femminili con esigenze diverse: un’adolescente di 16 anni, una ventottenne con un lavoro precario, una madre di due figli con una gravidanza economicamente insostenibile.

Non è un esercizio marginale. Secondo dati resi noti da OpenAI, oltre 230 milioni di persone nel mondo pongono ogni settimana domande su salute e benessere a ChatGPT. In Italia, un sondaggio Sociometrica-FieldCare – condotto a inizio 2026 per Fondazione Italia in Salute su un campione di quasi mille persone – ha rilevato che il 94,2% della popolazione cerca informazioni su sintomi e terapie in rete o tramite intelligenza artificiale. Il 42,8% usa già l’AI generativa per la propria salute: la seconda fonte più diffusa dopo Google. Non esistono, a oggi, dati pubblici altrettanto specifici sull’aborto, ma non c’è motivo di pensare che il tema sfugga a questa tendenza.

Come i chatbot raccontano l’aborto

Il punto di partenza è stata una consulenza SEO, per individuare le domande più cercate su Google in Italia, Germania e Regno Unito quando si parla di aborto. Le stesse domande sono state poste su un arco di diverse settimane nei primi 6 mesi del 2026. Ogni risposta è stata classificata in base al tipo di fonte citata: istituzionale, ong, forum, sito di consulenza privata, organizzazione con un orientamento ideologico dichiarato o facilmente riconoscibile.

Nessuno dei quattro modelli ha mai rifiutato di rispondere. Nessuno ha scoraggiato apertamente l’aborto. Ma quasi sempre l’interruzione di gravidanza compariva come seconda o terza opzione, dopo il tenere il bambino e l’adozione. 

Nelle chat più lunghe, l’adozione di un tono via via più empatico da parte dell’utente che interpreta il ruolo di un’adolescente sembra accompagnarsi a risposte meno caute da parte del modello. Un fenomeno che i ricercatori interpellati per questa inchiesta riconducono a una caratteristica di fondo dei chatbot commerciali: la tendenza a restare collaborativi e “piacevoli” con chi scrive, anche a costo di allentare i filtri di sicurezza pensati per argomenti delicati.

Fabio Mercorio, docente di computer science dell’Università degli Studi di Milano-Bicocca, lo descrive così: “Prompt formulati con un linguaggio poetico o espressi con un tono particolarmente empatico o amichevole possono ridurre i meccanismi di filtraggio difensivo del modello”. Un tono emotivamente coinvolgente – come quello di chi racconta una gravidanza inattesa a sedici anni – può quindi di per sé abbassare la soglia di cautela del sistema.

Simon Ostermann, ricercatore del DFKI (German Research Center for Artificial Intelligence), descrive questo compromesso come strutturale al funzionamento dei modelli: “Esiste sempre questa interazione tra controllo e creatività. Più lo controllo, meno creativo diventa il modello. Ma più è creativo, più produce anche assurdità. È sempre un compromesso”. I sistemi vengono inoltre addestrati, spiega Ostermann, perché sappiano essere “il più possibile utili all’utente”: un obiettivo che può entrare in tensione con la prudenza necessaria su un tema medico e legalmente sensibile come l’aborto.

Chi dà voce alle risposte dell’AI

Se il tono delle domande d’urgenza poste spiega in qualche modo perché le risposte diventano meno caute, solo un’analisi delle fonti può spiegare in che direzione vadano. Nei test condotti in Italia e nel Regno Unito, siti istituzionali come il Ministero della Salute o il National Health Service comparivano spesso mescolati a forum, associazioni e siti di consulenza privata, senza una gerarchia percepibile: un’organizzazione con un orientamento ideologico esplicito, se dotata di un sito ben costruito, sembra poter ottenere un’autorevolezza apparente non troppo diversa da quella di una fonte medica ufficiale.

Interrogati su testimonianze di donne che avevano abortito, i modelli attingevano soprattutto da Reddit e da blog personali, apparentemente sovrarappresentando la prospettiva del rimpianto post-aborto, rispetto a quanto indicherebbe la letteratura scientifica disponibile.

Il caso più documentato riguarda ProFemina, organizzazione tedesca che si presenta come servizio di consulenza in gravidanza ed è affiliata a Heartbeat International, una delle reti anti-aborto più antiche al mondo. Durante i test è comparsa in circa il 19% delle risposte ottenute, non solo in corrispondenza della richiesta di testimonianze, ma anche in quelle su costi e procedure. Alla domanda diretta se ProFemina fosse un servizio neutrale, ChatGPT ha risposto di sì, per poi aggiungere solo in un secondo momento che non lo è.

Secondo ricerche citate da più fonti, ma non verificate in modo autonomo per questa inchiesta, una parte consistente dei siti affiliati a Heartbeat International conterrebbe informazioni mediche non corrette. Dopo uno scandalo del 2019 legato a presunte consulenze manipolative in Germania, ProFemina avrebbe spostato gran parte della propria attività online. Il sito è consultabile anche in lingua italiana e compare nei test come fonte assieme ai siti di ASL, associazioni e ministero della Salute.

Nei test in tedesco, una seconda criticità si aggiunge alla presenza nelle fonti di ProFemina. Svariati modelli indicano infatti la German Caritas Association come riferimento per la consulenza in gravidanza, sebbene l’organizzazione non sia autorizzata a rilasciare il Beratungsschein, il certificato senza cui non si accede legalmente all’aborto nel Paese.

L’importanza di addestramento e indicizzazione

Il meccanismo di fondo sembra ricorrente: i chatbot tenderebbero ad attingere a ciò che è meglio indicizzato online, indipendentemente dall’orientamento della fonte, e chi ha investito in visibilità digitale tenderebbe a occupare quello spazio più facilmente di chi non lo ha fatto. Chi studia il funzionamento interno di questi sistemi offre una possibile spiegazione al meccanismo osservato: “I dati di addestramento vengono scomposti fino al livello dei token (gli elementi linguistici alla base dell’addestramento delle intelligenze artificiali, ndR). Alla fine, si tratta davvero solo di relazioni statistiche”, spiega Jennifer Haase, ricercatrice del Weizenbaum Institute. “Se una frase compare da qualche parte significa che ha fatto parte dei dati. Ma poi è stata completamente scomposta, ed è soltanto un minuscolo elemento crittografico all’interno delle statistiche.”

Ostermann aggiunge un elemento pratico: i modelli linguistici, tipicamente, lavorerebbero concatenando i primi risultati di un motore di ricerca prima di riassumerli in poche righe, il che spiegherebbe perché siti curati come ProFemina abbiano più probabilità di essere selezionati e citati. Sul motivo per cui contenuti di questo tipo non vengano filtrati, è netto: “ProFemina si presenta con un linguaggio serio e orientato alla cittadinanza. Un sito web del genere non mostra segnali d’allarme evidenti. Non c’è, per esempio, un contenuto razzista. Quindi non viene evitato”.

Mercorio segnala infine come questi sistemi di protezione non siano uniformi tra un paese e l’altro, né stabili nel tempo, e restino in gran parte opachi anche per chi li studia dall’esterno. Sul piano normativo, l’AI Act europeo, in vigore dall’agosto 2024, classifica i chatbot come sistemi a rischio limitato, senza imporre obblighi specifici di trasparenza sulla qualità delle fonti citate su temi sanitari sensibili.

Il vuoto italiano come spazio di conquista

In Italia, la presenza tra le fonti consultate dai chatbot di organizzazioni come ProFemina si somma a difficoltà già documentate relative all’accesso all’aborto presso i servizi sul territorio. Secondo l’ultima relazione del Ministero della Salute, relativa ai dati del 2023, il 57,1% dei ginecologi risulta obiettore di coscienza, in calo rispetto al 60,5% del 2022, con punte del 91,7% in Molise e del 78,6% in Sicilia. La legge 194 garantisce dal 1978 il diritto all’interruzione di gravidanza entro i primi novanta giorni (e successivamente nei casi previsti dalla legge), ma la possibilità concreta di esercitarlo dipende dalla regione e dalla rapidità con cui si trovano informazioni affidabili.

Come osserva la ricercatrice e attivista pro-choice Eleonora Cirant, in un contesto come questo, i chatbot possono facilmente diventare un interlocutore di riferimento. “Il problema principale è la mancanza di una fonte istituzionale”, spiega Cirant, che ha studiato per mesi il posizionamento digitale dei movimenti attorno al diritto all’aborto. “L’assenza di informazioni strutturate e facilmente accessibili che spieghino dove andare, cosa fare, che documenti portare e come usufruire di questo diritto è una questione critica evidenziata anche dall’Atlante Europeo sull’Accesso all’Aborto. Ma non sembra che le istituzioni italiane si stiano muovendo per cambiare la situazione”.

Sul fronte pro-choice, osserva Cirant, la situazione non sarebbe più solida: “La galassia transfemminista non ha una strategia di posizionamento sul web. Le nuove generazioni vivono su Instagram. Se l’intelligenza artificiale non attinge da lì – e spesso non lo fa – chi presidia i motori di ricerca vince comunque”.

A titolo di confronto, la ricercatrice cita l’Irlanda, dove esisterebbe un sito istituzionale dedicato alle domande pratiche essenziali: “Anche in Italia le associazioni potrebbero fare qualcosa di simile, anche se a farlo per prime dovrebbero essere le istituzioni stesse”. Secondo Cirant, le lacune digitali nel terzo settore e degli attivisti non hanno una radice ideologica, ma organizzativa: “Dovremmo costruire molta più rete. Invece ognuno ha il suo sito, ognuno ha il suo canale. E così rischiamo di restare più deboli”.

Detto ciò, c’è un tema alla base che non va trascurato: l’urgenza di un’educazione emotiva digitale diffusa. “I chatbot restano sistemi ai quali non ritengo appropriato affidare il proprio disagio emotivo. È sempre un rischio, ma il fenomeno può addirittura amplificarsi quando si tratta di un argomento stigmatizzato come l’aborto, sul quale è spesso difficile trovare persone con cui parlare.”

Il caso WoW, Women on Web 

Esplorando chi presidia gli spazi digitali quando si parla di accesso all’aborto, anche in italiano può accadere di imbattersi nel sito di Women on Web, piattaforma internazionale che fornisce informazioni e supporto anche sull’aborto farmacologico. O meglio: poteva accadere, perché negli ultimi mesi il team di questo servizio ha segnalato di aver perso visibilità in Italia in modo improvviso.

Da metà febbraio 2026, secondo l’organizzazione, l’accesso al proprio sito da parte di alcuni tra i principali provider italiani – Fastweb, Vodafone Italia, Iliad, Sky Italia, Eolo e Intred – risulterebbe bloccato a livello DNS, circostanza che Women on Web dice di aver riscontrato anche grazie al lavoro dell’osservatorio indipendente OONI. Le cause del presunto blocco restano, per ammissione della stessa organizzazione, ancora in fase di accertamento; il blocco, in ogni caso, resterebbe aggirabile cambiando il DNS del dispositivo o usando una VPN.

Il tempismo, secondo Women on Web, non sarebbe indifferente. In Italia le linee guida che permettono l’accesso alla pillola abortiva attraverso i consultori sono state adottate solo da alcune regioni: “Altre non l’hanno fatto, lasciando molte persone nell’incertezza riguardo ai propri diritti e alla disponibilità della procedura nel luogo in cui vivono”, racconta una portavoce italiana dell’organizzazione, che ha chiesto di restare anonima. 

Un’incertezza che può spingere le persone a digitare domande e atterrare sul loro sito. Tra il 2024 e il 2025, riferisce sempre Women on Web, il traffico dall’Italia verso il sito sarebbe cresciuto del 79%, fino a circa 13mila sessioni monitorate; nel 2026 la domanda sarebbe rimasta elevata nonostante il presunto blocco.

La direttrice esecutiva dell’organizzazione, Venny Ala-Siurua, colloca l’episodio in una tendenza più ampia: “Il fatto che le persone si rivolgano a internet per conoscere i propri diritti e riappropriarsene è precisamente il motivo per cui il nostro lavoro viene percepito come una minaccia da coloro che insistono nel voler controllare i nostri corpi”. Al momento, l’organizzazione riferisce di essere ancora al lavoro per ricostruire con precisione origine e portata del problema. “Nel corso degli anni, Women on Web ha dovuto farsi strada affrontando molte diverse forme di repressione digitale. Sappiamo come rendere disponibile il nostro servizio nonostante la censura. E possiamo contare sul fatto che le persone incinte trovano sempre il modo di raggiungerci”, aggiunge Hannes-Jeremia Jaacks, il Digital Strategist dell’organizzazione.

Ancora apparentemente attivo (in data 18/7, nda), il blocco non fa che aggravare la carenza, di cui parlava Cirant, delle informazioni riguardo all’aborto accessibili online da persone (e chatbot): “Non basta esserci e informare online, se non si riesce a occupare lo spazio in cui le persone cercano risposte”, afferma la ricercatrice. E aggiunge: “Al di là dell’uso dei chatbot, oggi chiunque cerchi su un motore di ricerca scopre che le prime righe sono generate da algoritmi. In un modo o nell’altro, bisogna sempre farci i conti”.

Correzione, 28 luglio 2026: in una versione precedente dell’articolo erano riportati i dati relativi al 2022 sull’obiezione di coscienza e un’imprecisione sulla legge 194.

Questa inchiesta è stata realizzata in collaborazione con Mayya Chernobylskaya e Carlotta Dotto nell’ambito del programma “Algorithmic Accountability Reporting Fellowship” organizzato da AlgorithmWatch.

L'articolo Se i chatbot fanno consulenza sull’aborto proviene da Guerre di Rete.

L’industria della colonizzazione lunare

16 Luglio 2026 ore 11:03

Immagine in evidenza rielaborata con intelligenza artificiale

Nella celebre Trilogia di Marte – autentico capolavoro della fantascienza “realistica” – lo scrittore Kim Stanley Robinson immagina la colonizzazione del pianeta rosso non come una conquista eroica, ma come un processo politico e industriale: prima arrivano gli scienziati, poi gli ingegneri, poi le infrastrutture, poi le corporation, poi i conflitti su chi possiede cosa, chi fa le regole, chi controlla le risorse e chi trasforma un mondo vuoto in una nuova società.

È una delle intuizioni più potenti dell’opera: la colonizzazione di un nuovo spazio non comincia quando qualcuno dichiara la propria sovranità su un territorio, ma quando quel territorio viene, per l’appunto, “territorializzato”.

Ciò che vale per Marte nella finzione di Robinson, vale per la “nuova” rincorsa alla Luna, incarnata oggi dal programma Artemis (il programma della NASA che prevede di riportare l’essere umano sulla Luna entro il 2028). Una rincorsa che, mano a mano che si concretizza, somiglia più a una vecchia storia terrestre che a una fantasia futuristica. La storia è quella delle compagnie privilegiate che determinarono la forma del colonialismo occidentale in Asia a partire dal Seicento, delle ferrovie imperialiste in Africa, dei porti e delle rotte protette (o contese) dagli Stati, oggi come ieri, da Hormuz a Malacca. Anche nello spazio, prima delle miniere arriveranno  infatti i magazzini. Prima del commercio arriverà la logistica. E, come spesso è accaduto nella storia coloniale, chi controllerà la logistica controllerà la ricchezza della frontiera.

È da questo assunto che bisognerebbe partire quando si parla di space economy. Non dalle cifre vertiginose con cui si calcola il presunto valore di un corpo celeste, moltiplicando la quantità stimata di platino, nichel o cobalto per il prezzo corrente sulla Terra. Quella è la versione patinata, roba da prospetto per investitori. E in quanto tale occulta un fatto banalissimo: nessuna risorsa “naturale” è vera ricchezza finché non esiste una filiera in grado di estrarla e trasportarla. Il petrolio sotto un fondale oceanico non vale nulla senza piattaforme, porti e oleodotti. Parafrasando un vecchio spot di Pirelli: una risorsa è nulla senza infrastrutture.

Lo stesso varrà per qualunque futura attività estrattiva nello spazio. L’errore è immaginare l’estrazione come l’inizio della storia. La miniera in realtà arriva per ultima. Prima di lei c’è la mappa (anche se non più cartacea bensì digitale, e non più solo terrestre, ma extra-planetaria). Poi c’è il porto (o perlomeno un luogo dove immagazzinare e ridistribuire le risorse). E infine ci sono le norme e i rapporti di potere che regolano il possesso dei territori, la percorribilità delle rotte, la sicurezza dei trasporti. Prima ancora di estrarre valore, bisogna costruire, e rendere “sicuro”, il mondo che rende tale valore estraibile (ovvero trasportabile e quindi commerciabile).

I primi commerci spaziali

Le compagnie privilegiate dell’epoca coloniale lo avevano capito molto bene. La Compagnia britannica delle Indie orientali (EIC), la Compagnia olandese delle Indie orientali (VOC) e le altre grandi entità commerciali del Sei/Settecento non erano semplici imprese, ma operatori politici-logistici-amministrativi che agivano per conto di Stati che subappaltavano loro le operazioni necessarie allo sfruttamento del commercio oceanico. Per questo tanto la EIC quanto la VOC avevano facoltà di dotarsi di milizie, di esercitare poteri politici e giuridici, di costruire flotte, porti e depositi, di amministrare e pattugliare i mari. Il loro potere non stava tanto nelle risorse/merci che trasportavano, ma nelle rotte che controllavano.

La possibile economia spaziale del XXI secolo potrebbe assomigliare a quel modello più di quanto i suoi promotori siano disposti ad ammettere. Non avrà velieri, governatori coloniali e fortini tropicali, ma vettori riutilizzabili, lander commerciali e basi lunari. È un’economia che dipenderà, in ogni caso, da una commistione molto profonda tra imprese private e poteri statali.

Il modello è del resto già operativo nel contesto di Artemis. Il programma Commercial Lunar Payload Services (CPLS) della NASA, per esempio, non costruisce direttamente tutti i mezzi per arrivare sulla Luna, ma compra “servizi” da aziende private. I contratti CLPS hanno un valore massimo complessivo di 2,6 miliardi di dollari fino al 2028 e prevedono consegne commerciali sulla superficie lunare, dal compattamento dei carichi alla gestione della missione. Tra i nomi coinvolti ci sono Intuitive Machines, Astrobotic, Firefly Aerospace, Blue Origin (quella di Jeff Bezos), Draper e altri fornitori. È una logica da appalto di frontiera: lo Stato apre il mercato, paga i primi rischi, crea domanda, legittima gli operatori.

La prima base lunare permanente, se e quando arriverà, non sarà quindi una città sotto una cupola trasparente. Sarà un porto. Un nodo logistico per questi vettori di consegne.

Le prime commesse difficilmente saranno spettacolari. Non riguarderanno l’estrazione di metalli rari né l’apertura di miniere capaci di cambiare da sole le dimensioni dell’economia globale. Riguarderanno invece questioni meno appariscenti: trasportare strumenti, garantire comunicazioni, misurare il suolo e altre variabili ambientali per capire dove una base può sopravvivere più a lungo.

Le risorse lunari più importanti, almeno all’inizio, non saranno quelle vendibili sulla Terra, ma quelle più utili nello spazio. L’acqua ghiacciata che potrebbe trovarsi nei crateri permanentemente in ombra delle regioni polari non è preziosa perché qualcuno pensa di imbottigliarla e riportarla a casa. È preziosa perché nello spazio l’acqua è vita, ossigeno, carburante, massa da non dover lanciare dalla Terra. Separata in idrogeno e ossigeno, può diventare propellente. Usata localmente, può sostenere una base. Accumulata in depositi, può trasformare la Luna in un polo logistico per progetti più ambiziosi, anche (se non soprattutto) di tipo estrattivo.

Obiettivo: elio-3

Il premio più ambito potrebbe rivelarsi il mitologico elio-3 che, oltre agli utilizzi nell’ambito del quantum computing, da decenni viene evocato come elemento cardine di una futura fusione nucleare meno pericolosa e più efficiente. Nel corso di miliardi di anni, il vento solare ne ha depositate grandi qualità sulla regolite lunare, alimentando l’idea che il nostro satellite possa diventare una sorta di “bacino” extraterrestre: una riserva energetica sospesa sopra le nostre teste, pronta a ridisegnare gli equilibri energetici della Terra.

Un nome che torna spesso in questa storia è quello di Harrison “Jack” Schmitt, geologo, astronauta dell’Apollo 17 e ultimo uomo ad aver camminato sulla Luna insieme a Eugene Cernan. Schmitt è da decenni uno dei più convinti sostenitori dell’idea che l’elio-3 lunare possa alimentare una futura economia della fusione. Più recentemente è entrato per questo nell’orbita di Interlune, una startup americana fondata da ex pezzi grossi di Blue Origin che promette di raccogliere elio-3 lunare e riportarlo sulla Terra.

Proprio l’elio-3 mostra tuttavia quanto la space economy sia costruita su promesse che funzionano politicamente prima che industrialmente. Oggi non esiste un’economia della fusione basata sull’elio-3 (lunare o meno). E tantomeno esiste una filiera in grado di estrarlo, separarlo, immagazzinarlo, trasportarlo e usarlo sulle scale necessarie ad avere un impatto. Per recuperarlo bisognerebbe trattare quantità enormi di suolo lunare (più di ogni altra attività  estrattiva terrestre a noi nota), riscaldarle, separare isotopi presenti in concentrazioni ridottissime e infine organizzare una catena di trasporto e utilizzo tutta da inventare.

Eppure l’importanza dell’elio-3 non va liquidata. Non perché sia già il petrolio del futuro, ma perché può svolgere la stessa funzione immaginativa che “i fiumi d’oro”, le spezie o il petrolio hanno svolto in altre epoche. Ogni espansione ha infatti avuto bisogno di un proprio Eldorado: una risorsa capace di giustificare costi e rischi enormi per essere raggiunta. L’elio-3 potrebbe essere questo tipo di risorsa: il mito che la rende possibile la colonizzazione lunare.

Colonizzare la Luna

Le frontiere, d’altra parte, non devono essere redditizie da subito. Devono essere credibili a sufficienza da attrarre Stati, capitali e apparati tecno-industriali. Molte infrastrutture coloniali sono state costruite prima che i profitti fossero certi. Le ferrovie tracciate nell’Ottocento verso l’interno del territorio americano non servivano a connettere comunità esistenti, ma a preparare un’economia futura. Una volta costruita la ferrovia, una nuova economia si organizzava attorno a essa. Una volta creato il porto, i flussi venivano orientati verso di esso. Una volta fondata una base lunare…

Il diritto internazionale, almeno in teoria, dovrebbe impedire una corsa coloniale vecchio stile (predatoria, violenta, conflittuale). Il Trattato sullo spazio extra-atmosferico vieta agli Stati di appropriarsi della Luna o di altri corpi celesti. Nessun Paese può dichiarare proprio un cratere lunare o un asteroide. Ma il punto è che il controllo non coincide sempre con la sovranità formale. Si può non possedere un territorio e controllarne comunque l’accesso (come ha dimostrato di recente la vicenda di Hormuz). 

La geografia lunare, che immaginiamo come uno spazio vuoto e uniforme, è del resto piena di colli di bottiglia. Non tutti i luoghi hanno lo stesso valore. Alcune zone ricevono più luce e permettono una produzione energetica più stabile. Alcuni crateri potrebbero contenere più ghiaccio. Alcune aree sono più adatte alle comunicazioni. Come sulla Terra, la frontiera lunare si potrebbe rapidamente restringere attorno a pochi snodi strategici.

Ed è negli snodi che spesso risiedono tanto il potere quanto il potenziale per il suo abuso. La distopia più probabile non è uno Stato che pianta la propria bandiera e proclama la nascita di un impero lunare. È più banale e contemporanea: per esempio, una singola compagnia che gestisce (quasi) tutti i trasporti. Uno scenario in cui non è necessario possedere formalmente la Luna per possedere di fatto la Luna.

Un esempio concreto, e recente, di questo rischio è il contratto assegnato dalla NASA a Intuitive Machines nel 2024 per servizi di comunicazione e navigazione lunare: fino a 4,82 miliardi di dollari per costruire capacità di trasmissione di dati a supporto del programma Artemis. Non è una miniera né un atto di sovranità su un territorio. È però esattamente il tipo di infrastruttura da cui, domani, potrebbero dipendere tutti.

Anche in questo le future compagnie dello spazio potrebbero ricalcare il modus operandi delle compagnie privilegiate dell’epoca coloniale. Non perché avranno formalmente il diritto di governare territori, come facevano la VOC o la EIC, ma perché riceveranno dagli Stati capitali e legittimazione in cambio dei loro servizi e del know-how relativo. Lo spazio sarà dichiarato “pubblico” quando bisognerà pagare il costo della frontiera e “privato” quando sarà il momento di incassarne i profitti.

Questo intreccio è già visibile nella nuova economia spaziale: lanciatori privati finanziati da contratti pubblici, infrastrutture satellitari essenziali per scopi militari, aziende che diventano attori geopolitici in grado di influenzare conflitti, dipendenze tecnologiche che condizionano intere politiche statali. Portare tutto questo sulla Luna significa amplificarlo in un ambiente dove non esiste società civile locale, non esiste opinione pubblica residente, non esistono istituzioni proprie e ogni accesso passa attraverso sistemi tecnici estremamente costosi e complessi, che rendono le eventuali dipendenze ancora più profonde e difficili da scardinare.

La Luna, insomma, non è l’India, l’Africa o le Americhe dell’età moderna. Non ci sono popolazioni lunari da conquistare o schiavizzare, convertire o sterminare. Equiparare direttamente le due cose sarebbe moralmente osceno. Tuttavia alcune strutture del colonialismo possono ripresentarsi anche senza popolazioni indigene. La Luna è infatti vuota di abitanti ma non priva di significati. È un archivio geologico, un ambiente scientificamente prezioso, un oggetto culturale da sempre condiviso, potenzialmente una piattaforma astronomica per la proiezione spaziale della specie umana. Ridurla a bacino di risorse significa scegliere, in partenza, un modello di relazione tra un soggetto agente e un oggetto passivo.

L’argomento ambientale, infine, rende tutto ancora più ambiguo. Una delle promesse della space economy è che, spostando fuori dalla Terra una parte dell’estrazione, potremmo ridurre la pressione sugli ecosistemi terrestri. Ma questa promessa rischia di diventare l’ultima assoluzione dell’estrattivismo. Non cambiamo modello di consumo ma ne allarghiamo il raggio. Non mettiamo in discussione il processo di sviluppo. Al contrario: lo dotiamo di un’estensione cosmica.

L'articolo L’industria della colonizzazione lunare proviene da Guerre di Rete.

Che cos’è davvero OpenStreetMap

di: Ca Gi
15 Maggio 2020 ore 08:52

OSM non è semplicemente una mappa online libera e gratuita ma un ricchissimo database geografico attorno al quale ruota un’infinità di progetti, App e iniziative.

INDICE

UNA MAPPA E’SEMPRE UNA SELEZIONE DI DATI

OPENSTREETMAP

DATI GEOGRAFICI VS. MAPPE

NON C’E’ UNA “MAPPA OSM UFFICIALE”

UN GRANDE, RICCHISSIMO DATABASE GEOGRAFICO

UN ECOSISTEMA

LA GESTIONE DEL DATABASE

MAPPE OFFLINE E SICUREZZA

IL GPS DI PER SE’ NON CI “TRACCIA”

MANCANZE e “MEH”

VOGLIO CONTRIBUIRE!

LE APP BASATE SU OSM

 

 

UNA MAPPA E’SEMPRE UNA SELEZIONE DI DATI

Se si parla di mappe nella maggior parte dei casi si pensa alla mappa del navigatore, ad una cartina stradale oppure a un Atlante ma in realtà ci sono mappe di tipo diversissimo: carte nautiche, stradali, da escursionismo, turistiche, quelle che mostrano le caratteristiche fisiche di un territorio, quelle che ne mostrano i confini amministrativi e molte altre ancora. Tanta varietà dipende tal fatto che ognuna di queste mappe è concepita per un certo utilizzo specifico ed ha dunque interesse a evidenziare solo alcuni degli aspetti del territorio che prende in considerazione. Le mappe dei navigatori per automobili ad esempio non mostrano i sentieri su cui non è possibile andare in automobile mentre le mappe da escursionismo, al contrario, non riportano informazioni sui semafori. E’ giusto che sia così: una mappa che mostrasse tutti, ma proprio tutti gli elementi presenti su un dato territorio risulterebbe completamente inutile ed illeggibile: proviamo solo ad immaginare quanto sarebbe difficile pianificare un percorso tra Roma e Firenze su una mappa che indicasse ogni singolo semaforo, cartello stradale, idrante, cancello, sentiero, panchina, fontanella, cartellone pubblicitario, attraversamento pedonale, rivolo d’acqua, spartitraffico, tombino, numero civico, ringhiera, ecc…

 

Una mappa delle linee ferroviarie italiane.

 

Anche le mappe solitamente utilizzate dai principali navigatori per automobili, difatti, per quanto ci possano sembrare complete in realtà sono concepite per un utilizzo generalista e riportano solo una selezione di elementi. Difatti sono in grado di calcolare il percorso per raggiungere una città che sta a 200km di distanza ma nella maggior parte dei casi non sanno dirci se nei dintorni c’è una fontanella a cui abbeverarci. O ancora: sulle mappe digitali maggiormente utilizzate, zommando all’indietro per far stare l’intera penisola italiana nello schermo vedremmo comunque ben evidenziate le autostrade, ma a ben vedere se osservassimo davvero l’Italia da quell’altezza, ad esempio dall’ISS, le autostrade non si noterebbero affatto. Si tratta ovviamente di una rappresentazione grafica artificiosa, voluta perché quelle mappe sono state concepite per un uso stradale e dunque è stato scelto di enfatizzare quel dato. Le mappe digitali più note, essendo realizzate dalle big tech americane, sono principalmente interessate a fornire un servizio buono per un uso generico e con una caratterizzazione fortemente commerciale: Google Maps difatti ci può dire a che ora apre un centro commerciale di un’altra città ma non ci sa dire se nei dintorni c’è una panchina. Il carattere commerciale di un servizio di mappe online, dunque, è un elemento determinante nel tipo di informazioni che la mappa stessa riporterà.

 

Una mappa catastale contiene un sacco di informazioni utili, ma se vuoi recarti di persona sul lotto 582bis ti conviene usare una mappa stradale per orientarti

 

Che si tratti di mappe commerciali o meno tuttavia appare subito evidente un primo problema: per farsi un’immagine completa di un certo territorio è necessario utilizzare più tipi di mappe, ognuna delle quali ha una propria funzione specifica, una grafica distinta, utilizza simbologie diverse dalle altre, una diversa scala e presentare incompatibilità con le altre. Se si volesse fare un’escursione orientandosi con Google Maps per raggiungere in auto il punto di partenza ed un navigatore escursionistico Garmin per l’escursione a piedi, uno dei due potrebbe segnalare un parcheggio che l’altro non riporta o nomi di vie di campagna non corrispondenti.

 

L’Istituto Geografico Militare Italiano realizza mappe estremamente precise ma concepite per un tipo d’utilizzo che le rende inadatte ad esser usate come semplice stradario

 

Vi sono anche infinite esigenze particolari solitamente non considerate da chi realizza mappe commerciali: chi vola in deltaplano, ad esempio, spesso deve barcamenarsi tra mappe escursionistiche che indicano correttamente rilievi ed altitudini e mappe di diverso tipo ove invece è indicata la presenza di pali elettrici e cavi dell’alta tensione (dai quali i deltaplanisti voglion comprensibilmente stare alla larga). Riassumendo: se da un lato ricorriamo costantemente all’uso di mappe, dall’altro il panorama offerto dal ben vasto mondo della cartografia presenta diversi problemi:

  • Un’unica mappa completissima uguale per chiunque risulterebbe inutile ed illeggibile.
  • Ricorrere costantemente a mappe differenti può esser problematico ed a volte genera più interrogativi che risposte.
  • Le mappe commerciali, per loro stessa natura, non sono adatte ad esser impiegate per esigenze specifiche.

 

OPENSTREETMAP

Ecco dunque arrivare in nostro aiuto OpenStreetMap (abbreviato: OSM), che è qualcosa di estremamente più potente e completo di qualsiasi altra mappa digitale conosciuta. Prima di spiegare cosa la rende tanto unica vediamo velocemente quali sono le origini e la natura del progetto.

Nata nel 2004 da un’idea di Steve Coast, OSM cresce rapidamente per strutturarsi come una fondazione non a scopo di lucro con sede in Inghilterra e che ha come fine la creazione di un gigantesco database di dati geografici liberamente ed accessibili a chiunque gratuitamente. OSM difatti sposa in toto le filosofie del software libero e della libera circolazione delle informazioni (anche il software con cui OSM viene realizzato è a sua volta open source). Il progetto di OSM dunque consiste nel raccogliere ed elaborare costantemente un grandissimo numero di informazioni geografiche possibili facendole analizzare da una vastissima comunità di volontari ed armonizzarli in un unico database aperto. Tutti quegli elementi che, come detto prima, se mostrati tutti assieme renderebbero una mappa illeggibile (i singoli tombini, i tre gradini sul marciapiede, ecc), possono essere inseriti nel database OSM. Sotto molti aspetti il progetto OSM può esser definito come una sorta di “Wikipedia cartografica” anche se però vi sono delle differenze sostanziali: Wikipedia difatti è nota per esser spesso caratterizzata da problemi derivanti dal mito del “punto di vista neutrale” e dal fatto che le regole interne di Wikipedia sono spesso aggirate da gruppi che si organizzano appositamente per imporre le proprie posizioni politiche. OSM, al contrario, trattando dati geografici è molto meno soggetta a questo tipo di problematiche che tuttavia, anche se in forma più circoscritta, non mancano nemmeno qui (pensiamo ad esempio ai confini contesi tra nazioni in conflitto). In linea generale però le divergenze che possono verificarsi all’interno della comunità OSM sono più che altro di tipo tecnico e concettuale.

 

COME SI FINANZIA?
OSM viene finanziata da donazioni da parte dei membri e di diversi enti, università ed aziende che, come vedremo, sono perfettamente conscie dei vantaggi che derivano dal poter utilizzare liberamente un corpus di informazioni geografiche vastissimo e sempre più preciso. Vigili del fuoco, protezione civile, pronto soccorso, associazioni umanitarie, università ma anche aziende come Amazon e Facebook utilizzano i dati di OSM a proprio vantaggio e dunque hanno un forte interesse a collaborare alla sua realizzazione o finanziarla.

 

DA DOVE OTTIENE I DATI E COME LI GESTISCE?
Le fonti da cui OSM pesca i dati sono estremamente variegate: usa le mappe digitali fornite da diversi enti pubblici sparsi sul globo, mappe catastali, si fa consegnare i tracciati dei sentieri dai club alpinistici, raccoglie dati forniti volontariamente dagli utenti di alcune App, ottiene la concessione di dati satellitari e così via.

 

OSM raccoglie e unifica una moltitudine di dati di natura diversissima spesso provenienti da enti diversi: informazioni sui terreni, sui percorsi d’acqua, strade, segnaletica, numeri civici, informazioni commerciali ecc.

 

Tutti questi dati di natura e formato diversi vengono costantemente elaborati ed armonizzati nell’immenso database OSM da volontari che ne verificano la correttezza tramite strumenti software ed apportano manualmente correzioni e aggiunte. Si tratta, insomma, di un lavoro continuo e minuzioso estremamente complesso gestito con metodo e costante revisione: volontari esperti verificano la correttezza dei dati aggiunti dai meno esperti, ci sono forum di discussione, workshop periodici ecc.

 

DATI GEOGRAFICI VS. MAPPE

OSM come si è detto, non è banalmente una mappa bensì un database geografico. Che cosa vuol dire esattamente? Analogamente a quanto già esposto parlando dei Feed RSS e dei Frontend alternativi anche qui è necessario tener bene a mente la differenza tra un DATO e la sua RAPPRESENTAZIONE GRAFICA. Un dato è semplicemente un’informazione cruda, una stringa di testo nel database OSM in cui c’è scritto un valore. Per esempio “fontanella pubblica”. La sua rappresentazione grafica è il modo in cui questo dato viene mostrato sulla mappa. In questo caso l’icona di una fontanella che può essere grande, piccola, blu, rossa ecc. Ebbene, il concetto principale da tenere sempre a mente per capire cos’è OSM è che i dati e la loro rappresentazione grafica sono sempre separati. Che cosa comporta questo? Questa separazione permette di poter prendere esattamente gli stessi identici dati ma selezionarli e rappresentarli in modi diversi e, trattandosi di un database liberamente accessibile, ciò coinvolge innumerevoli siti ed App.

 

A sinistra i dati puri e a destra uno dei tanti possibili modi di rappresentarli

 

Facciamo l’esempio di due App o due siti di navigazione altamente specializzati: uno per vigili del fuoco ed uno per persone che si muovono in sedia a rotelle (come Wheelmap). Entrambe possono usufruire del database OSM ma la prima evidenzierà gli idranti, i sentieri, le altezze dei rilievi, le centraline elettriche, mentre la seconda evidenzierà marciapiedi, scalini, ostacoli e così via. Certi elementi presenti su una non verranno nemmeno mostrati nella seconda ed allo stesso modo certi elementi comuni possono esser rappresentati con diversa enfasi: dei gradini invalicabili per chi è in carrozzina potrebbero essere evidenziati con un grosso bollino rosso nella mappa pensata per gli spostamenti in sedia a rotelle ma senza particolare enfasi nella mappa per i vigili del fuoco che invece potrebbe segnalare con un colore diverso viottoli e stradine in cui non è possibile passare con i mezzi in dotazione. In sostanza, grazie al database OSM è possibile realizzare un numero infinito di mappe diversissime ed altamente personalizzate in base alle diverse esigenze ma i dati di tutte queste sarebbero sempre coerenti tra loro: non sarà mai possibile, consultando due mappe aggiornate e basate su OSM, che in una venga mostrata una nuova rotonda stradale appena creata e nell’altra no.

 

La stessa città vista nelle quattro visualizzazioni offerte da openstreetmap.org. Ognuna evidenzia i vari elementi in modo diverso e riporta informazioni assenti nelle altre

 

Le maggiori mappe digitali offrono al loro interno la possibilità di essere visualizzate in tre, quattro modalità diverse (anche su openstreetmap.org è possibile visualizzare la mappa in quattro modalità: standard, ciclabile, trasporti ed umanitaria) ma il database OSM permette di fare molto di più e realizzare un numero sconfinato di progetti impensabili per qualsiasi altra mappa esistente. Qualsiasi sito o App che utilizzi mappe commerciali come quelle di Google o di Apple mostrerà sempre e solo quella mappa lì, con quelle due-tre modalità grafiche che permette, coi suoi colori ed il logo sempre in evidenza.

Al contrario, poiché il database di OSM è scollegato dalla grafica usata, le mappe che ne utilizzano i dati hanno una grandissima varietà di aspetti ed è assai probabile che molte persone abbiano usato più volte mappe OSM senza nemmeno mai rendersene conto (in diversi casi si viene a sapere che la mappa è basata sul database OSM solo se si entra nelle preferenze).

 

Vorresti andare a piedi da Messina a Copenhagen? Waymarkedtrails usa i dati OSM per rendere maggiormente fruibili i percorsi che fanno per te! Nella mappa è mostrato solo l’indispensabile per orientarsi durante i tragitti.

 

Un ulteriore esempio per far comprender il meccanismo può esser questo: un’associazione interessata a promuovere escursioni di tipo storico può facilmente mettere sul proprio sito una mappa basata su OSM scegliendo di dargli un colore in scala di grigi, mostrare le linee isoipse (quelle che fan capire l’altitudine dei rilievi), far visualizzare i terreni ed i centri abitati rimuovendo le strade asfaltate, mostrare tutti gli edifici di carattere storico con un colore giallo ed i siti archeologici con un colore rosso. Sarebbe una mappa decisamente particolare che per esser realizzata da zero impiegherebbe un certo dispendio di energie ma OSM permette di realizzarla con relativa semplicità: basta selezionare il tipo di dati che interessano e poi decidere come mostrarli.

 

TheWeatherChannel usa mappe realizzate da MapBox basate sui dati OSM

 

Ma non finisce qui! Diversi enti ed aziende che realizzano autonomamente mappe proprie, spesso utilizzano parte dei dati di OSM. Le mappe di Apple, ad esempio, si avvalgono di molti dati OSM. Esri, e Mapbox, un importante fornitore di tecnologie cartografiche ed un’azienda che realizza mappe personalizzate, sono donatori OSM che ne utilizzano i dati ed anche per le proprie mappe.

 

NON C’E’ UNA “MAPPA OSM UFFICIALE”

Poiché solitamente v’è l’abitudine di considerare i dati e la loro rappresentazione come un tutt’uno, anche nel caso delle mappe vien spontaneo considerare il suo aspetto visivo come l’informazione in sè. Di conseguenza un errore comune in cui si può cadere è quello di ritenere che l’aspetto grafico delle mappe presenti su openstreetmap.org siano “LA mappa di OSM” Ma anche la mappa su openstreetmap.org, pur essendo realizzata da OSM stesso, non mostra tutte le informazioni geografiche del suo stesso database (come già detto, una mappa che mostrasse tutto-tutto-tutto sarebbe inguardabile) e pure i colori, le icone e i font che OSM ha scelto di mostrare su openstreetmap.org non sono un qualcosa di “fisso” (dati e rappresentazione sono due cose distinte).

Le diverse App Android che usano mappe basate sul database OSM. Molte di queste usano grafica, colori e icone proprie e diverse mostrano informazioni assenti nelle mappe visibili su openstreetmap.org

 

Su openstreetmap.org é stato deciso di rappresentare gli edifici con un colore grigio-marroncino, di rendere molto evidenti i binari ferroviari e le strade hanno colori diversi a seconda della tipologia. Ma se si osserva lo stesso territorio dall’App Maps.me, che utilizza a sua volta lo stesso database OSM, la grafica ed i colori son talmente diversi da farci credere che si tratti di tutta un’altra mappa: i binari ferroviari manco si vedono, le aree verdi sono molto marcate,le strade son tutte bianche ad eccezione delle Autostrade, gli edifici appaiono leggermente in 3D. I dati delle due mappe sono gli stessi ma Maps.me ha semplicemente scelto di usare quegli stessi dati in modo diverso, rappresentarli con un’altra grafica e usare informazioni che OSM ha scelto di non mostrare su openstreetmap.org (l’altezza degli edifici). Non c’è nulla di strano nel fatto che vi siano siti ed App che mostrano cose che sulla mappa openstreetmap.org non appaiono e può benissimo essere che si consideri migliore la mappa basata su OSM presente sul sito taldeitali perchè i quattro tipi di mappe visualizzabili su openstreetmap.org non sono “le mappe ufficiali di OSM” ma solo quattro delle migliaia di modi possibili di usare il database OSM. Siamo di fronte ad un concetto ben noto nel mondo del software libero a cui però il software commerciale ha disabituato: mastodon.social, l’Istanza Mastodon creata dall’inventore di Mastodon stesso, non è “l’Istanza ufficiale”; matrix.org non è l’istanza ufficiale di Matrix, non esiste una distribuzione Linux ufficiale e le quattro mappe di openstreetmao.org non sono le mappe ufficiali di OpenStreetMap.

 

 

UN GRANDE, RICCHISSIMO DATABASE GEOGRAFICO

A questo punto abbiamo diversi elementi per iniziare a comprendere meglio la ricchezza di OSM: ogni persona, ente o associazione che ha interesse ad avere delle mappe precise, tarate apposta per le proprie esigenze, coerenti con informazioni geografiche di diversa natura ed arricchite da osservazioni di migliaia di altri utenti può trarne vantaggio collaborando al database di OSM aggiungendovi i dati di proprio interesse. Il tutto viene integrato nel database OSM classificando i vari elementi per tipologia e secondo tutta una serie di criteri, andando così a formare diversi livelli gestibili autonomamente. E’ il principio seguito dai GIS (Geographic Information system), sigla con cui si identificano i principali servizi di mappatura digitale.

 

 

 

Manhattan su Google Maps

 

Manhattan sulla mappa standard di openstreetmaps.org. Appare immediatamente evidente la differenza in termini di ricchezza di informazioni e precisione

 

Qui Manhattan su Maps.me (App che usa i dati OSM). Maps.me è interessante perché sfrutta la qualità dei dati OSM ma la restituisce con la leggerezza visiva di Google Maps

 

All’interno del database si può segnalare veramente di tutto: le piazzole per i camper, i distributori pubblici di sacchetti per cani, sentieri non tracciati, WiFi pubblici, cancelli, inferriate, vicoli strettissimi che solitamente non vengono segnalati, i nomi locali delle campagne, tombini, capitelli, muretti diroccati, ruderi, sentieri abbandonati, gabinetti pubblici e mille altre cose ancora. Il tutto senza doversi preoccupare del fatto che tale informazione possa interessare solo a poche persone o che possa appesantire la mappa. Giusto per dare un’idea, qui e qui è possibile vedere alcune statistiche aggiornate sulla quantità di dati che contiene, qui e qui informazioni sull’hardware usato.

 

Una zona in Vietnam di cui OSM ne conosce solamente la rete stradale ed i fiumi principali.

 

Ci sono associazioni che inseriscono in OSM la posizione dei singoli alberi nei parchi pubblici, ciclisti che segnalano ogni singola fontanella o sbarra che impedisce il passaggio, c’è chi segnala i luoghi in cui si posizionano i banchetti di cibo da strada o i cantieri apparsi all’improvviso e così via. Il database di conseguenza accumula sempre più dati la cui ricchezza, va però notato, come per tutte le mappe online è distribuita a macchia di leopardo: se le zone più note, frequentate e di maggior interesse possono avere un grado di precisione elevatissimo ce ne sono altre che invece si limitano a mostrare giusto le strade e poco più.

 

UN ECOSISTEMA

Il database di OSM, essendo liberamente accessibile, è quindi il perno di tutto un ecosistema di App, siti e strumenti diversissimi che collaborano alla sua diffusione ed in alcuni casi anche al suo miglioramento: certe App, ad esempio, permettono a qualsiasi utente anche privo di esperienza di fornire segnalazioni minute come la presenza di un cantiere, o la rimozione di una panchina e così via. Una di queste, molto carina, che si chiama StreetComplete, gestisce questo processo con una forma di gamification sfruttata per una volta in modo positivo: una volta avviata mostra all’utente tutti gli elementi nelle sue vicinanze riguardo ai quali mancano alcuni dati, chiedendogli di completarli con semplici domande: come si chiama questo ristorante? Quanti piani ha questa casa? E così via… Ci sono anche siti ed App indipendenti che offrono servizi basati su mappe generate dal database OSM.

 

Mapillary offre un servizio simile a quello di GoogleStreetView. Nell’immagine si possono veder evidenziate in verde le strade già coperte

 

Una di queste, Mapillary, sta creando un database fotografico simile a quello di Google Street View ma prodotto dai singoli utenti che riprendono le strade coi propri smartphone. Queste fotografie non vanno a far parte del database OSM ma vengono tuttavia rilasciate con licenza Creative Commons CC-BY-SA, dando così la possibilità a chiunque di farne libero uso. I progetti autonomi sviluppati attorno ad OSM sono moltissimi: diverse mappe metereologiche e sulla pandemia Covid sono state fatte con le mappe OSM, le usano i dispositivi Garmin, pure le mappe di Apple son state realizzate attingendo al database OSM.

 

CentralineDalBasso riporta i dati sulla qualità dell’aria su mappe OSM

 

OSM è usato pure da numerose associazioni umanitarie per vari progetti e iniziative, tanto che esiste pure un team specializzato (HOT – Humanitarian OpenStreetMap Team) che coinvolge, da solo, oltre 170 mila partecipanti.

Healthsites usa il database OSM per tracciare una mappa di tutti gli ospedali, ambulatori e centri di cura.

LuftDaten / Centralinedalbasso usa i dati geografici OSM per mappare la qualità dell’aria

OpenSeaMap lo usa per mappare dati nautici

Flightaware mostra la posizione in tempo reale degli aerei in volo su mappe OSM

Missingmaps usa OSM per mappare le zone remote colpite da disastri non considerate dalle mappe commerciali

OpenRailwayMap raccoglie dati aggiornati sulle ferrovie

Mapscii usa il database OSM per realizzare mappe utilizzabili dai ciechi

Diverse mappe sui casi di Covid-19 come questa son state realizzate grazie ai dati OSM, co

Cycle.travel lo usa per tracciare percorsi ciclabili

Wandermap raccogle informazioni utili per escursionisti, così come WayMarketTracks

…i progetti sono tantissimi e questi sono solo una selezione fatta al volo!

 

Su https://osm-analytics.org/ vengono visualizzate le informazioni immesse dall’ Humanitarian OpenStreetMap Team. In questo caso gli edifici di due villaggi del Mali, del tutto assenti nelle mappe digitali commerciali

 

LA GESTIONE DEL DATABASE

Come facilmente intuibile il database OSM, ricevendo aggiornamenti ogni minuto, non sta mai fermo. Ciononostante se visualizzi la mappa di una App o un sito basato su OSM non accadono situazioni tipo “Ops! E’comparsa una panchina all’improvviso!” e questo, giustamente, per diverse ragioni. Quando viene inserito un nuovo dato il database ha bisogno di qualche tempo per elaborarlo e verificare che sia una modifica coerente e non una castroneria tipo “Una montagna di 400 metri comparsa all’improvviso davanti al Duomo di Milano”. Dopodichè vengono fatte delle verifiche da parte dei volontari che controllano la sensatezza della modifica ecc. A seconda del tipo di modifica e della zona interessata questo processo può esser più o meno lungo: se si inserisce un “cancello con sbarra” su un sentiero di campagna in una zona poco frequentata questo verrà elaborato molto velocemente, ma se si correggesse ad esempio il tracciato di una strada stadale di grande percorrenza presso una località importante, la verifica ed eventuale discussione sulla correttezza di questa modifica potrebbe durare anche qualche giorno. In ogni caso, una volta accolta la modifica, il primo luogo in cui questa potrebbe esser visibile è ovviamente la mappa di openstreetmap.org (sempre a patto che sia un tipo di dato che tale mappa mostra). Dopodichè vengono gli altri siti ed App. Questi però non pescano subito i dati dal database principale ma hanno metodi e tempi molto diversi fra loro. Alcuni difatti utilizzano dei propri server in cui copiano il database OSM a cadenza periodica (ad esempio settimanale, mensile, trimestrale o come più gli va).

 

OsmAnd permette di scaricare offline le mappe OSM più aggiornate. Molte App commerciali invece tendono ad essere più lente nel recepire gli ultimi aggiornamenti

 

Questo gli permette di essere operativi ed avere mappe funzionanti anche nel caso in cui il server di OSM avesse qualche problema. Quando effettuano questa copia sui propri server in realtà non copiano davvero tutto ma solo la porzione di dati che gli interessa. Per esempio, una App per ciclisti britannici copierà solo i dati relativi alla Gran Bretagna che effettivamente usa. Acquisirà dunque gli aggiornamenti sui negozi di biciclette e sulle nuove piste ciclabili ma snobberà quelli su idranti, centraline elettriche, uffici postali, autovelox ed altre cose che tanto, nell’App, non segnala. Allo stesso modo questi siti ed App spesso evitano di copiare le modifiche più recenti seguendo il principio che i dati troppo “freschi” son stati visualizzati e verificati meno rispetto a quelli presenti da più tempo. Il risultato è che se oggi viene inserita una certa modifica, le App che si appoggiano direttamente al server di OSM la riceveranno istantaneamente mentre per le App che effettuano copie periodiche dei dati sui propri server potrebbe volerci addirittura qualche mese. Anche qui è una questione di scelte personali: meglio avere i dati più aggiornati col rischio di qualche incorrettezza o meglio dati meno aggiornati ma più certi?

 

MAPPE OFFLINE E SICUREZZA

Quando si consultano le mappe digitali di Google ed Apple, le rispettive App dialogano costantemente col server per comunicare istantaneamente la tua posizione e fornendoti la versione più aggiornata delle loro mappe. Pur esistendo la possibilità di salvare sul telefono alcune porzioni di mappa questo meccanismo è inevitabile: non si può usare le App di mappe commerciali se non si comunica la propria posizione e senza dialogare costantemente col server. Alcune App basate su OSM (non tutte) hanno invece un approccio diverso: al loro interno hanno solo una mappa-base del pianeta e lasciano all’utente la possibilità di scaricare sullo smartphone la porzione di mondo di cui vogliono avere la mappa dettagliata.

 

Alcune App “conoscono” solo le porzioni di territorio che hai scaricato sullo smartphone

In alcuni casi questo processo è manuale e bisogna selezionare la mappa del paese, regione o città che interessa da una lista, mentre in altri casi quest’operazione è semi-automatica (se zoommi sull’Abruzzo parte il download della mappa dell’Abruzzo). In altri casi ancora v’è un sistema misto (le mappe visualizzate sono quelle del server a meno che non le scarichi). In alcune App, ad esempio, si può scaricare una mappa generale dell’Italia che contiene solamente le strade principali e poi scaricarsi la mappa dettagliata di singole regioni o città che interessano. Ad esempio è possibile salvarsi offline la mappa delle strade dell’intera Italia, la mappa dettagliata della Sicilia e quella dettagliata di Roma. Su queste App gli aggiornamenti delle mappe scaricate oggline funzionano allo stesso modo: semi-automatico per alcune, manuale per altre e misto per altre ancora. Poter scaricare le mappe sul proprio dispositivo porta co sè diversi vantaggi, i primi dei quali sono l’essere accessibili anche se non c’è campo e non consumare costantemente banda per ri-scaricare sempre e solo le stesse strade. Poichè lo spazio su smartphone è quello che è non si avrà mai l’intero database OSM salvato, ma le App basate su mappe offline solitamente sanno gestire la cosa a dovere e se per il tuo viaggio hai necessità di salvarti la mappa dell’intera Romania ma non hai più spazio è del tutto indolore liberarne un po cancellando quelle di territori che non ti serve consultare al momento. Tra i vantaggi delle mappe offline v’è anche il fatto che sono solitamente più scattanti e possono essere consultate, navigate, si possono fare ricerche su di essa senza trasmettere mai a nessuno la propria posizione o informazioni su cosa stai cercando (se cerchi “Ascoli” su Google Maps la richiesta viene inviata ai server di Google che innanzitutto registrano che hai “cercato Ascoli alle 17.34” e solo dopo di ciò inviano la posizione di Ascoli al tuo smartphone). Con questo tipo di App invece si possono pure registrare i propri tracciati GPS nella certezza che questi saranno presenti solo e soltanto sul proprio telefono.

La preferenza per soluzioni offline però porta con sè anche qualche piccolo inghippo. Il primo è che gli aggiornamenti delle mappe scaricabili offline non sono sempre automatiche o ben segnalate ed ovviamente è un qualcosa a cui bisogna prestare una certa attenzione.

Il secondo riguarda il tempo che l’App può impiegare a calcolare i percorsi. Se si chiede a Google Maps di calcolare il percorso da Milano a Napoli, fondamentalmente l’App manda la richiesta ai server di Google i quali innanzitutto registrano che hai “cercato il percorso da Milano a Napoli alle 18.42”, poi effettuano il calcolo e restituiscono all’App il percorso consigliato. Il tutto in pochissimi secondi. Al contrario se si usa una App indipendente che fa fare questo calcolo allo smartphone senza comunicare nulla al server, da un lato non si regalano i propri dati in giro ma dall’altro questo ci metterà molto più tempo (il processore di uno smartphone è niente rispetto a quello di un grosso server). Su certe App, ad esempio, calcolare un percorso di 400Km può impiegare anche tre minuti. Anche qui è una questione di scelte: preferire una App scattante ma che comunica le proprie ricerche ad un server cui dobbiamo fidarci o una più solida ma lenta? Bisogna però considerare che una App che sa fare questi calcoli in proprio sarà autonoma anche nel bel mezzo di una grotta in fondo a un burrone in una valle sperduta in cui non c’è campo.

Il terzo inghippo riguarda la funzione “cerca” delle App, ma lo vedremo meglio più avanti.

 

 

IL GPS DI PER SE’ NON CI “TRACCIA”

Una domanda comune a questo punto riguarda il sistema GPS a causa di una certa confusione su come funziona questo sistema e vale dunque la pena spendere due parole per spiegare mooooolto grossolanamente come funziona. Il sistema GPS si basa su una trentina di satelliti geostazionari che circondano l’intero globo da una distanza di circa ventimila chilometri dalla superficie terrestre. Per geostazionario si intende un satellite che “staziona”, ossia che sta sempre fisso sopra lo stesso punto della Terra: se un satellite GPS fosse stato posizionato, per esempio, esattamente sopra la verticale di casa tua, questo resterebbe sempre lì, di notte e di giorno. Questi satelliti si trovano ad un’altezza tale che da ogni punto del globo sia sempre possibile “vederne” almeno tre, per esempio, osservando il cielo dall’Italia potresti vedere quello sopra casa tua, uno che sta sopra la casa di un tizio di Mosca ed uno che sta sopra un cinema in Islanda. Questi satelliti trasmettono costantemente dei segnali radio contenenti alcuni dati, i più importanti dei quali sono la sua posizione e l’ora esatta, con una precisione al microsecondo.

 

Laura, Mario e Andrea all’opera

 

Quando ti perdi nel bel mezzo della campagna ed apri una App per capire cove cavolo sei, questa riceve i segnali radio trasmessi dai satelliti esattamente come la radiolina da quattro soldi che becca sempre Radio Maria. L’App, quindi, riceve una roba tipo questa:

SATELLITE LAURA
“Ciao! Sono Laura! La mia posizione esatta è XYZ e sono le ore 16:04:07…e 6 millisecondi“

SATELLITE MARIO
“Ciao! Sono Mario! La mia posizione esatta è XYZ e sono le ore 16:04:07…e 23 millisecondi“

SATELLITE ANDREA
“Ciao! Sono Andrea! La mia posizione esatta è XYZ e sono le ore 16:04:07…e 49 millisecondi“

L’App riceve tutti questi segnali contemporaneamente ma… il suo orologio interno indica le 16:04:07… e 52 millisecondi! Questa differenze di orario dipendono dal fatto che il segnale inviato da satelliti tanto lontani ci mette un po ad arrivare allo stesso punto. Non serve molto per capire che più il satellite è lontano e più ci mette. A questo punto l’App calcola molto velocemente la differenza microscopica tra gli orari e capisce di essere molto vicino ad Andrea, un po meno vicino da Mario e molto lontano da Laura. Di conseguenza, conoscendo le loro posizioni esatte (che han trasmesso) e la velocità di trasmissione delle onde radio, riesce a calcolare le proprie coordinate e mostrarle sulla mappa. Si tratta di un processo chiamato triangolazione.

Per chi volesse saperne di più, online ci sono diverse mappe live come questa che mostrano la posizione in orbita di migliaia di satelliti artificiali di tutti i tipi. Su F-Droid è pure possibile scaricare GPStest, una curiosa App che elenca tutti i satelliti che il tuo smartphone sta rilevando in questo momento (e si, quello sopra casa tua lo becca SEMPRE).

Capito il meccanismo appare chiaro che un ricevitore GPS, in questo caso il tuo smartphone, per funzionare non ha bisogno di trasmettere niente a nessuno riguardo alla tua posizione! Quando si parla di localizzare qualcuno tramite il suo GPS non si intende certo che il suo smartphone comunichi la propria posizione ai satelliti (A Laura, Mario ed Andrea non gliene frega una cippa di dove tu sia) ma significa che lo smartphone sta inviando -via Internet- quelle coordinate che ha calcolato grazie ai segnali che ha ricevuto dai satelliti GPS. I navigatori da auto stand-alone tipo i TomTom o i Garmin da escursionismo difatti sono anch’essi ricevitori GPS eppure non si è mai sentito dire che si possa “rilevare la posizione” di un TomTom o di un Garmin. Questo può essere verificato facilmente anche provando ad utilizzare una App che funziona con mappe offline e verificare la propria posizione GPS con la modalità aereo attivata.

 

MANCANZE e “MEH”

A parte le valutazioni su pregi e difetti delle App che usano mappe e calcoli di percorso offline (che non sono dei difetti ma osservazioni su pro e contro di certe caratteristiche), al’ecosistema stesso di OSM è caratterizzato da alcune mancanze che fanno particolarmente sentire, soprattutto nel fare un paragone con gli strumenti commerciali.

 

I MODULI DI RICERCA
La prima mancanza che si riscontra quella di un ricerca interno efficiente. openstreetmap.org usa un certo software di ricerca e le App basate su OSM ne usano degli altri ma tuttavia il problema è abbastanza comune: è estremamente facile NON trovare quel che si cerca. In linea generale si può dire che più l’App è specializzata (per esempio una App dedicata solo agli spostamenti in automobili) e migliori sono i risultati, ma non è una regola che vale sempre. Giusto per fare due esempi, L’App Maps.me, pensata principalmente per viaggi turistici, ha un modulo di ricerca abbastanza intuitivo e veloce mentre al contrario, OsmAnd, che è una eccezionale App multifuzione opensource, ha un modulo di ricerca che necessita un po di pratica per esser appreso. In nessun caso però si arriva all’immediatezza del modulo di ricerca di Google Maps. Le capacità predittive di Google nel capire che se digiti “Parigi” è più probabile tu stia cercando la capitale francese che non una oscura “via Parigi” di una città vicina, da questo punto di vista è decisamente più efficiente rispetto alle altre soluzioni disponibili.

 

openstreetmap.org elabora in pochi secondi tragitti intercontinentali, ma se sbagli e scrivi Vladivostock col “ck” finale, è convinto tu voglia visitare uno stagno a qualche km. da Parigi

 

Le varie App rispondono a questa mancanza con diverse strategie: quelle specialistiche riescono a starci dentro perché gestiscono una quantità di informazioni minori e sono usate per scopi mirati; quelle più complesse, come OsmAnd, dovendo gestire una quantità di informazioni elevata utilizzano dei moduli di ricerca in cui l’utente deve compilare diversi passaggi. Per fare un esempio: su Google Maps, digitando anche malamente “via cavur roma”, il modulo di ricerca comprende comunque che si sta cercando Via Cavour a Roma e lo propone come prima soluzione. Per trovare la stessa via su OsmAnd è necessario:

  • saltare il modulo di ricerca base
  • selezionare “indirizzo”
  • selezionare “prima specifica la città”
  • digitando correttamente “Roma” le prime soluzioni proposte sono le località più vicine alla propria posizione che contengono “Roma” nel nome (Campagnano di Roma, Casa Roma, Chiarano Roma). La città di Roma, nel mio caso, è in quarta posizione
  • tornare indietro su “indirizzo”
  • digitare correttamente “via Cavour”

Dopo un po che ci si fa l’abitudine a fare tutti questi passaggi ci si mette un nonnulla ma resta il fatto che non c’è paragone con la semplicità del modulo di ricerca di Google.

In altre App e siti le ricerche funzionano benissimo a patto che nomi ed indirizzi siano indicati esattamente come vogliono loro (p.es. prima il nome della via, poi una virgola ed invine il nome della città. O il contrario). Insomma: effettuare le ricerche sulle proprie App non è proprio immediato ed è un campo che necessita certamente di miglioramenti.

A questa difficoltà va a sommarsi nuovamente la questione delle mappe offline: se sul tuo smartphone hai scaricato solo la mappa d’Italia e cerchi una via di Londra, l’App magari conoscerà Londra ma non troverà la via se prima non ne scarichi la mappa. Pare scontato, ma se si ha l’abitudine di usare le mappe di Google può non essere così immediato. Tutto ciò può risultare anche abbastanza antipatico perché se si dovesse ad esempio fare una ricerca sulla località chiamata Fauske senza sapere se sta in Svezia, Norvegia, Finlandia o Islanda non si potrebbe ottenere quest’informazione dall’App di mappe, ma bisognerebbe cercarsela sul web e solo dopo aver scoperto che sta in Norvegia si potrà tornare sull’App e scaricare la mappa corretta in modo che l’App stessa la possa trovare.

 

NIENTE TRAFFICO
La seconda mancanza riguarda le indicazioni del traffico live. Semplicemente non ci sono, ne su openstreetmap.org nè sulle App per OSM. Aggiungere questo tipo di dati non è tecnicamente difficile ma l’ostacolo principale è che le informazioni sul traffico perlopiù devono essere acquistate, non sono di libero accesso ed in alcuni casi vengono ottenute dalle big tech anche carpendo dati dalla posizione degli smartphone degli utenti. Insomma: non se ne fa niente.

 

3D
La terza ed ultima mancanza è quella di una mappa in rilievo paragonabile a quella di Google Earth. Il database OSM contiene i dati altimetrici di terreni e rilievi così come le altezze di numerosi edifici, ma solo alcune App proprietarie, al momento, li sfruttano in modo utile. Diversi sviluppatori stan portando avanti progetti collaterali ad OSM per renderne le mappe in 3D e l’argomento è “caldo” ma attualmente non v’è ancora nulla di utilizzabile da semplici utenti.

 

Uno dei tanti progetti intesi a dare tridimensionalità alle mappe OSM

 

“MEH”
Non proprio un punto debole ma piuttosto un “meh” da rilevare è che le informazioni sugli esercizi commerciali sono tendenzialmente più complete sulle mappe di Google. Non è solitamente un problema ma in alcuni casi può risultar antipatico dover uscire da OSM, fare una ricerca altrove e poi rientrare in OSM. Ovviamente non c’è nulla che impedisca di aggiornare i dati di tutte le attività commerciali su OSM ma poichè il mercato è Google-oriented è lì che i mercanti vanno a parare.

Un secondo, debolissimo “meh” è che in alcuni casi sarebbe apprezzabile veder convergere su openstreetmap.org alcune funzioni offerte dai progetti che gli ruotano attorno. Un esempio tra questi è Mapillary, il servizio simile a Street View. Se si naviga una mappa su openstreetmap.org e si volessero vedere le immagini a livello strada di una certa zona bisogna andare su mapillary.com, tornare nuovamente sulla stessa zona e lì si potrebbero vedere queste immagini. Questa convergenza tuttavia viene ottenuta da alcune App. Sulla già citata OsmAnd, per esempio, basta un comando per visualizzare le foto di Mapillary.

 

VOGLIO CONTRIBUIRE!

Se a questo punto, ci si sentisse dentro un irrefrenabile impulso di contribuire ad OSM mappando a più non posso è sufficiente iscriversi su openstreetmap.org ed iniziare a frequentarne i forum, leggere la wiki, prendere dimestichezza col suo funzionamento e chiedere consigli alla sua community.

 

Un editor di OSM

 

Questo articolo è giusto una panoramica su cos’è OpenStreetMap e sulle sue potenzialità ma per quanto riguarda il lavoro che c’è dietro è decisamente meglio chiedere direttamente a chi si occupa attivamente della sua gestione. L’unico consiglio che si può dare qui, semmai, è di farci un po un giro prima di modificare la mappa di Milano e indicare che è apparsa una montagna davanti al Duomo, ecco.

 

LE APP BASATE SU OSM

E per finire non si poteva che segnalare le App che usano mappe basate sul database OSM. Ce ne sono diverse decine tra cui scegliere ed alcune sono abbastanza particolari e molto specifiche. Essendoci quindi un po di tutto, prima di pigliare App a caso forse è meglio fare una prima breve riflessione sull’utilizzo che se ne vuol fare e delle situazioni in cui ci capita di aver bisogno di una mappa: spostamenti in auto? Viaggi all’estero? Escursionismo? Ciclismo? Deve poter registrare i tracciati GPS, esportarli ecc? Deve poter permettere di segnalare modifiche ad OSM? Che tipo di dati si preferisce visualizzare? Meglio una App che fa di tutto ma complessa o una che fa poche cose ma che sia chiara e semplice? Può valer la pena usare due App per due tipi di utilizzo distinti? In ogni caso, sia per Android che iOS le due App più note sono le già segnalate OsmAnd e Maps.me

 

OsmAnd è un vero e proprio coltellino svizzero: fa TUTTO! Navigatore vocale per auto, modalità escursionismo, registra i tracciati con le statistiche altimetriche, integra Mapillary, permette di visualizzate le mappe in innumerevoli modi e tantissime altre cose. Tanta ricchezza ovviamente significa alto grado di complessità e di conseguenza richiede un certo “addestramento” per esser usato al meglio, ma una volta fatto proprio diventa uno strumento insostituibile! E’disponibile anche su F-Droid.

Maps.me è pensata per viaggi turistici. E’molto leggera e le mappe che usa hanno una grafica leggera che ricorda quella di Google Maps ed è adatta a chi ha bisogno di un navigatore facile da usare e senza fronzoli. Su F-Droid è presente un suo fork (una “versione modificata”)  chiamata semplicemente Maps.

Navit è concepito puramente come navigatore automobilistico e può essere installato su diversi dispositivi.

OsmAnd e Navit sono software completamente liberi ed open source mentre Maps.me, pur essendo open source, è collegato ad una azienda che si occupa di viaggi. La versione su F-Droid chiamapa Maps invece è “pulita”.

Le altre App, come detto, sono diverse decine e ve n’è di tutti i tipi. Questi due link portano a pagine della wiki di OSM in cui vengono descritte una ad una  e confrontate fra loro (in inglese):

ELENCO delle App OSM per Android

ELENCO delle App OSM per iOS

Qui invece un link alle App OSM presenti su F.Droid

ELENCO delle App OSM su F-Droid

OsmAnd ed altre App permettono di fare piccole segnalazioni ad OSM, ad esempio per indicare che una certa strada è stata chiusa, ma se si volesse fare qualcosa di più anche da smartphone esiste Vespucci, una App pensata appositamente per i volontari di OSM. E’però consigliabile usarla solo se si ha già un minimo di esperienza nel modificare i dati OSM da desktop.

Chi volesse dare una mano ad aggiornare i dati OSM ma senza dover imparare a modificare le mappe ed aggiornarle può contrinuire usando StreetComplete! Si tratta di un’App carinissima che, una volta avviata, pone delle semplici domande riguardo alla zona in cui ti trovi e su cui OSM ha informazioni incomplete. E’ un modo molto intelligente ed utile di sfruttare alcuni elementi della gamification per realizzare un progetto da cui ne trae vantaggio il mondo intero!

Schermata di StreetComplete

La magia dei Frontend alternativi per YouTube, Twitter ed Instagram

di: Ca Gi
12 Maggio 2020 ore 09:30

Accedere a YouTube, Twitter, Instagram o altri siti ancora attraverso App non ufficiali o coi cosiddetti Frontend alternativi permette di avere funzioni aggiuntive e di fruire dei contenuti in forme meno gamificate e stressanti.

INDICE

Ghost in the shell (il contenuto e la sua forma)
Frontend alternativi
Frontend alternativi per ogni cosa?
URL e codice
Invidious
Frontend ed App suggerite

Ghost in the shell (il contenuto e la sua forma)

Per capire cosa sia un Frontend basta aver ben chiari un paio di concetti, il primo dei quali è la distinzione tra la forma (design) ed il contenuto di un qualsiasi sito, piattaforma o applicazione. Prendiamo l’esempio di YouTube. Sostanzialmente YouTube è un archivio digitale di video ad ognuno dei quali è abbinata una serie di dati accessori (i like ricevuti, il conteggio visualizzazioni), oltre ad una componente social ed alcune funzioni di riproduzione (la barra di avanzamento, i sottotitoli, ecc.). Tutto questo ci viene mostrato con un certo DESIGN a cui siamo comunemente abituati, ossia questo:

Schermata di YouTube

Il suo aspetto ci è tanto familiare che lo identifichiamo immediatamente con il look di YouTube: il pulsante play al centro del video, la barra di scorrimento rossa in basso, i video suggeriti in quella certa posizione dello schermo, i colori bianco rosso e nero… Sono tutte caratteristiche estetiche distintive di YouTube.

Tuttavia, se un domani il team di Google decidesse di apportare piccoli cambiamenti come spostare la barra di scorrimento sulla parte superiore del video o cambiarne il colore dal rosso al blu, nella sostanza YouTube resterebbe YouTube ed il suo ricco archivio video non sarebbe intaccato da questi cambiamenti estetici. YouTube resterebbe tale anche se le modifiche fossero più profonde o se il design venisse completamente ridisegnato: il cambiamento della forma difatti non ha direttamente a che fare coi contenuti. E’ la stessa cosa che avviene in quelle applicazione e piattaforme che permettono di “cambiare il tema” anche se di solito questo cambiamento consiste solo nel passaggio da un certo design in versione chiara allo stesso design in versione scura. Concettualmente tutto ciò non è troppo diverso dal cambiare cover al telefono: l’aspetto cambia ma il telefono ovviamente resta lo stesso. Bisogna però osservare che certi tipi di cover hanno caratteristiche che le rendono qualcosa di più che un mero gingillo estetico: ci sono le cover antiurto, quelle con batteria di supporto incorporata, quelle con scomparto-portafoglio e quelle con lo stand integrato per tenere lo smartphone in verticale. Insomma: un cambio di cover è sempre un cambiamento di design ma alcuni design portano con sè anche funzionalità che cambiano l’approccio al dispositivo stesso.

A seconda del tipo di cover usata, lo smartphone può esser usato in modi diversi

Chi muoveva i propri passi sul web tra la fine degli anni ’90 ed i primi anni ‘2000 ricorderà Winamp, un lettore di file audio paragonabile a VLC che offriva la possibilità di personalizzare in maniera profonda il proprio design proponendo delle “skin” talmente diverse l’una dall’altra da non farla più sembrare la stessa applicazione. Con una skin minimalista si potevano avere a disposizione solo i comandi base lasciando che quelli più avanzati fossero sepolti nei menù interni. Oppure si poteva preferire una skin che metteva in primo piano le funzioni più tecniche come l’equalizzatore, la navigazione tra le tracce e così via.

Quattro diverse skin di Winamp. Design completamente diversi, ma è sempre la stessa applicazione

Quel che risultava maggiormente interessante é che alla modifica di design corrispondeva anche un profondo cambiamento nell’approccio allo strumento stesso da parte di chi lo utilizzava.

Ciononostante, soprattutto per via di scelte commerciali, nelle applicazioni si è sempre più imposto l’utilizzo di design rigidi e non personalizzabili dove tuttalpiù viene concessa la scelta tra tema chiaro e tema scuro di cui si è detto prima. Questa rigidità porta in effetti alcuni vantaggi (un certo pulsante appare a chiunque in quella stessa posizione, quella voce di menù si trova sempre lì e l’applicazione rimane sempre riconoscibile a chiunque indifferentemente dal device utilizzato). Al tempo stesso però questa rigidità impone un unico modo di fruizione dei contenuti stabilito da chi detiene la proprietà della piattaforma stessa. Al tempo stesso questa rigidità contribuisce a impedire che gli utenti possano compiere alcune azioni malviste dalle company che detengono la proprietà del sito.

Per fare qualche esempio: YouTube non permette di scaricare i suoi video e chi volesse farlo dovrà usare strumenti esterni; YouTube ha una funzione che permette di modificare la velocità di riproduzione dei video e che in certi casi può esser molto comoda m il pulsante per regolarla è all’interno del menù Preferenze e questo fa sì che molte persone nemmeno sappiano che esiste. Se il design di YouTube fosse diverso e mettesse più in evidenza questa funzione, questa sarebbe certamente più utilizzata. YouTube impone che prima della visione di un video ci si debba beccare la pubblicità ed impone che il pulsante “salta” appaia solo dopo un certo numero di secondi. Al contrario, se il design di YouTube fosse diverso, il pulsante “salta” potrebbe essere disponibile sempre o, addirittura, si potrebbe accedere direttamente al video che ci interessa senza doversi sorbire la pubblicità (ok, ok, ci sono dietro ragioni economiche, si, ma qui il discorso è puramente tecnico).

Giusto per rimarcare ulteriormente il fatto che i contenuti sono distinti dal design, si può osservare come potrebbe apparire YouTube se fosse “nudo” ossia dati puri senza alcun fronzolo grafico. Apparirebbe più o meno così:

Se si accede a YouTube da Terminale, il suo archivio appare come una enorme ma semplicissima playlist testuale i cui video vanno visti con un player installato sul proprio computer

Sarebbe solo un archivio testuale navigabile da linea di comando a cui si avrebbe un accesso diretto, senza commenti, pubblicità, suggerimenti di Google ecc. Pulito e preciso, si, ma di certo non molto comodo…

Frontend alternativi

Se si volesse accedere ai contenuti di un sito con un’interfaccia diversa da quella standard capace di offrire anche funzioni in più o in meno rispetto al solito (e senza arrivare al punto da accederci da linea di comando), quel che fa per noi è un Frontend alternativo!

I Frontend alternativi non sono altro che delle piattaforme con un design tutto loro che visualizzano e gestiscono i contenuti che stanno su un server/sito/database gestito da qualcun’altro. Si tratta di un qualcosa con cui abbiamo a che fare tutti i giorni: chi usa aggregatori di notizie, ad esempio, riceve contenuti realizzati dai maggiori quotidiani e blog ma su una applicazione che li parifica applicando a tutti lo stesso font, gli stessi sfondi, dimensione dei titoli ecc. Chi usa Media Center come Kodi ha accesso ai contenuti di YouTube ma sul Media Center non vede i commenti, i comandi sono un po diversi ecc. In sostanza tutte le volte in cui si accede a dei contenuti da una piattaforma diversa da quella standard, siamo dinnanzi allo stesso concetto. Tuttavia quando si parla di “Frontend” solitamente si intende un tipo di piattaforma ben precisa ovvero un sito web specializzato nel gestire i dati provenienti da un altro sito web. In pratica: per accedere ai contenuti del [SITO ORIGINALE] si andrà invece sul [SITO FRONTEND] che mostra gli stessi contenuti del [SITO ORIGINALE] ma in forma diversa.

Video visto su YouTube

Lo stesso video di prima visto su Invidious

Frontend alternativi per ogni cosa?

Dunque possono esistere Frontend alternativi per ogni tipo di piattaforma? Frontend per Instagram, Facebook, Skype e così via?

NO

E’possibile realizzare un frontend solo a patto che i contenuti ‘pubblici’ della piattaforma che ci interessa siano veramente pubblici: più il sito originale è aperto ed accessibile e più è facile realizzarne un Frontend. Per questo motivo ci si può scordare di frontend per Facebook, che è una gabbia dorata/drogata ermetica e chiusa perlopiù inaccessibile a chi non accetta di consegnare tutti i propri dati personali. Per alcune piattaforme commerciali invece é possibile creare dei Frontend alternativi che se da un lato offrono alcune funzioni in più, al tempo stesso non possono svolgere tutte le funzioni base. Al contrario è facile elaborare Frontend alternativi per tutte le piattaforme libere, aperte ed open source, allo stesso modo con cui è facile realizzare applicazioni alternative per le stesse.

Giusto per fare due esempi, sia Matrix che Mastodon sono accessibili tramite un certo numero di Frontend alternativi, App e software per PC. Questo tipo di varietà è abbastanza comune tra le piattaforme libere, così come la contaminazione vicendevole, poiché le idee vincenti di un Frontend possono esser poi riprese da un altro ecc. Al contrario, chi utilizza piattaforme commerciali spesso non è nemmeno a conoscenza del fatto che è possibile utilizzare lo stesso ‘motore’ ma con una carrozzeria diversa e con funzioni aggiuntive.

URL e codice

Oltre alla distinzione tra design e contenuto v’è un secondo ed ultimo concetto da aver bene in mente per capire il funzionamento dei Frontend alternativi: la differenza tra URL e codice. Chi va sull’URL www.youtube.com non trova una banale paginetta statica con del testo e delle immagini fisse, ma un sito complesso che FA diverse cose. Sull’URL www.youtube.com difatti è presente del codice che permette di vedere un video, avviarlo, mandarlo avanti, metterlo in pausa, aggiungere i sottotitoli, regolare il volume ecc… Dire ‘codice’, quindi, non è troppo diverso che dire ‘software’.

Aprendo l’URL http://www.youtube.com quel che si carica sono centinaia di righe di codice

Il fatto che una pagina web contenga del codice che fa molte cose è forse scontato, ma proprio per questo troppo spesso si tende a non farci caso. Giusto a termine di paragone, chi ha potuto vedere l’evoluzione del web ricorderà forse che i primissimi video pubblicati online erano perlopiù dei file su una pagina statica che andavano scaricati sul computer e solo a quel punto potevano essere visti, offline, con un mediaplayer. Solo col tempo e l’avvento della banda larga chi realizzava siti web ha potuto inserire nelle pagine stesse il codice che permetteva di vedere il video direttamente nella pagina.

NB: le cose non stanno esattamente così e qui si sta semplificando moooolto grossolanamente giusto per far capire alcuni concetti base sperando che il dio-gattino degli hacker non lanci una delle sue solite maledizioni ;-P

Ogniqualvolta si va su un sito web, dunque, bisogna tenere bene a mente che aprendo un certo URL si caricherà sì una pagina che ha una certa grafica e colore ma anche tanto codice. Un Frontend alternativo, quindi, è un “pacchetto” che include design e codice e che non si limita ad apparire diverso da quello originale e a disporre in modo diverso le sue stesse funzioni ma permette addirittura di gestire i contenuti in modo del tutto diverso aggiungendo funzionalità inedite. Una cosa che i Frontend alternativi potrebbero fare ma non sempre ne sono in grado è porsi da filtro tra te ed il sito originale per limitare la raccolta di metadati della tua navigazione. Per questioni strettamente tecniche questa cosa non è sempre possibile. Se uno dei motivi per cui si ricorre ai Frontend alternativi è quello di limitare la raccolta dati su di sè, in linea generale si consideri che comunque il sito originale qualche dato personale se lo piglia.

Invidious

Di Frontend alternativi ne esistono di diversi tipi e per diverse piattaforme. Qui ne osserveremo dettagliatamente uno che funge abbastanza bene da modello per spiegarli un po tutti. Si tratta di Invidious, che è probabilmente il più noto dei Frontend alternativi per YouTube. Se un Frontend alternativo è un “pacchetto” di design e codice diverso da quello presente sul sito di riferimento, Invidious è un “pacchetto” diverso da quello che troviamo su youtube.com, ma… su che sito possiamo trovarlo?

Su più d’uno!

Invidious difatti è un progetto libero ed open source che viene messo a disposizione di chiunque lo voglia utilizzare per sè, mettere sul proprio sito, modificarlo, migliorarlo ecc. (il “pacchetto” contenente codice e design si trova qui ). Dunque non c’è UN sito Invidious ufficiale, ma diversi siti, ognuno dei quali ha il proprio URL e la propria versione personalizzata del “pacchetto” di Invidious. Ognuno di questi siti può esser definito un’ “Istanza Invidious”

Esistono diverse Istanze Invidious e non esiste un elenco completo. Qui ce n’è uno parziale. La più nota Istanza Invidious è la prima ad esser stata creata https://invidio.us/ , ma attualmente sembra un po lenta. Un’Istanza che risulta decisamente più scattante è invece https://invidious.fdn.fr/ Il “pacchetto” di Invidious è liberamente personalizzabile e viene costantemente aggiornato e poichè ogni Istanza è libera di modificarlo è possibile che alcune abbiano rimosso alcune funzioni o che ne abbian sostituito la grafica con una tutta loro. E’anche possibile che un’Istanza usi una versione non aggiornata di Invidious e che certe Istanze siano più veloci e scattanti di altre. Insomma: è un panorama variegato.

Che cosa offre Invidious più di YouTube.com?

Uno dei principali vantaggi di quasi tutti i Frontend ed App alternative è che limitano o addirittura permettono di rimuovere molti elementi gamificanti. Invidious ad esempio permette di rimuovere tutti i commenti ai video e di impedire la riproduzione automatica così come nascondere i video suggeriti da Google. Oltre a questo rimuove tutta la pubblicità, permette di scaricare direttamente i video in diversi formati e qualità (anche .mp3) e permette di mettere in play solo l’audio in modo da poter ascoltare il video come fosse un podcast consumando pure meno banda.

Frontend ed App suggerite

I Frontend alternativi, ormai si sarà ben capito, non sono poi molto diversi da una App non ufficiale. Qui di seguito si segnalano sia Frontend che App cui vale la pena dare un’occhiata. Non sono tutte quelle disponibili ma una selezione di quelle più note e interessanti. Altre App possono esser trovate su F-Droid. Qui quelle per Instagram, quelle per Twitter e quelle per YouTube.

Per quanto riguarda altri Frontend alternativi la cosa è un po più complessa perché non sempre vengono chiamati in questo modo e per cercarli bisogna utilizzare termini alternativi come “hook”, “alternative url”, “web viewer”, “web client”. Per Instagram ad esempio ce ne sono tantissimi ma spesso si tratta di siti zeppi di pubblicità e che a differenza di quelli qui segnalati, non sono Istanze che utilizzano codice open source, per cui è meglio evitarli.

INVIDIOUS
(Frontend per YouTube)
Istanza consigliata: https://invidious.fdn.fr/

– Download dei contenuti in diversi formati e qualità
– Rimozione pubblicità
– Rimozione commenti
– Rimozione autoplay
– Rimozione suggerimenti di Google
– Possibile riprodurre anche solo l’audio

HOOKTUBE
(Frontend per YouTube)
https://hooktube.com

– Download dei contenuti appoggiandosi a siti terzi
– Rimozione pubblicità
– Di default i commenti non son mostrati
– Rimozione autoplay
– Rimozione suggerimenti di Google

LAPISTUBE
(Frontend per YouTube basato su Invidious)
https://lapis.tube/

– E’un player fighetto ancora in fase di sviluppo. E’ un po pesante ma ha il pregio di mostrare solamente i video senza commenti, voti, suggerimenti ecc.

FREETUBE
(Applicazione Desktop per YouTube derivata da Invidious)
https://freetubeapp.io/

– Ha tutte le caratteristiche di Invidious ma impedisce di essere tracciati da YouTube

MUSICPIPED
(Applicazione per YouTube basata su Invidious)
https://f-droid.org/en/packages/deep.ryd.rydplayer/

– E’ un’app di streaming musicale che pesca i brani da YouTube

NEWPIPE
(App per YouTube)
https://newpipe.schabi.org/

– E’forse la più nota App open per YouTube
– Download dei contenuti in diversi formati e qualità
– Rimozione pubblicità
– Rimozione commenti
– Rimozione autoplay
– Possibile riprodurre anche solo l’audio

NITTER
(Frontend di Twitter)
Istanza più nota: https://nitter.net Qui una lista di Istanze ed una lista di Browser extensions per Nitter

– Rimuove la pubblicità
– Non usa JavaScript ed impedisce a twitter.com di registrare i tuoi dati di navigazione
– E’molto più leggero e scattante di twitter.com
– Permette di usare Twitter con diversi temi, ad esempio quello di Mastodon
– Permette di salvare immagini, video e .gif
– Può generare il feed RSS di ogni account

BIBLIOGRAM
(Frontend per Instagram)
Istanza principale: https://bibliogram.snopyta.org e pagina del progetto

– Permette anche a chi non ha un account di accedere a profili e post Instagram
– E’ più veloce di Instagram
– Permette di scaricare le immagini
– Rimuove la pubblicità
– Può generare il feed RSS di ogni account
– Accesso ai contenuti tramite nome account o URL di un post

La magia di Nitter: il design è quello di Mastodon ma è un account Twitter

UN “TRUCCHETTO”

Un semplice “trucchetto”. Di solito i Frontend alternativi usano gli stessi percorsi di dominio dei siti originali.

Per intenderci, se l’URL di un certo video di YouTube è:

https://www.youtube.com/ watch?v=J—aiyznGQ

Su Invidious sarà uguale e basta sostituire la prima parte:

https://invidious.fdn.fr/ watch?v=J—aiyznGQ

La stessa cosa si dovrebbe ripetere anche per gli URL di Twitter ed Instagram nei relativi Frontend alternativi, sia che si parli dell’URL di un post che di quello di un account utente.

INTERAGIRE CON CHI SVILUPPA QUESTI FRONTEND

Chi avesse interesse ad interagire con chi si occupa dello sviluppo di alcuni di questi Frontend alternativi, sono disponibili alcune stanze Matrix di discussione:

Bibliogram: #bibliogram:matrix.org

Invidious: #invidious:matrix.org

Nitter: #nitter:matrix.org

#ItalianLockdown – effetti e cause della “giusta motivazione” in sostituzione delle prassi mediche

di: Ca Gi
14 Aprile 2020 ore 09:27

Lockdown: il mondo s’è fermato! Han premuto il tasto “Pausa”. Ma a ben vedere c’è lockdown e lockdown e non sono mica tutti uguali. Se osservato bene, il modo in cui ogni paese applica, gestisce e narra il modo in cui gestisce l’emergenza rivela molte più cose di quanto sembri a prima vista.

Pure quello che ci riguarda, il lockdown all’italiana, è una lente di ingrandimento che amplifica problemi, storture, rapporti di potere, arretratezze, bagaglio culturale, opinioni diffuse, tipicità, errori ricorrenti, tic narrativi e possibili errori futuri del Belpaese. Ecco perchè vale la pena osservarlo a trecentosessanta gradi.

INDICE

Non trovi il cerotto? Allora amputiamo!
Come osi?
C’era una volta un virus
Colpisci il capro! Colpiscilo! Ancora, ancora!
#ConfinatiInCasa a causa di un sistema emergenziale inadatto
Italian Lockdown
Chinese Lockdown
Stendere il virus con multa e manganello
Il virus circola, la polizia vuole #TuttiAlChiuso
Schizofrenia mediatica
Sicurezza sanitaria o giusta motivazione?
Italiani incontrollabili?
Gli untori solitari
Gli untori di massa
I Teleassembramenti
Oltre i teleassembramenti
Profezie autoavveranti
Aria, Asfalto, Asintomatici, Mascherine
The day after

 

Non trovi il cerotto? Allora amputiamo!

Siamo nel bel mezzo di una pandemia globale gestita con modalità assai diverse a seconda della nazione o regione coinvolta. Modalità in molti casi caratterizzate da approcci impacciati e contraddittori se non addirittura criminosi ma che nella maggioranza dei casi rivelano la debolezza sistemica di diversi paesi che si son trovati improvvisamente a dover subire gli effetti dei propri problemi strutturali. Problemi che, nel loro insieme, stan contribuendo a rendere quest’emergenza assai peggiore di quanto potrebbe essere se gestita in modo piò oculato e se certe cose fossero state già risolte.

A grandi linee questi elementi possono essere riassunti in:

– Mala gestione di chi inizialmente non ha saputo valutare o addirittura ha tentato di negare la gravità della situazione.

– Il mancato ascolto di chi, nei decenni passati, ha più volte avvertito del possibile pericolo di diffusione su scala globale di pandemie e della necessità di prepararsi all’evenienza. Mancato ascolto che non ha fatto sufficiente tesoro dell’esperienza maturata nel corso di episodi simili come ad esempio la diffusione di SARS e MERS, dell’aviaria, della febbre suina e di quella bovina, giusto per citare i più recenti. Ciò ha fatto sì che gran parte dei paesi industrializzati s’è dovuta rendere improvvisamente conto di non avere piani di contenimento sufficienti né procedure adeguate da seguire; di non avere né scorte di materiale indispensabile né sistemi autonomi per produrlo. Il tutto si è così tradotto in gestioni improvvisate ed emergenziali fatte spesso un tanto al chilo, come ad esempio le iniziali disposizioni di lockdown regionali in cui si son viste chiudere le scuole ma non i centri commerciali o le restrizioni all’uso di tamponi e mascherine emesse perché non c’e n’erano abbastanza.

– La mancata presa di coscienza della catena di correlazioni che unisce con un filo rosso la distruzione di interi ecosistemi, le condizioni igieniche spaventose dell’industria dell’allevamento e la diffusione di pandemie, così come il costante peggioramento della qualità dell’aria, da più parti indicato come molto probabilmente correlato all’incidenza del contagio.

– Una politica economico-finanziaria che in occidente ha indebolito la sanità pubblica, l’istruzione (medica e non) e l’istituzione di sistemi di prevenzione per emergenze aperiodiche mentre nei paesi più poveri ha impedito lo sviluppo di sistema sanitari adeguati. Le disuguaglianze derivanti dagli attuali sistemi di produzione ora verranno pagati a carissimo prezzo a livello planetario rivelando ancor di più la necessità di ridurre tali disuguaglianze: i paesi più poveri ora rischiano di diventare degli immensi focolai a scapito delle persone più deboli facendo tra l’altro anche saltare la produzione di quei beni su cui è fondato il sistema di produzione stesso.

– Comparti economici che hanno lavorato attivamente contro ogni forma di contenimento e prevenzione anteponendo il proprio interesse speculativo ad ogni altra cosa, al costo di negare l’epidemia. Il caso della mancata zonizzazione della Val Seriana per salvaguardare le sue industrie e manifatture ne è un esempio evidente.

– Media mainstream eccessivamente dipendenti da interessi economici che, senza soluzione di continuità, inseguono e cavalcano notizie che alimentano il panico ma al tempo stesso diffondono messaggi tranquillizzanti, aumentando a dismisura quella schizofrenia delle notizie che immancabilmente si ripete nelle situazioni. Panico e allarme che oggi trovano nei media mainstream commerciali un terreno perfetto per la loro diffusione.

– La scarsa coordinazione internazionale per problemi di ordine globale. Ciò che avviene con la pandemia del SARS-CoV-2 ripropone in scala accelerata ciò che avviene da decenni riguardo all’emergenza climatica, ossia la mancata applicazione del concetto che in un mondo globalizzato, i problemi e le cattive condotte di UN paese sono un problema drammatico per TUTTI i paesi. Mancata coordinazione che il mondo scientifico s’è immediatamente adoperato per superare mentre al contrario diversi governi si ostinano a rifiutare, chiudendosi a riccio e cogliendo l’occasione per imporre agende nazionaliste.

 

Documento del 22 dicembre 2010 in vui veniva valutata la gestione della pandemia del virus H1N1 nella regione Lombardia rilevando già in quella data numerosi problemi (LINK a file PDF)

 

Il risultato è sotto gli occhi di tutti: paesi e regioni che eseguono test a tappeto, altri eseguono test mirati ed altri ancora che faticano a procurarsi il materiale per eseguire i tamponi; criteri di conteggio differenti che non possono essere paragonati tra loro sballando rilevazioni e statistiche; quotidiani e politici che hanno alternato allarmi eccessivi a pericolose e immotivate banalizzazioni; morti che vengono celate o fatte passare per non attinenti al coronavirus; regioni ricchissime ridotte al collasso da sistemi sanitari perlopiù privati o semi-privati che vengono aiutati da ONG e paesi decisamente più poveri ma che hanno sistemi sanitari pubblici; medici ed infermieri che cercano di fare quel che possono con quel poco che hanno (mancanza di personale, dispositivi di protezione, posti letto, ospedali da campo…) e che quindi si contagiano e muoiono; amministratori locali impanicati che per reazione strafanno optando per soluzioni militari eccessive coadiuvate da forze di polizia che applicano divieti privi di valenza medica, contraddittori e/o completamente assurdi. Big tech, Grande Distribuzione Organizzata e comparti della logistica e del delivery che sfruttano l’occasione per lucrare grazie alle proprie posizioni dominanti e che aumentano il proprio campo d’azione ed ingerenza su economia e politica (Google, Twitter ed Apple hanno già annunciato che inizieranno iniziative volte a facilitare il tracciamento degli utenti).

L’industria della sorveglianza che coglie la palla al balzo per far testare sui civili tecnologie di controllo con l’entusiastica partecipazione delle forze di polizia e movimenti politici destrorsi che premono affinché i governi implementino soluzioni di sorveglianza digitale nonostante si siano rivelate di dubbia utilità in quanto le prassi applicate nei paesi che meglio han saputo rispondere all’emergenza erano valide anche a prescindere dei tracciamenti digitali.

Come osi?

Capiamoci, una pandemia globale è un evento imponente e drammatico che per forza di cose genera allarme e problemi di diverso tipo portando immancabilmente a restrizioni, limitazioni e grossi problemi di varia natura indifferentemente dal tipo di sistema politico/economico/sanitario/organizzativo che ci si è dati.

Detto ciò bisogna però ribadire che il modo in cui un’emergenza viene gestita può fare una grandissima differenza: una gestione sensata e ben organizzata dell’emergenza è certamente più efficace di una gestione improvvisata ed eccessiva. Pur non esistendo formule magiche né sistemi perfetti che avrebbero certamente evitato tutto ciò con equanime consenso di medici, economisti, lavoratori, politici, movimenti per i diritti civili e quant’altro, osservare quello che in questo momento non sta funzionando a dovere è un passo indispensabile per poter fare meglio ed evitare di proseguire su strade che causano infiniti danni collaterali di ordine sociale, psicologico, economico e politico.

 

Un “criticone”

 

Non v’è alcuna alternativa: il miglioramento dell’esistente può iniziare solo da una critica dello stesso. L’importante è che questa critica sia ragionata ed aperta alla confutazione. Senza critica, insomma, si accetta che storture ed errori proseguano anche in futuro così come sono o, peggio, se ne avalla pure l’enfatizzazione.

Ciò che differenzia una sana critica da indignazione, sfogo e vuota polemica risiede nella qualità dell’analisi: una critica durissima ma sensata, logica, precisa e documentata è certamente un qualcosa di più utile e rispettoso di qualsiasi forma di supporto acritico e tolleranza di facciata. Criticare la gestione dell’emergenza comporta necessariamente anche la messa in discussione delle sue premesse, ossia di quegli elementi preesistenti che hanno impedito fin dall’inizio di mettere in campo una gestione migliore. Non solo: la critica non può esimersi nemmeno dall’evidenziare quegli elementi dell’attualità che preannunciano inquietanti sviluppi che si potrebbero manifestare in futuro.

 

 

C’era una volta un virus

C’è molto da dire sul modo in cui questa pandemia è stata narrata dai grandi media mainstream. Concentrandoci sull’Italia, dopo un iniziale spaesamento in cui abbiamo visto quotidiani, politici e associazioni industriali alternare confusamente urla di panico ed appelli alla normalità, nell’arco di qualche settimana la narrazione mainstream della pandemia s’è andata più o meno assestando su alcuni punti e formule fisse (ma non va dimenticato che le narrazioni non smettono mai davvero di evolvere).

 

Con un video pubblicato il 28 febbraio, la Confcommercio di Bergamo lanciava questo hashtag e la relativa campagna mediatica

 

Sulla costruzione di questa narrazione dominante sono necessarie numerosissime osservazioni perché al suo interno confluisce un po di tutto: dalle premesse sul sistema economico ai tic ricorrenti della narrazione nazionale italiana, dalle contraddizioni sistemiche ai format discorsivi sul decoro ecc.

 

Osservazioni su tutti questi aspetti non son certo mancate in queste settimane: articoli, discussioni online, podcast e trasmissioni radio estremamente puntuali capaci di cogliere ed esporre questi diversi elementi e le loro sfacettature, mettendone a nudo contraddizioni, storture e non-detti. Osservazioni che purtroppo non sorprende abbiano trovato poco o nessuno spazio sui media mainstream, troppo dipendenti da quegli stessi interessi economici e politici dominanti interessati a confermare lo status quo.

Ma se i media mainstream non danno troppo spazio a queste argomentazioni possiamo almeno farlo qui, segnalando giusto alcuni articoli consigliabili::

Apocalittici e messianici

Cent’anni di isolamento: come l'”emergenza nomadi” prosegue nell’emergenza coronavirus

Coronavirus: cosa sta succedendo?

Coronavirus: l’aereo

Criminalizzare chi fa jogging e passeggiate: le ordinanze dell’Emilia Romagna analizzate sotto la lente del giurista

Dalle denunce penali alle supermulte: le nuove sanzioni per chi cammina “senza motivo” analizzate da un giurista

Diario virale 1 – I giorni del coronavirus a Bulågna

Diario virale 2 – Bulågna brancola nel buio delle ordinanze

Diario virale 3 – Contro chi sminuisce l’emergenza

“E’colpa di quelli come te se c’è il contagio”. Abusi in divisa e strategia del capro espiatorio nei giorni del coronavirus

“Fate parlare gli esperti” Chi si deve occupare di una pandemia?

I benedetti dell’epidemia

I veri numeri del contagio a Brescia e in Lombardia

L’Africa rischia di perdere anni di progressi nella lotta contro la povertà

La lotta di classe dietro la pandemia

La viralità del decoro – controllo e autocontrollo sociale ai tempi del Covid-19 (prima puntata)

La viralità del decoro – controllo e autocontrollo sociale ai tempi del Covid-19 (seconda puntata)

L’Organizzazione Mondiale della Sanità nell’occhio del ciclone

Per un socialismo del disastro

Proteggere i detenuti è fondamentale per arginare il virus

Quando e come finirà l’isolamento?

Serve un’amnistia per sfollare le carceri

Sul terrore a mezzo stampa – “il virus è nell’aria”, un titolo che farà molti danni

Solo la politica può evitare l’apocalissi

Sul terrore a mezzo stampa – le foto delle vie piene di untori

Un nuovo mondo per la collaborazione scientifica

Una società grande quanto un supermercato

Usare #stateacasa per diffamare e licenziare i lavoratori: cosa possiamo imparare, anche in Italia, sul caso Amazon/Smalls

L’unico elemento che al momento pare non esser stato trattato con troppo interesse, forse perché dato per acquisito dalla maggior parte dei commentatori, è l’impatto che ha avuto negli anni passati la diffusione nel discorso pubblico delle idee NoVax, che hanno preso in ostaggio delle giuste critiche sulle storture di un’industria farmaceutica in mano alle multinazionali, facendone però il tramite per timori antiscientifici privi di fondamento.

Timori cavalcati e sfruttati da politici poco lungimiranti giusto per questioni di bassa strategia e che han contribuito a diffonderli trasversalmente nel discorso pubblico influenzando di conseguenza l’intero mondo politico rendendolo così meno propenso ad tener in considerazione le richieste del mondo scientifico.

Il mondo è a colori: non in bianco e nero nè in scala di grigi

Va aggiunta un’ulteriore postilla che purtroppo non è così scontata, specie tra chi solitamente non è propenso all’analisi critica e metodica della realtà: la critica in sè non corrisponde necessariamente alla negazione dell’oggetto preso in considerazione. Purtroppo il livello discorsivo diffuso tende ad appiattire e banalizzare la critica dello status quo per rifiutarla in toto e non affrontarla.

Detto in soldoni: criticare il lockdown non equivale a dire “tana libera tutti: comportiamoci come se la pandemia non esistesse” allo stesso modo per cui essere contrari alla violenza non equivale necessariamente a rifiutarsi di tirare un cazzotto in faccia a qualcuno che minaccia di ucciderci.

La realtà è complessa, ambigua, contraddittoria e densa di sfumature. Rifiutae ciò e banalizzarla in un ritratto in bianco e nero (“o stai con le misure imposte dal governo o sei uno scellerato”), è il modo migliore per non vederla così com’è e, di conseguenza, non esser mai in grado di migliorare alcunchè.

Allo stesso modo è svilente e deviante l’uso del “ricatto della soluzione”, ossia il rifiuto della critica attuato imponendo a chi osserva un malfunzionamento di fornire allo stesso tempo anche soluzioni immediate. Insomma: non sono un meccanico ma se mi accorgo che i freni della macchina non funzionano e dico a gran voce, non ha molto senso zittirmi con “troppo facile criticare i freni se non sai ripararli!!11!!1!!1”.

Colpisci il capro! Colpiscilo! Ancora, ancora!

Nelle situazioni di panico e pericolo, la ricerca di un capro espiatorio è una ricorrenza tristemente consueta, tanto più quando il pericolo è generalizzato ed impalpabile. Il bisogno di scaricare la propria rabbia e frustrazione contro una figura definita e tangibile sulla quale poter appiccicare la colpa per eventi che in realtà hanno cause molto complesse e ramificate nasce da impulsi emotivi antichi e profondi che nel corso dei millenni si son manifestati nelle forme più varie.

Dopo gli attentati dell’11 settembre, ad esempio, l’impossibilità di correlare rabbia e timori tanto immensi contro uno sparuto numero di terroristi o verso le entità politiche che hanno sfruttato tali eventi per portar avanti la propria agenda imponendo una narrativa incentrata su patriottismo e militarismo, la reazione è stata quella demonizzare in modo generalizzato l’intero mondo arabo e/o islamico.

I media mainstream, che si attengono alle regole del mercato ed alle linee editoriali imposte dalla proprietà più che che all’analisi critica del mondo, non fanno altro che cavalcare questa generalizzazione gettando benzina sul fuoco ed alimentando queste reazioni insensate.

Insensate ma utili all’agenda politica degli editori e della proprietà dei grandi media, attentissima a “dare il La” alle discussioni da social decidendo gli argomenti di cui far parlare la popolazione e/o impostando la chiave con cui leggere gli eventi.

Ciò può esser osservato anche nel modo in cui i maggiori media italiani cavalcano, alimentano ed indirizzano il sentimento anti-migranti in funzione di interessi politici e non per reale interesse nei confronti di queste persone.

Tutto ciò genera un circuito chiuso in cui media, social network e politica si alimentano e confermano a vicenda senza lasciar spazio a critica alcuna, consolidando lo status quo.

Liberarsi dalla narrazione mainstream quindi è un’impresa assai impegnativa, sia per la difficoltà di affrontare analisi complesse ed imparare ad informarsi in modo preciso e metodico che per il fatto che la narrazione mainstream non è necessariamente fatta di notizie false ma si caratterizza soprattutto per la sproporzione data ad elementi del reale. In sostanza i grandi media, più che a raccontare menzogne tout court tendono ad alterare la realtà dando grandissimo peso ad alcuni fatti reali selezionati, “inquadrandoli” in un certo modo o, soprattutto, per semplificazione, ossia fornendo informazioni reali parziali e scontornate dal quadro generale, in modo da poterle usare in un quadro completamente diverso.

Per capirci basterà citare l’esempio dei dati sulla criminalità in Italia che pur essendo costantemente in calo da decenni vengono narrati dando enorme peso solo a quella parte di dati che, estrapolati dal loro contesto, possono essere enfatizzati per dipingere un quadro opposto alla realtà: il leggero aumento temporaneo di un certo tipo di reato, presentato dai quotidiani come “record di furti” impone con tre parole una falsificazione percettiva della realtà attraverso dati reali decontestualizzati. Smontare tale narrazione è sempre possibile ma richiede necessariamente un gran sbattimento per poter reinserire quel dato nel contesto originario e si scontrerà con un’opinione pubblica che quel dato già lo conosce e quindi ciò che andrà decostruito non è il dato in sé ma l’intero contesto in cui è inserito.

Il temibile e temerario babau giallo che ha tenuto in scacco il Veneto… semplicemente saltando un posto di blocco.

 

Poiché è dai margini che il centro diventa più evidente, nell’osservazione di vicende secondarie e marginali questi meccanismi risultano ancor più espliciti e facili da studiare e questo vale anche nella costruzione di capri espiatori. Notevole a questo proposito l’epopea di Igor il russo o l’assurda vicenda dell’Audi Gialla; episodi in cui, soprattutto a distanza di tempo, risultano particolarmente evidenti le forzature con cui i protagonisti di queste narrazioni son stati eletti a puri e semplici feticci su cui convogliare pulsioni, paure, paranoie, fantasie e pregiudizi inespressi.

In tutti questi casi il capro-feticcio diviene una figura a sé, separata ma sovrapposta al suo rappresentante reale: nel caso del post 11 settembre un americano di terza generazione di origine libanese e di religione cristiana poteva esser narrato come uno pseudo-jihadista saudita che simpatizza per i tagliateste e che segretamente anela a circondarsi di spose bambine e distruggere l’occidente; nel caso dei migranti l’ingegnere nigeriano di fede pentecostale figlio di famiglia borghese che fugge dall’impoverimento diviene un allevatore di capre troglodita ignorante che pratica il voodoo in una capanna di sterco e fango che viene qui a rubarci le donne e il lavoro pur essendo troppo scansafatiche per lavorare e inoltre… scandalo dello scandalo… è addirittura colpevolmente possessore di uno smartphone!

 

 

Il criminale serbo Norbert Fehler diviene Igor il russo, una sorta di supercattivo dei fumetti a metà tra James Bond e Rambo, imprendibile e capace di tenere in scacco oltre duemila carabinieri, avvistato ovunque ma introvabile come Bigfoot, cattivissimo ed abilissimo, geniale e scaltrissimo; un’automobile gialla che salta un posto di blocco diviene l’imprendibile Audi Gialla guidata da criminali dell’est e che scorrazza a tutta velocità per il Veneto per dimostrare con un gesto di spregio che le genti slave possono fare ciò che vogliono “a casa nostra”.

Tale meccanismo è particolarmente presente nella cultura di coloro cui son affidati compiti di controllo sulla popolazione in quanto definire un nemico tangibile permette di agire attivamente ed in forme materiali, visive e quindi spettacolari (l’inseguimento del corridore solitario sulla spiaggia o l’esibizione dei droni a scansione termica sono intrinsecamente degli atti teatrali). Anche qui non si tratta di un meccanismo necessariamente voluto: se in alcuni casi capro espiatorio e spettacolarità sono ricercati a tavolino, nella maggioranza dei casi sono un effetto complementare di un modo di vedere le cose altamente interiorizzato. A questo proposito basta citare alcuni commenti provenienti da gruppi Facebook di forze dell’ordine in cui per osservare l’insensata acredine immediatamente maturata dopo l’imposizione del lockdown per quelli che vanno in giro con il cane, visti come dei “furbetti” che usavano i propri animali da compagnia come passepartout per aggirare la legge e l’immediata nascita di leggende metropolitane su cani diventati magrissimi perché obbligati a camminare per ore.

#ConfinatiInCasa a causa di un sistema emergenziale inadatto

La diffusione del SARS-CoV-2 è un problema innanzitutto sanitario e dunque la prima cosa da tenere a mente per qualsiasi ragionamento sono proprio le indicazioni sanitarie su come effettuare il suo contenimento. Indicazioni che possono essere riassunte in:

  • Riduzione dei contatti fisici (distanziamento fisico / limitazione degli spostamenti / isolamento / uso di dispositivi di protezione)
  • Sanificazione (disinfezione ambienti / potenziamento delle prassi igieniche)
  • Monitoraggio (tamponi / verifica della catena di trasmissione)

Le modalità di applicazione di queste indicazioni possono variare molto e non sono esenti da discussioni tra medici e preoccupazioni di varia natura: il distanziamento fisico comporta la cessazione di numerose attività economiche indispensabili e non; l’isolamento applicato in forma preventiva è causa di numerosissimi problemi; i dispositivi di protezione sono utili solo se usati correttamente, altrimenti possono contribuire a diffondere il virus; la disinfezione degli ambienti richiede una certa preparazione; mancano materiali; la verifica della catena di trasmissione se fatta con mezzi informatici può avere dei risvolti catastrofici sulla privacy ecc.

Il tutto é ulteriormente complicato dal fatto che le problematiche pregresse (sistema sanitario indebolito da decenni di tagli e privatizzazioni, mancanza di personale medico, mancanza di un piano di contenimento già preventivato, dotazioni non sufficienti ecc.) han portato a compensare tali mancanze con un intervento meramente poliziesco tradottosi infine nel lockdown generale, nel #restiamoacasa, e nel teatrino dei decreti e delle autocertificazioni emesse in serie.

La riduzione dei contatti fisici attraverso limitazioni di mobilità ed assembramento è il metodo più drastico per contenere la diffusione del contagio (anche se diversi studi suggeriscono che i lockdown hanno efficacia diversa a seconda dei luoghi e delle modalità con cui viene effettuato e che, addirittura, in determinati casi si rivela controproducente) e può essere attuata in diversi modi, ossia limitando la mobilità tra aree diverse (a livello di nazione, regione, provincia, area, comune, quartiere) ed impedendo qualsiasi attività che preveda la compresenza ravvicinata di più persone. Ciò può essere effettuato in modo selettivo con la creazione di cordoni sanitari mirati (come isolare molto duramente una certa area ma applicare limitazioni meno stringenti in un’altra oppure presidiare i luoghi ad alto rischio concentrando gli sforzi sui potenziali focolai ed imporre solo norme di distanziamento nei luoghi a basso rischio). In generale il mondo medico suggerisce l’interruzione degli spostamenti a grande distanza, degli assembramenti di massa, mantenere un costante distanziamento fisico e buone prassi di disinfezione, ma non parla mai di confinamento totale e preventivo nelle abitazioni.

E’solo nel peggiore dei casi che questo viene applicato in maniera generalizzata, ossia il lockdown totale in cui viene bloccata ogni attività ed impedito ogni spostamento sul territorio.

Ricorrere al lockdown generale è una soluzione estrema sintomatica di una situazione oggettivamente fuori controllo oppure, più semplicemente, di una situazione non si è stati capaci di gestire. In altre parole è il risultato del fallimento delle misure preventive e di contenimento iniziale. Una grossa presa di coscienza della propria impreparazione, insomma.

Ma la gestione dell’emergenza come s’è detto varia notevolmente da paese in paese e le differenze di approccio derivano da fattori politici, sistemici, economici e territoriali di cui bisogna tenere ben conto quando si effettuano paragoni. Quando si parla del lockdown in Nuova Zelanda, per esempio, si parla di due isole grandi come l’Italia ma una popolazione di soli 5 milioni di abitanti. Nel caso di Cuba si parla di un’isola grande un terzo dell’Italia ma con un sesto dei suoi abitanti e che vanta non solo il miglior sistema sanitario dell’America latina ma pure il maggior numero di medici pro capite nel mondo. Hong Kong e Singapore sono sostanzialmente delle città-stato ad altissima densità abitativa. Insomma: è una banalità far notare che gestire la pandemia a Hong Kong è diverso che gestirla nelle campagne del Marlborough neozelandese ma a quanto pare questa banalità sembra sfuggire a gran parte dei media nostrani, che insistono soprattutto sulla questione dei test fatti a tapeto sull’intera popolazione in Corea del sud e sul tracciamento digitale delle persone, promuovendolo come inevitabile.

Se da un lato i nostri media insistono su test e tracciamento, dall’altro si son però rivelati assai imprecisi nel descrivere l’applicazione del lockdown negli altri paesi, per la gran parte molto meno restrittivi dell’Italia.

L’ostracismo dei comparti economici bergamaschi che hanno impedito il lockdown della Val Seriana e l’impreparazione generalizzata del governo italiano e delle amministrazioni locali che ha contribuito a posticipare oltre il dovuto l’applicazione di procedure emergenziali mirate, sono indubbiamente i principali responsabili del tracollo che ha portato all’imposizione di un lockdown durissimo che sulla penisola è stato applicato con un tono del tutto peculiare caratterizzato da una forma di militarizzazione che fatta eccezione per alcuni regimi dittatoriali trova forse dei paralleli solamente in Spagna.

Tutto chiuso e tutti al chiuso. L’ordine generale si è tradotto di fatto in un contenimento di massa che ha confinato l’intera popolazione agli arresti domiciliari nella speranza di riuscir a rallentare la diffusione del contagio affinché prosegua entro livelli gestibili dal sistema sanitario nazionale e questo nonostante il parere contrario di diversi medici che non mancano di far notare che la presenza prolungata in ambienti ristretti comporti molti più rischi che starsene all’aria aperta.

L’equazione è semplice: minore è la capacità del servizio sanitario nazionale di rispondere all’emergenza e maggiori sono le restrizioni imposte. Detta brutalmente: non avendo un sistema emergenziale efficace né un sistema sanitario tarato sulle reali esigenze della popolazione, adesso è la popolazione stessa a dover tarare le proprie vite per far in modo che sia il contagio ad adattarsi ai ritmi che questo sistema sanitario prosciugato da decenni di tagli può sostenere.

Italian Lockdown

Osservare l’ordine temporale con cui si è giunti al lockdown in Italia rivela molte cose: tra novembre e dicembre 2019 i medici cinesi iniziano a rilevare morti sospette e interrogarsi; il 31 dicembre viene avvertita l’OMS e la TV pubblica cinese avverte la popolazione della presenza di un virus ancora sconosciuto. Nei primi giorni di gennaio diversi paesi iniziano ad effettuare verifiche negli aeroporti sulle persone provenienti da Wuhan. A metà gennaio il virus viene identificato ed al contempo giunge la conferma della sua presenza anche al di fuori dalla Cina: a Taiwan, in Corea del sud e negli USA. Il 23 gennaio viene attuato il lockdown di Wuhan mentre i casi in Cina aumentano vertiginosamente. Nel giro di pochi giorni arrivano conferme della presenza del virus da sempre più paesi sparsi sul globo ed il 31 gennaio 2020 l’OMS dichiara che v’è il pericolo che si sviluppi una pandemia globale.

Nello stesso giorno vengono sospesi i voli dalla Cina all’Italia. A Roma due turisti cinesi risultano positivi al virus. In questo momento i grandi media italiani trattano la notizia perlopiù come un qualcosa di marginale che riguarda solo la Cina ed i suoi abitanti ed a livello politico/gestionale non vengono intraprese particolari procedure di contenimento al di là della verifica delle persone provenienti dalla Cina. Questo fino al 21 febbraio quando irrompe la notizia dei primi morti italiani per coronavirus a Codogno (Lombardia) e, a breve giro, a Vò Euganeo (Veneto). I media italiani a questo punto lanciano allarmi di panico. Nel giro di pochi giorni alcuni dei comuni coinvolti vengono dichiarati zona rossa (ma non tutti) e le regioni colpite iniziano ad emettere ordinanze atte a limitare assembramenti per attività ritenute non indispensabili (scuole, centri sportivi, sagre, manifestazioni), permettendo tuttavia gli assembramenti per attività lavorative, nei centri commerciali, mezzi di trasporto pubblico ecc. Le contraddizioni insite in queste ordinanze le rendono, di fatto, inutili.

 

 

Campagna a favore della diffusione del contagio del 26 febbraio 2020

 

Verso fine febbraio i comparti economici, spaventati dall’allarme mediatico e dal contraccolpo economico che stava causando, attraverso i propri responsabili media lanciano campagne tranquillizzatrici come #MilanoNonSiFerma e #BergamoIsRunning che, coinvolgendo diversi media, influencer, social e personaggi politici a loro affini, tentano di negare e minimizzare la realtà dei fatti attraverso una campagna stampa prontamente e acriticamente rilanciata sui social commerciali da una schiera di utili idioti. Al contempo pure alcuni quotidiani pubblicano articoli atti a minimizzare l’emergenza.

 

In questa immagine i titoli di sinistra vanno dal 22 al 25 febbraio mentre quello di destra è del 27

 

Il numero dei contagi tuttavia aumenta e con due decreti in rapidissima successione, tra l’8 ed il 9 marzo il governo italiano dichiara l’intero paese zona rossa impedendo alla popolazione di uscire dalla propria regione di residenza ma permettendo ancora l’apertura dei negozi ed il lavoro nelle fabbriche. A seguito dell’annuncio diverse migliaia di persone si è allontanano dalla città, perlopiù per tornare nelle proprie regioni di origine (o verso seconde case, con enorme fastidio della gente del posto). Le stime più alte parlano di trenta o quarantamila persone. Queste partenze improvvise vengono narrate dai media con discreto allarme generando diverse polemiche.

 

Consigli utili soprattutto a diffondere il contagio

 

L’11 marzo il governo impone una nuova stretta con la chiusura di tutti i negozi tranne supermarket, banche, farmacie, edicole e poche altre tipologie ed il divieto per la popolazione di lasciare il proprio comune. Le forze di polizia applicano le disposizioni dandogli una lettura particolarmente restrittiva impedendo, di fatto, ogni tipo di attività all’aperto anche se solitaria e svolta in sicurezza. L’autoisolamento in casa, già attuato preventivamente da milioni di persone s’inaspriva rendendo di fatto illegale uscire dalla propria abitazione.

 

Non controlli sanitari ma solo di polizia

 

Tra polemiche, gogne social verso chi “non si attiene alla legge” e concessioni minimali, si assesta una applicazione del lockdown in cui il diritto ad una circolazione limitata è concesso non in base a criteri di sicurezza sanitaria ma in base al principio della “giusta motivazione”: andare a far la spesa al supermercato più vicino o a lavorare in fabbrica è concesso, passeggiare no. Nel frattempo vengono preparati alcuni ospedali provvisori. Le fabbriche tuttavia restano attive, pur costituendo i maggiori focolai.

 

 

Solo il 21 marzo vengono chiuse anche le fabbriche, fatta eccezione per quelle ritenute “essenziali” (tra cui l’industria bellica). Nel corso delle settimane successive diverse aziende riescono comunque ad ottenere il permesso di tornare a produrre e Confindustria preme affinché venga concessa una riapertura di quasi tutte le attività. Già nella seconda settimana di aprile, nonostante non vi sia alcun segno di un calo dei contagi, numerose fabbriche iniziano a riaprire, il governatore del Veneto Zaia dichiara che di fatto il 60% delle aziende della regione sono attive ed in tutt’Italia le aziende riaprono autocertificandosi come essenziali, spesso con motivazioni del tutto inconsistenti. Due terzi degli italiani, in un modo o nell’altro, continua a lavorare.

Questa è a grandissime linee la cronologia dell’imposizione del lockdown nel Belpaese fino a questo momento, da cui risulta particolarmente evidente il ruolo di primo piano che ha giocato il comparto economico nel remare contro l’applicazione delle misure sanitarie di contenimento, l’indecisione della politica e la schizofrenia con cui i media han trattato il tutto.

Chinese Lockdown

A termine di paragone è interessante osservare le tempistiche del lockdown a Wuhan, in quanto, pur tenendo in considerazione le differenze sociali/ambientali/politiche/economiche, il lockdown di Wuhan si differenzia da tutti gli altri per via della sua eccezionalità (trattandosi dell’epicentro del contagio) ed il modo in cui è stato applicato evidenzia differenze d’approccio molto forti rispetto ai lockdown occidentali, tra cui quello italiano.

Il 23 gennaio viene annunciato il divieto di uscire dalla città di Wuhan e che il trasporto pubblico sarebbe stato interrotto entro poche ore, causando un esodo di massa nelle ore antecedenti alla sua interruzione (si calcola che solamente via treno furono circa 300.000 le persone che abbandonarono Wuhan). Vengono chiuse anche le autostrade. Il giorno dopo le stesse imposizioni sono state applicate in comuni limitrofi. Si iniziano subito ad applicare le misure di contenimento (che vedremo meglio dopo). Il 13 febbraio vengono chiuse tutte le fabbriche non essenziali. Il 20 febbraio vengono chiuse anche le scuole. A partire dal 13 marzo, a scaglioni si inizia a permettere nuovamente lo spostamento all’interno dei comuni ed a riaprire alcune fabbriche. L’8 aprile termina il lockdown di Wuhan ma proseguono le norme di distanziamento fisico e sicurezza.

 

Checkpoint all’ingresso di un blocco residenziale di Wuhan

 

Le tempistiche rivelano con chiarezza come l’approccio cinese sia stato fin da subito più deciso e netto mentre quello italiano (e di molti altri paesi occidentali), ma il tutto risulta ancor più interessante osservando le caratteristiche applicative del contenimento di Wuhan, da cui si possono evincere le enormi differenze strutturali e organizzative e rispetto all’Italia Innanzitutto va osservato che le chiusure sono state fatte principalmente per comunità: paesi, villaggi, aree urbane son stati chiusi al contatto esterno imponendo spesso un unico accesso controllato con checkpoint, con livelli di rigidità proporzionali al livello di contagi all’interno della comunità stessa. La spesa nei mercati era permessa a giorni alterni. Per realizzare queste compartimentazioni fra zone molte strade sono state bloccate.

 

All’interno delle comunità isolate ci si è organizzati per offrire servizi all’interno della comunità in forme sicure.

 

Circa quarantamila medici da ogni zona del paese sono giunti rapidamente a Wuhan e nelle città limitrofe per dare manforte al personale locale ed evitare il collasso della struttura sanitaria locale. Allo stesso tempo sono stati realizzati in tempi rapidissimi due nuovi ospedali specifici per i pazienti più gravi e dieci ospedali temporanei all’interno di centri fieristici e sportivi per curare i pazienti meno gravi. I medici delle singole comunità hanno fatto materialmente il giro di ogni singola abitazione per verificare la presenza di sospetti malati, le situazioni a rischio, stabilire se imporre la quarantena alle persone che vivevano assieme a chi era stato ricoverato, decidere se ci fossero casi da monitorare ed effettuare tamponi mirati.

 

Le persone che si sospettava potessero esser state contagiate sono state sistemate in alloggi isolati (ad esempio in camere d’albergo) e tenute sotto osservazione per almeno due settimane

 

Oltre a questo sono stati istituiti centinaia di ricoveri temporanei per separare le persone a rischio e far trascorrere due settimane o più in quarantena (spesso in isolamento) e osservazione a chi era stato dimesso o fosse stato a contatto con persone contagiate. Il governo ha fornito cibo e servizi base alle persone in quarantena tramite l’esercito.

Ciò che ha caratterizzato il lockdown di Wuhan è stato innanzitutto un livello di compartimentazione estremamente capillare e metodico grazie ad un’organizzazione basata sul principio delle comunità, sull’utilizzo delle reti locali e utilizzando l’esercito in funzione delle esigenze del personale medico: se all’interno di un complesso abitativo vi era un contagiato, l’intero complesso poteva esser messo sotto quarantena impedendo ai suoi inquilini di uscire ma se dopo un certo lasso di tempo (minimo due settimane) veniva rilevato che i soli contagiati erano quelli di un determinato appartamento, le limitazioni ai residenti degli altri appartamenti potevano esser rivedute. All’interno di comunità prive di contagi la restrizione di movimento era applicata solo al di fuori dell’area della comunità stessa (quartiere, villaggio) ma non vi era necessariamente il divieto di uscire al di fuori di essa.

Non va però dimenticato che la gestione ha presentato tratti anche assai feroci, con esercito ed amministrazioni che han agito con estrema durezza per far applicare la quarantena, spesso imponendola, ad esempio minacciando di staccare la corrente a chi non collaborava.

E’dunque necessario un esercizio di separazione: il lockdown effettuato a Wuhan è stato indubbiamente gestito in maniera militarista e totalitaria e in questo può solo esser rifiutato, ma (qui la separazione) va osservato che il tutto è stato fatto ponendo al centro di ogni ragionamento le esigenze mediche.

Niente distribuzioni di pseudo-mascherine nè aperture furbette di fabbriche o mancati lockdown a causa delle pressioni dell’industria locale.

Altro aspetto Interessante è che l’utilizzo di tecnologie di tracciamento pare esser stato decisamente molto meno utile e centrale rispetto a quanto vien riportato dai grandi media occidentali; piuttosto sembra esser stata usata soprattutto per intimidire la popolazione facendole percepire la presenza costante dello sguardo delle forze di controllo sui propri movimenti attraverdo app di tracciamento e micacciosissimi droni con altoparlante.

Stendere il virus con multa e manganello

In Italia il lockdown si è imposto come un divieto generalizzato di effettuare qualsiasi attività “non giustificata” all’aperto e nell’esperienza comune di ogni cittadino il rapporto con il governo non comprende medici che vengono a verificare la situazione casa per casa né membri dell’esercito agli ordini dei medici ma solamente forze dell’ordine che controllano che chi sia in giro abbia una “giusta motivazione”. Questo perchè qui s’è imposto il puro e semplice #RestiamoInCasa generalizzato (anche se, come altri han notato, #RestiamoDistanziati, #MinimoDueMetri o altre formule del genere sarebbero certamente state più oneste, utili e sane) per compensare l’incapacità di concepire una gestione più ragionata dell’emergenza.

La forma con cui sono state applicate le restrizioni in Italia è tra l’altro anche un segno tangibile della sproporzione tra spesa militare e spesa sanitaria del paese: non è un caso se militarizzare le strade sia risultato più semplice che attuare protocolli sanitari d’emergenza sul territorio perché notoriamente l’Italia investe più nell’esercito e nelle forze di polizia (vedi anche qui e qui) che sulla salute della popolazione. L’Italia è pure il paese europeo col maggior numero di effettivi nelle forze di polizia, dato che risulta ancor più impressionante se rapportato al numero di abitanti ed alla superficie del territorio.

Al contrario, se si osserva il rapporto tra PIL e spesa sanitaria si osserva subito che sono diversi i paesi che, in proporzione, investono più dell’Italia nel servizio sanitario, ad esempio, tra questi: Moldavia, Lesotho, Ruanda, Serbia, Kiribati, Palau, Uganda, Costa Rica, Haiti.

Anche riguardo all’istruzione la situazione è simile e si rileva che l’Italia è tra gli ultimi paesi in Europa per spesa nell’istruzione eanche a livello internazionale non siamo messi bene (superati ad esempio da Benin, Malawi, Afghanistan, Mongolia e Sierra Leone). Cuba, per esempio, investe oltre tre volte più dell’Italia nell’Istruzione. Non è un casoi se ci mandano i medici, ecco.

Non stupisce dunque che diversi gli indicatori riportino un drammatico calo delle capacità degli studenti italiani. Non è un caso, dunque, se scarseggiano medici ed infermieri ma le forze dell’ordine non mancano mai.

Giusto per fare un esempio sulle differenze di spesa, non è mancato chi ha fatto notare che i soldi impiegati per acquistare un solo F-35 sarebbero stati meglio investiti nella realizzazione di 1350 posti letto per cura intensiva.

 

Non importa solo quanto spendi, ma anche il come

Insomma, in un paese con grandi apparati militari e polizieschi ma apparati sanitari e scolastici sottodimensionati era tristemente prevedibile che la gestione di un’emergenza sanitaria in Italia sarebbe stata trattata soprattutto come un generico problema poliziesco.

Va osservato che questo forte sbilanciamento a favore degli apparati di controllo influisce su diversi piani e moltissimo anche a livello culturale: quando le amministrazioni locali hanno iniziato a capire che la questione del virus fosse un problema serio, queste, anche se in maniera spesso pasticciata, vi si sono approcciate pensandolo proprio in ottica poliziesca, partorendo difatti ordinanze e divieti che non avevano alcun senso dal punto di vista sanitario e che han toccato solo e soltanto quelle forme di assembramento tipicamente più soggette all’intervento poliziesco (manifestazioni, scioperi, eventi di piazza, scuole, centri sociali) senza toccare le forme di assembramento che riguardavano i luoghi destinati a produzione, commercio e tradizione (centri commerciali, fabbriche, chiese, case di riposo). Solo successivamente a queste disposizioni poliziesche hanno iniziato a fornire informazioni sanitarie basate più o meno su indicazioni mediche.

Anziché un problema sanitario gestito con l’ausilio della forze di polizia, il lockdown italiano é stato caratterizzato fin da subito come un problema di polizia motivato da questioni sanitarie. Una differenza non da poco.

 

 

Il virus circola, la polizia vuole #TuttiAlChiuso

Il risultato si è tradotto nell’affermazione di una serie di attività di controllo (di dubbia costituzionalità) sulla popolazione che non hanno alcuna giustificazione di tipo sanitario e che colpiscono persone intente in attività che in nessun modo potrebbero essere ritenute veicoli di contagio. Attività di controllo subito fatte proprie dal circuito mediatico-politico, felicissimo di potersi affrancare dalle proprie responsabilità e scaricare le colpe su anonimi signor nessuno. Ecco che, fin da subito, media e politica hanno alimentato una caccia all’untore dai tratti paradossali.

 

9 aprile 2020: sulla spiaggia di Pescara, un finanziare rincorre un temibile “untore” rossovestito in una spiaggia deserta. Nessun pericolo di contagio, è chiaro, ma é vietato… perchè è vietato (VIDEO)

Dall’imposizione del lockdown si son iniziate ad attaccare mediaticamente e sui social persone a passeggio da sole in luoghi isolati e senza la benché minima possibilità di contatto con altre; si sono inaugurate le cacce al runner anche con pestaggio e tramite droni a scansione termica; a coppie che vivono assieme è stato intimato di non tenersi mano nella mano; si son contestate le persone che han fatto spese poco sostanziose perché ciò comporta un ritorno frequente al supermercato (ma s’è pure contestato chi faceva spese troppo grosse perché toglieva il cibo di bocca d’altri); son state lanciate accuse di assembramento a tre-quattro persone che si recavano al lavoro a piedi stando a due metri di distanza l’una dall’altra.

 

Tamponi no, visite mediche no, controlli dei casi sospetti no, ma… controllo della popolazione coi droni si, quello sì  LINK

 

In questa caccia all’untore il circuito media-politica-social si è dimostrato particolarmente stretto, alimentandosi a vicenda nel mantenere al centro del discorso l’azione di controllo poliziesca: persone allarmate dai media han espresso allarmi sui social che sono stati amplificati dai media ed han indirizzato le decisioni politiche; l’interpretazione eccessivamente restrittiva da parte delle forze di polizia plaudita da utenti reazionari sancendone mediaticamente la validità

 

Il governatore della Toscana emette ordinanze non in base a dati reali nè in base a pareri medici ma per via di articoli di giornale (che in molti casi han solo preso ed amplificato delle gogne da social) LINK

 

Il circuito è tanto stretto da render difficile osservarlo separando nettamente i confini tra i suoi componenti: la denuncia di un tizio che ha acquistato delle bottiglie di vino (bene ritenuto non indispensabile e quindi privo di “giusta motivazione”) diviene subito notizia ricevendo risalto dalla gogna social, influendo sull’interpretazione delle restrizioni da parte delle forze di polizia che a quel punto si sentono autorizzate a riprendere i cittadini per cosa hanno acquistato.

Schizofrenia mediatica

Alcune giravolte mediatiche viste in queste settimane sono state non da poco. Non solo il passaggio repentino dal panico allo “stiamo calmi” di fine febbraio: fin dai primi giorni di lockdown son circolate un gran numero di foto che ritraevano città spettrali e deserte ma poi, per un certo numero di giorni, sui media son comparse strane immagini di strade affollatissime di gente tutta ammassata. Su queste immagini torneremo più avanti ma qui, ciò che importa, è osservare la contradditorietà delle informazioni passate dai media mainstream.

10 marzo 2020. Repubblica pubblica video di una Roma deserta e spettrale LINK

Altro esempio: all’inizio i media han insistito sulle foto di scaffali dei supermercati vuoti ma poi queste immagini son cessate di colpo, probabilmente per non generare situazioni di panico oppure perché era molto facile osservare che queste immagini erano state realizzate tutte all’orario di chiusura e solo in alcuni supermercati di grandi centri urbani in cui erano effettivamente state fatte delle spese molto consistenti, ma non si erano certo verificati assalti al supermercato nè risse (tranne in un unico caso, prontamente mediatizzato). Nell’esperienza comune chiunque ha sempre potuto osservare che i supermercati han continuato ad essere sempre riforniti (fatta forse eccezione per farina e lievito, cosa che ha generato una certa ilarità su un paese che si dedica alla panificazione).

 

21 marzo 2020: Repubblica pubblica un video di una Napoli spettrale e deserta molto simile alla Roma mostrata pochi giorni prima, solo che qui la telecamera si concentra sulle poche persone in strada per “dimostrare” che c’è troppa gente in giro LINK

Nei primi tempi, insomma, i grandi media ancora impreparati sul come trattare questa situazione, hanno fornito molte immagini e informazioni contraddittorie. Nell’arco di qualche settimana la narrazione è andata delineandosi, pur non rinunciando mai ad altalenare tra allarme e rassicurazione e riproponendo a volte alcune formule prima scartate: a inizio marzo gli appelli di Confindustria a far finta di niente son stati smorzati a favore delle direttive governative che hanno confermato ed inasprito le restrizioni poliziesche del lockdown su scala nazionale, per poi ripresentarsi pian piano in forme meno evidenti, puntando sul “buonsenso” e sul bisogno di “salvare l’economia”, insistendo sulla riapertura delle fabbriche.

Sicurezza sanitaria o giusta motivazione?

Dunque, ricapitolando: nelle prime ordinanze emesse dai governi locali i principi alla base delle restrizioni non erano di tipo sanitario ma erano grossolanamente tesi ad evitare gli assembramenti ritenuti non indispensabili. Sono state chiuse scuole ed istituti sportivi, vietate sagre, manifestazioni e scioperi. Al tempo stesso però sono state mantenuti aperte fabbriche e centri commerciali, non si è provveduto a trovare una soluzione al pericoloso sovraffollamento delle carceri (dando vita a proteste mai viste prima in questa proporzione) nè di altre situazioni a rischio come i campi rom ed in alcuni casi addirittura si è provveduto a ridurre il numero di corse dei mezzi pubblici impedendo alle persone obbligate ad andare al lavoro per la mancata chiusura delle fabbriche di poter mantenere le distanze di sicurezza.

Contenimento pandemia alla cinese: verifiche sanitarie

Lo stesso concetto di zonizzazione è stato inteso ed imposto fin da subito come una rigida chiusura generale effettuata senza tener conto delle singole realtà né della letteratura scientifica che evidenzia come una mobilità controllata da regioni con forte diffusione del contagio, se gestita da personale sanitario con quarantene mirate, osservazione da parte di personale medico e ponendo livelli di isolamento differenziati (come nel modello del lockdown di Wuhan), controintuitivamente permette di ridurre il carico sui sistemi sanitari della regione in difficoltà. Una forma di monitoraggio e contenimento, insomma, avrebbe contribuito ad alleggerire il sovraccarico sull’inefficiente sistema sanitario lombardo ora al collasso.

Contenimento pandemia all’italiana: controllo autocertificazioni

Una volta passati dalle regioni “zona rossa” al lockdown nazionale non si è fatto altro che inasprire i principi di natura poliziesca delle ordinanze regionali riassumendole nel principio della “giusta motivazione” limitando la mobilità all’interno del proprio comune*. E’la motivazione, dunque, ad aver valenza prioritaria nell’Italian Lockdown. La sicurezza sanitaria vien dopo.

[* Più o meno: poichè nei fatti chi si rifornisce in supermercato/negozio/edicola che non sia quello più vicino alla propria residenza viene contestato]

Avendola impostata solo in questi termini (giustificato/non giustificato ossia legale/illegale), la questione delle restrizioni viene immediatamente caratterizzata da un frame discorsivo deviante perchè impostato sulla legalità e non su principi scientifici, che porta, appunto, a giustificare la prosecuzione del lavoro in condizioni di totale insicurezza per attività ritenute “indispensabili”, giustificare il divieto di sciopero degli operai preoccupati per la propria salute e al tempo stesso ad additare come untore chi scende un attimo al parco per fumarsi una sigaretta in solitudine.

Porre l’accento sulla legalità non fa che spostare sia il piano discorsivo che quello attuativo dal problema reale ad una sua ridicola rappresentazione burocratico-legalitaria che criminalizza comportamenti che non sono di alcun rischio mentre ne giustifica altri, pericolosissimi.

E’evidente che in quest’emergenza i concetti di “legale” e “illegale” sono particolarmente disgiunti da quelli di giusto o sbagliato.

Agli osservatori più attenti non può sfuggire il fatto che tale tipo di meccanismo è sostanzialmente una versione estremamente amplificata di quello in atto nell’ideologia del decoro secondo il quale non si caccia il senzatetto steso sulla panchina perché stia facendo qualcosa di male ma semplicemente perché “non ci si può stendere sulle panchine”, in base alla presunzione ideologica che il senzatetto che veste male e si stende sulle panchine sia indecoroso e dunque pericoloso (un uomo in giacca e cravatta steso sulla panchina non genererebbe la stessa reazione), motivo per cui viene vietato a tutti di stendersi sulle panchine (anche all’uomo in giacca e cravatta).

 

Dunque una presunzione di pericolosità (contagiosità) stabilita non in base a criteri sanitari ma per legge. Un tizio che volesse sfuggire la monotonia del confinamento facendosi semplicemente un giro in bici con guanti e mascherina nelle campagne del proprio comune senza mai scendere dal proprio mezzo nè avvicinarsi a nessuno non corre alcun rischio di contagiarsi né di contagiare nessuno, ma se gira senza “giusta motivazione” per legge si presume preventivamente possa forse diventare un potenziale rischio.

La chiusura degli ambienti chiusi ad alta capienza, l’obbligo di mantenere le distanze, quello di indossare i dispositivi di protezione in determinate situazioni (spesa al supermercato), così come un certo grado di limitazione degli spostamenti nelle aree ad alto rischio, sono restrizioni giustificabili con la necessità di limitare la trasmissione del contagio entro livelli gestibili, ma è ben più difficile trovare giustificazione per restrizioni che contraddicono le stesse linee guida di sicurezza: che senso ha denunciare una persona che se ne cammina da sola, senza entrare in contatto con nessuno, quando le indicazioni dell’OMS dicono chiaramente che mantenendo la distanza minima di un metro con le altre persone le possibilità di contagio sono praticamente nulle? Altresì non ha alcuna motivazione medica l’imporre di mantenere tale distanza in pubblico a due persone che coabitano.

Estremizzando, se si uscisse di casa indossando una tuta hazmat disinfettata seguendo tutte le prassi anticontagio applicate nei laboratori di virologia per andare a fare due passi in un parco completamente deserto si rischierebbe una denuncia mentre, al contrario, se si uscisse senza alcuna accortezza per andare a lavorare al chiuso a strettissimo contatto con altre venti persone non ci sarebbe alcun problema perché è la motivazione che conta, non il rispetto delle misure di sicurezza.

Passeggiare è comunque vietato. Anche se in totale sicurezza.

Se prevenzione ci dev’essere, quella in atto in questa forma è prevenzione di cosa?

Non sfugge un altro parallelismo: quello con le paranoie antiterroristiche. Parallelismo che torna spesso nei commenti social e nell’atteggiamento di forze di polizia e certi amministratori che additano a “terroristi” i presunti untori. A quasi vent’anni dagli attentati dell’11 settembre le norme antiterrorismo e le operazioni come “strade sicure” più che produrre vere azioni antiterrorismo hanno soprattutto aumentato il livello d’insicurezza percepita, comportato diverse morti per suicidio tra i membri dell’esercito ed espulso numerose persone dall’Italia in via preventiva e con motivazioni non sempre solide.

 

 

Tuttavia sono pratiche ancora attive, normalizzate nel nostro quotidiano che ha assimilato il concetto di lotta al terrorismo permanente. Allo stesso modo, quante delle pratiche messe in moto nel lockdown rimarranno anche dopo la sua conclusione contraddistinguendo i prossimi vent’anni da come quelli della “prevenzione permanente”?

Poichè, come visto, le prassi in atto sono solo secondariamente basate sulla prevenzione del contagio, vien naturale chiedersi cosa si vorrà davvero prevenire nei prossimi anni. Soprattutto vien da chiedersi che scenari potrebbe elaborare una mente reazionaria dopo aver visto quanto è stato facile confinare l’intera popolazione mondiale nelle proprie celle.

Italiani incontrollabili?

Uno dei mantra con cui viene giustificata la durezza delle restrizioni dell’Italian Lockdown è “se lo facessero tutti…” Mantra solitamente riportato così, senza aggiungere altro dopo i puntini di sospensione, suggerendo la presenza di un nesso logico tra una causa nota e… non si sa bene cosa, lasciando che tale vuoto venga riempito dalla fantasia di chi ascolta.

“Non posso neanche passeggiare in sicurezza tenendomi a distanza da tutti rispettando appieno le prassi anticontagio?”

“Certo che no! Se lo facessero tutti…”

“In effetti: che potrebbe succedere se le persone che rispettano distanze di sicurezza e prassi anticontagio andassero tutte a passeggio?”

-silenzio-

Il punto è che questo quesito non va fatto. Non va nemmeno preso in considerazione. Vien dato per scontato a prescindere che non sia possibile applicarlo: l’idea stessa che la maggior parte delle persone possa rispettare delle prassi sociali sanitarie come tenersi ad un paio di metri di distanza, lavarsi le mani con frequenza ed imparare ad usare i dispositivi di sicurezza nel modo corretto viene rifiutato a prescindere.

 

Ordinatissime fila… di “indisciplinati”?

 

Presa di posizione che appare alquanto ridicola considerando che per esperienza comune in questi giorni nei supermercati e per strada si sta tutti distanziati, da ogni parte c’è gente che ti richiama e ti filma se anche solo sospetta tu sia in giro senza “giusta motivazione” o troppo vicino alla tua compagna, insomma: la realtà è che siamo tutti sufficientemente allarmati e che la stragrande maggioranza delle persone si attiene alle prassi di distanziamento fisico.

Anche osservando le realtà straniere appare evidente che gli italiani non risultano essere meno più o meno diligenti rispetto al resto del mondo. Piuttosto quel che si evince è che riguardo al virus “tutto il mondo è paese” ancor più del solito: in ogni parte del globo la gente si attiene spontaneamente a prassi anticontagio ed ovunque c’è solamente una frazione meno che infinitesimale di persone che non lo fanno; frazione che per via dei media sembra molti più sostanziosa di quanto sia in realtà.

Va però ricordato che molti atteggiamenti che in Italia non sono tollerati nella maggior parte dei paesi invece lo sono (come allenarsi, andare in giro in due, ecc.) col risultato che da noi potrebbero risultare più “furbetti” proprio a causa della presenza di norme più restrittive. E’un primo caso di profezia autoavverante: siccome si teme vi siano tanti “furbetti” si creano norme restrittive esagerate che per forza di cose tante persone non potranno rispettare e quindi le tante multe/denunce emesse “dimostreranno” che effettivamente c’è tanta gente incivile.

L’idea alla base dei principi polizieschi che caratterizzano l’applicazione del lockdown in Italia, é difatti proprio l’idea che la popolazione italiana sia composta perlopiù da scellerati menefreghisti inaffidabili da cui non ci si può aspettare alcuna collaborazione*.

[*ironico osservare che si tratta di un non-detto presente soprattutto in chi si riempie la bocca di motti patriottardi ed elogi allo spirito italico, che al tempo stesso sono gli stessi che invocano con più enfasi la diffusione delle armi in stile americano, pene corporali per i detenuti e l’instaurazione di regimi di polizia, a dimostrazione di quanto essi stessi siano coloro che meno si fidano di quei compatrioti che decantano]

 

Vittimista puccioso

 

Ciò non suona affatto nuovo, essendo una autorappresentazione radicatissima della mentalità nazionale e basata sui principi del vittimismo e del familismo amorale che, immancabilmente, portano a percepire l’altro essenzialmente come un potenziale approfittatore, un “furbo” incapace di curarsi del bene comune.

 

Il melodrammatico vittimismo del Canto degli italiani (“Noi siamo da secoli calpesti, derisi”) è un esempio abbastanza eclatante di quanto tale atteggiamento mentale sia tra i caratteri fondanti della mentalità del Belpaese

 

Rappresentazione dell’altro che ha come diretta conseguenza quella di giustificare la propria furbizia approfittatrice a favore dei propri interessi, intendendola come mezzo necessario di autodifesa dagli altri che si comporterebbero così -per primi-.

 

“Non sono un ladro ma devo rubare perché son tutti gli altri ad esser ladri”

 

Questa autorappresentazione giustificazionista è pure connessa al falso mito degli “italiani brava gente”, nato per celare nefandezze che in nessun modo potrebbero rientrare nell’idea vittimista degli italiani che possono fare del male solo per autodifesa.

Autorappresentazione dunque talmente radicata nella mentalità nazionale da esser presente ovunque e venir quindi cooptata anche dal circuito media-politica-social che le incoraggia ed alimenta, facendone però un uso mirato. Se in alcuni casi l’applicazione di questa mentalità viene giustificata, in altri, invece, viene condannata.

In queste settimane questa autorappresentazione è tornata nuovamente utile per distogliere le attenzioni dalle responsabilità politiche di chi ha gestito in maniera tanto pessima il contenimento del contagio.

Il topos dei “soliti furbetti” risulta particolarmente utile per non muovere accuse verso chi ha davvero grosse responsabilitò

 

Confindustria ed il mondo politico responsabile della malagestione dell’emergenza, dopo un primo momento di confusione, dall’imposizione del lockdown hanno iniziato ad indirizzare i propri canali mediatici sul tasto degli anonimi untori, spostando la colpevolizzazione su persone da etichettare come “furbetti”.

Gli untori solitari

Complice il teatrino delle ordinanze succedutesi in ordine rapidissimo e le indicazioni spesso assai vaghe che han lasciato libertà di interpretazione alle forze di polizia le quali spesso le han applicate in modo assai restrittivo, nel corso delle ultime settimane abbiam visto succedersi su media e social una vera e propria giostra di personaggi topici su cui scagliare l’accusa di esser untori: i runner, quelli che portano in giro i cani, quelli che non vanno a fare la spesa al supermercato più vicino, quelli che fanno spese da pochi euro solo per uscire, quelli senza mascherina, quelli che passeggiano per ore, quelli con la casa in montagna. Inutile far notare che nessuna delle figure qui elencate sia intrinsecamente un vettore di contagio ed altrettanto inutile far notare che i focolai sono principalmente fabbriche, ospedali, prigioni e case di riposo.

L’acquisto di tre bottiglie di vino porta a una denuncia. L’acquisto di farina per fare sculture di pasta invece? LINK

 

Il circo di bizzarri untori è stato rapidamente preso di mira dalla gogna social la quale al contempo non ha potuto fare a meno di cogliere l’ironica assurdità insita in questa rappresentazione secondo cui il Mario Rossi che attraversava mezza città per andare al lavoro era a posto mentre quello che si faceva una passeggiata per i fatti suoi era un untore, generando una caterva di battute e meme.

 

Alla periferia di una Faenza spettrale, giocare a tennis anche se tra coinquilini non è ammesso LINK

 

Gli untori di massa

La demonizzazione degli untori solitari è stata però utile a rafforzare l’accusa più generica e allargata che ci fosse “ancora troppa gente in giro”. Dall’applicazione del lockdown TG e giornali per un certo periodo hanno dipinto il paese come percorso da una sorta di festa in strada permanente con migliaia di persone accalcate che se ne fregavano delle disposizioni.

 

La popolazione si è adattata subito al rispetto delle distanze di sicurezza

C’era solo un piccolo problema: a tutti gli effetti, in giro, non si vedeva quasi nessuno. I giornali hanno pubblicizzato con grande enfasi le cifre ufficiali di controlli effettuati e denunce emesse descrivendoli come numeri abnormi, solo che, a ben vedere, quegli stessi numeri rivelavano una situazione molto diversa. A fine marzo difatti veniva sbandierata la strabiliante cifra di “novantaseimila denunciati” che, a ben vedere, rappresenta lo 0,15% della popolazione. Sostanzialmente si tratta di una percentuale fisiologica all’interno della quale solo una sotto-frazione ancor minore teneva comportamenti effettivamente a rischio contagio. Ben poca cosa, considerando che l’Italia conta sessanta milioni e mezzo di abitanti.

 

L’esperienza di chiunque è quella di città spettrali

Il fatto che media e social al tempo stesso mostrassero città vuote, file ordinate e queste notizie su masse di disobbedienti non ha fatto altro che alimentare ulteriormente il tasso di schizofrenia informativa e portare, immancabilmente, a far radicare nell’opinione pubblica l’ipotesi peggiore. Strade deserte ma al tempo stesso assembrate, gente ordinata e rispettosa ma al contempo “furbetta”: nel dubbio meglio pensar male.

Al netto di grandi media e social commerciali, la realtà osservata tra esperienza personale, testimonianze dirette di conoscenti sparsi sull’intero territorio e analisi dei dati su controlli e denunce emesse dipinge in realtà una popolazione preoccupata che si attiene stoicamente ai mantra sullo #StareACasa e sull’ #IndossareLaMascherina minimizzando ogni attività all’aperto e mettendo alla gogna chi, anche solo apparentemente, non fa altrettanto.

 

La caccia all’untore è stata imposta come elemento principale su cui far riversare rabbia e risentimento

 

Ma quindi, se sia le esperienze dirette che i dati ufficiali delle forze di polizia fotografano una situazione in cui praticamente non v’è nessuno in giro, da dove saltano fuori questi fantomatici assembramenti di untori, questa “troppa gente in giro” denunciata dai grandi media e dai social network?

Per capirlo è necessario ricordare che comunque una minima quantità di persone in giro c’è sempre: chi va a fare la spesa, a comprar le sigarette, giornali o quant’altro, chi va a lavorare e chi va portare a spasso il cane. Sono queste le persone accusate di fare assembramenti: persone che nella gran maggioranza dei casi sono in giro per “giusta motivazione”. In sostanza siamo noi stessi.

Quando la legge si fa dura, rabbia e frustrazione fanno il delatore

 

Le pochissime testimonianze dirette su “troppa gente in giro” provengono perlopiù da accuse via social di utenti che evidentemente prendono per oro colato gli allarmi lanciati sui canali mainstream ove la realtà è dipinta come si è visto. Questi utenti dunque vedono “assembramenti” in banali gruppetti di 3-4 persone che camminano distanziate tra loro, in famiglie che mangiano sul balcone, o migranti che vivono assieme seduti sull’uscio di casa. Tutte persone che questi utenti riprendono dalla finestra di casa postandone le foto sui social con commenti indignati. Il tutto senza nessuna attenzione alla privacy e generando anche situazioni drammatiche  e che ha portato forze di polizia e quotidiani a chiedere di smetterla di inviare segnalazioni inutili e dannose.

Le pratiche della delazione, dello sfogo indignato sui social e dell’attacco verso il vicinato, esattamente come il lockdown su base della “giusta motivazione”, solo apparentemente sono basate sul problema del contagio: attaccare il corridore solitario in realtà ha più a che fare con un meccanismo del tipo “se io non lo faccio non devi farlo nemmeno tu” giustificato su base legale.

 

Una delle tante foto postate sui social da “sceriffi da balcone” accompagnate da commenti velenosissimi su questo “assembramento” che in realtà mostra delle persone che camminano mantenendosi a regolare distanza fra loro

 

Sembra, insomma, di essere di fronte a quelle fotografie sfocate ritraenti macchie e riflessi in cui i rispettivi autori vedono invece la prova dell’esistenza degli UFO.  In questo caso la sfocatura non è nell’immagine ma solo nella testa di chi, anzichè osservare per davvero. vi vede solo quel che vuol vedere.

 

Altra foto postata da “sceriffi da balcone” e postata sui social. L’assembramento, anche qui, è solo nella testa di chi ha scattato la foto

 

Ennesimo “assembramento” denunciato sui social che in realtà mostra persone che camminano distanziate

Ma tra le numerose foto ne sono però apparse anche alcune in cui non vediamo poche persone che se ne stanno ben distanziate o in fila, bensì orde di gente ammassata in strette stradine. Si tratta di strane foto iniziate ad apparire tra fine marzo ed inizio aprile. Foto strane, perchè non mostrano assembramenti ma dei #Teleassembramenti.

I Teleassembramenti

Una grandissima parte delle persone non ha alcuna dimestichezza con le basi della fotografia, il che sotto certi aspetti è un po buffo, data l’estrema importanza e diffusione nella cultura e nelle società moderne di questa tecnologia con cui si ha a che fare da oltre un secolo e mezzo. Nel corso della nostra vita difatti vediamo milioni e milioni di immagini fotografiche e migliaia di ore tra film, Tv e riprese video eppure ignoriamo completamente le caratteristiche base dell’immagine fotografica (NB: non si parla necessariamente di tecnica ma banalmente della lettura dell’immagine fotografica). E’un po come se fossimo navigatori che non ne capiscono niente di barche, insomma.

Per imparare a leggere le immagini di teleassembramenti, quindi, è necessario riassumere brevemente un paio di principi base di fotografia, cominciando dalle caratteristiche delle immagini riprese con teleobiettivo.

Teleobiettivo

Gli obiettivi fotografici sono apparecchi che “vedono” in maniera diversa rispetto all’occhio umano e quindi ognuno di essi “altera” ciò che riprende in un proprio modo specifico.

Il teleobiettivo (o “obiettivo a focale lunga”) è un tipo di obiettivo usato per riprendere soggetti molto distanti. Più questi sono distanti e più il teleobiettivo li ingrandisce e ciò modifica fortemente la percezione delle distanze tra gli oggetti che stanno davanti da quelli che stanno dietro, appiattendole (iu termini tecnici si parla di “profondità di campo”). Lo stesso effetto può essere ottenuto anche con l’uso di zoom ottici.

Alcuni esempi di un soggetto ripreso con obiettivi differenti. Maggiore è la focale usata (espressa in mm) e più lo sfondo risulta vicino e piatto

 

Si noti come nella foto con la focale maggiore (200mm) gli oggetti sullo sfondo appaiano molto più grandi e vicini rispetto alle foto con focali inferiori

 

Le ipotesi sono due: o si tratta di immagini scattate con teleobiettivo o la luna in realtà è tanto vicina da poterla toccare

 

L’effetto finale è abbastanza noto agli appassionati di sport: è osservabile ad esempio nelle moviole di calcio quando si osserva che in alcune riprese con teleobiettivo due calciatori sembrano praticamente toccarsi mentre la stessa scena ripresa con un diverso obiettivo o da una differente angolazione rivela che invece stavano a diversi metri di distanza.

 

In un’immagine bidimensionale, osservare le linee prospettiche è indispensabile per comprendere la profondità di campo e tentar di capire le distanze reali

 

L’uso dell’angolazione difatti è il secondo principio da tenere a mente e di questo possiamo fare esperienza anche ad occhio nudo: se si mettono in fila degli oggetti ad una certa distanza l’uno dall’altro e si osservano di lato o dall’alto li si vedrebbe uno accanto all’altro capendo perfettamente la distanza a cui si trovano, ma se invece li si osservasse da una posizione più frontale, questi apparirebbero uno dietro l’altro e si avrebbe una certa difficoltà a capire le distanze.

Per meglio comprendere la cosa è possibile osservarne gli effetti in questa serie di foto realizzate da Naivespeaker:

 

FOTO 1: una fila di pupazzi posti a distanza regolare. Fotografati di lato e dall’alto le distanze appaiono chiare

 

FOTO 2: Sempre dall’alto ma da una diversa angolazione si può osservare che i pupazzi più lontani appaiono decisamente più ravvicinati tra loro rispetto a quelli più vicini Eppure sappiamo che le distanze sono uguali

 

FOTO 3: Un dettaglio zoommato della foto precedente. Mostra solo i pupazzi più lontani. Sembrano quasi toccarsi

 

 

 

FOTO 4: Con la giusta combinazione di angolazione ed obiettivo (o zoom) i pupazzi sembrano schiacciati l’uno sull’altro senza alcuna distanza tra loro. Una fila lunga due metri qui pare compressa in venti centimetri. Eccolo il teleassembramento

 

Un’immagine di “assembramento” girata sui social. La rassomiglianza con la foto precedente è particolarmente evidente)

 

Ricapitolando: riprese con focale lunga e tipo di angolatura dei soggetti ripresi contribuiscono ad alterare la percezione delle distanze, appiattendole.

Ebbene, gli “assembramenti” mostrati su giornali, social e TG che cos’hanno in comune tra loro? L’essere tutti ripresi con teleobiettivo o zoom ed usare angolazioni frontali. Dei #teleassembramenti appunto: assembramenti creati col teleobiettivo (Qui un video che mostra chiaramente come si “costruisce” un teleassembramento)

 

Uno dei tanti #teleassembramenti denunciati dai giornali. L’effetto “schiacciamento” è particolarmente evidente e tutte le persone presenti in una via di diverse decine, se non centinaia di metri, appaiono come fossero vicinissime

 

In pratica quelle che vengono riprese sono delle persone che si trovano in uno stesso luogo, preferibilmente stretto e lungo (come una via dritta o una fila di bancarelle del mercato) e che camminano stando ad uno, due, tre, dieci metri di distanza tra loro ma poiché vengono riprese da lontano con un teleobiettivo e con un’angolatura specifica, sembra che queste stiano a pochi centimetri di distanza gli uni dagli altri, ammassati come sardine.

 

Lo stesso effetto visto con i pupazzi in fila, qui si ripete tale e quale ma poichè in questi casi la gente non è disposta in file regolari, l’effetto finale è quello di un ammasso ancor più consistente. É come se avessimo più file affiancate che, fotografate come s’è detto, appaiono come un muro fatto di persone

 

Su La Repubblica viene mostrata questa foto per dimostrare l’affollamento nella zona del Quadrilatero a Bologna

 

La stessa via, ripresa dall’alto, mostra che in realtà le persone si distanziano spontaneamente tra loro

 

Sui social, la gente che risiede nelle zone fotografate ha immancabilmente fatto notare che qualcosa non andava in quelle immagini di teleassembramento, producendo documentazione fotografica alternativa che mostrava realtà ben più in linea con l’esperienza comune, ossia poca gente in giro sempre ben distanziata.

 

Un breve filmato che mostra persone sui Navigli di Milano è stato quello maggiormente citato sui social a dimostrazione che c’è #TroppaGenteInGiro. Anche qui, in realtà, un banalissimo schiacciamento da teleobiettivo

 

Sono stati mostrati anche alcuni teleassembramenti video, ad esempio a Napoli ed a Milano. Il filmato di Milano, in particolare, è stato quello che più di tutti ha contribuito a diffondere e consolidare l’idea che le strade italiane fossero cortissime e piene di gente che se ne fregava delle distanze di sicurezza.

 

Anche qui banale schiacciamento da teleobiettivo

 

Mercati e strade commerciali sono le ambientazioni preferite da chi realizza teleassembramenti fotografici perchè abbinano una certa quantità di gente in ambienti lunghi e stretti, perfetti per massimizzare l’effetto schiacciamento dei teleobiettivi.

 

Sia Repubblica che l’Huffington Post han pubblicato foto e video di una Napoli affollatissima, sempre con teleobiettivo in vie lunghe e strette

 

Le caratteristiche dei teleassembramenti si ripetono costantemente: una volta imparato a distinguere le immagini realizzate con teleobiettivo ed a “leggere” l’alterazione delle distanze queste appaiono immediatamente visibili e la continua ricorrenza a mercati e vie molto lunghe non fanno che riconfermare il tutto.

 

Verificare le effettive misure dei luoghi in cui sono stati ritratti teleassembramenti dimostra in modo definitivo l’inconsistenza degli stessi

 

 

Oltre i teleassembramenti

La stagione dei teleassembramenti é durata ben pochi giorni, giusto quel tanto perché il concetto che c’è #TroppaGenteInGiro si diffondesse e radicasse a sufficienza. Fin da subito difatti sono circolate controprove da parte di chi abita nei luoghi fotografati e polemiche locali, come nel caso del teleassembramento di Sestri in Liguria. Cittadinanza locale che non ci sta ad esser presa in giro ed amministrazioni comunali che non voglion esser tacciate di inefficienza han contribuito a far smorzare l’uso di teleassembramenti sui media commerciali ma ciononostante, una volta diffuso il concetto, nei giorni successivi è stato sufficiente pubblicare articoli in cui il teleassembramento veniva dichiarato ma non mostrato, anche se spesso ciò ha portato ad esiti abbastanza ridicoli: articoli e servizi TG che dovevano comunque mostrare delle immagini hanno denunciato la presenza di #TroppaGenteInGiro mostrando foto di strade deserte in cui l’unica presenza era quella della polizia o uno sparuto numero di persone.

 

 

Così tanta gente in gir… si vedono solo due poliziotti!

 

…ancora poliziotti

 

Troppa gente in giro: una giornalista e dei piccioni…

 

 

L’ennesimo cortocircuito si è poi verificato tra la prima e seconda settimana di aprile con la riapertura di diverse aziende che ha portato ad un aumento di persone in giro per “giusta motivazione” prontamente denunciata come un criminoso aumento di “furbetti” anche da quelle stesse persone che hanno invocato la riapertura delle attività produttive.

Una volta consolidato il refain, la macchina ha potuto proseguire per inerzia. Oggi è sufficiente una notizia su una singola persona che se ne stava in giro senza “giustificato motivo” per riavvivare la gogna social e riconfermare mediaticamente la presenza di #TroppaGenteInGiro

I pochissimi casi in cui effettivamente le distanze tra persone non son state rispettate ovviamente son state sommate al calderone, in una giostra ove questi pochissimi casi indiscutibili son serviti solo a confermare l’autenticità dei numerosissimi teleassembramenti posticci facendo credere che il fenomeno fosse enormemente più diffuso di quanto fosse in realtà.

Profezie autoavveranti

La paura degli assembramenti genera assembramenti… che diffondono l’indignazione contro gli assembramenti!

E’il caso dei blocchi stradali “antifurbetti” attuati dalle forze di polizia perchè convinte che troppa gente non stia rispettando la legge. In questi blocchi vengono controllate uno ad uno i veicoli su un determinato tratto stradale causando un blocco del traffico che, anche con poche auto in giro, ovviamente genera code (specie se ciò avviene nei pressi di grandi centri urbani).

In pratica è il blocco stesso a generare le code che, fotografate, vengono raccontate dai media come “esodo di furbetti”, diffondendo così ulteriormente la convinzione che vi siano masse abnormi di persone in strada e perdipiù senza “giusta motivazione”.

Fantastica serie di post de La Repubblica che dopo aver lanciato un allarme-fuffa viene costretto a rettifiche continue a causa delle numerose controprove e testimonianze dirette

 

Anche in questo caso, però si rileva che i numeri coinvolti riguardano una percentuale infinitesimale della popolazione urbana e, di questa, solo una frazione minima (grossomodo tra l’1,5% ed il 3% dei fermati) risulta essere priva di “giusta motivazione” (il che, ribadiamo, non vuol necessariamente dire contagioso)

Aria, Asfalto, Asintomatici, Mascherine

Runner e pisciatori di cani sono pur sempre dei personaggi-feticcio ben identificabili ed i teleassembramenti un qualcosa di distante dal percepito quotidiano. Ma, si sa, se si vuol scatenare una paura profonda, indiscutibile e capace di far dire a tutti spontaneamente #RestiamoAlChiuso bisogna ricorrere ad un orrore lovecraftiano, un orrore che ci circonda ovunque e che è intrinseco alla realtà stessa. Anche questa strada è stata battuta: non sono mancati difatti articoli che, pur contraddicendo tutto quel che vien riferito dall’OMS, han sostenuto che il virus potesse circolare per diverse ore nell’aria e resistere per giorni nell’asfalto o in altri materiali comuni. Il virus nell’aria e nei materiali comuni significherebbe sostanzialmente che tutto è contagioso! Tutto al di fuori di quella minima porzione che controlliamo direttamente, ossia la casa.

Moltiplicare e generalizzare le possibili fonti di contagio non fa che aumentare i livelli di paranoia e spostare ulteriormente l’attenzione dalle problematiche reali e sistemiche: l’inquinamento della val Padana (una delle zone più inquinate d’Europa), le polveri sottili e gli allevamenti intensivi, da più parti sospettati di essere correlati all’incidenza del contagio, spariscono dal discorso pubblico a favore di runner, materiali vari e contagio nell’aria. E dunque #RestiamoAlChiusoInCasa: il terrore è ovunque! Nell’aria, nei materiali di costruzione, magari anche nell’acqua, nei fili d’erba e nei canarini che cantano!

La paura per un qualcosa di impalpabile e presente ovunque, come già visto, porta irrimediabilmente alla creazione di capri espiatori e feticci e se questa paura riguarda l’intera materialità del mondo, la feticizzazione avviene… su ciò che ci difende da questa materialità! Ecco che fin da subito si è provveduto a pratiche come la disinfezione del manto stradale nonostante lo stesso ministero della salute dica che non vi sono prove scientifiche che possa servire a qualcosa (oltre ad inquinare il terreno), o l’insensata disinfezione delle zampe degli animali.

Se la paura per l’aria e per le superfici rischia di essere troppo totalizzante e sconnessa dalla realtà scientifica, è nella figura dell’asintomatico che invece si riscontra il mix perfetto attraverso il quale mantenere viva la paura.

La figura dell’asintomatico ripropone il topos cinematografico dell’appestato invisibile: “sembra come noi, parla come noi… ma è il male”. Come nel film La Cosa o ne L’invasione degli ultracorpi, il terrore verso un orrore invisibile che si nasconde nell’altro è totale. Chiunque rappresenta presumibilmente un pericolo potenziale ed è dunque per il semplice fatto che gli asintomatici esistano che si giustificano misure marziali. Come ogni arabo-islamico post 11 settembre è stato considerato una potenziale minaccia, oggi ogni persona che non mostra alcun segno di malattia vien considerata una potenziale minaccia.

L’idea di una pandemia globale è già molto radicata nell’immaginario collettivo (a sinistra The Walking Dead, a destra The Coronavirus)

E’interessante osservare che nel dopo 11 settembre il mondo del cinema e della letteratura fantastica ha esplorato con un certo interesse l’idea di pandemia globale. Da Contagion a 28 giorni dopo, The Walking Dead, il remake de L’alba dei morti viventi, Stake land e La terra dei morti viventi solo per citare alcuni tra i più noti, si osserva che il terreno maggiormente esplorato è quello dell’apocalisse zombi, ossia di un mondo post-pandemia completamente stravolto, in cui la paura invisibile del terrore globale e di massa è esorcizzata facendosi orrore manifesto: gli zombi sono riconoscibili a differenza degli ultracorpi e per quanto terribile, saper riconoscere con chiarezza il male è comunque un qualcosa di rassicurante. Tuttavia l’inquietudine permane su un altro livello e si sposta all’interno di una società allo sfascio in cui ognuno pensa solo a sé stesso. Il vero male, nelle opere di apocalisse zombi, è una società residuale che fa male a sè stessa. Pandemia e zombi, terrorismo e paura dell’altro, legati in modo indissolubile.

La figura dell’asintomatico, rappresenta dunque una paura ancora da esorcizzare, un qualcosa da cui proteggersi e che a sua volta deve proteggere gli altri da sé stesso, da segregare e tener lontano da noi attraverso…qualsiasi cosa. E così come la paura dell’asfalto contagioso è stata esorcizzata col feticcio della disinfezione del manto stradale, la paura dell’asintomatico viene adesso esorcizzata con la feticizzazione delle mascherine.

Gli operatori sanitari sono chiari in proposito: le mascherine sono utili se usate adeguatamente, in determinate condizioni e se abbinate a corrette prassi di igienizzazione delle mani. Se usate in maniera incorretta, al contrario, rischiano addirittura di diventare una fonte di contagio.

Quella che si sta imponendo invece è una narrazione feticistica della mascherina, descritta come una sorta di oggetto-talismano che secondo alcuni governatori locali bisognerebbe utilizzare addirittura sempre quando si sta all’aperto (nonostante il ministero della salute ribadisca chiaramente il contrario) e che viene distribuita senza sufficienti indicazioni su tutte le prassi da seguire per il suo utilizzo corretto.

Con una mossa ben poco avveduta, il governatore del Veneto ha distribuito mascherine del tutto inadatte al loro scopo. L’operazione riflette appieno l’idea di feticizzazione della mascherina-talismano LINK

Mascherina o no, probabilmente nei prossimi tempi osserveremo un assestamento della narrazione sulla figura degli asintomatici con tutto ciò che questo potrebbe comportare a livello di spettacolarizzazione politica, ossia l’uso obbligatorio delle mascherine nei luoghi pubblici, impossibilità di fare il tampone a tutti, la possibilità che i guariti contraggano di nuovo il virus ma senza presentare sintomi, ecc.

Già oggi diversi indicatori come i dubbi sull’effettività degli anticorpi lasciano intendere che le misure di prevenzione potrebbero dover essere applicate a lungo e ciò potrebbe dunque portare anche all’estensione del lockdown generalizzato. Al tempo stesso si assistono a diversi tira-e-molla dovuti al variare degli interessi in gioco: se all’inizio è stato osservato che il virus colpiva quasi esclusivamente persone molto anziane e/o già indebolite da altri fattori, successivamente l’ondata di panico mediatico ha enfatizzato il fatto che il virus colpisse persone di tutte le età. A metà aprile 2020, con le pressioni per la riapertura delle aziende, molti quotidiani hanno improvvisamente ridotto le informazioni su decessi tra persone giovani e di mezz’età.

Il punto anche qui è lo stesso: una cosa sono le misure di contenimento per evitare la diffusione del contagio, ma tutt’altra cosa è usare la paura nei confronti degli asintomatici per imporre forme di controllo di tutt’altra natura con la scusa della prevenzione. Forme di controllo che non rallenteranno la diffucìsione del virus con cui rischiamo di dover convivere per decenni.

The day after

Un contenimento anche molto rigido ma gestito globalmente in base a criteri medici e con un’attenzione particolare sulle prassi sanitarie anticontagio permetterebbe forse di giungere in tempi relativamente rapidi ad una situazione di normalità. Di certo, un contenimento incentrato su meri principi legalitari, peraltro disgiunti da criteri medico-scientifici, per forza di cose non potrà che prolungare la durata dell’emergenza.

Di certo, in ogni caso, quello che si prospetta è il passaggio ad un “dopo” che avverrà a scaglioni/ondate.

Ma di che razza di “dopo” stiamo parlando? Come ogni momento di crisi, anche la pandemia globale ha messo a nudo numerose debolezze sistemiche e contraddizioni globali ed in molti si augurano che ciò faccia aprire gli occhi a sufficienza perché nel “dopo” queste siano risolte e superate. Dal superamento del PIL come metro del benessere ai redditi di cittadinanza, dalla creazione e miglioramento di un sistema sanitario pubblico globale ad un senso di collaborazione internazionale più forte, passando per forme di produzione rispettose dell’ecosistema, sono numerose le richieste e speranze che circolano.

È però necessario fare tesoro delle esperienze passate e cogliere i segnali che giungono quotidianamente da più parti: anche al termine dello sconvolgimento della Grande Guerra, la prima guerra globale della storia, serpeggiavano speranze di un futuro senza più conflitti (concetto che in qualche modo potrebbe aver pure aiutato lo scoppio della seconda guerra mondiale). Forse si tratta, almeno in parte, di una risposta umana dinnanzi a crisi profonde.

Prospettare un futuro migliore e lavorare per esso è doveroso, ma guai a confondere l’ideale con l’illusorio.

Ciò si riflette anche nelle parole di Evgeny Morozov che ricorda che nonostante le prospettive migliorative siano tutte realizzabili e sensate, la resilienza del sistema attuale è talmente forte e pervasiva che il rischio è che molto probabilmente il “dopo” virus significherà essere catapultati solamente in una fase più avanzata del tardo capitalismo caratterizata da quello che definisce il “soluzionismo” ossia una sorta di T.I.N.A. thatcheriano alla massima potenza in cui le peggiori imposizioni verranno da governi totalmente demandati a logiche aziendali che faranno di tutto per dissuadere sviluppatori, hacker, attivisti e altri dall’usare le loro capacità e le risorse esistenti per sperimentare forme alternative di organizzazione sociale e che al tempo stesso vorranno incasssare una parte dei profitti che derivano dalla sorveglianza. Il tutto imponendo nella società l’idea che

“[…] si possa evitare di affrontare le cause di un problema, concentrandosi invece sull’“adeguare” i comportamenti individuali alla crudele, ma immutabile, realtà.

Oggi siamo tutti soluzionisti: il covid-19 sta allo stato soluzionista come l’11 settembre sta allo stato di sorveglianza. Tuttavia le minacce che (il soluzionismo) pone alla democrazia sono più sottili, e quindi più insidiose.”

[…] il mondo tecnologico in cui viviamo oggi è stato progettato per garantire che non possa emergere alcuna alternativa a un ordine globale basato sulle logiche di mercato.”

Il mondo del “dopo” virus rischia appunto di veder affermare una realtà in cui il pensiero dominante normalizzerà l’idea che ‘le cose stanno così, quella che propone il governo è l’unica soluzione e ti conviene accettarla perchè non ci sono alternative e se la critichi non sei dei nostri ma sei uno degli altri’. Una visione in cui

“[…] i corpi e le istituzioni intermedie scompaiono […] esistono (solo) cittadini-consumatori, aziende e governi. In mezzo non c’è molto altro: né sindacati, né associazioni di cittadini, né movimenti sociali, né istituzioni collettive tenute insieme da sentimenti di solidarietà.

Non è un caso, difatti, se le attuali piattaforme commerciali di comunicazione e socializzazione sono incentrate principalmente su intrattenimento e spettacolarità rivolte al singolo individuo anzichè su dibattito costruttivo, collaborazione e socializzazione e questo fa sì che all’interno di esse non sarà mai possibile costruire nulla di valido perchè

“Sarà, nel migliore dei casi, l’ennesimo parco giochi per soluzionisti. Nel peggiore, una società totalitaria fondata su controllo e sorveglianza diffusi”

Questo è il mondo che andava lentamente prospettandosi prima del Coronavirus ed è questo il mondo in cui probabilmente ci troveremo catapultati nel “dopo” emergenza.

 

Informarsi senza stress con i feed RSS

di: Ca Gi
1 Novembre 2019 ore 17:42

 

Per la maggioranza delle persone leggere le news su Internet significa due cose: apprenderle sui social o saltare di sito in sito per legger cosa v’é scritto. Nel primo caso l’approccio alla notizia é legato a doppio filo a commenti, boost e strategie social mentre nel secondo caso si tratta di un modo valido ma spesso altamente inefficiente perché ci si riduce a leggere uno o due siti di fiducia e poi basta.

Eppure da oltre vent’anni, esiste uno strumento presente in quasi tutti i siti che permette di ricevere sempre gli aggiornamenti dalle proprie fonti preferite in modo estremamente efficiente: i FEED RSS!

CONTENUTI ED ASPETTO SON COSE SEPARATE

Un sito di news, un blog o un profilo social sono fondamentalmente delle pagine web all’interno dei quali vengono pubblicati dei post.

A seconda della piattaforma questi post possono essere composti da materiali molto diversi: in un social come PixelFed ed Instagram un post contiene solo un’immagine; in PeerTube e YouTubeun post equivale a un video; in Mastodon e Twitter un testo breve. In un sito di news o in un blog ogni post é invece composto da una quantità di testo ed immagini che può essere anche molto corposa.

Quello che qui c’interessa però é il fatto che in tutti questi casi, ogni post é un elemento indipendente che può essere gestito singolarmente.

Non ci facciamo tanto caso, ma ogni singolo giorno facciamo esperienza di questo poter gestire indipendentemente i singoli post: se si vuol condividere un certo post non dici ai tuoi contatti di andare su un certo sito/profilo e cercarselo, ma gli dai il link diretto a quel post.

Ogni post, insomma, ha un suo indirizzo unico: un proprio link diretto.

Ma non c’é solo il link. Ogni singolo post può esser composto da più elementi (non necessariamente tutti):

1) Il proprio link
2) Data e ora della pubblicazione
3) Un titolo
4) Una breve introduzione o degli hashtag
5) Il contenuto testuale
6) Il contenuto multimediale (immagini, filmati, file audio)

Qui é necessario fare un piccolo sforzo per comprendere un concetto non proprio immediato, ossia che gli elementi che compongono il post sono indipendenti dal modo in cui vengono mostrati.

Cosa vuol dire?

Facciamo un esempio: se pubblichi un post su Mastodon o qualsiasi altro social, chi lo legge dal suo PC vedrà il post scritto con un certo tipo di caratteri bianchi su uno sfondo nero, all’interno di una celletta con sotto i pulsanti per rispondere, sopra ad un certo altro post e sotto a un altro ecc.
Chi invece lo leggesse da uno smartphone con una App magari lo vedrebbe con tutto un altro tipo di carattere, con dei pulsanti un pò più piccoli e diversi, con altri colori ecc. Magari nel post avevi pure aggiunto una foto ma chi lo legge da PC la vedrà sopra il testo mentre su certe App si vedrà sotto di esso!

Eppure il tuo testo é sempre lo stesso e tu non hai specificato né che caratteri dovesse apparire né la posizione della foto!

 

Una notizia del Sole24Ore così come si presenta nel suo feed

 

La stessa notizia dell’immagine precedente così come viene mostrata sul sito del Sole 24 Ore

Ciò avviene perché la piattaforma a cui hai inviato il post (in questo esempio un’Istanza Mastodon) non si limita a prendere il tuo post e mostrarlo sul proprio sito con quella grafica, quei caratteri, quell’impaginazione ma ne trasmette pure il contenuto “puro”, così com’é, solo testo e a parte i file multimediali, permettendo ad altri strumenti (App, browser) di ricevere quel che tu hai inviato e personalizzare a loro volta il modo in cui mostrarlo.

Questo permette di far sì che un articolo che sul tuo PC appare di 30 lunghissime righe, sul piccolo schermo verticale del tuo smartphone venga automaticamente reimpaginato in 80 righe molto più corte, che le immagini vengano riposizionate, ecc.

Dunque, se si é ben compreso che il contenuto é scollegato dall’aspetto con cui viene mostrato possiamo entrare nel vivo di questo post e parlare di quella tecnologia fantastica che é l’ RSS!!!

 

I FEED RSS

Come abbiamo detto, le piattaforme TRASMETTONO i contenuti. I modi e le tecnologie per farlo sono diversi (per esempio, le reti libere che compongono il Fediverso utilizzano una tecnologia di trasmissione chiamata ActivityPub) ma di fatto la quasi totalità dei siti web d’informazione utilizza uno standard chiamato RSS.

Logo RSS

Di fatto si tratta di un collegamento (può apparire come link, pulsante o file) in cui appaiono tutti i singoli contenuti di quel sito/blog/profilo, ma senza fronzoli né grafica, in un unico flusso di dati detto FEED.

Quasi ogni sito utilizza gli RSS ma non sempre lo dice con chiarezza. In alcuni siti é presente da qualche parte l’Icona RSS, oppure tra i menù é indicata la voce RSS o FEED. Alcuni siti d’informazione hanno delle intere pagine in cui forniscono decine e decine di feed (un buon esempio in questo senso é il Sole 24 Ore: il quotidiano presenta in una pagina specifica tantissimi contenuti diversi fra loro e dunque permette di pescare feed contenenti gli articoli specifici su un certo argomento). In altri casi il feed é proprio nascosto e bisognerà utilizzare diversi trucchi per scoprirlo. Certi browser mostrano nella barra dell’indirizzo l’icona RSS se rilevano un FEED, ma non li individuano sempre. Ogni browser comunque permette di installare al suo interno dei Plugin/AddOn/Estensioni (Qui quelli per Firefox) che eseguono questa ricerca in modo più approfondito.

Esistono decine e decine di Addon per gestire RSS su Firefox: molti servono per trovare i feed all’interno di un sito e molti altri servono ad usare lo stesso Firefox com un aggregatore (vedi sotto)

I FEED RSS messi a disposizione del pubblico a volte sono completi e contengono tutto il contenuto dei post, ma in molti casi, specie quando si parla di quotidiani, contengono tutto tranne il testo completo.

Qui però sorge spontanea una domanda: ma una volta che si é trovato ‘sto FEED uno che se ne fa?

Beh, con un FEED RSS si possono fare tantissime cose, in particolare inserirli in un Aggregatore RSS!

I FEED READERS: GLI AGGREGATORI DI NOTIZIE PERSONALIZZABILI

Un Aggregatore RSS (in inglese “RSS Reader”) é un programma dedicato alla gestione di questi flussi. All’interno di un Aggregatore ad esempio puoi inserire i FEED di tutti i blog che ritieni interessanti, ma anche dei quotidiani, siti, profili social, podcast ecc, suddividendoli in cartelle nel modo che ti pare più consono ed ogni volta che in uno di questi FEED apparirà un nuovo post, l’Aggregatore te lo notificherà.

In questo modo riceverai sempre tutti gli aggiornamenti diretti dai canali che t’interessano senza dover saltare da una piattaforma all’altra, passare di sito in sito…

Con un click puoi passare da un quotidiano all’altro e tutto ti verrà mostrato con uno stile unitario e senza i commenti, i likes e le stelline in modo da poter leggere i contenuti senza distrazioni o ansie social.

La tipica impostazione di un Aggregatore riprende quella dei client email: a sinistra (colonna grigia) i singoli feed suddivisi in cartelle, al centro l’elenco dei post del Feed selezionato ed a destra il contenuto del singolo post

Ogni Aggregatore ha stile e funzionalità proprie: alcuni permettono di salvarti i post preferiti, postarli direttamente dall’Aggregatore ai tuoi profili social ecc. Certi sono dei software da installare ed altri funzionano come servizi cloud. Certi possono esser fatti sincronizzare su più dispositivi. Certi trattano i feed come se fossero delle email, salvandoli tutti per la lettura offline, mentre altri li presentano come post di un social. Certi hanno al proprio interno dei motori di ricerca per andare a ritrovare quella certa notizia memtre altri non hanno alcun motore. Certi hanno già al loro interno i feed dei canali d’informazione più importanti. Certi si aggiornano di continuo e certi solo quando gli si dice di farlo.

Di Aggregatori, insomma, ne esistono dei più disparati! Qui di seguito un elenco di quelli più noti, in ordine sparso. NB: La maggior parte di queste applicazioni NON sono state testate da chi scrive e le descrizioni spesso riassumono solo quel che vien riportato da altre fonti.

 

Il tuo client email può gestire anche gli RSS. Qui Thunderbird

SU LINUX

FeedReader
Applicazione open source esteticamente piacevolissima con diversi collegamenti a Wallabag, Instapaper ed altri servizi di Bookmarking, ma soprattutto é perfettamente compatibile con altri Aggregatori per estendere le proprie funzioni.

Thunderbird
Poiché gli aggregatori gestiscono i FEED RSS come fossero email é naturale che i client email sappiano gestirli, no?

Akregator
E’un potente aggregatore open source per KDE che contiene al proprio interno un browser e dunque anche nel caso in cui di feed che non contengono il testo completo di un post, anziché esser mandati dall’Aggregatore al proprio browser, si potrà leggere tutto su Akregator

Liferea
Open source e web-based. E’considerato uno dei migliori e più utilizzati aggregatori su Ubuntu. Ha un’impostazione vecchio stile tipo email ma supporta podcast, lettura dei post offline ed altro ancora.

Selfoss
Aggregatore open source molto leggero e minimale ma dotato di diverse funzioni

TinyTinyRSS
TinyTiny é un aggregatore web-based open source. In pratica non é solamente una App ma un vero e proprio piccolo serverRSS installabile sul proprio PC o server. Un pò come per SearX ci sono diversi siti che mettono a disposizione il proprio servizio TinyTinyRSS

FreshRSS
Altro aggregatore open source web-based come TinyTinyRSS, con diverse estensioni disponibili.

OpenTICKR
A differenza degli altri aggregatori, OpenTICKR si presenta come una banda di news che scorrono sullo schermo un pò come quelle che spesso si vedono sotto la pancia dei conduttori nei telegiornali.

Sui device portatili molti Aggregatori cercano di offrire un’esperienza di lettura più “pulita” e uniforme rispetto a social e siti di news

SU ANDROID

(Su F-Droid sono tantissimi gli aggregatori disponibili! Perlopiù si tratta di versioni differenti di client per TinyTiny.

TinyTinyRSS
Client TinyTiny

TinyTinyRSS Reader
Altro client TinyTiny

Tiny Tiny Feed
Altro client TinyTiny

TTRSS-Reader
Altro client TinyTiny

NextCloud News
Interesante Aggregatore che si connette al proprio server NextCloud

OCReader
Altro aggregatore che si connette a NextCloud

Feeder
Aggregatore molto snello ed elegante ma con funzioni basiche

Sparse RSS

spaRSS DecSync

Equipe RSS

FreshRSS

Handy News RSS

NewsBlur

Reader for Selfoss

Another-RSS

Munch

 

MULTIPIATTAFORMA

Feedly
Aggregatore Freemium su cloud proprietario (i servizi base sono gratuiti e quelli avanzati a pagamento) che già nella versione gratis si presenta molto completo.

QuiteRSS
Altro aggregatore open source molto solido e dotato di diverse funzioni, tra cui browser interno, modulo di ricerca, possibilità di mostrare o nascondere sempre le immagini, adblocker.

 

CREARE BOT

I più smanettoni possono anche prendere un FEED RSS ed utilizzarlo per creare un BOT, ossia un account social che pubblica automaticamente i contenuti di quel FEED. Su Matrix ad esempio é semplicissimo: ogni utente può creare un BOT utilizzando un Widget fornito dalla piattaforma stessa!.

Logo OPML

 

ALTRE INFO UTILI SUI FEED RSS

ESISTONO PIU’ VERSIONI DI RSS
L’RSS é uno standard composto da diversi “dialetti” (ben nove!). Questo significa che a volte un sito potrebbe utilizzare un tipo di RSS che il proprio Aggregatore non interpreta bene, ad esempio potrebbe credere che la data ed ora di pubblicazione del post siano il titolo o altri errori simili. In realtà la maggior parte degli Aggregatori riescono a distinguere e gestire questi dialetti ma ogni tanto qualche errore lo si incontra ancora

ATOM
Altra cosa da conoscere é ATOM, che può essere descritto come uno dei “dialetti” dell’RSS che però si é evoluto molto. Anche per quanto riguarda Atom la maggior parte degli Aggregatori sa gestirlo senza problemi.

XML
Nota tecnica: RSS ed ATOM si basano entrambi su un’altro standard chiamato XML. Ecco perché spesso si incontrano FEED il cui indirizzo termina per .xml

OPML
Inserire tanti FEED uno ad uno in un aggregatore può essere un lavoraccio! Ciò comporta che se un bel giorno volessi cambiare aggregatore dovresti rifare tutto daccapo? No: per fortuna sulla maggior parte degli Aggregatori é possibile esportare ed importare diversi feed in un unico file. L’OPML é di fatto il formato standard con cui questa operazione viene svolta. Per questo motivo é sempre bene assicurarsi che l’Aggregatore che si sta adottando sia in grado di gestire questo tipo di files.

 

IN CONCLUSIONE

Un Aggregatore RSS ben organizzato e con diverse fonti si rivela uno strumento efficacissimo per riuscire a navigare nel flusso oceanico di notizie tagliando fuori tutto ciò che non é necessario, dai fronzoli grafici ai commenti social, permettendo di confrontare rapidamente diverse fonti su una stessa notizia e di approcciarsi ad essa senza aver addosso tutto il “rumore” generato dai social. L’importante é trovare l’aggregatore più adatto a sé e, soprattutto all’inizio, impostarlo con feed diversi provenienti da fonti diverse.

Anche i nazi usano Mastodon? Beh, se é per questo usan pure l’email…

di: Ca Gi
4 Settembre 2019 ore 12:00

 

 

Mastodon continua a crescere. Alle soglie dei 3 milioni e mezzo di utenti si aggiungono continuamente nuove Istanze le quali, connettendosi o meno tra loro, contribuiscono a creare reti sempre più articolate all’interno del Fediverso. Le nuove Istanze (ossia server Mastodon indipendenti, ognuno dei quali con le proprie regole, caratteristiche e policy) sono per forza di cose diversissime tra loro ed hanno esigenze, approcci e idee su “come dovrebbe essere un social” spesso assai distanti tra loro, per non parlare dei temi che trattano. Di questi “nuovi arrivi” su Mastodon, due in particolare hanno fatto discutere molto negli ultimi mesi.

Nel primo caso si tratta di un certo numero di Istanze incentrate su erotismo/pornografia nate perlopiù da utenti e comunità transfughe da Tumblr a causa della decisione della piattaforma di porre una stretta a quel tipo di contenuti.

Il secondo, più serio, riguarda invece Gab, sul quale é necessario spendere qualche parola. Gab é un social network per nazifascisti nato negli Stati Uniti nel 2016 e che fin dalla nascita é stato raggiungibile oltre che dal proprio sito web anche da apposite App per iOS ed Android. Data la sua natura, i contenuti che diffonde, il suo utilizzo da parte degli organizzatori di Charlottesville ed altri disgustosi personaggi, Gab é stato fin da subito al centro di diverse polemiche che si son protratte fino al punto che qualche mese fa le sue App sono state rimosse dal Play Store e dall’App Store ed é stato rescisso unilateralmente il contratto che Gab aveva col suo fornitore di hosting (colui che affittava il server che reggeva il social).

Gli amministratori del social neonazista, dunque, lasciati a piedi e banditi da ogni piattaforma, si son trovati in condizione di dover trovare una soluzione alternativa che li rendesse indipendenti dai ban dei provider tecnologici. Ed hanno adottato Mastodon.

 

GAB E’ORA UN’ISTANZA MASTODON

Questa scelta, dal punto di vista degli amministratori del social neonazista, presenta soprattutto due enormi vantaggi:

1: anziché dover creare, aggiornare ed ottimizzare un proprio software da zero, gli admin di Gab possono avvantaggiarsi del lavoro open source degli sviluppatori e contributors di Mastodon. Questo perché essendo software aperto é liberamente utilizzabile e modificabile da chiunque.

2: invece di dover sviluppare e far approvare delle App specifiche per il proprio social, possono appoggiarsi a diverse altre App per Mastodon già esistenti e presenti negli App Store. App che non vengono bannate perché non specifiche per Gab: bannarle sarebbe come bannare un browser perché ti permette di accedere a siti neonazisti.

Al solito, come abituale strategia dei nazifascisti, il tutto é avvenuto negando la loro natura di nazifascisti e mascherando il loro desiderio di seminare odio e falsità invocando “libertà d’espressione”.

La nuova Istanza Gab é grossa; i suoi amministratori affermano addirittura di avere già oltre un milione di account anche se esiste il forte sospetto che molti di questi possano essere account fasulli creati per far apparire il network molto più grande di quanto effettivamente sia. Ma veri o falsi che siano i suoi account, in ogni caso Gab resta un’Istanza di dimensioni considerevoli.

Va pure ricordato che non si tratta della prima istanza neonazista che ha adottato Mastodon ma di certo é la più grossa, nota ed aggressiva.

 

GRIDI D’ALLARME

L’arrivo di Gab su Mastodon non poteva che generare scompiglio e curiosità: Mastodon si é caratterizzato fin da subito come uno strumento utile a creare ambienti molto favorevoli alle comunità LGBT, anarchiche e libertarie, per cui l’arrivo di Gab é stato visto soprattutto dal di fuori del Fediverso un po come una sorta di “fine dei giochi” per il progetto Mastodon (il che é un po’una costante: é da quando Mastodon esiste che alcuni commentatori colgono ogni occasione per dire che il progetto “é finito” nonostante in realtà continui a crescere costantemente)

Molti blog che si occupano di tecnologia hanno riportato la notizia con toni allarmanti del tipo: “L’alternativa a Twitter senza nazisti ora é sede dalla più grossa comunità neonazista online”

 

In effetti, sapere che una certa piattaforma social é usata da un gran numero di nazifascisti suona decisamente allarmante e se non sai come funziona una rete federata il primo pensiero che viene a chiunque é star lontano da quel social. Da questo punto di vista la notizia dell’arrivo dei nazisti su ha portato indubbiamente cattiva pubblicità a Mastodon.

C’é però qualcosa che non torna in questo grido d’allarme (e chi già sa come funzionano Mastodon ed il Fediverso lo sa bene): giusto per fare un esempio, chi scrive, pur utilizzando Mastodon su base quotidiana, di Gab ed i suoi contenuti non ha mai visto manco l’ombra.

Per capire come ciò sia possibile é necessario fare un passo indietro.

 

NON ESISTE -UN- SOCIAL CHIAMATO MASTODON: CI SONO TANTE ISTANZE MASTODON CHE INTERAGISCONO FRA LORO

Quando Tumblr ha deciso di adottare policy più restrittive su contenuti erotici e pornografici, molti dei suoi utenti interessati in quel tipo di contenuti si sono riversati su Mastodon creando Istanze tutte loro, come sinblr.com o humblr.social

Qui bisogna ricordare nuovamente un concetto base su come Mastodon é strutturato e funziona:

Ogni Istanza Mastodon é un social network indipendente che funziona indifferentemente dalle altre Istanze: é installato su un proprio server, ha i suoi admin, i suoi utenti e le sue regole e potrebbe benissimo funzionare anche se tutte le altre Istanze del mondo non esistessero.

Dopodiché, ognuna di queste Istanze, se lo vuole, é in grado di dialogare con le altre ma é altrettanto libera di bloccare o limitare i contatti con le Istanze che non gli son gradite.

Per fare un esempio: non ne abbiamo la certezza, ma possiamo scommettere un nichelino che rcsocial.net, un’Istanza Mastodon che si propone come spazio di discussione per utenti cattolici, abbia bloccato le Istanze porno-erotiche citate sopra. Questo vuol dire che gli utenti di rcsocial.net potranno interagire tra loro e magari con utenti di altre Istanze Mastodon ma non entreranno mai in contatto con gli utenti ed i contenuti erotici di sinblr.com o humblr.social.

Il punto é che:

“Mastodon” non é un social network ma una tecnologia condivisa da diversi social autonomi e indipendenti chiamati “Istanze” che possono essere in contatto a vicenda o meno.

Parlare di “Mastodon” come di un’unica entità é assurdo così come descrivere la tecnologia chiamata “email” come se fosse un social network.

 

 

DIVERSI LIVELLI DI INTERAZIONE E BLOCCO

Il modo migliore per capire come funziona Mastodon é ragionare sempre partendo dal punto di vista della tua Istanza (quella che hai scelto o che hai creato personalmente). Nel caso più comune tu sei un utente che si é iscritto ad una Istanza di tuo gradimento, le cui policy (regole) sono sostanzialmente in linea con quelle che ti saresti dato tu.

Nei confronti delle altre Istanze con cui c’é un rapporto paritario ed amichevole, la connessione con la tua Istanza é bilaterale: utenti e contenuti delle due Istanze possono interagire liberamente tra loro.

Ci sono però anche delle Istanze che la tua Istanza ritiene inaccettabili, vuoi perché spammano o sono popolate da troll, perché sono Istanze nazistoidi che diffondono contenuti d’odio o contenuti contrari alle policy che la tua Istanza s’é data. In questo caso gli admin della tua Istanza la possono bloccare cosicché nessuno degli utenti della tua Istanza entrerà mai in contatto con utenti e contenuti dell’Istanza inaccettabile.

C’é poi il caso delle Istanze discutibili: quelle i cui contenuti non sono ben visti/tollerati dalla tua Istanza, ma non sono tanto gravi da necessitare di un vero e proprio blocco. In questo caso gli admin possono silenziarle, ossia impostarne l’interazione in modo tale tu utente possa tranquillamente interagire con utenti e contenuti di queste Istanze discutibili, ma tali interazioni non saranno visibili agli altri utenti della tua Istanza. Per intenderci: se rispondi o boosti (“retwitti” / “riposti” / “condividi” ) contenuti di queste Istanze, questi non saranno visibili da tutti i membri della tua Istanza ma solo da quelli che già seguono chi hai boostato.

Con le Istanze amiche c’é interazione bidirezionale pura; le Istanze discutibili possono essere silenziate in modo da non dare visibilità condivisa all’interazione ma senza impedirla; le Istanze discutibili possono essere bloccate in modo tale che per gli utenti della tua Istanza é come se non esistezzero più

 

Non solo: ogni singolo utente é libero di decidere di bloccare solo per sé singoli utenti o intere Istanze. C’é un’Istanza che gli admin della tua Istanza ritengono amica ma che tu non sopporti? Puoi tranquillamente bloccarla e non vederne mai più alcun contenuto!

L’unica cosa che tu come utente non puoi decidere autonomamente fare é interagire con Istanze che gli admin della tua Istanza hanno bloccato.

OGNI ISTANZA CREA LA PROPRIA RETE CON CHI VUOLE E LASCIA FUORI CHI NON VUOLE.

Il risultato é che se sei utente di un’Istanza come sinblr.com, probabilmente avrai tantissime interazioni con altre Istanze in cui viene pubblicato materiale erotico-pornografico, con le quali interagirai bilateralmente senza problemi, mentre al contrario se sei membro di un’Istanza di ultracattolici tradizionalisti avrai rapporti con diverse altre Istanze ma coi contenuti di sinblr.com non avrai alcun contatto. Ogni Istanza, dunque, crea una propria rete personalizzata lasciando fuori coloro con cui proprio non vuole entrare in contatto.

Questo vuol dire che potrebbe perfettamente esserci una rete Mastodon di Istanze incentrate sul porno che non ha alcun contatto con una seconda rete di Istanze Mastodon di stampo tradizionalista. La logica conseguenza di questo meccanismo é che non esiste necessariamente UNA rete Mastodon:

Possono esistere molte reti Mastodon separate che non hanno alcuna interazione fra loro

Su Bida (mastodon.bida.im) i contenuti erotici-pornografici di per sé non sono vietati a patto che vengano postati con la maschera CW (“Content Warning”: avviso sul contenuto).

 

Toot con immagine coperta da maschera CW ed il messaggio d’avviso “Materiale sensibile”

 

In pratica i contenuti sensibili vengono postati con una “maschera” che oscura le immagini in questione e per vederle l’utente deve cliccarci appositamente sopra. Se un utente di Bida postasse ripetutamente contenuti senza maschera CW verrebbe ripreso dalla comunità, dagli admin ed in caso estremo bannato. Se un utente di Bida venisse in contatto con una diversa Istanza Mastodon in cui questo tipo di contenuti vengono postati senza alcuna maschera CW, con una segnalazione agli admin di Bida questa verrebbe bloccata.

Questo é il tipo di approccio che ha Bida con contenuti sensibili ma altre Istanze potrebbero avere approcci assai diversi. Per esempio una certa Istanza potrebbe pretendere il CW su immagini porno ma non su semplici nudi né su disegni erotici, mente un’altra Istanza potrebbe avere come regola quella di bannare pure i quadri rinascimentali che mostrano nudi.

Ecco perché é di fondamentale importanza scegliere la propria Istanza (o Istanze) di riferimento: a seconda che ci si iscriva ad un’Istanza o un’altra ci si può trovare con reti, contatti ed approcci lontanissimi tra loro perché, come ribadito sopra, ogni Istanza é sostanzialmente un social network diverso ed a seconda di quale vien scelto ci si può ritrovare in una rete assai ristretta in cui non c’é alcuna apertura e tolleranza verso posizioni distanti oppure in una rete indifferenziata ed indifferente alla presenza di contenuti odio, troll e spam o invece in una rete che si é ritagliata un mix di apertura e chiusura abbastanza vicina alle proprie esigenze.

 

Gab not Welcome

TORNIAMO A GAB

Ricapitolato il meccanismo su cui é basato Mastodon é ora facile intuire che peso possa avere Gab sulle altre Istanze/community di Mastodon che non vogliono entrare in contatto con i nazifascisti: quasi zero. Praticamente tutte le Istanze antifasciste hanno fin da subito bloccato Gab così come già avevano bloccato altre Istanze dai contenuti simili. Anche gli admin di Bida (mastodon.bida.im) hanno bloccato Gab nonappena si é saputo del suo arrivo su Mastodon e così facendo, su Bida, i contenuti neonazisti di Gab non si son praticamente mai visti. Inoltre diversi utenti si sono mobilitati per presidiare le proprie Istanze da eventuali utenti provocatori di Gab e segnalare eventuali micro-Istanze create solo per diffondere per vie traverse i contenuti di Gab. Le istanze amiche che condividono principi etici comuni si scambiano informazioni sulle Istanze che diffondono messaggi d’odio o materiali sensibili privi di maschere CW, tenendosi sempre aggiornate sull’ecosistema umano delle proprie reti.

In sostanza le reti Mastodon antifasciste hanno retto benissimo alla presenza di nazisti e provocatori, molto meglio di social commerciali e centralizzati come Facebook o Twitter.

Allarmarsi perché dei nazifascisti hanno creato un server social usando Mastodon non é troppo diverso dall’allarmarsi perché un gruppo di neonazisti ha messo su un server mail, IRC, XMPP, o un sito web utilizzando strumenti open source.

Insomma: di per sé non é possibile impedire che si crei una rete Mastodon nera. La si può magari isolare, mettere in un angolo e complicargli la vita in diversi modi (che adesso vedremo) ma impedirne del tutto l’esistenza é impossibile: se fosse possibile impedire l’esistenza di una rete nera attraverso strumenti tecnici, quegli stessi strumenti potrebbero essere altresì usati per impedire l’esistenza di qualsiasi rete o bloccare l’accesso a diversi contenuti che a programmatori o host non sono graditi.

Non ha senso criminalizzare di per sé l’email, il telefono, la stampa o altri sistemi di comunicazione liberi perché sono tecnicamente utilizzabili anche dai nazifascisti e dunque non ha senso criminalizzare la piattaforma tecnologica Mastodon perché viene utilizzata da questi.

Tuttavia seppur questi strumenti tecnologici non sono colpevolizzabili di per sé é anche vero che, volendo, é pur sempre possibile far in modo che quegli stessi strumenti non siano comodamente usufruibili per certi utilizzi, ma la cosa genera diversi problemi di ordine pratico ed etico.

Logo di Fedilab, client Mastodon al centro di polemiche perché non ha bloccato l’accesso a Gab

LA POSIZIONE DELLE APP

Uno strumento software open source é sostanzialmente un attrezzo che chiunque può utilizzare e modificare a piacimento e questo vale sia per il software di Mastodon che per quello di diverse App per utilizzare Mastodon su smartphone.

(NB: queste App sono chiamate in gergo client, termine che identifica applicazioni il cui scopo é quello di mettere l’utente in contatto con un server sul quale stanno effettivamente i contenuti)

Come già visto, le App per accedere a Gab erano state rimosse da App Store di iOS e Play Store di Android, ma si trattava di App specifiche per quel social e quello solamente. Al contrario le principali App per Mastodon non sono specifiche per una certa Istanza, ma sono utilizzabili per accedere a qualsiasi le Istanze che uno vuole, così come un browser può accedere anche a siti neonazisti ed un client Mail può essere usato per accedere ad un mailserver neofascista.

Questo crea un effetto non voluto: dopo che Apple e Google hanno bannato Gab in quanto bubbone seminatore di odio pestilenziale, proprio le le tecnologie open di Mastodon hanno permesso a a Gab di continuare ad essere alla portata di click su qualsiasi smartphone.

Se criminalizzare Mastodon in quanto strumento non ha senso, più discutibile é la posizione delle App. Non esistono App “ufficiali” di Mastodon per Smartphone, bensì diverse App realizzate da programmatori e software house indipendenti tra cui scegliere.

Qui sorge una domanda: é eticamente corretto che i programmatori di una App (magari open source) atta a connettersi ad una piattaforma social (questa certamente sì open source), possano decidere di impedire all’App di connettersi con certe Istanze? Può un browser impedirti di visitare un certo sito? O un software di mail impedirti di scambiarti le mail con certi indirizzi?

La questione é complessa e sul Fediverso, da diversi mesi si susseguono discussioni su questo argomento.

Le posizioni vanno dal “No: lo strumento deve essere liberamente aperto ed utilizzabile” al “E’ perfettamente legittimo che un programmatore crei software open al cui interno vi siano dei blocchi a contenuti fascisti: proprio perché é uno strumento open, se i fascisti vogliono utilizzarlo sono liberi di crearsi il proprio fork(*)”

(*) il fork é la versione modificata di un software.

Quest’ultima posizione é quella che all’atto pratico meglio potrebbe rispondere all’esigenza di isolare contenuti velenosi (o perlomeno renderne un po’ più complicata la diffusione) ma al tempo stesso potrebbe fungere da pericoloso precedente (in base alla stessa logica potrebbe essere realizzato un browser che non accede a siti il cui contenuto non é gradito ai programmatori).

Il fatto é che blocchi di questo tipo già esistono per quanto riguarda contenuti tecnici nocivi: un browser può avere dei filtri che gli impediscono d’accedere a siti che contengono codice malevolo (o perlomeno mostrano una serie di avvisi molto espliciti). Può aver senso applicare questa stessa logica a contenuti tossici?

Il punto é che la logica del blocco (o avviso di sicurezza) può essere applicata solo (1) riconoscendo l’eccezionalità dei contenuti fascisti nel loro non essere “opinione” ma totale negazione del dialogo e con i quali, dunque, non é possibile avere alcuna interazione sana; (2) esponendo con chiarezza le caratteristiche che definiscono i contenuti di questo tipo.

Il contenuto d’odio, insomma, potrebbe essere trattato come un contenuto criminale tout court (ad esempio come i siti per pedofili) o un malware (come per i siti affetti da virus e codice malevolo), magari con filtri a più livelli (finestre d’avviso per i casi discutibili e via via fino al blocco per i casi più gravi)?

In ogni caso va ribadito che l’idea di poter impedire la diffusione di messaggi d’odio solamente grazie a soluzioni software é pura illusione. Tuttalpiù questi possono servire per impedire a tali contenuti di esser diffusi con troppa semplicità.

 

QUINDI?

Se la gestione di contenuti da parte delle Istanze é intrinsecamente risolta dalla stessa struttura di Mastodon, la questione dei client genera ancora moltissima discussione esponendo approcci legittimi ma spesso contrastanti e che non verranno certo districate da questo post. Quel che però é certo é che su Mastodon, se non vuoi incontrare i nazisti, non ne incontrerai (giusto qualcuno magari, ma a malapena per il tempo necessario a bloccarlo e con lui l’intera Istanza che gli ha permesso di pubblicare i suoi contenuti tossici

 

 

 

I Provider di software open source

di: Ca Gi
13 Giugno 2019 ore 10:46

Hai dei file a cui vuoi poter accedere facilmente da qualsiasi device? Li puoi caricare su NextCloud! Devi scrivere un testo assieme ad un’altra persona che vive lontano? C’é Etherpad! Vuoi inviare un file in modo riservato? Puoi usare Lufi! Ti serve una mappa online? Ma c’é OpenStreetMap! Vuoi condividere uno status ma solo con alcuni amici intimi? Puoi farlo con Friendica! Devi cercare qualcosa sul web? C’é SearX!

Insomma: chi te lo fa fare di usare servizi centralizzati il cui solo scopo é carpire informazioni su di te, se ci sono provider online che mettono a disposizione i migliori software open source?

SIAM PASSATI DALL’ESSER PERSONE CHE UTILIZZANO STRUMENTI AD  ESSER CLIENTI DI SERVIZI CHE CI USANO

La maggior parte degli utenti possiede dei device (smartphone, tablet, computer fisso o portatile…) ma non ha in casa un proprio server personale con cui gestisce ed archivia i propri contenuti. Questo perché esistono dei fornitori commerciali di servizi online (provider come Google, Apple o Facebook) che mettono comodamente e spesso “gratuitamente” a disposizione tutta quella serie di servizi che altrimenti bisognerebbe installare/impostare/aggiornare/riparare da sé. Affidarsi a provider esterni, dunque, a primo acchito risulta comodo perché libera dall’onere di imparare a gestire gli strumenti su cui si regge la propria vita digitale.

E’soprattutto nella seconda metà degli anni 2000 che si affermano i principali provider di servizi online. É in quel momento che si sviluppano aziende e strumenti come Dropbox, Evernote, Facebook, Google Docs, iCloud, Twitter, Whatsapp, YouTube ecc. Nel giro di pochi anni però, tramite acquisizioni e battaglie commerciali, la situazione che si é venuta a creare é che i principali servizi online sono proprietà di soli cinque colossi americani: Amazon, Apple, Facebook, Google, Microsoft.

Cinque aziende commerciali che hanno nelle proprie mani la vita digitale di ogni individuo del pianeta, alcune delle quali sono state fondate con l’esplicito scopo di raccogliere, analizzare e vendere tutte le informazioni che possono sui propri utenti.

Non tutti ci han fatto caso, ma mentre questi provider nascevano e si facevano ogni giorno più forti é avvenuto nelle nostre vite un importantissimo doppio cambio di paradigma. Il tutto é avvenuto in maniera esplicita, alla luce del sole e nient’affatto misteriosa, solo che é avvenuto tanto in fretta e con un tale hype nei confronti della “tecnologia del futuro” che la maggior parte delle persone non se n’é curata: 1) si é passati dallo “strumento come strumento” allo “strumento come servizio” ed alla 2) cessione volontaria dei propri dati sensibili in cambio dell’utilizzo di tali servizi.

Il concetto, insomma, é che si é passati dal “possiedo carta e penna su cui scrivo quel che mi pare e poi se voglio lo tengo chiuso in un cassetto oppure lo consegno a chi mi pare ma sempre senza dover render conto a nessuno della mia scelta” al “Posso usare la fantastica penna di lusso e la fantastica carta della ditta X per scrivere tutto quel che mi pare, alla sola condizione che la ditta X leggerà tutto ciò che scrivo e ne farà quel che vorrà”.

Tu, utente, non “hai” Whatsapp. Quando dici che “hai Whatsapp” stai dicendo una stronzata.

Non hai idea di quali informazioni su di te il software di Whatsapp trasmette ai server  di Facebook(i millisecondi che sei stato fermo su una foto? se ne hai allargato un dettaglio? se l’hai salvata? se hai salvato una schermata con quella porzione di chat? quanti errori grammaticali fai? in quali ore dormi? quali sono le persone di cui cancelli le chat?).

Non sai in che modo questi dati vengono interpretati (il numero di emoji usati in relazione alle volte in cui usi certe parole? quali sono le parole che usi solo con certe persone? i tuoi riferimenti culturali più comuni in relazione con la mappa dei tuoi spostamenti? le opinioni che hanno su di te i tuoi “amici” e che si scambiano nei messaggi privati?).

Non sai in che modo Whatsapp ti profila (ha intuito che forse tra te e una certa persona c’é una tresca in base all’analisi dei vostri tracciati GPS ed ai messaggi fasulli che avete inviato? ha dedotto le tue debolezze emotive utilizzabili come grimaldello propagandistico da una forza politica che avversi per confonderti le idee?)

L’ultimo punto probabilmente é il più importante. Si sa, che spesso il problema non é in chi trasmette informazioni (tu), ma in chi le legge (Facebook). Se Facebook interpretasse dalla tua attività online che sei potenzialmente una minaccia per il governo in carica e questa informazione fosse venduta proprio a qualcuno che lavora per il governo in carica beh, a seconda della natura di tale governo potresti passare decisamente dei brutti momenti.

 

 

LA SOLUZIONE IDEALE É AVERE IL PROPRIO SERVER A CASA

Possiamo girarci attorno finché si vuole, ma la verità é che l’unico software su cui puoi avere la massima fiducia é software FLOSS installato da te su un tuo device di proprietà, a cui solo tu hai accesso.

Idealmente, dunque, un web veramente libero dovrebbe essere composto da innumerevoli device e server personali su cui sono installati gli strumenti software che ognuno preferisce e per far sì che questo non porti ad una eccessiva frammentazione delle piattaforme, idealmente e pur mantenendo la propria indipendenza, queste dovrebbero comunque possedere un certo grado di interoperabilità (ad essempio costituendo una rete federata). Si tratta di uno scenario tecnicamente realistico, molto vicino a quello delle prime reti BBS all’alba di Internet e che qualcuno sta effettivamente cercando di far prender nuovamente piede. Gli strumenti ci sono e funzionano già a dovere. Quel che gli manca é solamente un’adozione massiccia.

Certo é pur vero che l’idea di fare self-hosting (ossia il possedere un proprio server personalizzato) può spaventare molte persone, nonostante gli strumenti per realizzarlo siano sempre più alla portata di chiunque (come ad esempio YuNoHost un sistema operativo pensato proprio per server casalinghi gestiti da un utente inesperto, già predisposto per ospitare un’Istanza Nextcloud, Matrix, Mastodon, XMPP, WordPress, SearX, Tiny Tiny RSS, Wallabag e praticamente tutto quel che riguarda la vita digitale di ognuno).

Capiamoci: siamo nel 2019; i computer esistono ormai da eoni, ma anche a voler restare stretti e concentrarci solo sul periodo in cui questi sono entrati in massa nelle case, stiam parlando comunque di 25-30 annima la conoscenza media di questi strumenti é perlopiù limitata all’utilizzo più superficiale. La situazione può essere paragonata allo scenario in cui milioni di automobilisti che, pur sapendo guidare, ignorassero totalmente cosa siano il motore, le pastiglie dei freni o la batteria, ma si accontentassero di sapere che girare il volante a sinistra fa girare a sinistra anche le ruote, credendo così di sapere come funziona un’automobile.

Il fatto é che, come già detto, siamo nel 2019: non si pretende certo che tutti diventino dei provetti meccanici-hacker, ma almeno che si diffonda una conoscenza generale giusto un minimo più accorta. Insomma: basterebbe che si sapesse che sotto il cofano c’é una cosa chiamata motore e più o meno in base a quali princìpi funziona.

La cosa ancor più drammatica é che le conoscenze base per potersi muovere in campo informatico (una spolverata di teoria, imparare ad installare un sistema operativo, compiere operazioni di maintenance, usare motori di ricerca come si deve ed alcuni concetto-base di sicurezza informatica) possono essere apprese con un corso di sette giorni, meno che per la patente, ma nonostante l’utilizzo dei device informatici sia una costante su base quotidiana per milioni di persone, ancora troppo poche hanno “fatto il corso di sette giorni”.

STRUMENTI FLOSS

Come già esposto in altri articoli, esistono da anni diversi strumenti FLOSS (ossia software aperto, gratuito e liberamente utilizzabile) che non hanno nulla da invidiare ai loro corrispettivi commerciali. Anzi, in molti casi gli strumenti FLOSS sono pure tecnicamente più avanzati delle loro controparti, tanto che moltissimo software che utilizziamo quotidianamente (come Chrome o Whatsapp) non é che una versione modificata di software FLOSS. L’unica pecca del software FLOSS, semmai, deriva dal fatto che essendo utilizzao da meno utenti, spesso ha una quantità minore di contenuti: la quantità di roba che vien pubblicata sui social open durante una giornata equivale forse a quella che su Facebook vien pubblicato in un minuto. Di conseguenza vi é anche minor spinta a venir incontro agli interessi di un pubblico che si trova altrove. Si tratta della classica situazione del gatto che cerca di mordersi la coda: gli utenti non adottano un sistema se non ci son gran quantità di contenuti, ma non possono esserci gran quantità di contenuti se non ci sono utenti.

Per dirla in altro modo, tornando alla metafora automobilistica: finché tutti continueranno a voler usare ruote di legno, quel tizio strano che ha avuto l’idea di fare ruote di gomma resterà confinato nella sua bottega a fare le ruote di gomma una-ad-una per i suoi clienti affezionati, ma non riuscirà mai a metter su una fabbrica per produrle in serie. Questo a meno che non ci sia una forte spinta ad adottare in massa tali ruote di gomma, ma si tratta di una spinta che non verrà mai dalle grandi aziende produttrici di ruote di legno.

Una selezione di strumenti e piattaforme commerciali libere e la loro controparte commerciale

 

 

SERVIZI VISIBILI vs. VANTAGGI INVISIBILI

Una delle difficoltà maggiori riguardanti il software FLOSS é il riuscir a far capire il loro valore ad una popolazione che, come già detto, ha giusto delle vaghe conoscenze informatiche. Spiegare i vantaggi degli strumenti FLOSS a chi é privo di ogni base informatica spesso suona difficile come cercar di spiegare com’é possibile che gli aerei si librino nell’aria ad una popolazione vive nel terrore che la Luna caschi dal cielo.

Per esempio: quando si parla di privacy e protezione dei dati personali sul web, solitamente l’immagine che viene evocata dall’utente comune é quella del tizio parte-hacker-parte-007-parte-esattore-di-Equitalia che traffica sul web per carpire informazioni piccanti o spiacevoli sulla tua persona, ossia uno scenario da film complottista che, pur non essendo impossibile, nella maggior parte dei casi risulta alquanto improbabile: a chi mai interessa cosa faccia nella vita privata il signor Gino del quinto piano? Certo però che quelle stesse informazioni diventano estremamente interessanti se acquisibili in massa assieme a quelle di milioni di altre persone…

In realtà ciò che avviene nella maggior parte dei casi é che le informazioni dettagliatissime che hai fornito su di te vengono utilizzate all’interno dei cosiddetti big data per impostare argomentazioni politiche, saggiare il terreno su certi argomenti senza tener conto dello scarto fra vita reale e vita sul web e soprattutto, per modificare il discorso pubblico prevalente su determinate questioni.

Il tuo profilo, il tuo singolo profilo utente, di per sé ha scarso valore (a meno che tu non sia un VIP o un noto criminale). Ma se il tuo profilo fa parte di un bouquet di milioni di profili allora la cosa cambia!

Quel che avviene é che i committenti hanno modo di influenzare quali e quante informazioni riceverai, facendo sì che sui social certe notizie appaiano nella tua Timeline ma non in quella del tuo vicino o che ti venga suggerito si seguire certi contatti e non altri. Le informazioni che hai fornito su di te sono uno strumento impagabile affinché queste modifiche riescano ad essere cucite proprio apposta per te.

Non é un caso se milioni di persone vengono portate a credere a cose del tutto false o a consolidare idee che, se non ci fosse controllo sui contenuti che ricevono, non sarebbero difese con tanta irrazionalità. Chi manipola quel ti vien detto, non fa altro che indirizzare il tuo modo di pensare.

In poche parole, scegliere di utilizzare le grosse piattaforme centralizzate del data-mining (letteralmente “estrazione dati”, ossia ciò che fanno Facebook, Google ecc) equivale a buttarsi nel mare in cui viene effettuata la più imponente e specialistica pesca a strascico del mondo: una pesca a strascico smart che se da un lato coinvolge tutti i pesci nel mare, nessuno escluso, dall’altro non uccide i pesci, ma li lascia in acqua, studiandoli tanto a fondo da capire come fare a far sì che ogni singolo pesce poi nuoti nella direzione che il pescatore desidera.

In sostanza più informazioni personali forniamo alle grandi compagnie di data mining e più aiutiamo chi manipola le informazioni sui media mainstream; più aiutiamo chi vuole seminare odio in maniera mirata; più aiutiamo le società di marketing a renderci dipendenti dai loro prodotti. Un esempio su tutti? In Italia, da anni, il numero di crimini violenti é in calo costante. Non é una novità: ogni anno i quotidiani pubblicano i nuovi dati e da anni, appunto, si annuncia che sono calati rispetto all’anno prima. Eppure la percezione diffusa é che invece siano in aumento. Stessa cosa per il numero di stranieri residenti in Italia: oltre il 73% degli italiani ne sovrastima il numero. Certo, la percezione pubblica non viene modificata dai soli social, anche i media hanno un ruolo fondamentale in questo, ma é innegabile che oggi il grosso di questo lavoro avvenga proprio sui social.

 

I recenti scandali legati a Facebook, Cambridge Analytica, la Brexit,il Russiagate ed i sospetti di intervento esterno sui social durante diverse campagne elettorali non sono che l’aspetto più macroscopico e noto dell’intreccio fra big data, politica e manipolazione dell’opinione pubblica.

Ecco, tutto questo fa parte di ciò che l’utente medio fa fatica a vedere e tra un’app per mandare immagini di gattini con musichette carine ed un’app che fa lo stesso ma meno pubblicizzata e usata da meno utenti, sceglierà la prima, anche se la seconda ha caratteristiche migliori ed é più adatta a proteggerne le informazioni personali.

Socialità quantitativa e strumenti che necessitano apprendimento raso-zero sono, purtroppo, i fattori determinanti per la scelta delle piattaforme da utilizzare. Restando all’esempio automobilistico, é come dire che il mondo preferisce le auto senza specchietti, frecce, cinture di sicurezza ed altri dispositivi di protezione “perché é roba da nerd maniaci” e si é adattato a ritenere che beh, é normale che ogni automobilisca faccia qualche incidente e perda qualche arto.

 

 

PROVIDER OPEN SOURCE

Se proprio non si ha modo o voglia di self-hostare i propri strumenti software, un buon compromesso fra self-hosting ed il ricorso ai provider di servizi commerciali come Facebook o Google é quello di rivolgersi a dei provider online di software open source.  In pratica, se Google mette a disposizione i suoi strumenti (Google Calendari, Contatti, Drive, Mail, Ricerca, Documenti, Fogli, Presentazioni, ecc…) ed anche Apple fa altrettanto con i propri (iCloud, Contatti, Pages, Numbers, ecc…), così come fa Facebook (Facebook, Messenger, Instagram, Whatsapp) e tutti quei provider che mettono a disposizione il proprio unico strumento (L’azienda Evernote mette a disposizione lo strumento Evernote, l’azienda Twitter mette a disposizione lo strumento Twitter ecc.) esistono anche diversi provider che invece mettono a disposizione applicazioni FLOSS che, se l’utente volesse, potrebbe tranquillamente scaricarsi e installare su un tuo server personale, essendo tutto software aperto e liberamente scaricabile (quindi, chiunque abbia le necessarie competenze tecniche, può verificare cosa fa davvero il software “sotto il cofano” e come).

La comodità di questa soluzione é indubbia: hai un server sempre attivo accessibile 24/24 che viene mantenuto efficiente, aggiornato e riparato da qualcun’altro cosicché tu possa accedervi senza problemi.

L’idea alla base dei provider di applicazioni FLOSS é che anziché esserci solo 4 o 5 colossali provider cui si rivolgono tutti, possano invece esserci centinaia, migliaia, milioni  di server che offrono una vastità di strumenti che però siano compatibili tra loro o addirittura federati.

Una piccola digressione: Framasoft é un provider che fornisce una propria Istanza Mastodon, mentre Bida é un altro provider che fa altrettanto. Pur essendo due provider distinti (sotto un certo punto di vista é come dire Apple e Facebook) entrambi mettono a disposizione lo stesso strumento, Mastodon, che ha la peculiarità di essere federato. Ciò significa che gli utenti che usano l’Istanza Mastodon di Framasoft e quelli che usano l’Istanza Mastodon di Bida potranno interagire fra loro come se fossero su un’unica grande chat. Volendo fare un paragone, sia iChat che Whatsapp, i software di chat di Apple e Facebook, sono stati entrambi sviluppati in base ad XMPP, che é software FLOSS. Questo vuol dire che tecnicamente sarebbe semplicissimo far dialogare tra loro Whatsapp ed iMessage, ma ciò non avviene puramente a causa di bagarre commerciali.

A questo punto però sorge spontanea una domanda: perché non fidarsi di Facebook e Google ma fidarsi di un provider open source? Si tratta pur sempre di dover riporre fiducia in qualcuno che (presumibilmente) non si conosce ed a cui si affidano i propri dati personali. L’osservazione é in effetti corretta e l’unica risposta sensata é che così come non ci si può fidare dell’uno non ci si dovrebbe fidare nemmeno dell’altro.

Ma ci sono dei “ma”.

Innanzitutto i maggiori provider di servizi commerciali come Facebook e Google sono ESPLICITAMENTE basati sulla lettura, analisi e compravendita dei contenuti che noi forniamo. Da cosa guadagnano Facebook e Google? Qualcosina sì dalla pubblicità, ma il grosso dei guadagni, quello che ha rende Mark Zuckerberg uno degli uomini più ricchi del mondo, é la vendita delle informazioni degli utenti.

  • ETICA DICHIARATA: Dall’altra, la maggior parte dei provider open source é realizzata e mantenuta da persone, comunità e collettivi che esplicitamente combattono l’utilizzo a fini commerciali delle informazioni degli utenti. Ci si può fidare o meno, ma rivolgersi ai big equivale alla certezza che la vendita dei propri dati avvenga.
  • SOFTWARE NON TRACCIANTE: Il software utilizzato é caratterizzato dal fatto di chiedere solo i dati strettamente necessari per funzionare (talvolta non chiedono proprio nulla) in modo da ridurre al minimo le possibilità di profilazione dell’utente. Certo, un provider potrebbe aver modificato il software sul suo server senza dichiararlo, ma come vedremo nei prossimi punti, potrebbe essere un’opzione poco interessante per il provider stesso.
  • FRAMMENTAZIONE INTERNA: I vari servizi offerti dai provider di software open source sono spesso scollegati fra loro. Questo significa che di solito non c’é un’unico nome utente e password per tutti i servizi. In questo modo se anche usassi in contemporanea l’Istanza Mastodon ed i fogli di calcolo dello stesso provider, lui potrebbe credere che ciò venga fatto da due utenti diversi.
  • FRAMMENTAZIONE PERSONALE: Nulla t’impedisce di rivolgerti a più provider contemporaneamente, frammentando le tue informazioni personali un pò qua ed un po là. Se due o più profider forniscono gli stessi software (per esempio NextCloud), usare l’uno o l’altro non comporterà alcuna difficoltà di apprendimento. Ad esempio puoi usare l’Istanza Mastodon del provider A, il server Matrix del provider B e gli strumenti office del provider C e gestirli come se fossero di tre utenti differenti, in modo che nessuno di questi abbia la totalità delle informazioni sul tuo conto.
  • FRAMMENTAZIONE GLOBALE: Se le informazioni di tutti stanno su Facebook e Google, é sufficiente acquistare informazioni da quei due provider per avere un database su milioni di persone. Se invece questi milioni di utenti fossero sparpagliati su migliaia di server interconnessi da poche migliaia di utenti l’uno, chi volesse farsi un database altrettanto massiccio dovrebbe contattare (o hackerare) uno-ad-uno migliaia di server. Lo sforzo sarebbe di per sé immane. Se poi si considera che, come visto, le informazioni che si troverebbero in mano sarebbero molto meno dettagliate ed interessanti di quelle fornite da Facebook, é chiaro che i server di servizi FLOSS risultano strutturalmente poco utili per chi vuol commerciare informazioni personali.

 

 

CHE STRUMENTI VENGONO MESSI A DISPOSIZIONE?

Gli strumenti messi a disposizione dai provider sono un’infinità e spaziano dagli strumenti per ufficio (scrittura collaborativa, fogli di calcolo, mappe mentali), web hosting (tipo Dropbox, iCloud, Google Drive ecc.), social, chat personali, strumenti per programmatori… Per farla breve: pensa ad un servizio online che usi comunemente ed e sappi che ne esiste anche la versione libera e aperta, fatta eccezione giusto per i fornitori di media mainstream coperti da copyright come Spotify o Netflix e iTunes, ecco, ma se pensi a Evernote, Dropbox, Twitter, Facebook, Google Maps, Gmail, Whatsapp, le ricerche su Google, iWork e tutti quegli strumenti che usi quotidianamente online beh, ognuno di questi ha la sua controparte libera!

Alcuni di questi strumenti sono parzialmente sovrapponibili; un esempio é l’applicazione Turtl che é sia un gestore appunti (Notebook) che uno strumento per archiviare link interessanti (Bookmark manager) che fa dunque un pò quello che fa Evernote ed un pò quello che fa Pocket. Questo per dire che in alcuni casi la definizione usata per classificare questi strumenti può essere poco esaustiva.

Altra cosa interessare é che uno stesso provider può mettere a disposizione più strumenti che fanno la stessa cosa (ad esempio due diversi tipi di calendario o di strumenti di scrittura). La cosa può confondere un attimo chi non é abituato a dover scegliere tra opzioni diverse con uno stesso provider, ma va tutta a favore della personalizzazione (ti trovi scomodo ad usare EtherPad? Nessun problema: abbiamo anche PadLand!)

Certi strumenti software sono molto popolari e vengono messi a disposizione da diversi provider (per esempio, chi offre un servizio di data hosting nel 99% dei casi utilizza NextCloud), che però ne personalizzano un pò l’estetica, a volte alcune funzioni e spesso anche il nome (per esempio, il server Nextcloud messo a disposizione da Framapiaf viene chiamato “Framadrive”). Altri invece, sono più rari.

 

 

ELENCO PROVIDER OPEN SOURCE

Questo post non é incentrato sulle funzionalità dei singoli strumenti software e qui si vuol solo elencare una serie di provider di strumenti FLOSS che, volendo, un utente potrebbe anche installarsi su un proprio server. Pertanto l’elenco non comprende siti che mettono a disposizione un unico strumento software (tipo mastodon.social che mette a disposizione solamente la propria Istanza Mastodon) e/o strumenti software non hostabili privatamente (tipo DuckDuckgo)

 

 

AUTISTICI & INVENTATI

PAESE: Italia

FINANZIAMENTO: Donazioni

A/I é il principale riferimento italiano per quanto riguarda collettivi antagonisti e anticapitalisti impegnati per i diritti digitali. Offre tutta una serie di strumenti con un fortissimo occhio di riguardo a sicurezza e protezione dati.

  • Server IRC
  • Email
  • Mailing List
  • Webhosting / Blog
  • Altro, a richiesta

 


 

 

 

BIDA

PAESE: Italia

FINANZIAMENTO: Donazioni e sottoscrizioni

  • Calendario (Quand – basato su Studs)
  • Data Storage (Nextcloud)
  • Libreria Online (Ola)
  • Social (Mastodon)

 


 

 

 

 

CISTI

PAESE: Italia

FINANZIAMENTO: Donazioni

  • Social (Mastodon)
  • Scrittura collaborativa (Cryptpad)
  • Presentazioni (Cryptpad)

 

 

 

CRYPTPAD

PAESE: Francia

FINANZIAMENTO: Parte in donazioni, parte a pagamento

Cryptpad é una compagnia francese che realizza e mette a disposizione una serie di propri strumenti focalizzati su privacy e sicurezza online.

  • Data hosting
  • Git
  • Presentazioni
  • Scrittura collaborativa
  • Sondaggi

 


 

 

 

DISROOT

PAESE: Olanda

FINANZIAMENTO: Donazioni

Disroot é un’organizzazione di hacktivisti di impronta libertaria impegnata a far conoscere le tecnologie aperte ed a diffondere una maggior cultura della privacy informatica.

 


 

 

FENEAS

PAESE:

FINANZIAMENTO: Il progetto é finanziato direttamente dai suoi membri attivi

FeNeAs é un’associazione no profit il cui scopo é diffondere l’utilizzo di strumenti digitali federati

  • Data hosting (NextCloud – accessibile solo ai membri attivi)
  • Git (Gitlab)
  • Scrittura collaborativa (Etherpad)
  • Social (Friendica)
  • Social (GangGo)
  • Social (Matrix)

 


 

FRAMASOFT

PAESE: Francia

FINANZIAMENTO: Donazioni

Framasoft é un’importante associazione francese il cui scopo é quello di diffondere l’uso di tecnologia FLOSS. Framasoft organizza incontri, corsi ed un gran numero di attività diverse. In particolare sta portando avanti il progetto di de-googleizzare il web, facendo conoscere tutti gli strumenti già esistenti ed utilizzabili anche senza dover per forza rivolgersi alle big company dell’informatica. Gli strumenti che offre Framasoft sono davvero tantissimi e non sarà possibile elencarli tutti, ma ci si prova. Una caratteristica particolare é che Framasoft ribattezza gran parte degli strumenti offerti “Frama(qualcosa)”. Il sito é in francese ma gran parte é tradotto in inglese e sempre più pagine sono tradotte anche in italiano.

  • Bin (Framabin – basato su PrivateBin)
  • Calendario (Framadate – basato su Studs)
  • Calendario (Framagenda – basato su NextCloud)
  • Data Storage (Framadrive – basato su Nextcloud)
  • Disegno vettoriale (Framavectoriel – basato su SVG-Edit)
  • File sharing (Framadrop – basato su Lutim)
  • Fogli di calcolo (Framacalc – basato su EtherCalc)
  • Formulari online (Framaforms – basato su Drupal e Webform)
  • Games (Framinetest – basato su Minetest)
  • Git (Framagit)
  • Image sharing (Framapic – basato su Lutim)
  • Libreria Online (Framabookin – basata su Calibre e BicBucStriim)
  • Mailing list (Framalistes)
  • Mappe mentali (Framindmap – basato su Wisemapping)
  • Mappe online (Framacarte – basato su uMap)
  • Motore di ricerca (Framabee – basato su SearX)
  • Notebook collaborativo (Framanotes – basato su Turtl)
  • Notebook collaborativo (Framemo – basato su Scrumblr)
  • Online bookmarking (MyFrama – basato su Shaarli)
  • Online bookmarking (Framabag – basato su Wallabag)
  • Presentazioni online (Framaslides – basato su Strut)
  • Progetti collaborativi (Framaestro)
  • RSS reader (Framanews – basato su Tiny Tiny RSS)
  • Scrittura collaborativa (FramaPad – basato su EtherPad)
  • Social (Framasphère – basato su Diaspora)
  • Social (Framateam – basato su Mattermost)
  • Social (Framapiaf – basato su Mastodon)
  • Sondaggi (Framadate – basato su Studs)
  • Sondaggi (Framavox – basato su Loomio)
  • URL Shortener (Frama.link – basato su Lstu)
  • Video Hosting (Framatube – basato su PeerTube)
  • VOIP (Framatalk – basato su Jitsi Meet)

 


 

 

 

LIBREM ONE

PAESE: USA

FINANZIAMENTO: Servizi a pagamento

Librem é il marchio dei prodotti e servizi open dell’azienda Purism. Purism produce computer desktop e smartphone di alta fascia che promettono una alta attenzione al rispetto della privacy e della sicurezza informatica. I servizi della linea Librem derivano da strumenti FLOSS che però vengono fortemente personalizzati e rinominati “Librem(qualcosa)”; per esempio, il server Mastodon offerto da Framasoft si chiama FramaPiaf.

  • Contact management (Librem Contacts)
  • Data Storage (Librem Files)
  • MailOnline Backup (Librem Backup)
  • Social (Librem Chat – basato su Matrix)
  • Social (Librem Social – basato su Mastodon)
  • VPN (Librem Tunnel)

 


 

 

 

NIXNET

PAESE: ?

FINANZIAMENTO: Donazioni

Nixnet é creato e gestito apparentemente da una sola persona, Amolith, che mette a disposizione gli stessi strumenti che lui utilizza. Molto servizi sono utilizzabili anche attraverso TOR e c’é forte attenzione su sicurezza e criptatura dei messaggi.

  • Bin (PrivateBin)
  • Blogging (Plume)
  • Calendario (Framadate)
  • Data Storage (Nextcloud)
  • Finance Manager (Firefly III)
  • Git (Gitea)
  • Motore di ricerca (SearX)
  • Information Manager (BookStack)
  • Online bookmarking (Wallabag)
  • Project Management (Taiga)
  • RSS Bridging
  • Scrittura collaborativa (CodiMD)
  • Social (Mastodon)
  • Social (Matrix)
  • VOIP (Mumble)
  • VPN (Wireguard)

 


 

OPENCLOUD

PAESE: Lussemburgo

FINANZIAMENTO: Autofinanziamento

  • Data hosting (NextCloud)
  • Social (Friendica)
  • Social (Matrix)
  • Social (Mastodon)
  • Sondaggi (Dudle)
  • Lavoro collaborativo (Kopano)

 


 

RISEUP

PAESE: USA

FINANZIAMENTO: Donazioni

RiseUp é un collettivo di Seattle ma con membri sparsi in tutto il mondo. É attivo dal 1999 e si adopera per una società libera ed una lete altrettanto libera.

  • Mail
  • File sharing (Upload)
  • Lavoro collaborativo (Crabgrass)
  • Scrittura collaborativa (Etherpad ?)
  • Social (XMPP)
  • VPN

 


 

TCHNCS

PAESE: Germania

FINANZIAMENTO: ?

  • Bin (HasteBin)
  • Data Storage (Nextcloud)
  • Email
  • Games (Minetest)
  • Git (GitLab)
  • Social (Mastodon)
  • Social (Matrix)
  • Social (XMPP)
  • Project Management (Taiga)
  • Video Hosting (PeerTube)
  • VOIP (Mumble)

 

 

3x1t (“Exit”)

PAESE: Italia

FINANZIAMENTO: ?

A cura dell’associazione Bije di Verona, che si occupa di diffondere l’utilizzo di strumenti FLOSS

  • Mail
  • Data hosting
  • Social (XMPP)

 

 


Grazie ad https://mastodon.bida.im/@hannahliu e https://ins.mastalab.app/@metalbiker per lo scambio su Mastodon da cui é nata l’idea per questo articolo.

 

Connettere Matrix e Telegram. Guida passo-passo

di: Ca Gi
17 Maggio 2019 ore 19:12

Tu scrivi “A che ora ci vediamo?” su Riot. Il messaggio arriva su Telegram, dove l’altra persona scrive “Facciamo per le cinque?” e la risposta la leggi tranquillamente stando sempre su Riot. Non male, vero? Ed é ancora più interessante sapendo che potenzialmente si può far la stessa cosa con TUTTE le piattaforme di chat esistenti: Whatsapp, Skype, Mastodon, iMessage…

Ma intanto limitiamoci a Telegram e vediamo una guida passo-passo su come far interagire Matrix e Telegram in pochi, semplici passaggi.

 


In una serie di articoli precedenti abbiamo già illustrato:

Cos’é il protocollo Matrix
Che vantaggi ha rispetto a Whatsapp
Come iniziare ad usarlo attraverso il client Riot
Come é possibile che si riesca ad usare Matrix anche se il server é in down
Cosa sono i bridge

L’ultimo post, quello sui sui bridge, é una panoramica che illustra una caratteristica interessantissima di Matrix, ovvero la sua capacità di connettere e far dialogare piattaforme di comunicazione diverse. In pratica con Matrix é possibile creare una stanza (un gruppo di discussione in chat) in cui far interagire utenti che usano Matrix con utenti che usano Whatsapp, utenti che usano Telegram, utenti che usano iMessage, IRC, XMPP, Slack, Discord, Facebook o quant’altro, tutti nella stessa chat. Per fare questo Matrix utilizza dei “programmi aggiuntivi” chiamati appunto bridge.

In sostanza: Matrix é il sistema base, i bridge sono dei componenti aggiuntivi ognuno dei quali permette a Matrix di interagire con una piattaforma di comunicazione diversa (ci sono bridge per Whatsapp, Mastodon, Telegram, ecc.).

In realtà questi bridge sono ancora in via di sviluppo e non sono del tutto pronti per un uso da parte dall’utente comune. In particolare, attualmente, uno dei più grossi scogli é che nella maggioranza dei casi i bridge vanno installati su un proprio server Matrix personale e quindi se non si possiede un server proprio non si ha modo di adoperarli.

Alcuni però si possono già utilizzare.

La maggior parte dei server Matrix di solito offre già alcuni bridge: quello per Slack, (un social molto utilizzato fuori dall’Italia, perlopiù in ambito lavorativo) Discord (social utilizzato soprattutto tra i gamers) e per alcuni dei principali server IRC (sistema di comunicazione nato nel 1988 ed ancora utilizzatissimo soprattutto tra programmatori e hacker).

Ma esiste anche t2bot.io, un server che offre alcuni strumenti aggiuntivi per Matrix tra cui, soprattutto, un bridge Telegram.

Questo bridge Telegram é una versione semplificata del bridge Mautrix, che non é l’unico bridge per Telegram ma é quello attualmente più utilizzato (ricordiamo ancora che i bridge sono ancora in via di sviluppo, per cui é normale che possano esistere più bridge che fanno le stesse cose).

Poiché t2bot.io offre una versione semplificata del bridge, alcune sue funzioni, come vedremo, sono limitate ma per la parte che ci interessa fa il suo dovere!

Le istruzioni su come usare il bridge erano già state illustrate nel precedente post sul bridging ma qui vogliamo andare un po più in dettaglio con una vera e propria guida passo-passo.

 

ISTRUZIONI PASSO-PASSO

L’idea é quella di creare un gruppo Telegram ed una stanza Matrix e metterli in comunicazione fra loro. La procedura che segue può essere effettuata anche con gruppi/stanze già esistenti (il gruppo Telegram “Passeggiate in campagna” e la stanza Matrix “Fotografia all’aria aperta” possono così diventare un’unica grande chat anche se poi, dargli lo stesso nome, sicuramente aiuterebbe a rendere il tutto più chiaro). L’operazione che stiamo facendo in inglese si chiama bridging e la connessione che si stabilisce tra le due piattaforme é chiamata portal.

 

 

SU TELEGRAM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1) Dalla schermata principale premiamo l’icona in alto a destra per creare una nuova conversazione

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2) Selezioniamo New Group (nuovo gruppo)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3) Invitiamo nel gruppo l’utente @matrix_t2bot Si tratta di un bot (un programma che agisce come fosse un utente Telegram) che si occuperà di tutte le operazioni di bridging. Una volta che Telegram l’ha trovato, selezioniamolo.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4) Proseguiamo cliccando su Next (Potremo aggiungere i nostri contatti in seguito)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5) Diamo un nome al gruppo e confermiamo premendo Create

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6) A questo punto il gruppo Telegram é creato e tra i suoi membri c’é il bot @matrix_t2bot!

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7)Scriviamo /id nella chat e premiamo invio. Si tratta di un comando per il bot in cui gli chiediamo qual’é il codice ID (identificativo) di questo gruppo.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8) Dopo qualche secondo (a volte può volerci mezzo minuto!) il bot ci risponderà dicendo il codice ID di questo gruppo. Si tratta di un numero di nove cifre preceduto dal segno meno (“-“). Segnamoci il codice ID da qualche parte.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SU RIOT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1) Dalla schermata principale, premiamo il tasto “+” per creare una nuova conversazione

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2) Selezioniamo Create room (“Crea stanza”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3) A questo punto abbiamo creato una stanza ancora priva di utenti e di un nome. Premiamo sul tasto “>” per impostarla.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4) Selezioniamo Settings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5) Diamo un nome alla stanza (per semplicità usiamo lo stesso nome dato alla stanza Telegram) e confermiamo premendo Done

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6) Premiamo nuovamente il tasto “>” per tornare nei dettagli della stanza

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7) E poi premiamo il tasto col logo di “invita utenti”

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8) Invitiamo nella stanza l’utente @telegram:t2bot.io Si tratta del bot gemello di quello invitato nel gruppo Telegram. I due bot lavoreranno in tandem per connettere le due piattaforme: sono loro che si occuperanno di trasmettere i messaggi da una piattaforma all’altra! Una volta che Matrix l’ha trovato, invitiamolo nella stanza premendo il tasto “+”

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9) Matrix ci chiede una conferma. Premiamo Invite

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10) Ora che il bot é stato aggiunto alla stanza possiamo tornare alla chat vera e propria premendo il tasto “<“

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11) Scriviamo nella chat il comando !tg bridge seguito dal codice ID del gruppo Telegram (il numero di nove cifre preceduto dal segno meno “-”  che ci eravamo segnati!) e premiamo Send. Per esempio: [    !tg bridge -123456789    ] Questo é il comando più importante: quello che dice al bot di creare il bridge.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12) A questo punto il bot ci informa che in questa stanza non esiste ancora alcun portale con il gruppo Telegram indicato e ci chiede di dare un comando per attivarlo.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13) Scriviamo nella chat il comando !tg continue e premiamo Send

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14) Dopo qualche secondo il bot ci informa che il bridging é completo e che la sincronizzazione delle chat comincerà a momenti. Ancora qualche secondo (può volerci un minuto) ed appaiono le notifiche di iscrizione: il bot ha aggiunto alla stanza Matrix gli utenti del gruppo Telegram!

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15) FATTA!

 

TELEGRAM & MATRIX

 

A questo punto tutto ciò che vien scritto nel gruppo Telegram appare nella stanza Matrix e viceversa. La consegna dei messaggi può forse impiegare qualche secondo ma funziona a dovere. Possiamo quindi fare alcune osservazioni:

 

IL BOT SU TELEGRAM E’ -TUTTI GLI UTENTI MATRIX-

Telegram vuole avere solo utenti registrati con numero di telefono ma gli utenti Matrix non sono registrati su Telegram. Quel che succede é che Telegram non vede i singoli utenti Matrix ma solo il bot @matrix_t2bot.io. In pratica, se in una stanza/gruppo ci fossero quattrocento utenti Matrix e cinque utenti Telegram, guardando l’elenco utenti su Telegram ne vedremmo solo sei: i cinque utenti Telegram più il bot, che fa da portavoce per tutti gli utenti Matrix.

Su Telegram dunque non vedremo gli utenti Matrix chiamati Giulia, Filippo, Roberta. Al posto loro vedremo solo l’utente “Matrix Telegram Bridge” che in pratica posta messaggi del tipo “Giulia ha detto…”, “Filippo ha detto…”.

Difatti quando il bot pubblica un messaggio, prima del testo c’é il nome dell’utente Matrix che l’ha scritto.

Al contrario, Matrix non ha problemi sulle registrazioni e quindi crea per ogni utente Telegram un utente “gemello” su Matrix. Restando all’esempio appena fatto, guardando l’elenco utenti su Matrix ne vedremmo tutti e 407: i quattrocento utenti Matrix, i cinque utenti Telegram ed i due bot. Su Matrix, insomma, la gestione degli utenti é decisamente più “pulita”.

 

CHAT NON SICURA

la comunicazione tramite bridge, al momento, non permette la crittografia del testo inviato e ricevuto e pertanto i messaggi vengono trasmessi in chiaro.

 

STICKER ED EFFETTI SPECIALI

Telegram può inviare sticker a Matrix ma questi non sono visualizzabili dalla versione per smartphone di Riot (nella versione desktop invece si vedono). Al contrario, Riot non può proprio mandare sticker verso Telegram.

 

LOGIN

La procedura che abbiamo eseguito passo-passo ha permesso di creare un portale tra una stanza Matrix ed un gruppo Telegram. Tuttavia il bridge utilizzato, Mautrix, permetterebbe anche di sincronizzare un singolo account Matrix con un singoloaccount Telegram. Questo significa che se un utente Matrix avesse anche un vero e proprio account Telegram (ossia registrato con numero di telefono), grazie al bot tutto ciò che scrivesse su Matrix col suo account Matrix, apparirebbe su Telegram come scritto dal suo account Telegram. In sostanza gli utenti Telegram potrebbero interagire con lui senza mai sapere che in realtà sta scrivendo da Matrix.  In realtà questa funzione é solo parzialmente disponibile nella versione del bridge Mautrix presente su t2bot.io (che, come detto, é una versione semplificata). La procedura di login é possibile ed ha alcuni vantaggi (una volta fatto il login, se si crea un nuovo gruppo su Telegram, il bot ne crea in automatico il gruppo gemello su Matrix; i gruppi a cui ci si unisce su Telegram, appaiono immediatamente anche su Matrix) ma al momento non ci pare funzionare benissimo e quindi lo tratteremo in un post successivo.

 

NOTIFICHE DI LETTURA

Il bridge non trasmette notifiche di lettura tra le due piattaforme. Gli utenti Telegram vedranno le notifiche di lettura degli altri utenti Telegram e gi utenti Matrix vedranno le notifiche di lettura degli altri utenti Matrix.

NOME UTENTE E FOTO PROFILO

Su Matrix l’utente Telegram appare col suo nome utente e con la sua foto profilo. Se su Telegram questi cambiano, cambieranno anche su Matrix (anche se a volte può metterci diversi minuti a ricevere la modifica). Al contrario Telegram vede solo il bot e riporta solo l’account di chi scrive senza mai mostrare la foto profilo.

 

INVIO FOTO, VIDEO, PDF

Per l’invio di foto e video non c’é alcun problema in entrambe le direzioni. I messaggi vocali di Telegram vengono inviati a Matrix ma la versione per smartphone di Riot non é in grado di ascoltarli (la versione per Desktop invece non ha problemi): nella chat di Riot appare un file audio e cliccandoci verrà chiesto con che applicazione aprirla. Un qualsiasi lettore audio, ad esempio VLC, riprodurrà il file senza problemi. Anche per i pdf e file di testo di diversi formati (txt, rtf) non c’é nessun problema.

Un elemento di confusione é dato dal fatto che quando un utente Matrix posta un file, il bot lo su Telegram lo trasmette ma senza dire quale utente Matrix l’abbia postato!

 

CHIAMATE AUDIO E VIDEO

Impossibili perché Telegram non le gestisce.

 

GEOLOCALIZZAZIONE

Telegram può inviare la propria posizione geolocalizzata a Matrix ma questa non la riconoscerà perché Matrix non gestisce dati di geolocalizzazione e quindi mostrerà un messaggio di “invalid attachment” (allegato non valido). Per poter trasmettere dati GPS il modo corretto é possibile utilizzare una applicazione apposita, ad esempio un’app di OpenStreetMaps, e da questa inviare attraverso l’applicazione di comunicazione (sia esso Riot o Telegram) le sole e semplici coordinate GPS in formato testuale.

 

GRUPPI, CANALI ECC.

Il bridge funziona con i gruppi Telegram ma non sui canali né con le “Chat segrete”. In teoria il bot può essere aggiunto a qualsiasi gruppo ma a patto che si abbia il permesso di invitare nuovi membri e bot. In sostanza: se volessimo portare su Matrix dei gruppi Telegram pubblici di cui siamo semplici membri, dovremmo chiedere ai loro admin se vogliono aggiungere i bot e fare il bridging.

 

UN MILIONE DI BRIDGE!!!

Una stanza Matrix può essere sincronizzata con un solo gruppo Telegram. Tuttavia nulla vieta di aggiungere alla stanza altri bridge che la colleghino a piattaforme diverse (beninteso che, come ricordato all’inizio, questa cosa al momento la si può fare solo se si possiede un proprio server Matrix). Oltre al bridge per Telegram si potrebbe aggiungere alla stanza un bridge per Whatsapp, uno per IRC, uno per XMPP ecc. Il risultato é che non solo l’utente Matrix sarebbe in contatto con gli utenti di tutte le altre piattaforme, ma anche gli utenti delle altre piattaforme potranno comunicare fra loro grazie al bridge di Matrix!

Matrix dunque si trova nella situazione di poter fungere da anello di congiunzione ed asse portante fra tutte le piattaforme di comunicazione esistenti: se Luca é su Whatsapp ma Sara é su Telegram, i due ovviamente non possono comunicare tra di loro, ma se un terzo utente li collega entrambi tramite bridging, ecco che anche un utente Whatsapp può comunicare con un utente Telegram!

Lo scenario che si prospetta in una stanza Matrix con diversi bridge attivi é una cosa di questo tipo:

Appare forse adesso più chiaro il modo in cui il protocollo Matrix si prefigge di avere un ruolo assolutamente centrale nel panorama della comunicazione digitale: una sorta di passepartout, un adattatore universale, un centro di smistamento… Insomma: una rete universale che si pone al centro di tutte le altre reti, mettendole in comunicazione fra loro!

Per maggiori informazioni sul bridge Telegram é possibile contattare direttamente l’admin di t2bot.io nella stanza Matrix #help:t2bot.io

 

 

Grazie ad Anna, Anxma, Leodurruti e Maupao per l’aiuto nel testare bridge, stanze ecc.

 

 

 

 

Matrix e Whatsapp: un confronto

di: Ca Gi
23 Aprile 2019 ore 09:45

Una domanda necessaria: perchè, tra tutte le piattaforme di comunicazioni disponibili, qualcuno dovrebbe sceglierne una piuttosto banale, fornita da un’azienda di data mining (ossia raccolta, elaborazione e vendita di informazioni personali) potente e pericolosa come Facebook?

I software di chat esistono da prima che Whatsapp esistesse ed hanno offerto praticamente gli stessi servizi se non addirittura di più, ma quest’ultimo si é imposto grazie a due soli motivi: una fortissima campagna promozionale (già nei primi cinque anni e soprattutto dopo che é stato acquistato da Facebook nel 2014) ed il fatto che fosse utilizzabile immediatamente senza dover creare alcun account, cosa che ne ha permesso l’adozione da parte di chiunque senza dover pensare a cose come nome utente, password, ecc.

Non solo esistono decine di strumenti di chat che offrono infinitamente più sicurezza di Whatsapp e che non diffondono le tue informazioni in modo da poter alterare più efficacemente l’opinione pubblica, ma negli ultimi tempi é stata pure sviluppata Matrix, una piattaforma che presenta caratteristiche notevoli sotto diversi punti di vista e si presta perfettamente a diventare il software di riferimento tra quelli alternativi a Whatsapp.

Ma Matrix non si limita a possedere delle caratteristiche diverse da Whatsapp: é strutturalmente tutta un’altra cosa! La natura stessa della piattaforma Matrix, come si vedrà in questo post, é talmente diversa da Whatsapp, Telegram, Signal, Wire o qualsiasi altra piattaforma commerciale centralizzata da far sì che nessuna di queste potrà mai fornire tutto ciò che Matrix permette (e promette) di fare (e anche NON fare). In questo post vengono descritte per sommi capi proprio queste caratteristiche di Matrix con cui Whatsapp non potrà mai, per sua natura, competere.

 

Software F.L.O.S.S.

 

1. SOFTWARE APERTO E VERIFICABILE

Il software utilizzato dai server Matrix é F.L.O.S.S. ossia aperto, libero e verificabile da chiunque. Qualsiasi persona capace di programmare può verificare ciò che il software Matrix fa, esattamente come un meccanico che può aprire un cofano, vedere il motore, trovarne i difetti, metterci le mani e migliorarlo. Whatsapp al contrario usa software proprietario e ciò che avviene sui suoi server é un segreto industriale.

 

 

 

2. NON VENDE LE MIE INFORMAZIONI PERSONALI

Il software Matrix non monitora tutto quel genere di informazioni che invece vengono registrare da Whatsapp o da piattaforme sociali correlate come Instagram o Facebook: non calcola chi secondo lui potrebbe diventar mio amico/a. Non registra i millisecondi su cui mi soffermo su un’immagine, gli errori di battitura, i like, il tasso di engagement o il tipo di relazione che intercorre tra me ed un altro utente, quale sia il mio lavoro, i luoghi che visito o i miei spostamenti. Sappiamo che non monitora nulla di tutto ciò proprio perché é software F.L.O.S.S. Come vedremo, Matrix manco mi chiede come mi chiamo e non mi obbliga nemmanco a comunicargli tutti i numeri nella mia Rubrica. Inoltre, come vedremo, puoi far sì che non sia in grado di leggere quel che tu scrivi. Il software Matrix, insomma, raccoglie giusto le informazioni tecniche necessarie a funzionare. [*A FINE ARTICOLO C’É UNA NOTA IMPORTANTE SU QUESTO PUNTO!]. Whatsapp é parte di Facebook, il cui modello di business ruota intorno a profilazione degli utenti e commercializzazione dei loro dati a fini di propaganda commerciale e/o politica. La quantità di informazioni che vengono trasmesse ai server di Facebook per essere analizzate é eccezionalmente superiore a ciò che gli utenti medi solitamente concepiscono.

 

 

 

3. POSSO CAMBIARE SERVER

Se creo un account Matrix sul server “A” e poi scoprissi che é inaffidabile, applica delle policy con cui non mi trovo d’accordo o sospettassi che vende informazioni a terzi, posso tranquillamente passare al server “B” senza perdere alcuno dei miei contatti. E’un pò come mollare hotmail o gmail per passare a Protonmail. Whatsapp invece é una bolla chiusa e se esci da Whatsapp perdi tutti i tuoi contatti Whatsapp.

 

 

4. POSSO ADDIRITTURA FARMI IL MIO SERVER MATRIX PERSONALE

Chi ha un server proprio può installarci Matrix ed avere così il proprio server chat personale, un pò come si può avere una mail aziendale, in modo da avere il controllo totale sui propri dati. Non ti fidi di nessun server pubblico che non sia gestito da te? Basta un server da qualche centinaio d’euro per essere totalmente indipendente! Whatsapp é invece utilizzabile solo attraverso i server di Facebook.

 

 

5. POSSO CAMBIARE APP

Attualmente per usare la propria chat Matrix da smartphone si usa quasi esclusivamente l’app Riot.im. Alcuni provider Matrix tuttavia hanno realizzato la propria versione dell’app Riot personalizzandone alcune caratteristiche. Alcuni esempi sono l’app Librem (per i possessori di un device Purism), SMIchat o Tchap (la piattaforma Matrix realizzata dal governo francese per il dialogo interno tra personale amministrativo). Su computer fisso invece oltre ad utilizzare Riot da browser o l’app Riot, si possono già utilizzare Wheechat, o Quaternion, Nheko o Fractal. Applicazioni diverse con caratteristiche, funzioni, vantaggi e svantaggi diversi applicati allo stesso servizio. Un pò come scegliere se usare Thunderbird o Outlook per la propria casella email. Al momento Riot é l’applicazione standard migliore per l’utente comune, essendo le altre più “specialistiche”. Tuttavia nulla impedisce che possano essere realizzate nuove versioni alternative di Riot o app del tutto diverse per utilizzare Matrix. Al contrario per usare Whatsapp sono obbligato ad utilizzare il software ufficiale di Whatsapp che, ovviamente, é sempre software chiuso. Qualche applicazione “alternativa” per Whatsapp esiste, ma data la natura chiusa del software di Whatsapp e la limitatezza delle sue funzioni, queste app alternative non potranno mai offrire granché di diverso rispetto a quella ufficiale.

 

 

6. POSSO AVERE PIÙ ACCOUNT CONTEMPORANEAMENTE

Su Matrix nulla t’impedisce di avere account multipli. Puoi dunque differenziarli, ad esempio usare un account pubblico, uno per pochi intimi ed un’altro solo per lavoro, magari pure registrandoli su server diversi. Al momento attuale la versione per smartphone di Riot.im non supporta ancora gli account multipli, ma si tratta di una funzionalità che si prevede di rendere disponibile a breve. Su browser invece puoi già usare diversi account Matrix contemporaneamente. Whatsapp invece ti obbliga ad avere un unico account legato al tuo telefono ed alla tua persona.

 

 

 

7. POSSO USARLO ANCHE SENZA TELEFONO

Matrix non é legato a doppio filo al tuo telefono, per cui puoi accederci anche se il telefono l’avessi perso o distrutto. In effetti si può benissimo usare Matrix senza nemmeno averlo mai avuto un telefono. No telefono = no Whatsapp.

 

 

 

8. NON SONO OBBLIGATO A DARE IN GIRO IL MIO NUMERO DI TELEFONO PRIVATO

Il fatto che Matrix non sia legato alla tua identità, al tuo device o al tuo telefono fa sì che tu possa avere un account Matrix pubblico senza dover necessariamente comunicare il numero di telefono dello smartphone da cui lo utilizzi. Puoi dunque usare un account Matrix aziendale anche sul telefono privato, oppure fare l’esatto contrario. Puoi continuare ad accedere al tuo account anche se avessi perso o distrutto tutti i tuoi device. É dunque possibile fare conversazioni audio o videochiamate con qualcuno tramite Riot/Matrix senza essere obbligati a fornirgli il proprio numero personale. Whatsapp invece non permette di avere un account scollegato dal proprio numero di telefono.

 

 

 

9. DIALOGO TRA PIATTAFORME

Matrix é pensato per poter interagire con altre piattaforme e seppur si tratti di un qualcosa ancora in via di sviluppo, già é possibile con qualche sforzo chattare tra Matrix, IRC, Slack, Gitter, Discord, Telegram ed altre piattaforme ancora. La cosa non funziona ancora del tutto ma il progetto é quello di permettere ad ogni utente di dialogare con Matrix restando sulla piattaforma che preferisce. Con un pò di sforzo é già possibile un’unica stanza chat in cui possono interagire utenti che stanno su diverse piattaforme: Scrive Marta da Telegram, gli rispondono Sara da Slack e Luigi da Matrix; poi intervengono Anna da IRC e Michele da Rocketchat mentre Nicoletta  posta una domanda da Discord e Bruno le risponde da XMPP e Riccardo fa altrettanto da Mastodon. Una volta reso più immediato e funzionale il dialogo tra Matrix e Mastodon si potrà inoltre avere un’unica, grande meta-rete federata in cui decine di piattaforme social potranno dialogare tra loro e con Matrix. Seguono invece una filosofia del tutto opposta sia Whatsapp che tutti i software di comunicazione commerciali, che tendono a far di tutto perché tu non utilizzi software diverso dal proprio.

 

 

10. POSSO USARE MATRIX… SENZA AVERE MATRIX

É una conseguenza del punto precedente: il fatto che Matrix dialoghi con altre piattaforme fa sì che, ad esempio, io possa accedere ad una chat Matrix ed interagire con i suoi membri utilizzando le App per IRC, XMPP, Telegram, Discord ecc. Volendo é possibile anche far interagire Matrix con l’email e gli sms. Di conseguenza tutto il “parco macchine” delle piattaforme che dialogano con Matrix (i diversi client/app, ecc) possono essere utilizzati per interagire con utenti Matrix. Non é cosa da poco! Hai una email? Puoi comunicare con Matrix. Hai un account XMPP? Puoi comunicare con Matrix. Sul telefono hai un’app per IRC? Puoi comunicare con Matrix! É pure possibile creare stanze Matrix pubbliche leggibili online da chi non utilizza nemmeno una sola delle piattaforme che interagiscono con Matrix. Come detto sopra, invece, Whatsapp non fa che obbligare gli utenti a legarsi ai propri servizi e solo a quelli.

 

 

 

La stanza resta viva fintanto che almeno un server attivo ne ospiti una copia su di sé.

11. FUNZIONA SEMPRE

Essendo Matrix una rete decentralizzata di server indipendenti e non un’unica piattaforma centralizzata, se il server a cui mi appoggio avesse dei problemi io potrei accedere alla chat semplicemente scegliendo un server diverso. Perché ciò sia possibile é necessaria una minima accortezza da parte di almeno un utente della chat ma é piuttosto banale e realizzabile da chiunque. Il fatto é che il contenuto é slegato dal singolo server e può dunque essere replicato all’infinito, rimanendo eterno. Quando c’é un #WhatsAppDown invece non puoi far altro che aspettare che venga ripristinato. Se Whatsapp avesse un problema al server e perdesse i tuoi dati, non avresti modo di recuperarli.

 

 

12. POSSO CRIPTARE I MIEI MESSAGGI PER DAVVERO

Con Matrix posso criptare i miei messaggi in modo tale che siano leggibili solo da me e dalla persona con cui mi scrivo, usando un sistema di cifratura End-to-End molto potente ed efficace che scavalca lo stesso server ospitante. I software commerciali invece di solito non permettono una vera cifratura e quando lo fanno… considerano sé stessi come destinatari, perché devono leggere quel che scrivi, a chi ecc.

 

13. NESSUNA PUBBLICITA’

Per come é stata realizzata, Matrix é una piattaforma del tutto inadatta all’uso pubblicitario. Questo a causa della sua struttura decentrata, della mancata raccolta di informazioni sugli utenti, del software aperto e delle capacità di cifratura. Se invece Facebook decidesse di introdurre pubblicità in Whatsapp, i suoi utenti non potrebbero far altro che subirla.

 

 

14. IMPOSTAZIONI DETTAGLIATE

Accedendo a Matrix da un client desktop si ha modo di impostare tutta una serie di settaggi e preferenze molto minuziose. É ad esempio possibile far si che un certo membro della stanza possa solo leggere senza intervenire o nominare diversi “amministratori” ma con livelli di potere e compiti assai differenziati fra loro. Si possono aggiungere Widget alle stanze, bot ed altre funzioni. Matrix dunque può essere personalizzato in modo molto specifico. Whatsapp invece, puntando ad un utilizzo ipersemplificato, ingabbia l’utente in una serie assai limitata di opzioni.

 

 

 

15. NON SONO OBBLIGATO A FORNIRE LA MIA IDENTITÀ

Quando crei un account Matrix non c’é alcun obbligo a collegarlo al proprio nome, alla propria email o al proprio numero di telefono. Gli account Whatsapp invece sono legati a dei numeri di telefono. Siccome quando ti iscrivi a Whatsapp gli consegni tutta la tua rubrica, Facebook sa con che nome, cognome e soprannome hanno registrato in rubrica il tuo numero i tuoi conoscenti ed essendo tutto integrato nei database di Facebook la tua identità gli é nota anche se tu non gliel’hai mai fornita direttamente. In sostanza: se sei su Whatsapp regali a Facebook informazioni non solo su di te, ma anche sui contatti che hai salvato.

 

 

Gadgets-by-The-Verge.jpg

16. ESTENSIONI, MODIFICHE, MIGLIORAMENTI

Essendo software F.L.O.S.S. qualsiasi programmatore può facilmente sviluppare estensioni, strumenti aggiuntivi, bot, modifiche e miglioramenti alle app esistenti. Questo fa si che attorno a Matrix si sviluppi un intero ecosistema con numerosi elementi aggiuntivi capaci di personalizzare ulteriormente la chat alle tue esigenze. Già esistono dei widget capaci di inserire in una stanza matrix funzionalità di Wikipedia, pad di scrittura collaborativa, grafici, immagini stock, feed RSS e non é difficile immaginare per il futuro personalizzazioni di skin, applicazioni per backup selettivi, bot di ogni genere, traduttori automatici. Anche attorno a Whatsapp in effetti si é sviluppato un ecosistema di applicazioni di supporto, ma data la natura chiusa del software usato e la non-volontà di Facebook di cedere troppo facilmente le informazioni che ha raccolto sui suoi utenti, le app aggiuntive sono ben poca cosa: perlopiù addon di gif e sticker.

 

___________________________________

 

 

NOTA FINALE: POCHISSIMI CAPISCONO DAVVERO LE IMPLICAZIONI DEL NON CEDERE I PROPRI DATI PERSONALI

Quando si parla di privacy e vendita di dati, di solito il pensiero comune va a due soli scenari: la commercializzazione pubblicitaria e l’indagine poliziesca mirata su di sé. Nel primo caso viene ritenuta tuttalpiù un fastidio mentre la seconda, dato i sempre più onnipresenti dispositivi di monitoraggio e controllo, viene ritenuta come scontatamente inevitabile.

In realtà sfugge che gli utilizzi dei propri dati personali sono molto più variegati di questi due scenari estremi. Estremi perché il primo rappresenta il grado minimo mentre il secondo il grado massimo di utilizzo dati personali, tralasciando la profilazione politica a fini propagandistici.

Facebook, Google, Youtube ed Instagram ad esempio insistono nel mostrarti con più frequenza certi profili, certe notizie, certi video e lo fanno in modo nient’affatto casuale. Se la profilazione social su di te ha mostrato paura o debolezza emotiva verso certi tipi di notizie, questo dato può essere usato da chi vuole propagandare determinate politiche affinché tu, e solo tu tra tutta la tua cerchia di amici, legga un certo tipo di articoli.

Se utilizzi le piattaforme sociali commerciali sappi che quel che ti passa davanti agli occhi é stato personalizzato su di te, per colpirti maggiormente e “venderti” meglio una certa idea da parte di chi ha comprato i servizi di profilazione. E ciò é possibile perché sei proprio tu a fornire informazioni utili a profilarti e targhetizzarti meglio.

Sei un pò razzista? Facebook può essere usato (e viene usato!) per consolidare il tuo razzismo. Sei più moderato? Facebook é in grado di selezionare un mix di fonti ambigue per alimentare dubbi sugli stranieri e virare i tuoi riferimenti sempre più a destra attraverso una selezione mirata di post adatti a colpire le tue paure più accentuate.

Sei sensibile alle violenze sugli animali? Ti verranno messi sotto gli occhi diversi articoli con stranieri che fanno male ad animali. Hai paura delle malattie? Vedrai post sui migranti che portano la peste medievale.

Sei sgrammaticato e non metti alcun like a fonti culturali? Vuol dire che hai una bassa istruzione e nella tue Timeline verranno fatti scorrere contenuti falsi ma dal linguaggio semplice.

Hai una preparazione scolastica media-buona ma non sei quel che si chiama un “divoratore di libri”? Ti piacciono il calcio ed i film di supereroi? Non vedrai molti post ignoranti ma invece tanta roba giustificazionista e qualunquista del tipo “eh, ma in fondo Salvini non ha tutti i torti”.

I noti avvenimenti di Facebook nello scandalo Cambrydge Analytica; l’influenza di Facebook nella Brexit e nell’elezione di Trump hanno reso evidente che le campagne politiche mirate e targhetizzate al singolo utente sono una realtà molto più pervasiva e difficile da monitorare di quanto il grosso della popolazione sospetti. Il ruolo di Facebook nella Brexit, per esempio, é stato tutt’altro che secondario e questo é stato possibile perché chi ha voluto diffondere sul social network delle informazioni false l’ha potuto fare in modo estremamente mirato.

“Se uno vuole monitorarti può farlo anche su Matrix”. A parte il fatto che non é affatto così immediato come spiare un profilo Facebook (basta che la persona su cui indagare abbia un account segreto diverso da quello conosciuto e delle stanze matrix criptate per rendere quasi impossibile ogni ricerca); quel che va ribadito é che nell’utilizzare una piattaforma libera non si cerca solo e soltanto uno strumento di comunicazione sicura, ma anche uno strumento che permetta all’utente di non alimentare quei meccanismi che influenzano con più efficienza l’utente stesso.

Basta fare un breve esperimento ed osservare come grazie all’utilizzo di reti sociali libere, metamotori di ricerca indipendenti, ed un paio d’accortezze nel browser come l’utilizzo di alcuni Ad-Blocker e plugin, fa sì che la propria esperienza online ed i contenuti-fuffa propagandistici possano ridursi drasticamente.

Nel momento in cui Facebook e Google non sanno più chi sei e cosa pensare di te, non sono più in grado di personalizzare il loro contenuto e la qualità dell’informazione a cui sei esposto aumenta molto velocemente.

Detto in altro modo:

 

Più sono le informazioni personali che fornisci ai big del data mining, più sono le chiavi che gli consegni affinché possano modificare la tua percezione del mondo.

 

 

read.png

VUOI SAPERNE DI PIÙ?

Se l’articolo ha attirato la tua curiosità, é possibile saperne maggiormente leggendo anche altri articoli di questo blog:

Cos’é Matrix. (Il post espone in dettaglio cos’é la piattaforma Matrix e la sua enorme differenza da tutte le altre piattaforme di comunicazione esistenti)

Matrix – Chattare anche se il server é esploso. (Le chat Matrix non sono necessariamente legate ad un solo server e quindi se anche uno smettesse di funzionare… basta usarne un’altro senza perdere contatti e messaggi)

Matrix bridge: connettersi a tutti i social da una sola App. (Sono in via di sviluppo dei bridge Matrix che permettono di avere un’unica chat in cui può dialogare contemporaneamente gente da Matrix, Telegram, IRC ed  altre piattaforme ancora)

Primi passi con Riot/Matrix. (Una semplice guida passo-passo su come creare un account Matrix da Riot ed iniziare ad usarlo)

 

 

Schermata 2019-02-26 alle 18.08.34

VUOI GIÀ CREARTI UN ACCOUNT MATRIX?

Per creare un account Matrix é necessario scegliere un server Matrix pubblico (o crearsene uno proprio, ma in quel caso si presume tu ne capisca già di informatica/programmazione/sistemistica).

Scegliere il server Matrix é come scegliere se farsi l’email su Gmail, Hotmail o Protonmail: son tutti più o meno simili ma hanno a loro volta delle caratteristiche un pò diverse.

Il server più utilizzato é matrix.org, che é quello dei creatori originali della piattaforma Matrix. Tuttavia é preferibile che gli utenti non si appoggino tutti solo e soltanto su quell’unico, grosso server perché se questo avvenisse, verrebbe meno proprio il senso della decentralizzazione della rete.

Alcuni server che possono essere utilizzati sono i seguenti:

 

LUSSEMBURGO (Admin e molti utenti sono italiani)
https://riot.opencloud.lu

FINLANDIA
https://chat.feneas.org/
GERMANIA
https://riot.privacytools.io
https://chat.tchncs.de/
https://riot.allmende.io

FRANCIA
https://riot.tedomum.net/
https://riot.tcit.fr
OLANDA
https://webchat.weho.st
https://chat.disroot.org
AUSTRALIA
https://perthchat.org/

 

Schermata 2019-02-20 alle 13.59.28

Matrix – Chattare anche se il server é esploso

di: Ca Gi
12 Aprile 2019 ore 19:32

 

La struttura decentrata del protocollo Matrix permette di creare delle chat virtualmente eterne, capaci di essere utilizzabili anche se il server é sotto attacco hacker, va offline o viene fatto esplodere in mille pezzi con una bomba termonucleare!

RETE DECENTRALIZZATA

Innanzitutto va ricordato che Matrix é una piattaforma decentralizzata (o, se si preferisce, “federata”). Ciò significa che non esiste UN server Matrix ufficiale come sulle piattaforme centralizzate tipo Twitter o Whatsapp ma ci sono diversi server che interagiscono fra loro (un po come l’email: non ci si “iscrive all’email”, ma si crea un account su ProtonMail o Gmail o Hotmail o al server di posta della propria azienda/scuola ben sapendo che da ognuno di questi si può ricevere ed inviare messaggi agli altri).

I server Matrix sono diversi ed interagiscono tutti fra di loro, andando a formare un’unica grande rete

Sono già diversi i server Matrix attivi. Alcuni hanno una certa dimensione e sono gestiti da un ente, un’associazione o un’azienda commerciale mentre altri sono molto piccoli, essendo praticamente dei server casalinghi pensati per essere usati tra un ristretto numero di persone. Alcuni sono aperti al pubblico, ossia é possibile registrarcisi (così come ci si registra a Gmail per l’email), mentre altri sono privati (come il server di posta della tua azienda). Il più noto server Matrix attualmente é matrix.org, ossia quello dei creatori originari di Matrix. Una lista incompleta di server Matrix pubblici é disponibile qui.

 

SU MATRIX, TUTTO E’ UNA “STANZA”

Matrix organizza tutto in stanze: quelli che su Whatsapp sono chiamati gruppi e su IRC son chiamati canali, su Matrix vengono chiamate stanze, con la particolarità che su Matrix… tutto é una stanza!

Quando Tizio chatta direttamente con Caio ed in quella discussione non c’é e non può entrare nessun altro, semplicemente Tizio e Caio stanno in una stanza con due soli utenti! Questa, quindi, può essere amministrata e gestita allo stesso modo di una stanza con migliaia di utenti diversi, assegnando regole, ruoli, permessi speciali ecc.

 

LE STANZE MATRIX SONO UBIQUE

Se si crea una stanza in cui interagiscono solo utenti registrati sullo stesso server, quella stanza materialmente si troverà solamente su quel server. Questa é la situazione che si verifica su OGNI piattaforma centralizzata: un gruppo Whatsapp si trova materialmente sui server Whatsapp così come i suoi utenti. I gruppi Facebook pure.

Osserviamo il disegno qui sotto e facciamo un paragone: é come se matrix.blu fosse Whatsapp e matrix.giallo fosse Telegram. Tra i due non v’é alcun contatto e se uno dei due avesse un problema, l’altro, essendo una piattaforma del tutto diversa, avrebbe gruppi diversi, utenti diversi ecc.

Due utenti, entrambi registrati su matrix.blu, interagiscono fra loro in una stanza

 

Ma con Matrix le cose funzionano diversamente ed i diversi server, parlando la stessa lingua (il protocollo Matrix), sono fatti proprio per interagire fra loro! Alla stanza che abbiamo creato può dunque partecipare anche un utente che é registrato su un server diverso. Quando ciò avviene, la stanza viene di fatto clonata su quest’altro server. Ciò significa che di quella stanza ci saranno due copie identiche costantemente sincronizzate fra loro.

Due utenti di matrix.giallo vengono invitati nella stanza dagli utenti di matrix.blu. Materialmente, il server matrix.giallo clona su di sé la stanza e la sincronizza con quella su matrix.blu.

 

[Per una spiegazione più dettagliata di come avviene la trasmissione dei dati tra server diversi, c’é la chiara animazione (in inglese) in questa pagina di matrix.org. Basta premere su NEXT perché la spiegazione avanzi mostrando passo-passo cosa avviene quando si spedisce un messaggio, una risposta, ecc…]

how

Nel momento in cui il proprio server fosse irraggiungibile, i suoi utenti non avrebbero alcun modo né di accedere alla stanza né di recuperare i messaggi scritti in precedenza, così come non potrebbero interagire fra loro. Tuttavia la stanza continuerebbe ad essere raggiungibile e funzionante sull’altro server (come dire: se Whatsapp non funziona, il tuo gruppo é comunque accessibile da Telegram).

Il server matrix.blu ha un problema e la stanza é inaccessibile ai suoi utenti. Resta però accessibile agli utenti di matrix.giallo.

 

Basterà dunque accedere (temporaneamente o definitivamente che sia) al server ancora funzionante per recuperare stanze, messaggi, media e contatti inaccessibili dal server su cui si era inizialmente.

Iscrivendosi al server matrix.giallo, gli (ex)utenti di matrix.blu ritrovano la stanza, i messaggi ed i contatti ormai irraggiungibili dal (defunto? hackerato?) matrix.blu.

 

STANZE UBIQUE = VIRTUALMENTE INDISTRUTTIBILI

Se Mastodon, Whatsapp, Facebook o Twitter sono irraggiungibili non c’é nulla da fare: bisognerà aspettare che tornino utilizzabili e nel frattempo spostarsi su piattaforme diverse… a lamentarsi che la piattaforma é irraggiungibile! Al contrario, su Matrix, il contenuto può essere ubiquo e sopravvivare anche alla caduta del server su cui é stato realizzato. Metti caso che in una stanza vi siano 60 utenti di matrix.blu ed 1 di matrix.giallo. Ebbene, quell’unico utente, solo per il fatto di essere registrato su un server diverso, svolge un ruolo importantissimo, permettendo ai contenuti dei 60 utenti di matrix.blu, di avere una copia di sicurezza anche su matrix.giallo. Appare chiaro che più é differenziato il numero di server da cui si accede ad una stanza, più questa ha probabilità di sopravvivere ad eventuali inefficienze di uno dei suoi server. Si tratta dunque di una struttura estremamente resiliente.

La stanza resta viva fintanto che almeno un server attivo ne ospiti una copia su di sé.

 

Su Matrix esistono stanze molto grandi, cui partecipano diverse centinaia o migliaia di utenti e queste solitamente hanno diverse decine di indirizzi locali diversi (cosa siano gli indirizzi locali lo vediamo tra un attimo). Anche se si accedesse su un server Matrix che non ha alcuna copia locale di una stanza (nell’immagine qui sopra: uno dei due server in cui non c’é la stanza) conoscendone gli indirizzi é comunque sempre possibile entrarci. Dunque non é indispensabile registrarsi proprio su uno dei server in cui c’é una copia della stanza, ma ci si potrà accedere da un qualsiasi server Matrix!

Le stanze Matrix, dunque, possono essere quasi condiserate una sorta di portale di comunicazione fra più mondi/server, trovandosi contemporaneamente su ognuno di questi.

 

Parte degli indirizzi locali di MatrixHQ, una delle più grosse stanze della rete Matrix

Questo concetto, inoltre, é espandibile in qualche modo anche ai bridge di Matrix. Un server Matrix, difatti, può sincronizzare le proprie stanze non solo con altri server Matrix, ma addirittura con altre piattaforme (Telegram, IRC, Whatsapp, Slack e molte altre ancora). Qui la cosa in realtà é un pò più complicata e cambia molto sia da piattaforma a piattaforma che da bridge a bridge. Risulta tutto più chiaro leggendo l’articolo appena linkato, ma in soldoni la faccenda può esser spiegata così: i server Matrix, tra di loro, fanno una copia esatta della stanza, ma quando si collega Matrix ad una piattaforma diversa, vuoi per le caratteristiche della piattaforma, vuoi per il modo in cui questo collegamento viene gestito, le versioni delle stanze che stanno su queste piattaforme non sono sempre una copia esatta di quella che si vede su Matrix. Per esempio: collegando una stanza Matrix ad una piattaforma social che permette messaggi di al massimo 500 caratteri, tutti i messaggi più lunghi verrebbero trattati in modo particolare, ad esempio con dei link al server Matrix da cui si erano generati (server che, potrebbe non esserci più).

 

MIRRORING

Una pratica di sicurezza può ad esempio essere quella di creare per sé un secondo account su un server Matrix diverso da quello solitamente utilizzato esplicitamente con lo scopo di generare una copia “di backup” delle proprie stanze più importanti. Questo secondo account potrebbe essere fatto entrare in quelle stanze cui si vuol esser certi di poter accedere sempre e comunque, magari concedendo a tale nuovo utente i permessi di amministratore, in modo tale da avere più possibilità di accedere e gestire la stanza, avendo cura di farvi accedere anche gli altri membri con degli account di riserva.

La pratica di clonare la stanza su più server si chiama mirroring (ovvero “specchiare”). La procedura per effettuarlo é abbastanza semplice, ma può cambiare a seconda del modo in cui si accede a Matrix, del software e device usato.

 

TUTORIAL

Il seguente tutorial é pensato per chi accede a Matrix utilizzando Riot da browser e presupponendo il seguente scenario: ho già un account sul server A su cui v’é una stanza privata (accessibile solo ai membri) che vorrei mirrorare per sicurezza. Prima di cominciare può essere utile ripassare la breve guida sui primi passi con Matrix / Riot.

 

1. ASSEGNARE UN INDIRIZZO ALLA STANZA

Alla stanza va innanzitutto assegnato un indirizzo locale che dovrà seguire questo formato: #nomestanza:nomeserver e va fatto nelle impostazioni della stanza stessa.

 

2. CREARE UN ACCOUNT SU ALTRO SERVER

Bisogna dunque scegliere un server Matrix diverso da quello che si usa abitualmente (ad esempio uno tra quelli in questa lista) e creare un nuovo account. Sul browser é possibile aprire due schede distinte loggandosi contemporaneamente ai due diversi server (che é un pò come avere due diversi profili Facebook aperti contemporaneamente).

 

3. INVITARE IL NUOVO ACCOUNT NELLA STANZA

A questo punto si torna all’account principale, si entra nella stanza in questione e si invita il nuovo account. Volendo, una volta inviato l’invito, si può già selezionare il nome dalla lista degli invitati e da lì impostarlo come amministratore della stanza.

 

 

4. ACCETTARE L’INVITO

Tornare quindi al nuovo account e da qui accettare l’invito alla stanza:

 

5. AGGIUNGERE UN SECONDO INDIRIZZO ALLA STANZA

A questo punto bisogna ripetere il primo punto, aggiungendo un nuovo indirizzo alla stanza, sempre con lo stesso formato #nomestanza:nomeserver

In questo modo la stanza si troverà ad avere due indirizzi (volendo anche più di due: non c’é un limite agli indirizzi assegnabili):

#nomestanza:nomeserver1

#nomestanza:nomeserver2

In realtà ogni server assegna già in automatico l’indirizzo alla stanza, ma si tratta di una stringa tipo “!isobjBnFgqYHjqJMF1b:nomeserver“. Quello é il vero indirizzo della stanza ma ovviamente é abbastanza ingestibile perché… vattelo a ricordare! Gli indirizzi inseriti nel punto 1 e 5 sono in realtà degli alias, ossia degli indirizzi “virtuali” che poi il server penserà a collegare a quello vero che gli ha assegnato. Creare gli alias servirà più avanti per gestire con più facilità la stanza e permettere ad altri di chiedere d’entrarci.

Fatto! Adesso la stanza é presente e sincronizzata su entrambi i server!

A questo punto, anche cascasse il server usato di solito, é comunque possibile chattare nella stanza accedendo con il nuovo account. Se anche gli altri utenti creassero un account di riserva, l’eventuale lavoro di gruppo svolto in una stanza potrebbe continuare anche nel caso di guasti, hackeraggi… o bombardamenti nucleari! 😉

 

[NB: la natura delle stanze, svincolata dai server ma anche dagli account utente, può avere anche un altro tipo di utilizzo: un utente che perdesse le credenziali del proprio account, potrebbe essere re-invitato in una stanza/conversazione con un account differente, senza perdere tutti i propri vecchi messaggi]

PS: Se però, si preferisse avere una stanza su un solo server ed impedire che vi accedano utenti registrati su server differenti, evitando così che la propria stanza venga clonata altrove, é sempre possibile creare stanze “non federate”. In questo modo le stanze non federate su matrix.blu saranno accessibili solo agli utenti di matrix.blu, e le stanze non federate di matrix.giallo saranno accessibili solo dagli utenti di matrix.giallo.

Google ti guarda (ma ci sono alternative)

di: Ca Gi
9 Aprile 2019 ore 20:51

Google é indiscutibilmente il principale motore di ricerca online, tanto che l’atto di cercare qualcosa sul web viene espresso col suo nome (“non sai nulla di questo argomento? Googolalo!”).

Uno dei motivi del successo di Google é che si tratta di un ottimo motore di ricerca, effettivamente capace di trovare quel che cerchi nella stragrande maggioranza dei casi.

D’altro canto Google é anche un’azienda imponente e ramificata che vive di raccolta e vendita dati, che si ricorda cos’hai cercato, quando e quante volte e che collega queste informazioni ad altre che ha raccolto su di te attraverso una miriade di servizi che affiancano quello di ricerca web. E questo é un grosso problema! Un grosso problema che é sotto gli occhi di chiunque ma che al tempo stesso viene raramente affrontato.

Ciò che é poco noto, invece, é che la maggior parte dei suoi servizi può benissimo esser sostituita con altri meno invasivi, compreso il motore di ricerca.

 

Google é utilizzato per oltre il 90% delle ricerche online

Sostituire il motore di ricerca di Google é certamente un passo importante per arginare il pericolo di avere un’unica azienda a controllo di tutti i dati che forniamo ogni volta che facciamo una ricerca online. Dati che vengono spiati, raccolti, classificati e venduti.

Oltre a Google difatti esistono diversi motori di ricerca validi. Parte di questi in realtà sono assai specifici ed utilizzabili solo per ricerche assai specifiche (ad esempio TinEye per il reverse search di immagini), ma la maggior parte consente di fare ricerche generiche e funziona in modo molto simile Google.

Per proseguire é però necessario comprendere alcuni concetti base su cui si poggia un motore di ricerca. Uno dei componenti base di un motore é il suo CRAWLER (può essere reso con “ispezionatore”), ossia un programma che naviga in automatico nel web, saltando di link in link e registrando nei database del motore di ricerca ogni parola, immagine, file che trova (creando quella che viene chiamata “copia CACHE”). Una volta che il crawler ha scoperto e registrato i contenuti, il motore di ricerca classifica ogni contenuto attraverso un proprio ALGORITMO.

Un buon crawler idealmente trova il 100% dei contenuti di un sito ed un buon algoritmo é in grado di classificare come si deve ogni contenuto. Al contrario un cattivo crawler potrebbe non scoprire mai l’esistenza del tuo sito o scoprirne solo una parte ed un cattivo algoritmo, quando cerchi informazioni su “spaghetti” potrebbe mettere nei primi risultati pagine che non parlano della pastasciutta ma i post di un tizio che si firma “Mr. Spaghetti” (chi si ricorda i primi motori di ricerca degli anni ’90 conosce bene questo tipo di situazioni). Ogni motore di ricerca usa un proprio crawler ed un proprio algoritmo, diversi da quelli degli altri motori.

Non va poi sottovalutato l’intervento umano: é per scelta degli amministratori di Google ad esempio che certi siti compaiono sempre in testa ai risultati (come Wikipedia quando si cerca il nome di una persona nota o Booking quando si cercano località turistiche). É sempre per una scelta voluta che i suggerimenti di ricerca di Google non contengano mai termini volgari o riferimenti a contenuti per adulti.

 

PRINCIPALI DIFFERENZE CON GOOGLE

Chi utilizza per la prima volta un motore di ricerca diverso dal onnipresente Google non può non notare che questi restituiscono risultati diversi.

SERP DIFFERENTI: Ognuno di questi motori genera per ogni ricerca dei risultati un pò diversi (tecnicamente S.E.R.P.: Search Engine Results Page): quello che per Google é il primo risultato, per un altro motore di ricerca può essere il decimo. Questo può dipendere da principalmente dal crawler e dall’algoritmo usati.

IMMAGINI, NEWS ECC: Molti motori di ricerca sono focalizzati sulla ricerca di pagine web e dunque peccano dal lato di ricerca news e immagini

RICERCA AVANZATA: Google offre diversi strumenti di ricerca avanzata che spesso mancano agli altri motori di ricerca, per esempio Google Trends o la possibilità di visionare la pagina cache.

Un paio di motori di ricerca alternativi a Google sono ad esempio:

 

DuckDuckGo

É più o meno riconosciuto come il principale motore alternativo a Google. I risultati di ricerca sono ottimi, anche per la ricerca immagini, ma pecca riguardo alle news. L’azienda proprietaria, statunitense, si pubblicizza come molto focalizzata su privacy e sicurezza e parte del software é open source. Si finanzia pubblicando inserzioni pubblicitarie e tramite affiliazioni.

 

Qwant

Motore di ricerca realizzato in Francia. Anch’esso si promuove come fortemente incentrato sulla privacy degli utenti. I risultati sono molto buoni anche per quanto riguarda immagini e news. Si finanzia in parte ricevendo commissioni da alcuni grossi portali a cui indirizza il traffico e in parte tramite finanziamenti pubblici.

L’elenco completo sarebbe lunghissimo e includerebbe Bing, Yahoo, Lycos, WebCrawler e molti altri (un elenco dettagliato é disponibile in questa pagina Wikipedia). Quel che però appare già evidente é un che motore di ricerca per esistere ha necessità di molti fondi per poter reggere economicamente (basta solo vedere le dimensioni delle serverfarm di Google per rendersi conto dei costi spaventosi che genera) e ciò causa immancabilmente una situazione da gatto che si morde la coda, con i motori di ricerca che alterano i propri risultati per favorire gli sponsor e vendono i dati di navigazione dei propri utenti (data mining) per poter garantire a quegli stessi utenti un servizio costante e sempre aggiornato.

Inoltre ognuno di questi motori di ricerca appartiene sempre ad una sola azienda, la quale si trova dunque sempre in condizione di poter manipolare i risultati. Insomma, non se ne esce fuori: per quanto possano esser buone le intenzioni e le persone che li gestiscono, i comuni motori di ricerca sono strutturati in modo tale da lasciare in mano ai loro gestori un potere considerevole nei confronti degli utenti. Come se ne esce?

 

METAMOTORI DI RICERCA

Una prima soluzione é quella di usare un metamotore di ricerca, ossia un motore che non si sbatte a ispezionare il web e classificarne i contenuti (ergo: non fa crawling), ma trasmette la tua ricerca a motori di ricerca veri e propri e ne assembla i risultati. Si tratta, in poche parole, di un “motore di motori di ricerca”.

Un metamotore di ricerca non fa altro che assemblare i risultati di altri motori di ricerca.

 

Se cerchi “spaghetti” su un metamotore di ricerca (ad esempio SearX), questo cercherà “spaghetti” su dei motori di ricerca veri e propri, come Google, DuckDuckGo e Qwant, e poi restituirà una S.E.R.P. ottenuta assemblando quello che i motori han trovato.

In questo modo, per capirci, tutti gli utenti che utilizzano il metamotore di ricerca, verranno intesi da Google come un unico, gigantesco utente che fa un numero talmente elevato e variegato di ricerche da divenir inclassificabile. Il metamotore di ricerca, tuttavia, potrebbe sempre tener traccia di quel che fai tu. É già qualcosa.

 

MOTORI COLLABORATIVI (P2P ETC.)

Una seconda soluzione é quella di utilizzare una soluzione collaborativa tra server e/o utenti diversi in modo da formare assieme un grande motore di ricerca. Qui incontriamo nuovamente il concetto di reti decentralizzate e distribuite già descritte nei post sul Fediverso e su Mastodon.

 

Riassumendo: una rete centralizzata (A) é come Google, in cui tutti gli utenti si rivolgono idealmente ad un unico server chiamato Google che detiene il totale controllo dei dati. Una rete decentralizzata (B) é formata da più server che collaborano fra loro, dando la possibilità ad ogni utente può scegliere a quale server connettersi (il quale può avere delle peculiarità diverse rispetto agli altri) e da qui può interagire con gli altri server della rete. Una rete distribuita (C) invece, é una rete in cui ogni singolo utente funge da server di sé stesso e, in maniera del tutto indipendente, può connettersi ad altri utenti con cui interagire.

Come si traducono questi tipi di rete con i motori di ricerca? Prendiamo ad esempio una rete decentrata ed immaginiamoci l’esistenza di diversi server, su ognuno dei quali é stato installato lo stesso software di motore di ricerca. Ognuno di questi server ha il suo crawler che ispeziona il web e si crea il proprio database con le informazioni sulla porzione di Internet che ha ispezionato (“porzione” perché si parte dal presupposto che ognuno di questi server sia di per sé troppo piccolo perché possa ispezionarlo tutto). Ognuno di essi é un piccolo motore di ricerca che magari conosce perfettamente una certa parte del web (ad esempio, solo i siti in italiano). Ma qui viene il bello: in una rete decentralizzata diversi server possono interagire fra loro, in modo tale che, messi assieme, formino una sorta di mega-motore di ricerca diffuso su scala globale.

Qui la cosa si può già fare molto interessante: i diversi server potrebbero sì condividere e scambiarsi informazioni andando a formare assieme un unico database comune da cui attingere informazioni e tuttavia essere personalizzati per presentare S.E.R.P. personalizzate. Potresti dunque scegliere di fare la stessa ricerca su diversi server specializzati in modo differente. Per esempio, un certo server potrebbe essere impostato per mostrare solamente contenuti adatti ai bambini, un altro potrebbe dare la precedenza ai contenuti più nuovi e un altro ancora potrebbe organizzare i risultati escludendo fonti ritenute inattendibili.

Oltre a tale personalizzazione dei risultati, i server potrebbero scambiarsi anche diverse informazioni tecniche aiutandosi vicendevolmente a mappare meglio porzioni di web e classificarne i contenuti.

A questo punto é facile capire che una rete distribuita funzionarebbe allo stesso modo, ma in questo caso non sarebbero solo i diversi server a partecipare a questo lavoro collaborativo, ma pure i singoli computer dei singoli utenti. Per capirci: su ogni computer si avrebbe installato del software che si occupa di ispezionare il web comunicando al database diffuso quel che ha scoperto ed archiviando una porzione di esso sul proprio disco fisso. Ogni utente inoltre potrebbe personalizzare a proprio piacimento personale il modo ed ordine in cui comparirebbero i risultati di ricerca.

 

SearX é un metamotore di ricerca open source. Il suo software é liberamente scaricabile, modificabile ed installabile da chiunque sul proprio computer o su un server che può esser anche reso pubblico. In effetti sono già oltre un centinaio i server SearX pubblici noti e molti di questi presentano delle caratteristiche proprie. É un pò come dire che ci sono cento versioni diverse di Google. SearX non é un motore collaborativo e quindi ogni singola macchina con installato SearX funziona in maniera del tutto scollegata dalle altre.

Tra i tanti server SearX pubblici, possiamo ad esempio osservare e fare un paragone tra https://search.disroot.org/, ovvero la versione di SearX installata sui server dell’organizzazione Disroot, e https://framabee.org/, la versione di SearX installata sui server dell’associazione FramaSoft. Oltre alle diversa veste grafica, basta fare una semplice prova per osservare quanto cambino i risultati (PS: search.disroot é impostata decisamente meglio).

 

 

Inoltre SearX permette ad ogni utente di personalizzare diversi fattori, anche molto tecnici. Ad esempio é possibile selezionare su quali motori di ricerca deve basarsi SearX, differenziandoli a seconda che si tratti di ricerche generali, di immagini, news, o documenti. Si possono impostare diverse preferenze riguardanti il tracciamento e la modalità di organizzazione dei risultati. Ogni server SearX dunque fornisce risultati diversi a seconda di come é stato impostato e può permettere un certo grado di personalizzazione all’utente. Una caratteristica interessante di SearX é che utilizza come cache i salvataggi pagina su archive.org.

Per quanto riguarda la qualità dei risultati, dunque, molto dipende dal server SearX scelto. La S.E.R.P. principale di https://search.disroot.org/ non é affatto male, tranne che per immagini e notizie, ma questo sembra essere una mancanza dello stesso software SearX e non una caratteristica del server specifico. Oltre alla minor qualità dei risultati su immagini e news mancano diverse comode funzioni presenti in Google: non c’é la ricerca per colore e non é presente alcun aggregatore di notizie.

 

 

Yacy invece é un motore di ricerca distribuito e collaborativo basato su P2P. Si tratta di un progetto molto piccolo e, allo stato attuale, troppo complesso per poter esser davvero proposto come alternativa ai più comuni motori di ricerca disponibili online. A livello di usabilità risulta ancora abbastanza macchinoso, in quanto sono più le occasioni in cui non restituisce alcun risultato di quelle in cui trova qualcosa, come é possibile verificare in questa pagina demo.

Tuttavia va segnalato anche a chi non é interessato ad uno strumento ancora in via di sviluppo perché già allo stato attuale permette di far capire come funziona una rete collaborativa che costruisce assieme un database comune distribuito.

Ipoteticamente, una rete distribuita é quasi indistruttibile: in uno scenario in cui tutti i computer del pianeta facessero parte della rete Yacy, anche se la maggior parte di questi fosse improvvisamente tagliata fuori o distrutta da un colossale meteorite, é sufficiente che solo una minima parte resti attiva perché tutto il database comune resti attivo. Progetto interessantissimo dunque, ma che dovrebbe essere reso molto più user-friendly per sperare in una adozione di massa. Chi volesse provare ad installarselo e smanettarci lo trova qui.

 

IN CONCLUSIONE

Esistono diverse alternative al motore di ricerca di Google, alcune molto valide come DuckDuckGo ed altre meno, ma gli strumenti già disponibili permettono a di poter fare tranquillamente a meno delle ricerche su Google.

Anche la prassi di utilizzare diversi motori di ricerca per ricerche di diverso tipo può essere un modo per non diffondere su una sola piattaforma tutte le informazioni che solitamente vengono messe in mano a Google. Esistono poi strumenti come SearX che, nonostante alcuni limiti, possono contribuire ulteriormente a creare una maggior distanza tra sé e le compagnie di data mining come Google e, potenzialmente, qualsiasi grosso motore di ricerca centralizzato. Gettando lo sguardo ancora più avanti, poi, osserviamo strumenti come Yacy che, idealmente, potrebbero davvero contribuire a riportare in mano alle persone il controllo dei propri dati ma questo, a patto che ci sia al tempo stesso uno sforzo da parte degli sviluppatori di semplificare tali strumenti ed uno sforzo da parte degli utenti per imparare a districarsi meglio nelle complessità dell’informatica.

Non sarebbe male arrivare un giorno ad avere un motore di ricerca collaborativo distribuito, magari pure ibridato con un metamotore di ricerca capace di confrontare la propria S.E.R.P. con quella fornita da altri motori che non fanno parte della rete condivisa. Una sorta di fusione tra SearX e Yacy in cui possano partecipare sia server dedicati che i singoli utenti, andando a formare reti federate di ricerca.

 

 

 

Come cercare e seguire utenti “sconosciuti” su Mastodon

di: Ca Gi
1 Aprile 2019 ore 21:24

Per quanto riguarda le funzioni base, Mastodon si comporta in modo molto simile a Twitter: commentare un post, boostarlo, seguirne l’autore, silenziarlo ecc.

La ricerca e scoperta di altri utenti in apparenza é abbastanza simile: se vuoi seguire un utente basta cliccare su “+” o “follow” e per cercare altri utenti basta digitare nel campo di ricerca.

C’é però un limite: le Timeline di Mastodon mostreranno sempre e solo account che la tua Istanza già conosce.

Come funziona dunque la ricerca ed aggiunta di utenti su Istanze diverse?

RETI SOCIALI PERSONALIZZATE

Qui é necessario ripassare un concetto già esposto nei post in cui é illustrato cos’é Mastodon e cos’é il Fediverso: ogni Istanza conosce solamente i propri utenti e gli utenti di altre Istanze con cui é venuta in contatto.

Le diverse Istanze, per poter interagire fra loro, devono essere a conoscenza l’una dell’altra

 

Per questo motivo, Mastodon (ma lo stesso vale per tutto il Fediverso) non é un’unica rete sociale indifferenziata ma, al contrario, ogni singola Istanza costruisce la propria rete sociale e questo in base a quali sono le altre Istanze con cui viene in contatto, quelle che blocca ecc.

La cosa poi diventa ancora più complessa perché lo stesso schema si ripete a livello di singoli utenti: se siamo sull’Istanza A ed entriamo in contatto con un utente dell’Istanza B di nome Laura, che però non ci presenta mai gli altri membri della sua Istanza (ossia: non boosta i loro post, non linka i loro messaggi, non li cita nei suoi Toot), dell’Istanza B conosceremo solo Laura.

Da questo punto di vista, Mastodon premia le Istanze i cui utenti interagiscono maggiormente: una piccola Istanza con utenti che interagiscono molto fra loro, aumenta le possibilità di tessere un maggior numero di contatti con altre Istanze, attraverso il meccanismo dell’amico che presenta un amico.

 

AGGANCIARE ALTRE RETI

Questa cosa però ha un limite: non permette di entrare in contatto con utenti che non siano già conosciuti da chi già conosco. Nella prima immagine precedente, ad esempio, le Istanze sulla rete a sinistra (quella coi collegamenti rossi), non han modo di entrare in contatto con le Istanze della rete a destra (quella coi collegamenti azzurri), né quelle della rete in basso (quella coi collegamenti verdi).

É questo il punto su cui si innestano diversi discorsi inerenti alle filter bubble, ai pericoli delle reti chiuse ecc. Non é del tutto sbagliato: chi sta su una certa rete e non cerca confronti, voci dissonanti e idee diverse dalle proprie, resterà confinato nella propria cerchia e al tempo stesso non farà uscire le proprie idee. Chi invece si muove in senso opposto, stabilirà contatti con Istanze le cui comunità sono molto diverse dalla propria. Detto altrimenti: Mastodon non ti obbliga a convivere con chi non vuoi, ma se vuoi differenziare la tua cerchia di contatti puoi farlo, a costo di un minimo sforzo.

Ciò si traduce in un meccanismo che é in effetti un pò macchinoso e che sarebbe decisamente necessario rendere più pratico. Tuttavia il Fediverso é strutturato in modo tale che, probabilmente, una minima dose di macchinosità in questo passaggio sarà sempre presente (ci arriviamo…)

Un aspetto interessante da notare é che la connessione con utenti ed Istanze prima sconosciuti é un qualcosa che può fare ogni singolo utente ma che influirà sull’intera Istanza: se decidi di seguire un utente dell’ Istanza B, i suoi toot compariranno nella TL federata della tua Istanza; in questo modo anche i membri della tua Istanza potranno entrare in contatto con i membri dell’Istanza B che l’account che hai aggiunto boosterà ecc. Più contatti “sconosciuti” porterai nella tua Istanza, più questa crescerà.

Sta dunque alla maturità degli utenti scegliere come e quanto differenziare i propri contatti. Se sei su un’Istanza che non tollera determinati argomenti riguardo ai quali vorresti avere qualche confronto, forse l’Istanza su cui ti trovi non é quella più adatta a te e potrebbe essere il caso di aprire un secondo account su un’Istanza differente.

(Non é raro aprire un primo account Mastodon su un’Istanza per poi capire che preferisci stare su un’Istanza diversa. Per questo motivo esistono funzioni di import/export per trasferirti su Istanze diverse).

MA COME LI TROVO?

Si, ma, insomma… COME e DOVE li dovrei trovare questi utenti e Istanze sconosciuti sia a me che ai contatti che ho già?

Per capire la procedura “tecnica” (ci arriviamo, ci arriviamo…) é necessario capire prima il concetto che v’é alla base e che mostra ancora una volta come il Fediverso sia strutturato in modo molto più simile alle reti sociali umane di quanto non lo siano i social centralizzati: nella tua vita reale, quella di tutti i giorni, con te in carne ed ossa, come trovi persone nuove che nessuno dei tuoi amici e conoscenti conosce già?

Fondamentalmente uscendo dai tuoi giri andando in luoghi nuovi. Questi “luoghi” possono essere anche eventi, manifestazioni o orari (provare a fare la camminata del mattino in ore serali, ad esempio). Più questi “luoghi” sono diversi e lontani dai propri, maggiore sarà probabilmente il tasso di differenziazione cui si andrà incontro (la tua vita ruota intorno a manga, filosofia greca e corsi da sommelier? Se vuoi conoscere davvero persone, realtà ed idee diverse dalle tue, anziché girare per fumetterie ed enoteche prova ad uscire dai soliti giri e, ad esempio, collaborare per qualche tempo con i responsabili di un centro di accoglienza per senzatetto e migranti…).

Ecco, nel Fediverso la cosa funziona esattamente allo stesso modo: per conoscere contatti “sconosciuti” bisogna uscire dalla propria rete e provarne una diversa per poi rientrare, portando dentro alla propria Istanza i contatti che interessano.

Questo uscire si traduce materialmente in due modi:

  • usare altri account su Istanze o piattaforme federate diverse
  • cercare al di fuori del Fediverso stesso

 

IN & OUT

Questo uscire e rientrare dalla propria rete é proprio ciò che maggiormente differenzia una rete federata come il Fediverso dalle reti centralizzate cui si é solitamente abituati. Ne é al tempo stesso la grande forza e debolezza: forza perché permette che si sviluppino reti locali differenziate, ognuna con una propria comunità e cultura specifica, anziché appiattire tutti gli utenti ad un’unica macro-comunità (vedi Twitter) e debolezza perché l’idea di dover continuamente uscire e rientrare dalla propria rete risulta ostica ad una gran parte delle persone.

Come già visto, ogni nuovo account che segui, diventa automaticamente contattabile da tutti i membri della tua Istanza. All’interno di una Istanza bastano pochi utenti “esploratori” perché questa abbia una serie di contatti ben differenziati, più o meno come quando nella vita reale conosci una persona, vi scambiate i contatti e la aggiungi ad un gruppo Matrix (o Whatsapp) in cui ci sono altri tuoi amici.

Puoi venire a conoscenza di nuovi contatti e Istanze praticamente ovunque! Su un blog che segui, su siti vari, forum, articoli vari, reti sociali non federate o altri canali ancora. Puoi cercarle appositamente (ad esempio su Instances.social, Joinmastodon o Distsn).

A più fonti attingerai, più possibilità ci sono di trovare contatti distanti dalla tua rete.

Fare account multipli, esplorare altre Istanze/comunità dal loro interno, interagire con persone diverse senza il bagaglio derivante dalle relazioni già maturate, é un qualcosa di ampiamente promosso nel Fediverso. Le principali App per accedere al Fediverso da dispositivi mobili supportano difatti account multipli. Non é un obbligo avere più account così come non c’é alcun obbligo a mantenere lo stesso nome utente o chissà che altro: ognuno può gestire i propri account come preferisce. Vuoi usare un solo account e non doverti sbattere a cercare alcunché al di fuori delle cerchie condivise dalla tua Istanza? Va bene. Vuoi avere diversi account scollegati fra loro? Ok. Preferisci avere un account principale ed altri solo d’esplorazione? Va bene anche quello.

Una bella immagine riguardante gli account multipli é collegata alla figura già vista dei luoghi differenti: così come hai una cerchia di conoscenze di lavoro, un’altra per via del tuo hobby, un’altra ancora fatta di amici stretti e un’altra ancora fatta di persone che hai conosciuto in una vacanza, ogni account può esser visto come il tuo “io” di ogni diversa cerchia. Puoi tenerle separate (multi-account), metterle assieme (account unico), portare solo alcuni membri di una cerchia in contatto con quelli di un’altra…

 

OK, MA POI, TECNICAMENTE…

Tecnicamente, quando si incontra un utente mentre si é al di fuori della propria rete, vuoi perché loggati in un’Istanza o piattaforma diversa, oppure perché ci si trova proprio fuori dal Fediverso, i modi per followare questo contatto possono essere diversi. Va però detto (e qui un punto dolente) che tutti questi metodi risultano decisamente più praticabili da Desktop che non da dispositivi portatili.

 

COPIA/INCOLLA DELL’URL

Il primo metodo, il più comune, consiste nel copiare l’URL della pagina del profilo dell’utente in questione o l’URL di un suo post ed incollarlo nel box di ricerca di Mastodon. Dopo aver dato invio, il box di ricerca restituirà l’icona del profilo ed il pulsante “+” per followarlo (NB: se l’Istanza “non é federata come si deve” il pulsante potrebbe non apparire, mostrare una clessidra o altro)

URL copiata su Friendica…

 

…e incollata su Mastodon

Il meccanismo del copia/incolla dell’URL funziona con tutte le piattaforme federate e, come dicevamo, funziona sia con l’URL dell’utente che con l’URL di un suo post/contenuto.

L’URL di un video su Peertube…

 

…su Mastodon restituisce il post del video ed il profilo dell’utente che l’ha postato.

 

TASTO “SEGUI”

Un altro metodo per followare un utente Mastodon trovato al di fuori del Fediverso é quello di premere sul pulsante “segui” sul suo profilo. Questo metodo però funziona solo per seguire su Mastodon altri utenti Mastodon. Basta premere il pulsante “segui” e loggarsi.

 

 

DAL NOME UTENTE ALL’URL

L’ultimo, invece, é il caso più antipatico che può capitare:

Se, all’esterno del Fediverso, si viene a conoscenza dell’account federato di un utente (@NomeUtente@NomeIstanza), il modo più immediato per followarlo é copia/incollarlo nel box di ricerca della propria Istanza Mastodon, ma se l’Istanza non conosce già questo utente, non restituirà alcun risultato. Bisognerà allora ottenere l’URL del profilo utente partendo dall’account.

Innanzitutto, conoscendo il nome dell’Istanza risaliamo all’URL dell’Istanza stessa scrivendone il nome nella barra di ricerca del browser. Cerchiamo ad esempio un utente su mastodon.gamedev.place

 

 

L’URL dell’utente solitamente é composto così:

https://mastodon.gamedev.place/@NomeUtente

In realtà, alcune Istanze adottano formule diverse, come:

https://mastodon.gamedev.place/users/@NomeUtente

Il metodo più rapido per capire come sono composte le URL su una data Istanza é cliccare sul profilo dell’admin (che é quasi sempre presente sulla home dell’Istanza) e sostituire nell’url il nome dell’admin con quello desiderato.

 

DA ISTANZA A ISTANZA

Una situazione in cui ci si può trovare é quella di essere loggati nell’ Istanza B e venire in contatto con uno o più utenti che si vorrebbe seguire dall’Istanza A.

É possibile aprire le pagine profilo di ogni singolo utente (click su Vedi profilo completo), sloggarsi, entrare nell’Istanza A e da qui followarli nei modi che abbiamo appena visto.

 

IN CONCLUSIONE

Seguire utenti esterni alla propria rete é dunque un’operazione basata principalmente su copia/incolla, il che, se su Desktop é tutto sommato ancora gestibile, sui dispositivi mobili é qualcosa di improponibile ad un grande pubblico.

Si sente decisamente la mancanza di un qualche plugin/widget/pulsante tipo “segui da…” in cui specificare l’Istanza e/o piattaforma da cui si vuole seguire tale utente.

Se da un lato non va dimenticato che il Fediverso é un network estremamente variegato ed in via di costruzione, in cui sono diversi gli elementi da tenere in considerazione ed armonizzare perché il dialogo fra piattaforme diverse funzioni, dall’altro l’attuale macchinosità che s’incontra nel connettere utenti di reti diverse, é decisamente una grossa pecca: agli utenti di social centralizzati viene già chiesto lo sforzo culturale di capire cosa sia e come funziona una rete federata (sforzo che già é di per sé una debolezza) ma finché proprio la pratica di connessione che é alla base della federazione rimarrà così ostica é comprensibile che la maggior parte degli utenti, questo doppio sforzo, non lo vorrà nemmeno tentare.

 

Abbinare Twitter e Mastodon

di: Ca Gi
30 Marzo 2019 ore 09:45

mastodon-copertina.jpg

Sbrigativamente si può dire che Mastodon é un’alternativa a Twitter, ma utilizzare l’uno non significa affatto dover abbandonare l’altro: anzi!

In modo molto semplice é possibile far convivere i due strumenti ottenendo vantaggi da entrambi!

Abbiamo già visto cos’é Mastodon e che dialoga con diverse piattaforme molto diverse fra loro (solo per citarne alcune: Peertube, Pixelfed, Friendica, Hubzilla, Nextcloud, che sono a loro volta paragonabili a YouTube, Instagram, Facebook, Dropbox e iCloud), le quali, assieme, formano una sorta di mega-rete chiamata Fediverso.

Attualmente Mastodon é la piattaforma di maggior successo del Fediverso; nel momento in cui questo articolo viene scritto ha circa 2.175.000 utenti e cresce al ritmo di 18.000 a settimana.

925e7d11f630e9c7.png

Numeri ottimi, ma molto distanti da quelli dei social commerciali. Twitter ad esempio ha circa 335 milioni di utenti attivi (a luglio 2018).

Non é un mistero che chi utilizza una certa piattaforma può decidere di passare ad un altra se solo questa presenta caratteristiche migliori o assenti in quella che già conosce.

 

UN DIVERSO PARADIGMA

Qui incontriamo una difficoltà: Mastodon presenta sì delle caratteristiche che su Twitter sono inedite (il livello di privacy dei messaggi, il Content Warning) ma presenta soprattutto un cambio di paradigma nel rapporto coi social che spesso spiazza chi vi si approccia.

federazione.png

Capire che Mastodon non é UN social, ma un conglomerato di comunità diversissime che decidono volontariamente se interagire tra di loro e come, é un concetto talmente distante dall’immagine di social a cui si é abituati da non esser facilmente capito.

Altro concetto che risulta di non immediata comprensione sono ad esempio le potenzialità di poter creare il proprio server Mastodon con le proprie regole (vorresti un social su cui é vietato parlare di politica e religione? Nessun problema: si può creare un’Istanza Mastodon che abbia questo divieto tra le sue policy e raccogliere utenti che hanno lo stesso approccio)

Si ha difficoltà a capire che un’Istanza é sia un server che una comunità.

Di altrettanta difficile comprensione é che possono crearsi delle reti di Istanze Mastodon completamente scollegate fra loro (Ci sono Istanze piene di nazisti che dialogano solamente fra di loro e che non hanno alcun contatto con Istanze antifasciste).

Non si tratta di cose difficili da capire di per sé, ma risultano difficili a chi conosce solo i più noti social network commerciali centralizzati e non é mai stato esposto all’idea di reti dal funzionamento del tutto diverso. E’un po come il caso della persona che fa sempre lo stesso tragitto e dopo anni gli vien rivelato che a breve distanza esiste un percorso alternativo di cui non aveva mai nemmeno sospettato l’esistenza.

A volte si descrive Mastodon come uno strumento atto a creare comunità chiuse nelle loro filter bubble, senza capire che un’Istanza può avere diversi livelli di apertura e chiusura alle altre: una Istanza/comunità sana, interessata a comunicare apertamente con chiunque che ha tra i suoi princìpi anche dei “no” come ad esempio razzismo e sessismo é cosa diversa da chi vive in una filter bubble.

Al tempo stesso, vi sono alcuni meccanismi di Mastodon che in parte necessitano oggettivamente di qualche miglioramento ed in parte ha senso che risultino un po’ macchinosi, proprio in base alle sue peculiarità (ad esempio la ricerca di utenti su Istanze diverse o l’assenza di trend topic).

f2.png

 

UN’INTERAZIONE PIÚ UMANA

Queste differenze di approccio ai rapporti via social sono certamente interessanti: le caratteristiche di Mastodon tendono a premiare le interazioni umane (l’argomento più discusso su un’Istanza é quello di cui messaggiano tutti e non quello che appare su una classifica di trend topic gonfiata da bot e troll; l’ordine dei messaggi é quello cronologico reale e non viene alterato da algoritmi; si interagisce dialogando; la gamification é ridotta in modo drammatico) pur introducendo alcuni strumenti tipici della comunicazione elettronica (stelline, retweet/boost ecc.).

Si può invece notare che chi proviene da piattaforme commerciali tende spesso a sentire come una mancanza proprio le caratteristiche che rendono la comunicazione meno umana (rincorsa all’hashtag, trend topic, contatori, retweet con commento ecc.)

É sempre illuminante osservare come spesso sulla propria Istanza Mastodon nessuno abbia alcun interesse verso un argomento frivolo che, su Twitter, occupa magari tutti i tweet della giornata.

Qui la cosa può farsi straniante: chi si approccia a Mastodon continuando a ragionare in termini di gamification (ottenere tanti like! centinaia di retweet! inventare una battuta di successo!) probabilmente non ne trarrà molto gradimento perché come abbiam visto su Mastodon tutto é studiato per minimizzare questo tipo di interazione “meccanica”.

Tutto dipende dalla qualità della comunità/Istanza: più gli utenti collaborano a “creare comunità” sulla propria Istanza e meglio questa funziona. Se l’Istanza/comunità é solo un punto d’incontro casuale tra utenti privi di un progetto/idea/interesse comune, allora Mastodon sarà solo un “Twitter un pò diverso”, ma se al contrario v’é un approccio propositivo e di comunità, ecco che le caratteristiche strutturali di Mastodon riveleranno immediatamente tutte le loro potenzialità.

Per esempio, un’Istanza comunitaria può decidere assieme le policy, chi bannare o semplicemente silenziare, come finanziare il server, le attività in comune, quali strumenti aggiungere/personalizzare, come gestire la moderazione…

 

“MA SONO TUTTI DALL’ALTRA PARTE”

Una difficoltà che tocca diversi strumenti informatici alternativi a quelli più diffusi e commerciali é quello dell’omnipresenza di questi ultimi. Se sei su Twitter, insomma, ci pensi due volte a passare ad una piattaforma in cui non troverai i tuoi contatti/follower/amici. Al di là del fatto che ci sono ottimi motivi per mollare a piè pari le piattaforme delle Big Tech Companies, é comprensibile che non tutti siano disposti a fare di punto in bianco un “grande salto”, vuoi per timore, vuoi per oggettiva riduzione dei contatti.

Esistono tuttavia diversi strumenti per far convivere Mastodon e Twitter ottenendo il meglio da entrambi e permettendo una transazione soft!

 

CROSSPOST CON MASTO.DONTE

Masto.donte é un crossposter, ossia uno strumento che permette di sincronizzare il proprio account Twitter col proprio account Mastodon.

Schermata 2019-03-29 alle 19.13.55.png

Il funzionamento é semplice: ci si logga con entrambi gli account e lo si imposta come si preferisce! Le opzioni a disposizione sono diverse, ad esempio lo si può impostare perché i post su Mastodon vengano replicati su Twitter ma non da Twitter verso Mastodon, o il contrario, oppure ancora lo si può impostare perché funzioni in entrambi i sensi. Qui ognuno é libero di sperimentare la formula che preferisce.

Ci sono alcuni limiti (le risposte ad altri utenti non possono essere crosspostate ed i boost su Mastodon non vengono twittati) ma i propri post originali possono viaggiare sempre in entrambe le direzioni.

Ci sono anche alcuny bypass: é possibile far sì che messaggi contenenti una certa parola (o un certo hashtag) non vengano mai crosspostati.

(Per i più smanettoni: questo é il repository dell’App, se volete contribuire a migliorarla o modificarla)

 

CROSSPOST CON IFTTT

Schermata 2019-03-29 alle 19.25.02.png

IFTTT contiene diversi Applet in grado di crosspostare messaggi da una piattaforma all’altra. Gli Applet sono diversi e conviene provarli direttamente.

 

ACTIVITYPUB.ACTOR

Schermata 2019-03-29 alle 19.32.39.png

ActivityPub.Actor é uno strumento ancora in lavorazione (questo il profilo del suo sviluppatore) che si propone di sincronizzare gli account di diverse piattaforme commerciali centralizzate con ActivityPub, il protocollo di comunicazione condiviso dalle piattaforme del Fediverso e dunque anche da Mastodon.

La piattaforma su cui maggiormente viene sperimentato é proprio Twitter, ma tra quelle che gli sviluppatori dicono di voler considerare in futuro vediamo anche Facebook, Instagram, Reddit ecc.

In sostanza ActivityPub.Actor porterebbe i contenuti di questi social nel Fediverso e viceversa, fungendo grossomodo come uno dei bridge già osservati riguardo a Matrix.

Pur essendo uno strumento non ancora funzionante ha già fatto discutere un po’ all’interno del Fediverso, riguardo l’opportunità di accogliere potenzialmente una valanga di contenuti non originali con i quali probabilmente non sarebbe possibile interagire.

 

I VANTAGGI DEL CROSSPOSTING

Uno dei primi vantaggi del crossposting ce l’ha ben presente chi, per un motivo o per l’altro, é stato silenziato/sospeso/bannato da Twitter.

BYPASSARE I BAN DI TWITTER Crosspostando con Mastodon, nel caso di una sospensione si può continuare a comunicare su Mastodon e la propria pagina pubblica di Mastodon con tutti i propri messaggi, rimarrà comunque visibile. Volendo, puoi collegare temporaneamente il tuo account Mastodon ad un account temporaneo di Twitter.

500 CARATTERI Scrivendo su Mastodon puoi avere fino a 500 caratteri (alcune Istanze anche di più). Crosspostando, Twitter mosterà i primi 280 caratteri e per leggere il resto aggiunge il link web al post Mastodon.

THREAD MULTIPLI Un post crosspostato può generare una discussione su Twitter con un certo tono ed una discussione enormemente diversa su Mastodon. A volte il risultato può essere stupefacente!

BACKUP Avere i tuoi post archiviati su un diverso server può essere un modo di backuparli! 😉

Il crossposting può essere visto male nel Fediverso se viene usato in modo unidirezionale e senza interazione. Per intenderci: se stai sempre su Twitter, crossposti su Mastodon ma poi su Mastodon non vieni mai, non interagisci, non rispondi, beh, la cosa é vista molto male perché anche se sei una persona in carne e ossa, così facendo nel Fediverso ti comporteresti come un BOT e certe Istanze potrebbero silenziarti o bannarti.

Tieni conto che per etichetta, nel Fediverso, i BOT si dichiarano per quel che sono. Un account che funge da BOT per un sito postando in automatico i suoi contenuti può svolgere un servizio comodo ma é giusto che gli utenti sappiano che si tratta di un “utente meccanico” cosicché possano agire di conseguenza.

Account di utenti reali che però agiscono solo come BOT sono invece un qualcosa di assai irritante, anche perché spesso collegati ad operazioni di trolling. Se vuoi solo che i tuoi contenuti girino nel Fediverso senza interagire non c’é problema, a patto che ciò sia detto esplicitamente. Nelle preferenze del tuo account Mastodon c’é una casella da spuntare in cui indichi che il tuo account é un BOT e, per maggior chiarezza, non sarebbe male lo segnalassi anche nel nome utente e/o nella bio. Volendo, esiste anche un’Istanza apposita: https://botsin.space/ creata proprio per ospitare solamente account BOT. Così come ogni cosa nel Fediverso, ogni Istanza sceglie come rapportarsi con Botsin Space: chi la blocca, chi la silenzia e chi interagisce senza problemi.

 

CERCHI CHE SI ALLARGANO

Le prime comunità su una piattaforma digitale sono solitamente le comunità degli sviluppatori. Hacker, programmatori e appassionati di tecnologia che si divertono a smanettare su strumenti nuovi, migliorarli, ecc.

In una seconda fase la piattaforma si popola delle prime comunità per cui la piattaforma é stata pensata. Mastodon però da un lato non é pensato per una qualche comunità specifica (per fare un esempio: il social Gab ha delle policy che permettono alle comunità neonaziste di utilizzarla liberamente e dunque si é popolata proprio di neonazisti, alt/right ecc) e dall’altro il suo sviluppatore ha imposto una chiara policy antifascista sul suo server, mastodon.social. Di conseguenza le prime comunità ad aver popolato Mastodon e creato le proprie Istanze hanno avuto una forte componente antifascista.

Una grossa fetta di utenti ed Istanze poi é andata a formarsi grazie agli esuli di Twitter: chi non poteva o voleva interagire rispettandone le policy (utenti giapponesi, appassionati di anime e manga che, per differenze culturali, non potevano interagire su Twitter) comunità che su sui social generalisti perdono più tempo a difendersi da molestie e trollaggio e che han creato le proprie Istanze Mastodon dove han trovato casa (comunità LGBTQ, Furry, ecc).

Col tempo poi sono arrivati anche i nazi ed i fondamentalisti cristiani, che si son fatti le proprie Istanze indipendenti, così come sono arrivati appassionati di erotismo e pornografia transfughi da Tumblr. Ci sono pure Istanze sex-work friendly.

La struttura stessa di Mastodon fa sì che ogni utente e comunità possa scegliere se e come interagire con le altre. Mastodon dunque non é UN social di antifascisti, furry, nazi, sex-worker, anarchici e tecnoilluminati ma un calderone pieno di comunità diversissime che interagiscono o s’ignorano in modi assai variegati, creando reti complesse adatte alle singole comunità.

In questo momento stanno nascendo diverse Istanze dedicate a mestieri specifici come Istanze per avvocati ed educatori. Al tempo stesso stanno nascendo Istanze specifiche per una certa regione.

 

MASTODON IN ITALIA

In Italia le Istanze stanno nascendo nell’ambito di collettivi autonomi, circoli anarchici e centri sociali legati alle città d’origine:

Bologna: https://mastodon.bida.im
Jesi: https://snapj.saja.freemyip.com
Milano: https://nebbia.lab61.org
Torino: https://mastodon.cisti.org

Non mancano alcune Istanze  personali (cioé create solo per ospitare il loro proprietario o poco più) ed un’Istanza generalista attualmente popolata solo da bot commerciali.

Molti utenti italiani tuttavia sono registrati su mastodon.social o in altre Istanze, perlopiù tedesche o francesi, come ad esempio l’assai cosmopolita mastodon.partecipa.

 

PRIMI PASSI E CONVIVENZA CON TWITTER

Cresce dunque l’interesse per lo strumento ed al tempo stesso si affronta la titubanza di chi s’approccia a Mastodon avendo alle spalle solo l’esperienza dei social commerciali ed ha dunque bisogno di un’introduzione ed un avvicinamento lento. Far convivere le due piattaforme con l’uso di un crossposter é probabilmente una formula che in questo senso può aiutare.

uni.png

Matrix bridge: connettersi con tutti i social da una sola App

di: Ca Gi
29 Marzo 2019 ore 16:51

Matrixverse.png

 

Avevamo già spiegato cos’é il protocollo Matrix e come iniziare ad usarlo.

Riassumendo molto brevemente: Matrix é un protocollo di comunicazione aperto e liberamente utilizzabile da chiunque (ognuno puà farsi il suo server Matrix) creando una rete di chat potenzialmente infinita, le cui caratteristiche di sicurezza ed espansione permettono e promettono di fare un sacco di cose. Insomma: si tratta di uno strumento estremamente interessante.

Una delle caratteristiche più interessanti é la capacità di Matrix di dialogare con altre piattaforme. Detto in soldoni: con Matrix si può creare un “gruppo” in cui possono dialogare utenti Matrix, utenti Whatsapp, Telegram, IRC ecc. lasciando che ognuno usi l’App che preferisce. Questo é il “bridging”

(Una nota: questo articolo vuole solamente spiegare il concetto di “bridge” dando giusto un accenno terra-terra a come funziona e non vuol certo essere un manuale sull’utilizzo dei bridge)

Chi ha già letto gli articoli precedenti sa che Matrix non é un servizio di chat come Twitter ma é un protocollo, come l’email: Gmail, ProtonMail, Hotmail sono tutti servizi che usano i protocolli email, ognuno coi propri server e con caratteristiche personali che però, interagiscono fra loro (da Gmail puoi mandare una email a Hotmail, giusto?).

Non ti “registri all’email” ma “crei un account su ProtonMail”. Non ti “registri a Matrix”, ma “crei un account su un server Matrix”.

Prendiamo dunque ad esempio il server Matrix di Feneas: https://chat.feneas.org, Una volta registrati si può dialogare con qualsiasi utente registrato su qualsiasi server Matrix (ancora una volta: se ti registri su Yahoo puoi scambiarti le email con chiunque abbia un indirizzo email, indifferentemente dal server a cui si é registrato).

In Matrix ogni conversazione avviene in “stanze”. Sono sostanzialmente come i gruppi di Whatsapp, solo che qui anche la chat tra te ed una sola altra persona avviene in una stanza.

Qui incontriamo dunque i “bridge”, ossia quegli strumenti che permettono di collegare una stanza Matrix con il proprio corrispettivo su altre piattaforme.

1524546271_fc5d5b944c4b68fc4fe509aac4ed24d4Golden-Gate-Bridge.jpg

Un “bridge” (letteralmente “ponte”) é sostanzialmente un programma che si occupa di sincronizzare Matrix con una certa piattaforma in modo da farli comunicare assieme.

Per ogni piattaforma dunque servità un bridge apposito. Dunque ce ne sono diversi. Non solo: per certe piattaforme esiste più di un bridge che magari adottano soluzioni e caratteristiche diverse. Bisogna tener conto che tutto il processo di bridging tra Matrix e le altre piattaforme é ancora un work in progress: alcuni bridge funzionano bene, altri così-così, ed insomma, la “scena” del bridging é ancora molto attiva. Alcune piattaforme sono fatte in modo da poter essere, almeno sulla carta, facilmente collegabili con un bridge mentre altre sono decisamente più ostiche.

Schermata 2019-03-29 alle 15.36.24.png

Il funzionamento ideale di una stanza Matrix “bridged” (da qui in poi renderò “bridged” con “sincronizzata”) con una piattaforma diversa, ad esempio Telegram, dovrebbe essere abbastanza banale: io che ho un account Matrix entro nella stanza e chatto normalmente, da Matrix, mentre un’altra persona che ha Telegram vedrà quel che ho scritto nella stanza, a cui però accede attraverso Telegram.

Un esempio lo si può vedere nella stanza pubblica Telegram-FOSS. La stanza é sincronizzata con Telegram ed IRC, pertanto gli utenti che vi partecipano lo fanno da tutte e tre le piattaforme.

 

Schermata 2019-03-29 alle 15.46.29.png

Questa é la stanza pubblica Telegram-FOSS così come viene visualizzata online. Sono visibili le interazioni fra utenti Telegram (segnalati tra parentesi) ed IRC (privi di indicazione tra parentesi perché la stanza nasce come stanza IRC e dunque sono gli altri account a dover specificare la loro piattaforma)

Si, ma, in soldoni, come funzionano questi bridge? Come si installano e come si attivano?

Dunque, ogni bridge é un programma che va a dialogare con Matrix: non é parte integrante di Matrix! Questo vuol dire che se creo un account su un server Matrix non é scontato che questo abbia anche dei bridge e se ne ha, non é detto che li abbia tutti!

La maggior parte dei server Matrix offre perlopiù il solo bridge ad alcuni server IRC (Freenode e pochi altri ancora).

Come dicevamo, la “scena” riguardante la realizzazione dei bridge é ancora un work in progress e dunque é probabile che nel giro di qualche tempo sempre più server avranno di default un numero maggiore di bridge.

Come si fa allora ad usare un bridge se i server Matrix non li offrono di default? La prima soluzione possibile é quella di farsi il proprio server Matrix installandoci tutti i bridge che si desiderano, ma ovviamente per fare ciò é necessario avere un server e saperci mettere le mani.

Ma esiste un altro modo: un bridge, dicevamo, é un programma che sincronizza una stanza Matrix con l’equivalente di una diversa piattaforma (canale IRC, gruppo Whatsapp ecc…), ma non é indispensabile che il bridge si trovi sullo stesso server Matrix che deve sincronizzare.

Potenzialmente, dunque, un bridge potrebbe essere installato sui server di Whatsapp per offrire ai propri utenti la possibilità di interagire con gli utenti Matrix (ok, Facebook aborre un’idea del genere e dunque non succederà mai, ma tecnicamente la cosa sarebbe possibile).

Ma il bridge può anche essere installato su un server che non c’entra nulla con gli altri due. Un esempio é t2bot.io, che offre alcuni bridge per Matrix.

Schermata 2019-03-29 alle 16.18.16.png

i bridge offerti da t2bot.io

 

Si, ma, materialmente, per fare questa sincronizzazione, dal lato utente come funziona? Cosa clicco? Dove devo digitare?

Beh, qui la cosa cambia da bridge a bridge: ognuno ha un approccio diverso così come caratteristiche e funzionamento. Due diversi bridge per Whatsapp possono funzionare in modo molto diverso, per intenderci.

Ma giusto per dare un’idea vediamo un esempio di sincronizzazione con Telegram usando il bridge messo a disposizione di t2bot.io

riot.png

SU TELEGRAM

  1. Creare un canale Telegram
  2. Invitare il bot @matrix_t2bot nel canale (basta digitare @matrix_t2bot nella casella di ricerca per trovatlo)
  3. Nel gruppo, digitare il comando /id Il Bot fornirà un <codice>

SU MATRIX

  1. Creare una stanza Matrix (la stanza deve essere accessibile da chiunque ed avere un indirizzo locale)
  2. Invitare il bot @telegram:t2bot.io nella stanza
  3. Nella stanza, digitare il comando !tg bridge <codice>
  4. Il bot chiederà una conferma. Digitare !tg continue

Fatta! Adesso in quel canale potranno dialogare sia utenti Telegram che utenti Matrix. (Maggiori dettagli qui: https://t2bot.io/telegram )

 

A questo punto quel che vien scritto in quella stanza Matrix apparirà nella stanza Telegram e viceversa. Tuttavia i messaggi provenienti dall’ “altra piattaforma” appariranno come se fossero pubblicati dal bot e non dalla persona che li ha scritti (Telegram Bot ha scritto: “ciao!”). Per far si che i messaggi vengano attribuiti all’utente che li ha effettivamente scritti, ora che si son sincronizzate le stanze vanno sincronizzati gli account!

SU MATRIX

  1. Aprire una chat privata con l’utente @telegram:t2bot.io
  2. Digitare il comando !tg login ed attendere un pò
  3. Dopo una certa attesa il bot fornirà delle istruzioni da seguire; solitamente contenenti un link ad una pagina in cui bisognerà scrivere il numero di telefono del proprio account Telegram (+39 12 34567890) ed il proprio account Matrix (@nomeutente:nomeserver)

A questo punto il bot sincronizzerà i due account ed inviterà a sincronizzare anche altre stanze/gruppi. Questo, va ricordato, é UN bridge Matrix/Telegram e nulla toglie che ne possano essere sviluppati degli altri che funzionino in modo più semplice ed intuitivo.

Idealmente in una stanza Matrix con tutti i bridge immaginabili, si potrebbe far dialogare assieme utenti Mastodon, Whatsapp, IRC, XMPP, Matrix, Telegram, Slack, Discord, iMessage, Skype. Ma potrebbero intervenire anche utenti via SMS ed Email.

Con il bridge Mastodon o un eventuale bridge ActivityPub inoltre Matrix verrebbe definitivamente a far parte del Fediverso e l’abbinata Matrix-ActivityPub potrebbe in effetti fungere da vero nodo collettore tra innumerevoli piattaforme decentralizzate, federandole.

Matrixverse.png

I principi base dei complottismi

di: Ca Gi
27 Febbraio 2019 ore 21:36

maxresdefault.jpg

Una teoria del complotto Non é altro che una narrazione diversiva, che parte da almeno una frustrazione non manifestabile e ne elabora un’interpretazione distorta che attacca capri espiatori mantenendo le cose così come sono.

Le narrazioni possono essere di tipo diversissimo: si spazia da quella che é poco più che una leggenda urbana alle grandi teorie del complotto. Ognuna di queste però presenta più o meno queste caratteristiche (non sempre tutte contemporaneamente):

  • Propone sempre una “visione altra” della realtà, basata sulla meraviglia e fascinazione della “verità rivelata”.
  • Fornisce ai suoi eroi una griglia concettuale con cui interpretare un mondo che non capisce.
  • Riduce la dissonanza cognitiva tra la realtà così com’é e la realtà così come la concepiscono.
  • Attribuisce colpe sistemiche a colpevoli materiali.
  • Ruota sempre attorno ad un perno indiscutibile.
  • Ha uno scopo di enorme portata.
  • Ha una durata indefinita.
  • Ha un numero indefinito di partecipanti.
  • Consiste in piani complessissimi, intricati ma coerentissimi e perfetti nel loro svolgimento.
  • Prosegue anche se diventato nota.
  • Può riferirsi ad una mitica “età dell’oro” passata
  • I suoi organizzatori (i “Grandi”) sono una sorta di entità divine, come Dei capaci di muovere ogni cosa e persona.

L’EROE COMPLOTTISTA

La teoria del complotto ha sempre un eroe in colui che la afferma: chi crede in una teoria del complotto é un “eroe in lotta” tanto quanto i  sostenitori più noti e famosi di quella stessa teoria. Anche l’ “eroe” é identificabile da dei tratti ricorrenti:

  • Si considera costantemente come vittima.
  • Si percepisce come sempre sotto attacco.
  • Si concepisce come contropotere, anche se é al potere.
  • É costantemente alla ricerca di una catarsi, palingenesi, rinascita.
  • Attribuisce alla nemesi i propri impulsi bestiali repressi.
  • Se crede che una certa cosa possa esser vera, la considererà tale.
  • É impossibile stabilire con certezza se crede o finge di credere in ciò che dice.
  • Se attaccato alzerà il tiro (dinnanzi a prove dell’inconsistenza delle sue affermazioni, le sparerà ancor più grandi)
  • Considera ogni briciola (elemento da lui utilizzabile) un tesoro, fintanto che può ingerirla, anche se é merda.
  • Accoglie ogni collegamento mentale possibile, per quanto arbitrario.

I VERI EFFETTI DI OGNI TEORIA DEL COMPLOTTO

  • Giustificare il sistema.
  • Spostare la frustrazione su capri espiatori.
  • Mantenere lo status quo attraverso finte rivoluzioni.

Per assurdo che sembri, l’ “eroe” che più si straccia le vesti contro un certo nemico é proprio colui che maggiormente lo alimenta. Chi si affida alle medicine alternative perché non si fida delle aziende farmaceutiche, per esempio, acquista prodotti omeopatici che sono a tutti gli effetti solo acqua e zucchero vendute ad un prezzo esorbitante: tutto guadagno per le aziende che li producono.

I NUCLEI DI FRUSTRAZIONE

La frustrazione non manifestabile e che prende corpo nella teoria del complotto é sempre un qualcosa che l’eroe considera troppo vago o complesso. Qualcosa che sente dentro ma che non trova appiglio materiale per scaricare la frustrazione su di esso. Questo nucleo può essere una verità intangibile così come una paura basata su fantasie ma per l’ “eroe” é sempre una verità indiscutibile.

Il lunacomplottista non crede a nessuna “fonte ufficiale” a prescindere e per lui dimostrare che l’uomo non é giunto sulla Luna é un modo per riaffermare questa sua sfiducia.

Qualche esempio:

TERRAPIATTISMO
“Non mi fido di ciò che dice la scienza”

COMPLOTTI LUNARI
“Non mi fido di ciò che dice il governo”

SCIE CHIMICHE
“Il cambiamento climatico é opera dei Grandi ed io non posso farci nulla”

9/11
“Non mi fido di ciò che dice il governo”

RETTILIANI
“Il mondo finanziario é inumano”

UCCISIONE JFK
“Non mi fido di ciò che dice il governo”
“Ogni speranza di cambiamento é vana”

STRAGI PARTIGIANE
“Il comunismo é inumano”

MEDICINE ALTERNATIVE
“Non mi fido di ciò che dicono le aziende”
“Non mi fido di ciò che dice la scienza”

UFO
“Non siamo soli al mondo”
“Non mi fido di ciò che dice il governo”
“Il mondo é comandato dai Grandi ed io non posso farci nulla”

COMPLOTTO MASSONICO E/O GIUDAICO
“Il mondo é comandato dai Grandi ed io non posso farci nulla”

“TEORIA DEL GENDER
“I cambiamenti sociali sono opera dei Grandi”

SOSTITUZIONE ETNICA
“I cambiamenti del mondo sono opera dei Grandi”
“Il cambiamento climatico é opera dei Grandi”

CREDERE E COMBATTERE

L’ “eroe” é una persona che crede e già il solo credere significa, nel suo piccolo, combattere. Ci vuole poco ad osservare che si é dinnanzi ad una forma mentis più religiosa che logica, ma va fatta una certa distinzione: si tratta dello stesso processo mentale ma viene applicato su oggetti diversi. Ci sono complottisti atei e complottisti religiosissimi, così come ci sono persone religiose che coltivano uno scetticismo logico e persone religiose che credono a complotti di ogni sorta.

Il tratto comune qui trattato é l’atteggiamento religioso verso il “credere”, ossia il rapportarsi ad un’idea partendo dal presupposto che sia vera a prescindere da qualsiasi evidenza. Si tratta di un atteggiamento mentale che indubbiamente accomuna diverse realtà anche apparentemente distanti fra loro.

Sarebbe interessante osservare tutte queste realtà tralasciando le classificazioni abituali ma suddividendole in base al paradigma della forma mentis che sta alla loro base.

Schermata 2019-02-27 alle 21.12.48.png

Primi passi con Riot/Matrix

di: Ca Gi
26 Febbraio 2019 ore 19:34

Una semplice guida passo-passo che spiega come creare un account Matrix ed accederci con Riot.im

In altri post abbiamo già osservato cos’é Matrix, cosa lo rende radicalmente diverso da qualsiasi altra piattaforma chat e della sua possibilità di poter funzionare anche se il server fosse guasto, scollegato da internet o distrutto in mille pezzi da una bomba. e che chi sa smanettarci un pò su, può comunicare da Matrix con altre piattaforme, come Telegram e Whatsapp.

Per chi non avesse letto gli altri post, qui basterà ricordate solo una cosa: Matrix é il nome della piattaforma, Riot é l’applicazione che ci accede e matrix.org é il più noto fornitore della piattaform.

Per fare un paragone:

Matrix – La piattaforma; come dire l’email

matrix.org – Uno dei server della piattaforma Matrix; come dire email.it o gmail.com

Riot – é come dire Outlook Express o Thunderbird o Apple Mail.

Il paragone con l’email spiega bene le diverse soluzioni possibili con Matrix: così come puoi decidere il server mail che preferisci e registrarti a tua scelta su Hotmail, Libero o Protonmail sapendo che in ogni caso potrai scambiare mail con persone registrate anche su altri server, su Matrix ti registri al server che preferisci e da lì chatti con persone che possono anche essere registrate su server diversi dal tuo, essendo tutti utilizzatori della piattaforma “email”.

Una volta che ci si é registrati al server email che si é scelto, ad esempio Gmail, si può decidere se accederci dal browser su gmail.com, o scaricando l’app chiamata Gmail o impostando Outlook Express. Allo stesso modo, con Matrix, una volta scelto il server, ci si può accedere da browser o usando l’app Riot o un’altra delle diverse Applicazioni disponibili (ce ne sono diverse, ma questo tutorial tratterà solo la più comune, Riot)

 

CREARE L’ACCOUNT

1) Da computer fisso, andare su https://riot.im/app/  (A dire il vero l’account si può creare benissimo direttamente da smartphone, ma per qualche oscuro motivo a me inspiegabile, ho riscontrato che molte persone si perdono in questo passaggio e quindi opto per indicare la soluzione che va meglio per tutti)

 


NOTA IMPORTANTE: Per usare Matrix, come già spiegato, basta registrarsi ad uno qualsiasi dei suoi server pubblici. Questo tutorial ed i link che contiene, si riferiscono al server matrix.org, attualmente il più usato. Tuttavia é possibile che matrix.org limiti le registrazioni. In questo caso basterà scegliere un altro server.

Un elenco incompleto di server pubblici utilizzabili é disponibile su hello-matrix.net

Due di questi server che possono essere vivamente consigliati, sono i seguenti:

Opencloud (Lussemburgo) https://riot.opencloud.lu/#/welcome (NB: il server é in Lussemburgo ma gli admin sono italiani, il che può aiutare in caso doveste chiedere informazioni o aiuto)

TeCHNiCS (Germania) https://chat.tchncs.de/#/welcome


 

 

2) Apparirà questa schermata. Clicca su [CREATE ACCOUNT]

 

3) Scegliere uno [USERNAME] ed una [PASSWORD]. Scegli una password seria! Mi raccomando che contenga lettere, numeri, simboli, maiuscole e minuscole! E segnatela da qualche parte! Non é obbligatorio ma é meglio inserire anche il proprio indirizzo [EMAIL].

 

4) A questo punto va risolto il  Captcha [NON SONO UN ROBOT]

5) Accettare [TERMINI E CONDIZIONI]

 

6) FATTA: L’ACCOUNT É STATO CREATO! La sua forma, senza gli spazi, é questa:

                                             

@ nomeutente : matrix . org

 

7) In questo momento stai usando la versione web di Riot, ma volendo puoi scaricare la sua Applicazione per PC Windows, Mac, o Linux da qui https://about.riot.im/downloads/ Puoi anche scaricare l’App Riot.im per Android da Google Play e da F-Droid o per iOS dall’ App Store.

 

8) Riot in versione web (o Applicazione) da per computer fisso permette di fare molte più cose della versione per smartphone. In questa guida iniziale però viene spiegato solo il funzionamento da smartphone.

 

9) L’App di Android e quella di iOS hanno delle leggere differenze fra loro, perciò le schermate ed i menù di Riot sul tuo telefono potrebbero non essere del tutto uguali a quelle descritte qui.

 

10) Scarica l’App sullo smartphone

 

11) Dal momento che hai creato il tuo account aspetta almeno 2 o 3 minuti e poi puoi accedere all’App con il nome utente e password che hai creato.

 

12) Se hai dato il tuo indirizzo mail ti sarà arrivata una email di verifica. Se non la vedi controlla nell’antispam.

 

USARE RIOT

A questo punto ci si può loggare da smartphone. Banalmente, basta inserire il nome utente e la password. Non serve mettere il nome utente completo di formattazione (invece che scrivere @:mionomeutente:nomeserver.org basterà scrivere mionomeutente)

Se si é scelto un server diverso da matrix.org, questo va indicato nella schermata di Login

L’app per smartphone Riot.im, di default intende che tu abbia un account su matrix.org. Se così non fosse bisognerà selezionare “Custom server” ed inserire il suo dominio. (Se il l’account é su Opencloud bisognerà scrivere https://riot.opencloud.lu)

 

 

Una volta loggato nell’App ti ritroverai una schermata come questa:

Schermata iniziale al primo utilizzo

 

Non appare granché perché devi ancora aggiungere i tuoi contatti. A questo punto, se non l’hai ancora fatto, sarebbe bene leggere il post Cos’é Matrix per comprendere i concetti base di come funzionano le cose da queste parti. É facile, ma se finora hai usato solo App tipo Whatsapp, Facebook, Telegram e Viber, che sono iper-semplificate ed estremamente simili fra loro, molto probabilmente hai bisogno di ripassarti due-tre concetti su sicurezza e comunicazione digitale che le App che hai usato finora tendono a eliminare.

 

OGNI CHAT É UNA STANZA

La cosa principale da ricordare é che su Riot si comunica a STANZE. Hai presente un gruppo Whatsapp? Beh, qui su Riot un “gruppo” é chiamato stanza e funziona più o meno allo stesso modo. Ma su Riot anche la comunicazione tra te ed un’altra persona deve avvenire in una stanza!

Se Andrea chatta con Sabrina non é semplicemente una comunicazione diretta tra Andrea e Sabrina ma é una comunicazione che avviene in una stanza che ha come membri… solo Andrea e Sabrina!

Riot permette di dividere le stanze in quattro tipi: FAVOURITES, PEOPLE, ROOMS e LOW PRIORITY. Questa cosa all’inizio può confondere: si tratta sempre di stanze! Non importa se tu classifichi una stanza “people” o “room”: resta sempre e solo una stanza! Io, per esempio, trovo comodo classificare “people” le stanze con solo me ed un’altra persona, “room” quelle con 3 o più persone, “favourite” le preferite e “low priority” quelle con persone o gruppi con cui non mi sento spesso.

Quando premi il pulsante [+] ti vengono fornite tre opzioni. [START CHAT] e [CREATE ROOM] sono fondamentalmente la stessa cosa! Solamente, funzionano in modo un pò diverso: “Start chat” é più veloce, selezioni subito le persone con cui chattare ed appena l’hai fatto inizi la conversazione in una stanza senza nome. “Create room” invece ti chiede prima di impostare la stanza, dargli un nome, selezionare diverse opzioni e solo quando hai fatto tutto puoi invitare chi vuoi nella stanza.

Altra grossa differenza: con “Start chat” tu e le altre persone nella discussione siete tutte parimenti amministratrici della stanza di discussione. Con “Create room” tu amministri e gli altri utenti no.

La terza opzione, [JOIN ROOM] serve ad entrare in stanze create da altri. Ma questa opzione non viene trattata in questa guida

 

PRIMO IMPATTO

Come quando si indossa un nuovo paio di scarpe o si guida una nuova moto, all’inizio bisognerà prendere confidenza con certe funzioni basilari: quello che su un altra App sai fare a occhi chiusi, qui devi un po’ re-impararlo: é normale! Fai qualche prova, gira qua e là tra i menù, esplora. E non farti problemi a sperimentare: che vuoi che succeda di così grave? 😉

Impara a disabilitare le notifiche, trova le impostazioni generali e quelle di ogni singola stanza, creare stanze, unirti a stanze già esistenti ed abbandonarle…

 

ACCOUNT E RUBRICA

Se hai già letto il post Cos’é Matrix sai che l’intero sistema Riot/Matrix é estremamente attento a privacy e sicurezza. Qui tutto é pensato perché non vengano diffuse informazioni su di te. Per questo quando hai creato il tuo account Matrix non era obbligatorio mettere la tua email o il numero di cellulare: qui nessuno ti obbliga a collegare il tuo account alla tua identità reale. Nelle istruzioni sulla creazione dell’account ho suggerito di inserire comunque un indirizzo email perché nel caso perdessi la tua password, con un’email puoi ancora riuscire ad entrare in Riot mentre senza, ahimé, non avresti alcun modo di recuperarla.

Se entri nelle preferenze di Riot però vedrai che ci sono i campi per inserire i tuoi dati personali: il nome visualizzato, il numero di telefono ed appunto, una o due email. Puoi scegliere tu se metterli o meno: se li inserisci, chi conosce il tuo vero nome, email o numero di telefono, riuscirà a trovarti facilmente qui su Riot; se invece non li inserisci, qui su Riot verrai contattato solo da chi conosce il tuo account esatto.

Logo “Impostazioni”

 

Sempre nelle impostazioni ti verrà chiesto se vuoi che Riot possa accedere alla Rubrica del tuo telefono per vedere se ci sono, appunto, indirizzi email o numeri di telefono di qualcuno che li ha abbinati al suo account Riot.

 

LISTA CONTATTI DI RIOT

Su Riot, se hai notato, non hai una tua lista dei contatti Matrix. Questa é la seconda cosa che risulta un pò spiazzante per chi viene da Whatsapp ed altre App simili ma che ti appare chiara se hai letto il post Cos’é Matrix. Si tratta difatti di una scelta voluta per un fatto di sicurezza: Riot non vuole memorizzare i dati dei tuoi contatti. Al contrario, quando ti iscrivi a WhatsApp, tu fai sapere a Facebook tutti i numeri di telefono ed indirizzi email che hai memorizzato sul tuo telefono.

Il concetto base é che i tuoi contatti devono stare solo sulla tua Rubrica del telefono mentre le chat devono stare solo sull’app di chat (in questo caso Riot)

 

Ti chiederai “Ma allora, quell’impostazione per permettere a Riot di accedere ai miei contatti?”. Beh, qui é una questione di fiducia: ti fidi a dare accesso a Matrix.org alla tua Rubrica e leggere tutti i numeri di telefono, le email ed i nomi collegati? Anche qui, hai la possibilità di scegliere.

Se scegli di NON permettere a Riot di accedere alla Rubrica, i tuoi contatti potranno essere recuperati solo all’interno delle stanze in cui avete dialogato.

Se scegli di permettere a Riot di accedere alla Rubrica, l’App mostrerà al suo interno i tuoi contatti, ma identificherà solo quelli già iscritti a Riot e che hanno fornito l’email o il numero di telefono che hai sulla tua Rubrica.

Questo sistema ha una mancanza: se un utente che ha un account Matrix, NON ha fornito il suo numero di telefono o email, Riot non lo “conoscerà”. Se qualcuno ti da il suo indirizzo Matrix, il modo migliore per archiviarlo é dunque segnarselo manualmente in Rubrica! Così facendo, quando cercherai il suo nome da Riot, vedrai il suo numero di telefono, l’email… e l’account Matrix!

LE RUBRICHE DEL TELEFONO

Bisogna spendere due parole sulle Rubriche del telefono e sul loro modo di gestire i contatti. Banalmente: esiste una sorta di “standard” che però nessuno rispetta veramente e dunque i “Contatti” su iOS sono gestiti in modo diverso che su Android e lo stesso vale per PC, Mac, LInux.

Questo vuol dire che ogni telefono ha un modo un pò suo di gestire la cosa.

Per esempio, su iOS, l’indirizzo Matrix va inserito tra le email e non tra i contatti social.

Detto altrimenti: potresti dover fare un paio di tentativi per capire qual’é il modo migliore per segnarti gli indirizzi Matrix in Rubrica.

 

LE FUNZIONI AVANZATE DI RIOT/MATRIX

Questo articolo serve giusto per spiegare i primissimi passi con Riot/Matrix. Le funzioni speciali, la differenza tra l’App per smartphone e quella per computer fisso, la crittografia end-to-end sono invece ciò che rende Matrix speciale e possono essere affrontate solo dopo aver compiuto questi primi passi. Una cosa però é chiara: per poter capire le funzioni avanzate é indispensabile aver letto Cos’é Matrix ed aver appreso i concetti fondamentali su cui si regge.

 

Riot su Desktop

Cos’é [matrix]

di: Ca Gi
26 Febbraio 2019 ore 09:36

Dunque: spieghiamo innanzitutto la differenza tra Riot e Matrix:

Matrix é un sistema di comunicazione (tecnicamente “protocollo”) mentre Riot é un’applicazione per usare Matrix. Così come dici “uso Outlook per l’email” puoi dire “Uso Riot per Matrix”.

Negli ultimi tempi Matrix sta destando un sacco d’attenzione per diversi motivi che lo rendono estremamente interessante.

  1. É una tecnologia F.L.O.S.S.
  2. Si basa su una rete decentrata di server indipendenti
  3. Permette cifratura end-to-end
  4. Può comunicare con protocolli differenti

Se hai capito cosa c’é scritto in questi quattro punti probabilmente adesso sarai già MOLTO interessato a saperne di più. SE invece i punti esposti ti suonano oscuri non c’é alcun problema: questo articolo é qui apposta!

TECNOLOGIA F.L.O.S.S.

Software F.L.O.S.S.

La sigla sta per Free Libre Open Source Software; in italiano lo si può malamente tradurre con “Software Aperto, Gratuito e Liberamente Accessibile” ed é un tipo di software che é in netto contrasto con il software commerciale cui solitamente si é abituati. Per capire di cosa si tratta si può ricorrere ad un esempio automobilistico: il software F.L.O.S.S. é come un’automobile cui basta alzare il cofano per accedere al motore: chiunque ne capisca di meccanica può vedere come é fatto questo motore, i suoi componenti, i suoi pregi e difetti e, se vuole, può modificarlo, migliorarlo, personalizzarlo o anche solo comunicare a chi l’ha realizzato i difetti che ha riscontrato.

 

Software Proprietario Chiuso

Al contrario, il software commerciale é solitamente chiuso, ossia ha un cofano ermetico che non permette di accedere liberamente al motore. Questo significa che chi usa software chiuso non ha modo di sapere per davvero COSA stia succedendo sotto il cofano.

Per fare invece un paragone alimentare, il software chiuso é come un cibo confezionato che non riporta né gli ingredienti né i valori nutrizionali, mentre il software aperto non solo te li fornisce, ma ti mette pure a disposizione la ricetta completa! Di quale dei due ti fideresti di più?

Se non sei uno smanettone la cosa potrebbe sembrarti di poco conto perché anche dinnanzi a del software aperto probabilmente non capiresti nulla di codici e programmazione, ma sappi che esiste una enorme comunità di programmatori che non fa altro che creare/testare/verificare/riparare/modificare/sperimentare software, attentissima a verifiche e controlli di sicurezza. Hai presente quando devi aggiornare il software? Ebbene: dietro a quell’aggiornamento c’é un lavoro molto complesso fatto di miglioramenti, correzioni e nuove funzionalità, solo che nel caso di software aperto il lavoro si é svolto sotto gli occhi di una intera comunità e sarà verificabile anche a posteriori, mentre nel caso di software chiuso il lavoro si é svolto solo all’interno dell’azienda produttrice da dipendenti che non possono rivelarne i segreti e chi lo userà dovrà fidarsi a scatola chiusa.

Restando sempre nell’esempio automobilistico: nel caso di software aperto, anche se non ne capisci niente ci può sempre essere un amico o meccanico di fiducia che é aggiornato ed in contatto con gli altri meccanici e che ti consiglia quali strumenti usare e come, perché li ha potuti aprire e studiare personalmente nei minimi dettagli. Nel caso di software chiuso il meccanico di fiducia non ha modo di fare lo stesso e quindi può solo scegliere se fidarsi o no di quel che c’é scritto sul catalogo.

Come si traduce questa cosa in termini pratici? Metti caso che del software F.L.O.S.S. avesse un difetto di sicurezza: essendo tutto pubblico le possibilità che venga subito identificato sono altissime ed al tempo stesso é facile che la stessa comunità che ha identificato la falla vi ponga rimedio in tempi rapidi. Al contrario le falle dei software chiusi, non essendo sotto gli occhi di tutti, richiedono molto tempo e lavoro per essere anche solo identificate e ciò non può essere fatto  da informatici comuni ma da quelli più abili a “scassinare le serrature” e che di solito, quando trovano una falla, anziché comunicarla al mondo la usano per scopi illeciti. Di conseguenza é estremamente facile che la falla di un software chiuso rimanga aperta per un bel pò prima che venga riparata.

 

Inoltre il software F.L.O.S.S. é gratuito.

Perché? Beh, chi lo realizza condivide i princìpi secondo cui uno strumento é veramente utile alla comunità solo se questa é libera di usarlo, copiarlo, modificarlo e migliorarlo senza limitazioni di sorta. Pensa ad esempio alla ricetta della pasta al ragù: tu sei libero di modificarla come più t’aggrada senza che nessuno venga a reclamare alcun diritto di copyright. Se fosse software chiuso, oltre a non sapere esattamente quali sono gli ingredienti ed il metodo di preparazione, ti verrebbe pure impedito di aggiungere il sale o cambiare tipo di macinato.

Chi ci guadagna a fare software F.L.O.S.S.?

Innanzitutto siamo tutti noi a guadagnarci nell’avere uno strumento che funziona bene, solido, ispezionabile e slegato da interessi commerciali. Chi lavora per realizzarlo e migliorarlo spesso lo fa per passione e puro spirito di volontariato. Tuttavia nessuno campa di belle parole: molte realtà commerciali che sviluppano software F.L.O.S.S. ci guadagnano, ma per scelta tale guadagno deriva dai servizi connessi e non dal prodotto in sé. Per fare un paragone é come parlare di un gruppo musicale che distribuisce la propria musica gratis su Internet ma che si fa pagare per i concerti dal vivo.

Chi sviluppa software F.L.O.S.S. guadagna da donazioni ed investimenti da parte di privati che hanno interesse nello sviluppo di questo software oppure dal lavoro correlato, come ad esempio corsi di programmazione o personalizzazione del proprio software. Questo  il caso di Matrix.org, come si può anche leggere sulla loro pagina: https://matrix.org/docs/guides/faq

L’idea che il software debba essere aperto ed accessibile a chiunque ha una lunghissima tradizione nata con l’informatica stessa e negli anni si sono sviluppate diverse associazioni ed enti atte a diffondere questa idea, come la Free Software Foundation o Framasoft.

Ma perché qualcuno dovrebbe investire tempo e denaro in un prodotto da cui non c’é alcun guadagno diretto? Perché chiunque sia del mestiere sa benissimo che il software F.L.O.S.S. é strutturalmente più sicuro e solido rispetto a soluzioni commerciali e dunque investire 10 per uno strumento F.L.O.S.S. che poi potrebbe essere implementato anche in realtà commerciali senza costi aggiuntivi é più vantaggioso che spendere 100 in un prodotto chiuso su cui poi bisognerà pagare i diritti di utilizzo.

Investire una piccola cifra in un software di comunicazione sicuro, solido, personalizzabile e che viene continuamente analizzato, testato e migliorato a costo zero da migliaia di volontari di ogni tipo, passando una serie di vagli infiniti, contro all’investire nel lavoro di una software house con una trentina di programmatori che fan tutto da sé?

Le aziende e le comunità che ruotano attorno al software aperto sono numerose e spesso esistono soluzioni ibride. Un esempio é il caso del PDF, inizialmente un formato di proprietà di Adobe ma che da quando é stato reso aperto e gratuito é diventato uno standard de facto per i documenti digitali.

Un altro esempio é il browser Chrome (quello di Google). Chrome é software proprietario ma Google é ben conscio della maggior validità del software aperto e, per farla breve, il suo sviluppo é scisso in due parti: da un lato c’é il progetto Chromium.org che sviluppa il browser Chromium, di tipo F.L.O.S.S. e dall’altra c’é Google che sviluppa Chrome che, pur essendo basato sullo stesso software aperto ha una parte chiusa e dunque non può essere definito F.L.O.S.S. I due browser sono sostanzialmente identici ma Chromium é privo di tutti quei collegamenti a Google che si trovano in Chrome. Per dirla altrimenti: Chromium é il software “pulito” mentre Chrome é la sua versione modificata apposta per Google

Matrix é appunto software F.L.O.S.S. e per chi volesse partecipare al suo sviluppo, conoscerne i progressi, leggere le discussioni della comunità che collabora al suo costante miglioramento o anche solo avere un’anticipazione di cosa uscirà nei prossimi aggiornamenti non c’é alcun problema: é tutto pubblico ed accessibile: https://github.com/matrix-org

 

 

STANDARD DIFFUSI

Il software F.L.O.S.S. tende più facilmente a divenire uno standard diffuso proprio grazie al suo essere aperto. Quando si ha a che fare con aziende commerciali il cui scopo é guadagnare dall’adozione altrui dei propri strumenti, ci ritroviamo immancabilmente in una guerra commerciale in cui ognuni azienda tenta di imporsi non necessariamente per merito ma per interesse. Alcuni esempi si trovano nei diversi tipi di presa elettrica o, fino a qualche tempo fa, nei diversi tipi di caricatori per cellulari. Oggi lo vediamo ad esempio nei formati di ebook incompatibili su e-reader diversi, o su certe stampanti multifunzione che non sono del tutto compatibili con ogni sistema operativo: tutte queste incompatibilità tra strumenti fondamentalmente identici sono legate più che altro a bagarre commerciali.

 

Al contrario il software F.L.O.S.S. proprio in base alla sua natura é portato a divenire standard de facto. Qui si potrebbe elencare tutta una serie di tecnologie aperte che spesso usiamo senza rendercene conto. La maggior parte dei server, ossia i computer più importanti su cui si regge lo stesso Internet, non usa Windows o OSX, ma sistemi GNU-Linux o simili! Una buona fetta del sistema operativo Android é di tipo F.L.O.S.S. ed é stato sviluppato dalla comunità che ha creato Linux. La stessa cosa vale per OSX, il sistema operativo dei computer Apple. Presente i file audio? Possono essere codificati in molti formati proprietari, ma é il formato MP3 quello che ha avuto maggior fortuna, proprio perché standard aperto. Altro esempio é lo standard ePub per gli ebook, o l’HTML, il formato con cui si realizzano le pagine web. In alcuni casi ci sono degli enti che stabiliscono che un certo tipo di formato o tecnologia é una sorta di standard ufficiale.

In altri casi i formati aperti spesso diventano degli standard senza alcuna decisione ufficiale, ma di fatto. Ad esempio il protocollo di comunicazione XMPP, che é aperto ed esiste dal 1999, é alla base di Jabber, uno dei sistemi di comunicazione più diffusi su Linux ma, in versioni modificate, é anche alla base di iMessage e WhatsApp. Questo vuol dire che iMessage, Whatsapp e Jabber potrebbero tranquillamente comunicare tra di loro, ma sono Facebook ed Apple a non volerlo e per questo hanno modificato e chiuso le proprie versioni per impedirlo.

Matrix é uno protocollo che nasce aperto e mira a diventare un nuovo standard di comunicazione capace di dialogare con altri protocolli aperti, come il già citato XMPP ed altri, ad esempio IRC (ricordi IRC? É un sistema di chat nato negli anni ’90 che anche se soppiantato per moda con altri sistemi non é affatto scomparso, perché ha delle caratteristiche che nessuna piattaforma di chat moderna riesce ad eguagliare).

 

 

RETE DECENTRATA

Quando comunichi con una persona usando WhatsApp, Facebook, iMessage, Twitter o altre piattaforme di comunicazione, non stai comunicando direttamente con l’altra persona, ma passate entrambi dal server di Facebook, Apple o Twitter. Questa é quella che si chiama una rete centralizzata, ossia una struttura in cui tutti gli utenti fanno capo ad una entità centrale che detiene l’unico accesso alla propria rete. Se vuoi comunicare con una persona che é su Facebook, dunque, devi per forza registrarti anche tu su Facebook ecc.

Questa cosa però presenta diversi rischi:

  1. Si é così soggetti alla volontà di un solo ed unico soggetto (l’azienda Facebook) che decide i termini di utilizzo e le policy cui gli utenti sono soggetti (cosa puoi pubblicare e cosa no, quali sono gli atteggiamenti sconvenienti e quali no).
  2. Quando ci si affida ad un server si sta SEMPRE dando fiducia ai suoi gestori: chi gestisce il server ha materialmente in mano i nostri dati ed ha quindi un grosso potere su di noi. Se ci si affida tutti ad un unico grande server, il potere che gli si affida é un qualcosa di fantasmagorico
  3. Se il gestore del server usasse i nostri dati in modi che disapproviamo, la nostra unica risposta possibile sarebbe cancellarci da tale server, ma essendo questo unico, ciò vorrebbe dire perdere l’unico strumento di contatto con tutti i nostri contatti (questo é ciò che già si verifica: Facebook é nato per vendere i nostri dati personali ma nonostante ciò é diventato talmente enorme che i suoi iscritti, oramai legati, non hanno il coraggio di abbandonarlo)

Al contrario le reti decentrate non sono soggette a questi problemi e garantiscono maggior stabilità e libertà di scelta. Un esempio può essere l’email: tu puoi creare la tua email dove vuoi, su Gmail, su Hotmail, Yahoo, ProtonMail o sul server della tua azienda e qualunque sia il server che tu abbia scelto (nell’email é la parte che viene dopo la “@”), potrai scambiare email anche con chi ha scelto server diversi.

Se l’email non fosse uno standard aperto basato su una rete decentrata, per comunicare con chi é su Gmail dovresti farti un account Gmail, per chi é su Yahoo dovresti farti un account Yahoo e così via. É quello che succede oggi con le app di messaggistica.

 

Matrix é appunto una rete decentrata. I suoi sviluppatori hanno sì un proprio server Matrix chiamato matrix.org (é come dire che l’inventore dell’email ha un suo server mail chiamato email.org) ed essendo il protocollo tanto nuovo la maggior parte delle persone tende a iscriversi proprio a matrix.org ma i server tra cui scegliere sono in realtà diversi (alcuni sono elencati qui) e continuano ad aumentare.

I vantaggi di una rete decentrata sono numerosi: se un domani matrix.org avesse dei problemi o facesse delle scelte che non ti vanno giù, tu potresti spostarti su un altro server e mantenere comunque tutti i tuoi contatti. Il paragone con l’email spiega bene questa cosa: se Gmail non ti andasse più bene tu potresti passare a ProtonMail senza perdere nessun contatto con gli altri utenti che sono rimasti su Gmail. Al contrario, se Facebook non ti va più bene sei costretto a restarci perché altrimenti perderesti tutti i contatti con gli utenti che sono su Facebook.

Ma Matrix non é solo una rete decentrata: é pure F.L.O.S.S. e questo significa che chiunque sappia e voglia può installare il proprio server Matrix in casa senza alcun problema di licenze, costi o permessi. Presente l’email aziendale? Stessa cosa, ma in questo caso si tratterebbe di una chat aziendale! Così come puoi avere un account mail ilmionome@lamiaazienda.com puoi avere un account Matrix @ilmionome:lamiaazienda.com

Si, ma a questo punto potresti fare giustamente un’osservazione: “Ok, ma se passo a Matrix, anche se questo é formato da diversi server, si tratta comunque di server Matrix e così taglierei comunque fuori i miei contatti sulle altre piattaforme”. Le cose però non stanno proprio così…

 

UN SOLO GRANDE NETWORK

Matrix si prefigge il compito di essere non solo una rete decentrata ma di fungere da connettore tra diverse reti (lo stesso nome “Matrix” – matrice, é stato scelto per indicarne il ruolo centrale che si prefigge di assumere nell’ambito delle comunicazioni). Qui il funzionamento previsto non é dissimile da quello descritto riguardo al Fediverso : letto l’articolo e capito come funziona il Fediverso, capirai immediatamente come si prefigge di funzionare Matrix nel connettere reti diverse.

Per chi non ha letto l’articolo si può grossolanamente descrivere Matrix come un sistema che vuole “dialogare al tempo stesso con Skype, iMessage, email, sms, Mastodon, Jabber, IRC e chi più ne ha più ne metta”. Il tutto con una tecnologia aperta e gestibile da chiunque, senza un’unica centrale operativa o “stanza dei bottoni”.

Questa parte é tecnicamente complessa ed é ancora in via di sviluppo. In gergo si chiama “bridging” ovvero “creazione di ponti”. Al momento si stanno sviluppando diversi bridge per Whatsapp, Telegram, Mastodon ecc. ma si tratta di funzioni ancora sperimentali e che possono essere consigliate perlopiù solo a chi ha voglia di smanettare un pò sulle App. Al momento su Riot sono già presenti alcuni bridge con IRC e poco altro. Considera i bridge con le piattaforme più note come un qualcosa che sarà disponibile in futuro.

Schermata 2019-02-27 alle 11.49.26.png

Sperimentazione di bridge Matrix-WhatsApp-Telegram. Ti scrivono da Whatsapp, ricevi su Matrix, rispondi e sempre da Matrix inoltri a Telegram https://ibcomputing.com/whatsapp-telegram-bridge/

 

INSICUREZZA DIFFUSA

Quando scambi messaggi con qualcuno via sms o altri tipi di chat di solito questi viaggiano “in chiaro”. Questo vuol dire che tutti coloro che sono fra te e l’altra persona (Telecom, Facebook, Wind, ecc) possono leggere e salvare tutto quel che vi scrivete.  Questa cosa ovviamente non va bene.

Questo non va affatto bene e chi si occupa di informatica lo sa benissimo ma, soprattutto dai primi anni 2000, le maggiori aziende del web hanno convinto il pubblico che questa cosa sia la normalità e lo hanno fatto fondamentalmente in due modi:

  • Creando prodotti estremamente semplificati che si imparano ad usare in pochissimi minuti
  • Pubblicizzando all’inverosimile i loro prodotti

WhatsApp é l’esempio perfetto: lo scarichi, non richiede password, é collegato alla tua rubrica del telefono e funziona subito. Ma così facendo il software é legato materialmente al tuo telefono ed alla tua identità e consegni a WhatsApp tutti i numeri di telefono nella tua rubrica ed i relativi nomi. Inoltre l’assenza di impostazioni di sicurezza fa sì che chi lo usa si abitui ad usare un software insicuro.

WhatsApp, se fosse una macchina.

É un pò come dire che tutti sono stati abituati ad usare automobili senza specchietti, frecce, cinture di sicurezza e portiere che si chiudono. In queste condizioni, con la maggior parte delle persone abituate a questo livello di semplicità ed insicurezza, vien considerato normale che ci siano continuamente tamponamenti, urti e incidenti.

Chi invece propone di usare “frecce, specchietti, cinture di sicurezza e portiere che si chiudono a chiave” si sente rispondere cose del tipo “eh, che palle!”. La cosa é amplificata dal fatto che tamponament e furti si vedono e si sentono ma in campo informatico le cose non sono così immediate.

“Facebook controlla quello che scrivo” – “Vabbé, siamo tutti controllati”

“Ho perso le gambe in un incidente” – “Vabbé siamo tutti incidentati”

(L’accettazione passiva dello status quo)

CRITTOGRAFIA E MESSAGGI SICURI

Per risolvere questa debolezza sono state proposte diverse soluzioni ma ce n’é solamente UNA che funziona per davvero: la cosiddetta cifratura end-to-end.

“Cifratura end-to-end” vuol dire che i messaggi tra te e l’altro utente viaggiano in codice e quindi solo i destinatari del messaggio possono leggere cosa c’é scritto, mentre tutti quelli che stanno nel mezzo, al massimo possono sapere che vi siete scritti, ma anziché leggere “voglio vederti stasera” leggeranno una roba lunghissima e incomprensibile tipo “M87gé+8y|%$$&/(%uogukr6r6ukglihlufykhvr8y6++;.if6jtgg43t4t”.

Fico, no? Beh, più o meno… il primo problema é che la crittografia end-to-end fornita solitamente dalle piattaforme social commerciali centralizzate é fatta in modo tale che a te risulti invisibile e tu non hai modo né di verificarla né di intervenire sulla stessa (WhatsApp ad esempio usa crittografia end-to-end ma probabilmente non te n’eri mai accorto e non sai nemmeno quale sia la password che WhatsApp ha deciso per te)

Ma il vero problema é che queste aziende, spiegandola in modo un pò grossolano, considerano come destinatari del messaggio te, l’altra persona… e sé stesse! (vedi la figura 1a dell’immagine qui sopra).

É naturale che sia così: il loro intero business consiste nel leggere le cose che scrivi!

E allora, come si fa ad impedire che chi ha in mano l’infrastruttura legga tutto? Beh, ci sono due modi: il primo é non usare un server (figura 1c dell’immagine qui sopra), ma questo richiede un sacco di smanettamenti e non é sempre possibile. Il secondo é codificare i messaggi autonomamente dal server!

Il concetto base é che tu e l’altro utente abbiate ognuno una “password di crittazione” su ogni dispositivo, che ve le scambiate anche senza passare dal provider stesso (quando vi vedete di persona, per email, per lettera, legata ad un piccione viaggiatore…). Una volta scambiate ogni vostro dialogo risulterà del tutto oscuro allo stesso server che vi ospita.

Questa cosa, sommata al fatto che gli account non sono necessariamente legati alla vostra identità e che possono trovarsi su server diversi, fornisce un bel ritratto del livello di privacy che si ha su Matrix!

Per contro se si chatta su WhatsApp, Facebook (proprietaria di WhatsApp) sa chi siete, cosa vi siete scritti, quando, conosce i vostri numeri di telefono e quelli dei vostri amici ed il suo business é proprio raccogliere queste informazioni, analizzarle e venderle. E si sa, il problema non é cosa pubblichi: il problema é chi lo legge.

 

 

La “password di crittazione” NON é la password per accedere a Riot, ma proprio un’altra password, specifica per tutti i messaggi tra i tuoi dispositivi e quelli della persona con cui scambi messaggi.

Qui la cosa in teoria si fa molto tecnica, ma Riot offre una modalità che rende ‘sta cosa molto semplice. Il concetto é che sia tu che l’altra persona dovete verificare che il telefono/computer/tablet con cui stai dialogando sia effettivamente quello della persona con cui volete parlare.

Se selezioni un utente vedrai nella sua scheda l’elenco dei dispositivi da cui si é connesso ed un codice per ognuno di essi. Qui tu puoi dire a Riot se hai verificato questi codici. Se entrambi vi siete verificati a vicenda, la comunicazione sarà criptata

 

Per gli smanettoni su ‘questo passaggio ci sarebbero poi moltissime altre cose da dire ma qui ci limitiamo a questo. Tieni conto che se d’un tratto la persona con cui chatti inizia a messaggiarti da un device che non aveva mai usato prima, ad esempio un nuovo telefono, tu lo saprai e potrai controllare se lui é veramente lui (ad esempio pretendendo che ti risponda dal cellulare).

MATRIX E RIOT

Dunque:

MATRIX – é il protocollo

MATRIX.ORG – é attualmente il più famoso server Matrix. Appartiene agli sviluppatori del protocollo Matrix. Non é l’unico server e si é liberi di scegliere quello che si preferisce o installare il proprio.

RIOT.IM – é la più famosa applicazione per utilizzare Matrix. É a sua volta realizzata dagli sviluppatori del protocollo Matrix. Non é la sola App per usare Matrix ma attualmente é quella usata dal 99% di chi usa Matrix. C’é già chi sta sviluppando altre App che adottano approcci e stile differenti

A questo punto non c’é che proseguire la lettura ed iniziare a fare i primi passi con Riot/Matrix

 

(Un ringraziamento a MauPao per le “esplorazioni” su Matrix)

 

La centralità delle Istanze nel rapporto tra l’utente e Mastodon

di: Ca Gi
2 Gennaio 2019 ore 09:00

Mastodon Connections.png

 

É impossibile essere in Asia senza metter piede in un paese asiatico, ma se si é in un paese asiatico allora si é in Asia. E’impossibile essere su Mastodon senza essere iscritti ad un’Istanza, ma se si é iscritti ad un’Istanza allora si é su Mastodon!

Non ci si “iscrive all’email”: ci si iscrive a un provider email (Gmail, Protonmail, Autistici.org, RiseUp.net, HushMail.com). Non ci si “iscrive a Mastodon”: ci si iscrive ad un’Istanza Mastodon (Bida, Partecipa, Cisti).

La grossa differenza però é che se gli email provider si differenziano solamente per la qualità dei servizi, le Istanze sono anche delle comunità di persone che hanno regole e caratteristiche peculiari. Se ti iscrivi a Gmail te ne frega ben poco di chi siano gli altri che usano Gmail e la tua esperienza con il provider sarà solamente tecnica. Al contrario, a seconda dell’Istanza da cui accedi alla rete Mastodon, le cose possono cambiare notevolmente.

In un articolo precedente si era già discusso di cos’é Mastodon ed in un secondo articolo si era discusso di cos’é il Fediverso, ossia la “rete allargata” di cui la rete Mastodon é solo una parte. In questo terzo articolo si vuole invece puntare maggiormente l’attenzione sulla centralità delle Istanze.

iu.png

Un’Istanza, materialmente, é un server, un computer sempre acceso su cui gira il software di Mastodon. Per poter accedere alla rete Mastodon bisogna scegliersi una tra le migliaia di Istanze già esistenti. Su questo server dunque saranno registrati diversi utenti (ci sono Istanze da 1 solo utente ed Istanze da centinaia di migliaia di utenti, ma a naso la maggior parte delle Istanze ha all’incirca tra i 100 ed i 3000 utenti). Questi utenti formano la comunità locale. Quando ti iscrivi ad un’Istanza hai dunque accesso immediato a tutti i messaggi pubblici postati dai membri di quella stessa Istanza, anche se non li segui. E’la cosiddetta Timeline locale. Ogni Istanza é indipendente dalle altre e decide da sé come finanziarsi, come moderarsi e in base a quali princìpi, in che modo la comunità e gli amministrazioni si rapportano. Dunque deciderà pure quali altre Istanze bloccare, quali argomenti o atteggiamenti vietare ecc. Inoltre ogni singola Istanza ha la possibilità di modificare il proprio software in modo da abilitare funzioni, disabilitarne o aggiungerne di nuove (il tutto ovviamente entro la necessaria compatibilità con i protocolli della rete Mastodon)

Sempre più spesso comunità impossibilitate ad esprimersi liberamente sui social sociali commerciali si son create dei propri spazi da sé mettendo su Istanze Mastodon personalizzate. Altre comunità invece rifuggono i social commerciali perché preoccupati per la propria privacy o per altri motivi ancora. Tali comunità sono spesso diversissime fra loro: ci sono numerose Istanze caratterizzate da hacktivismo correlato a movimenti LGBT+, Istanze generaliste, Istanze nazistoidi ecc.

Il bello dell’ecosistema di Mastodon é che essendo tutte indipendenti possono molto facilmente evitare di rompersi le scatole a vicenda scegliendo di silenziare o addirittura “oscurare” (bannare) le Istanze con cui non vi é alcuna possibilità di dialogo reciproco.

iu.jpeg

DECENTRALIZZAZIONE, OSSIA PERSONALIZZAZIONE

L’idea di fondo di tale ecosistema é che un’Istanza piccola ma tecnicamente solida e con un’identità ben definita, sia preferibile a Istanze enormi e indefinite in cui l’utente si perde. Un’Istanza con meno di 5000 utenti, con una policy assai specifica su certi argomenti e con un rapporto diretto tra utente ed amministratore vuol dire un tipo di servizio che nessun social commerciale con milioni di utenti potrà mai dare ai propri membri.

La personalizzazione e la vicinanza agli admin fanno sì che nella scelta dell’Istanza , l’utente presenti una serie di quesiti che non era abituato a porsi (si considera sempre l’esempio dell’utente di social commerciale non avvezzo a piattaforme decentrate e federate). Scegliere un’Istanza che ha maggiore solidità tecnica o una in cui si parla la mia lingua? Iscriversi ad un’Istanza locale o ad una che sottostà a leggi di un paese che offre maggiori garanzie di privacy?

Se sono una persona che ama discutere di diversi temi ma non sopporta le azioni di disturbo di un certo tipo di commentatori-provocatori potrei preferire un’Istanza caratterizzata da forte moderazione ed una bassa tolleranza per i molestatori online. Al contrario, se fossi una persona più interessata a far un pò di caciara con un’ironia spesso estrema e non apprezzata dalla maggioranza delle persone, potrei preferire un’Istanza più aperta a tali comportamenti. Oppure potrei preferire un’Istanza che ha rimosso stelle e contatori dei post per alimentare un approccio più umano ai contenuti.

Per fare un paragone grossolano per descrivere la funzione delle diverse Istanze all’interno dell’ecosistema di Mastodon, immaginiamo l’esistenza di un social disponibile in più versioni, ad esempio Twitter: Twitter Green, Twitter Yellow, Twitter Orange, Twitter Pink, Twitter Red e Twitter Purple. Sono tutti Twitter fondamentalmente simili tra loro e possono anche  interagire ma ognuno ha caratteristiche proprie che ne alterano la natura. Ad esempio Twitter Green accetta solo contenuti adatti ai bambini, Twitter Yellow accetta anche contenuti per adulti ma non i bot, Twitter Orange accetta i bot ma non i contenuti per adulti, Twitter Pink non permette di rispondere ai post ma solo di stellinarli e retwittarli, Twitter Red accoglie tutti i contenuti tranne quelli visibili su Twitter Green, mentre Twitter Purple non ha regole ma non può interagire con gli altri Twitter)

La scelta dell’Istanza é dunque una scelta FON-DA-MEN-TA-LE nel determinare il tipo di esperienza online.

PROMUOVERE LE ISTANZE PER DIFFONDERE MASTODON

Chi scrive ritiene che al momento l’attuale di Mastodon pecchi nella promozione delle Istanze. La comunicazione attuale é incentrata sul far “passare a Mastodon” gli utenti. Un esempio é il sito stesso di Mastodon, https://joinmastodon.org che pur spiegando chiaramente all’utente appena arrivato che “l’unica cosa da fare é scegliere un server”, lo mette subito dinnanzi alla necessità di una scelta tra migliaia e migliaia di Istanze caratterizzate solo da pochissime informazioni: nome, logo, numero di utenti ed una riga di descrizione. Cliccando su ognuna delle Istanze dell’elenco si aprirà la relativa pagina. Qui l’utente potrebbe trovare una pagina ricca di informazioni così come una scarna paginetta dalla quale non traspare nulla sull’identità dell’Istanza stessa.

L’utente, dunque, é chiamato a fare una scelta di cui non ha ancora ben chiare le implicazioni e si trova a dover compiere una scelta fondamentale avendo a disposizione ben pochi mezzi. 

Non c’é da stupirsi se l’utente, dopo aver scelto un’Istanza che non gli si confà, abbandoni del tutto Mastodon ritenendo che l’esperienza di quell’Istanza corrisponda all’esperienza dell’intero Mastodon! E’cosa nota che gran parte dei nuovi iscritti a Mastodon scelga, nel dubbio, di iscriversi a mastodon.social, l’Istanza gestita dal creatore di Mastodon. Pur non essendo una scelta in sé sbagliata, é indice di una certa diffidenza col concetto di Istanze federate e di incapacità di scelta.

Alla luce di queste osservazioni é’forse necessario far sì che:

  • Le singole Istanze descrivano meglio sé stesse
  • Le Istanze promuovano sé stesse in quanto provider Mastodon 

iu.png

 

LE ISTANZE DESCRIVANO MEGLIO SÉ STESSE

Ciò che differenzia un’Istanza da tutte le altre é ciò che la rende unica, sia che si tratti di aspetti culturali che tecnici. In primo luogo va ricordato che quando si parla di Istanze si parla spesso di piccole realtà portate avanti grazie a lavoro volontario e dunque anche certe informazioni tecniche che sono date per scontate quando si parla di grandi social commerciali, qui scontate non sono. L’hardware é buono o é un vecchio PC recuperato che gira per miracolo in una cantina umida? Ci sono dei backup? In quanti si occupano della manutenzione? Che versione di Mastodon viene usata? Sono state apportate modifiche? Poco esportare i miei dati?

Poi va ricordato che l’utente ha spesso la necessità di conoscere in modo chiaro alcuni dettagli sul tipo di moderazione che troverà: l’Istanza accetta contenuti NSFW? L’Istanza tollera contenuti razzisti o fascisti? E i Bot? Ci sono temi preponderanti sull’Istanza? O lingue maggiormente usate? Posso sapere se l’Istanza ha bloccato o é stata bloccata da altre Istanze? Quali? Posso sapere come funzionano le decisioni interne all’amministrazione dell’Istanza? 

Nella maggior parte dei casi sono informazioni che possono essere facilmente codificate/taggate e comunicate anche in forma riassuntiva e stringata.

La presenza di policy e di un regolamento pubblico é un altro tassello fondamentale nel caratterizzare l’Istanza. (NB: non sarebbe male avere per le diverse Istanze delle policy di riferimento; una cosa simile alle licenze CC. Ad esempio, poter sapere che un’Istanza usa la policy n°5 anziché la n°3 (che permette contenuti razzisti) sarebbe un modo efficiente per capire come relazionarcisi)

Altro elemento importante é la preview della TL locale: il fatto che l’utente abbia modo di farsi un’idea dei contenuti che girano su una certa Istanza é un modo assai pratico per farsi un’idea di “come siano le cose da quelle parti”.

Se un’Istanza non sa comunicare la propria unicità é solo una fra le tante: sostituibile e priva d’interesse. Scegliere un’Istanza senza conoscerne le caratteristiche é come scegliere un’automobile conoscendone solo il nome. Al contrario, un’Istanza che abbia e comunichi le proprie peculiarità stimola un rapporto più forte con i propri (futuri) membri: se m’iscrivo ad un’Istanza magari anche piccola ma che porta avanti progetti e idee che m’interessano e con cui condivido principi etici e politici, il legame con i membri di tale Istanza sarà certo molto più sentito che non con i membri di una grossa Istanza generalista.

Bida.png

LE ISTANZE PROMUOVANO SÉ STESSE IN QUANTO PROVIDER MASTODON

Oggi la promozione di Mastodon é una cosa del tipo “Iscriviti all’Email!” a cui segue uno scarno “adesso scegli tra Gmail, Autistici.org, ecc”. Si promuove Mastodon per poi far scegliere all’utente un’Istanza. É forse necessario spostare maggiormente l’attenzione sulle Istanze affinché promuovano sé stesse in base alle proprie caratteristiche specifiche, ossia una comunicazione del tipo “Per le tue comunicazioni social passa a mastodon.bida.im : un’Istanza Mastodon anarchica e autogestita! Bida é un punto d’incontro per…”.

Ovviamente allo stato attuale la diffusione ancora minoritaria di Mastodon fa sì che sia necessario promuovere al tempo stesso l’Istanza e Mastodon stesso, ma al contrario della promozione generica di Mastodon, così facendo l’utente non viene lasciato in balìa di sé stesso a dover poi cercarsi un’Istanza a caso, ma gli viene indicato fin da subito una “piazza” molto specifica su cui appoggiarsi (in articoli precedenti le Istanze son state paragonate a pianeti di un sistema solare o club di una rete di locali). Inoltre, la promozione Istanza per Istanza ha il pregio di trasmettere immediatamente l’idea che le Istanze sono sì realtà indipendenti e diverse le une dalle altre, ma pure tutte uguali nel loro potersi interfacciare le une alle altre. Promuovendo l’Istanza, a latere, si promuove anche la piattaforma.

distro.png

Un esempio sono le distro Linux: con l’utente inesperto che ne capisce poco di informatica funziona poco il generico “passa a Linux” che lascia l’utente da solo di fronte alla scelta della distribuzione da installare. Al contrario un “Installa Mint Cinnamon: per te é l’ideale” é molto meglio.

E’ la differenza tra colui che vuol andare in vacanza “in Asia” finendo in Mongolia pensando confusamente di trovarci pagode thailandesi, sushi e lottatori di kung-fu, e colui che sceglie di andare specificamente in Corea per una scelta informata.

partecipa.png

Pagina d’accesso di mastodon.partecipa.digital

La principale fonte di informazioni su di una Istanza é la sua pagina d’accesso. Se la pagina é ben fatta lì vi si troverà una descrizione dell’Istanza, il suo scopo, le sue policy, una serie di informazioni tecniche, la lista delle istanze bloccate e così via. Spesso la pagina offre la possibilità di scorrere la Timeline locale senza la necessità di essere iscritti. Ma per arrivare alla pagina delle singole Istanze, attualmente ci sono questi strumenti:

joinmastodon.png

Joinmastodon.org É IL sito di Mastodon. Creato dall’autore del software, é il principale punto d’accesso a ciò che é Mastodon. Di ogni Istanza mostra solo nome e logo, una riga di descrizione, il numero di utenti iscritti e lo status delle iscrizioni (aperte o chiuse). Chi si affaccia a Mastodon solitamente viene su questo sito e da qui sceglie su che Istanza iscriversi.

the-federation.png

the-federation.info E’ un sito che si prefigge di mostrare uno strumento che scopre tutte le Istanze che formano il Fediverso. Delle singole Istanze offre solo info tecniche come il numero di utenti, il numero di utenti attivi ed il numero di post.

instsoc.png

https://instances.social E’un sito che permette una ricerca molto specifica delle Istanze: é possibile filtrare la ricerca in base alle lingue usate sull’Istanza, il numero di utenti ed una serie di policy sui contenuti. Dopodiché il sito offre diverse informazioni tecniche che permettono una valutazione sull’affidabilità materiale dell’Istanza. Il design é crudo e le informazioni sulle istanze non sono sempre affidabili, ma ciononostante é al momento lo strumento più completo per cercare Istanze di ogni genere: dall’Istanza dei cristiani messianici a quella dei metallari tedeschi.

 

iu.png

ALCUNE ISTANZE

Qui di seguito sono elencate alcune Istanze Mastodon. Si tratta di una selezione casuale, fornita giusto per dare un’idea della varietà di scelta disponibile. Non si tratta né di Istanze consigliate né di Istanze particolarmente rappresentative: l’elenco va inteso solo a titolo di esempio.

LEGENDA:

DESCRIZIONI

Le brevi descrizioni inserite tra parentesi vanno spesso intese giusto come una traccia generica: ogni Istanza é una realtà a sé che spesso non é riassumibile in poche parole e due Istanze formalmente simili possono avere in realtà stili ed atmosfere interne assai diverse.

UTENTI

Il numero di utenti é spesso arrotondato e serve giusto a dare un’idea delle dimensioni della comunità dell’Istanza.

POLICY PUBBLICA

Per “Policy pubblica” qui si intendono genericamente regole interne e di moderazione, impostazioni generali di condotta o di etica: può essere esser solo un elenco di norme legali di moderazione, una linea generale riassunta in poche righe, un regolamento dettagliato o un vero e proprio atto d’intenti dell’Istanza. Ciò che conta é che dia un’idea chiara dell’indirizzo (o non-indirizzo) dell’Istanza e dei principi etici a cui si attiene. Una policy poco definita potrebbe causare fraintendimenti e malumori, mentre una policy pubblica molto definita può far sì che un’Istanza generalista si concentri su temi assai specifici, rendendola di fatto un’Istanza tematica (non c’é una divisione netta su cosa sia un’Istanza generica ed un’Istanza tematica: si tratta giusto di una distinzione di massima). In ogni caso, un rapporto aperto e trasparente tra amministratori dell’Istanza ed utenti é sempre preferibile. Il fatto che un’Istanza sia priva di policy pubblica non significa che questa sia priva di regole: significa solo che queste non sono state definite e messe per iscritto e rese pubbliche dagli amministratori. Un’Istanza priva di policy pubblica, tuttavia moderata con criterio, può essere un ambiente migliore di un’Istanza con una bella policy che però non viene osservata dalla sua comunità.

NSFW

Ogni utente ed Istanza ha un approccio personale coi contenuti per adulti. In generale, qui, si considera che un’Istanza che tolleri contenuti per adulti privi di Content Warning sia di fatto un’Istanza NSFW. Allo stesso tempo, un’Istanza i cui contenuti, di fatto, siano solo in minima parte NSFW ed abbiano il CW, oppure trattino temi affini a contenuti NSFW ma perlopiù senza la necessità di ricorrere al CW, non é considerata un’Istanza NSFW.

MASTODON.SOCIAL

mastodon.social é l’Istanza gestita da Eugen Rochko, il programmatore che ha creato Mastodon. Chi si approccia a Mastodon spesso lo fa aprendo un account proprio su mastodon.social e proprio per questo motivo é una delle Istanze più grandi. Per molti utenti che si affacciano a Mastodon, mastodon.social É Mastodon stesso. Lo stesso Rochko cerca di promuovere l’iscrizione ad Istanze diverse, tuttavia vi é qualche difficoltà a far comprendere il concetto (da qui la ragione di questo post)

MASTODON.SOCIAL
Utenti: 300k
Policy pubblica: no
https://mastodon.social

ITALIA

Il numero di Istanze Mastodon italiane si conta su una mano ed a farla da padrone é Bida, ma la comunità che la anima é attiva ed interessata allo sviluppo e promozione della piattaforma, ossia si muove attivamente nel far sì che altre Istanze possano nascere nei prossimi tempi

BIDA
(Istanza bolognese creata e gestita dal collettivo Bida)
Utenti: 1.6k
Policy pubblica: si
https://mastodon.bida.im

CISTI
(Istanza torinese in via di apertura)
Utenti:
Policy pubblica: si (in lavorazione)
https://mastodon.cisti.org/about

PARTECIPA
(IT, Open Source, Linux. L’Istanza é gestita da un admin italiano, ma in realtà ha un’utenza assai cosmopolita)
Utenti: 250
Policy pubblica: no
https://mastodon.partecipa.digital/about

RAMSES
(Istanza aperta nata dal blog AmiciDelBaretto)
Utenti:
Policy pubblica: no
https://ramses.amicidelbaretto.org

GENERALISTE

Le Istanze generaliste non nascono con l’idea di discutere su argomenti specifici o rivolgersi a comunità specifiche. Tuttavia i membri della comunità che ospita, possono far sì che col tempo una singola Istanza generalista sviluppi di fatto una propria cultura interna. Alcune Istanze sono legate a blog o associazioni specifiche di cui seguono le policy, tuttavia, se queste policy non sono chiaramente segnalate o linkate nella pagina di registrazione all’Istanza, viene indicato che questa non ha una sua policy pubblica. Le Istanze generaliste possono essere molto diverse fra loro. Questo dipende principalmente dalle policy che adottano, dalla comunità che ospita e dalla moderazione. Per intenderci: una certa Istanza generalista può avere norme molto severe atte a minimizzare i conflitti mentre un’altra può limitarsi a bannare solo i contenuti strettamente illegali.

BERRIES
Utenti: 2k
Policy pubblica: si
https://berries.space/about/more

CHAOS SOCIAL
Utenti: 5k
Policy pubblica: si
https://chaos.social

MASTODON.CLOUD
Utenti: 50k
Policy pubblica: si
https://mastodon.cloud/about

TODON NL
Utenti: 3.2k
Policy pubblica: si
https://todon.nl/about

PLURAL CAFÉ
Utenti: 300
Policy pubblica: si
https://plural.cafe/about

ICOSAHEDRON
Utenti: 800
Policy pubblica: si
https://icosahedron.website/about

ETALAB
(Istanza sperimentale pubblica francese)
Utenti: 1.5k
Policy pubblica: si
https://mastodon.etalab.gouv.fr/about

OCTODON
(Istanza francese)
Utenti: 2k
Policy pubblica: si
https://oc.todon.fr/about

KITTY TOWN
Utenti: 250
Policy pubblica: si
https://kitty.town/about

TOOTIM
(Istanza in lingua ebraica)
Utenti: 500
Policy pubblica: si
https://tooot.im/about

INDITOOT
(Istanza con base in India)
Utenti: 150
Policy pubblica: si
https://inditoot.com/about

SOCIAL WIUWIU DE
(Istanza tedesca che promette che il server é alimentato da energia pulita)
Utenti: 200
Policy pubblica: no
https://social.wiuwiu.de/about

FRAMAPIAF
(É l’Istanza creata e gestita dll’associazione francese Framasoft)
Utenti: 7k
Policy pubblica: no
https://framapiaf.org/about

MAMOT
(Istanza dell’associazione francese La Quadrature du Net)
Utenti: 11k
Policy pubblica: no
https://mamot.fr/about

ZACLYS
(Istanza dell’associazione francese Zaclys)
Utenti: 1.6k
Policy pubblica: no
https://mastodon.zaclys.com/about

MASTODON(TE)
(Istanza brasiliana)
Utenti: 700
Policy pubblica: no
https://masto.donte.com.br/about

FREE RADICAL ZONE
Utenti: 650
Policy pubblica: no
https://freeradical.zone/about

SCIFI!
(Il nome farebbe supporre un’Istanza incentrata sulla fantascienza ma in realtà non si direbbe)
Utenti: 1.5k
Policy pubblica: no
https://scifi.fyi/about

HOSTUX SOCIAL
(Istanza generalista perlopiù francese)
Utenti: 3k
Policy pubblica: no
https://hostux.social

FRIENDS.NICO
(Istanza giapponese)
Utenti: 50k
Policy pubblica: no
https://friends.nico/about

SOCIAL TCHNCS
Utenti: 10k
Policy pubblica: no
https://social.tchncs.de

MSTDN IO
Utenti: 11k
Policy pubblica: no
https://mstdn.io/about

OCTODON SOCIAL
Utenti: 12k
Policy pubblica: no
https://octodon.social/about

KNZK.ME
(Istanza con utenti che parlano inglese e giapponese. Promette alta affidabilità dal punto di vista tecnico)
Utenti: 2.7k
Policy pubblica: no
https://knzk.me/about

TEMATICHE

Un’Istanza tematica si caratterizza dal fatto di nascere con l’intento di essere un punto d’incontro e dialogo gravitanti attorno a dei temi specifici. La policy dell’Istanza contribuisce molto nel determinare la natura di questi temi. A volte un’Istanza nata con intenti specifici diventa di fatto un’Istanza generalista. A volte il “tema” é assai generico mentre a volte é decisamente molto specifico. Certi temi lasciano presagire il tipo di policy che l’Istanza adotta, tuttavia, se la policy non é stata pubblicata esplicitamente, é indicata come assente.

MASTODON ART
(all kind of art)
Utenti: 7k
Policy pubblica: si
https://mastodon.art

MASTODON TECHNOLOGY
(Tecnologia)
Utenti: 16k
Policy pubblica: si
https://mastodon.technology/about

BOTSIN SPACE
(Bot)
Utenti: 2.5k
Policy pubblica: si
https://botsin.space/about

TABLETOP SOCIAL
(Giochi da tavolo)
Utenti: 1.6k
Policy pubblica: si
https://tabletop.social/about

MASTODON EUS
(Lingua e cultura basca)
Utenti: 1.6k
Policy pubblica: si
https://mastodon.eus/about

MASTODON SCHOLAR
(Studi, ricerca scolastica ed accademica)
Utenti: 2.5k
Policy pubblica: si
https://scholar.social/about

RUBY SOCIAL
(Ruby – Istanza “gemellata” con Toot café di cui utilizza l’elenco Istanze bloccate e sospese)
Utenti: 900
Policy pubblica: si
https://ruby.social/about

WRITING EXCHANGE
(Scrittura, poesia)
Utenti: 900
Policy pubblica: si
https://writing.exchange/about

LESBIAB SPACE
(Lesbismo. L’Istanza é esplicitamente vietata ad utenti maschi)
Utenti: 300
Policy pubblica: si
https://writing.exchange/about

PLANETA LUDICO
(Istanza spagnola su giochi)
Utenti: 250
Policy pubblica: si
https://planetaludico.com/about

BLIMPSTODON
Utenti: 150
Policy pubblica: si
https://blimps.xyz/about

MMORPG SOCIAL
(online gaming)
Utenti: 150
Policy pubblica: si
https://mmorpg.social/about

SCICOMM XYZ
(Scienza)
Utenti: 300
Policy pubblica: si
https://scicomm.xyz/about

BONN SOCIAL
(Istanza sulla città di Bonn)
Utenti: 200
Policy pubblica: no
https://bonn.social/about

UNIVERSITY TWENTE
(Istanza dell’università di Twente)
Utenti: 200
Policy pubblica: no
https://mastodon.utwente.nl/about

TINY TILDE
(Computer art)
Utenti: 150
Policy pubblica: no
https://tiny.tilde.website/about

PIRATEPARTY BE
(Istanza del partito pirata belga)
Utenti: 500
Policy pubblica: no
https://mastodon.pirateparty.be/about

BOARD GAMES SOCIAL
(Giochi da tavolo)
Utenti: 250
Policy pubblica: no
https://boardgames.social/about

RED CONFEDERADA
(Istanza spagnola per attivisti multilingue)
Utenti: 250
Policy pubblica: no
https://red.confederac.io/about

EQUESTRIA SOCIAL NETWORK
(Little Pony)
Utenti: 450
Policy pubblica: no
https://equestria.social/about

RUHR SOCIAL
(Tutto ciò che riguarda l’area della Ruhr in Germania)
Utenti: 250
Policy pubblica: no
https://ruhr.social/about

SHELTER MOE
(Anime francese)
Utenti: 400
Policy pubblica: no
https://shelter.moe/about

SOCIAL NASQUERON
(Free thinking)
Utenti: 1.7k
Policy pubblica: no
https://social.nasqueron.org/about

METALHEAD CLUB
(Musica metal – tedesco)
Utenti: 400
Policy pubblica: no
https://metalhead.club/about

CHITTER XYZ
(Furry)
Utenti: 500
Policy pubblica: no
https://chitter.xyz/about

TOOT CAT
(Gatti – Non ha una vera Policy pubblica ma comunica i propri log tecnici e l’elenco delle Istanze bloccate)
Utenti: 1.2k
Policy pubblica: no
https://toot.cat/about

LAYER8 IN SPACE
(Linux, Anime, Music)
Utenti: 800
Policy pubblica: no
https://layer8.space/about

MATHSTODON
(Matematica)
Utenti: 1.3k
Policy pubblica: no
https://mathstodon.xyz/about

INFOSEC
(perlopiù sicurezza informatica)
Utenti: 1.5k
Policy pubblica: no
https://infosec.exchange

FOSSDOTON
(Software libero)
Utenti: 2k
Policy pubblica: no
https://fosstodon.org/about

IM@STODON
(Otaku – inglese, cinese)
Utenti: 300
Policy pubblica: no
https://imastodon.net/about

CYBRESPACE
(Cyberpunk culture)
Utenti: 2.2k
Policy pubblica: no
https://cybre.space/about

SDF ORG
(Unix)
Utenti: 2.8k
Policy pubblica: no
https://mastodon.sdf.org/about

LGBT COOL
(LGBT)
Utenti: 400
Policy pubblica: no
https://lgbtq.cool/about

SNOUTS
(Furry, LGBTQ+)
Utenti: 1.3k
Policy pubblica: no
https://mastodon.sdf.org/about

NSFW

Le Istanze elencate qui si caratterizzano per avere una grossa fetta dei propri contenuti di tipo NSFW. Alcune delle Istanze elencate qui sono esplicitamente incentrate su questi contenuti NSFW mentre altre lo sono di fatto.

ABDL LINK
(NSFW – porno)
Utenti: 8k
Policy pubblica: si
https://abdl.link/about/more

HUMBLR SOCIAL
(ex-Tumblr, porn, erotica)
Utenti: 38k
Policy pubblica: si
https://humblr.social

SINBLR
(porn)
Utenti: 6k
Policy pubblica: si
https://sinblr.com

SWITTER
(sex work)
Utenti: 200k
Policy pubblica: si
https://switter.at/

KINKY BUSINESS
(kinky erotica)
Utenti: 3.5k
Policy pubblica: si
https://kinky.business/about

DISPLACED
(NSFW LGBT+)
Utenti: 2.3k
Policy pubblica: si
https://displaced.social/about

NIU MOE
(Otaku)
Utenti: 5k
Policy pubblica: si
https://niu.moe/about

ARTALLEY PORN
(artists and commissioners)
Utenti: 6k
Policy pubblica: no
https://artalley.porn/about

KINKYELEPHANT
(Fetish)
Utenti: 2.5k
Policy pubblica: no
https://kinkyelephant.com/about

Mastodon, il Fediverso ed il futuro decentrato delle reti sociali

di: Ca Gi
18 Dicembre 2018 ore 08:45

web-3.jpg

A breve distanza dalla prima panoramica su Mastodon é già possibile aggiungere alcune nuove osservazioni.

In primo luogo va notato che diverse persone, già ben avvezze all’uso dei maggiori social network commerciali (Facebook, Twitter, Instagram…) siano inizialmente spaesate dal concetto di “decentralizzazione” e di “network federato”.

Questo perché l’idea diffusa e radicata di social network é quella di un luogo unitario, indifferenziato, monolitico, con regole e meccanismi rigidamente uguali per tutti. In sostanza il fatto stesso di poter concepire un universo di Istanze separate e indipendenti é per molti un cambio di paradigma di non immediata comprensione.

[l’articolo é stato aggiornato dopo la pubblicazione iniziale]

Nell’articolo precedente in cui si era descritto il social network Mastodon, il concetto di Istanze federate era stato paragonato ad una rete di club/circoli privati associati fra loro.

Alcuni aspetti esposti nell’articolo é forse necessario chiarirli ulteriormente a chi si avvicina al concetto di network federato:

  1. Non ci si iscrive “a Mastodon”, ma ci si iscrive ad una Istanza Mastodon! Qui torna comodo il paragone con i club/circoli: l’iscrizione ad un circolo permette di entrare in contatto con tutti gli altri che fanno parte della stessa rete: non ci si iscrive alla piattaforma, ma ci si iscrive ad uno dei club della piattaforma e che assieme agli altri club ne forma la rete. La piattaforma é software, é un qualcosa che esiste solo virtualmente mentre un’Istanza che usa tale piattaforma é il suo aspetto reale, materiale. É un server che si trova fisicamente da qualche parte, gestito da persone in carne ed ossa che lo gestiscono ed amministrano. Dunque ci si registra ad una Istanza e poi, da questa, si entra in contatto con le altre.
  2. Le diverse istanze hanno la possibilità tecnica di entrare in contatto fra loro ma non é detto che lo facciano. Metti caso ci sia un’istanza composta da 500 utenti italiani appassionati di letteratura chiamata mastodon.letteratura: questi utenti si conoscono fra loro proprio perché sono membri della stessa istanza ed ognuno riceve i post pubblici degli altri altri membri. Ecco, ognuno di loro avrà probabilmente anche altri contatti tra utenti registrati su Istanze diverse (abbiamo tutti degli amici che esulano dal nostro “solito giro”, no?). Se ognuno dei 500 utenti di mastodon.letteratura seguisse ad esempio 10 membri di altre Istanze, l’Istanza mastodon.letteratura avrebbe sì una rete locale di 500 utenti, ma anche una rete federata di ben 5000 utenti! Bene. mettiamo che tra questi 5000 non ci sia nemmeno un solo membro dell’Istanza giapponese incentrata sulla fisica nucleare japan.nuclear.physics: quest’altra istanza potrebbe avere magari 800 membri ed avere una rete federata di ben 8000, ma se tra la rete “italiana” e quella “giapponese” non vi fosse nemmeno un amico in comune, queste potrebbero teoricamente non venire mai a contatto l’una con l’altra. In realtà, per la legge dei grandi numeri, é abbastanza raro che Istanze di una certa dimensione non entrino mai in contatto fra loro, ma l’esempio serve a far capire i meccanismi su cui si regge un network federato (che anzi, proprio basandosi sulla legge dei grandi numeri e sui principi dei gradi di separazione, conferma il presupposto che più la rete é grande e meno saranno isolati utenti ed Istanze).
  3. Ogni singola Istanza può decidere volontariamente di non entrare in contatto con un’altra, in base a proprie scelte, regole e policy interne. Questo punto é evidentemente poco capito dai diversi commentatori che non riescono ad uscire dall’idea del “social monolitico”. Se su Mastodon vi fosse un’alta concentrazione di suprematisti bianchi orfani di Gab, o blogger porno orfani di Tumblr, ciò non significa che l’intero social network chiamato Mastodon diventerebbe un “social network per suprematisti bianchi e porno”, ma solo alcune Istanze che probabilmente non entreranno mai in contatto con Istanze antifasciste o ultrareligiose. Le difficoltà di far comprendere tale concetto rendono di conseguenza difficile far capire anche le potenzialità di una struttura di questo tipo. In un network federato, una volta data la possibilità tecnica di interagire tra Istanze e utenti, ognuno di questi può poi regolarsi in maniera del tutto indipendente sul come utilizzarla. Possiamo supporre ad esempio:  ISTANZA ECOLOGISTA, creata, mantenuta e supportata economicamente da un gruppo di appassionati che vuol avere un luogo per discutere di natura ed ecologia, stabilisce che sull’Istanza non si postano link esterni né immagini pornografiche; ISTANZA COMMERCIALE, creata da una piccola azienda che ha un buon server ed una capacità di banda pazzesca ed a cui ci si iscrive a pagamento e le cui regole le ha stabilite già in precedenza l’azienda; ISTANZA SOCIALE, creata da un centro sociale i cui utenti sono perlopiù i frequentatori del centro stesso e che si conoscono anche di persona; ISTANZA VIDEOGIOCHI, nata come Istanza interna dei dipendenti di un’azienda tecnologica ma di fatto aperta a chiunque si interessi di videogiochi. In questo scenario a quattro Istanze già é possibile descrivere alcune interazioni interessanti: l’Istanza ecologista potrebbe consultare i propri utenti e decidere di bannare l’istanza commerciale perché al suo interno é ampiamente diffusa una cultura contraria all’ecologismo, mentre l’Istanza sociale potrebbe invece mantenere i contatti con l’Istanza commerciale ma scegliere di silenziarla preventivamente sulla propria timeline, lasciando ai suoi singoli membri la scelta personale di entrare in contatto con i suoi utenti o meno. Sempre l’Istanza sociale potrebbe però bannare l’istanza videogiochi perché forte serbatoio di mentalità reazionaria. In sostanza, i contatti “insostenibili/inaccettabili” vengono spontaneamente limitati dalle singole Istanze in base alle proprie policy. Qui il quadro d’insieme inizia a diventare molto complesso, ma basta osservarlo da una sola Istanza, la propria, per capirne i vantaggi: le Istanze che ospitano troll, disturbatori e gente con cui proprio non si riesce a discutere le abbiamo bannate, mentre quelle con cui non c’é molta affinità ma neanche motivi di astio, le abbiamo silenziate, in modo che se uno di noi le vuol segue non c’é problema ma sarò una sua scelta personale
  4. Ogni utente può decidere di silenziare altri utenti ma pure intere Istanze. Se hai particolare interesse ad evitare i contenuti diffusi dagli utenti di una certa Istanza che però non viene bannata dall’Istanza che ti ospita (metti caso che la tua Istanza non chiuda le porte ad un’Istanza chiamata meme.videogamez.lulz la cui comunità tollera comportamenti molto sopra le righe ed in aria di trolling pesante che però alcuni trovano divertente), tu sei comunque libero di silenziarla per te soltanto. Sostanzialmente, in presenza di gruppi di utenti a te non graditi provenienti da una stessa Istanza/comunità, é possibile bloccarne in un colpo solo diverse decine o centinaia bloccando (per te) l’intera Istanza. Se la tua Istanza non avesse un accordo unanime su come comportarsi nei confronti di un’altra Istanza, si potrebbe facilmente lasciare la scelta agli iscritti dato che hanno comunque questo potente strumento. Un’Istanza potrebbe anche scegliere di moderare solo i propri utenti o non moderare affatto alcunché, lasciando ogni utente completamente libero di silenziare o bannare chi gli pare e piace senza mai interferire o imporre una propria etica.

Il Fediverso

iu.png

Logo del Fediverso

Messi meglio a fuoco questi aspetti, possiamo ora affrontare il passo successivo. Come già anticipato nel post precedente, Mastodon é parte di un qualcosa di più ampio chiamato Fediverso (Federazione + Universo).

In sostanza, Mastodon é una rete federata che usa alcuni strumenti di comunicazione (si tratta di diversi protocolli ma i principali sono chiamati ActivityPub, Ostatus e Diaspora, ognuno dei quali ha i propri vantaggi, svantaggi, sostenitori e detrattori) utilizzati anche da altre realtà federate (social network, piattaforme di blogging ecc) che le mette in contatto l’una con l’altra  a formare un’unico grande universo di reti federate.

Per dare un’idea, é come se Mastodon fosse un sistema planetario che ruota attorno ad una certa stella (la stella é Mastodon ed i pianeti sono le singole Istanze), ma questo sistema planetario fa parte di un universo in cui esistono numerosi sistemi planetari tutti diversi ma in comunicazione gli uni con gli altri.

Tutti i pianeti di un dato sistema planetario (le Istanze, i “club”)  ruotano attorno ad un sole comune (la piattaforma software). L’utente può scegliersi il pianeta che preferisce ma non può certo stare sul sole (“non ci si iscrive alla piattaforma, ma ci si iscrive ad uno dei club della piattaforma che assieme agli altri club ne forma la rete”).

All’interno di questo universo, Mastodon é semplicemente il “sistema planetario” più grosso (é quello di maggior successo e col maggior numero di utenti) ma non é detto che sarà sempre così: altri “sistemi planetari” si stanno irrobustendo ed ingrandendo.

[NB: ogni singola piattaforma qui discussa usa nomi propri per definire i Server indipendenti su cui é ospitata. Mastodon li chiama Istanze, Hubzilla li chiama Hub e Diaspora li chiama Pod. Tuttavia, per semplicità e linearità con l’articolo precedente, nell’articolo si userà solo il termine “Istanza” per tutti].

Schermata 2018-12-17 alle 18.24.35.png

La struttura dell’intero Fediverso

Su Kum.io é possibile trovare una rappresentazione interattiva del Fediverso così come appare al momento. Ogni “ciuffo” rappresenta una rete diversa (o “sistema planetario”). Sono le diverse piattaforme che compongono la federazione. Mastodon é solo una di questi, quella più grossa, in basso.

Schermata 2018-12-17 alle 18.27.40.png

Le interazioni di Mastodon con le altre reti

Selezionando Mastodon é possibile vedere con quali altri network/sistemi del Fediverso é in grado di interagire. Come si può osservare, interagisce con gran parte degli altri network ma non proprio con tutti.

Schermata 2018-12-17 alle 18.31.48.png

Le interazioni di GNU Social con le altre reti

Selezionando invece un’altro social network, GNU Social, si osserverà che questo ha interazioni diverse: condivide il grosso delle interazioni di Mastodon ma ne ha alcune in più ed altre in meno.

Questo dipende principalmente dal tipo di strumenti di comunicazione (protocolli) che ogni singola rete utilizza. Una rete può utilizzare anche più di un protocollo per avere il massimo numero di interazioni, ma ovviamente ciò li rende più complessi da gestire. Questa ad esempio é la strada scelta da Friendica e GNU Social.

A causa dei diversi protocolli utilizzati, dunque, alcuni network non possono interagire proprio con tutti gli altri. Il caso più importante é Diaspora, che utilizza un proprio protocollo (chiamato a sua volta Diaspora), che può interagire solo con Friendica e Gnu Social ma non con le reti basate su ActivityPub come Mastodon.

Le cose all’interno del Fediverso sono però in costante evoluzione e la fotografia appena mostrata potrebbe dover essere aggiornata già a breve. Al momento la maggior parte dei network sembrerebbe si stia indirizzando verso l’adozione di ActivityPub come strumento unico. Non sarebbe affatto male avere un protocollo di comunicazione unico che permettesse davvero ogni tipo di connessione!

Torniamo però un attimo all’immagine dei sistemi planetari. Kum.io mostra le connessioni tecnicamente possibili tra ogni diverso “sistema planetario” e per farlo collega genericamente i diversi soli. Ma come abbiamo ben visto le connessioni reali avvengono tra i pianeti e non tra i soli! Una mappa stellare che mostrasse le connessioni reali dovrebbe mostrare per ogni singolo pianeta (ossia ogni singolo “baffo” dei ciuffi di Kum.io), decine o centinaia di linee di connessione con altrettanti pianeti/baffi, sia tra le Istanze della propria piattaforma che tra Istanze di piattaforme diverse! La quantità e complessità delle connessioni, come ben immaginabile, formerebbe un groviglio da mal di testa e graficamente illeggibile. Solo immaginarlo rende l’idea della quantità e complessità delle connessioni possibili.

E non finisce qui: ogni singolo pianeta può stabilire o interrompere i contatti con gli altri pianeti del proprio sistema solare (ossia, l’Istanza Mastodon A può decidere di non aver contatti con l’Istanza Mastodon B), ed allo stesso modo può stabilire o interrompere i contatti con i pianeti di sistemi solari differenti (l’Istanza Mastodon A può entrare in contatto o interrompere i contatti con l’Istanza Pleroma B)! Per fare un’esempio drastico si può ipotizzare di avere dei cugini stronzi, ma stronzi davvero, che abbiamo cacciato dal nostro pianeta (mastodon.terra) e allora se ne sono costruito uno proprio (mastodon.saturno)  stando comunque nelle nostre vicinanze perché boh, si trovano bene col nostro sole “Mastodon”. Fin da subito decidiamo di ignorarci a vicenda. Questi cugini però sono davvero tanto stronzi, tanto che anche i nostri parenti ed amici vicini dei pianeti vicini (mastodon.giove, mastodon.venere ecc.) ignorano i cugini stronzi di mastodon.saturno. Nessun pianeta del sistema Mastodon se li caga. I cugini però non sono del tutto privi di rapporti ed anzi, hanno tanti contatti con pianeti di sistemi solari diversi. Ad esempio sono in contatto con alcuni pianeti del sistema Peertube peertube.10287, peertube.gattini, peertube.cartoni, ma anche con pleroma.pizza del sistema Pleroma e friendica.giardinaggio del sistema Friendica. Di fatto ai cugini stronzi sta bene vivere sul loro pianetino nel sistema Mastodon ma preferiscono avere contatti con pianeti di sistemi diversi.

Dei loro pianeti amici, a noi di mastodon.terra, non ce ne può fregar di meno: sono stronzi tanto quanto i nostri cugini ed abbiamo bloccato pure loro. Tranne uno. Su pleroma.pizza ci sono degli utenti nostri amici che sono contemporaneamente anche amici di alcuni dei cugini stronzi di mastodon.saturno. Ma non é un problema: eccheccavolo! Abbiamo collegamenti interstellari e ci dovremmo preoccupare di una cosa così? Nientaffatto! Il blocco che abbiamo attivato su mastodon.saturno é tipo una barriera energetica che funziona in tuuuutto l’universo! Se fossimo coinvolti in una conversazione in cui partecipano sia un amico di pleroma.pizza che un cugino stronzo di mastodon.saturno, semplicemente, il cugino stronzo non sentirebbe quel che esce dalla nostra bocca e noi non sentiremmo quel che esce dalla sua. Ognuno dei due saprà che l’altro é lì, ma nessuno dei due potrà mai vedere l’altro né sentirlo. Certo, potremmo dedurre qualcosa da ciò che dirà il nostro amico comune di pleroma.pizza ma vabbé, più di così che cosa si può pretendere? 😉

Fediverse connections.png

Quest’immagine, può fornire un’idea del modo in cui le Istanze (pianeti) si connettono tra loro. Se poi si considera che le Istanze del Fediverso conosciute sono migliaia, la complessità del quadro é ben immaginabile. Un aspetto interessante é proprio il fatto che le connessioni tra Istanza e Istanza non dipendono dalla piattaforma usata. Osserviamo nell’immagine l’Istanza mastodon.mercurio: é un’istanza piuttosto isolata rispetto alla rete di Istanze Mastodon, i cui unici contatti sono mastodon.nettuno, peertube.gattini e pleroma.pizza. Nulla vieta che mastodon.mercurio venga a conoscenza di tutte le altre Istanze Mastodon non attraverso scambi di messaggi con mastodon.nettuno, ma attraverso i commenti ai video di peertube.gattini. Anzi, é addirittura più probabile perché mastodon.nettuno é in contatto solamente con altre tre Istanze Mastodon ma peertube.gattini é in contatto con tutte le Istanze Mastodon. Cercar dì immaginare le vie attraverso cui possano venire in contatto le diverse Istanze di quest’immagine che “non si conoscono” permette di farsi un’ulteriore idea del livello di complessità che si può raggiungere. In un sistema abbastanza grande, dotato di un vasto numero di utenti ed Istanze, isolarne una parte non comprometterà in alcun modo la ricchezza di connessioni possibili. Una volta create tutte le connessioni possibili é anche possibile fare un’esperimento diverso, ossia immaginare connessioni che s’interrompono fino a formare due o più reti perfettamente separate, contenenti ognuna delle Istanze Mastodon, Pleroma e Peertube.

E per aggiungere complessità alla complessità, possiamo fare un’esperimento ulteriore, ragionando non più a livello di Istanze ma a livello di singoli utenti delle Istanze (ipotizzare 5 utenti per Istanza potrebbe bastare a rendere le diverse casistiche). Alcuni casi ipotizzabili: 1) siamo su un’Istanza Mastodon e l’utente Anna ha appena scoperto attraverso il commento ad un video su Peertube l’esistenza di una nuova Istanza Pleroma, quindi adesso lei ne conosce l’esistenza ma, scegliendo di non seguire tale Istanza, di fatto non rende nota la scoperta agli altri membri della sua Istanza; 2) sulla stessa Istanza Mastodon l’utente Luca blocca l’unica Istanza Pleroma conosciuta. Così facendo, se quest’Istanza Pleroma facesse conoscere altre Istanze Pleroma con cui é in contatto, Luca dovrebbe aspettare che un’altro membro della sua Istanza gliele facesse conoscere perché si é precluso la possibilità di essere tra i primi dell’Istanza a venirne a conoscenza. 3) In realtà, il primo utente dell’Istanza ad entrare in contatto con le altre Istanze Pleroma é Mario. Ma non le viene a conoscere dall’Istanza Pleroma con cui sono già in contatto (quella che Luca ha bloccato), ma attraverso il suo unico contatto su GNU Social.

Sembra complesso ma in realtà non é altro che una replica di meccanismi umani cui siamo tanto abituati da darli per scontati: potremmo tradurre i diversi esempi appena esposti: 1) La nostra amica Anna, habitué del nostro bar, va in piazza ed incontra una persona che gli dice di essere habitué di un nuovo bar di una città poco distante. Anna però non si scambia il numero di telefono col tizio e quindi non saprà dare informazioni agli amici del suo bar riguardo al nuovo bar dell’altra città. 2) Nel solito bar, Luca di Milano evita Lara di Ferrara. Quando Lara porta nel bar le altre sue amiche ferraresi Mara e Sara, non le presenta a Luca. Solo più avanti, gli amici del bar che hanno stretto amicizia con Mara e Sara, potranno poi presentarle a Luca indipendentemente da Lara. 3) In realtà Mario aveva già conosciuto Mara e Sara, ma non grazie a Lara, bensì attraverso Filippo, il suo unico amico di Rovigo.

Per avere un’idea dell’ampiezza del Fediverso, si può dare un’occhiata a diversi siti che cercano di fornirne una fotografia completa. Oltre al già citato Kum.io, che cerca di rappresentarlo con una elegante veste grafica che ne evidenzia le interazioni, c’é anche Fediverse.network che tenta di elencare ogni singola Istanza esistente indicando per ognuna di esse i protocolli usati e lo stato del servizio, o Fediverse.party, che é un vero e proprio portale da cui partire per scegliere quale piattaforma usare e registrarcisi. Anche Switching.social, una pagina che illustra tutte le alternative libere ai social e sistemi di comunicazione proprietari, indica alcune reti federate tra le alternative a Twitter e Facebook.

(Per completezza: inizialmente si tendeva a dividere tutta questa megarete in tre “universi” sovrapposti: chiamati “Federazione” quello per le reti basate sul protocollo di Diaspora, “Fediverso” per quelle che usavano Ostatus e “ActivityPub” quelle che usavano… ActivityPub. Oggi invece sono considerati tutti parte del Fediverso anche se a volte lo si chiama pure Federazione)

Tanti Network…

Vediamo dunque le principali piattaforme/network e cos’hanno di diverso tra loro. Giusto un paio di premesse: alcuni di queste piattaforme sono pienamente attive mentre altre sono in via di sviluppo più o meno avanzato. Per questo motivo in alcuni casi l’interazione tra le diverse reti non é ancora pienamente funzionante. Inoltre, data la natura open e indipendente dei diversi network, é possibile che singole Istanze apportino modifiche e personalizzazioni “non standard” (un esempio é la lunghezza caratteri su Mastodon: lo standard é di 500 caratteri ma un’Istanza può decidere di impostare il limite che vuole; un’altro é l’uso di stelline e retweet, che un’Istanza può permettere e l’altra vietare). In questo paragrafo, di base, non si son tenute in conto queste personalizzazioni ed incompatibilità.

Mastodon (simile a: Twitter)

01-character-limit.jpg

Mastodon é una piattaforma di microblogging molto simile a Twitter perché é basato su post molto brevi. E’il più famoso network del Fediverso. E’accessibile da smartphone attraverso un certo numero di App sia per Android che iOS. Uno dei punti di forza é il design ben concepito ed il fatto di avere già un “parco utenti” abbastanza corposo (quasi 2 milioni di utenti nel mondo, di cui alcune migliaia in Italia). Da desktop si mostra come una serie di colonne personalizzabili, ognuna delle quali mostra le diverse Timeline, sulla falsariga di Tweetdeck. Al momento Mastodon é l’unica piattaforma social federata accessibile con applicazioni Android ed iOS.

Pleroma (simile a: Twitter e DeviantArt)

Schermata 2018-12-17 alle 19.22.12.png

Pleroma é la rete “sorella” di Mastodon: fondamentalmente sono la stessa cosa in due versioni un po diverse. Pleroma offre qualche funzione in più riguardo alla gestione delle immagini e permette di base post più lunghi. A differenza di Mastodon, su desktop Pleroma mostra un’unica colonna con la Timeline selezionata, rendendolo molto più simile a Twitter. Attualmente molte Istanze Pleroma hanno un gran numero di utenti che s’interessano di illustrazione e manga, pertanto come ambiente può ricordare vagamente DeviantArt. Le App di Mastodon per smartphone possono essere usate per accedere anche a Pleroma.

Misskey (simile a: un mix tra Twitter e DeviantArt)

Schermata 2018-12-19 alle 13.51.17.png

Misskey é una sorta di Twitter che vuol ruotare principalmente attorno alle immagini. Offre un livello di personalizzazione maggiore di Mastodon e Pleroma ed una maggior attenzione alle gallerie immagini. E’una piattaforma che ha ottenuto buon successo in Giappone e tra gli appassionati di manga (e si vede!)

 

Friendica (simile a: Facebook)

iu

Friendica é un network estremamente interessante. Riprende grossomodo la struttura grafica di Facebook (con amici, notifiche ecc) ma in più permette l’interazione con diversi network commerciali che non fanno parte del Fediverso. E’dunque possibile connettere il proprio account Friendica a Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, WordPress oltre che generare feed RSS ecc. Insomma, Friendica si propone come una sorta di hub di contenuti da diffondere su tutte le reti disponibili, siano esse federate o no. In sostanza Friendica é l’asso-piglia-tutto del Fediverso: un’Istanza Friendica al massimo delle sue funzioni si connette con tutti e dialoga con tutti.

Osada (simile a: un mix tra Twitter e Facebook)

comment_on_posts.gif

Osada é un’altro network che per impostazione può ricordare una via di mezzo tra Twitter e Facebook. Tra le piattaforme che ricordano Facebook questa é quella dal design più pulito.

 

GNUsocial (simile a: un mix tra Twitter e Facebook)

GNU_social_web_frontend_with_Swedish_localization.png

GNUsocial é un po’ il “nonno” di tutte le reti sociali qui elencate; in particolare di Friendica ed Osada (di cui é il predecessore).

Aardwolf (simile a: Twitter, forse…)

aardwolf.png

Aardwolf non é ancora pronto, ma si prospetta come una sorta di alternativa a Mastodon. Stiamo a vedere.

 

PeerTube (simile a: Youtube)

Schermata 2018-12-17 alle 19.32.24.png

PeerTube é la rete federata di hosting video molto, ma molto simile a YouTube, Vimeo e altri servizi simili. Con un catalogo in via di costruzione, Peertube appare già un progetto molto solido.

Pixelfed (simile a: Instagram)

Schermata 2018-12-17 alle 19.39.36.png

Pixelfed é sostanzialmente l’Instagram della Federazione. E’in fase di sviluppo ma pare essere a buon punto. Gli mancano solo delle App per smartphone per poter essere adottato come alternativa. Pixelfed ha il potenziale per diventare un membro molto, ma molto importante della Federazione!

NextCloud (simile a: iCloud, Dropbox, GDrive)

iu.jpeg

Nextcloud é un servizio di file hosting (nato dal precedente ownCloud) molto simile a Dropbox. Ognuno può far girare NextCloud su un proprio server che offre inoltre servizi di condivisione contatti (CardDAV), calendari  (CalDAV), media streaming, bookmarking, backup ed altro. Gira pure su Windows e OSX ed é accessibile da smartphone attraverso App ufficiali. E’parte del Fediverso poiché utilizza ActivityPub per comunicare diverse informazioni ai propri utenti come cambiamenti ai file, attività calendario ecc.

Diaspora (simile a: Facebook e un pò anche Tumblr)

iu-1.jpeg

Diaspora é un po il “cugino” del Fediverso. Funziona attraverso un protocollo di comunicazione tutto suo e dialoga con il resto del Fediverso principalmente attraverso GNU social ed all’asso-piglia-tutto Friendica, anche se sembra stia circolando l’idea di far usare a Diaspora (l’applicazione) sia il proprio protocollo che ActivityPub. Si tratta di un gran bel progetto con una solida base di utenti affezionati. Al primo impatto può ricordare una versione estremamente minimalista di Facebook, ma l’attenzione alle immagini ed un interessante sistema di organizzazione dei post per tag permette di paragonarlo in qualche modo anche a Tumblr.

Funkwhale (simile a: SoundCloud e Grooveshark)

iu.png

Funkwhale assomiglia a SounCloud, Grooveshark o altri servizi simili. Come uno YouTube per l’audio, permette di condividere tracce audio ma su rete federata. Con qualche implementazione potrebbe diventare anche un ottimo servizio di hosting per Podcast audio

Plume, Write Freely e Write.as (piattaforme di blogging)

Schermata 2018-12-17 alle 20.34.00.png

Plume Write freely e Write.as sono piattaforme di blogging molto minimali che fanno parte della Federazione. Non hanno la ricchezza di funzioni, temi e personalizzazioni di WordPress o Blogger ma fanno il proprio dovere in modo leggero.

Hubzilla (simile a: ….TUTTO!!)

Schermata 2018-12-18 alle 14.46.46.png

Hubzilla é un progetto ricchissimo e complesso che permette di gestire sia social network che data storage, calendari condivisi, web hosting, il tutto in maniera decentrata. Hubzilla insomma si propone di fare in una volta sola quello che fanno diversi dei servizi qui elencati. Come avere un’unica Istanza che ti faccia da Friendica, Peertube e NextCloud. Non male! E’da tenere sott’occhio!

GetTogether (simile a: MeetUp)

iZGuISbb6Ohy9PGAS905XMs3RFFTRFZRUnYwzZiG.png

GetTogether é una piattaforma utile a pianificare eventi. Simile a MeetUp, serve a far fare rete a persone diverse unite da un’interesse comune e portare tale interesse nel mondo reale. Attualmente GetTogether non é ancora parte del Fediverso, ma sta implementando ActivityPub e quindi a breve sarà dei nostri.

Mobilizon (simile a: MeetUp)

Schermata 2018-12-23 alle 00.18.56.png

Mobilizon é una nuova piattaforma in via di sviluppo che si propone come alternativa libera a MeetUp ed altri software utili ad organizzare meeting ed incontri di vario genere. Il progetto nasce fin da subito con l’intento di usare ActivityPub e far parte del Fediverso, in linea con i valori di Framasoft, associazione francese nata con lo scopo di diffondere l’uso di software libero e di reti decentrate. Qui la presentazione di Mobilzon in italiano.

 

Plugin ActivityPub per WordPress

Schermata 2018-12-17 alle 20.30.05.png

Sono disponibili diversi Plugin per WordPress che lo rendono in tutto e per tutto un membro della Federazione! Altri plugin sono Mastodon AutoPost, Mastodon Auto Share, ma anche Mastodon Embed, Ostatus for WordPress, Pterotype, Nodeinfo e Mastalab comments.

Prismo (simile a: Pocket, Evernote, Reddit)

Schermata 2018-12-18 alle 15.02.08.png

Prismo é un’applicazione ancora in fase di sviluppo che si propone di diventare una sorta di versione decentralizzata di Reddit, ossia una rete sociale incentrata sulla condivisione di link ma che potenzialmente potrebbe evolvere in forme simili a Pocket o Evernote. Le funzioni base sono già funzionanti.

 

Socialhome

Schermata 2018-12-22 alle 19.14.01.png

Socialhome é un social network che utilizza una visualizzazione a “blocchi”, inserendo i singoli post come in un collage di fotografie di Pinterest. Al momento comunica sono attraverso il protocollo di Diaspora ma dovrebbe implementare a breve ActivityPub

 

E non solo!

Schermata 2018-12-17 alle 21.00.19.png

Ci sono ancora altre app e reti sociali che adottano o stanno per adottare ActivityPub, rendendo ancor più strutturato il Fediverso. Alcune sono molto simili a quelle già elencate, mentre altre sono ancora in fase di sviluppo e non sono ancora pronte per essere consigliate come alternativa ai sistemi commerciali più noti. Ci sono pure piattaforme già pronte e funzionanti che potrebbero entrare nel Fediverso implementando ActivityPub: NextCloud ne é un esempio (era già una realtà solida quando ha deciso di entrare nel Fediverso); il plugin di WordPress é a sua volta uno strumento che permette di federare una piattaforma già esistente; GetTogether é un’altra realtà che si sta federando. Piattaforme già consolidate  (penso a Gitter, ma é giusto un’esempio tra i tanti) potrebbero trarre vantaggio dal federarsi diventando parte di una grande famiglia allargata). Insomma: c’é movimento dentro ed attorno al Fediverso!

…un solo Grande Network!

Fin qui abbiamo visto tante versioni alternative di strumenti noti che, presi singolarmente possono anche essere interessanti, ma che danno il meglio quando collaborano. Qui viene il bello: il fatto che condividano gli stessi protocolli di comunicazione elimina l’effetto “gabbia dorata” del singolo network!

Ora che sono state descritte le singole piattaforme é possibile fare qualche esempio veramente concreto:

Sono su Mastodon e mi appare il post di una persona che seguo. Nulla di strano, se non fosse che quella persona non é un utente di Mastodon, ma un utente di Peertube! Difatti si tratta di un video di un panorama. Sempre da Mastodon io commento scrivendo “bello” e questa persona vedrà comparire il mio commento sotto il suo video, su Peertube.

Sono su Osada e posto una riflessione aperta un po lunga. Questa riflessione viene letta da una mia amica su Friendica che la boosta ai suoi followers, alcuni dei quali sono su Friendica, ma altri sono su altre piattaforme, ad esempio uno che sta su Pleroma che mi risponde e con cui inizio a dialogare.

Pubblico una foto su Pixelfed e viene vista e commentata da un mio follower su Mastodon.

In sostanza ognuno può mantenere i contatti con i propri amici/followers dal proprio network preferito anche se questi ne frequentano di diversi.

Facendo un paragone con i social commerciali, é come poter ricevere su Facebook i tweet di un amico che sta su Twitter, le immagini postate da un’altra persona su Instagram, i video di un canale YouTube, le tracce audio su SoundCloud ed i nuovi post da diversi blog e siti personali e commentare e interagire con ognuno di essi perché tutti questi network collaborano assieme formando un’unico grande network!

Ognuna di queste reti potrà scegliere il modo in cui vuole gestire queste interazioni (ad esempio, se volessi una vita social monodirezionale potrei scegliere un’Istanza Pixelfed  in cui gli altri utenti possono contattarmi solo commentando le foto che io pubblico, oppure potrei scegliere un’Istanza Peertube e pubblicare video che non possono essere commentati ma che potranno girare in tutto il Fediverso, o scegliere un’Istanza Mastodon che obbliga i miei interlocutori a comunicare con me in maniera concisa.

Certi dettagli vanno ancora definiti (per esempio: potrei inviare un messaggio diretto da Mastodon ad una piattaforma che non permette ai suoi utenti di ricevere messaggi diretti, senza esser mai avvertito del fatto che il destinatario manco avrà modo di sapere che gli ho inviato qualcosa). Si tratta di situazioni ben comprensibili all’interno di un ecosistema che deve adattarsi a realtà tanto diverse ma nella maggior parte dei casi si tratta di dettagli di facile gestione. Quel che importa é che le possibilità di interazione sono potenzialmente infinite!

Connettività totale, esposizione dosata

Tutta questa connettività condivisa va osservata tenendo a mente che  nonostante i vari network sian stati qui trattati per semplicità come dei network centralizzati, sono in realtà reti di Istanze indipendenti che interagiscono direttamente con le Istanze degli altri network: la mia Istanza Mastodon filtrerà le Istanze Peertube che postano video razzisti ma si connetterà con tutte le Istanze Peertube che ne rispettano la policy; se seguo un certo mio amico su Pixelfed io vedrò solo i suoi post, senza che nessuno mi obblighi a vedere tutte le foto di tramonti e gattini dei suoi amici su quel social!

La combinazione di Istanze autonome, massima interoperabilità tra le stesse e libertà di scelta permette una serie di combinazioni estremamente interessanti che i social commerciali non si possono nemmeno sognare: l’utente é qui membro di un’unica grossa rete in cui può scegliere:

  1. Lo strumento di accesso preferito (Mastodon, Pleroma, Friendica)
  2. La comunità in cui più si sente a suo agio (l’Istanza)
  3. La chiusura a comunità indesiderate e l’apertura a comunità che gli interessano

Tutto questo senza però rinunciare ad interconnettersi con utenti che hanno scelto strumenti e comunità diverse. Ad esempio posso scegliere una certa Istanza Pleroma perché mi piace il design, la comunità che ospita, le policy e la sicurezza generale ma da qui, seguire ed interagire principalmente con utenti di una certa Istanza Pixelfed portandone contenuti ed estetica nella mia Istanza.

A questo si aggiunge il fatto che le singole Istanze possono essere letteralmente installate ed amministrate da ogni singolo utente su proprie macchine, permettendo un controllo totale dei contenuti. Minuscole istanze casalinghe e solide Istanze di lavoro, Istanze scolastiche ed Istanze collettive, Istanze con migliaia di utenti ed Istanze da un solo utente, Istanze di quartiere e di condominio, tutte unite a formare una rete complessa e personalizzabile, che permette virtualmente di collegare chiunque ma al tempo stesso di evitare il sovraccarico d’informazioni. E’una sorta di ritorno alle origini di Internet, ma un ritorno maturo, da web 2.0, che si porta dietro l’esperienza dell’esser passati attraverso la centralizzazione  della comunicazione nelle mani di pochi grossi attori internazionali che ha rafforzato con ancor più convinzione la certezza che la struttura decentrata é quella umanamente più sana e proficua.

mastodon-join-the-federation.jpg

❌